MEMOIRES DU MUSEUM NATIONAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE

Directeur de la publication ( Editor-in-chief) : Jean-Lou Justine

Redacteurs (Editors) : Jean-Marie Betsch, Philippe Bouchet, Christian Erard & Jean-Lou Justine

Secretariat ( Secretary ) : Bernadette Charles

Adresse (Address)

Memoires du Museum national d’Histoire naturelle

57, rue Cuvier

75005 Paris (France)

Tel. [33] (I) 40 79 34 37

Les Memoires du Museum national d’Histoire natu¬

relle publient des travaux originaux majeurs (100

pages et plus) dans les domaines suivants : Zoologie

(sene A). Botanique (serie B), Sciences de la Terre

(serie C). Les auteurs sont invites, pour toutes les

questions editoriales, a prendre contact avec le direc¬

teur de la publication. Les manuscrits peuvent etre

en frangais ou en anglais.

Vente en France et dom-tom

(uniquement)

Service de Vente

des Editions du Museum

57, rue Cuvier

75005 Paris

Tel. : [33] (1) 40 79 37 00

Telex musnahn 202641 F

Fax : [33] (1) 40 79 34 84

Parution et prix irreguliers. Les ordres permanents

d achat et les commandes de volumes separes sont

regus par le Service de Vente des Editions du Museum

pour la France et les dom-tom uniquement, par

Universal Book Services pour tous les autres pays.

Catalogue sur demande. Une liste des derniers titres

parus figure en page 3 de couverture.

Memoires du Museum national d’Histoire naturelle

publishes major original contributions (100 pages and

over) in three different series: Zoology (serie A),

Botany (serie B) & Earth Sciences (serie C). Prospec¬

tive authors should contact the Editor-in-chief Manus¬

cripts in French or English will be considered.

Sales Office

(France excluded)

Universal Book Services

Dr. W. BACKHUYS

P O. Box 321

2300 AH Leiden

The Netherlands

Tel. : IS/] (71) 17 02 08

Fax : [31] (71) 17 18 56

Volumes are published at irregular intervals, and at

irregular prices. Standing orders and orders for single

volumes should be directed to the Service de Vente des

Editions du Museum (for France and dom-tom only)

and to Universal Book Services (for all other coun¬

tries). Free price list and catalogue available on request.

Recently published memoirs are listed on page 3 of the

cover.

Printed on acid-free paper

Imprimc sur papier non acide

Source:

Bibliotheque

Centrale nuseum

3 3001 00125979 «

Source: MNHN. Paris

Ce volume des Resultats des Campagnes

Musorstom est dtdit d Mme de Saint Laurent.

Maitre de Conferences an Laboratoire de Zoologie

(Arthropodes) du Museum national d'Histoire

nature lie, d Paris, qui a parti tip# d plusieurs des

campagnes dont le materiel est itudii dans cette

sirie et qui a toujours accept£ de mettre ses vastes

connaissances sur les Crustacis au service de la

critique des articles sounds pour publication. Ce

volume, en particulier, lid doit beau coup.

Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM

Volumes d6j& parus:

Volume 1 : Mim. ORSTOM. 91 : 1-558, 225 fig.. 39 pi. (1981). ISBN : 2-7099-0578-7.

Volume 2 : Mim. Mus. naln. Hist, not., (A). 133 : 1-525. 126 fig.. 37 pi. (1986). ISBN : 2-85653-136-9.

Volume 3 : Mim. Mus. naln. Hist, nat., (A), 137 : 1-254, 82 fig.. 9 pi. (1987). ISBN : 2-85653-136-9.

Volume 4 : Mim. Mus. naln. Hist. nat.. (A), 143 : 1-260. 103 fig.. 23 pi. (1989). ISBN : 2-85653-136-9.

Volume 5 : Mim. Mus. naln. Hist. nat.. (A), 144 : 1-385. 128 fig.. 35 pi. (1989). ISBN : 2-85653-1.36-9.

Volume 6 : Mim. Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. (A), 145 : 1-388. 190 fig.. 4 pi. couleur (1990). ISBN : 2-85653-136-9.

Volume 7 : Mim. Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. (A), 150 : 1-264. 587 fig. (1991). ISBN : 2-85653-136-9.

Volume 8 : Mim. Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. (A), 151: 1-468. 198 fig. (1991). ISBN : 2-85653-136-9.

Volume 9 : Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., (A). 152 : 1-520. 283 fig., 6 pi. couleur (1992). ISBN : 2-85653-136-9.

Volume 10 : Mim. Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. 156 : 1-491. 163 fig., 2 pi. couleur (1993). ISBN : 2-85653-206-3.

Source: MNHN, Paris

resultats des campagnes

Volume 10

BIBL DU

MUSEUM

PARIS

★

ISBN : 2-85653-206-3

ISSN : 1243-4442

©Editions du Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, 1993

MEMOIRES DU MUSEUM NATIONAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE

TOME 156

ZOOLOGIE

Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM

Volume 10

Coordonnc par

Alain CROSN1ER

Museum national d'Histoire naturellc

Laboratoirc de Zoologic (Arthropodes)

61 ruc Buffon

75005 Paris

PublU avec le concours du G.D.R. Ecoprophyce.par les soiiis de I'ORSTOM

EDITIONS

DU MUSEUM

PARIS

1993

Source

SOMMAIRE

CONTENTS

Pages

1. La campagne MUSORSTOM 7 dans la zone economique des iles Wallis et Futuna.

Compte rendu et liste des stations . '

Bertrand Richer de Forges & Jean-Louis Menou

2. Campagnes d'exploration de la faune bathyale faites depuis mai 1989 dans la zone

economique de la Nouvelle-Caledonie. Liste des stations .

Bertrand Richer DE Forges

3. Crustacea Mysidacea : Les Mysidaces Lophogastrida et Mysida (Petalophthalmidae)

de la region neo-caledonienne .

Jean-Paul Casanova

4. Crustacea Amphipoda : Lysianassoids from Philippine and Indonesian waters .

James K. Lowry & Helen E. Stoddart

5. Crustacea Decapoda : The Sponge Crabs (Dromiidae) of New Caledonia and the

Philippines with a review' of the genera .

Colin L. McLay

6. Crustacea Decapoda : Les Cyclodorippidae et Cymononidae de ITndo-Ouest-Pacifique

a I'exclusion du genre Cymonornus 253

Marcos Tavares

7. Crustacea Decapoda : Dorippidae of New Caledonia, Indonesia and the Philippines ... 315

Chen Huilian

8. Crustacea Decapoda : A revision of the genus Mursia Desmarest, 1823 (Calappidae).. 347

Bella S. Gaul

9. Crustacea Decapoda : Munida japonica Stimpson, 1858, and related species

(Galatheidae) .

Enrique MACPHERSON & Kciji Baba

10. Crustacea Decapoda : Species of the genus Munida Leach, 1820 (Galatheidae)

collected during the MUSORSTOM and CORlNDON cruises in the Philippines and

Indonesia .

Enrique MACPHERSON

11. Crustacea Decapoda : Species of the genus Paramunida Baba, 1988 (Galatheidae)

from the Philippines, Indonesia and New Caledonia .

Enrique MACPHERSON

12. Liste bibliographique des travaux issus des campagnes d'exploration du benthos

bathyal et abyssal en Nouvelle-Caledonie .

Bertrand RICHER DE FORGES

381

421

443

475

Source: MNHN, Paris

fATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10— RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM. VOLUME 10— RESULT

La campagne MUSORSTOM 7 dans la zone

economique des lies Wallis et Futuna

Compte rendu et liste des stations

Bertrand RICHER DE FORGES & Jean-Louis MENOU

ORSTOM

B. P. A5, Noumea Cedex

Nouvelle-Caledonic

RESUME

La campagne MUSORSTOM 7 s’est deroulee du 5 mai au 4 juin 1992, dans la zone economique des lies Wallis et Futuna.

142 operations de dragages et de chalutages ont eu lieu dans la zone bathyale superieure, sur les pentes des ties de Futuna,

Alofi et Wallis, et sur les pentes des nombreux monts sous-marins qui parsement cette region. Des organismes, decrits de

Nouvelle-Caledonie, sont retrouves pour la premiere fois sur la plaque Pacifique (Sphinctozoaires, Gymnocrinus,

Amalda).

ABSTRACT

The Musorstom 7 Cruise in the Wallis and Futuna economic zone. Report and list of stations.

The MUSORSTOM 7 cruise took place from the 5 th of May to the 4 th of June 1992 in the Wallis and Futuna economic

zone. The 142 dredgings and trawlings were realized in the upper bathyal zone, on the slopes of Futuna, Alofi and Wallis

Islands and on the slopes of the numerous seamounts laying in this area. The deep sea fauna collected was quite poor but

diverse. Some animals described formerly from New Caledonian's waters are now rediscovered on the Pacific plate

(Sphinctozoa, Gymnocrinus, Amalda).

INTRODUCTION

Depuis 1976, une collaboration entre l'ORSTOM (Institut Frangais dc Recherche Scientifique pour 1c

Developpement en Cooperation) et lc Museum national d'Histoire naturelle s'est dtablie autour du theme :

description de la faune bathyale dc 1'Indo-Ouest-Pacifique. Les trois premieres campagnes se sont ddrouldes aux

Philippines (Forhst, 1976. 1985, 1989). Les trois campagnes suivantes. Musorstom 4, 5 et 6, ont eu lieu dans

les eaux de la Nouvelle-Calddonie (Richer de Forges, 1990). Le tres riche matdriel zoologique recolte.

Richer de Forges, B., 1993. — La campagne Musorstom 7 dans la zone economique de Wallis et Futuna. Compte

rendu et liste des stations. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem . Mus. natn.

Hist, not 156 : 9-25. Paris ISBN : 2-85653-206-3.

Source: MNHN , Paris

B. RICHER DE FORGES

ALEXA BANK Tuvalu

— Chain

NORTH

FIJI

BASIN

VANUA

LEVU

9UGH

WATffi

K*ND *WJ

BASIN

20°

"“..‘ride aSr “ ;E ™'"" v “ fiE “ te dW " «° ™*

Fig. 2.

ttJrtsTtoTl % ‘i/T °i‘ S r 51 d f r0Ulde Musorstom 7 ( d 'apr6s Brother, 1985). Sur cette figure e. sur

g ’ ' ’ 5 * s lrajets fl S un$s sonl ceux des sondages fails lors de 1 elablissemenl des carles

Source : MNHN, Paris

CAMPAGNE MUSORSTOM 7

en partie ctudi6, & fait l'objct dc nombrcuscs publications qui se trouvent principalement dans la sene "Resultats

des Campagnes MUSORSTOM". Les neufs volumes deja parus reprcsentenl plus de 3600 pages dans lesquelles plus

de 500 especes nouvelles sont decrites, renovant totalement les connaissances dans plusieurs groupes.

L'exploration de la zone economique des lies Wallis et Futuna, situee sur la plaque Pacifique, au cours de la

septieme Campagne MUSORSTOM, permet d'6tendre vers Test la description de ces faunes. de mieux comprendre

l'origine et la repartition des especes et d'en decouvrir encore dc nouvelles.

Les lies Futuna et AloFi ont ete decouvertes en 1616 par les navigateurs hollandais Van Schouten et LEM AIRE,

les lies Wallis par le capitainc Wallis en 1767 (tie principale : Uvea).

La zone economique exclusive (ZEE) des lies Wallis et Futuna s'etend sur environ 300.000 km 2 , pour

seulement 250 km 2 de terres emergees (Antheaume & Bonnemaison, 1988). Elle est bordce par les zones

6conomiques de Tuvalu au nord-ouest, Fidji au sud-ouest, Tokelau au nord-est, Samoa occidentales h Test et Tonga

au sud.

Les travaux scientifiques sur le milieu marin concernant les Ties Wallis et Futuna sont tres peu nombreux et ne

concement que la zone littorale (Richard et al ., 1981, 1982 ; Richard, 1983).

Une campagne de geophysique, r6alis6e dans cette region en 1982, a perm is de dresser des cartes bathym&riques

approximatives et de dater les roches des principaux monts sous-marins (Brocher, 1985 ; Duncan, 1985).

GENERALITIES

Tectonique. — La region exploree a une histoire geologiquc tres complexe ; elle se situe le long de la fosse du

Vitiaz qui correspond a une ancienne limite entre les plaques Pacifique et Australo-Indienne. A l'Eoc&ne, cette zone

de subduction etait bordce par un arc dlles constituant les archipels des Nouvelles-Hebrides (Vanuatu) et des Fidji,

la ride de Lau, l'arc des Tonga (Brocher & Holmes, 1985).

La collision de l'arc du Vitiaz avec le plateau d'Ontong-Java (au nord des Ties Salomon), a la fin du Miocene (7-

10 M. A.), aurait provoque une inversion du sens de la subduction et la fragmentation de l'arc du Vitiaz (Fig. 1).

Par ailleurs, le mouvement, vers le nord-ouest, de la plaque Pacifique (75 + ou - 25 mm/an), au dessus d'un

point chaud, actuellement situe dans Test des Ties Samoa, a provoque la formation d'un aligncmcnt dc monts sous-

marins sur plus de 1700 km (BROCHER, 1985).

Les cartes bathymetriques montrent une quantite de monts sous-marins dans le prolongement des Tics Samoa.

Cet alignement a recoupe celui. plus ancien, du Tuvalu (anciennes Ties Ellice) dont font partie le banc Tuscarora et

les Ties Wallis (Fig. 2).

LES MONTS sous-marins. — Les monts sous-marins sont d’origine volcanique et peuvent se classer en deux

grandes categories : les volcans lies aux zones de subduction ou volcans d'arri6re-arc ; les volcans formes au-dessus

des "hot spots".

Leur abondance a ete estimee par plusieurs methodes avec des resultats tres differents. Des comptages realises

selon un trajet cartography au sondeur multifaisceau SEABEAM donnent une moyenne de 9000 monts sous-marins

par million de km 2 . Ce qui, extrapole a l'ensemble du Pacifique. donnerait environ 1,5. 10 6 monts sous-marins

avec des repartitions variables de 0 a 66.000/10 6 km 2 (Fornari et al ., 1987). Craig et Sandwell (1988), utilisant

l'altimetric satellitaire (Seasat), evaluent leurs nombre h 8500 seulement pour les trois oceans. En zone tropicale,

si ces monts sous-marins ont atteint la surface, ils ont ete colonises par des formations coralliennes et presentent

un aspect tabulairc remarquable et souvent une cuvette vestige d'un ancien Iagon, ce sont alors des guyots

(Menard, 1984 ; Scott & Rotondo, 1983). Les roches calcaires d'origine corallienne, qui recouvrent le substrat

volcanique, peuvent atteindrc plusieurscentaines de metres d'epaisseur et conservcnt une grande porosite (Collot et

al., 1991). Ces recentes observations confortent la theorie de l'existence, au sein de la masse calcaire des atolls et

des guyots. d'une remontee d’eau profonde qualifiee d'"endo-upwelling geothermique" (ROUGERIE & Wauthy,

1986).

Ces innombrables reliefs constituent des "oasis" de faune bathyale separees par des profondeurs abyssales.

BoEHLERTet Genin (1987) ont recense les caracteristiques des peuplements des monts sous-marins et guyots

(seamounts), l'influence des courants, l'origine des nutriants. La formation d'upwellings le long dc leurs pentes et

l'existence (controversee) d'un phenomene hydrologique baptise "colonne de Taylor" seraient a l'origine de la

relative richesse faunistique des monts sous-marins et, plus particulierement, des guyots (Kaufmann et al., 1989).

B. RICHER DE FORGES

Dans la zone dconomique de Wallis el Futuna, on rencontre un mdlange des deux types de volcanisme sous-

marin, les guyots ont Ieur plateau vers 30 m de profondcur. colonise par des madrepores et des algues calcaires

alors que les autres monts sous-manns, purement volcaniques. sont gendralemcnt plus profonds.

- . ages dcs guyots de I'alignemcnt des lies Samoa, sur lesquels la campagne Musorstom 7 a travaille. vont de

k biU1C F ' e d 3 3 ,' 5 M ‘ A ' P ° ur le banc Combe - Les ages obtenus et les distances qui separent

actuellemenl ces bancs permettent dcstimer la vitesse de displacement de la plaque Pacifique dans cette zone a 7 7 +

ou - z,!> cm / an (Duncan, 1985). ’

L iie: de Futuna a ete datee de 4.9 + ou - 0.4 M. A. et faisait sans doute partie de la ride de Lau. Une etude

™!eur" (gSSSk 199,) de ^ ^ Fl " U '' a * ^ " dCUX 6p ' SOdCS magma " 9 a es au Pliocene

„ JrSEZL~ AU C T- dCS * empS g6ologiques ’ el P lus particulidrement au Pleistocene, Ie niveau marin

a subi d importantes variations liees pnncipalement a des fluctuations climatiques planetaires (Fig. 3). Tous les

mwTi™ a acc ^' )rdenI P° ur , [ ouvcr un niveau situe 120 m plus bas que l'actuel il y a environ 18.000 ans (Hopley

82). A cette epoque. rclativement proche, l'ensemble des monts sous-marins des alignements de Samoa et de

Tuvalu devait done former un ensemble d'lles dont certaines de dimensions bien superieures aux lies actuelles de

(M P.H.n'n ? S u f paS ' CUrS m ,?' US sous - marins eloignes, de plus de 150 km. de toutes teires emergees

Sen Snl d rr, t , 1 C0 S“ 1,les de M ollusques Gas.eropodes appar.ena.it & des families qu. nc vivcnl

cEopfdaeT C ,nlert 3 65 : LlUonnidae ’ Si P h °nariidae) ou emergee (supralittorales : Ellobiidae ;

Fig. 3. Schema des vanaiions d'amplitudes du niveau marin au cours des derniers 140.000 ans (d'apres Hopley, 1982).

La partie sommitale de ces guyots a conserve la forme caracteristique des atolls avec une denression

correspondant a 1 ancien lagon. Ainsi les bancs Pasco et Field ctaient encore des atolls au PIdistocdne Les iuelques

dragages sur ces sommets (stations DW 543, DW 596). entre 30 e. 50 m de profondcur montren,^ des peupTernems

de marircporcs et d algues calcaires (Halimeda et Lithothamnides). Sur les pentes de ces guyots le^ubslrat est

compose de debris coralbens e. d'articles d 'Halimeda. jusqu'a pres de 700 m de profondeur.

DEROULEMENT DE LA CAMPAGNE MUSORSTOM 7

■AiS'm* z 2oS'«rr ne a eu lieu a partii dc Noum6a - du 5 au 4 juin ,992 - a d “ n - °-

Source MNHN. Paris

CAMPAGNE MUSORSTOM 7

Les cartes utilisees au cours de cette campagnes sont:

— les cartes de details des bancs extraites de Brocher (1985);

— la carte du CCOP/SOPAC (Kroenke et al ., 1983);

— les cartes marines du Service Hydrographique de la Marine n° 6817,6876,7234.

3141 fteao)

/. n2907,

3460

At06S)

3541

Rep(l943)

(1966)

I Banc Taviuni

{1969) ■■ ((,

•onnaise Bank

10591

Banc

l Banc Sialiafi

•(1906)

Dimes C>

Banc Pasc

Moni Arab's

2963

\Haul-fond Roluman

Banc Foss\

(197 7)

Discoid

l<983)

>OCk)»mOeau Bank

(1975) 6S6- 9 g' 7

1915/

Niualo ou(705t

735)

vT 75 '?

234^

/ I6IO /

AcDvUt *olc*r

Fig. 4. — Itineraire de la campagne Musorstom 7 (carle SH n°6817) : 1. Futuna du 10 au 12 mat (st. 494-519). 2 N

de Wallis le 13 mai (st. 520-528) ; lagon de Wallis le 15 mai (si. lagon 1-2). — 3. Banc Waterwitch le 16 mat

(st 529-538). — 4. Banc Combe les 17 etl8 mai (st. 539-554). — 5. Banc Tuscarora les 19 et 20 mat (st. 555-568) ,

banc Waterwitch le 21 mai (st. 569-576) ; N de Wallis le 22 mat (st. 577-586). - 6, Banc Field les 23 et 24 m.,

(st. 587-600) ; lagon de Wallis le 25 mai (st. lagon 3-4) ; SE de Wallis les 25 et 26 mai (st 601-612). 7. Banc

dans le SE d'Alofi le 27 mai (st. 613-616); E et SE d'Alofi le 27 mai (st. 617-619). — 8 Banc S I300 m de profondeur

dans le SW du banc Combe le 28 mai (st. 620-624). — 9, Banc Bayonnaise le 29 mai (st. 625-632). — 10, Banc dans

le SW du banc Rotumah le 30 mai (st. 633-638).

MatErif.i. et mEthodes. — Les engins dc prelbvements utilises furent: une drague de type Waren. un chalut a

perche de 4 m. un chalut a crevettes de 14 m de corde de dos. une drague epibcnthique. Les caractenstiques de

l utilisation de ce materiel sont les memes que pour les campagnes Musorstom precedentes (Richer de Forges.

1990, 1991). Au cours de Musorstom 7, ces engins ont et6 utilises dans une region non hydrographtee.

generalement sur des pentes d'iles ou de monts sous-marins et sur des fonds durs. Lorsque les fonds le permettaient.

les traits de dragues duraient 15 mn et ceux de chalut a perche 30 mn. ....

Us prdlevements etaicnt tamis6s dans l'eau ; les refus de tamis superteurs a 3 mm dtaient tries a bord pour cn

extraire la faune. Des prises de vues cn couleurs des rCcoltes ont ete rcalisees a bord.

Certains organismes. parmi les Mollusques et les Echinodermcs. ont fait l'objet d’une conservation a 1 azote

liquide en vuc d'etudcs phylogendtiques par sequence d'ARN.

Mis h part les trois dragages sur le sommct des guyots et les quatres stations du lagon de w till is, les

profondeurs explorees se situcnt entre 100 et 1300 m.

B. RICHER DE FORGES

Fig - 5 g auc he)- Remonlee de la drague Waren sous l'oeil vigilant de B. Richer de Forges. Remarquer la forte coite de

mallies metalliques qui protege le sac en filet (Photo J.-L. Menou, ORSTOM).

FlG h| 6 J a . d . r0ilC> '- _ ? dSU i ,a ! d ^ n drag3 - ge SU J un monl sous ' raar * n : fonds durs volcaniques. A. Crosnier examine les

oiocs . en arnere pi,in A. Le Crom prepare la drague pour le trait suivant (Photo J.-L. Menou. ORSTOM).

CO M M ENT AI RES SUR LES ZONES PROSPECTEES ET LA FAUNE RECOLTEE

Les iles Futuna et Alofi <iles df. Horn). — Les ties Fuiuna el Alofi som des lies hautcs volcaniques

(OR/esczyk el a!., 1988) borddcs d'un recif frangeant (Richard et a!., 1981). separees par un chcnal (Chcnal

F ' 8 1985) CarlC balhymdtnque des abords des >Ies de Horn avec. en hachures. les sites de recolte (d'apres SlNTON el a

Source: MNHN, Paris

CAMPAGNE MUSORSTOM 7

Vasia) de 0,5 mille dc largeur et environ 100 m de profondcur. Les stations 494 h 508 ont eu lieu sur la pente

ouest de ce chenal; les stations 509 a 519 au nord nord-ouest de Futuna et les stations 617 & 619 dans l'est-sud-est

d'Alofi (Fig. 7).

De 100 a 200 m de profondcur, des fonds de sables coralliens grossiers a Forammifdres et Heieropsamnua sont

colonisees par des Gorgones et des Alcyonaires (Nephlheidac).

De 200 a 400 m, la pente est constitute de blocs et graviers d'origine corallicnne et de vases indurees sur

lesquels on trouve des peuplemcnts de Crustaces (Galatheidae. Brachyoures, crcvettes). d'Echinodcrmcs (Ophiures)

et de Mollusques (Conidae). . .

De 400 it 600 m. le substrat est compose de blocs ddcimdtriques de roches volcamques avec, parlois. des pierres

ponce et des scories.

FlG. 8 (a gauche). — Tri de la drague : tamisage dans l'eau. De gauche a droite, B. MEtivier. P. BOUCHET, J.-L. Menou

(Photo B. Richer de Forges. ORSTOM).

Fig. 9 (a droile). — Autour de la table de tri. De gauche a droite. A. CROSNIER, P. BOUCHET, B. METIVIER ; en arriere plan

N. Comtnardi et B. Richer de Forges (Photo J.-L. Menou, ORSTOM).

LES PENTES EXTERNES DE Wallis (Fig. 10). — Commc font ddcrit Richard el al. (1982). les ties Wallis se

composent dune Tie principale (Uvea), volcanique, et dc 19 pctits Tlots. coralliens ; fcnsemble est cntoure par un

rccif barricrc coupe dc 5 passes. Cette Tic n'est pas issue du "hot-spot" responsable de la formation de 1 alignement

des Ties Samoa et scmble anciennc. Un volcanisme ires recent, sans doute Quaternairc. y a ete dtudid (Price et al..

1991). Cependant sa morphologie d'Tle haute, entouree d'unc barricre corallienne ires developpee. mdique un stade

avance dans revolution du processus de subsidence. Les stations 520 a 526 et 581 a 586 ont eu lieu sur la pente

nord-ouest du recif barricre des Wallis, les stations 577 a 580 sur un haut-fond situe a 6 mtlles dans le nord-ouest,

les stations 602 a 611 dans le sud-est qui a une pente plus modcrec et la station 527 devant la passe du sud.

Jusqu'Ti 400 m dc profondcur. les fonds sont composes de sables grossiers et de gres coralliens ; cntre 4UU et

500 m. de sables grossiers detritiques (nombreux articles de Crinoidcs pedoncules dont Gymnocrinus).

A partir de 500 m. on rencontre des substrats volcaniqucs. vases rouges indurees. tuts, blocs basaltiques.

A la station 522 par 650 m de profondcur. a die trouve un specimen vivant de l'espdce Gymnocrinus richeri

Bourseau. Amdziane-Cominardi et Roux. 1987. decrite de Nouvellc-Caledonie et considcree comme le seul

representant actuel de la famille Jurassique des Flemicrinidae (Bourseau el al.. 1991).

Lacon de Wallis. — Deux dragages et deux trails de chalut a perche (non numerates) ont eu lieu dans le lagon

Est de l'Tle d'Uvea (Wallis). Les preldvements sont situds dans les bassins de Mata Ulu. a Test, et de Mua. au sud.

et montrent des fonds plats composes de sables blancs tres fins et de vases carbonatdes. La faune y est trds pauvre.

par comparaison a cclle des fonds equivalents dcs lagons de Nouvclle-Caledonic (RICHER DE Forges, 1991) :

Sipuncles. Hololhuries, Ophiures, crabes (FIcxapodinae. Portunidae. Xanthidae), creveltes Pendides ( Meta-

penaeopsis), Mollusques (Turitelles. bivalves). Dans les chaluts. on a rdcoltd de nombreux Antipathaires avec des

crcvettes associdcs ( Tozeuma ) et de pctits poissons plats.

B. RICHER DE FORGES

LES GUYOTS. La zone economique de Wallis ei Fuluna contienl de nombreux monls sous-marins d'ages el

(J0I, ^ S0 . N / / al " l986) - Seuls les P |US vasles el les plus Aleves figurcni sur les cartes

bathymctriques. Au cours de MUSORSTOM 7, les pentes des bancs Waterwitch, Combe. Tuscarora Field et

ulTmT 0,11 CIC echanllllonndes - D ' aulres monls sous-marins. sans nom, ont (Sgalcmenl fait l'objct de dragages

Combe /

Bank /

Fig. 10 (& gauche), - Cane bathymetrique de Wallis avec. en hachures, les sites de rdcoltes (d'aprfes SlNTON el at., 1985).

F ' G 'l985). dr01te) ' “ Car ‘ C bathym4,rique du banc Combe - avec - e " hachures, les sites de recoltes (d'aprfes SlNTON el at..

intrJSrSwSE. d eonstitues, jusqu a 500 m de profondeur. d'articles d 'Hatimeda et de (oraminiferes. Cette

intrusion*: bioclastes superfictels dans la zone bathyalc superieure avail deja etc observee au cours de plongccs en

submersible sur des pentes d’atolls (Colin et al., 1986 ; Sarano & Pichon, 1988 ; Rio el al ^991)

de SeTio ah0n 7 a 7 CleS d Ha ‘ ,meda sur Ies pentes ne scmble pas en relation directc avec les peuplements actue s

n est ri able ‘> ui: ces b,oclastes se ^ - SKKS5

I'' nn, r 7;bmcn, ,,, , Da . ns lc lagon de la Grande Barri <*e australienne. Drew (1983) a estime

1 apport sedimentaire des Halimeda a environ 1 m pour 1.900 ans.

e. 569 5 b 76 n ilS!l Ch ; "3/ m mi ,“ eS da " S ' C nord -° ucs ' des iles Wallis, a fait fobjet des stations 529-538

2 ‘ d ! uy don e plateau sommi,a l se prdsente vers 30 m de profondeur (la sonde a -20 m de

^ dragagC 5 ? 6 ‘ Cn,re 27 Cl 37 m - a "PA des blocs coralfiens mom e!

“esr n,S CalCa ‘ reS 3VCC UnC f3Une vagile pauvrc (Comatules. Brachyoures. Pagures.

capture h 1*3 ‘T* U " M ?" usquc Vohj lidac du genre Teramachia , ce qui constitue la

capture la plus a 1 est de ce groupe a developpement larvaire court et non planctotrophe

572 5 “ 6 S " U6C ^ fla " C dC 1)6,116 6nlrC 350 CI 450 m - des Gymnocrinus vivants on. e.e recoltes (stations

Hj^T“ttfe, 6 clK. re ‘ r0UVe dCS f0 " dS r0CheUX baSaUiq “ eS aV “ PeU de fa “ ne fiX& (SerP " leS '

Wallfs etse'nSdu^’Liinf' U " ^ T* 6 banC (l8 x 23 mU,es > silud a 140 milles dans lc nord-ouest de

^ 800 * 1000 m dC Pr ° f0nd6Ur : c de ces deux bancs

m U rt dragage sur le P' a,eau < st - 543) par 27-30 m de profondeur mon.re un fond de blocs d’alaucs calcaires

converts d algues verics, rouges e. brunes. sans madrepores" .res pauvre en faune vagile. §

Source: MNHN, Paris

CAMPAGNE MUSORSTOM 7

De 300 & 400 m, on observe dcs fonds dc sables et graviers coralliens, avec une faunc rare mais diversiftee,

notamment en Crustacds (Platymaia, Mursia, Munida ) el en Mollusques (Trochidae, Turridae).

De 400 a 500 m, on trouve le memc substrat d’cboulis, assez pauvre.

De 500 a 700 m dc profondeur, on recolte des blocs el debris coralliens el du sable a articles d 'Halimeda. Parmi

les Crustaces, d’assez nombreux crabcs de la famille des Tymolidae s'observent ; chez les Mollusques.

prddominance des Pectinidae (Propeamusium), des Seguenziidac el des Scaphopodes.

De 700 a 9(X) m. sur l'ensellement, des fonds graveleux suffisamenl plals permettenl le chalutage (si. 550-554).

Ces fonds presentent des peuplement ii Pennaiulaires el Gorgones avec des Crustacds associes (Chirostylidae) et les

crcvettes habiluelles a ces profondeurs ( Hymenopenaeus , Benthesicymus, Nematocarcinus, Heterocarpus,

Plesionika, Glyphocrangon), ainsi que des Mollusques de la famille des Xenophoridae.

Le banc Tuscarora (Fig. 14). situe a 220 milles dans le nord-ouesl dc Wallis, presente un plateau entre 30 et

20 m de profondeur el mesure 35 milles d'est en ouest; sa face ouest est en pente douce mais couverte de blocs

coralliens jusqu'h plus de 650 m. . ..

Les stations 555 a 568 ont rapporte une faune assez riche en Crustaces, en particular les quelques traits de

chaluts entre 700 et 1100 m de profondeur: crabes (Tymolidae. Majidae. Homolidac. Ethusinac). Nephropidae.

crevettcs diverses. Une vastc zone chalutable a etc relevee entre 900 et 1100 m.

Le banc Field (Fig. 15). situe a 150 milles dans l’cst-nord-est de Wallis, s’allonge d'est en ouest sur environ

12 milles. Les stations 587-589 ont echanlillonnd la pente nord-est. composee de sediments ii articles d 'Halimeda.

Un autre banc, sans nom. situe h 25 milles dans le sud-est et culminant cgalement a 30 m dc profondeur a fait

l'objet des stations 590 a 600. entre 300 et 800 m de profondeur.

A la station 591. il a dte recolte des coquillcs dc Mollusques tcrrestres. bien que les lerrcs emergecs les plus

prochcs soient les ties Savai’i (Western Samoa), h plus dc 180 milles vers le sud-est et Wallis ii 200 milles au sud-

ouest.

FlCi. 12 (& gauche). — Arnvee du chalut a perche, sous la pluie (Photo J.-L. MENOU, ORSTOM).

Fig. 13 (a droite). — Tri du chalut. De gauche a droite : P. Bouciiet. A. Danigo, second mecanicien du N. O. Alis

B. MEtivier. A. Crosnier. B. Richer de Forges (Photo J.-L. Menou. ORSTOM).

AUTRF.S MONTS SOUS-MARINS. — Des monts sous-marins ne faisant pas partie de l'alignement dc guyots des

Samoa ont egalement etd echantillonnds : _ , . m

_Stations 613-616, dans Vest d'Alofi. sur un mont culminant vers 400 m. Ces dragages entre 580 et 750 m

n'ont ramene que des blocs basaltiques el des encroutements de manganese avec quelques organtsmes Itxes

(Hydraires. Gorgones).

_Stations 620-624, sur le sommet labulairc d'un "guyot" situd par 1300 m de profondeur, entre le banc

Combe et le banc Bayonnaise. Ces fonds vaseux. trds plats, ont permis dc bonnes rdcoltes par chalutages :

crcvettes Pdneides et Carides, Nephropidae, crabes Homolidae. Mollusques (Propeamusium, Turridae),

Echinodermes (Ophiures, Asteries, Holothuries, Comatules. Echinides), Poissons (Macrouridae, Apodes).

— Stations 633-638, sur un mont situe par 130 milles dans le sud du banc Bayonnaise par 500 a 800 m de

profondeur. 11 s'agit d'un substrat volcanique de blocs de taillc decimetrique et de scories. La faune rdcoltde y est

rare : vers 800 m les grands spicules d'Eponges sont abondants.

B. RICHER DE FORGES

FiG. 14. — Carte bathymetrique du banc Tuscarora avec, en hachures, les sites de recoltes (d'apres BROCHER, 1985).

Fig. 15. Carte bathymetrique du banc Field avec, en hachures, les sites de recoltes (d'apres SlNTON el al. y 1985).

Source MNHN. Paris

CAMPAGNE MUSORSTOM 7

FIG. 16 (k gauche). — Conditionnement des echantillons dans le laboratoire humide du N. O. Ahs. De gauche k droite

B. Richer deforces, P. Bouchet, en arrierc plan A. Crosnier (Photo J.-L. Menou.ORSTOM).

FIG. 17 (k droite). — Detente au carre. De gauche a droite : P. BOUCHET. A. CROSNIER, A. DANIGO, second mecanicien de

\'Alis % N. COMINARDI. M. LE BOULC H, commandant de 1 'Alis, B. RICHER DE FORGES (cache) et J.-L. MENOU (Photo

ORSTOM).

CONCLUSIONS

La faunc bathyalc de la zone economique de Wallis et Futuna semble quantitativement beaucoup plus pauvre

que celle de Nouvelle-Caledonie, en particulier pour lcs pentes des monts sous-marins. Cependant, la diversite

specifique est assez elevde chez les Crustaces, Mollusques et Echinodermes. On observe trcs peu de Scleractimaires

et une quasi-absence de Stylastdrides. alors qu ils sont tres diversifies en Nouvelle-Calddome.

La decouverte de Gymnocrinus remet en question l'hypothese avancde pour expliquer la richesse de la zone

bathyale de Nouvelle-Caledonie en "fossiles vivants". A savoir qu'une faune ancienne, proche de celle de la

Mesogde mesozoi'que, aurait ete prdservee sur la ride de Norfolk parce qu'il s’agit dun vestige de 1 ancienne marge

continentale du Gondwana (Stevens. 1977 ; AMfiziANE-COMlNARDi et al. ; 1987). Par ailleurs, cela ind.que qu il

faut rester prudent dans les correlations entrc la tectomque des plaques et la biogeographie de la faune de protondeur.

Les lies Wallis sont sur la plaque Pacifique et on y trouve cependant plusieurs orgamsmes d&ouvcils sur ,a plaq “ e

Australo-Indienne : CrinoTdes, Spongiaires du groupe des Sphinctozoaires (VACELET et al 1992). Mollusques de la

famille des Volutidae. , t

La presence, sur les pentes de guyots £loignes de toutes terres 6mergees, de Mollusques interudaux et memes

d’espdces teirestres, confirment une phase d'emersion de ces reliefs. La datation dcs coquillcs devra.t permettre de

pr(jciser si ce sont des reliques de la demiere periode glaciairc. . .

A l'6poque ou l'ctude dc la "biodiversitc" devicni une des priorites de la recherche Internationale, on se don de

constater que l'on est loin d'avoir achevc l’inventaire de la faune marine. L’exploration des arch.pels et monts sous-

marins de rindo-Pacifique et la description de la faune restent d'actualite el sont dcs preambles a la biogdographic et

aux reconstitutions des paldocnvironnements.

REMERCIEMENTS

Nous avons plaisir a remercier ici les personnes qui out facilite la realisation de cettc campagne : l'equipage du

N O "Alis" qui. sous le commandemcnt de M. Le BOULCH. a accompli un travail souvent difficile dans des

conditions parfois pdnibles et. en particulier, A. LE CROM pour l’energie avcc laquelle il a. durant toute la

campagne. remis en elat lcs engins de peche dans des temps records ; les autorites administrates et coutumieres

du Territoire de Wallis et Futuna qui nous ont aide aux escales.

B. RICHER DE FORGES

La campagne Musorstom 7 a ete rendue possible grace aux credits du Departement Terre Ocean Atmosphere de

l'ORSTOM, de la Direction de la Recherche et des Etudes Doctorales du Ministere de lEducation Nationale el du

Museum national d’Histoire naturelle (Bonus Qualite Recherche -1991).

REFERENCES BIBLIOGRAPHIQUES

Am£ziane-Cominardi, N., Bourseau, J.-P. & Roux, M., 1987. — Lcs crinoides pedoncules de Nouvelle-Caledonie (S. W.

Pacifique) : une faune bathyale ancestrale issue de la Mesogee mesozoique. C. R. hebd. Acad. Sci. Paris , 304 (3) 1 :

15-18.

Antheaume, B. & Bonnemaison, J., 1988. — Allas des lies el dials du Pacifique Sud. GlP RECLUS/PUBLISUD, Montpellier,

Paris, 126 p.

Boehlert, G. W. & Genin. A., 1987. — A review of the effects of seamounts on biological processes. In : B. H. KEATING

et al. (eds). Seamounts, Islands, and Atolls. Geophysical Monograph, (43) : 319-334.

Bourseau, J.-P., Am£ziane Cominardi, N. & Roux, M.. 1987. — Un Crinoide pedoncule nouveau (Echinodermes),

repr^sentant actuel de la famille jurassique des Hemicrinidae : Gymnocrinus richeri nov. sp. des fonds bathyaux de

Nouvelle-Caledonie (S. W. Pacifique). C. R. hebd. Acad. Sci. Paris, 305 (3) : 595-599.

Bourseau, J.-P., Am£ziane-Cominardi, N., Avocat, R. & Roux. M., 1991. — Echinodermata : Les Crinoides pedoncules

de Nouvelle-Caledonie. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 8. Mem. Mus. naln.

Hist, not (A), 151 : 229-333.

Brocher, T. M., 1985. — On the age progression of the seamounts west of the Samoan Islands, SW Pacific. In : T. M.

BROCHER (ed.). Investigations of the Northern Melanesian borderland. Circum-Pacific Council for Energy and Mineral

Resources ; Earth Science Series, 3 : 173-185.

Brocher, T. M. & Holmes, R., 1985. — Tectonic and geochemical framework of the Northern Melanesian Borderland : an

overview of the KK820316 leg 2. Objectives and results. In : T. M. Brocher (ed.). Investigations of the Northern

Melanesian borderland. Circum-Pacific Council for Energy and Mineral Resources ; Earth Science Series, 3 : 1-13.

Colin, P. L., Devaney, D. M., Hillis-Colinvaux. L., Suchanek. T. H. & Harrison, J. T., 1986. — Geology and

biological zonation of the reef slope, 50-360 m depth at Enewetak Atoll, Marshall Islands. Bull. Mar. Sci., 38 (1) :

111-128.

Collot, J.-Y., Greene, G., Stokking. L. et l’^quipe du leg 134, Akimoto, K.. Ask, M. V. S., Baker, P. E., Briqueu, L.,

Chabernaud. T., Coltorti, M., Fisher, M. A.. Goud, M., Hasenaka, T., Hobart, M., Krammer, A.. Leonard, J.,

Martin, J. B., Martinez-Rodriguez, J. I., Menger, S., Meschede, M., Pelletier, B., Perembo, R. C. B., Quinn, T.

M., Roperch, P., Reid, P., Riedel, W. R., Staerker, T. S., Taylor, F. W. & Zhao. X.. 1991. — Rdsultats

preliminaires du Leg 134 de l'Ocean Drilling Program dans la zone de collision entre fare insulaire des Nouvelles-

Hebrides el la zone d'Entrecasteaux. C. R. hebd. Acad. Sci. Paris, 313. (2) : 539-546.

Craig, C. H. & Sandwell, D.T.. 1988. — Global distribution of seamounts from Seasat profiles. J. Geoph. Res., 93

(B9) : 10408-10420.

Drew, E. A., 1983. —Halimeda biomass, growth rates and sediment generation on reefs in the Central Great Barrier Reef

Province. Coral Reefs,! : 101-110.

Duncan, R. A., 1985. — Radiometric ages from volcanic rocks along the New-Hebrides-Samoa lineament. In : BROCHER,

T. M. (ed.). Investigations of the Northern Melanesian borderland. Circum-Pacific Council for Energy and Mineral

Resources ; Earth Science Series, 3 : 67-76.

FOREST, J., 1976. — Compte rendu et remarques generates / Report and general comments. In : Resultats des campagnes

Musorstom. I - Philippines (18-28 mars 1976), Tome 1. Mem. ORSTOM, 91 : 9-50.

Forest, J., 1985. — La campagne Musorstom II (1980). Compte rendu et liste des stations. The MUSORSTOM II

Expedition (1980). Report and list of stations. In : Resultats des campagnes MUSORSTOM, Tome 2. Mem. Mus. naln.

Hist, nat ., (A), 133 : 7-30.

Forest, J., 1989. — Compte rendu de la Campagne MUSORSTOM 3 aux Philippines (31 mai - 7 juin 1985). Report on the

Musorstom 3 Expedition to the Philippines (May 31st - June 7th 1985). In : J. FOREST (ed.), Resultats des

Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 4. Mem. Mus. naln. Hist, nat., (A), 143 : 9-23.

Source: MNHN, Paris

CAMPAGNE MUSORSTOM 7

FORNARI D. J., BATIZA , R. & LUCKMANN. M. A., 1987. — Seamount abundance and distribution near the east pacific rise

0-24°N based on Seabeam data. In : B. H. KEATING el al. (eds). Seamounts. Islands, and Atolls. Geophysical

Monograph, (43) : 13-21.

Grzesczyk, A., Monzier, M., Lefevre, C., Butterlin, J., Dupont, J., Eissen, J.-P., Glaqon G. Maillet. P &

Muller, C., 1988. — Geologie des lies Futuna et Alofi (T. O. M. des lies Wallis et Futuna. Pacifique sud-ouest) .

Donnees preliminaires. Geol. France, 2-3 : 131-134.

Grzesczyk. A.. Lefevre. C.. Monzier, M„ Eissen. J-P.. Dupont . J. & Maillet. P„ 1991. - M.sc en evidence dun

volcamsme transi.ionnel pliocene super,eur sur Futuna e. Alofi (SW Pacifique) : un nouveau temoin de 1 evolution

geodynamiquc nord-Tonga. C. R. hebd. Acad. Sci. Paris, 312 (2) : 713-720.

HOPLEY, D., 1982. — The Geomorphology of the Great Barrier Reef : Quaternary Development of Coral Reefs. John

Wiley & Sons, New York, 453 p.

JOHNSON. K. T.. Sinton, J. M. & PRICE, R. C„ 1986. — Petrology of Seamounts northwest of Samoa and their relation to

Samoan volcanism. Bull. Volcano!., 48 : 225-235.

KAUFMANN. R. S., Wakefield, W. W. & GENIN. A.. 1989. — Distribution of epibenthic megafauna and lebensspuren on

two central North Pacific seamounts. Deep-Sea Res.. 36 (12) : 1863-1896.

KEATING. B. H.. fryer, P.. Batiza. R. & Boehlert. G. W„ 1987. - Seamounts. Islands, and Atolls. Geophysical

Monograph, (43) ; 405 p.

Kroenke. L. W. , Jouannic. C. & Woodward. P.. 1983. - Bathymetry of the Southwest Pacific. Char, 1 of the

Geophysical Atlas of the South-Wes, Pacific. Scale 1 : 6.442.182 a. 0°. Mercator projection. 2 sheets. CCOP/SOPAC .

Menard, H. w., 1984. — Origin of guyots : The Beagle to Seabeam../. Geophys. Res., 89 (B13) : 11-123.

Price, R. C., Maillet, P., McDougall. I. & Dupont, J.. 1991. - The geochemistry of basalts from the Walhs Isla^s.

Northern Melanesian Borderland : Evidence for a lithospheric origin for Samoan-type basaltic magmas J. oka .

Geotherm. Res., 45 : 267-288.

Richard, G.. 1983. — Wallis et Futuna. Ses lies, ses lagons. ses coquillages. Xenophora. (18) : 9-20.

Richard G Galzin R . Salvat. B.. Bagnis. R.. Bennett, J.. Denizot. M. & Ricard, M„ 1981 - Geomorphology

R Ecology and Socio-economy of the Futuna marine ecosystem (Horn archipelago — Polynesia). Proc. 4th In,. Coral

Reef Symp., Manila, 1 : 269-274.

Richard G Bagnis R Bennett. J.. Denizot. M.. Galzin, R.. Ricard. M. & Salvat. B.. 1982 — Wallis et

R Etude de Tenvironnement lagunaire et recifal des lies Wallis el Futuna (Polyneste ocadentale). Rapport defimltf.

Rapport ficolc Pratique des Hautes £tudcs. RL9. 101 p.

Richer de Forges B 1990. — Les campagnes d'exploration de la faune balhyale dans la zone economique de la

for bathyal fauna in the New Caledonian economic zone, /n : A. CROSNIER (ed.).

Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 6. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist. not.. (A), 145 . 7-54.

Richer de Forges B 1991. — Les fonds meubles des lagons de Nouvellc-Caledome : generalitcs el dchantillonnages par

d?agages /° B RicHER de Forges (ed.). Le benthos des fonds meubles des lagons de Nouvelle-Caledome.Volume 1.

Etudes et Theses ORSTOM, Paris : 7-148.

Rio M ROUX M GufiRIN. H. & lequipe Cai.sUB. 1991. — Le subslrat geologique et les processus sedimcnlaires sur les

R, °pe„i;fbafhya.;s observes lors de la campagne CALSUB. In : B Lambert & M Roux (e s . L env.ronnemen,

carbonate bathyal en Nouvelle-Cal6donie (Programme envimarges). Doc. el Trav. IGAL. Pans, (15) . 57-73.

ROUGERIE. F. & WAUTHY. B„ 1986. — Le concept d’endo-upwelling dans le fonctionnement des atolls-oasis.

Oceanologica Acta. 9 (2) : 133-148.

SARANO, F. & PICIION. M., 1988. — Morphology and ecology of the deep fore reef slope at Osprey Reef. (Coral Sea).

Proc. 6th Int. Coral Reef Symp.. Townsville. 2 : 607-611.

SCOTT. G. A. J. & ROTONDO. G. M.. 1983. — A model for the development of types of atolls and volcanic islands on the

Pacific lithospheric plate. Atoll. Res. Bull. 260 : 1 -33.

Sinton J M Johnson. K. T. M. & Price. R. C.. 1985. — Petrology and geochemistry of volcanic rocks from the

' Northern Melanesian Borderland. In : T. M. BROCHF.R (ed.), Investigations of the Northern Melanesian borderland.

Circum-Pacific Council for Energy and Mineral Resources : Earth Science Series, 3 : 35-65.

B. RICHER DE FORGES

Stevens G. R 1977. — Mesozoic Biogeography of the South-West Pacific and its relationship to plate tectonics In,

Symp. Geodyn. m South-West Pacific. Noumea : 309-326.

Vacelet. J„ Cuif, J.-P.. Gautret. P.. Massot. M.. Richer de Forces, B. & Zibrowius, H., 1992. - Un Spongia.re

"A'a TJ n 3UX c °" slr „ ucleurs dc rd cifs triasiques survivant dans le bathyal dc Nouvelle-

Caledome. C. R. hebd. Acad. Sci. Pans , 314 (3) : 379-385.

ANNEXE

LISTE DES PARTICIPANTS A LA CAMPAGNE MUSORSTOM 7

Chef de mission : B. Richer de Forges.

Aulres participants : P. Bouchet. N. Cominardi. A. Crosnif.r. J.-L. Menou, B. MBtivier.

LISTE DES STATIONS DE LA CAMPAGNE MUSORSTOM 7

(DW : draguc Waren ; CP : chalm a perche ; CC : chalut a creveltes ; DE : drague epibenlhique)

Station

DW 494

DW 495

DW 496

DW497

CP 498

DW 499

DW 500

DW 501

DW 502

DW 503

DW 504

CP 505

CP 506

DW 507

CP 508

DW 509

DW 510

DW 511

DW 512

DW 513

DW 514

CP 515

DW 516

CP 517

DW518

DW 519

DW 520

Date

10.05.92

it it

11.05.92

12.05.92

13.05.92

Profondeur (m)

100-110

180-210

250-330

369-355

105-160

290-395

350-394

500-530

535-516

730-710

300-390

245-400

400

419425

245440

200-240

280-370

400450

210-245

260-300

349- 355

224-252

441-550

233-235

350- 330

500

930-920

Latitude S

14°18.9’

14°19,2'

14°19,6'

14°19.6'

14°18,9'

14° 19.6'

14° 19.5’

14°19.8'

14°19,8'

14°20,2'

I4°19.6'

I4°19,5'

14°19.8'

14°19.6'

14°19,5'

14°14.8'

14°14,5'

14°14.0'

14° 13,5’

14° 13.5’

14°13.3'

14°13.5'

14°13,4'

14°13,8'

14°13.4'

I4°10.6'

Longitude

178°03.0' W

178°04.3' W

178°04,3' W

178°04,8' W

178°03.1'W

178°04,6' W

178°04,r W

178 o 06.1' w

178°06,5’W

178°07,4' W

178°04,5' W

178°04,3' W

178°05,0’ W

I78°06,7' W

178°04.5' W

178° 11,5' W

178°11.5' W

178°10,3' W

178°10.8' W

178° 10,7’ W

178° 10.3’W

178°11,6' W

178° 10,4' W

178°09,1’W

I78°09.3'W

176° 16,7' W

Source: MNHN. Paris

CAMPAGNE MUSORSTOM 7

CP 521

it ii

890-915

14° 11,0'

176°17,3' W

DW 522

ii ii

650-765

13° 10,7'

176° 15.0'W

DW 523

ii ii

515455

13° 12,0'

176° 15.6' W

DW 524

ii ii

300

13°11,8'

176° 15.6' W

DW 525

ii ii

500-600

13°10,6'

176° 14,7' W

DW 526

ii ii

360-355

13° 13.4'

176° 15.5'W

DW 527

14.05.92

540-560

13°24,1'

176° 14.6’W

DW 528

ii ii

515435

13°24.4'

176°13.3'W

DW 529

16.05.92

500

12°31,4'

176°39,6' W

DW 530

ii ii

580-600

12°32,7'

176°39.3' W

CP 531

ii n

580-600

12°31,6'

176°39.3' W

DW 532

ii H

530-516

12°28,9'

176°41,0' W

DW 533

n ll

700-670

12°25,3'

I76°43.0' W

DW 534

ii ii

500440

12°23,3'

176°42,0'W

DW 535

n ••

470-340

12°29,6'

176°41,3' W

DW 536

•i it

37-27

12°30,8'

176°41.0' W

DW 537

•i ii

400-325

12°30,0'

176°41,0' W

DW 538

it ii

295-275

12°30,8'

176°40,3' W

DW 539

17.05.92

700

12°27.3'

177°27,3' W

DW 540

ii ii

600

12°26,7'

177°28.4’ W

DW 541

ii H

500-505

12°26,7'

177°28.0' W

DW 542

ii ii

370

12°26,4'

177°28.2' W

DW 543

n ii

30-27

12°25.6'

177°28,2' W

CP 544

ii ii

580

12°26.4

177°28.9'W

DW 545

il ll

658-652

12°27.6'

177°27,7' W

DW 546

ii ii

552-550

12°26,9'

177°29.1' W

DW 547

ii ii

455

12°26.2'

177°25.6' W

DW 548

ii ii

700-740

12°23,3'

177°24,4'W

DW 549

18.05.92

791-794

12°15,5'

177°28.1' W

CP 550

•• ii

800-810

12°14,8'

177°28.0' W

CP 551

ii ••

791-795

12°15,3'

177°28.1' W

CP 552

ii ii

786-800

12°15,7'

177°27.8' W

CC 553

ii ii

780-794

12 ° 16.8’

177°28,1’ W

CC 554

ii ii

820-795

12 ° 13,8'

177°28.0' W

DW 555

19.05.92

540-542

11°47.5'

178° 19.2’ W

DW 556

ii ii

440

11°48,7'

178°18,0' W

DW 557

it ii

608-600

11°48.1'

178°18.2' W

DW 558

ii ii

635

11°49.9'

178° 18.9' W

CP 559

ii i.

552-547

11°47,8'

178°19.1'W

DW 560

ii ii

697-702

11°47,0'

I78°20.0' W

DW 561

if ii

775-777

11°46.4'

178°22,4' W

CP 562

ii ii

775-777

11 0 48.1'

178°22.1' W

DW 563

20.05.92

1025-1035

11°46.4'

178°27,6' W

CP 564

ii ii

1015-1020

ll°46.r

178°27.4' W

CP 565

ii ii

900

11°47,4'

178°25,3’ W

CC 566

ii ii

1000-1005

11°44,6'

178°28.0' W

CP 567

ii n

1010-1020

11°47,0'

178°27.3' W

Source: MNHN. Paris

B. RICH® DE BORGES

DE 568

DW 569

DW 570

DW 571

DW 572

DW 573

DW 574

DW 575

DW 576

DW 577

DW 578

DW 579

DW 580

DW 581

DW 582

DW 583

DW 584

DW 585

DW 586

DW 587

DW 588

DW 589

DW 590

DW 591

CP 592

CP 593

DW 594

DW 595

DW 596

DW 597

DW 598

DW 599

CP 600

DW 601

DW 602

DW 603

DW 604

DW 605

CP 606

CP 607

DW 608

CP 609

DW 610

DW 611

DW 612

DW 613

DW 614

21.05.92

22.05.92

23.05.92

24.05.92

h n

M ii

25.05.92

26.05.92

•i il

ii ii

27.05.92

1011

11 °46,2'

178°27,3' W

300-305

12°30.0'

176°51,2’ W

439-420

12°30.9'

176°51,4' W

502-508

12°31,3'

176°51,7' W

500-560

12°31,8'

176°52,2’ W

364

12°31,0'

176°52,4' W

105

12°30,9'

176°52,3' W

425

12°30,9'

176°52,3' W

680-685

12°31.0'

176°52,9' W

630-645

13°08,4’

176°15,5' W

640-730

13°08,2'

176°15.6' W

490

13°08.1'

176° 14,0'W

535465

13°08.2'

176° 14.4’W

461-550

13°09,9'

176° 13,9' W

360

13°10,5'

176°14,r W

330-365

13°ll,r

176° 14,2'W

360400

13°11.2'

176°14,3' W

415475

13° 10,2'

176° 12,6'W

510-600

13° 10.7'

176°13.1'W

715-720

12°17,5'

I74°44,8' W

490-500

12°17.3'

174°44,6' W

400

12°16,2'

174°41,4' W

400

12°31.4'

174° 18,7’ W

320

12°31,r

174° 19.4'W

775-730

12°32,4'

174°22.0' W

705-711

12°30.5'

174°19,5' W

495-505

12°31.0'

174° 19,9'W

580-566

12°30,9'

174° 18.9'W

12°31,8'

174° 18.9’W

469475

12°31,4'

174° 18,6' W

702-708

12°30,5'

174° 18.4’W

760-814

12°30,0'

174°19,2' W

500

12°31,8'

174°18.2'W

350

13°18,7'

176° 17.2'W

627-660

13°22,3'

176°07,5' W

510-520

13°21,3'

176°07,7' W

415420

13°21,4'

176°08.3' W

335-340

13°21,3'

176°08,4’ W

420430

13°21.4'

176°08,3' W

420400

13°22,2'

176°09.1'w

458440

13°21.7'

176°08,5' W

430

13°21.5'

176°08,5' W

286

13°21,5'

176°08,9' W

500

13°22.5'

176°08.3' W

255

13°21.4'

176°08,9' W

610-620

14°27,4'

177°26.2’W

680-694

14°27.0'

177°26,8' W

Source: MNHN, Paris

CAMPAGNE MUSORSTOM 7

DW 615

• 1 II

700-750

14°27,0'

177°25,7' W

DW 616

II II

550

14°27,5'

177°26,0' W

DW 617

II II

350

14° 19,0’

177°58,6' W

DW 618

II II

435-420

14°21,7'

178°00.5' W

DW 619

II II

455

14°21,8'

178°00.4' W

DW 620

28.05.92

1280

12°344'

178° 11.0' W

CP 621

ii ii

1300-1280

12°35,0'

178°11,5' W

CP 622

ii ii

1280-1300

12°34,5'

178° 10.9'W

CP 623

ii n

1300-1280

12°34,2'

178°15.r W

DE 624

ii ii

1300

12°34,4’

178° 10,5'W

DW 625

29.05.92

430425

11°52,4'

179°33.8' W

DW 626

ii ii

597-600

11°53,6'

179°32.0’ W

CP 627

ii n

597-600

11°54.2'

179°31,4' W

CP 628

ii ii

650-625

11°534'

179°32.0' W

CP 629

ii ii

420400

11°53.7'

179°32.3' W

CP 630

ii ii

500

11°53,7'

179°32,2' W

CP 631

ii ••

600

11°54.0'

179°31.6' W

CP 632

•• ••

600-595

11°54,0'

179°31.5' W

DW 633

30.05.92

580-595

13°42.6'

179°56,3' E

DW 634

ii ii

550-570

13°42.0'

179°56.3' E

DW 635

ii ii

715-700

13°49.0'

179°56.0' E

DW 636

n ii

650-700

13°394'

179°55,5' E

DW 637

ii ii

820-830

13°37.2'

179°56.0' E

CP 638

ii ii

820-840

13°37,4'

179°56.0' E

Lagon Wallis

15.05.92

13°18,0'

176°08.1'W

■i ii

55-52

13°22,3'

176° 11.2' W

25.05.92

13°17.9'

176°08.4' W

ii ii

13°22.3'

176°11,3' W

Source

ATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10— RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10- RESULT A

Campagnes d'exploration de la faune bathyale

faites depuis mai 1989 dans la zone economique

de la Nouvelle-Caledonie. Listes des stations

Bertrand RICHER DE FORGES

ORSTOM

B. P. A5, Noumea Cedex

Nouvelle-Caledonie

RESUME

Les listes des stations de six campagnes fran 9 aises, faites dans la zone bathyale de la Nouvelle-Caledonie depuis mai

1989, sont publiees. Cette publication fait suite a celle parue en 1990, qui donnait les listes des campagnes similaires

faites entre avril 1978 et mai 1989.

ABSTRACT

Exploratory cruises for hathyal fauna in the New Caledonian economic zone since May 1989.

Lists of stations.

Lists of the collecting stations of the six french exploratory cruises carried out in the bathyal zone of New Caledonia

since May 1989, are published. This paper follows that published in 1990, which listed similar cruises carried out

between April 1978 and May 1989.

Dans le volume 6 des "Rdsultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM" nous avons publid les listes des stations des

campagnes frangaises dans la zone bathyale de la Nouvelle-Calddonie faites jusqu'en mai 1990 (B. Richer DE

FORGES, 1990).

Depuis lors, d'autres campagnes ont eu lieu dans la meme zone : Volsmar, faite autour des lies Matthew et

Hunter, du 29 mai au 9 juin 1989 ; Gemini qui a couvert les volcans situes au sud du Vanuatu, du 3 au 7 juillet

1989 ; Smib 5, sur le banc Azteque, du 6 au 15 septembre 1989 ; SMIB 6, au nord de la Nouvclle-Calddonie, du

28 fdvrier au 12 mars 1990 ; AZTfeQUE sur la ride de Norfolk, du 12 au 16 fdvrier ; BERYX 2 sur les rides de

Norfolk et des lies Loyaute, du 22 au 31 octobre 1991.

Richer DE FORGES, B., 1993. — Campagnes d'exploration de la faune bathyale faites depuis mai 1989 dans la zone

economique de la Nouvelle-Caledonie. Listes des stations. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), R6sultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM,

Volume 10. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., 156 : 27-32. Paris ISBN : 2-85653-206-3.

B. RICHER DE FORGES

La plupart de ces campagnes ont fail I'objel dun rapport (voir references en fin d'article), mais ces rapports,

publics dans la sdrie Rapports de missions" du Centre ORSTOM de Noumea, tires a peu d'exemplaircs, sont

difficiles h se procurer.

La faune bathyale, recoltee lors de ces campagnes, etant essentiellemcnt 6tudie dans les "Resultats des

Campagnes Musorstom", il nous semble done utile de publier ici les listes des stations de ces campagnes. bien

que certaincs d'entre elles puissent deja se trouver dans le volume consacre au benthos des fonds mcubles des lagons

de Nouvelle-Calcdonie (B. Richer de Forges, 1991).

Dans ces listes. les sigles utilises pour designer les engins de pavements sont : DW : drague Waren ; DE :

drague epibenthique ; DR : drague a roche ; DC : drague Charcot ; CP : chalut a perche ; CC : chalut a

crevettes ; CH : chalut il panneaux de 14 m : P : plongee en scaphandre autonome ; CAS . easier , PAL

palangre de fond.

CAMPAGNE VOLSMAR (ILES MATTHEW ET HUNTER)

29 mai au 9 juin 1989

Station

Date

Profondeur (m)

Latitude S

Longitude E

P 1

31.05.89

22°24,00'

171°49.00'

P 2

•• it

22°24,00'

171°49,00'

CAS 3

•I ii

800

22°24,00'

171°49,30'

DW 4

1.06.89

850

22°24,70'

171°49,00'

DW 5

it ii

700

22°25,90'

171°46,50'

DW 6

ii ii

480

22°27,20'

171°44,50'

DW 7

ii il

400

22°26,00'

171°44.10'

DW 8

•i ii

630

22°24,90'

171°43,00'

DW 9

il it

300

22°22,70'

171°41,80'

CAS 10

ii ii

290

22°23,10'

171°41,10'

DR 11

2.06.89

1000

22°23,30'

171°43,60'

DR 12

ii ii

680

22°24.00’

171°42.30'

PAL 13

ii il

660

22°24,00'

171°42,50'

DR 14

ii ii

920

22°24.10'

171°37,20'

CAS 15

•i ii

500

22°25,30'

171°40,10'

DW 16

3.06.89

500

22°25.10'

171°40,70'

DW 17

li il

300

22°23,20'

171 °41.70'

DR 18

li il

920

22°23,90'

171°37,20'

DR 19

ii ••

850

22°20,00'

171°24,50'

DW 20

ii li

500

22°20,50’

171°23.50'

P 21

•i ii

22°20.00'

171°23,00'

DR 22

4.06.89

440

22°20,20'

171°23,70'

DW 23

ii ii

140

22°20,10'

171°23,30'

P 24

ii il

22°22.00'

171°21,00'

DW 25

ii ii

940

22°22,80'

171°21,50'

CP 26

•i ii

980

22°22,80'

171 °21,40'

P 27

5.06.84

22°22,00'

171°21,00'

DR 28

•l ii

1030

22° 16.00'

171°17,20'

DR 29

il il

800

22° 16.70'

171°17,20'

DW 30

•i li

550

22°17,00'

171 ° 17.70'

DW 31

ii ii

440

22° 16,90'

171°17.40'

DR 32

6.06.89

2400

22° 17.60'

171°03,50'

CP 33

li ii

1325

22°18.70'

171 °06.60'

DR 34

7.06.89

1600

22° 18,20'

171°06,60'

DR 35

ii ii

1500

21°59,30'

170°44,50'

Source: MNHN. Paris

LISTE DES STATIONS

DR 36

ii ii

1700

21°30,10'

170°10.10'

DW 37

8.06.89

550

22°22,30'

168°42.50'

DW 38

ii ii

420

22°21.60'

168°43.10'

DW 39

it ii

305

22°20,50'

168°43.50'

DW 40

ii ii

295

22°20,00'

168°42.20'

DW 41

ii ii

250

22°17.70'

168°41.20'

DW 42

ii ii

400

22° 17.00'

168°41,50'

DW 43

ii ii

540

22° 12.00'

168°37.60'

CAMPAGNE GEMINI (VOLCANS

SUD VANUATU)

3 au 7 juillct 1989

Station

Date

Profondeur (m)

Latitude S

Longitude W

DW 48

4.07.89

200

21°00.10'

170°03,30'

DW 49

n n

285

20°59.80’

170°03,50’

DW 50

ii ii

425

20°59.10’

170°03,50’

DW 51

ii H

450

20°58,50’

170°03,40'

DR 52

ii H

510

20°59,10'

170°02,70'

CAS 53

5.07.89

620

20°59.50'

170°03,30'

P 54

ii ii

21°00,70'

170°03,20'

DW 55

ii ii

710

20°59,20'

170°01,90'

DR 56

ii ii

630

20°59.10'

170° 15.70'

PAL 57

ii ii

350

21°00.90'

170° 16.80'

CAS 58

ii n

180

20°59.60'

170°17.40’

DW 59

6.07.89

190-320

20°59.90'

170° 16.90’

DW 60

ii ii

80-190

20°59,90'

170°16,60'

PAL 61

ii ii

650

2 1 °00,60'

170°02.10'

P 62

•i ii

21°00,70'

170°03,20'

CAMPAGNE SM1B 5 (BANC AZTEQUE)

6 au 15 septembre 1989

Station

Date

Profondeur (m)

Latitude S

Longitude E

DW 70

7.09.89

270

23°40.60'

168°01.10'

DW 71

ii ii

265

23°41.30'

168°00,70’

DW 72

ii ii

400

23°42,00’

168°00.80’

DW 73

ii ii

240

23°41.40'

168°00,60'

DW 74

ii ii

245

23°40.20'

168°00.90'

DW 75

•i ii

270

23°40,90'

168°00.80'

DW 76

ii ii

280

23°4 1 .20'

168°00,50'

DW 77

ii ••

270

23°40,80'

168°01,10'

DW 78

•i ii

245

23°40,80’

168°00.20'

DW 79

ii ii

285

23°41,30'

168°01,10'

DW 80

ii ii

300

23°41,90'

168°00,40'

DW 81

9.09.89

110

22°38.20'

167°34,80'

DW 82

ii ii

155

22°31.70'

167°32.40'

DW 83

ii li

200

21°41,70'

167°33,90'

DW 84

11.09.89

290

22°20.80'

168°43,10'

DW 85

ii ii

260

22°20,00’

168°42,90'

DW 86

ii ii

320

22° 19,80’

168°42,80'

DW 87

ii ii

370

22° 18.70'

168°41,30'

DW 88

ii ii

350

22° 18.60'

168°40.20'

Source: MNHN, Paris

B. RICHER DE BORGES

DW 89

DW 90

DW 91

DW 92

DW 93

DW 94

DW 95 14.09.89

DW 96

DW 97

DW 98

DW 99

DW 100

DW 101

DW 102

DW 103

DW 104

DW 105

295

22° 18,80’

340

22°19,10'

340

22° 18,40'

280

22° 19,90'

255

22°20,00'

275

22° 19,60'

200

22°59,70'

245

23°00,00'

300

23°01,10'

335

23°01,70'

23°24,70'

80-120

23°22,90

270

23°21,20'

305

23°19,60'

315

23° 17,40'

335

23°15,70'

310

23°14,30'

CAMPAGNE SMIB 6 (NORD DE LA NOUVELLE-CALEDONIE.

28 fevrier au 12 mars 1990

Station

DW 106

DW 107

DW 108

DW 109

DW 110

DW 111

DW 112

DW 113

DW 114

DW 115

DW 116

DW 117

DW 118

DW 119

DW 120

DW 121

DW 122

DW 123

DW 124

DW 125

DW 126

DW 127

DW 128

DW 129

DW 130

DW 131

DW 132

DW 133

DW 134

DW 135

DW 136

DW 137

Date

2.03.90

M tl

3.03.90

4.03.90

ii ii

undeur (m)

Latitude S

195

19°08,10'

205

19°07,60'

220

19°06,90'

225

19°05,70'

225

19°04,70’

245

19°03,90'

225

19°05,60'

250

19°02,90'

265

19°01,20'

285

19°00,10'

300

18°59,30'

290

18°59,40'

300

18°58,50'

305

18°58.70’

325

18°58.50’

315

18°57,80'

330

18°58,00'

360

18°56,60'

405

18°56,00'

350

18°57,40'

330

18°59,10'

205

19°06,80’

215

19°06,20’

225

19°05,50'

230

19°04,90'

230

19°04,20'

240

19°03,50'

250

19°02,80'

280

19°02,60'

260

19°02,80’

320

19°01,00'

330

19°00,30'

168°41.00'

168°41,60'

168°41.10'

168°41,30'

168°42,30'

168°42,80'

168° 19,80'

168° 18,70'

168°18,00'

168°16,10'

168°05,40'

168°05,20’

168°04,90'

168°04,70'

168°04,80'

168°04,40'

168°04,50'

GRAND PASSAGE)

Longitude E

163°30,70'

163°30,20'

163°30,10'

163°29,70'

163°29.80'

163°29,70'

163°30,20'

163°29,90'

163°28,80'

163°27,50'

163°26,20'

163°25,40’

163°26,30'

163°26,20'

163°25,60'

163°25,00'

163°24.50'

163°23,50'

163°22,70'

163°22,60'

163°22,40'

163°22,10'

163°21,00'

163°20,20'

163°19,30'

163° 19.00'

163° 17,50'

163° 18.70'

163° 18,30'

163°18,30'

Source : MNHN , Paris

USTE DES STATIONS

CAMPAGNE AZTEQUE SUR LA RIDE DE NORFOLK

12 au 16 fdvrier 1990

Station

Date

Profondeur (m)

Latitude S

Longitude E

CH 1

12.02.90

375

23° 16,7'

168°04,7'

CH 2

13.02.90

320

23°40,3'

167°59,7'

CH 3

it ?i

345

23°39,2'

168°01,3'

CH 4

tt ti

318

23°39,0'

168°00,0'

CH 5

14.02.90

298

23°38,9'

168°00.0'

CH 6

i» ii

448

23°37,9'

167°42,5'

CH 7

ii ii

463

23°37,5'

167°42,1'

CH 8

if ii

455

23°40,0'

167°43.0'

CH 9

15.02.90

360

22°52,8'

167°33,0'

CH 10

ii ii

355

22°52.8'

167°33,5'

CH 11

ii ii

350

22°52,3'

167°32.4'

CAMPAGNE BERYX

2 (RIDES DE NORFOLK ET DES LOYAUTE)

22 au 31 octobre 1991

Station

Date

Profondeur

(m) Latitude S

Longitude E

CH 1

23.10.91

585

24°55,6'

168°21.7'

CH 2

ii ii

800

24 °5 1 .3'

168°22.2'

CH 3

24.10.91

675

24°54,5'

168°21,2'

CH 4

ii ii

700

24°54,5'

168°22,7'

CH 5

li ii

545

24°54,4

168°21.6

CH 6

25.10.91

780

24 °41.8'

170°09,2'

CH 7

ii ii

820

24 °41,7'

170°06,8'

CHS

26.10.91

825

24°43,6'

170°06,r

CH 9

it ii

825

24°44.5'

170°07,0'

CH 10

•i ii

850

24°43,9'

170°09,9'

CH 11

27.10.91

670

23°34,1'

169°36.7'

CH 12

ii ii

675

23°36,0'

169°36,7'

CH 13

28.10.91

670

23°34,9'

169°36,7'

CH 14

•• ii

660

23°35,9'

169°36,8'

CH 15

•• ii

700

23°34,0'

169°36,8'

CH 16

29.10.91

675

23°35,6'

169°36.5'

CH 17

ii n

625

24°55,6'

168°20,9'

CH 18

30.10.91

575

24°54,5'

168°21.3'

CH 19

ii li

700

24°54.7'

168°21,4'

REFERENCES

Bargibant, G., Grandperrin, R., Laboute, P., Monzier, M., & Richer de Forges, B., 1989. — La campagne "GEMINI"

sur les volcans sous-marins de Vanuatu. N.O. Alis (ORSTOM) du 3 au 7 juillet 1989. Rapports de Missions, Sciences

de la Terre, Geologie - Geophysique, ORSTOM Noumea, (12), 13 p. (multigr.).

Grandperrin, R.. Laboute, P., Pianet, R., & Wantiez, L., 1990. — Campagne "AZTEQUE" de chalutage de fond au sud-

est de la Nouvelle-Caledonie (N.O. "Alis", du 12 au 16 fevrier 1990. Rapports de Missions, Sciences de la Mer,

Biologic marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (7), 21 p. (multigr.).

B. RICHER DE FORGES

Grandperrin. R„ & Lehodey. P.. 1992. - Campagne BERYX 2 de peche au chalul de fond sur iroi.s monts sous-marins du

Sud-Esi de la Zone Econcmque de Nouvelle Caledonie (N.O. "Alls", 22-31 oclobre 1991). Rapports de Missions

Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (11), 40 p. (multigr.).

Labolte, P., Lardy, M.. Menou, J.-L., Monzier, M.. Richer de Forges, B., 1989. — La campagne "VOLSMAR" sur les

volcans sous-marins du sud de l’arc des Nouvelles-Hebridcs (N.O. Alis, 29 mai au 9 juin 1989). Rapports de Missions

Sciences de la rerre. Geologic - Geophysique, ORSTOM Noumea, (11), 22 p. (multigr.).

Richer DE Forges, B. 1990. — Les campagnes d'exploralion de la faune balhyale dans la zone economique de la

Nouvelle-Calcdonie. Explorat.ons for balhyal fauna in the New Caledonian economic zone. In : A. Crosnier (ed )

Kesultats des Campagnes Musorstom. Volume 6. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, not., (A), 145 : 9-54.

Richer DEFORCES B 1991. — Les fonds mcubles des lagons de Nouveile-CaRldonie : general,les el echantillonnages par

dragages. In : B. Richer DE Forges (ed.), Le Benthos des fonds meuble des lagons de Nouvelle-Calcdonie, volume 1

Etudes et Theses , Orstom, Paris : 7-148.

Source: MNHN , Paris

,TS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10- RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10- RESULTA7

Crustacea Mysidacea : Les Mysidaces

Lophogastrida et Mysida (Petalophthalmidae)

de la region neo-caledonienne

Jean-Paul CASANOVA

Laboratoire de Biologie animale (Plancton)

Universite de Provence, 3 place Victor-Hugo

13331 Marseille Cedex 3 , France

RESUME

De nombreux dragagcs et chalutages effectues dans la region neo-caledonienne, lors de differentes campagnes

(MUSORSTOM 4. 5 et 6, notamment), ont permis la recolte de 11 especes de Mysidaces, parmi lesquelles 3 sont nouvelles.

Neuf apparticnnent au sous-ordrc des Lophogastrida : Gnathophausia ingens, G. elegans fagei. Lophogaster manilae,

L. neocaledonensis sp. nov., Poralophogaster glaber. P. foresli, P . philippinensis, P. boucheti sp. nov. et Eucopia

australis. Deux autres relevent des Mysida : Pelalophlhalmus armiger et Hansenomysis cannala sp. nov Des comple¬

ments morphologiques inedits sont fournis pour plusieurs de celles dejk connues (description des femelles de L. manilae,

par exemple), de meme que la repartition bathymetrique des especes des genres Lophogaster et Paralophogaster.

ABSTRACT

Crustacea Mysidacea : Mysidaceans Lophogastrida and Mysida (Petalophthalmidae) from New

Caledonian area.

In numerous samples dredged in the New Caledonian area during many cruises (MUSORSTOM 4, 5 and 6, in particular),

11 species of mysidaceans were caught, 3 of which new to science. Nine belong to the sub-order Lophogastrida :

Gnathophausia ingens, G. elegans fagei, Lophogaster manilae, L. neocaledonensis sp. nov., Paralophogaster glaber.

P. foresli, P. philippinensis, P. boucheti sp. nov., and Eucopia australis. Two others belong to Mysida .

Pelalophlhalmus armiger and Hansenomysis carinata sp. nov. Some original morphological features are provided lor a

few already known species (such as the description of females of L. manilae ). as well as the bathymetric distribution of

species of Lophogaster and Paralophogaster.

Casanova, J. P., 1993. — Crustacea Mysidacea : Les Mysidaces Lophogastrida et Mysida (Petalophthalmidae) de la

region neo-calddonienne. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus. naln.

Hist, nat ., J56 : 33-53. Paris ISBN 2-85653-206-3.

J.-P. CASANOVA

Les Mysidaccs faisant Fobjet de cc travail proviennent de 84 stations de dragagcs et chalutages effectuees dans

lcs parages d e la Nouvc le-Calcdon.c (Sud-Ouest Pacifique), lors de dtfferen.cs campagnes organises conjointement

par le Museum national d Histoire naturelle et 1'ORSTOM. a savoir. essentiellement (fig. 1)

— Biocal (9 aout - 10 septembre 1985): 8 stations,

— Musorstom 4(12 septembre - 5 octobrc 1985): 20 stations,

— Musorstom 5 (5 - 24 octobrc 1986): 28 stations,

— Chalcal 2 (26 octobrc - ler novembre 1986): 5 stations,

— Musorstom 6 (12 - 26 fdvrier 1989): 19 stations.

On trouvera des informations completes sur ces campagnes dans le travail de Richer de Forges (1990) Enfin

quelques pavements Isolds proviennent d'autres campagnes dans les memes parages : Ties Loyaute (Biogeocai. :

1), Chtsierfield (Coraii. 2:1), Hunter et Matthew (Voi^mar : 2).

Fig. 1. — Emplacement des zones de

d'aprds Richer DF. Forges, 1990).

dragagcs et chalutages effcctuds lors des differentes campagnes etud.ees (adap.d

L1STE DES STATIONS

d'oSinTfL'd Ca 7 agnCS - les , heures (heurc locaIc ) e ' 'es positions des stations sont celles de debul

d operation. Les deux lettres avant le numdro des stations indiquem le type d'engin utilise ■ CC - chalut a

panneaux (crevet.es), CP = chalu, a perche. DC = drague Charcot. DE - draguedpibenth^ique. DW = ^ague W^n

Source : MNHN. Paris

MYSIDACEA DE IA REGION NEaCALEDONIF.NNE

BlOCAL. Nouvelle-Caledonie.

S(. CP 05. — 11.08.85. 21h41, 21 C, 16.49 I S-166°43,56'E. 2340 m : Petalophlhalmus armiger.

St. CP 40. — 12.08.85. 7hl9, 22°55.32'S-167°23,30'E, 650 m : Lophogaster manilae.

St. CP 42. — 12.08.85, 12H21, 22°45,14'S-167 0 12,I2'E, 380 m : L. manilae, Paralophogaster glaber,

P. philippinensis.

St. DW 44. — 12.08.85. 15h33, 22 o 47.30'S-167°14.30'E. 440-450 m : L. manilae, P glaber.

St. CP 54. — 1.09.85, 4h48, 23° 10.30’S- 167°42,98’E, 1000-950 m : P boucheii, Hansenomysis carinaia.

St. CP 60. — 2.09.85, 9h00. 24°01.45 , S-167°08,43 , E, 1530-1480 m : Eucopia australis.

St. DW 65. — 3.09.85. 6hl5, 24°47.90’S-168°09.09'E. 275-245 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. CP 109. — 9.09.85. 6h05, 22°10.03'S-167°15.22'E. 495-515 m : P. boucheii

MUSORSTOM 4. Nouvelle-Caledonie.

St. DW 151. — 14.09.85. 13h30. 19°07,00'S-163°22,00'E. 200 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. CP 152. — 14.09.85, 14h 14. 19°04,70'S-163 o 21,60'E, 228 m : L. neocaledonensis, P. foresli,

P. philippinensis.

St. CP 153. — 14.09.85. 15h34. 19 o 04,20 , S-163°21,20 , E, 235 m : P. glaber.

St. DW 161. — 15.09.85. 17h00. 18°38.80'S-163° 10.60'E, 565 m : P. boucheii.

St. CP 171. — 17.09.85 . 9h23, 18 o 57,80'S-163°14,00'E, 435 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. CC 173. — 17.09.85, 13h05, 19°02.50’S-163 o 18.80'E. 250-290 m : L. neocaledonensis, P. glaber.

St. CP 178. — 18.09.85, 9hl8, 18°56,30 , S-163°12,90'E, 520 m : L. neocaledonensis . P. glaber.

St. DW 183.— 18.09.85. 15h20. 19 o 01.80'S-163 o 25,80'E, 280 m : P. glaber, P. philippinensis.

St. DW 184. — 18.09.85. 16hl0. 19°04,00 , S-163 o 27,50'E. 260 m : P. foresli, P. philippinensis.

St. DW 185. — 18.09.85. 17h00, 19°06.20 , S-163°29,50 , E. 235 m : P. philippinensis.

St. DW 209. — 28.09.85. 7h55, 22 o 41.80’S-167 o 09.10'E, 310-315 m : P. glaber, P. philippinensis.

St. DW 210. —28.09.85, 9h05, 22°43.70'S-167°09.30'E. 340-345 m : P. glaber.

St. DW 212. —28.09.85. 10h37, 22°47,40'S-167°10.50'E. 375-380 m : L. manilae.

St. CP 213. —28.09.85. 13hl0, 22°51,30 , S-167°12.00 , E. 405-430 m : L. manilae.

St. DW 220. — 29.09.85. 16h05. 22°58,50 , S-167°38.30 , E. 505-550 m : P. glaber.

St. DW 222. — 30.09.85. 6h35, 22°57,60'S-167°33,00 , E. 410-440 m : L. manilae, P glaber, P boucheii.

St. DW 226. — 30.09.85.12h45, 22°47.20'S-167°21.60'E, 395 m : L. manilae.

St. CP 236.—2.10.85, 1 Oh 15. 22°11,30'S-167°15.00'E. 495-550 m : P. boucheii.

St. CP 240. —2.10.85. 17h22, 22°16,50'S-167°16.50'E. 475-500 m : P glaber

St. CP 241. — 3.10.85. 7hOO. 22°09,00'S-167 o 12,20'E, 470-480 m : P. boucheii.

MUSORSTOM 5. lies Chesterfield.

St. DW 258. — 8.10.86. 6h42. 25°32,80'S-159°46.10'E. 300 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. CP 268. — 9.10.86. 6h37. 24°44.70'S-159°39.20'E, 280 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. CP 269. —9.10.86. 7h51, 24°47.00 , S-159°37.30 , E, 270-250 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. DW 274. — 9.10.86. I5h31, 24 o 44.83'S-159°41.00 , E. 285 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. CP 276. —9.10.86. 17h44. 24 o 48.90'S-159 o 40,90'E, 269-258 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. CP 279. — 10.10.86. 9h25, 24 c, 08.72'S-159 o 37.76'E, 160-270 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. DW 280. — 10.10.86, 10h28. 24°09.99'S-159°35.75'E. 270 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. CP 287. — 10.10.86. 16h01, 24°05.40'S-159°36.30'E. 270 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. CP 288. — 10.10.86. 17h21. 24°04,80'S-159°36.80'E, 270 m : L. neocaledonensis. P. foresli.

St. DW 298. — 11.10.86. 18h20. 22 o 44.00'S-159°22.00'E. 320 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. DW 301. — 12.10.86. 6h30, 22°06.90'S-159°24,60'E, 487-610 in : P. glaber.

St. DW 303. — 12.10.86, 8h54, 22°11.93'S-159°23,17'E. 332 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. CP 320. — 13.10.86. 19h08. 22°25,40'S-159°12.60'E. 315 m: L. neocaledonensis.

St. CC 327. — 14.10.86. 17h38, 21°05.20'S-157°50,00'E. 1010 m : Gnalhophausia ingens.

St. DW 328. — 15.10.86, 6h31. 20 o 22.80 , S-158°43,60 , E. 355-340 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. DW 330. — 15.10.86, 8h37, 20 o 19.80'S-158°48.42'E. 360-365 m : L. neocaledonensis, P. glaber.

St DW 334. — 15.10.86.13h47. 20°06,27'S-158°47,62'E. 315-320 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. DW 339. — 16.10.86. 6h24. 19°53.40'S-158°37.90'E. 380-395 in : P. glaber.

St. DW 341. — 16.10.86. 9hl9. 19°45.90'S-158°43.37'E. 630-620 m : L. manilae.

St. DC 345. — 16.10.86. 16hl5, 19°39,70'S-158°32.40'E. 305-310 m : P. glaber, P. philippinensis.

J.-P. CASANOVA

St. DW 353. — 18.10.86. 6h39, 19°26,50'S-158°40.40'E. 290 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. DC 357. — 18.10.86. 13h35, 19°37.39'S-I58°45.69 , E. 630 m : L. manilae

St- DC 358. — 18.10.86. 15hl 1. 19 0 38.39'S-158 0 47.17'E. 680-700 m : L. manilae

St. DC 375. - 20.10.86. 15hl9. 19°52,20'S-158°29.70'E. 300 m : P. phitippinensis.

St. CP 386. —22.10.86. 9hl5. 20°56,2rS-160°51,12’E, 770-755 m : L. manilae

St. CP 387. — 22.10.86, 1 lh53. 20°53,41'S-160°52.14'E, 650-660 m : L. manilae, P boucheii

St. DC 388. — 22.10.86. 13h40. 20°45.35'S-160°53,69'E. 500-510 m : L. manilae

St. CP 389. — 22.10.86. 14h45. 20°44.95 , S-160°53,67 , E. 500 m : L. manilae, P. glaber

Chalcal 2. Nouvelle-Caledonie.

St. DW 69. — 27.10.86, 5h30, 24°43,70'S-168°07.90'E. 260 m : P. foresii.

St. DW 70. 27.10.86. 6h29, 24°46.00'S-168 o 09.00’E, 232 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. CP 18. — 27.10.86. 13h 15. 24°47.00'S-168°09.43'E. 274 m : P foresii

St. CP 19. — 27.10.86. 14h27. 24°42.85'S-168°09.73'E. 271 m : P foresii

St. DW 81. — 31.10.86, 8h02, 23° 19.60'S-168°03.40'E. 311 m : P. glaber

Musorstom 6. lies Loyaute.

St. DW 391. — 13.02.89. 6h'l3. 20°47.35 , S-167°05,70 , E. 390 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. DW 392. — 13.02.89. 7h02, 20°47.32'S-I67°04,60'E. 340 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. DW 397. — 13.02.89. 17h05, 20°47.35'S-167°05.17'E. 380 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. DW 398. — 13.02.89. 17h55, 20°47.19'S-167°05.65'E. 370 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. DW 411. — 15.02.89. 12H48. 20°40.65'S-167°03,35'E. 424 m : L neocaledonensis

St. DW 412. — 15.02.89. 13h47, 20°40.60'S-167°03.75'E, 437 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. CP 419. — 16.02.89. 10hl7, 20°41,65'S-167°03.70'E. 283 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. DW 428. — 17.02.89. 14hl 1.20°23,54'S-166°12,57'E. 420 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. DW 439. — 19.02.89. 7h58, 20°46,40'S-167°17.40'E. 288 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. DW 453. — 20.02.89. 9h33. 21°00,50'S-167°26.90'E. 250 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. DW 457. — 20.02.89. 13hl5. 21°00.42'S-167°28,7rE, 353 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. DW 459. — 20.02.89, 15h37, 21°01.39'S-167°31,47'E. 425 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. DW 462. 21.02.89. 6h30, 21°05.10'S-167°26,85'E, 200 m : L. neocaledonensis, P foresii

St. CP 464. - 21.02.89. 7h40. 21°02,30'S-167°31.60'E. 430 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. DW 474. - 22.02.89, 10h37. 21°08.80'S-167°55.50'E, 260 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. DW 479. — 22.02.89. 15h23, 21°09.13'S-167°54.95'E, 310 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. DW 480. - 22.02.89. 15h49. 21°08.50'S-167°55.98'E. 380 m : L. neocaledonensis.

St. CP 481. — 23.02.89. 6h30. 21°21.85'S-167°50,30 , E, 300 m : P glaber

St. DW 485. — 23.02.89, 12hl4, 21°23,48'S-167°59,33 , E, 350 m : L. neocaledonensis.

Biogeocal. Nouvelle-Caledonie et iles Loyaute.

St. CP 297. - 28.04.87, 14h49. 20°38.64'S-167°10.77'E. 1230-1240 m : Gnathophausia elegans fagei.

Corail 2. Iles Chesterfield.

St. DE 13. — 21.07.88. 2I°02,77'S-160°55.00'E. 700-705 m : L. manilae.

Volsmar. lies Hunter et Matthew.

St. DW 9. — 1.06.89. 22°22.7'S-171°41.8'E, 300 m : L. neocaledonensis

St. DW 41. — 8.06.89, 22 0 17.7'S-168°41.2'E. 250 m : L. neocaledonensis.

ETUDE TAXONOMIQUE ET ECOLOGIQUE

Parmi les onze esp6ces pr6sentes dans cc materiel, trois sont nouvelles. Neuf appartiennent au sous-ordre dcs

Lophogastrida et deux a celui des Mysida. En realite, le descquiiibre cntre ces taxons est encore plus marque si Ton

considere 1 abondance numerique, puisque le premier compte 460 specimens contre 2 seulemcnt pour le second. La

MYSIDACEA DE LA REGION NEOCALEDONENNE

selectivity des engins de recoltes utilises (dragues et chaluts) en est vraisemblablement la cause. En effet, les

specimens captures ont tous des taillcs egales ou superieures a 14 mm. ce qui exclut la plupart des Mysida

benthiques.

Sous-ordre LOPHOGASTRIDA

Famille LOPHOGASTRIDAE

Genre GNATHOPHAUSIA Willemoes-Suhm, 1875

Gnathophausia ingens (Dohrn. 1870)

Materiel examine. — lies Chesterfield. MusorstoM 5 : st. CC 327, 1010 m : 1 <J, 1 2.

Remarques. — Les 2 specimens, adultes, correspondent exactement h la description de cette especc bien

connue qui. presente dans les trois oceans, deborde rarement la zone tropicale.

Gnathophausia elegans (G.O. Sars. 1885)

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — lies LoyautC Biogeocal : St. CP 297. 1230-1240 m : 1 2.

REMARQUES. — Cette femellc appartient a la sous-especc Gnathophausia elegans fagei, ddcrite par BACESCU

(1991). qui se distingue esscntiellement de la description originale par la position de repine epimerale du sixifeme

segment abdominal ; celle-ci est situee en avanl de la pseudo-articulation divisant le segment en deux parties, au

lieu d'etre & la verticale de cette limite. Sa capture & Test de la Nouvelle-Caiedonic s'inscrit bien dans les limites

etroites de l'aire de repartition de cette espece qui. selon Fage (1941), coincident avec des temperatures superieures

a 9° it partir de 400 m de profondeur.

Genre LOPHOGASTER M. Sars, 1856

Deux espdees sont presentes dans cc materiel. L'unc correspond sans aucun doute a Lophogaster manilae.

L'autre, sujette <t des variations individuelles notables dans ces collections, ne peut clre rapportee a aucune des

especes du Pacifique connues jusqu'a present, mais rappcllerait plutot unc especc de l'Atlantique occidental: elle est

ddcrite sous le nom de L. neocaledonensis.

Lophogaster manilae Bacescu, 1985

Fig. 2

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Nouvelle-Caledonie. Biocal : st. CP 40, 650 m : 2 6 . — St. 42, 380 m : 24 6 , 10 9 .

_c. n\v 44 440-450 m : 2 6 .

MUSORSTOM 4 : st. DW 212, 375-380 m : I 9. — St. CP 213, 405-430 m : 1 6 . — St. DW 222, 410-440 m : 2 d. —

lies Chesterfield. MUSORSTOM 5 : st. DW 341, 630-620 m : 1 d. — St. DC 357, 630 m : 1 d. — St. DC 358, 680-

700 m : 1 9 . — St. CP 386. 770-755 m : 6 d. 4 2. — St. CP 387, 650-660 m : 56 d. 29 9. — St. DC 388, 500-510 m :

1 9 . — St. CP 389. 500 m : 1 d . 4 2 .

Corail 2 : st. DE 13, 700-705 m : 1 6.

J.-P. CASANOVA

Fig. 2. — Lophogaster manilae : vues dorsales (A, male ; B et I, femelle) et laterales (C et L, femelle ; E, male) de la

carapace ; ecaille antcnnaire (D) ; lamina de l'antcnnule (F, J) ; sixieme pleonite en vue lat£rale (G, K) et telson (H,

M). A- H : specimens de la station CP 387 (MUSORSTOM 5), I-M : specimens de la station CP 42 (BlOCAL).

Description. — Connuc par un seul male r^coltd dans les eaux des Philippines lors de la campagne

Musorstom 2, cette esp£ce est la plus abondante de ces collections, avec 148 specimens, parmi lesquels 98 males

Source: MNHN. Paris

MYSIDACEA DE LA REGION nEOCAI .fiDONIENNE

et 50 femelles (scx-ralio = 1.9). 11 cst done h present possible de pfeciser quelques points de la morphologie dcs

males, notamment de souligner les differences avec Fholotypc, et de dtferire les femelles. en nc retenant que les

caracteres unanimement reconnus par les specialties comme specifiques chez ces Mysidaces.

L’epine mediane (roslrc) de la plaque frontale des males est bien aussi courle que les deux laterales (epines

supra-orbitaires), ainsi que le supposait BACESCU. son specimen Slant legerement abime ; par contre. les derniercs

sont convexes (fig. 2 A) et non pas droites, comme il le figure. La lamina de l'antennule. petite lame terminant la

region interne de l’extremife du troisieme segment du pedoncule antennulaire, est tenue comme specifique (FAGE,

1942 ; Bacescu, 1981); or. elle peut affecter differents aspects selon l'origine des specimens (fig. 2 F, J).

Le telson pfesente souvent 3 paires d’epines laterales (fig. 2 H) mais il en existe parfois 4, la dermere etant dans

tous les cas plus forte que nc l’a repfesenfee BACESCU. Mais deux differences importantes distinguent la population

caledonienne de l'exemplaire philippin : d'une part, le bord exteme de l'ecaille antennaire porte 4 a 6 dents au lieu

de 3 (fig. 2 D) ; d'autre part, l’epine alaire pointue prolongeant le bord posferieur de la carapace n’est pas dirigee

ventralement. mais est au contraire legerement orientee vers le haul (fig. 2 E).

Plus petites que les males (taille maximale, mesurec du fond de l'orbite & l'extfemite du telson = 17,5 mm

contre 23.5 mm), les femelles s’en distinguent aussi par la longueur du rostre. En effet, celui-ci est beaucoup plus

long que les 6pines supra-orbitaires et depasse nettement l'extrcmite anterieure de la lamina antennulaire : il est

nettement recourbd vers le haut (fig. 2 B-C). Chez elles aussi. l'epine alaire de la carapace est plus marquee, de

meme que les epines lafero-dorsalcs du dernier segment abdominal qui surplombent la base du telson. Bien que

FAGE (1942) souligne que le rostre des femelles est gdncralement plus developpe que celui des males et dcs jeunes.

il ne semble pas qu’on ait dej& signale de tellcs differences sexuelles dans les dimensions du rostre. En outre, la

remarque du meme auteur concemant le peu de variations qu'il offrirait au sein d’une meme espece est contrcdite par

ce qui s'observe chez L. manilae . et plus particulierement pour les femelles. En effet. les descriptions des males et

femelles qui precedent ont cfe faites sur les nombreux echantillons recoltds lors de la campagne Musorstom 5,

dans les parages des Chesterfield et sur la ride de Lord Howe, entre la Nouvelle-Caledonie et l'Australie. Or. la

quarantainc de specimens captures sur deux stations lors de la campagne Biocal it 1 cst de la Nouvelle-Cafedonic, en

different. Les dix femelles observes montrent un rostre h peine plus long que celui des males (fig. 2 1),

n'atteignant au maximum que la base de la lamina antennulaire. Par ailleurs. et ces caracteres concement <1 la fois

les males et les femelles :

— la plaque frontale est en forme de gouttierc marquCc ;

— les dpines alaires de la carapace sont plus disefetes (fig. 2 L);

— celles terminant latero-dorsalement le sixieme plconitc sont relevees, de sorte qu'en vue laterale dies sont au

meme niveau que la partie tergale du segment (fig. 2 K) et la surmontent parfois ;

— enfin, les epines laterales du telson sont bien devcloppees. de meme que les epines sub-apicales qui sont en

outre plus eloigndes de la paire apicale (fig. 2 M).

Remarques. — Comme le note Bacescu, le male decrit par O. S. Tattersall (1960) du sud du Japon sous le

nom de Lophogaster sp. A est sans aucun doute un male de L. manilae ; par la forme convexe des epines supra-

orbitaires de la plaque rostrale. il se rapproche davantage des exemplaires neo-cafedoniens que de Fholotypc

philippin, mais e'est le contraire pour celle de l’epine alaire de la carapace, dirigde vers le bas. Quant a la femclle

qu'elle ddcrit sous le nom de Lophogaster sp. B, recolfee dans les eaux hawaiennes, il se pourrait bien qu’il s'agisse

aussi de L. manilae. differant simplemcnt de la population neo-cafedonienne par l'ecaille antennaire un peu plus

allong£e et les epines lafero-dorsales du sixieme pleonite moins prononcces.

Lophogaster neocaledonensis sp. nov.

Fig. 3, 7 K

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Nouvelle-Caledonie. BlOCAL : st. DW 65, 275-245 m : 4 6 ,5 9.

Musorstom 4 : st. DW 151, 200 m : 2 6 . 1 9. — St. CP 152, 228 m : 2 <3 , 1 9 . — St. CP 171, 435 m : 3 6 .

St. CC 173, 250-290 m : 1 6 , 1 9. — St. CP 178, 520 m : 1 6 -

CHALCAL 2 : st. DW 70, 232 m : 1 6 .

J.-P. CASANOVA

lies Chesterfield. Musorstom 5 : st. DW 258. 300 m : 3 6 . — St. CP 268, 280 m : 1 6 . — St. CP 269, 270-

250 m : 2 <5 ,1 9. — St. DW 274, 285 m : 6 6 ,3 9. — St. CP 276, 269-258 m : 2 6 . — St. CP 279, 160-270 m : 1 6.

— St. DW 280, 270 m : 1 6 . — St. CP 287, 270 m : 2 6 . — St. CP 288, 270 m : 11 6 ,2 9. — St. DW 298, 320 m :

1 6,1 9. — St. DW 303, 332 m : 1 9. — St. CP 320, 315 m : 1 6 . — St. DW 328, 355-340 m : 4 6 ,2 9. — St. DW

330, 360-365 m : 3 <3. — St. DW 334, 315-320 m : 1 9. — St. DW 353, 290 m : 2 6 , 1 9 .

lies Loyaute. Musorstom 6 : st. DW 391, 390 m : 1 6 . — St. DW 392, 340 m : 2 6 . — St. DW 397, 380 m : 2 6 .

— St. DW 398, 370 m : 1 6. — St. DW 411, 424 m : 1 <5. — St. DW 412, 437 m : 1 6 . — St. CP 419, 283 m : 4 6.—

St. DW 428, 420 m : 1 9 . — St. DW 439, 288 m : 1 6 . — St. DW 453, 250 m : 2 9 . — St. DW 457, 353 m : 2 6.—

St. DW 459, 425 m : 1 6 . — St. DW 462, 200 m : 1 9. — St. CP 464, 430 m : 3 6. — St. DW 474, 260 m : 2 9. —

St. DW 479, 310 m : 1 6. — St. DW 480. 380 m : 2 6 . — St. DW 485, 350 m : 1 6 .

lies Hunter et Matthew. Volsmar : st. DW 9, 300 m : 2 6 , 1 9. — St. DW 41, 250 m : 1 9 .

Types. — L'holotype el l’allotype sont un male et une femelle de la station DW 65 (Biocal). Les paratypes

sont 3 males de la station DW 258 (Musorstom 5). Ils sont deposes au MNHN sous les n° My 473, My 474 et

My 475, respectivement.

DESCRIPTION. — II s'agit dune espece bicn representee dans ces fecoltcs, avec 107 specimens, soit 79 males et

28 femelles (sex-ratio = 2,8). La taille maximale observ<5e est de 25,7 mm pour les premiers et 23,6 mm pour les

secondes. Les yeux de couleur brun clair permettent de distinguer imntediatement cette esp&ce de L. manilae , aux

yeux noirs malgre un long s6jour dans l'alcool.

L'importance du rostre varie considerablement dans les deux sexes. Sa longueur maximale s'observe chez les

males h Test de la Nouvelle-Caledonie (campagnes Biocal et Musorstom 6) oil il depasse toujours nettement la

lamina antennulaire, atteignant ffequcmment rextremite de l’dcaillc antennaire ; celui des femelles ne depasse

jamais la lamina (fig. 3 A-B). Des rostres courts, atteignant seulement une distance comprise entre la base de la

lamina et la moitie du troisieme segment antennulaire (fig. 3 I), caracterisent les specimens des deux sexes

peuplant la ride de Lord Howe (Musorstom 5). Aulour des Chesterfield, durant la meme campagne, et lors de la

premiere partie de Musorstom 4, au nord-ouest de la Nouvelle-Caledonie, e’est-a-dire, dans les deux cas, au nord de

20°S. la longueur des rostres est interntediaire, entre la base et le sommet de la lamina, sans differences sexuelles

bien nettes te non plus.

La carapace est plus ou moins finement chagrinee a la partie anterieure et depourvue d'dpines post-orbitaires ;

elle est lisse ailleurs. Les deux expansions aliformes qui la terminent postero-lateralement, ainsi que la longueur de

l'epinc alaire qui les prolonge, different scion lc lieu et le sexe. Leur importance varie dans le meme sens que celle

du rostre. Chez les males de Test et du sud de la Nouvelle-Caledonie a long rostre (campagnes Biocal et

Musorstom 6), les ailes de la carapace sont allongtfes et se terminent par une longue dpine dirigee vers le haut

(fig. 3 D). Chez les femelles du meme secteur, les ailes sont arrondies et se terminent par une cpine courte et

horizontale (fig. 3 C). Chez les specimens captures au sud de 20° S lors de Musorstom 5, caracferis6s par un

rostre court, les ailes se terminent par une 6pine a peine marquee dans les deux sexes (fig. 3 J).

Le bord externe de la lamina antennulaire est arrondi et lisse. tandis que le bord interne, droit, se termine cn une

pointe plus ou moins forte ; une soie plumeuse est inseree au fond de l'encoche realisee par la jonction entre les

deux bords ; cette encoche, plus ou moins marquee (fig. 3 H, L), arrive parfois a disparaitre.

L'dcaille antennaire. plus longue que large (rapport longueur/largeur = 1,50 & 1,85). est munie de 5 a 7 dents

sur le bord externe et se termine par une forte pointe droite. II existe un rapport entre la longueur de cette dcaille et

celle du rostre, les ccailles les plus longues s'observant chez les specimens a rostre tres developpe (fig. 3 A, I).

Les deux epines tergales prolongeant le bord posterieur du sixieme segment abdominal, une de chaque cote,

sont petites (fig. 3 F-G). Le telson est assez large puisque le rapport longueur/largeur avoisine 2,50 ; il est

caracteris£ (fig. 3 G, 7 K) par :

— 2 & 3 paires d'epines laterales dont la taille augmente de I'avant vers l'arriere ;

— 1 paire d'epines sub-apicales de longueur au moins egale a la moitte de celle des epines apicales ;

— 1 paire d'epines apicales dont la longueur represente parfois le quart de celle du telson ;

— une petite languette terminate, etrangtee & la base, munie distalement de 5 a 7 denticulations et de deux soies

plumeuses, ce qui est assez original puisque chez la plupart des especes ces dents et soies s’inserent au meme

niveau que les epines apicales, e'est-a-dire sur la ligne joignant les points d'insertion de ces epines.

Source: MNHN, Paris

MYSIDACEA DE I A REGION Nf.OCALP-DONIENNE

COMPARAISON AVEC LES AUTRES ESPECES

Par l'absence de lubcrcules sur la carapace, Lophogasler neocaledonensis se distingue d’emblee dc deux espies

Pacifioue L pacificus Fage. 1940. et L. japonicus W. M. Tattersall. 1951, cettc demiere rfcemmcnt val.dee

(MURANO 1970) apres avoir etc mise en synonymie avec la prccedente (O. S. TATTERSALL, 1960). Us autres

caracteres morphologiques qui viennent d’etre ddcrits permettent dc rapprocher Lophogasler neocaledonensis dc deux

J,P. CASANOVA

espdces du Pacifique occidental et, davantage encore, de l'une de l'Atlantique centramericain, auxquelles se

limiteront done les comparaisons et dont on peut rapidement rappeler les caractcristiques.

Lophogaster intermedins Hansen, 1910 a et<$ sommairement d6crit h partir de quelques specimens de l'ouest de

la Nouvelle-Guin6e. Dcs precisions h sa diagnose ont ete apportees depuis sur des specimens provenant du sud dcs

cotes birmanes (O. S. TATTERSALL, 1960) et des Philippines (Bacescu, 1985). Malgre quelques 16geres differences,

les trois descriptions concordcnt et different de celle de L. neocaledonensis. On note cn effet que :

— recaillc antennaire est 2 a 2,5 fois plus longue que large (au lieu de 1,50 a 1,85);

— le telson ne porte qu'une paire d'epines laterales (au lieu de 2 ou 3) et la longueur des epines sub-apicales

n'atteint jamais la moitie de celle des epines apicales, qui, elles-memes, sont toujours inferieures au cinquieme de

la longueur du telson (au lieu du quart);

— aucun auteur ne signale de differences sexuelles, tant dans le developpement du rostre que dans celui des ailes

de la carapace.

Lophogaster hawaiensis Fage, 1940 a ete decrit par ORTMANN (1905) sous le nom de L. typicus M. Sars, 1856

(pro parte) ; O. S. TATTERSALL (1960) cn a confirme la description. II se distingue de L. neocaledonensis par les

caracteres suivants:

— un rostre plus long chez les femelles que chez les males, depassant nettement la pedonculc antennulaire chez

les premieres et n'atteignant que 1'extremite de la lamina chez les seconds ;

— recaille antennaire ne portant que 4 dents sur la moitie distalc du bord externe et terminee par une pointe

recourbee vers Pinldrieur;

— 1’absence d'epines tergales sur le dernier pleonite ;

— la presence d'une seule paire d'epines laterales sur le telson dont les 6pines sub-apicales sont beaucoup plus

courtes que les apicales.

Lophogaster longirostris Faxon, 1896, est, semble-t-il, l'espcce ayant le plus de caracteres communs avec

L. neocaledonensis , h savoir :

— la longueur du rostre, celui-ci pouvant atteindre l'extr<5mit6 de l'6caille antennaire;

— la forme et l'omementation de l'ecaille antennaire ;

— le developpement de l'epine alaire de la carapace ;

— l'omementation du telson, enfin, qui porte le plus souvent 3 paires d'epines laterales (jusqu'a 6 paires), une

paire d'epines apicales ires longues, puisque TATTERSALL souligne qu'elles peuvent atteindre le quart de la longueur

du telson, et une languette apicale portant 5 a 8 denticulations. Elle s'en distingue en revanche par le rostre souvent

plus long chez les femelles que chez les males (O. S. Tattersall, 1960), le grand developpement des epines

tergales du sixieme pleonite et la forme de la lamina de 1'antennule.

REMARQUES SUR LE GENRE LOPHOGASTER

L'dtude des variations de L. manilae et L. neocaledonensis d'une part, des relations de L. neocaledonensis avec

trois especes voisines d'autre part, permet de verifier ou d'amender les conclusions de Face (1942) au terme de son

etude sur les Lophogaster recoltes par le "Dana" dans les trois oceans. II se confirme, comme on vient de le voir,

que ce genre est tres homog&ne et que la distinction de la quinzainc d'esp£ces qu'il rassemble, difficile. Fage ecrit

meme : "e'est l'un des problemes de systematique les plus ardus qu'il m'ait 6i6 donne de rencontrer" et, quelques

anndes plus tard. O. S. Tattersall (1960) ajoule : "the separation of its species has always presented great

difficulty to the taxonomist because of the slight differences in their specific characters and of individual variation

that may occur". En effet, ce sont les memes organes qui varient, mais en plus ou en moins (6caille antennaire ou

rostre plus ou moins longs, par excmple); les especes sont done definies par une combinaison de ces caracteres et

e'est ainsi que L. neocaledonensis a plus de caracteres communs avec une espece de l'Atlantique qu'avec les deux du

Pacifique dont elle est la plus proche. En revanche, la remarque de Fage selon laquelle les especes different les unes

des autres par des caracteres souvent mineurs mais constants, en raison de leur isolement geographique, est h

nuancer. Vraie pour la longueur du rostre de L. typicus M. Sars, 1856, en Mediterran<$e et dans l’Atlantique nord-

oriental, elle est inexacte pour ce meme caractere (parmi d'autres) chez L. neocaledonensis et les femelles de

L. manilae de la ride de Lord Howe et des cotes de Nouvelle-Calddonie. Et s’il n'y avait pas des specimens de

Source: MNHN, Paris

MYSIDACEA DF. IJ\ REGION m£0-CAL£DONIENNE

L. neocaledonensis aux caractcres intermediaires dans les parages des ties Chesterfield, on aurait pu conclurc a

l'existence de deux especes voisines pour les deux populations separees par le bassin de Nouvelle-Caledonie . il cst

vrai cependant que rornementation originale du tclson (qui ne sc retrouve que chez l'espece atlantique

L. longiroslris) aurait plaidc contre cette hypothese.

Conscient de ce problcme, FAGE ajoutait aussi que. tant par souci d'uniformite avec les travaux anterieurs que

pour la commoditd H e l’exposd, il elevait au rang d’especes certaines formes, sans rien prejuger de lcur rang

taxonomique. F/ - .essentait done le concept de l’espece polytypique. ddveloppd par Mayr (1942), mais sans

l'appliquer h son etuue qu'il maintenait dans la lignee des travaux de systematique classique. Or. on sail maintcnant,

dune part, que certaires ..,peces offrent des variations notables dans des secteurs peu eloignds comme on v.ent de le

voir d'autre part que leur airc de reparation peut etre assez vaste (cas de L manilae). Il est done probable que des

especes comme L. intermedias et L. hawaiensis, dont Face avail deja soulignd les grandes affimtes. constituent

une seule espdee. Il pourrait en etre de meme pour L. mullispinosus et L. schmidti, dgalcment deents par Fage

(1940). l’une des ties Fidji et Samoa, l'autre de la Nouvelle-Guinee. Scion l'auleur lui-meme, ces deux especes ne

se distinsuent que par des differences dans la longueur du rostre et des epines alaires. le nombre d'epines lateralcs du

telson et surtout. la forme de la lamina de l'antennule. Or. O. S. Tattersael (1960) a ddcrit des ties Hawai des

specimens qu'elle atlribue a une race geographique de L. schmidti en raison prdcisement de la forme de la lamina

qui tend, mais l’autcur ne le relive pas. vers celle de L. multispinosus. . . . .

La prise en compte de criteres dcologiques comme le comportcment balhymctnque pourrait aider a rcsoudre

certains de ces problemes. En effet. il a etc difficile jusqu'a present de comparer la distribution verticale des especes

a partir des donnees anter.cures. souven. imprecises (cas de cclles du "Dana", ou la profondeur des recol.es est

calculde d'apres la longueur de cable file). Or. il s'avfcre que ceUe-ci est differen.e scion l’espece cons.ddrce dans les

rdcoltes etudides ici (tabl. 1): Lophogaster manilae. la plus profonde. s’observe entre 373 et 770 m de profondeur.

avec un maximum au-dela de 500 m. tandis que L neocaledonensis apparait a partir de 160 m et ne depasse pas

520 m. avec un maximum entre 250 et 300 m.

Profondeur (cn m)

manilae

150-200

200-250

250-300

300-350

350-400

400-450

450-500

> 500

Total

102

neocaledonensis

1 0

Total

5 5

1 4

1 8

glaber

Total

4 3

1 0

for est i

Tota 1

6 5

philippinensis

T otal

2 2

1 1

boucheti

Total

1 4

Tableau 1. — Nombre de specimens (males, femelles. total) des differentes especes de Lophogaster et Paralophogaster

captures a differentes profondeurs.

J.-P. CASANOVA

Genre PARALOPHOGASTER Hansen, 1910

Ce genre difftrant notablemeni des autres Lophogastrides n’a pas 6te reconnu comme tel lors du iri des nom-

breux Mysidac£s rapportds par les expeditions danoises. C'est pour cela qu'il ne figure pas dans l'6tude exhaustive

de Fage sur les Lophogastrides du "Dana".

II comptait sept esp£ces jusqu'en 1981, ann6c ou Bacescu en decrivit deux nouvelles sur les trois vivant dans

les eaux des Philippines (campagne Musorstom 1, mars 1976). Celles-ci, a savoir Paralophogaster

philippinensis, P. foresti et P. glaber, se retrouvent dans ce materiel, en compagnie d'une espece nouvelle,

P. bone hell.

Paralophogaster glaber Hansen, 1910

Fig. 7 A-B

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Nouvelle-Caledonie. Biocal : st. CP 42, 380 m : 1 6 . — St. DW 44, 440-450 m : 1 6 ,

2 9.

Musorstom 4 : st. CP 153, 235 m : 1 <5, 1 9. — St. CC 173, 250-290 m : 12 6 , 26 9. — St. CP 178, 520 m : 1 <3,

7 9. — St. DW 183, 280 m : 1 <5.4 9. — St. DW 209, 310-315 m : 2 <5 . — St. DW 210, 340-345 m : 1 6 . —

St. DW 220, 505-550 m : 1 9 . — St. DW 222, 410-440 m : 1 9. — St. CP 240, 475-500 m : 1 9.

Chalcal 2 : st. DW 81,311 m : 1 9.

lies Chesterfield. MUSORSTOM 5 : st. DW 301, 487-610 m : 1 9. — St. DW 330, 360-365 m : 1 6 . — St. DW

339, 380-395 m : 2 6 . — St. DC 345, 305-310 m : 1 9. — St. CP 389, 500 m : 1 <5.

lies Loyaute. Musorstom 6 : st. CP 481, 300 m : 1 <5.

Remarques. — Bacescu (1981) a donn6 des complements a la description originale, les exemplaires

philippins different fegerement de ceux de Hansen provenant du sud de la Nouvelle-Guinee. C’est dire qu’il y a peu

& ajouter & la connaissance de cette espece, la premiere ddcrite. C'est l'une des plus abondantes dans ces fecoltes,

avec 71 specimens (25 males, 46 femelles, sex-ratio = 0,54). La taille maximale observee, du rostre a l'extfemife

du telson, est de 23 mm, superieure h celle relevee dans les secteurs ci-dessus (18 a 20 mm). Les yeux aussi sont

plus grands, le rapport O/R (diametre de l'oeil / largeur de la plaque rostrale) = 1,65 a 1,75, contre 1,3 a 1,5. Quant

a l'epine situ6e a la partie proximale infericure de l'endopodite de l'uropodc, elle est tout juste egale & la largeur de

cet article au niveau de son insertion (fig. 7 A) et non pas plus longue, comme l'indique Bacescu.

Paralophogaster foresti Bacescu, 1981

Fig. 4 A-B, 7 C-D

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Nouvelle-Caledonie. MUSORSTOM 4 : st. CP 152, 228 m : 3 9 . — St. DW 184, 260 m :

8 6 , 13 9 .

CHALCAL2: st.DW 69,260 m : 1 9. —St. CP 18,274 m : 7 6, 13 9. —St. CP 19.271 m : 6 <5, 15 9.

lies Chesterfield. Musorstom 5 : st. CP 288, 270 m : 1 <5, 1 9.

lies Loyaute. MUSORSTOM 6 : st. DW 462, 200 m : 1 <5.

Remarques. — Avec 69 specimens (23 males, 46 femelles, sex-ratio = 0,5), cette espece est 6galement bien

representee dans ces collections. Elle se caracterise par la presence d'un prolongement digiliforme transparent h la

limite entre la com<5e, de couleur brun rougeatre, et le pedoncule oculaire. Mais il existe quelques differences avec

la description originale, bas£e il est vrai sur 3 specimens seulement. 11 s'agit bien d'une petite espece, mais elle

atteint ici 16,5 mm contre 13,5 mm h peine aux Philippines. En vue dorsale (fig. 4 A), la plaque rostrale est

nettement arrondie, ressemblant a celle de P . glaber , au lieu de former un angle de 145° entre le rostre et les epines

laterales, qui sont siufees ici plus pfes de la base de la plaque ; par ailleurs, en vue de profil (fig. 4 B), celle-ci est

horizontale et non pas inclin6e ^ 30° comme la figure Bacescu. Les epines laterales du telson aussi sont

fegerement moins nombreuses (fig. 7 D).

Source: MNHN. Paris

MYSIDACEA DE LA REGION NfiOCALfiDONIENNE

Fig. 4. — Paralophogaster foresti : vue dorsale (A) et laterale (B) de la plaque rostrale dun male de la station DW 184

(MUSORSTOM 4).

Paralophogaster philippinensis : ecaille antennaire (C) et vue laterale de la carapace dune femelle (D) et dun

male (E) de la station CP 42 (BlOCAL).

Paralophogaster philippinensis Bacescu, 1981

Fig. 4 C-E, 7 E-F

MATfiRIEL EXAMINfi. — Nouvelle-Caledonie. BlOCAL : st. CP 42, 380 m : 6 d, 5 9 .

MUSORSTOM 4 : st. CP 152, 228 m : 2 d . — St. DW 183, 280 m : 3 <3, 7 9. — St. DW 184, 260 m : 5 d . 7 9 . —

St. DW 185, 235 m : 2 9. — St. DW 209. 310 -315 m : 4 d.

lies Chesterfield. MUSORSTOM 5 : st. DC 345, 305-310 m : 1 d . — St. DC 375, 300 m : 3 9.

Remarques. — Cette espece arrive bien apres les deux precedentes dans l'ordre d'abondance decroissante, avec

45 specimens (21 males, 24 femelles, sex-ratio = 0.87). On la reconnait facilement h la forme et h I’etroitesse de sa

plaque rostrale, qui donne un rapport O/R elevd : 1,6 a 1,75, moins eleve cependant que ne 1’indique BACESCU pour

les exemplaircs philippins : 1,8 £ 1.9. La taille est legerement inferieure aussi : 23 mm contre 25. En revanche,

les deux epines situees <i la partie proximale infdrieure de l’endopodite de l’uropode sont plus importantes : elles

representent un tiers de la largeur de cet appendice au lieu de moins du cinquieme, et sont bien sdpardes 1 une de

l’autre (fig. 7 E). Quant au bord externe de I’ecaille antennaire, il est rectiligne au lieu d’etre legerement convexe

(fig. 4 C). Enfin, il y a un dimorphisme sexuel dans la morphologic des ailes laterales terminant la carapace,

jamais signal dans ce genre, celles-ci dtant plus effildes chcz les femelles que chez les males (fig. 4 D, E).

Paralophogaster boucheti sp. nov.

Fig. 5. 7 G-H

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Nouvelle-Caledonie. BlOCAL : st. CP 54, 1000-950 m : 1 d . — St. CP 109, 495-515 m :

1 MUSORSTOM 4 : st. DW 161, 565 m : 1 9. — St. DW 222, 410-440 m : 1 d . — St. CP 236, 495-550 m:2d,49.—

St. CP 241, 470-480 m : 1 9.

lies Chesterfield. Musorstom 5 : st. CP 387, 650-660 m : 4 d, 1 9.

Types. — L’holotype est la femelle de la station CP 109 (Biocal). Les paratypes sont 2 males de la station

CP 387 (Musorstom 5). Ils sont deposes au MNHN sous les n° My 476 et My 477, respectivement.

J -P. CASANOVA

Description. — Elle pone sur 16 specimens ou males et femelles figurent & 6galit6 (8 et 8). II s'agit de la plus

grande espdce de ce genre connue h ce jour, puisque l'holotype atteint 31 mm. Comme pour les Lophogaster, je ne

decrirai que les caract£res permettant de la distinguer, sans ambiguite, des aulres esp6ces du genre.

Les yeux, r£niformes, sont volumineux, mesurant jusqu'ii 3 mm dans leur plus grand axe, soit pr£s du dixieme

de la taille des grands specimens. Mais cela n'apparait pas dans le rapport O/R, compris entre 1,3 et 1,5, eu 6gard h

la largeur relativement importante de la plaque rostrale (fig. 5 A-B). Celle-ci est caractdristique : en vue de profil,

la pointe rostrale est dans le prolongement de la carapace et les epines latfrales, situees bien au-dessus, terminent

deux grandes ailes sur£lev£es ; en vue dorsale, la plaque affecte la forme d'un trident, avec le rostre nettement en

avant des 6pines lat6rales. Celui-ci presente deux aspects selon la provenance des specimens : termine par une

pointe chez ceux des parages ndo-caledoniens (campagnes BloCALet Musorstom 4), il est arrondi (fig. 5 C) chez

ceux des lies Chesterfield (campagne Musorstom 5).

Les antennes sont munies dune grande ecaille dont le bord exttSrieur, glabre, est rectiligne (fig. 5 D); h la base

de celle-ci, sur la partie exteme du sympodite, existe une epine ac<$r£e. II y a 6galement une epine sur la partie

infero-interne du pedonculc.

La carapace est parfois chagrince h la partie anterieure. L'encoche antdro-laterale dans laquelle vient s'appliquer

le maxillipede I est assez profonde (fig. 5 A). Le tubercule post-rostral est peu marque ; le postcrieur est h peine

indiqu<$ ou absent. Les ailes qui la terminent postericurement sont plus effilees chez les femelles que chez les

males.

Le dernier pleonite, egal au telson, est leg6rement plus long que les deux pr<$c<$dents r6unis. II est au moins

deux fois plus long que haut (L/H = 2 a 2,3). L'exopodite de l’uropodc est caracteristique du genre (fig. 5 E): il est

forme de deux articles dont le premier est muni de 4 epines sur son bord distal exteme. Sur la face interne de la

base de l'endopodite, existent 1 a 4 epines situees sur une carene, la plus longue etant la plus distale (fig. 5 F, 7 G-

H). Le telson est linguiforme (fig. 5 G) ; a partir du tiers proximal, s'observent 4 a 6 paires d'epines lat£rales, puis

une paire plus longue, suivie de 3 h 5 autres paires de taille allant croissant jusqu'<t la paire apicale. Entre ces

demises, la plaque apicale du telson porte 5 dcnticulations et 4 longues soies plumeuses (fig. 5 H).

ETYMOLOGIC. — Cette esp£ce est dediee au Dr Philippe BOUCHET, du Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, qui

a participe & la plupart des campagnes Musorstom avec enthousiasme et a toujours fait preuve dune determination

sans faille pour les tris des r&oltes, quel que soit l'6tat de la mer.

COMPARAISON AVEC LES AUTRES ESPECES ET DISCUSSION

Le genre Paralophogaster compte a present dix esp&ces decrites, 1'existence d'un Paralophogaster sp.

s'appliquant a un specimen en mauvais 6tat, signale par Bacescu (1981) dans les eaux Philippines, et qui serait

une esp&ce nouvellc, doit etre en effet confirmee. D'apres rornementation du telson, on peut ranger ces especes en

deux groupes:

— Groupe ”glaber'\ dont le telson linguiforme presente une constriction marquee au niveau dune paire de trks

longues epines latdrales, aussi longues que la paire apicale, leur extr£mit6 depassant parfois le milieu de ces

demieres (fig. 7 B) ; on y range P. glaber Hansen, 1910, P. microps Colosi, 1930, P. macrops Colosi. 1934, P

intermedins Coifmann, 1936, P. atlanticus W. M. Tattcrsall, 1937, et P. indicus Pillai. 1973.

— Groupe "sanzoi", dont le telson linguiforme ne presente pas de retrecissement au niveau de la paire de

grandes epines lat^rales, qui ne sont pas tr&s longues et n'arrivent jamais au niveau de 1'implantation des 6pines

apicales, elles-memes peu importantes (fig. 7 D, F) ; il rassemble P. sanzoi Colosi, 1930, P. philippinensis

Bacescu, 1981, P.foresti Bacescu, 1981, et P. boucheti sp. nov.

Selon Bacescu (1981), certaines especes du premier groupe (P. macrops, P. atlanticus et P. indicus) devraient

etre mises en synonymie avec P. glaber , s'il s'averait qu'elles possedent la tres forte epine caracteristique & la partie

proximale de l'endopodite de l'uropode. Or, d'une part, cette eventualite etait dej& envisag6e par W. M. TATTERSALL

(1937) lors de la description de P. atlanticus et. d'aulre part, dans celle de P. indicus , Pillai (1973) mentionne cette

dpine bien qu'il ne la figure pas.

Source: MNHN, Paris

MYSIDACEA DE LA REGION N£OCAL£DONIENNE

FIG. 5 . — Paralophogaster boucheti sp. nov. : vue laterale (A) et dorsale (B) de la carapace et des yeux; autre aspect de la

plaque rostrale (C); £caille antennaire (D); extremite de l'exopodite (E) et partic proximale de l'cndopodite (F) de

l'uropode; telson ((5 et H). A-H = femelle de la station CP 236 (MUSORSTOM 4), sauf C = male de la station CP 387

(Musorstom 5).

J.-P. CASANOVA

II cn va autrement pour les especes du second groupe ou la forme particuliere du rostre differencie sans aucun

doute P. philippinensis el P. boucheii el la presence dune papille oculaire digitiforme, P.foresti. Seules la

premiere el P. sanzoi ne se dislinguenl quc par dcs differences quantilalives (rapporl O/R = 1,6 ^ 1,9 contre 1,

respectivemenl). Or, on vienl de voir que ce rapporl varie chez P. philippinensis des caux Philippines (1,8 a 1,9) el

des eaux neo-cal6doniennes (1,6 & 1.75) et, par ailleurs, des variations oculaires ont ete signalees entre les

populations de plusieurs especes de Crustaces, nolamment dun autre Lophogaslride, Eucopici hanseni Nouvel,

1942 [= E. unguiculata (Willemoes-Suhm, 1875)] (Casanova, 1977). Ce caractere n'est peul-etre pas suffisant.

Celui de la difference ecologique. P. sanzoi elanl une espece pelagique de mer Rouge el P. philippinensis etanl

benthique, souligne par Bacescu (1981), semble en revanche plus convaincant. L'examen de la repartition

baihymeirique des especes pr^senies dans ces recoltes en aiteste.

A l'instar des Lophogaster . les Paralophogaster manifestent en effet des comportements bathymetriques

specifiques (tabl. 1). Paralophogaster glaber . qui a semble-l-il la plus vaste repartition geographique. est aussi

respfcce ayanl la plus large distribution verticale puisqu’elle s'observe entre 200 et 610 m de profondeur. Celle des

trois autres est plus restreinte : entre 200 et 300 m pour P. foresti , entre 200 et 400 m pour P. philippinensis et

entre 400 et 1000 m pour P. boucheii, qui apparait ainsi commc etant la plus profonde.

Famille EUCOP1IDAE G. O. Sars

Genre EUCOPIA Dana, 1852

Eucopia australis Dana, 1852

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Nouvelle-Caledonie. BlOCAL : st. CP 60, 1530-1480 m : 1 9.

Remarques. — La morphologie de ce specimen correspond exactement aux descriptions de Fage (1942). II

s'agit d’une espece veritablement ubiquiste, puisque presente dans tous les oceans et, dans le Pacifique en

particulier, du detroil de Behring a l'ouest de la Nouvelle-Zeiande et des eaux indonesiennes a celles de Panama.

Sous-ordre MYSIDA

Famille PETALOPHTHALMIDAE

Genre PETALOPHTHALMUS Willemoes-Suhm, 1875

Petalophthalmus armiger Willemoes-Suhm, 1875

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Nouvelle-Caledonie. Biocal : st. CP 05, 2340 m : 1 9.

Remarques. — Ce specimen mesure 46 mm et est conforme aux descriptions anterieures. II est remarquable

qu'il n’existe aucune variation morphologique apparcnte chez cette espfcce & vaste repartition, puisque trouvee dans

les trois oceans.

Genre HANSENOMYSIS Stebbing, 1893

Hansenomysis carinata sp. nov.

Fig. 6, 7 I-J

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Nouvelle-Caledonie. Biocal : st. CP 54, 1000-950 m : 1 <5 (holotype depose au MNHN,

sous le n° My 472).

Source: MNHN , Paris

MYSIDACEA DB I A REGION NEO-CALEDONIF.NNE

Fig. 6. — Uansenomysis carinala sp. nov. : vue laterale de la carapace, des deux derniers segments thoraciques et des

pleonites (A) ; partic anterieure du corps cn vue dorso-laterale (B) et dorsale (C) ; endopodite du septi£me thoracopode

droit (D) ; deuxieme (E) et cinquieme (F) pleopode gauche ; telson et uropode droit en vue dorsale (G). En B et C, les

cuillerons prolongeant la plaque oculaire, l'organe de TATTERSALL et la languette qui le surmonte sont indiques par les

filches 1 a 3, respectivemcnt.

Description. — Cette espece, reprdsentce par un seul male, est originale par la presence de carenes laterales sur

les deux derniers segments thoraciques et sur tous les segments abdominaux (fig. 6 A). Bien que cet exemplairc

soit ldgerement abtmd comme le sont la plupart des specimens de ces especes fragiles, une description complete

peut en etre donnee.

J.-P. CASANOVA

Fig. 7. — Paralophogaster glaber (A. B), P.foresti (C, C\ D), P. philippinensis (E, F) et P. boucheti sp. nov. (G, H) :

partie basale inferieure dc I’endopodite de 1'uropode (A, C, E, G) ; extremite du telson (B, D, F) et detail de la region

d'implantation des epines caract£ristiques (C\ H).

Hansenomysis caririata sp. nov. : partie distale du telson et de 1’uropode (I) et details du telson (J).

Lophogaster neocaledonensis sp. nov. : extremite du telson d'une femelle de la campagne MUSORSTOM 5 (K).

fichelles : C’, H et J = 0,1 mm ; autres = 0,25 mm.

Source: MNHN. Paris

MYSIDACEA DE I A REGION NfiOCAllDONIENNE

La plaque oculaire est bien developpee ; son bord anterieur, arrondi, emet deux prolongements en forme de

cuillerons symetriques, situes entre les deux pedoncules aniennulaires, en contact par leur bord convexe. On y

observe deux cavites symetriques au sommet dune sorte de tronc de cone surbaiss6, comme si deux pedoncules

oculaires avaient etd arraches (fig. 6 B-C).

Le bord anterieur de la carapace, arrondi, est nettement releve (fig. 6 C, A). Les angles antero-lateraux sont

emousses. Sur la ligne medio-dorsale s'observent deux cretes grossifcrement triangulaires, plus hautes

anterieurement: l'une 5 I'avant, s'elevant a unc courte distance du bord anterieur de la carapace ; 1'autre a I'arri&re,

atteignant lc bord posterieur de celle-ci. Deux cretes laterales moins importantes sont situees de part et d'autre de la

Crete dorsale anterieure. Enfin, debutant au tiers posterieur des cot6s de la carapace, deux sillons bien marques

convergent vers la base de la Crete dorsale posterieure.

La carapace ne recouvre pas les deux demiers segments thoraciques qui, tous deux, portent une courte car6ne

laterale debutant au bord anterieur; le dernier segment recouvre 16g£rement le pr6cedent.

Le sixi&me segment abdominal est aussi long (3 mm) que les deux pr6c6dents r6unis. Tous les segments

abdominaux portent des carfenes laterales : une seule sur les premier, second, troisieme et sixieme segments ; deux

sur les quatrieme et cinqui&me. Celles des troisieme, quatrieme et cinqui&me segments se prolongent par des epines

post6ro-lat6rales. En effet, hormis le premier segment, tous portent des processus epineux post^rieurs :

— dorsaux, du deuxi£me au sixieme, dont la taille va regulierement croissant jusqu'au cinquieme ;

— medio-lateraux, du troisieme au sixieme ;

— supero-lateraux, du troisieme au cinquifcme ;

— infero-lat£raux, sur les quatrieme et cinquieme.

Je ne decrirai pas en detail tous les appendices 1'un apr£s 1’autre lorsqu'ils sont caracteristiques du genre et nc

sont pas un element de diagnose determinant; en effet, leur arrachage en vue de les dessincr deteriorerait davantage

le specimen.

Sur le premier article de chaque pedoncule antennulaire s’observe I’organe de TATTERSALL, en forme de large

depression circulaire peu profonde, sur le bord proximal de laquelle se dresse une Ianguette foliacee plus petite que

l'organe lui-meme (fig. 6 B-C).

Les antennes sont abtm6es ; seule subsiste la partie proximale de 1'ecaille antennaire gauche. Elle porte, sur son

bord externe et pres de sa base, 4 epines dont la taille va croissant, une douzaine de soies plumcuses et une autre

epine (fig. 6 B). Le sympodite porte, sur son bord distal externe, une epine aceree.

Les endopodites dcs deux demises paires de pattes thoraciques sont forts, avec le dactyle en forme de griffe

epaisse (fig. 6 D). Ceux de la sixieme paire, qui ont la meme morphologie (caractere generique), manquent. Tous

les pleopodes sont birames. II n'y a pas de soies spiniformes modifiees sur le bord interne du premier article de

l'exopodite du deuxieme pleopode (fig. 6 E). L'endopodite de la cinquieme paire, qui parait biarticul^, est plus court

que l'exopodite (fig. 6 F). L’exopodite des uropodes est formd de deux articles (fig. 6 G, 7 I). Sur les deux tiers

distaux du bord externe de l’article proximal sont implant^es 20 Opines dont la taille va regulierement croissant

d'avant en arri^re, les deux demieres, les plus grandes, etant situees pr&s de l'articlc distal qui, beaucoup plus etroit

que 1'article proximal, n’occupe pas toute la place d'insertion disponible sur celui-ci.

Le telson, aussi long que 1'article proximal de la rame externe des uropodes (fig. 6 G, 7 I), est trois fois moins

large a son extremite qu'a sa base. II porte de chaque cot6 une dizaine d'epines, puis 4 longues Opines entre

lesquelles s'ins&rent des s6ries de 4 a 5 epines plus faibles au sein desquelles la taille augmente regulierement

d'avant en arriere. Ces Opines sont plus ou moins serruldes sur leur bord interne (fig. 7 J). Celles de la partie

apicale manquent, mais la trace de leur implantation indique qu'il y en avail probablement 2 petites, encadrees par 2

plus grandes.

COMPARAISON AVEC LES AUTRES ESPECES ET GENRES

DE LA FAMILLE DES PETALOPHTHALMIDAE

Le genre Hansenomysis comprend h present quatorze especes puisque, en 1985, Murano et Krygier en ont

s6pare cinq pour les rattacher h un nouveau genre, Bacescomysis , qui s'en distingue essentiellement par la rame

J.-P. CASANOVA

externe de I'uropode constitute par un seul article, mais aussi par la plaque oculaire omde de deux dpines et la

coloration violette de la partie antericure du cdphalothorax chez les animaux rdcemment captures.

Seules deux des treize espdees precedemment decrites portent des prolongcments epincux posterieurs sur les

segments abdominaux. oii ils se limitent & une pairc d'epines latdrales par segment : sur tous les segments chez

Hansenomysis menziesi Bacescu, 1971. et sur les cinq derniers chez H. nouveli Lagardere, 1983. La presence,

dune part, de cardnes latdrales sur les deux derniers segments thoraciques et sur tous ceux de l'abdomen, d’autre

part, d'dpines postdrieures dorsales sur les cinq derniers segments abdominaux distingue II. carinata sans confusion

possible. II est curicux de constater en revanche que l'armature epineuse de ses quatre derniers segments

abdominaux ressemble davantage & celle des deux espdees du quatrieme genre composant la famille des

Petalophthalmidae. Ceratomysis spinosa Faxon, 1893, et C. egregia Hansen, 1910.

Les males des genres Hansenomysis et Bacescomysis etant rares. l'examen du male d 'H. carinata revdle peut-etre

d'autres differences gencriques que celles mentionnees plus haul. II n’y a pas de soies spinuldes modifides sur la face

interne du premier segment de I'exopodite du deuxidme pldopode, ce qui confirmcrait 1'hypothdse de Murano et

Krygihr (1985) selon Iaquelle ce caractdre distinguerait Bacescomysis d 'Hansenomysis. Par ailleurs. la

morphologic du cinquidme pldopode pourrait avoir la meme valeur. En effet, chez les espdees A'Hansenomysis ou

il a dtd ddcrit, lendopodite est plus court ( ll.fyllae Stcbbing, 1893. et S. carinata sp. nov.) ou legdrement plus

long (//. antarctica Holt & W. M. Tattersall. 1906. et H.falklandica O. S. Tattersall, 1957) que I'exopodite ; chez.

les espdees de Bacescomysis (B. peruvianus Bacescu, 1971.5. abyssalis Lagardere. 1983, et B. pacifica Murano &

Krygier, 1985), il est deux fois plus long.

Enfin, il faut souligner la grande diversitd spdcifiquc des genres Hansenomysis (14 espdees) et Bacescomysis (5

espdees), s'opposant au petit nombre d’espdccs des genres Peialophihalmus et Ceratomysis. Ellc dtait qualifide

d'dtonnante par LAGARDfiRE (1983) qui. ddcrivant quatre espdees nouvelles dans l’aire geographique restreinte du

golte de Gascogne, parlait meme d'dvolulion vigoureuse de ce genre [Bacescomysis n'dtait pas encore separd

d Hansenomysis] dans la zone abyssale". Venant aprds la description de sept autres espdees nouvelles sur les huit

rdcoltdes dans la seule fosse du Perou par Bacescu (1971), ces remarques sont parfaitement justifides.

Les espdees A'Hansenomysis vivent sous toutes les latitudes, de l'Antarctique au Groenland et h la fosse des

Kouriles. mais gdneralcment moins profonddment dans les regions polaires que sous les tropiques, puisqu'on les

capture h partir de 100 m de profondeur dans la mer de Ross, 185 m dans Ie ddtroit de Magellan. 650 m au large de

la Nouvellc-Angletcrre, 1280 m dans la fosse du Perou et 950 il 1000 m dans les parages de la Nouvelle-Caledonie.

REMARQUES SUR LES MYSIDACES DE LA REGION NEO-CALEDONIENNE

La ddeouverte de trois espdees nouvelles dans ces collections montre. si besoin en dtait encore, que Ton est loin

d avoir termind les inventaires faunistiques dans I'ouest-Pacifiquc oil n'ont dtd fails, jusqu'd present, que quelques

prdlevcments lors des grandes campagnes oceanographiques, surtout lorsqu'il s'agit d’organismes benthiques h

repartition moins uniforme que ceux du plancton. 11 est bon de rappeler, en ce qui concerne les seuls

Lophogastrida. que Bacescu (1981. 1985 et 1991) dans des prdlevemcnts similaires dans les eaux des Philippines

a decrit cinq espdees nouvelles : deux Lophogaster. deux Paralophogasler et une Eucopia. Pour l'enscmble des

campagnes organisdes par le Musdum national d'Histoire naturclle et l'ORSTOM dans l'Oucst-Pacifique. cela fait

done huit Mysidaces nouveaux. parmi lcsquels trois Lophogaster et trois Paralophogasler. Et lorsqu'on sail que

seules les espdees du premier genre ont dtd ctudiees dans les rdcoltes du "Dana" (Face, 1942) ou ont fait l ohjet de

monographies (O. S. Tattersall, 1960). on peut imaginer qu'on est loin de connaitre toutes celles du second

restant a ddcouvrir dans l'cnsemble des oceans. Il en va de meme pour les genres Hansenomysis el Bacescomysis

dont on connait le grand pouvoir de speciation.

Avant ces campagnes, on ddnombrait cinq espdees de Lophogaster dans le Pacifique et cinq dans l'Atlantique,

dont la faune est mieux connue. Il en existe maintenant huit dans le Pacifique, oil il est intdressant de constater que

six d entre elles ont dtd trouvdes sur la bordure occidentale. La prospection du versant americain reste done & faire.

On peut maintenant mieux center les limites geographiques de trois de ces espdees. Absent dans le matdricl neo-

caledomen. Lophogaster pacificus Fage, 1940. s'dlend done de la moitie meridionale des cotes orientales du Japon a

Source:

MYSIDACEA DE LA REGION N£0-CAL£D0NIENNE

la mcr de Chine et aux Philippines. Lophogaster intermedins semble limits aux archipels philippin et indondsien.

Quanl h Lophogaster manilae , on l'observe du sud des Philippines a la Nouvelle-Caledonie.

Le genre Paralophogaster est represent dans l'Ouest-Pacifique par quatre especes ; il cn exislerait peut-etre une

cinquieme dans le secteur des Philippines, scion Bacescu (1981), qui soulignait que la diversite specifique de ce

genre y Sgalait celle qu'il offre en mer Rouge ou ont 6te decrites aussi quatre especes (Colosi. 1930 et 1934 ;

Coifmann, 1936). Mais leur dcologie est differente dans ces deux aires marines : benthiques dans le Pacilique

puisque toujours capturees dans des dragages, dies sont toutes planctoniques en mer Rouge ou elle sont souvent

rdcoltees a proximity de la surface, au-dessus des grands fonds (observations non publides).

REFERENCES BIBLIOGRAPHIQUES

BACESCU, M, 1971. — Scientific results of the Southeast Pacific Expedition. Contributions to the Mysid Crustacea from

the Peru-Chile Trench (Pacific Ocean). Anton Bruun Rep., 7 : 1-24.

Bacescu, M., 1981. — Crustaces : Mysidacea. In : J. FOREST (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM I - Philippines

(18-28 mars 1976), Volume 1. Mem. ORSTOM. (93) : 261-276.

Bacescu, M., 1985. — Crustaces Mysidaces (MUSORSTOM II). In : J. FOREST (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM I

& II - Philippines, Volume 2, Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., (A), Zool., 133 : 353-366.

BACESCU, M., 1991. — Crustacds Mysidaces recueillis au cours des Campagnes MUSORTOM 3 et CORINDON 2 aux

Philippines et en Indonesie. In : A. CROSN1ER (ed.). Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 9. Mem. Mus.

natn. Hist, nat., (A), 152 : 79-100.

Casanova, J.-P., 1977. — La faune pelagique profonde (zooplancton et micronecton) de la province atlanto-

mediterraneenne. Aspects taxonomique, biologique et zoogeographique. These Universite Provence, 456 p.

Coifmann, I., 1937. — I misidacei del Mar Rosso. Studio del materiale raccolte dal Prof. L. Sanzo durante la campagnc

idrografica della R. Nave Ammiraglio Magnaghi (1923-1924). Mem. R. Comitate Talassografico llal., (233) : 1-52.

COLOSI, G., 1930. — Lofogastridi nuovi. Boll, zool., Napoli, 1 (4) : 119-125.

COLOSI. G., 1934. — Paralophogaster macrops : nuova specie di misidaceo. Boll, zool., Napoli, 5 (2) : 43-44.

FagE, L., 1940. — Diagnoses prcliminaires de quelques especes nouvelles du genre Lophogaster. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist,

nat., Paris, (2), 12 : 323-328.

Fage, L., 1941. — Mysidacea. Lophogastrida - I. Dana Rep., 19 : 1-52.

FagE, L., 1942. — Mysidacea. Lophogastrida - II. Dana Rep.. 23 : 1-67.

LagardLre, J.-P.. 1983. — Les Mysidaces de la plaine abyssale du golfe de Gascogne. I. Families des Lophogastridae,

Eucopiidae et Petalophthalmidae. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4). 5, sect. A, (3) : 809-843.

Mayr, E., 1942. — Systematics and the origin of species. Columbia University Press, New York, 334 p.

Murano, M., 1970. — Three species belonging to the genus Lophogaster (Mysidacea) from Japan. Proc. Jap. Soc. Syst.

Zool., 6 : 1-5.

Murano, M. & Krygier. E. E., 1985. — Bathypelagic mysids from the Northeastern Pacific. J. crust. Biol, 5 (4) : 686-

706.’

OrtmaNN, a. E.. 1905. — Schizopods of the Hawaiian Islands collected by the steamer Albatross in 1902. Bull. U. S.

Fish. Commn., 23 (3) : 961-973.

PlI.LAl, N. K., 1973. — Mysidacea of the Indian Ocean. I.O.B.S., Handbook. (4) : 1-125.

RICHER DE Forges, B., 1990. — Les campagnes d’exploration de la faune bathyale dans la zone economique de la

Nouvelle-Caledonie.'Explorations for bathyal fauna in the New Caledonian economic zone. In A. CROSNIER (ed.),

Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 6. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., (A). 145 : 9-54.

Tattersall, O. S., 1960. — Notes on mysidacean crustaceans of the genus Lophogaster in the U. S. National Museum.

Proc. U. S. natn. Mus., 112 (3446) : 527-547.

Tattersall, w. M., 1937. — New species of mysidacid crustaceans. Smithson. Misc. Coll., 91 (26) : 1-128.

S DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10— RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM. VOLUME 10— RESULTATS

Crustacea Amphipoda : Lysianassoids from

Philippine and Indonesian waters

James K. LOWRY & Helen E. STODDART

Australian Museum

P.O. Box A285, Sydney South

SW 2000, Australia

ABSTRACT

Ten genera and fourteen species of lysianassoid amphipods are reported from Philippine and Indonesian waters. Nine

of these are new species (Arislias coriolis. A. verdensis, Eucallisoma barnardi, Figorella corindon, Onesimoides

caslellatus, O. mindoro, Paracenlromedon pacificus, Pseudamaryllis andresi and Trischizosloma crosnieri). Five of the

genera ( Eucallisoma, Figorella, Paracenlromedon, Pseudamaryllis and Trischizosloma) are new records for the south-east

Asian area. Only four species ( Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck. 1871. Ichnopus wardi Lowry & Stoddart. 1992, Onesimoides

caslellatus and O. mindoro) are recorded from both areas.

RESUME

Crustacea Amphipoda : Lysianassoides des Philippines et d'lndonCsie.

Dix genres et 14 especcs d'Amphipodes Lysianassoides sont signalds des Philippines et d'Indondsie. Neuf de ces

esp&ces sont nouvelles ( Arislias coriolis, A. verdensis. Eucallisoma barnardi, Figorella corindon, Onesimoides

caslellatus, O. mindoro, Paracenlromedon pacificus, Pseudamaryllis andresi and Trischizosloma crosnieri). Cinq genres

(Eucallisoma, Figorella, Paracenlromedon, Pseudamaryllis and Trischizosloma) sont signales pour la premiere fois du

Sud-Est asiatique. Seules quatre especes onl et 6 recoltees aussi bien aux Philippines qu’en Indonesie.

INTRODUCTION

There have been few records of lysianassoid amphipods from the Philippine area. Dahl (1959). Birstein &

Vinogradov (1963) and Hessler et al. (1978) have recorded four species from the Philippine Trench, and Lowry

& Stoddart (1992) recently recorded Ichnopus wardi from Mindanao. The Indonesian area is slightly better known

with sixteen species recorded, mainly from the reports of the Siboga Expedition (PlRLOT. 1933, 1936).

Lowry. J. K.. & Stoddart. H. E., 1993. — Crustacea Amphipoda : Lysianassoids from Philippine and Indonesian

waters. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.). Rdsultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus. nain. Hist, not., 156 : 55-

109. Paris ISBN 2-85653-206-3.

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

The French expeditions (MUSORSTOM 1 in 1976. Musorstom 2 in 1980 and MUSORSTOM 3 in 1985) io (he

Philippines (see reports of FOREST, 1981, 1985 and 1989) and the Frcnch-Indonesian expedition CORINDON 2 to

Indonesia were searching mainly for the glypheid decapod Neoglyphea inopinata Forest & de Saint Laurent.

However they also produced a small, but very interesting collection of lysianassoid amphipods. Based on these

collections we add seven new species to the Philippine fauna and six new species and two new records to the

Indonesian fauna. There are now twelve species known from the Philippines and twenty two species from

Indonesia (see list).

Five of the genera are new records for the south-east Asian area. Eucallisoma was previously recorded only

Irom the eastern South Atlantic Ocean, Figorella corindon sp. nov. is the first record of a pachynid from the

tropics, Paraceniromedon pacificus sp. nov. is the first confirmed record of that genus outside the Atlantic Ocean,

Pseudamaryllis was previously recorded from the Red Sea and the south-western Indian Ocean and Trischizostoma,

although widespread, has not been previously recorded from the western Pacific Ocean.

Most of the new species are large and live in specialized habitats. Arislias is usually considered to be associated

with sedentary invertebrates such as sponges and ascidians (Vader. 1970, 1985). Both species of Eucallisoma have

a highly modified gnathopod 1 which indicates some kind of predatory life style. Species of Onesimoides arc

generally considered to be associated with dead plant material on the sea floor (Pirlot, 1933; J. L. Barnard,

1961; Bellan-Santini, 1974; Wolff. 1979). Species in Trischizostoma are mainly considered to be ectoparasites

on fish (Vader & ROMPPAINEN. 1985). Figorella corindon sp. nov. and Paraceniromedon pacificus sp. nov. are the

only representatives of benthic infaunal lysianassoids. There are no representatives of algal-dwelling lysianassoids

or the very diverse scavenging group. Overall it must be considered that this is only a fraction of a largely

unknown lysianassoid fauna and indicates a general lack of knowledge about the amphipods of the Indo-Pacific

area, a point also made several times by J. L. Barnard (1965. 1976).

In this paper we introduce a modified scheme for delineating setae on the mandibular palp. Karaman (1969)

originally used letters to distinguish setae at different positions on the third article of the mandibular palp.

There are two problems associated with the definitions of these setae, both of which have caused confusion

among subsequent users of the scheme. Karaman (1969 : 196) described the A-setac as being on the outer edge

( Aussenrande") of the third article. Karaman (1971 : 23) changed the description of A-setae so that they occur on

the outer surface (' Aussenflache"). Karaman (in lilt., 1992) confirmed that this was his original intention - he had

never seen setae on the anterior margin and suggested that such setae would need a new letter designation.

The second problem concerns B- and C-setae. There is a discrepancy between the text on page 196 and figure 3

on page 197 of Karaman (1969). The text places both B- and C-setae on the inner face, but the figure shows them

on opposing faces. However, figure 35 on page 203 of the same paper shows B- and C-setae on the same face, as

stated in the text. Unfortunately Karama.n's figure 3 has been used as the standard in major works such as

Barnard & Barnard (1983) and Williams & Barnard (1990). Karaman (in lit/., 1992) confirmed that both B-

and C-setae are on the inner surface as originally published.

We expand the original scheme by introducing one new letter designation and extending the scheme to

mandibular palp articles 1 and 2. For example the setae on the posterior margin of mandibular palp article 3 are

referred to as D3-setae. We think the most important areas to identify are the anterior and posterior margins, the

inner and outer surfaces and the apex. The location of setae on any surface or margin can be described with

qualifiers, for example "one proximal A3-seta" or "a vertical row of 4 B2-setae". Consequently the C-setae are

simply submarginal B-setae. In the expanded scheme (fig. 1);

A = setae on the lateral surface;

B = setae on medial surface, usually in horizontal or vertical rows (C = submarginal B-setae);

D = setae on posterior margin;

E = apical or terminal setae, usually longer than D-selae;

F = setae on anterior margin.

The main difference from previous schemes is that the medial and lateral surfaces and the anterior and posterior

margins are each designated by a letter and each designation is followed by a number representing the article being

discussed.

Source: MNHN, Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPIIIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

Fig. 1. — Mandibular palp selal designations (medial view) for lysianassoid amphipods.

The individual spine-leelh on the outer plate of maxilla 1 are designated by an ST code. The primitive

arrangement of the spine-teeth (known as a 7/4 arrangement) is one in which eleven distal spine-teeth occur in two

rows, an apical or outer row of seven spine-teeth (ST1 to ST7) and a subapical or inner row of four spine-teeth

(STA to STD). In other lysianassoid groups this arrangement is modified in various ways, but by using this

coding system it is usually possible to identify homologous spine-teeth in most arrangements. Examples of Ihe

7/4 arrangement in this paper occur in Eucallisoma and Figorella. In many lysianassoids Ihe outer plate is slightly

narrowed and the ST1 is displaced onto (he inner row, displacing in turn the STA. This is known as a 6/5

arrangement and in this paper it occurs in the genera Onesimoides, Paracentromedon and Pseudamaryllis. Another

arrangement, known as the 7/4 crown, occurs in the uristid group and is discussed by Lowry & STODDART (1992).

The aristiid spine-tooth arrangement differs from other lysianassoids in such a way that, although the spine-teeth

occur in two subparallcl rows, we cannot yet trace their homologies. Consequently the aristiid spine-teeth are not

coded.

Because of pending changes to the familial classification of this group all species arc reported here in the

superfamily Lysianassoidea. Descriptions have been generated from the taxonomic data base program DELTA

(DALLWITZ & Paine. 1986). Material is lodged in the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris (MNHN). the

Australian Museum, Sydney (AM), the Queensland Museum, Brisbane (QM) and the Zoologisk Museum,

Copenhagen (ZMC). Material from Ihe Karubar cruise in 1991 will be lodged in the Pusat Penclitian dan

Pengembangan Oseanologi, Djakarta (PPPO), Ihe Museum national d'Histoire naturelle and the Australian

Museum

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

The following abbreviations are used on the plates : A, antenna; E, epistome and upper lip; EP, epimeron; G,

gnathopod; H, head; MD, mandible; MDP, mandibular palp; MP, maxilliped; MPIP, maxilliped inner plate;

MPOP. maxilliped outer plate; MPP, maxilliped palp; MX, maxilla; MX1IP, maxilla 1 inner plate;

MXIOP, maxilla 1 outer pate; MX1P, maxilla 1 palp; P, peraeopod; ST, spine-tooth; T, telson; U, uropod;

UR, urosome; I, left; r, right; lat, lateral.

LIST OF RECORDED SPECIES

Philippines.

Aristias coriolis sp. nov.

Aristias verdensis sp. nov.

Crybelocephalus barnardi Birstein & Vinogradov, 1963.

Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck, 1871 (recorded by Birstein & Vinogradov, 1963).

Eucallisonia barnardi sp. nov.

Hirondellea gigas (Birstein & Vinogradov, 1955) (recorded by Dahl, 1959; HESSLER, et al ., 1978).

Ichnopus wardi Lowry & Stoddart. 1992.

Onesimoides castellatus sp. nov.

Onesimoides mindoro sp. nov.

Paracyphocaris distinct us Birstein & Vinogradov, 1963.

Pseudamaryllis andresi sp. nov.

Trischizostoma crosnieri sp. nov.

Indonesia.

Arugella heterodonla Pirlot, 1936.

Bathyamaryllis perezii Pirlot, 1933.

Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck, 1871 (recorded by PIRLOT, 1933).

Cyphocaris challenged Stebbing, 1888 (recorded by PIRLOT, 1933).

Cyphocarisfaurei K. H. Barnard, 1916 (recorded by PIRLOT, 1933).

Euonyx coecus Pirlot, 1933.

Eurythenes gryllus (Lichtenstein, 1822).

Figorella corindon sp. nov.

Hippomedon bandae Pirlot, 1933.

Ichnopus annasona Lowry & Stoddart, 1992.

Ichnopus wardi Lowry & Stoddart, 1992 (recorded as Glycerina tenuicornis by Pirlot, 1936).

Onesimoides carinatus Stebbing. 1888 (recorded as O. cavimanus by PIRLOT, 1933).

Onesimoides castellatus sp. nov.

Onesimoides chelatus Pirlot, 1933.

Onesimoides mindoro sp. nov. (recorded as 0. cavimanus by DAHL. 1959 and O. chelatus by J. L. Barnard.

1961).

Par onesimoides lignivorous Pirlot, 1933.

Paracentromedon pacificus sp. nov.

Pseudambasia sp. (recorded as Lysianassa sp. by LEDOYER, 1979).

Tryphosella mucronata (Pirlot, 1936).

Waldeckia crenulata Pirlot. 1936.

Waldeckia enoei Stcphensen. 1931.

Waldeckia kroyeri (White, 1847) (recorded by Pirlot. 1936).

Source: MNHN, Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

SYSTEMATICS

Genus ARISTIAS Boeck, 1871

Aristias coriolis sp. nov.

Figs 2-4

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 2 : sin CP 38, 12°53.5'N, 122°26.6'E, Sibuyan Sea, south-east

of Marinduque, 1650-1660 m, 25 November 1980 : 1 9, 6.5 mm, with non-setose oostegites (MNHN-Am 4453).

TYPES. — The unique specimen is the holotype.

Diagnosis. — Eyes apparently absent. Antenna 1 : accessory flagellum 4-articulate. Mandible : incisors

symmetrical, margins smooth; left lacinia mobilis a small spine. Maxilla 1 : outer plate with 12 spine-teeth;

inner plate with 7 plumose setae along inner margin. Peraeopods 5 and 6 : coxae strongly lobate posteriorly.

Peraeopods 3 to 7 : propodus without distal spurs. Epimcron 3 : posteroventral comer subquadrate. Uropod 3 :

outer ramus with short article 2. Telson deeply cleft.

Fig. 2.—Aristias coriolis sp. nov., holotype female, 6.5 mm (MNHN-Am 4453), south-east of Marinduque. Sibuyan Sea,

Philippine Islands.

DESCRIPTION. — Based on holotype female, 6.5 mm; male not known. Head : exposed, deeper than long;

lateral cephalic lobe large, broad, subacute; rostrum absent; eyes apparently absent. Antenna 1 : medium length.

0.25 times body; peduncular article 1 short, length 1.4 times breadth; peduncular article 2 short, 0.37 times article

1; peduncular article 3 short, 0.17 times article 1; accessory flagellum medium length, 0.41 times primary

flagellum, 4-articulate, article 1 long, 1.6 times article 2, not forming cap; flagellum 7-articulate, callynophorc

strong 2-field in female, without posterodistal setae or spines, without flagellar spines, calceoli absent in female.

Antenna 2 : subequal in length to antenna 1; peduncle without brush setae in female, weakly geniculate, article 3

short, 0.5 times article 4, articles 4 and 5 not enlarged in female; flagellum 7-articulate, calceoli absent in female.

J. K. I/)WRY & H. E. STODDART

Mouthpart bundle : subquadrate. Episiome and upper lip : fused, with central notch. Mandible • incisors

symmetrical, large, with straight margins; left lacinia mobilis present, a small spine; accessory spine row without

distal setal tuit or accessory spines, with a row of simple fine setae; molar a reduced smooth (lap with setose

margins; mandibular palp attached midway, article 1 short, length 0.9 times breadth; article 2 elongate, slender,

length 2.9 times breadth. 1.1 times article 3. with 4 postcrodistal A2-setae, without D2-sctae; article 3 falcate,

long. length 3.9 times breadth, without A3-setae. with 9 D3-sctae along most of posterior margin and 2 apical E3-

setae. Maxilla 1 : inner plate tapering distally. at least half of inner margin setose, with 7 large plumose setae;

FlG - 3. — Arislias cor ml is sp. nov., hololype female, 6.5 mm (MNHN-Am

Philippine Islands. Scales represent 0.1 mm.

4453). soulh-easl of Marinduque, Sibuyan Sea,

Source: MNHN, Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

outer plate extremely broad with 12 spine-teeth in two rows, outer row with 10 large, slender, multicuspidatc

spine-teeth; inner row with 2 spine-teeth, one large, slender, multicuspidate, one short, slender, multicuspidate;

palp large, 2-articulate, with serrate apical margin and 2 short terminal spines, without subterminal setae, flag

spine present on distolateral comer, distomedial margin serrate. Maxilla 2 : inner plate broad, outer plate narrow,

subequal in length. Maxilliped : inner plate small, subrectangular. with 2 apical nodular spines, oblique setal row

strong with 8 plumose setae; outer plate medium size, subovate, without subapical notch, with 1 apical simple

seta, without apical spines, medial spines present, small, without submarginal setae; palp large, 4-articulate,

article 2 very broad, length 1 times breadth, 1.3 times article 3; article 3 short, broad, length 1.4 times breadth;

dactylus well developed, with 2 subterminal setae, unguis absent.

Gnathopod 1 : parachelate; coxa vestigial; basis long, slender, length 3.6 times breadth, anterior margin

smooth, with simple setae; ischium short, length 1 times breadth; merus, posterior margin lined with long simple

setae; carpus wedge-shaped, produced anteriorly, short, length 1.4 times breadth, subcqual in length to propodus,

with patch of very fine setae near posterior margin; propodus large, subtriangular, length 1.6 times breadth,

tapering distally, posterior margin serrate, slightly concave, with 1 spine, without denticulate patch near posterior

margin, palm slightly acute, margin jagged, serrate, posterodistal corner with I medial spine; dactylus simple,

without subtcrminal teeth or spines. Gnathopod 2 : minutely chelate; coxa large, subcqual in size to coxa 3;

ischium long, length 2.8 times breadth; carpus long, length 3.8 times breadth, posterior margin straight; propodus

subrectangular, long, length 2.6 times breadth, palm obtuse, with straight, serrate margin, posterodistal corner

with 1 medial spine; dactylus reaching corner of palm; posterior margin smooth.

Peraeopod 3 : coxa large; merus weakly expanded anteriorly, female merus-carpus without plumose setae;

propodus without distal spur, with 2 spines along posterior margin and 2 distal locking spines; dactylus short,

slender. Peraeopod 4 : coxa deeper than wide, with weak posterovcntral lobe, anterior margin slightly rounded,

posterior margin slightly sloping anteriorly; merus weakly expanded anteriorly, female merus-carpus without

plumose setae; propodus without distal spur, with 2 spines along posterior margin and 2 distal locking spines;

dactylus short, slender. Peraeopod 5 : coxa bilobate, posterior lobe strongly produced ventrally; basis expanded

with posterior margin smooth; merus not expanded posteriorly; propodus with weak minutely denticulate surface,

without distal spur, with 2 spines along anterior margin and 2 distal locking spines; dactylus short, slender.

Peraeopod 6 : coxa small, strongly lobate posteriorly; basis expanded posteriorly with smooth posterior margin;

merus slightly expanded posteriorly; propodus with weak minutely denticulate surface, without distal spur, with

3 spines along anterior margin and 2 distal locking spines; dactylus short, slender. Peraeopod 7 : basis expanded

posteriorly, posterior margin almost straight, minutely crenate, posleroventral corner rounded, posteroventral

margin rounded; merus slightly expanded, convex posterior margin with 2 spines; propodus with minutely

denticulate surface, without distal spur, with 4 spines along anterior margin and 2 distal locking spines; dactylus

short, slender.

Oostegites from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 5. Gills from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 7, not pleated.

Pleonites / to 3 dorsally smooth. Epimeron 1 : anteroventral comer rounded. Epimeron 3 : posteroventral

corner subquadrate. Urosomites : 1 to 3 dorsally smooth; urosomite 3 with small dorsolateral spine. Uropod 1 :

peduncle with 4 dorsolateral, 1 apicolateral. 1 dorsomedial and 1 apicomedial spines, without spines along distal

margin; rami subequal in length; outer ramus with 1 lateral spine; inner ramus with 1 medial and 4 lateral spines.

Uropod 2 : peduncle without dorsolateral flange, with 3 dorsolateral, 1 apicolateral and 1 apicomedial spines,

without spines along distal margin; outer ramus 0.8 times as long as inner ramus, outer ramus with 1 lateral spine

in weak acclivity; inner ramus with 1 medial and 3 lateral spines, without constriction. Uropod 3 : peduncle short,

length 1.2 times breadth, without dorsolateral flange, with 1 apicolateral and 1 apicomedial spines, without

midlateral spines or setae, with 2 distoventral spines, without plumose setae; rami lanceolate, inner ramus reduced,

about 0.8 times outer ramus, outer ramus 2-articulate. article 2 short, article 1 with 1 lateral spine; inner ramus

without spines; plumose setae absent in female. Telson : as long as broad, deeply cleft (64%), with 1 dorsal spine

on each lobe, without dorsal simple setae; distal margins incised, without marginal penicillate setae, with 1

simple marginal seta and 1 marginal spine on each lobe.

ETYMOLOGY. — The specific name refers to the R.V. "Coriolis".

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

»*- s „,

Source: MNHN. Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

Remarks. — According to Barnard & Karaman (1991) there are 21 species of Aristias. The differences

between them appear to be subtle. From material we have examined there are good differences in mouthpart

morphology, particularly in the number of spine-teeth on maxilla 1, but this is not well documented in the

literature. Only five species of Aristias do not have eyes : A. adrogans J.L. Barnard, 1964, A. expers J. L. Barnard,

1967, A.falcatus Stephensen, 1923, A. stenopodus Ledoycr, 1986 and A. topsenti Chevreux, 1900. Four of these

species, A. adrogans, A.falcatus, A. stenopodus and A. topsenti have a well developed spur on the propodus of

peraeopods 3 to 7. Only A. expers and A. coriolis do not have spurs. Aristias expers differs from A. coriolis in

having four plumose setae on the inner plate of maxilla 1, a narrowly rounded postcroventral corner on epimeron 3

and a slightly cleft telson.

Distribution. — Aristias coriolis is known only from the Sibuyan Sea, Philippine Islands, in 1650 to

1680 m depth.

Aristias verdensis sp. nov.

Figs 5-7

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 2 : stn DR 33, 13°32.3'N, 121°07.5'E, Verde Island Passage,

off the western side of Verde Island, 130-137 m, 24 November 1980 : 1 9, 2 mm. ovigerous (2 large eggs) (MNHN-Am

4451).

Types. — The unique specimen is the holotype.

Diagnosis. — Eyes large, oval. Antenna 1 : accessory flagellum 2-articulate. Mandible : incisors

asymmetrical, left margin minutely serrate; left lacinia mobilis a short, smooth peg. Maxilla 1 : outer plate with

8 spine-teeth; inner plate with 4 plumose setae along inner margin. Peraeopods 5 and 6 : coxae strongly lobatc

posteriorly. Peraeopods 3 to 6 (peraeopod 7 not known) : propodus with distal spurs. Epimeron 3 : postcroventral

comer narrowly rounded. Uropod 3 : outer ramus with short article 2. Telson deeply cleft.

Fig. 5. —Aristias verdensis sp. nov., holotype female, 2 mm (MNHN-Am 4451), off western side of Verde Island, Verde

Island Passage, Philippine Islands.

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

Description. — Based on holotype female. 2 mm; male nol known. Head : exposed, deeper ihan Iona; lateral

cephalic: lobe large, broad, subacute: rostrum absent; eyes oval (brown in alcohol). Antenna 1 : medium length,

0.2. times body; peduncular article 1 short, length 1.4 times breadth; peduncular article 2 short. 0.39 times

FIG 't 6 ,' ~-* ristias verdensis sp. nov.. holotype female, 2 mm (MNHN-Am 4451

Island Passage, Philippine Islands. Scales represent 0.05 mm.

), off western side of

Verde Island, Verde

Source: MNHN, Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

article 1; peduncular article 3 long, 0.23 times article 1; accessory flagellum medium length, 0.37 times primary

flagellum, 2-articulate, article 1 long, 3.2 times article 2, not forming cap; flagellum 4-articulate, callynophore

weak 1-field in female, without posterodistal setae or spines, without flagellar spines, calceoli absent in female.

Antenna 2 ; slightly longer than antenna 1; peduncle without brush setae in female, weakly geniculate, article 3

short, 0.55 times article 4, peduncular articles 4 and 5 not enlarged in female; flagellum 4-articulate, calceoli

absent in female.

Mouthpart bundle : subquadrate. Epistome and upper lip : fused, with central notch. Mandible : incisors

asymmetrical, large with straight margins, left margin minutely serrate, left lacinia mobilis present, a short

smooth peg, accessory spine row absent; molar a reduced smooth flap without setose margins; mandibular palp

attached midway; article 1 short, length 1 times breadth; article 2 elongate, slender, length 2.5 times breadth,

1.2 times article 3, with 1 posterodistal A2-seta (broken on left mandible), without D2-setae; article 3 falcate,

long, length 2.9 times breadth, without A3- or D3-setae, with 2 apical E3-setae. Maxilla I : inner plate tapering

distally, at least half of inner margin setose, with 4 large plumose setae; outer plate extremely broad with 8 spine-

teeth in two rows; outer row with 6 spine-teeth, first 3 large, stout, weakly to multicuspidate, remainder large,

slender, multicuspidate; inner row with 2 spine-teeth, both large, slender, 5-cuspidate; palp large, 2-articulate, with

2 long terminal spines, without subterminal setae, flag spine present on distolateral comer, distomedial margin

serrate (one cusp). Maxilla 2 : inner plate broad, outer plate narrow, subequal in length. Maxilliped : inner plate

small, subrectangular, with 1 apical nodular spine, oblique setal row reduced with 4 plumose setae; outer plate

small, subrectangular, without subapical notch, with 1 apical simple seta, without apical or medial spines,

submarginal setae short, simple; palp large, 4-articulate, article 2 very broad, length 1.1 times breadth, 0.9 times

article 3, article 3 short, broad, length 1.7 times breadth, dactylus well developed, with 2 subterminal setae, unguis

absent.

Gnathopod 1 : parachelate; coxa vestigial; basis long, slender, length 3.3 times breadth, anterior margin

smooth, without setae; ischium short, length 1.3 times breadth; merus. posterior margin with patch of short setae;

carpus wedge-shaped, produced anteriorly, short, length 1.1 times breadth, shorter than (0.73 times) propodus, with

long simple setae along posterior margin; propodus large, subtriangular. length 1.7 times breadth, tapering

distally, posterior margin serrate, slightly concave, with 2 spines, without denticulate patch near posterior margin,

palm slightly acute, margin straight, serrate, posterodistal corner without spines; dactylus simple, without

subtcrminal teeth or spines. Gnathopod 2 : minutely chelate; coxa large, subequal in size to coxa 3; ischium long,

length 2.7 times breadth; carpus long, length 2.8 times breadth, posterior margin straight; propodus sub¬

rectangular, long, length 2.1 times breadth, palm obtuse, with straight, serrate margin, posterodistal corner with

2 medial spines; dactylus reaching comer of palm, posterior margin smooth.

Peraeopod 3 : coxa large; merus weakly expanded anteriorly, female merus-carpus without plumose setae;

propodus with small posterodistal spur, without spines along anterior margin; dactylus short, slender.

Peraeopod 4 : coxa deeper than wide, with weak posteroventral lobe, anterior and posterior margins subparallel;

merus weakly expanded anteriorly, female merus-carpus without plumose setae; propodus with small posterodistal

spur, without spines along anterior margin; dactylus short, slender. Peraeopod 5 : coxa bilobate, posterior lobe

strongly produced ventrally; basis expanded with posterior margin smooth, slightly expanded posteriorly; propodus

without minutely denticulate surface, with small antcrodistal spur, without spines along anterior margin; dactylus

short, slender. Peraeopod 6 : coxa small, strongly lobate posteriorly; basis expanded posteriorly with smooth

posterior margin; merus slightly expanded posteriorly; propodus without minutely denticulate surface, with small

anterodistal spur, without spines along anterior margin; dactylus short, slender. Peraeopod 7 : basis expanded

posteriorly, posterior margin slightly rounded proximally, straight distally. minutely crcnate. posteroventral corner

rounded, posteroventral margin rounded; merus expanded distally with straight posterior margin; propodus and

dactylus not known.

Oostegites : from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 5. Gills : from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 6, not pleated.

Pleonites 1 to 3 : dorsally smooth. Epimeron 1 : anteroventral comer rounded. Epimeron 3 : posteroventral

corner narrowly rounded. Urosoniites : 1 to 3 dorsally smooth; urosomite 3 with small dorsolateral spine.

Uropod I : peduncle with 1 apicolateral and 1 apicomedial spines, without plumose setae or spines along distal

margin; rami subequal in length; outer ramus and inner ramus each with 1 dorsal spine. Uropod 2 : peduncle

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

Fig. 7. — Aristias verdensis sp. nov., holotype female, 2 mm (MNHN-Am 4451), off western side of Verde Island, Verde

Island Passage, Philippine Islands. Scales represent 0.1 mm.

without dorsolateral flange, with 1 apicolateral and 1 apicomedial spines, without plumose setae or spines along

distal margin; outer ramus 0.86 times as long as inner ramus, outer and inner ramus each with 1 dorsal spine;

inner ramus without constriction. Uropod 3 : peduncle short, length 1.1 times breadth, without dorsolateral flange,

with 1 apicolateral and 1 apicomedial spines, without midlateral spines or setae, without distoventral spines or

plumose setae; rami lanceolate, subequal in length, outer ramus 2-articulate, article 2 short; rami without spines;

plumose setae absent in female. Telson : 1.5 times as long as broad, deeply cleft (67%), without dorsal spines or

simple setae; distal margins truncated, without marginal setae, with 1 marginal spine on each lobe.

Etymology. — The specific name refers to the type locality.

Remarks. —Ledoyer s (1972) table and subsequent descriptions show that only seven species of Aristias

have a small number ol articles in the primary and accessory flagella of antenna 1, and of these species three have

no eyes. Of the remaining four species with eyes, two (A. megalops Sars, 1891 and A. microps Sars, 1891) occur

in the north-eastern Atlantic Ocean. Aristias microps differs from A. verdensis in its very poorly developed eyes

Source. MNHN, Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

and less well developed posterior lobes on coxae 5 and 6. From what is known of A. megalops it appears to be

very closely related to A. verdensis , but nothing is known of its mouthparts. Aristias megalops differs from

A. verdensis in the posterior lobe on coxa 5 which is less well developed, the posteroventral corner of epimeron 3

which is acutely produced and the telson which is shorter. The remaining two species (A. nonspinas Hirayama,

1985 and A. tropicus Schellenberg, 1938) occur in the Pacific Ocean. Aristias nonspinus differs from A. verdensis

in the left mandible which has no lacinia mobilis, maxilla 1 which has two setae on the inner plate and six spine-

teeth on the outer plate, coxa 5 which is equilobate, the posteroventral comer of epimeron 3 which has a minute

tooth and the telson which has no terminal spines. Geographically, the closest species is A. tropicus from the

Bismarck Archipelago off northern New Guinea. This species is not well known, but differs from A. verdensis in

having the posteroventral comer of epimeron 3 subacute and the second article of the ramus of uropod 3 as long as

the first.

DISTRIBUTION. —Aristias verdensis is known only from the Verde Island Passage, Philippine Islands in 130-

135 m depth.

Genus CYPHOCARIS Bocck, 1871

Cyphocaris faurei K. H. Barnard, 1916

Cyphocaris faurei K. H. Barnard, 1916 : 117, pi. 26, fig. 4. — Pirlot, 1933 : 128. — Lowry & Bullock, 1976 : 88. —

Ledoyer, 1986 : 738, fig. 284.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. Corindon 2 : stn CH 220, 0°14’N, 118°12’E, northern Makassar Strait,

2350 m, 2 November 1980 : 1 $, 22 mm, ovigerous (MNHN-Am 4454).

Karubar : stn CC 21, 05°14’S, 133°00’E. Kai Islands, 688-694 m, 25 October 1991 : 1 9.

Remarks. — This is the second record of C. faurei from Indonesian waters. Pirlot (1933) recorded it from the

Molucca Strait.

Distribution. — Cosmopolitan in bathyal and abyssal depths.

Genus EUCALLISOMA J. L. Barnard, 1961

Eucallisoma J. L. Barnard. 1961 : 32. — Barnard & Karaman, 1991 : 484.

DIAGNOSIS. — Mandible : left lacinia mobilis present: molar a small articulating flap at base of large excavate

corpus mandibularis; palp attached midway. Maxilla I : spine-tccth on outer plate in 7/4 arrangement: palp large.

2-articulate. Maxilla 2 : inner plate broad, outer plate narrow. Maxilliped : inner plate with well developed apical

nodular spines; outer plate with apical setae and large medial spines. Gnathopod 1 simple; basis swollen,

glandular; dactylus reduced. Peraeopod 5 : coxa broader than deep; basis subovate. Uropod 3 short, rami with

plumose setae, outer ramus 2-articulate. Telson deeply clelt.

TYPE SPECIES. — Eucallisoma glandulosa J.L. Barmard, 1961 by original designation.

Remarks. — Eucallisoma differs from all genera in the scopclocheirid group in having a glandular basis on

gnathopod 1. Eucallisoma has a similar maxilla 1 spine-tooth arrangement to Aroui, Paracallisoma and

Scopelocheirus. Aroui and Scopelocheirus both differ from Eucallisoma in having a triturating molar and Aroui

has a unique second maxilla. Paracallisoma and Eucallisoma are very similar. Aside from gnathopod 1,

Paracallisoma has a better developed lacinia mobilis than does Eucallisoma.

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

Distribution. — Eucallisoma is known from the South Atlantic Ocean and the south-western Pacific Ocean in

800 to 4000 m depth.

Eucallisoma barnardi sp. nov.

Figs 8-10

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 2 : stn CP 50, 13°36.7-38.rN, 120°33.7-32.3'E, eastern

entrance to Verde Island Passage, 810-820 m, 27 November 1980 : 1 9, 40 mm, with non-setose oostegites (MNHN-Am

4449).

TYPES. — The unique specimen is the holotype.

Diagnosis. — Head with lateral cephalic lobe large, broad, subacute. Antenna 1 : accessory flagellum with

well developed article 2. Maxilliped : palp article I enlarged, articles 2 to 4 reduced. Gnathopod 1 : carpus and

propodus very long and slender. Coxa 4 : posteroventral lobe acutely produced. Epimeron 3 : posteroventral comer

broadly rounded.

Fig. 8. — Eucallisoma barnardi sp. nov., holotype female, 40 mm (MNHN-Am 4449), eastern entrance to Verde Island

Passage, Philippine Islands.

Description. Based on holotype female, 40 mm: male not known. Head : exposed, deeper than long; lateral

cephalic lobe large, broad, subacute: rostrum absent; eyes apparently absent. Antenna 1 : short, 0.1 times body;

peduncular article 1 short, length 0.8 times breadth, with small midmedial swelling, with short posterodistal

tooth; peduncular article 2 short. 0.25 times article 1; peduncular article 3 short, 0.13 times article 1; accessory

flagellum medium length. 0.37 times primary flagellum, 2-articulate, article 1 long, 1.5 times article 2, not

forming cap; flagellum at least 7-articulate, callynophore strong 2-field in female, without posterodistal setae or

spines, without flagellar spines, calceoli absent in female. Antenna 2 : slightly longer than antenna 1; peduncle

without brush setae in female, article 1 greatly enlarged, not covering article 2, peduncle in female weakly

geniculate, article 3 short, 0.31 times article 4, articles 4 and 5 not enlarged in female; flagellum 12-articulale,

calceoli absent in female.

Mouthpart bundle : subquadrate. Epistome and upper lip : separate, epistome strongly produced, rounded, upper

lip not produced, straight. Mandible : incisors symmetrical, large, with straight margins, left lacinia mobilis

present, a cuspidate peg; accessory spine row without distal setal tuft, left and right with 3 short, stout, simple

spines, without intermediate setae; molar a small articulating flap at base of large excavate corpus mandibularis;

mandibular palp attached midway, article 1 short, length 0.8 times breadth; article 2 broadened proximally, length

Source. MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS 69

3.9 times breadth, 1.4 times article 3, without A2-setae, with many D2-setae along most of posterior margin;

article 3 broadened medially, long, length 3.6 times breadth, without A3-setae, with 37 distal D3-setae and 3 apical

Fig. 9. — Eucallisoma barnardi sp. nov., holotype female, 40 mm (MNHN-Am 4449), eastern entrance to Verde Island

Passage. Philippine Islands. Scales represent 0.5 mm.

Source. MNHN , Paris

J.K. IX)WRY & II. E. STODDART

E3-setae. Maxilla 1 : inner plate tapering distally, inner margin fully setose, with 26 plumose setae; outer plate

broad with 11 spine-teeth in 7/4 arrangement; outer row with ST1 large, slender, without cusps. ST2-ST6, large,

slender, 1-cuspidate, ST7 slightly displaced from ST6, large, slender, without cusps; inner row with STA large,

slender, displaced from STB-STD, without cusps, STB-STC long, slender, apically bifurcate, STD long, slender,

without cusps; palp large, 2-articulate, with 4 short terminal spines, with 1 subterminal seta, flag spine present on

distolateral comer, distomedial margin smooth. Maxilla 2 : inner plate broad, outer plate narrow, inner plate

0.88 times length outer plate. Maxillipcd : inner plate large, subrectangular, with 3 apical nodular spines and

2 subapical spines, oblique setal row strong with 21 plumose setae; outer plate large, subovate, with 14 apical

plumose setae, without apical spines, medial spines present, large, submarginal setae short, simple; palp large,

4-articulate, article 1 enlarged, articles 2 to 4 reduced; article 2 extremely slender, length 3.3 times breadth,

1.9 times article 3, article 3 short, slender, length 2.8 times breadth; dactylus vestigial, with 2 subterminal setae,

unguis present.

Coxae 1 to 4 : with setal fringe along ventral margin. Gnathopod l : simple; coxa large, nearly as long as

coxa 2, anterior margin slightly convex, anteroventral comer rounded, posterior margin angled towards anterior

margin; basis swollen, glandular, length 1.7 times breadth, anterior margin smooth, without setae; ischium long,

length 2.2 times breadth; merus, posterior margin without setae; carpus subrectangular, very long, length

4.7 times breadth, longer than (1.8 times) propodus, without denticulate patch near posterodistal margin; propodus

large, subrectangular, length 5.3 times breadth, tapering distally, posterior margin smooth, straight, without

spines or setae, without denticulate patch near posterior margin, palm absent; dactylus complex, extremely

reduced, blunt subterminal tooth with minute aperture. Gnathopod 2 : minutely subchelate; coxa large, subequal in

size to coxa 3; ischium long, length 3.6 times breadth; carpus very long, length 4.4 times breadth, posterior

margin straight; propodus subrectangular, long, length 3 times breadth, palm transverse, with convex, rugose

margin, posterodistal corner without spines; dactylus overreaching comer of palm, posterior margin serrate.

Peraeopod 3 : coxa large; merus not expanded anteriorly; female merus-carpus without plumose setae; propodus

with 15 setae along posterior margin; dactylus long, slender. Peraeopod 4 : coxa deeper than wide, with acutely

produced posteroventral lobe, anterior margin straight, obtusely angled, posterior margin sloping anteriorly; merus

not expanded anteriorly; female merus-carpus without plumose setae; propodus with 9 setae along posterior

margin; dactylus long, slender. Peraeopod 5 : coxa equilobate, broader than deep; basis expanded with posterior

margin smooth; merus expanded with rounded posteroproximal shoulder and straight posterior margin; propodus

with 15 spines along anterior margin; dactylus short, slender. Peraeopod 6 : coxa small, not lobate posteriorly;

basis expanded posteriorly with minutely crenate posterior margin; merus expanded with rounded posteroproximal

shoulder, posterior margin straight proximally, excavate distally; propodus with 13 spines along anterior margin,

20 spines along posterior margin; dactylus not known. Peraeopod 7: basis expanded posteriorly, posterior margin

almost straight, minutely crenate. posteroventral corner subquadrate, posteroventral margin rounded; merus

expanded proximally, posterior margin straight, converging distally, with 12 setae; propodus with 15 spines along

anterior margin; dactylus short, slender.

Oostegites from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 5. Gills from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 7, not pleated.

Pleonites 1 to 3 dorsally smooth. Epimeron 1 : anteroventral comer subquadrate. Epimeron 3 : posteroventral

comer broadly rounded. Urosomites : 1 to 3 dorsally smooth. Urosornite 3 : without dorsolateral spine. Uropod 1 :

peduncle with 17 dorsolateral, 1 apicolateral, 21 dorsomedial and 1 apicomedial spines, without spines along distal

margin; rami subequal in length; outer ramus with 17 lateral and 9 medial spines; inner ramus with 18 medial and

10 lateral spines. Uropod 2 : peduncle without dorsolateral flange, with 1 dorsolateral, 1 apicolateral,

17 dorsomedial and 1 apicomedial spines, without plumose setae, without spines along distal margin; outer ramus

0.9 times as long as inner ramus, outer ramus with 18 lateral and 13 medial spines; inner ramus with 19 medial

and 13 lateral spines, without constriction. Uropod 3 : peduncle short, length 1.2 times breadth, without

dorsolateral flange, with 1 apicomedial spine, without midlateral or distoventral spines or setae, without plumose

setae; rami lanceolate, inner ramus reduced, about 0.9 times outer ramus; outer ramus 2-articulate, article 2 short

(tip broken), article 1 with 8 lateral and 8 medial spines; inner ramus with 3 lateral spines; plumose setae present

in female. Tel son : triangular, length 1.5 times breadth, deeply cleft (67%), without dorsal spines or simple setae;

distal margins rounded, without marginal setae, with 1 marginal spine on each lobe.

Source: MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

Fig. 10._ Eucallisoma barnardi sp. nov., hololype female, 40 mm (MNHN-Am 4449), eastern entrance to Verde Island

Passage, Philippine Islands. Scales represent 1.0 mm.

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

ETYMOLOGY. — This species is named in remembrance of Jerry Barnard, who, among his many distinguished

accomplishments, originally described this extraordinary genus.

Remarks. — This is only the second species described in the genus Eucallisoma and the first record of the

genus outside the Atlantic Ocean. Although there is no doubt that this species belongs in Eucallisoma it shows

strong differences from E. glandulosa J. L. Barnard, 1961. Eucallisoma barnardi has a much better developed lateral

cephalic lobe, the maxilla 1 spine-teeth are less cuspidate, article 1 of the maxillipedal palp is grossly enlarged and

article 2 is long and slender, on gnathopod 1 the articulation between the basis and merus is more conventional and

the carpus and propodus are longer and more slender, the merus of peraeopods 5 to 7 is more broadly expanded

posteriorly, uropod 3 is shorter and more robust and the lelson is more triangular.

The basis of gnathopod 1 is large and filled with glandular tissue. It is possible to trace a duct from the distal

section of this glandular tissue through the distal articles of the gnathopod. This duct appears to open through a

minuscule aperture on the dactylus. The dactylus is greatly reduced, but the aperture appears to be placed on the

subterminal tooth, proximal to the tip of the dactylus. Eucallisoma glandulosa also has glandular tissue in the

basis of gnathopod 1.

DISTRIBUTION. — Eucallisoma barnardi is known only from Verde Island Passage, Philippine Islands, in 810 to

820 m depth.

Genus EURYTHENES Smith, 1882

Eurythenes gryllus (Lichtenstein, 1822)

Gammarus gryllus Lichtenstein, 1822 : 34. — J. L. Barnard, 1961 : 35, figs 5-7. — Lowry & Bullock. 1976 : 89.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. Karubar : stn CC 57, 08°19’S, 131°53’E, Tanimbar Island, 603-620 m,

31 October 1991 : 1 9, 24 mm.

Remarks. — Birstein and Vinogradov (1960) have reported E. gryllus from the Philippine Sea and from the

Bougainville Trench, but this is the first record of the species in Indonesian waters.

Distribution. — Cosmopolitan in the deep-sea.

Genus F IGOR ELLA J. L. Barnard, 1962

Figorella corindon sp. nov.

Figs 11-12

Material EXAMINED. — Indonesia. Corindon 2 : stn B 236, 00°6.7’N, 119°45.5’E, south of Manimbaya,

northern Makassar Strait, 1730 m, 4 November 1980 : 1 9, 3 mm, with oostegite buds (MNHN-Am 4457).

Types. — The unique specimen is the holotype.

Diagnosis. — Maxilla 1 outer plate with 9 spine-teeth. Gnathopod 1 : posterodistal corner of propodus

projecting with tiny spine. Peraeopod 5 : basis round. Uropod 3 : inner ramus reduced, as long as article 1 of outer

ramus. Telson : emarginate with rounded posterior margin with penicillate setae.

Description. — Based on holotype female, 3 mm; male not known. Head : exposed, slightly longer than

deep, ventrally truncated with straight ventral margin; lateral cephalic lobe large, narrowly rounded; rostrum

absent; eyes apparently absent. Antenna 1 : short. 0.14 times body; peduncular article 1 short, length 1.25 times

Source. MNHN , Pans

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINF; AND INDONESIAN WATERS

breadth, without dorsal crest, tooth on distomedial margin, posterodistal tooth or anterodistal projection;

peduncular article 2 short, 0.3 times article 1; peduncular article 3 long, 0.25 times article 1; accessory flagellum

very short, 0.22 times primary flagellum, 2-articulate, article 1 short, 1.3 times article 2, not forming cap:

flagellum 7-articulate, callynophore and calceoli absent in female. Antenna 2 : subequal in length to antenna 1;

peduncle without brush setae, strongly geniculate between peduncular articles 3-4, article 3 long, 0.77 times article

4, peduncular articles 4 and 5 not enlarged; flagellum 7-articulate, without thick setal brush, calceoli absent.

Mouthpart bundle : quadrate, projecting anteriorly. Epistome and upper lip : fused, straight. Mandible : incisors

symmetrical, small, with slightly convex margins; left lacinia mobilis present, a short smooth peg; accessory

spine row without distal setal tuft, left and right rows each with 3 short, slender, simple spines, without

intermediate setae; lamina dentata absent; molar absent; mandibular palp attached midway, article 1 short, length

1 times breadth; article 2 short, broad, length 2 times breadth, 0.9 times article 3, without D2-setae, with

1 posterodistal A2-seta; article 3 slender, distally truncate, long, length 3 times breadth, without A3-setae, with

4 distal D3-setae on posterior margin and 2 apical E3-setae. Maxilla 1 : inner plate narrow with 1 large and 2-4

small simple apical setae; outer plate narrow with 9 spine-teeth in modified 7/4 arrangement; outer row with ST1-

ST3 large, stout, smooth to weakly cuspidate, ST4 small, stout, 1-cuspidate, ST5 small, stout, 3-cuspidate, ST6-

ST7 absent; inner row with STA displaced from STB-STD, STA-STD small, slender, without cusps; palp

moderate size, 2-articulate, with 2 apical setae, flag spine absent, distomedial margin smooth. Maxilla 2 : inner

and outer plates narrow; inner plate 0.64 times length outer plate. Maxilliped : inner plate small, subovate,

without apical nodular spines, oblique setal row absent; outer plate large, subovate, without subapical notch,

apical setae, apical spines or medial spines, submarginal setae vestigial; palp large. 4-articulate, article 2 broad,

length 0.9 times breadth, 0.6 times article 3; article 3 short, slender, length 1.8 times breadth; dactylus well

developed, with 2 subterminal setae, unguis absent.

Gnathopod 1 : chelate; coxa large, as long as coxa 2, anterior margin straight, diverging distally from posterior

margin; basis short, broad, length 1.7 times breadth, anterior margin smooth, without setae; ischium short, length

1.1 times breadth; merus, posterior margin lined with setae; carpus extremely compressed, hidden by propodus;

propodus massive, subrectangular, length 1.8 times breadth, margins subparallel, posterior margin smooth,

concave, with setae, palm obtuse, margin convex, smooth, posterodistal corner produced with simple spine;

dactylus simple, without subterminal teeth or spines. Gnathopod 2 : minutely subchelate; coxa large, subequal in

size to coxa 3; ischium long, length 2.9 times breadth; carpus long, length 2.7 times breadth, posterior margin

straight; propodus subrectangular. long, length 2 times breadth, palm acute, with straight, serrate margin,

posterodistal corner without spines; dactylus reaching comer of palm, posterior margin smooth.

Peraeopod 3 : coxa large; female merus-carpus without plumose setae; propodus with 2 small setae and 1 distal

spine along posterior margin; dactylus long, slender. Peraeopod 4 : coxa with large posteroventral lobe, anterior

margin rounded, posterior margin sloping anteriorly; lemale merus-carpus without plumose setae; propodus with

2 small setae and 1 spine along posterior margin; dactylus long, slender. Peraeopod 5 : coxa equilobate; basis

expanded with posterior margin smooth; merus broadly expanded with rounded posteroproximal shoulder and

straight posterior margin; propodus with 2 small setae and 1 spine along anterior margin; dactylus long, slender.

Peraeopod 6 : coxa small, slightly lobatc posteriorly, basis expanded posteriorly with smooth posterior margin;

merus broadly expanded with rounded posteroproximal shoulder and straight posterior margin; propodus with

1 small seta and 1 distal spine along anterior margin; dactylus long, slender. Peraeopod 7 : basis expanded

posteriorly, posterior margin slightly rounded, minutely crenate, posteroventral comer rounded, posteroventral

margin rounded; merus distally expanded, slightly convex posterior margin with 2 setae; propodus without

minutely denticulate surface, with 1 spine along anterior margin; dactylus long, slender.

Oostegites from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 5. Gills from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 6, not pleated.

Pleonites / to 3 dorsally smooth. Epimeron I : anteroventral comer rounded. Epimeron 3 : posteroventral

corner broadly rounded. Urosomites : 1 to 3 dorsally smooth. Urosomite 3 : without small dorsolateral spine.

Uropod 1 : peduncle with 1 apicolateral and 1 apicomedial spines; outer ramus slightly longer than inner ramus;

rami without spines. Uropod 2 : peduncle without large dorsolateral flange; peduncle with 1 apicolateral and

1 apicomedial spines; rami subequal in length, inner ramus without spines or constriction. Uropod 3 : peduncle

short, length 1.3 times breadth, without dorsolateral tlange, without dorsal, midlateral or distoventral spines; rami

J. K. LOWRY & H. H. STODDART

Fig. 11. — Figorella corindon sp. nov., holotype female, 3 mm (MNHN-Am 4457), south of Manimbaya, northern

Makassar Strait, Indonesia. Scales represent 0.1 mm.

Source MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

lanceolate, inner ramus reduced, about 0.67 times outer ramus; outer ramus 2-articulate, article 2 short; rami

without spines; plumose setae absent. Telson : as long as broad, entire, without dorsal spines or simple setae;

distal margin rounded, with 6 marginal penicillate setae, without simple marginal setae or spines.

ETYMOLOGY. — This species is named for the Corindon Expedition which collected the type material.

Remarks. — Figorella corindon is very closely related to F. tasmanica Lowry. 1984, but can be distinguished

by the number of spine-teeth on maxilla 1, the produced posterodistal comer of gnathopod 1 propodus, and the

shape of the basis of peraeopod 5. It is distinguished from F. tanidea by the shape of the mcrus of peraeopod 5 and

the length of the posteroventral lobe on peraeopod 6.

Fig. 12._ Figorella corindon sp. nov., holotype female, 3 mm (MNHN-Am 4457), south of Manimbaya, northern

Makassar Strait, Indonesia. Scales represent 0.2 mm.

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

DISTRIBUTION. — Figorella corindon is known only from the Makassar Strait, Indonesia, in 1730 m depth.

Genus ICHNOPUS Costa, 1853

Ichnopus annasona Lowry & Stoddart, 1992

Ichnopus annasona Lowry & Stoddart, 1992 : 196, figs 4-5.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. Karubar : stn DW 22, 05°22 , S, 133°01’E, Kai Islands, 85-124 m, 25 October

1991 : 1 9, with oostegite buds.

Distribution. — Ichnopus annasona is known from the Austral Isles, French Polynesia; Tasman Sea; New

Caledonia; Kai Islands, Indonesia.

Ichnopus wardi Lowry & Stoddart, 1992

Glycerina lenuicornis - PlRLOT, 1936 : 271, figs 106, 107.

Ichnopus wardi Lowry & Stoddart, 1992 : 235, figs 33-35.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. Karubar : stn DW 29, 05°36'S, 132°56'E, Kai Islands, 181-184 m,

26 October 1991 : 1 9, with oostegite buds.

Remarks. — This female confirms Lowry and Stoddart's (1992) tentative identification of Pirlots (1 936)

material as /. wardi.

Distribution. — Ichnopus wardi is known from north-western Australia, southern New Guinea. Indonesia and

the Philippine Islands.

Genus ONESIMOIDES Stebbing, 1888

Onesimoides Stebbing, 1888 : 647. — PlRLOT, 1933 : 128. — Barnard & Karaman, 1991 : 505.

Diagnosis. — Antenna 1 : callynophore present in male and female; article 1 of accessory flagellum forming a

cap covering callynophore. Antenna 2 not elongate in male. Mandible : left lacinia mobilis present; molar a

reduced column with convex triturating surface; palp attached midway. Maxilla 1 ; spine-teeth on outer plate large,

robust, in 6/5 arrangement, ST7 slightly displaced from ST6; palp large, 2-articulate. Maxilla 2 : inner plate

narrow, outer plate broad, subequal in length. Maxilliped : inner plate with well developed nodular spines; outer

plate with small medial spines. Gnathopod 1 sexually dimorphic : female small, subchelate with an obtuse

rounded palm; male large with an acute palm. Pleonite 3 with dorsal carina. Telson entire.

TYPE SPECIES. — Onesimoides carinatus Stebbing, 1888, by monotypy.

REMARKS. — This genus was based on the species Onesimoides carinatus Stebbing, 1888, known only from a

single adult male from the Coral Sea. PlRLOT (1933) had limited material of Onesimoides from Indonesia. Without

the combination of females and adult males he did not recognize the sexual dimorphism of gnathopod 1 and

described two new species, O. cavimanus (based on a single adult male) and 0. chelatus (based on a young male

and several other small specimens). J.L. Barnard (1961) first recognized sexual dimorphism in Onesimoides. He

realized that males developed large subchclate first gnathopods which change with age. Bellan-Santini (1974) also

recognized this phenomenon in her material from the Mediterranean Sea.

Source. MNHN, Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

We have studied relatively large collections of Onesimoides from the Philippines. Indonesia, New Caledonia

and the Coral Sea. We now know that all females have very similar chelate first gnathopods and that young males

look very much like females. We can recognize four distinct male gnathopod 1 transformation series in material

from our study area. We believe that these series represent four distinct species. One of these species is

0. carinatus (which includes O. cavimanus ), now known from the Coral Sea and Indonesia. We redescribe

0. carinatus and describe two new species, 0. castellatus and O. mindoro. The fourth species, from New

Caledonia, will be described in a later paper. Because O. chelatus was originally described from young specimens it

cannot be identified with any adult forms, including the two species (0. carinatus and O. mindoro) known in the

area from which it was described. Consequently we consider it to be an unrecognizable species.

There are other unnamed species in the literature. Based on the illustrations in J.L. Barnard (1961).

particularly of gnathopod 1, we think that the material from the south-eastern Atlantic Ocean, attributed to

O. chelatus , is an undescribed species. The same is true of the material from Madagascar which LEDOYER (1978,

1986) attributed to O. cavimanus and O. chelatus. In this case there are unusual changes in the distal articles of

peraeopods 5 to 7 in addition to the shape of the first gnathopod. Wolff (1979) mentioned an undescribed species

and a related undescribed genus from the western North Atlantic Ocean in his review of plant utilization in the deep

sea. We have seen a possible new shallow water species of Onesimoides in collections from Namibia.

Distribution. — North and South Atlantic Ocean, Mediterranean Sea, western Indian Ocean, south-east Asia

and the Coral Sea.

Onesimoides carinatus Stebbing, 1888

Figs 13-16

Onesimoides carinatus Stebbing, 1888 : 648, pi. 14. — Della Valle. 1893 : 796, pi. 60, figs 39-41. — STEBBING,

1906 : 32, fig. 8. — Thurston & Allen, 1969 : 363.

Onesimoides cavimanus Pirlot, 1933 : 129, figs 40-41.

not Onesimoides cavimanus - Dahl, 1959 : 214, fig. 3 (= 0. mindoro).

not Onesimoides cavimanus - LEDOYER, 1978 : 375, figs 9-10b; 1986 : 794, fig. 309 (= Onesimoides sp.).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Coral Sea. Stn FNQ 79-33, 11°32'S, 144°10'E, 16-18 km north-east of Raine Island.

Great Barrier Reef, trawl, specimen in wood, 900-1000 m, Australian Museum Fish Department, 12 February 1979 : 1 6 ,

8 mm, 1 juvenile, 5.4 mm (AM P41269). — Stn 06/88-11, 11°33.02'S, 145°19.34’E, east of Cape York. Australia, beam

trawl, 1611-1584 m, P. HUTCHINGS, et. al. on R.V. " Franklin ", 22 August 1988 : 2 9, 10 mm, 3 6 . 7.4-13.5 mm,

8 juveniles (AM P41270). — Stn 06/88-16, 11 0 41.55’S, 145°36.6’E, east of Cape York, Australia, beam trawl,

specimens in wood, 2006-2053 m, P. HUTCHINGS , et. al. on R.V. ” Franklin ", 23 August 1988 : 1 <5, 9.5 mm, 1 juvenile,

4.5 mm, (AM P41271).

Fig. 13. — Onesimoides carinatus Stebbing, male, 8 mm (AM P41269), north-east of Raine Island, Coral Sea.

Source: MNHN , Paris

J. K. LOWRY & II. E. STODDART

Cidaris- 1 : sin 35.4, 16°54.4'S, 147°14.35’E, beam trawl, specimens in wood, 1590-1473 m M PiCHON

P.W. Arnold & R.A. Birtles on RV " Franklin ", 14 May 1986 : 2 9, 15.5 and 16 mm (QM W17489).

diagnosis. — Antennae : calceoli present in adult male. Gnathopod 1 in male with large setal patch on merus

and propodus. palm changing with age from transverse to obtuse to acute with small midpalmar tooth and

posterior cavity. Pleonite 3 with slight to strong dorsal carina. Urosomite 1 without lateral flange. Uropod 3,

inner ramus about 0.5 times outer ramus.

DESCRIPTION. — Based on female, 10 mm (AM P41270); male, 8 mm (AM P4I269). Head : exposed, deeper

than long; lateral cephalic lobe large, narrowly rounded; rostrum absent; eyes apparently absent. Antenna l :

medium length. 0.2 times body; peduncular article 1 short, length 1.1 times breadth; peduncular article 2 short,

0.4 times article 1; peduncular article 3 long, 0.25 times article 1; accessory flagellum long, 0.74 times primary

flagellum. 4-articulate, article 1 long, 6.4 times article 2, (male, long, 6.5 times article 2), forming cap covering

callynophore; flagellum 14-articulate (male 11), callynophore, strong 2-field in female and male, without

posterodistal setae or spines, without flagellar spines, calceoli absent in female (present in 12.5 mm male).

Antenna 2 ; subequal in length to antenna 1. (same in male); peduncle without brush setae in female or male; in

female weakly geniculate, article 3 short. 0.4 times article 4 (in male weakly geniculate between peduncular

articles 3-4, article 3 short. 0.46 times article 4); peduncular articles 4 and 5 not enlarged in male or female;

flagellum 12-articulate (male 11), calceoli absent in female (present in 12.5 mm male).

Mouthpart bundle : subquadrate. Epistome and upper lip : separate, epistome straight, upper lip slightly

produced, rounded. Mandible: incisors symmetrical, small, with slightly convex margins; left lacinia mobilis

present, a cuspidate peg: accessory spine row without distal setal tuft, left row with 2, right with 3 short, thin,

simple spines, without intermediate setae; molar with reduced column and convex triturating surface; mandibular

palp attached midway, article 1 short, length 1.1 times breadth; article 2 elongate, slender, length 3.4 times

breadth, 1.2 times article 3, with 11 (male 10) distal submarginal A2-setae; article 3 slender, blade-like, long,

length 3 times breadth, with 2 (male 1) proximal A3-setae, 14 (male 12) D3-setae along most of posterior margin,

and 3 apical E3-setae. Maxilla 1 : inner plate narrow with 2 plumose apical setae; outer plate with 11 spine-teeth

in 6/5 arrangement; outer row with ST1-ST3 large, stout, weakly to multicuspidate. ST4-ST6 large, stout,

5-cuspidate, ST7 slightly displaced from ST6, large, broad. 5-cuspidate; inner row with STA large, slightly

displaced from STB-STD, 4-cuspidate. STB-STD large, broad. 4-cuspidate; palp large, 2-articulate, with 8 (male 6)

long terminal spines, with 1 subterminal seta, 1 (male 2) flag spine present on distolateral comer, distomedial

margin smooth. Maxilla 2 : inner plate narrow, outer plate broad, subequal in length. MaxiUiped : inner plate very

large, subrectangular. with 3 apical stout spines, with 1 distal spine on lateral face near inner margin, oblique setal

row strong with 10 plumose setae: outer plate small, subovate, without subapical notch, with many fine apical

setae, with 1 apical spine, medial spines present, small, submarginal setae long, simple; palp large. 4-articulate,

article 2 broad, length 1.7 times breadth. 1.4 times article 3; article 3 short, broad, length 1.4 times breadth:

dactylus well developed, with 4 subterminal setae, unguis present.

Gnathopod 1 : sexually dimorphic; chelate in female, coxa large, slightly shorter than coxa 2, anterior margin

concave, anterovcntral comer produced, rounded, posterior margin slightly convex; basis long, slender, length

2J " mes breadth, anterior margin smooth, with simple setae; ischium long, length 1.7 times breadth; merus,

posterior margin lined with long simple setae; carpus subtriangular. short, length 1.7 times breadth, shorter than

(0.7 times) propodus. without denticulate patch near posterodistal margin; propodus large, subrectangular, length

1.9 times breadth, margins subparallel, posterior margin smooth, strongly sinusoidal, without spines, with setae,

wilhout denticulate patch near posterior margin, palm obtuse, margin convex, smooth, posterodistal corner with

1 medial and 1 lateral spines; dactylus simple, with subterminal tooth. Male, 8 mm. gnathopod 1 subchelate;

basis long, slender, length 2.3 times breadth; merus with large brush of setae on medial face; carpus subtriangular,

short, length 0.8 times breadth, shorter than (0.5 times) propodus; propodus massive, subrectangular, length

1.4 times breadth, margins subparallel, posterior margin smooth, straight, with dense brush of setae on medial

lace, palm acute, margin irregular with posterior cavity, posterodistal corner with 1 medial and 1 lateral spines-

dactylus simple, strongly curved.

Source: MNHN, Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

Fig. 14. — Onesimoides carinatus Stebbing, male, 8 mm (AM P41269), north-east of Raine Island, Coral Sea. A2

enlargement: male, 13.5 mm (AM P41270), east of Cape York, Coral Sea. Scales represent 0.1 mm.

Source: MNHN , Paris

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

Gnathopod 2 : minutely subchelatc; coxa large, subequal in size to coxa 3; ischium long, length 2.3 times

breadth; carpus long, length 2.3 times breadth, posterior margin broadly lobate; propodus subquadrate. short,

length 1.4 times breadth, posterior margin without strong distal spines, palm obtuse, with straight, serrate

margin, posterodistal corner with 1 (male 1) medial and 1 lateral (male 1) spines; dactylus reaching corner of palm,

posterior margin serrate.

Peraeopod 3 : coxa large; merus weakly expanded anteriorly, male and female mcrus-carpus without plumose

setae; propodus with 7 (male 9) spines and 2 distal spines along posterior margin; dactylus short, stocky.

Peraeopod 4 : coxa deeper than wide, with large posteroventral lobe, anterior margin slightly rounded, posterior

margin slightly sloping anteriorly; merus weakly expanded anteriorly, merus-carpus without plumose setae;

propodus with 8 (male 7) spines and 2 distal spines along posterior margin; dactylus short, stocky. Peraeopod 5 :

coxa equilobate; basis expanded with posterior margin minutely crenate: merus expanded with rounded posterior

margin; propodus with 5 (male 5) spines and 2 distal spines along anterior margin, dactylus short, stocky.

Peraeopod 6 : coxa small, slightly lobate posteriorly; basis expanded posteriorly with minutely crenate posterior

margin; merus expanded with rounded posterior margin; propodus with 6 (male 6) spines and 2 distal spines along

anterior margin; dactylus short, stocky. Peraeopod 7 : basis expanded posteriorly, posterior margin slightly

rounded, minutely crenate, posteroventral corner rounded, posteroventral margin rounded; merus not expanded

posteriorly, with 4 spines; propodus with 5 (male 6) spines and 2 distal spines along anterior margin and 2 (male

2) spines and 2 distal spines along posterior margin; dactylus short, stocky.

Oostegites from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 5. Gills from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 6. not pleated.

Pleonite 3 : with slight dorsal carina. Epimeron 1 : anteroventral comer rounded. Epimeron 3 : posteroventral

corner subquadrate. Urosomiles : urosomite 1 with anterodorsal notch and rounded boss with slight dorsal carina.

without lateral flange; urosomite 3 without small dorsolateral spine. Uropod 1 : peduncle with 4 (male 12)

dorsolateral. 1 apicolateral, 4 dorsomedial and 1 apicomedial spines, without spines along distal margin; outer

ramus slightly longer than inner ramus; outer ramus with 2 (male 4) dorsal spines; inner ramus with 2 (male 4)

dorsal spines. Uropod 2 ; peduncle with 6 (male 9) dorsolateral, 1 apicolateral, 1 (male 0) dorsomedial and 1 (male

1) apicomedial spines, without spines along distal margin; rami subequal in length; outer ramus with 3 dorsal

spines; inner ramus with 4 dorsal spines, without constriction. Uropod 3 : peduncle short, length 1.1 times

breadth, with dorsolateral flange, with 2 dorsolateral and 1 apicolateral spines, with 4 (male 3) midmedial setae,

with 1 distoventral spine, without plumose setae; rami lanceolate, inner ramus reduced, about 0.5 times outer

ramus; outer ramus 2-articuIate. article 2 short, article 1 with 3 lateral and 1 medial spines; inner ramus with

1 medial and 0 (male 1) lateral spines; plumose setae absent in male and female. Telson ; length subequal to

breadth, entire, without dorsal simple spines: distal margin rounded, with 6 pcnicillate and 2 simple marginal

setae, without marginal spines.

Variation. — The shape and size of male gnathopod 1 changes with age, although not as decisively as in

other known species. In small males (around 7 mm) the propodus is subrectangular and relatively narrow, as in the

female, with a transverse palm with a slightly convex margin (fig. 16A). In slightly larger males (around 8-

10 mm) the propodus becomes broader, the palm becomes slightly obtuse and the margin is convex (fig. 16B). In

the largest males we have seen (around 13 mm) the propodus continues to broaden, the palm becomes acute with a

small midpalmar tooth and a posterior cavity (fig. 16C). As the gnathopod enlarges the basis lengthens to

accommodate the larger propodus.

The carpus of peraeopods 6 and 7 in this species (fig. 16) varies from long and narrow to broad and nearly

subquadrate. The variation might follow development with age, but we have not been able to confirm this and in

several instances (such as illustrated in fig. 16C) the carpus is quite different between the left and right sides.

The dorsal carination is variable; although present in all the specimens examined, it is not as strong as

described by Stebbing (1888).

Remarks. This is the first record of 0. carinatus since it was originally described. The new material is from

near the type locality in the Coral Sea. Based on the range of material we have studied and PlRLOT’s (1933)

drawings of the male gnathopod 1 in O. cavimanus , it is clear that this species is synonymous with O. carinatus.

This synonymy extends the range of O. carinatus into Indonesian waters.

Source: MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

Fig. 15._ Onesimoides carinatus Stebbing, male, 8 mm (AM P41269), north-east of Raine Island, Coral Sea. Female,

10 mm (AM P41270), east of Cape York, Coral Sea. Scales represent 0.5 mm.

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

FlG ^A 1 » 6 < r„ °™ s,mo,des carinatus Stebbing, gnathopod 1 and distal articles of peraeopod 6 : A. male 7 6 mm

AM P41270) east ol Cape York, Coral Sea; B. male, 9.5 mm (AM P41271), east of Cape York, Coral Sea; C. male,

13.5 mm (AM P41-70), east of Cape York, Coral Sea. Scales represent 0.2 mm.

We cannot distinguish females of O carinatus from those of 0. mindoro. Males are distinguished by the length

to bieadth ratios ol the propodus in gnathopod 1 and the palm which becomes excavate in large males of

O. rmndoro. The palm of a large male of O. carinatus (fig. 16C) is similar to that of a small male of O mindoro

(tig. 24A). but the length to breadth ratio of the propodus is different and the O. carinatus specimen is twice as

large as the comparable 0. mindoro specimen.

Distribution. — Coral Sea to Indonesia in 900 to 2560 m depth.

Source. MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHIUPPLNE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

Onesimoides castellatus sp. nov.

Figs 17-20

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 2 : stn CP 17, 14°00’N. 120°18'E, north of Lubang Island, 174-

193 m, 22 November 1980 : 1 9, 8.5 mm, ovigerous (approximately 22 eggs) (MNHN-Am 4456A); 1 <3, 7.5 mm

(MNHN-Am 4456B) and 1 9 (AMP41426).

MUSORSTOM 3 : stn CP 87, 14°00'N, 120°19’E, north of Lubang Island, 191-197 m, 31 May 1985 : 1 9 and 1 partial

9 (MNHN-Am 4384). — Stn CP 101, 14°15'N, 120’19’E, north of Lubang Island, 195 m, 1 June 1985 : 23 9 and

juveniles; 1 6 ; 1 partial 9 (MNHN-Am 4452). — Stn 103, 14°00'N, 120°18'E, north of Lubang Island, 193-200 m,

1 June 1985 : 2 9 (MNHN-Am 4446); 1 6 , 7.5 mm (AM P41427). — Stn 135, 11°58'N, 122°02'E, east of Boracay

Island, Sibuyan Sea, 486-551 m, 5 June 1985 : 3 9 and 1 <5 (MNHN-Am 4443). — Stn CP 139, 11°53'N, 122°14'E, off

the north-west northern coast of Panay, Sibuyan Sea, 240-267 m, 6 June 1985 : 4 9 and juveniles; 7 6 (MNHN-Am

4437).

T. Mortensen EXPEDITION : approx. 6°N, 121°E, Mindanao, 15 miles west of Jolo, Sigsby trawl, soft bottom, 450 m,

27 March 1914 : 2 9,9 and 11 mm; 1 6 , 15 mm (ZMC).

Indonesia. Karubar : stn CC 10, 05°21’S, 132°30'E, Kai Islands, 329-389 m. 23 October 1991 : 1 <3 - —

Stn CP 16, 05°17'S, 132°50’E, Kai Islands, 315-349 m, 24 October 1991 : 5 9.

TYPES. — The ovigerous female, 8.5 mm (MNHN-Am 4456A) is the holotype. The other specimens are

paratypes.

Type LOCALITY. — Philippines Islands, north of Lubang Island, 14°00'N, 120°18'E, 174-193 m.

DIAGNOSIS. — Antennae : calceoli absent. Gnathopod 1 in male : without large setal patch on merus or

propodus, palm changing with age from transverse to acute, but always with strong castellate margin. Pleonite 3 :

with slight dorsal carina. Urosomite 1 with lateral flange. Uropod 3 : inner ramus subequal in length to outer

ramus.

Fig. 17. —Onesimoides castellatus sp. nov., holotype female, 8.5 mm (MNHN-Am 4456A), north of Lubang Island,

Philippine Islands.

DESCRIPTION. — Based on female holotype, 8.5 mm (MNHN-Am 4456A); male paratype, 7.5 mm (MNHN-

Am 4456). Head : exposed, deeper than long; lateral cephalic lobe large, broadly rounded; rostrum absent; eyes

apparently absent. Antenna 1 : short, 0.18 times body; peduncular article 1 short, length 1.1 times breadth;

peduncular article 2 short, 0.23 times article 1; peduncular article 3 short, 0.17 times article 1; accessory flagellum

long, 0.73 times primary flagellum, 5-articulate, article 1 long, 8.5 times article 2, forming cap covering

callynophore; flagellum 11-articulate (male 9), callynophore strong 2-field in female and male, without

posterodistal setae or spines, without flagellar spines or aesthetascs, calceoli absent. Antenna 2 : slightly longer

than antenna 1, (same in male); peduncle without brush setae in male or female; in female weakly geniculate,

article 3 short, 0.4 times article 4, (same in male); peduncular articles 4 and 5 not enlarged in male or female;

flagellum 11-articulate (male 7), calceoli absent.

Source. MNHN, Paris

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

Mouthpari bundle : subquadrate. Epislome and upper lip : separate, epistome slightly produced, rounded, upper

lip slightly produced, straight. Mandible : incisors symmetrical, small, with slightly convex margins; left lacinia

mobilis present, a cuspidate peg; accessory spine row without distal setal tuft, left and right rows each with

3 short, slender, simple spines, without intermediate setae; molar with reduced column and convex triturating

surface; mandibular palp attached midway, article 1 short, length 1.1 times breadth; article 2 elongate, slender,

length 3.4 times breadth. 1.4 times article 3. with 12-14 (male 11-12) posterodistal A2-setae. without D2-setae;

article 3 slender, blade-like, long, length 3.4 times breadth, with 1-2 (male 1) proximal A3-setae, 12 (male 12)

D3-setae along most of posterior margin, and 3 apical E3-setae. Maxilla l : inner plate narrow with 2 plumose

apical setae; outer plate with 11 spine-teeth in 6/5 arrangement; outer row with ST1-ST3 large, stout,

multicuspidate. ST4-ST5 large, stout. 4- to 5-cuspidate. ST6 large, stout. 8- to 9-cuspidale. ST7 slightly displaced

from ST6, large, broad, 8- to 9-cuspidate; inner row with STA large, slightly displaced from STB-STD,

4-cuspidate. STB long, broad. 4-cuspidate, STC large, broad. 3- to 5-cuspidate, STD broad, 5-cuspidate; palp large!

2-articulate, with 8 long terminal spines, with 1 subterminal seta, flag spine present on distolateral corner,

distomedial margin smooth. Maxilla 2 : inner plate narrow, outer plate broad, inner plate 0.83 times length outer

plate. Maxilliped : inner plate very large, subrectangular, with 3 apical nodular spines and 1 subapical lateral

spine, oblique setal row strong with 9 plumose setae: outer plate small, subovale, without subapical notch, with

many fine apical setae, with 1 apical spine, medial spines present, small, submarginal setae long, simple; palp

large. 4-articulate, article 2 broad, length 2.5 times breadth, 1.6 times article 3; article 3 long, broad, length

2 times breadth; dactylus well developed, with 6 subterminal setae, unguis present.

Gnathopod 1 : sexually dimorphic: female chelate, coxa large, as long as coxa 2, anterior margin slightly

concave, anterovcntral corner rounded, posterior margin slightly convex; basis long, slender, length 2.5 times

breadth, anterior margin smooth, with simple setae; ischium long, length 1.9 times breadth; merus, posterior

margin without setae; carpus subtriangular. short, length 1.3 times breadth, 0.65 times as long as propodus.

without denticulate patch near posterodistal margin; propodus large, subrectangular, length 1.8 times breadth,

tapering distally, posterior margin smooth, strongly sinusoidal with 5 groups of setae, without denticulate patch

near posterior margin, palm obtuse, margin convex, smooth, posterodistal corner with 1 medial and 1 lateral

spines; dactylus simple, without subterminal teeth or spines. Male (7.5 mm) gnathopod 1 subchelate; basis long,

slender, length 2.2 times breadth; merus, posterior margin with a few simple setae: carpus subtriangular. short,

length 0.7 times breadth, shorter than (0.3 times) propodus; propodus massive, subrectangular, length 1.3 times

breadth, margins subparallel, posterior margin smooth, convex, with few setae, palm acute, margin convex,

castellate, posterodistal comer with 1 medial and 1 lateral spines; dactylus simple, strongly curved. Gnathopod 2 :

minutely subchelate; coxa large, subcqual in size to coxa 3; ischium long, length 2 times breadth; carpus long,

length 2.6 times breadth, posterior margin broadly lobate; propodus subquadrate, short, length 1.3 times breadth!

posterior margin without strong distal spines, palm transverse, with convex, serrate margin, posterodistal corner

with 1 medial and 2 lateral spines; dactylus reaching corner of palm, posterior margin serrate.

Peiaeopod 3 : coxa large; merus weakly expanded anteriorly, male and female merus-carpus without plumose

setae; propodus with 7 spines along posterior margin and 2 distal spines; dactylus short, stocky. Peraeopod 4 :

coxa deeper than wide, with large posteroventral lobe, anterior margin slightly rounded, posterior margin slighUy

sloping anteriorly; merus weakly expanded anteriorly, male and female merus-carpus without plumose setae;

propodus with 7 spines along posterior margin and 2 distal spines; dactylus short, stocky. Peraeopod 5 : coxa

equdobate: basis expanded with posterior margin strongly crenatc: merus expanded with rounded posterior margin;

propodus with 3 spines along anterior margin and 2 distal spines; dactylus short, stocky. Peraeopod 6 : coxa

small, slightly lobate posteriorly; basis expanded posteriorly with crenate posterior margin; merus expanded with

rounded posterior margin; propodus with 3 spines and 2 distal spines along anterior margin, with 3 spines on

posterodistal margin; dactylus short, stocky. Peraeopod 7 : basis expanded posteriorly, posterior margin slightly

rounded, scalloped, posteroventral comer rounded, posteroventral margin rounded; merus not expanded posteriorly,

with 4 spines; propodus with 3 setae and 2 distal spines along anterior margin, with 4 posterodistal spines;

dactylus short, stocky.

Oostegites from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 5. Gills from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 6, not pleated.

Source : MNHN . Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

Fig. 18.— Onesimoides castellaius sp. nov., holotype female, 8.5 mm (MNHN-Am 4456), north of Lubang Island,

Philippine Islands. Scales represent 0.2 mm.

Source : MNHN. Paris

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

Pleonite 3 : wilh dorsal carina. Epimeron J : anleroventral comer rounded. Epimeron 3 : posteroventral corner

subquadrate. Urosomites : urosomite 1 with anterodorsal notch and rounded boss with slight dorsal carina, with

lateral flange; urosomite 3 without dorsolateral spine. Uropod l : peduncle with 9 dorsolateral, 2 apicolateral,

7 dorsomedial and 1 apicomedial spines, without spines along distal margin; outer ramus slightly longer than

inner ramus; outer ramus with 7 dorsal spines; inner ramus with 5 dorsal spines. Uropod 2 : peduncle with

FK3. 19. — Onesimoides caslellatus sp. nov., holotype female, 8.5 mm. (MNHN-Am 4456A), north of Lubang Island,

Philippine Islands. Scales represent 0.5 mm.

Source MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

7 dorsolateral. 1 apicolateral and 1 apicomedial spines, without spines along distal margin; rami subequal in

length; outer ramus with 6 lateral spines; inner ramus with 1 medial and 4 lateral spines, without constriction.

Uropod 3 : peduncle short, length 1.3 times breadth, with dorsolateral flange, with 4 dorsolateral spines, with

1 midlateral setae, with 1 distoventral spine, without plumose setae; rami lanceolate, subequal in length; outer

ramus 2-articulate. article 2 short, without spines; inner ramus with 1 lateral spine; plumose setae absent in male

and female. Telson ; length 1.1 times breadth, entire, without dorsal simple spines; distal margin truncated, with

6 penicillate and 2 simple marginal setae, without marginal spines.

FiG. 20._ Onesimoides castellatus sp. nov., gnathopod 1 and distal articles of peraeopod 6 : A. paratype male, 4.5 mm,

B. paratype male, 6.2 mm (MNHN-Am 4437), off Panay, Sibuyan Sea, Philippine Islands; C. paratype male, 7.5 mm

(MNHN-Am 4456B), north of Lubang Island, Philippine Islands. D. paratype male, 15 mm (ZMC), off Mindanao,

Philippine Islands. Scales represent 0.2 mm.

J. K. LOWRY & H. E STODDART

Variation. — The shape and size of male gnathopod 1 changes significantly with age. In small males around

4.5 mm the propodus is subrectangular and relatively narrow, the palm is obtuse as in a female and not castellate

(fig. 20A). In slightly larger males, around 6 mm, the propodus becomes broader, the palm becomes transverse and

forms a strongly castellate margin (fig. 20B). In males around 7.5 mm the propodus remains broad, the palm

remains castellate and becomes acute with the tip of the dactylus fitting into a small medial posterodistal cavity on

the propodus (fig. 20C). In very large males, around 15 mm, the propodus remains broad but lengthens, the palm

becomes strongly castellate and extremely acute and the medial posterodistal cavity is enlarged (fig. 20D). The

medial surface of the propodus does not develop the strong brush of setae seen in other species of Onesimoides. As

the gnathopod enlarges the basis lengthens to accommodate the larger propodus.

The carpus of peraeopods 6 and 7 does not change much with size except in very large animals where it

becomes longer in relation to its breadth.

ETYMOLOGY. — The specific name refers to the castellations on the palm of gnathopod 1 in the adult male.

Remarks. — Males and females of O. castellatus can be distinguished from other species in the genus by the

lateral flange on urosomite 1. Males never develop the large brush of setae on the merus and propodus of

gnathopod 1 that is so distinctive in O. carinatus and O. mindoro , nor do they develop the enlarged carpus of

peraeopods 6 and 7 seen in the western Indian Ocean species referred to as 0 . cavimanus by LEDOYER (1978, 1986).

DISTRIBUTION. — Onesimoides castellatus is known from the central Philippines in 174 to 551 m depth and

the Kai Islands, Indonesia in 315 to 389 m depth.

Onesimoides chelatus Pirlot, 1933

Onesimoides chelatus Pirlot, 1933 : 134, figs 43-45.

not Onesimoides chelatus - J. L. Barnard, 1961 : 43, figs 12-14 (part = O. mindoro’, part = Onesimoides sp.).

not Onesimoides chelatus - LEDOYER, 1978 : 381, fig. 10a; 1986 : 796, fig. 310 (= Onesimoides sp.).

Remarks. — Pirlot (1933) had two lots of material from Indonesia which he attributed to this species. One

lot was in bad condition and not used in his description. The other lot contained 9 small specimens from which he

described a young (3.5 mm) male. The first gnathopod of this male still has the shape of a female first gnathopod.

There are two taxa known from this area, but we can only recognize them by the shape of gnathopod 1 in mature

males. Consequently O. chelatus must be considered as an unrecognizable species. We consider the Indonesian part

of the material which J. L. Barnard (1961) attributed to O. chelatus , to be 0. mindoro based on his illustrations

ot male first gnathopods. The other part of this material, an adult male from the Gulf of Guinea, western Africa, is

probably an undescribed species for this same reason. Similarly the material from Madagascar which LEDOYER

(1978, 1986) attributed to O. chelatus may be the female of the undescribed species he attributed to O. cavimanus.

Onesimoides mindoro sp. nov.

Figs 21-24

Onesimoides chelatus - J. L. Barnard, 1961 : 43, figs 12, 14 (in part, part, fig. 13 = Onesimoides sp.).

Material EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 2 : stn CP 15, I3°55'N, 120°29’E, between Lubang Island and

Matabungkay, 326-330 m, 21 November 1980 : 1 $ (MNHN-Am 4455).

Musorstom 3 : stn 105, 13°52’N, 120°30*E, north-east of Lubang Island, 398-417 m, 1 June 1985 : 1 9 (MNHN-Am

4439). — Stn CP 116, 12°32’N, 120°47’E, Mindoro Strait, 804-812 m, inside an old piece of wood, 3 June 1985 : 1 9,

10 mm (MNHN-Am 4445A); 1 c5, 12 mm and 2 9 (MNHN-Am 4445B); 1 9 (AM P41430). — Stn CP 139, 11°53’N,

122°14’E, Sibuyan Sea, off the north-west northern coast of Panay, 240-267 m, 6 June 1985 : 1 6 and 4 juveniles

(MNHN-Am 4603); 1 <5 (AM P41431).

T. MORTENSEN EXPEDITION : approx. 6°N, 121°E, Mindanao, 15 miles west of Jolo, Sigsby trawl, soft bottom, 450 m,

27 March, 1914 : 1 6, 8 mm (ZMC).

Source. MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS 8V

Indonesia. Corindon 2 : stn CP 231, 0°04.9'N. 119°47.8’E, Makassar Strait, off Manimbaya, Sulawesi, 980-

1080 m. 4 November, 1980 : 1 6, 20 mm (MNHN-Am 4448).

Karubar : stn CP 25, 05°30'S. 132°52'E. Kai Islands, 336-346 m. in a piece of wood. 26 October 1991 : 3 <5 and

4 $ .

Types. — The female, 10 mm, (MNHN-Am 4445A) is the holotype. The other specimens arc paratypcs.

Type locality. — Philippine Islands. Mindoro Strait, 12°32'N. 120°47'E, 804-812 m.

DIAGNOSIS. — Antennae : calceoli present in adult male. Gnathopod 1 in male with large setal patch on merus

and propodus, propodus longer than broad, becoming proximally bulbous in adult male, palm excavate with small

midpalmar tooth. Plconite 3 with slight dorsal carina. Urosomite 1 without lateral flange. Uropod 3 : inner ramus

about 0.7 times outer ramus.

Fig. 21. — Onesimoides mindoro sp. nov., holotype female. 10 mm (MNHN-Am 4445A). Mindoro Strait. Philippine

Islands.

Description. — Based on holotype female, 10 mm (MNHN-Am 4445A); paratype male, 12 mm (MNHN-Am

4445B). Head : exposed, deeper than long; lateral cephalic lobe large, broadly rounded; rostrum absent; eyes

apparently absent. Antenna 1 ; medium length, 0.2 times body; peduncular article 1 short, length 1.3 times

breadth; peduncular article 2 short. 0.24 times article 1; peduncular article 3 short. 0.18 times article 1; accessory

flagellum long. 0.56 times primary flagellum. 4-articuIate, article I long. 8.1 times article 2, (male long.

8.4 times article 2), forming cap covering callynophore; flagellum 14-articulate (male 11), callynophore strong

2-field in female and male, without posterodistal setae or spines, without flagellar spines, calceoli absent in female

(present in 8 mm male). Antenna 2 ; slightly longer than antenna 1, (same in male); peduncle without brush setae

in male or female; in female weakly geniculate, article 3 short. 0.3 times article 4. (in male weakly geniculate,

article 3 short. 0.4 times article 4); peduncular articles 4 and 5 not enlarged in male or female; flagellum

9-articulate (male 14), calceoli absent in female (present in 8 mm male).

Moulhpart bundle : subquadrate. Epistome and upper lip ; separate, epistome straight, upper lip slightly

produced, rounded. Mandible : incisors symmetrical, small, with slightly convex margins; left lacinia mobilis

present, a cuspidate peg; accessory spine row without distal setal tuft, left and right rows each with 3 short, thin,

simple spines, without intermediate setae; molar with reduced column and convex triturating surface; mandibular

palp attached midway, article 1 short, length 1.3 times breadth; article 2 elongate, slender, length 3.7 times

breadth. 1.2 times article 3, with 15 (male 19) posterodistal A2-setae. without D2-setae; article 3 slender, blade¬

like, long, length 3.2 times breadth, with 1 (male 2) proximal A3-sctae, 13 (male 18) D3-setac along most of

posterior margin and 3 apical E3-setae. Maxilla I : inner plate narrow with 2 plumose apical setae; outer plate

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

with 11 spine-teeth in 6/5 arrangement; outer row with ST1-ST3 large, stout, multicuspidate, ST4-ST5 large,

stout, 5-cuspidate, ST6 large, stout. 8-cuspidate. ST7 slightly displaced from ST6. large, broad, 8-cuspidale; inner

row with STA large, slightly displaced from STB-STD, 3-cuspidate. STB long, broad, 5-cuspidate, STC large.

FlG ' T' T n °l" h0l0type female ’ 10 mm (MNHN-Am 4445A); Al, MDP: paratype male, 12

mm (MNHN-Am 4445B); Mindoro Strait, Philippine Islands; H, UR: paratype male, 8 mm. ZMC, off Mindanao,

Philippine Islands. Scales represent 0.2 mm.

Source. MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPH1PODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

broad, 4-cuspidate, STD large, broad, 6-cuspidate; palp large, 2-articulate, wilh 8 long terminal spines, with

1 subterminal seta, flag spine present on distolateral comer, distomedial margin smooth. Maxilla 2 : inner plate

narrow, outer plate broad, subequal in length. Maxilliped : inner plate very large, subrectangular. with 3 apical

nodular spines, with 1 apicolateral spine, oblique setal row strong with 10 plumose setae; outer plate small,

subovate, without subapical notch, with many fine apical setae, with 1 apical spine, medial spines present, small,

submarginal setae long, simple; palp large, 4-articulate, article 2 broad, length 1.7 times breadth, 1.4 times

article 3; article 3 short, broad, length 1.6 times breadth; dactylus well developed, with 4 subterminal setae,

unguis present.

Gnathopod 1 : sexually dimorphic; female chelate, coxa large, almost as long as coxa 2, anterior margin

concave, anteroventral comer produced, rounded, posterior margin slightly concave; basis long, slender, length

2.6 times breadth, anterior margin smooth, with simple setae; ischium long, length 2 times breadth; merus,

posterior margin lined with long simple setae; carpus subtriangular. short, length 1.2 times breadth, shorter than

(0.62 times) propodus, without denticulate patch near posterodistal margin; propodus large, subrectangular, length

1.8 times breadth, margins slightly converging distally, posterior margin smooth, strongly sinusoidal, with

5 groups of setae, without denticulate patch near posterior margin, palm obtuse, margin convex, smooth,

posterodistal comer with 1 medial and 1 lateral spines; dactylus simple, with subterminal tooth. Male gnathopod 1

subchelate; basis long, slender, length 3.1 times breadth; merus with large brush of setae on medial face, carpus

subtriangular, short, length 0.9 times breadth, shorter than (0.4 times) propodus; propodus massive,

subrectangular, length 1.9 times breadth, margins tapering distally. posterior margin smooth, convex, with dense

brush of setae on medial face, palm acute, margin with 2 blunt teeth and slight posterodistal cavity, posterodistal

comer with 1 medial and 1 lateral spines; dactylus simple, strongly curved. Gnathopod 2 : minutely subchelate;

coxa large, subequal in size to coxa 3; ischium long, length 3 times breadth; carpus short, length 1.5 times

breadth, posterior margin broadly lobate: propodus subquadrate, short, length 1.5 times breadth, posterior margin

without strong distal spines, palm obtuse, with straight, serrate margin, posterodistal comer with 1 medial spine

(male 1) and 1 lateral spine (male 1); dactylus reaching comer of palm, posterior margin serrate.

Peraeopod 3 : coxa large; merus weakly expanded anteriorly, male and female merus-carpus without plumose

setae; propodus with 5 spines along posterior margin and 1 distal spine; dactylus short, stocky. Peraeopod 4 : coxa

deeper than wide, with large posteroventral lobe, anterior margin slightly rounded, posterior margin slightly

sloping anteriorly; merus weakly expanded anteriorly, male and female merus-carpus without plumose setae;

propodus with 4 spines along posterior margin and 2 distal spines; dactylus short, stocky. Peraeopod 5 : coxa

equilobate; basis expanded with posterior margin minutely crenate; merus expanded with rounded posterior margin;

propodus with 5 setae along anterior margin and 2 distal spines; dactylus short, stocky. Peraeopod 6 : coxa small,

slightly lobate posteriorly; basis expanded posteriorly with minutely crenate posterior margin; merus expanded

with rounded posterior margin; propodus wilh 6 setae along anterior margin and 2 distal spines; dactylus short,

stocky. Peraeopod 7 : basis expanded posteriorly, posterior margin slightly rounded, minutely crenate. postero¬

ventral corner rounded, posteroventral margin rounded; merus not expanded posteriorly, with 3 spines; propodus

and dactylus not known.

Oostegites from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 5. Gills from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 6. not pleated.

Pleonite 3 : with slight dorsal carina. Epimeron 1 : anteroventral comer rounded. Epimeron 3 : posteroventral

corner subquadrate. Urosomites : urosomite 1 with anterodorsal notch and low rounded boss with slight dorsal

carina. without lateral flange; urosomite 3 without small dorsolateral spine. Uropod I : peduncle with

9 dorsolateral. 1 apicolateral. 7 dorsomedial and 1 apicomedial spines, without spines along distal margin; outer

ramus with 6 dorsal spines; inner ramus with 4 dorsal spines. Uropod 2 : peduncle with 8 dorsolateral.

1 apicolateral. 1 dorsomedial and 1 apicomedial spines, without spines along distal margin; rami subcqual in

length; outer ramus with 5 dorsal spines; inner ramus with 4 dorsal spines, without constriction. Uropod 3 :

peduncle short, length 1.2 times breadth, with dorsolateral flange, with 5 dorsolateral, 1 apicolateral and

1 distoventral spines, with 4 midlateral setae; without plumose setae; rami lanceolate, inner ramus reduced, about

0.68 times outer ramus; outer ramus 2-articulate. article 2 short, article 1 with 3 lateral and 1 medial spines; inner

ramus with 1 lateral spine; plumose setae absent in male and female. Telson : length 1 times breadth, entire,

without dorsal spines or simple setae; distal margin truncated, wilh 6 penicillate and 2 simple marginal setae,

without marginal spines.

J. K. LOWRY & H. E STODDART

FlG. 23. — Onesimoides mindoro sp. nov.. holotype female. 10 mm (MNHN-Am 4445A), Mindoro Strait, Philippine

Islands. Scales represent 0.5 mm.

Source: MNHN. Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

FiG. 24. — Onesimoides mindoro sp. nov., gnathopod 1 and distal articles of pcraeopod 6 : A. paratype male. 7.5 mm

(MNHN-Am 4603), Sibuyan Sea, Philippine Islands; B. paratype male, 8 mm (ZMC), off Mindanao, Philippine

Islands; C. paratype male, 12 mm, (MNHN-Am 4445B), Mindoro Strait, Philippine Islands; D. paratype male, 20 mm

(MNHN-Am 4448), Makassar Strait, Indonesia. Scales represent 0.5 mm.

Variation. — As in the two previous species the shape and size of male gnathopod 1 change significantly

with age. We have not seen juvenile males in this species, but assume that the propodus is similar in shape to the

propodus in the female. In larger males, around 7.5 mm, the propodus is broad, the palm forms a large, broad

J. K. I/)WRY & H. E. STODDART

anterior tooth and a small posterodistal cavity (fig. 24A). In slightly larger males, around 8 mm, the propodus

remains broad, but lengthens, the palm becomes acute, the broad anterior tooth and the posterodistal cavity remain

and a small midpalmar tooth develops (fig. 24B). The palm then changes only slightly, so that in males of about

12 mm it is longer and slightly concave, the midpalmar tooth moves more towards the posterior comer and the

posterodistal cavity is reduced (fig. 24C). In very large animals the palm does not change but the posterior margin

becomes convex and the proximal end of the propodus appears bulbous (fig. 24D).

The carpus of peraeopods 6 and 7 does not change much with size except in very large animals where it

becomes longer in relation to its breadth.

Etymology. — The specific name refers to the type locality.

Remarks. — Onesimoides mindoro is distinguished from O. castellatus by the lack of a flange on uro-

somite 1, the length of the inner ramus on uropod 3, and the large setose brush and the shape of the palm on the

propodus of male gnalhopod 1. Onesimoides mindoro differs from 0 . carinatus in the length to breadth ratio and

the shape ol the palm on the propodus of male gnathopod 1. Onesimoides mindoro appears to be closely related to

the O. cavimanus of Ledoyf.r (1978). The main morphological differences between these species occur in the

males and appear to be the shape of the palm in gnathopod 1 and the development of the carpus in peraeopods 6

and 7 which becomes greatly enlarged in the species from Madagascar.

Distribution. — Onesimoides mindoro occurs from Indonesia to the Philippine Islands in depths of 240-

812 m.

Genus PARACENTROMEDON Chevreux & Fage, 1925

Paracentromedon pacificus sp. nov.

Figs 25-27

MaTERUI EXAMINED. — Indonesia. CORINDON 2 : stn B 236. 00°06.7'N, 119°45.5'E, northern Makassar Strait,

south of Mammbaya, 1730 m, 4 November 1980 : 1 specimen, sex not known, 7 mm (MNHN-Am 4602).

TYPES. — The unique specimen is the holotype.

Diagnosis. — Maxilla 1 : inner plate with at least half of inner margin seto.se. with 6 plumose setae.

Epimcron 3 with posterovcntral comer produced into broad tooth. Telson long, narrow, deeply cleft.

FlG ,„ 25 \ T Paracen,romedon pacificus sp. nov.. holotype, sex not known. 7 mm (MNHN-Am 4602), south of

Mammbaya, northern Makassar Strait, Indonesia.

Source . MNHN, Paris

LYS1ANASS0ID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

Description. — Based on holotype, sex not known. Head : exposed, deeper than long; lateral cephalic lobe

large, acute; rostrum absent; eyes apparently absent. Antenna I : medium length. 0.2 limes body; peduncular

article 1 short, length 1.3 times breadth, without dorsal crest, tooth on distomedial margin, posterodistal tooth or

antcrodistal projection; peduncular article 2 short. 0.2 times article 1. with short anterodistal projection; peduncular

article 3 short. 0.13 times article 1; accessory flagellum long. 0.54 times primary flagellum, 3-articulate, article 1

long. 2.1 times article 2. not forming cap; flagellum 9-articulate, callynophore strong 2-field, without

posterodistal setae or spines, without flagellar spines, calceoli absent. Antenna 2 : slightly longer than antenna 1;

peduncle without brush setae, weakly geniculate, article 3 short. 0.43 times article 4, articles 4 and 5 not enlarged;

flagellum 10 -articulate, calceoli absent.

FIG. 26. — Paracentromedon pacificus sp. nov., holotype. sex not known. 7 mm (MNHN-Am 4602). south of

Manimbaya, northern Makassar Strait, Indonesia. Scales represent 0.1 mm.

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

Mouthpart bundle : subquadrate. Epistome and upper lip : separate, epistome straight, upper lip slightly

produced, rounded. Mandible : incisors symmetrical, small, with slightly convex margins, left lacinia mobilis

present, a stemmed distally serrate blade; accessory spine row without distal setal tuft, left and right rows each

with 2 short, slender, simple spines, without intermediate setae; molar columnar with fully triturating surface,

large plumose seta present on right molar; mandibular palp attached distally, article 1 short, length 0.9 times

breadth, without setae; article 2 elongate, slender, length 4.9 times breadth, 1.3 times article 3, with

5 posterodistal submarginal A2-setae, without D2-setae; article 3 falcate, long, length 3.3 times breadth, with

1 proximal A3-seta, with 10 distal D3-setae on posterior margin and 2 apical E3-setae. Maxilla 1 : inner plate

tapering distally, at least half of inner margin setose with 6 plumose setae; outer plate with 11 spine-teeth in 6/5

arrangement; outer row with ST1-ST3 large, stout, weakly cuspidate, ST4 large, stout, 1- to 2-cuspidate, ST5-

ST6 large, stout, 2- to 3-cuspidate, ST7 contiguous with ST6, large, broad, 2- to 3-cuspidate; inner row with STA

large, slightly displaced from STB-STD, 3-cuspidate, STB-STC large broad, 3-cuspidate, STD large, broad, 2- to

3-cuspidate; palp large, 2-articulate, with 8 short terminal spines and 1 subterminal seta, flag spine present on

distolateral corner, distomedial margin smooth. Maxilla 2 : inner and outer plates narrow, subequal in length.

Maxilliped ; inner plate large, subrectangular, with 3 apical nodular spines, oblique setal row strong with

14 plumose setae; outer plate medium size, subovate, without subapical notch or apical setae, with 1 apical spine,

medial spines present, large, submarginal setae short, simple; palp large, 4-articulate, article 2 broad, length

1.6 times breadth. 1.1 times article 3; article 3 short, broad, length 1.6 times breadth; dactylus well developed,

with 2 subterminal setae, unguis present.

Gnathopod 1 : subchelate; coxa large with tiny posterodistal hook, anterior margin slightly concave,

anteroventral corner produced, rounded, posterior margin slightly convex; basis long, slender, length 4.5 times

breadth, anterior margin smooth, with simple setae; ischium short, length 1.3 times breadth; merus, posterior

margin with a few simple setae; carpus subrectangular, long, length 2.9 times breadth, longer than (1.4 times)

propodus, without denticulate patch near posterodistal margin; propodus large, subrectangular, length 2.2 times

breadth, margins subparallel, posterior margin smooth, straight, with setae, without denticulate patch near

posterior margin, palm extremely acute, margin convex, serrate, posterodistal comer with 2 medial and 1 lateral

spines; dactylus simple, without subterminal teeth or spines. Gnathopod 2 : minutely subchelate; coxa large,

subequal in size to coxa 3, with tiny posterodistal hook; ischium long, length 2.9 times breadth; carpus long,

length 3.1 times breadth, posterior margin straight; propodus subrectangular, short, length 1.8 times breadth,

posterior margin with strong serrate spines distally. palm transverse, with straight, serrate margin, posterodistal

comer with 1 medial spine; dactylus reaching comer of palm, posterior margin smooth.

Peraeopod 3 : coxa large; merus not expanded anteriorly, merus-carpus without plumose setae; propodus with

7 setae along posterior margin; dactylus long, slender, with vestigial apical nail. Peraeopod 4 : coxa deeper than

wide, with large posteroventral lobe, anterior margin rounded, posterior margin sloping anteriorly; merus not

expanded anteriorly, merus-carpus without plumose setae; propodus with 5 setae along posterior margin; dactylus

long, slender with vestigial apical nail. Peraeopod 5 : coxa equilobate; basis expanded with posterior margin

minutely crenate; merus not expanded posteriorly; propodus and dactylus not known. Peraeopod 6 : coxa small,

not lobate posteriorly; basis expanded posteriorly with minutely crenate posterior margin; merus not expanded

posteriorly; propodus and dactylus not known. Peraeopod 7 : basis expanded posteriorly, posterior margin slightly

rounded, minutely crenate, posteroventral corner rounded, posteroventral margin rounded; merus not expanded

posteriorly, with 1 spine; propodus and dactylus not known.

Oostegites not known. Gills from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 7, not pleated.

Pleonites 1 to 3 : dorsally smooth. Epimeron I : produced, narrowly rounded. Epimeron 3 : posteroventral

corner produced into strong tooth. Urosomites : 1 to 3 dorsally smooth; urosomite 3 with small dorsolateral spine.

Uropod 1 : peduncle with 2 dorsolateral, 1 apicolateral, 2 dorsomedial and 1 apicomedial spines, without spines

along distal margin; outer ramus slightly shorter than inner ramus; outer ramus without spines; inner ramus with

3 lateral spines. Uropod 2 : peduncle without dorsolateral flange, with 1 apicolateral, 5 dorsomedial and

1 apicomedial spines; rami subequal in length; outer ramus with 2 dorsal spines; inner ramus with 5 dorsal

spines, without constriction. Uropod 3 : peduncle short, length 1.7 times breadth, without dorsolateral flange,

with 1 apicomedial spine, without midlateral spines or setae, with 3 distoventral spines, without plumose setae;

Source: MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

J.K. LOWRY & H E STODDART

rami lanceolate, subequa! in length; outer ramus 2-articulate. article 2 short, with 2 lateral and 1 medial spines;

inner ramus with 2 lateral spines; plumose setae absent. Telson : length 1.8 times breadth, deeply cleft (73%),

without dorsal spines, with sparse dorsal simple setae; distal margins truncated, without marginal penicillate setae,

with 1 simple marginal seta and 1 marginal spine on each lobe.

Etymology . — The species is named pacificiis because of its occurrence in the Pacific Ocean.

Remarks. — The genera of the hippomedontinc lysianassoid group are not well understood. This taxon

appears to fit best in Paracentromedon , previously known only from the Atlantic Ocean, although Barnard and

Karaman (1991) considered that the New Zealand species Hippomedon manene Lowry & Sloddart (1983),

H. matikuku Lowry & Stoddart (1983) and H. whero Fenwick (1983) belonged here.

Paracentromedon pacificiis shares with P. crenulatum Chevreux (1900), a strong group of raker spines on the

posterior margin of the propodus of gnathopod 2, but the species differ in the following ways : P. pacificiis has

more plumose setae on the maxilla 1 inner plate: less serrate bases on peraeopods 5 to 7; a broader tooth on

epimeron 3: and a longer telson.

Paracentromedon pacificiis is also very similar to Hippomedon bandae Pirlot, 1933. However//, bandae has: a

large spine on the posterodisial corner of the callynophorc: a broader propodus on gnathopod 1; few, if any. raker

spines on the propodus of gnathopod 2; a smaller posterovcntral lobe on coxa 4; and a shorter telson.

Distribution. — Paracentromedon pacificiis is known from the northern Makassar Strait, Indonesia, in

1730 m depth.

Genus PSEUDAMARYLUS Andres. 1981

Pseudamaryilis Andres. 1981 : 436. — Barnard & Karaman, 1991 : 521.

Diagnosis. — Head deeper than long with weak midantcrior notch, rostrum insignificant. Eyes reniform.

Antenna 1 : peduncular article 2 short. 2-field callynophore present in female and male. Antenna 2 slightly longer

than antenna 1 in female and male. Mouthpart bundle subquadrate. Mandible : lacinia mobilis broad; molar a

setose flap. Maxilla I : spine-teeth on outer plate in 6/5 arrangement; palp absent. Maxilliped : inner plate with

Fig

•28. — Pseudamaryilis andresi sp. nov.. paralype female, 7 mm (MNHN-Am 4379), off Sablayan, Mindoro,

Philippine Islands.

Source. MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

oblique sctal row vestigial or absent; palp article 4 reduced with 1 term.nal and 1 subtenninal seta. Gnathopod 1 :

coxa vestigial; propodus with serrate posterior margin and several strong spines. Peraeopods 3 and 4 without

plumose setae in male and female. Pcraeopod 4 : coxa with large posteroventral lobe, anterior margin straig .

posterior margin slightly sloping anteriorly. Epimeron 3 with notch on posteroventral comer. Uropod 3 ; plumose

setae absent in male and female.

Type species. — Pseudamaryllis nonconstricta Andres, 1981, by original designation.

REMARKS. — Ledoyer (1986) considered Pseudamaryllis as a subgenus of Amaryllis. Species of Amaryllis

have a strong midanterior head notch extended into a slit, subconical mouthpart bundle and posterior margin o

gnathopod 1 without spines. We consider these to be generic level characters. Pseudamaryllis appears lo be more

closely related to Bathyamaryllis and Vijaya. The main difference is that neither Bathyamarylhs nor V.jaya has a

callynophore in the female. In addition Vijaya has a uniquely flared coxa 4.

Distribution. - Pseudamaryllis is known from the Red Sea. the western Indian Ocean and south-east Asia in

90 to 1544 m depth.

Pseudamaryllis andresi sp. nov.

Figs 28-30

MATERIAL EXAMINED. - Philippines. MUSORSTOM 1 : s.n CP 72, 14’11.8'N, 120°28.TE. off Manila Bay, 122-

MUSORSTOM ^smCP 120°50.5'E, Mindoro, off Sablayan. 90-110 m. on a coconui, 23 November

-■ 5 ’« 1985 ;

3 juveniles (MNHN-Am 4462).

Types. — The male. 8 mm (MNHN-Am 4377), is the holotype. The other specimens are paratypes.

Type LOCALITY. — Philippine Islands, off Manila Bay. 14°11.8'N, 120°28.7’E, 122-127 m.

Diagnosis — Peraeopod 5 ; basis with posteroventral corner quadrate. Pcraeopod 7 : basis with posteroventral

corner rounded. Epimeron 3 : strongly notched. Uropod 2 : inner ramus with weak constriction.

DESCRIPTION - Based on holotype male. 8 mm; para.ype female 7 mm (MNHN-Am 4379). Head : exposed

much deeper than long, extending below insertion of antenna 2 with notch at level of insertion; lateral cephalic

lobe weak broadly rounded; rostrum small; eyes reniform, not enlarged in reproductive male. Antenna • medium

ength 0 37 times body; peduncular article 1 short, length 1.3 times breadth not ball-shaped proxmially with

medium sized midmed.al tooth; peduncular article 2 short. 0.4 times article 1; peduncular article 3 short.

0 19 limes article U accessory flagellum very short 0.18 times primary flagellum, 4-articulate article 1 long.

12 times article 2 (male long. 2 times article 2). not forming cap; flagellum 18-art.culate (male 22), callynophore

wei 2 fieTd in female (strong 2-field in male), without posterod.stal setae or spines, without flagellar spines or

aesthetascs calccoli absent in female (about 16 present in reproductive male). Antenna 2 : slightly ongcr than

antennaT^same in male), peduncle without brush setae (weak in male), in female weakly geniculate article 3

short 0 35 times article 4 (in male weakly geniculate between peduncular articles 3-4. article 3 short, 0.40 times

SSc 4)4 enlarged in male; flagellum 12-articula.e (male 43). calceo.i absent in female (about 35 present

^ : subquadrate. Epis'ome and upper lip ; fused, bilobate. Mandible, incisors symmetrical,

small with slightly convex margins; left lacinia mobilis present, a stemmed smooth blade; accessory spine row

with weak distal setal tuft left and right rows each with 9 short, slender, simple spines, with simple intermediate

““':l.b setose flap; mandibular palp attached proximally. article 1 short, length 0.8 times

100

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

breadth; article 2 elongate, slender, length 4.9 times breadth. 1.5 times article 3, without D2-setae. with 4

(male 21) submarginal A2-setae; article 3 slender, blade-like. long, length 3.1 times breadth, with 1 (male 1)

proximal A3-seta. 7 (male 17) D3-setae along most of posterior margin and 2 apical E3-setae. Maxilla 1 • inner

plate broad with 2 plumose apical setae; outer plate broad with 11 spine-teeth in 6/5 arrangement; outer row with

ST1-ST3 large, stout, weakly cuspidate. ST4-ST5 large, stout. 3- to 4-cuspidate, ST6 large, stout. 5- to 6-

cuspidate. ST7 contiguous with ST6. large, slender, curved. 16-cuspidate medially; inner row with STA large,

F,G M?nH Pseu f ama p tlis andresi sp. nov.. holotype male, 8 mm (MNHN-Am 4377), off Manila Bay Philiooine

“i/s r ssi i m 4379x ° f ' s,b " y *- ~ «-*• sm

Source . MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

101

slightly displaced from STB-STD, 2-cuspidate, STB long, broad. 2-cuspidate. STC large, broad. 4-cuspidate, STD

large, broad, 5-cuspidate; palp abseni. Maxilla 2 : inner plate narrow, outer plate broader, subequal in length.

Maxilliped : inner plate large, subrectangular, with 3 vestigial apical nodular spines, oblique setal row reduced

with 4 simple setae; outer plate medium size, subovate. without subapical notch, without apical setae, apical

spines or medial spines; submarginal setae vestigial; palp large. 4-articulate: article 2 slender, length 2.2 times

breadth. 1.1 times article 3; article 3 long, slender, length 2.6 times breadth; dactylus reduced, with 1 terminal and

1 subterminal seta, unguis absent.

Gnal ho pod 1 : simple; coxa vestigial; basis long, slender, length 4.9 times breadth, anterior margin smooth,

with simple setae; ischium long, length 2 limes breadth; mcrus. posterior margin lined with long simple setae,

carpus subrectangular, long, length 2 times breadth, shorter than (0.84 times) propodus, with long simple setae

along posterior margin; propodus large, subrectangular, length 2.7 times breadth, margins slightly converging

distally, posterior margin serrate, subtly sinusoidal, with 5 spines and 5 groups of setae, without denticulate patch

near posterior margin, palm absent; dactylus simple, with subterminal tooth and 2 rows of denticles along

posterior margin. Gnathopod 2 : minutely subchelate; coxa large, subequal in size to coxa 3; ischium long, length

2.8 times breadth; carpus very long, length 4.8 times breadth, posterior margin straight; propodus subrectangular.

long, length 2.9 times breadth, palm slightly acute, with convex, minutely serrate margin, posterodistal corner

without spines; dactylus reaching comer of palm, posterior margin serrate.

Peraeopod 3 : coxa large; merus weakly expanded anteriorly, male and female merus-carpus without plumose

setae; propodus with 1 spine and row of setae along posterior margin and 2 distal locking spines: dactylus short,

slender. Peraeopod 4 : coxa with large postcroventral lobe, anterior margin straight, posterior margin slightly

sloping anteriorly; merus weakly expanded anteriorly, male and female merus-carpus without plumose setae;

propodus with 1 spine and row of setae along posterior margin and 2 distal locking spines; dactylus short, slender.

Peraeopod 5 : coxa bilobate, posterior lobe produced vcntrally: basis expanded with posterior margin crenate;

merus slightly expanded posteriorly; propodus with 7 spines along anterior margin and 2 distal locking spines;

dactylus short, slender. Peraeopod 6 : coxa small, not lobate posteriorly; basis expanded posteriorly with crenate

posterior margin; merus slightly expanded and rounded posteroproximally. straight posterodistally with 5 setae,

propodus and dactylus no. known. Peraeopod 7 : basis expanded posteriorly, posterior margin slightly rounded

crenate. posteroventral corner rounded, postcroventral margin rounded; merus no. expanded postenorly with

9 spines; propodus with 10 spines along anterior margin and 2 distal locking spines; dactylus short, slender.

Oostegites from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 5. Gills from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 7, not pleated.

Pleonites I to 3 dorsallv smooth. Epimeron 1 : anteroventral corner rounded. Epimeron 3 : posteroventra

comer strongly notched. Urosomtes: urosomi.es 1 to 3 dorsally smooth: urosomi.e 3 without small dorsolatend

spine. Uropod 1: peduncle with 10 dorsolateral (male 19). 1 apicola.eral (male 1), 4 dorsomedial (male 5) and

1 apicomedial (male 1) spines, without plumose setae or spines along distal margin; rami subequa ini length

male outer ramus with 9 lateral spines, inner ramus with 5 medial and 7 lateral spines (female not )•

Uropod 2 : peduncle with 2 (male 5) dorsolateral, 1 apicolateral and 1 apicomedial spines wi hout spines along

distal margin; outer ramus 0.8 times as long as inner ramus; outer ramus with 4 (male 8) lateral sspines m e

ramus with 2 (male 6) medial and 4 (male 8.1) lateral spines, with weak constriction. Uropod 3 jwdunclc ong

without dorsolateral flange, with 6 (male 6) dorsomedial, 0 (male 6) dorsolateral and

plumose setae; rami lanceolate, subequal in length, with minutely serrate margins; Offer ramus • -

(male 4) lateral and 1 (male 6) medial spines; inner ramus with 1 (male 4 .medial.and4_(mak 9) lateral spines^

plumose setae absent in male and female. Telson : length 1.3 times breadth slightly,ceft (27“

spines or simple setae; distal margins truncated, with 1 marginal pcmcillate and 1 simple

without marginal spines.

ETYMOLOGY. - This species is named for Hans Georg ANDRES who originally described the genus

Pseudamaryllis, in recognition of his fine systematic studies ol lysianassoid amph.pods.

Rfmarks — Until now Pseudamaryllis has been a monotypic genus known from the Red Sea (Andres.

198*Td the wesfemInin Sean (Ledoyer, 1986). TOs new spec.es diffens s,gn,fiend, from r. noncomnm

102

J. K. IX)WRY & H. E. STODDART

Source: MNHN , Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPH1PODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

103

as follows : basis of peracopod 5 with a subacute corner: basis of peracopod 7 with evenly rounded posteroventral

comer and inner ramus of uropod 2 weakly constricted.

Distribution. — Pseudamaryllis andresi is known from the waters of south-eastern Luzon and northern

Mindoro. Philippine Islands, in 90 to 127 m depth.

Genus TR1SCHIZOSTOMA Boeck. 1861

Trischizostoma crosnieri sp. nov.

Figs 31-33

MATERIAL EXAMINED. - Philippines. Musorstom 2 : s.n CP 79. 13°44'N. l^^nonh.astern entrance to

Verde Island Passage. 682-770 m. 1 December 1980 : 1 2.29 mm. with about 22 young (MNHN-Am 4450).

propodus oval.

Types. — The unique specimen is the holotype.

Diagnosis. — Maxilliped: palp 4-articulate, much longer than outer plate. Gnathopod 1

broader than long. Telson slightly cleft (less than one third).

Description. — Based on holotype female. 29 mm: male not known. Head : exposed, deeper than long; lateral

cephalic lobe absent: rostrum large: eyes covering most of head, expanded dorsally and nearly confluent

Antenna 1 : short, about 0.14 times body: peduncular article 1 short, length 1 times breadth peduncular article .

short. 0.3 times article 1. without anterodislal projection; peduncular article 3 short, 0.15 tmies article .

accessory flagellum medium length. 0.42 times primary flagellum. 5-articulate article long 1 .8 time

article 2. forming cap par,.ally covering callynophore; flagellum 11 -articulate callynophore strong 2- eld in

female, without posterod.stal setae or spines, with 1 spine on article 3. calceol. absent in female .^' e ^ a ~_

length 2 times antenna 1: peduncle with weak brush setae in female, peduncular article 1 gready enlarged

covering article 2. in female weakly geniculate, article 3 short. 0.27 times article 4. peduncular articles 4 and 5 not

enlarged in female; flagellum 25-articulale. calceoli absent in female.

Fig. 31. — Trischizostoma crosnieri sp. nov

Verde Island Passage, Philippine Islands.

holotype female. 29 mm (MNHN-Am 4450). north-eastern entrance to

104

J. K. LOWRY & H. E STODDART

Mouthpart bundle : conical. Epistome and upper Up : fused, sinusoidal. Mandible : incisors symmetrical, very

small, at tip of styliform projection; laciniae mobilis absent; accessory spine row absent; molar absent;

mandibular palp attached proximally, article 1 short, length 0.74 times breadth; article 2 elongate, broad, length

3.1 times breadth. 1 times article 3, with 28 posterodistal A2-setae, with about 10 D2-sctae on distal half°of

posterior margin; article 3 talcate. long, length 3.2 limes breadth, without A3-setae, with 16 D3-setae on distal

half ol posterior margin and 3 apical E3-setae. Maxilla I : inner plate narrow with I simple apical seta; outer plate

narrow with 8 spine-teeth in modified 8/3 crown arrangement; outer row with 5 large, slender spine-teeth without

cusps, hooked distally; inner row with STA absent. STB-STD short, slender, without cusps; palp small,

1-articulate, with 2 apical setae, without subterminal setae, flag spine absent, distomedial margin smooth.

Maxilla 2 : inner and outer plates narrow, subequal in length. Maxilliped : inner plate very large, styliform, with

4 subapical vestigial spines, oblique sctal row absent; outer plate small, subovate, without subapical notch, apical

setae, apical spines or medial spines, submarginal setae vestigial; palp large, 4-articuIate, styliform. geniculate

between articles 2-3. article 2 broad. length 1.9 limes breadth. 1 times article 3; article 3 long, broad, length

2.4 limes breadth; dactylus longest of all, slender, lanceolate with minutely serrate anterior margin, with

2 subterminal setae; unguis absent.

Peraeoniies : 1 to 7 dorsally smooth. Gnathopod 1 : subchelate; coxa vestigial; basis long, slender, length

4.1 times breadth, anterior margin smooth, without setae; ischium short, length 1.5 times breadth; merus and

carpus rotated, propodus and dactylus inverted in adult; merus, posterior margin without setae, carpus

subtriangular, compressed, length 1.8 times breadth, shorter than propodus, without denticulate patch near

posterodistal margin: propodus massive, subrectangular. length 0.57 times breadth, margins diverging distally.

posterior margin smooth, convex, without spines or setae, without denticulate patch near posterior margin, palm

slightly obtuse, margin convex, lined with row of short, thick spines, posterodistal corner with 2 medial and

2 lateral spines; dactylus simple, without subterminal teeth or spines. Gnathopod 2 ; minutely subchclate; coxa

large, larger than coxa 3. adze-shaped; ischium very long, length 4 times breadth; carpus long, length 3 times

breadth, posterior margin broadly lobale: propodus produced anterodistally beyond dactylus. short, length 1.2 times

breadth, posterior margin without strong distal spines, palm slightly acute, with concave, smooth margin,

posterodistal comer with at least 1 medial spine; dactylus reaching comer of palm, posterior margin serrate.

Peraeopod 3 . coxa large; merus weakly expanded anteriorly; female merus-carpus without plumose setae;

propodus without spines along minutely serrate posterior margin; dactylus short, slender, with minutely serrate

posterior margin. Peraeopod 4 : coxa deeper than wide, with large posterovenlral lobe, anterior margin broadly

rounded, posterior margin slightly sloping anteriorly; merus expanded anteriorly and posteriorly, female merus-

carpus without plumose setae: propodus with 4 spines along minutely serrate posterior margin; dactylus short

slender, with minutely serrate posterior margin. Peraeopod 5 : coxa bilobate. posterior lobe produced ventrally:

basis expanded with posterior margin smooth; merus expanded with rounded posterior margin; propodus with

3 spincs alon S minu,e| y serralc anterior margin; dactylus short, slender, with minute serrations. Peraeopod 6 :

coxa small, slightly lobatc posteriorly; basis expanded with broad posterovenlral lobe: merus expanded proximally.

posterior margin straight, converging distally. with 3 spines; propodus with 3 spines along minutely serrate

anterior margin; dactylus short, slender, with minutely serrate anterior margin. Peraeopod 7 : basis expanded

posteriorly, posterior margin slightly rounded, minutely crenate. posterovenlral margin rounded; merus slightly

expanded proximally with 10 spines along posterior margin; propodus with 3 spines along minutely serrate

anterior margin; dactylus long, slender, with minute serrations.

Oostegites from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 5. Gills from gnathopod 2 to peraeopod 7. with strong horizontal

pleating.

Pleonites I to 3 dorsally smooth. Epimeron 1 : anteroventral corner narrowly rounded. Epimeron 3 :

posterovenlral corner subquadrate. Urosomites : urosomite 1 with anterodorsal notch; urosomitc 3 without

dorsolateral spine. Uropod I : peduncle with 9 dorsomedial and I apicomedial spines, without plumose setae or

spines along distal margin: outer ramus slightly shorter than inner ramus; outer ramus without lateral or medial

spincs; inner ramus with 7 lateral spines. Uropod 2 : peduncle without dorsolateral flange, with 1 apicolateral

spine, without plumose setae, without spines along distal margin; rami subequal in length, without spines, inner

ramus without constriction. Uropod 3 : peduncle short, length 0.88 times breadth, without dorsolateral flange,

Source MNHN. Paris

LYS1ANASSOID AMPHIPODA PROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

105

• • ir\nrru» female 9Q mm (MNHN-Am 4450), north-eastern entrance to

FIG- 32. - Trischizostoma crosn.er, sp.no mm , remainder represent 0.5 mm.

Verde Island Passage, Philippine Islands. Scales for Ul-3, 1 reprcseni i.v

Source:

106

J. K. I.OVVRY & H. F.. STODDART

without dorsal spines, without midlateral spines or setae, without distoventral spines, without plumose setae; rami

lanceolate, subequal in length, with minutely serrate margins, outer ramus 2-articulate, article 2 short, rami

without spines, plumose setae absent in female. Telson : length 1.1 times breadth, slightly cleft (27%) without

dorsal spines or setae, distal margins truncated, without marginal pcnicillate setae, with 1 simple marginal seta on

each lobe.

Fig 33. — Trischizostoma crosnieri sp. nov., holotype female. 29 mm (MNHN-Am 4450),

Verde Island Passage, Philippine Islands. Scales represent 1.0 mm.

north-eastern entrance to

Source: MNHN. Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

107

ETYMOLOGY. — This species is named for Alain CROSNIER, who has done so much for ihe description of the

Indo-Pacific marine fauna and encouraged our work on these collections.

Remarks. — Trischizosloma crosnieri and T. raschi arc closely relaled. Trischizosloma crosnieri differs as

follows : gnathopod 1. margin of palm convex with fewer spines guarding palm; peraeopod 6 basis with broad

posterovcntral lobe; and slightly cleft telson.

Trischizosloma crosnieri confounds the key of VINOGRADOV (1991). Although the telson is slightly clelt it

must be considered with the entire-telson group. In this group the shape of the gnathopod 1 propodus in

T. crosnieri also confounds the key. The oval-shaped propodus splits T. crosnieri from the T. rase In group and

puls it again with species to which it is clearly not closely related. For these reasons we think that I crosnieri is

a valid species. However, characters such as the overall shape of the mandible, the spine-tooth arrangement on the

outer plate of maxilla 1 and the overall shape of the maxilliped and coxae indicate the close relationship between

T. crosnieri and T. raschi.

DISTRIBUTION. — Trischizosloma crosnieri is known only from the Verde Island Passage. Philippine Islands in

682-770 m depth.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We are particularly grateful to Alain CROSNIER who originally encouraged us to study the amphipods from the

Musorstom Expeditions and who arranged for one of us to come to Paris and sort the collections. We lhank Hans

Georg ANDRES and Mike Thurston who critically read our manuscript: Stephen Keable who illustrated the

species and Roger SPRINGTHORPE who composed and inked the plates; the Australian Museum Trust who provided

travel money for the project; and the Australian Research Council who funded parts of the study.

REFERENCES

ANDRES. H. G.. 1981. - Lysianassidae aus dem Abyssal des Rolen Meeres. Bearbeimn;* ft FS " SonnC " '

MESEDA I. (1977) (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Gammandea). Senckenbergiana Biol.. 61 (5/6) . 4-V-445.

Barnard. J. L.. 1961. - Gammaridean Amph.poda from depths of 400 to 6000 meters. Galaihea Rep.. 5 : 23-128.

Barnard. J. L.. 1964. - Some bathyal Pacific Amphipoda collected by the U.S.S. Albatross. Pacif Sc,.. 18 (3) :

315-335.

Barnard. J. L„ 1965. - Marine Amphipoda of atolls in Micronesia. Proc. U.S. net. Mus., 117 : 459-552.

Barnard. J. L„ 1967. - Bathyal and abyssal gammaridean Amph.poda of Cedros Trench. Baja California. U.S. na,.

Mus. Bull.. 260 : 1-205.

Barnard. J. L.. 1976. - Amphipoda from the Indo-Pacific tropics: a rev.ew. Micronesia. 12 : 169-181.

Barnard. J. L. * Barnard. C. M.. 1983. - Fresher Amphipoda of Ihe World. Evolu,ionary PaUerns. //. Handbook

and Bibliography. Hay field Associates, Mount Vernon, Virginia. 830 pp.

BARNARD, J. L. 1 Ka.aMan, G. S, 1991. - The toffies - gene,, of n-rine E „n,-de„ Autphipod.. R,c. Aus,. Mus.

Suppl., 13 : 1-866.

BARNARD, K. H., 1916. - Contributions to the cto.ee™ tan. of South Africa. 5. - The Antphipod.. Ann. S. Afr. M»,

15 : 105-302, pis 26-28.

. , W ,\la Mcriiterranee occidental (Cote du Var et des Alpes

Se^rSS Fa^l l ll. Amphipodes ba.hyaux de MUditerranee. Bull. Ins, oceanogr.

Monaco. 71 (1427) : 1020.

108

J. K. LOWRY & H. E. STODDART

B x'U w,. v ,r“s: ;x»iS. 1,8ie s """ ids tam th - “ °“»j ** »«* ®».

B,B S: S££ ST8’.T(i„i2 e 4“ p ' s “ *•* -*■* » f “»™“PP'» ^ *-

B °S, A 's 1 : 8 M 1 ^ 7 7 B ” ,erkn " Ser ■•«“* * ved k *“" Mmmmk Amphipoder. For!,. dW. ***

B °p54 _ *"^ < * bore,li ' «* “«<“• **. HUM n*. A. 1870 : 83-280, i-.ffi

“• m ‘ rond ““ #*-»*». jm-». %. „*«.

Chhvreux, E. & Fage, L. 1925. — Amphipodcs. Faune de France , 9 : 1488.

Ach,Ue Com ’ di ri “ rche “■ «»»»«

Dahl, E„ 1959. - Amphipoda from depths exceeding 6000 meters. Galathea Rep., 1 : 211-240.

DA cleTcrip,ion s. CS^oll] eJoTr 7 P ^FOg ^ ^ ^ A ^ Stem f ° r P—ing taxonomic

FEN LySa2id2). i?i 3 Vl^rioTl3THt We,,in8 amPh ' P ° dS fr ° m Ka ' k ° Ura ' NeW Zea,a ' ld (Oedicerofidae and

Sr SS. g"f-So" ' RdSU " a,S d6S CamP3gnCS MUSORSTO ^- ' Philippines (18-

I'e, 1 ? Ctun^

FOR (ed T ), J R6sufwts^es"campa^n d s U MusoRSTOM a ^Volunw4 R W^m. * : *

01) SoSX’ B ' R " ,978 ’ - SCaVengm8 an ’ Phip0ds fr ° m ,he now ° f the

fprZy^a TSt^eS^/ ^ ^ JaPa "' "

Hippomedon and Artonyx). Pubis Seto mar. Mol. ZZm • 167-^r WaldeCkia - EnS<lyara ' Lepidepecreum.

KA 5iX,L^i 9 (0;m^aSe) ^ ^

KA K A Zsi?n.U 97 aJ„~ S SSSS AmPh,POden - ° bCr en,gen Amph,p ° den aUS Griechenland und

LE ^ntertklal« dMa rtg^n^Tul^fMad^^Mr^Etu^e syst6matiSe a et , &SgtqL C rX^5, ti SuppL r f a :T6S e 85. rdC ^ aleS

LED (4) : R 36t'382 78 ' ~ C ° nIr,bU,ion a rftude des -”ph ip odes gammariens profonds de Madagascar (Crustacea). Tethys, 8

U XS^!?9an5^in? AmPhiPOdeS Gammar,ens - Familles des Haus.ori.dae * V.tjaz.an.dae, Faune de

L 'TE^ h «*ori.m naturalem e, anatom,am comparatam

*r ? ,n medic,na «sts i

Brand, Med. Cd. J O.lenroth Med. Cd^ GaS ^ "

Source. MNHN. Paris

LYSIANASSOID AMPHIPODA FROM PHILIPPINE AND INDONESIAN WATERS

109

Lowry. J. K., 1984. — Systematics of the pachynid group of lysianassoid Amphipoda (Crustacea). Rec. Aust. Mus., 36

(2) : 51-105.

Lowry. J. K. & BULLOCK, S., 1976. — Catalogue of the marine gammaridean Amphipoda of the Southern Ocean. R. Soc.

N.Z. Bull., 16 : 1-187.

Lowry. J. K. & StodDART, H. E., 1983. — The shallow water gammaridean Amphipoda of the subantarctic islands of new

Zealand and Australia: Lysianassoidea. J. R. Soc. N.Z ., 13 : 279-394.

LOWRY, J. K. & STODDART, H. E., 1992. — A revision of the genus Ichnopus (Crustacea: Amphipoda: Lysianassoidea:

Uristidae). Rec. Aust. Mus., 44 (2) : 185-245.

PlRLOT, J. M.. 1933. — Les amphipodes de l’expedition du Siboga. Deuxiemc partie: Les amphipodes gammarides, II. -

Les amphipodes de la mer profonde. 1 (Lysianassidae, Stegocephalidae, Stenothoidae, Pleustidae, Lepechenellidae).

Siboga-Exped.. Monogr. 33c : 115-167.

PlRLOT, J. M., 1936. — Les amphipodes de l’expedition du Siboga. Deuxifcme partie: Les amphipodes gammarides, II. -

Les amphipodes de la mer profonde. 3: Addendum et partie generate. III. - Les amphipodes liltoraux. 1: Lysianassidae,

Ampeliscidae, Leucothoidae, Stenothoidae, Phliantidae, Colomastigidae, Ochlesidae, Liljeborgiidae, Oedicerotidae,

Synopiidae, Eusiridae, Gammaridae. Siboga-E.xped., Monogr. 33e : 237-328.

SARS, G. O., 1891. — An Account of the Crustacea of Norway, with Short Descriptions and Figures of all the Species.

Vol. I. Amphipoda. Parts 4-9. Alb. Cammermeyer, Christiana : 69-212.

SCHELLENBERG, A., 1938. — Litorale Amphipoden des tropischen Pazifiks nach Sammlungen von Prof. Bock

(Stockholm), Prof. Dahl (Berlin) und Prof. Pietschmann (Wein). K. Svenska Vetensk-Akad. Handl., Ser. 3. 16 (6) :

1-105.

Smith. S. L, 1882. — In : Scudder. S.H., Nomenclator zoologicus. An Alphabetical list of all generic Names that have

been employed by Naturalists for recent and fossil Animals from the earliest times to the Close of the year 1879. I.

Supplemental List. Bull. U.S. not. Mus., 19 : i-xxi, 1-376.

STEBBING, T. R. R., 1888. — Report on the Amphipoda collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876. Rep.

scient. Results Challenger, Zool., 29 : 1-1737, pis 1-210.

STEBBING, T. R. R., 1906. — Amphipoda. I. Gammaridea. Das Tierreich, 21 : 1-806.

STEPHENSEN, K., 1923. — Crustacea Malacostraca, V: (Amphipoda. 1). Dan. Ingolf-Exped., 3 (8) : 1-100.

STEPHENSEN, K., 1931. — Amphipoda. Resultats scientifiques du Voyage aux Indes Orientales Neerlandaises de LL. AA.

RR. le Prince et la Princesse Leopold de Belgique Mem. Mus. r. Hist. nal. Belg., Ser. 1, 3 (4) : 1-14.

Thurston, M. H. & Allen. E., 1969. — Type material of the families Lysianassidae, Stegocephalidae Ampeliscidae and

Haustoriidae (Crustacea: Amphipoda) in the collections of the British Museum (Natural History). Bull. Br. Mus. nat.

Hist. (Zool.), 17 : 347-388.

Wolff, T.. 1979. — Macrofaunal utilization of plant remains in the deep sea. Sarsia , 64 : 117 136.

VADER. W., 1970. — The amphipod, Aristias neglect us Hansen, found in association with Brachiopoda. Sarsia, 43 :

13-14.

VADER, W., 1985. — Notes on Norwegian marine Amphipoda. 9. Aristias megalops Sars, 1895 (Lysianassoidea)

rediscovered. Fauna Norv., Ser. A, 6 : 1-2.

VADER, w. & RoMPPAlNEN, K.. 1985. — Noles on Norwegian marine Amphipoda. 10. Scavengers and tish associates.

Fauna Norv., Ser. A, 6:3-8.

Vinogradov, G. M.. 1991. - [A new species of Trischizostoma (Amphipoda. Gammaridea) from the Indian Ocean (with a

key to species)]. Zool. Zh., 70 : 25-31 (in Russian).

White, A.. 1847. - Descr.pt.ons of new or little-known Crustacea in the collect.on a. the British Museum. Ann. Mag.

nat. Hist., Ser. 2, 1 : 221-228.

Williams. W. D. & Barnard. J. L.. 1988. — The taxonomy of crangonyctoid Amphipoda (Crustacea) from Australian

fresh waters: foundation studies. Rec. Aust. Mus.. Suppl. 10 : 1-180.

s DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10— RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10- RESULTAT

Crustacea Decapoda : The Sponge Crabs (Dromiidae)

of New Caledonia and the Philippines

with a review of the genera

Colin L. Me LAY

Department of Zoology

University of Canterbury

Christchurch. New Zealand

ABSTRACT

Although this paper concerns a large collection of dromiid crabs from the Philippine Islands and New Caledonia, with

a few specimens from Indonesia and Hawaii, tire opportunity is taken to review and revise most of the genera of the

Dromiidae. The basis of the revision involves a much wider range of characters than have been used before. Excessi

emphasis on the nature of the female sternal grooves is abandoned, and more attention is paid to relative dimensions and

ornamentation of the carapace, arrangement of spines on and around the dactyli of all the legs, fusion of the las• l

segments of the abdomen, and size of the uropod plates. A new set of characters describing the second antenna and the

male abdominal locking mechanism are also used. The importance of the cheliped epipod character is discussed and is

shown to be variable in some genera. A total of 28 genera are defined or redefined and a key to their identification is

provided, along with keys to the identification of 99 species m these genera. . .

The following genera are restricted and/or redefined : Cryplodromia Stimpson, 1858 Cryptodromiopsis Borradailt.

1903. Dromia Weber, 1795, Dromidia Stimpson. 1858. Dromidiopsis Borrada.le, 1900. i ^od r oma (a M^ent

name for Epidromia Kossmann, 1818, which is preoccupied), Homalodronua Mien. 1884, Paradromia Balss. 19-1.

Pelalomera Stimpson, 1858. and Pseudodromia Stimpson. 1858 resulting in the creation of 0 new-genen

Ascidiophilus Richters, 1880. Conchoecetes Stimpson. 1858, Epipedodromta Andre 1932, Eudromidia Barnard,

also, the rest of the Indo-Pacific region, Australia, South Africa, and the Atlantic. , .

Mcl AY CL 1993 - Crustacea Decapoda : The Sponge Crabs (Dromiidae) of New Caledonia and the Philippines

with a mview oHhe gSera. In : A. CROSN1ER (ed.). Rdsu.tats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Men, Mus. natn.

Hist. nat.. 156 : 111-251. Paris ISBN 2-85653-206-3.

Source. MNHN. Paris

112

C. L. McLAY

100 m andI the maximum number of species occurs in the depth interval of 30-60 m. The greatest depth of 437 m is

shown by Frodromta atypica (Sakai. 1936) nov. comb. There is a large range of body size from a few millimetres for

tZt°r/T a COp . p,ngen f -\° “ T 00 mm CW - for Dr ° mia dormia ' E 88 Slze ™ges from 0.4 mm to 1.1 mm diameter

but there is no evidence of direct development amongst these dromiids.

ordI hC w,rr:: b ; 0 !i e08 o PhlC fT tieS .° f th ? dr ° miids fr ° m Ncw Caled °" ia and to* Philippines are. in decreasing

order, with Japan Indian Ocean, Indonesia, and Australia. The apparent affinity with Japan may well be an artifact of

(Unnaeir’n^T 0 C 7 £7 ^ Lauridromi “ ""^ di ° (Laurie, *1906). Dromia Zm7a

(Linnaeus. 1763), D. w,som (Fulton & Grant, 1902) nov. comb., Cryptodromiopsis unidentata (Ruppell, 1830) nov

the' Til- \ ' a h ‘ l8Cnd °f u De ^n, 1888, and C.fallax (Lamarck, 1818) nov. comb. These specks also represent

the most wide ranging genera. The collection of species largely consists of widely distributed species P typical of 1 island

RESUME

Ce travail, qui porte sur une grande collection de Dromiidae des Philippines et dc la Nouvelle-Caledonie, a fourni

1 occasion de passer cn revue et de reviser la plupart des genres de cette famille. Cette revision a pris en compte beaucoup

e abLdonnl rc ct q on I n fa " JUsqu'alorsL'.mportance primordialc accordee aux sillons sternaux des femelles

“ “-?" d ", j P" .' 6g ‘ e CS dimenslons r elat.ves et 1 ornementation de la carapace, la disposition des cpines

notwel'ensemhl? pa “ es - la , fusion des deux dcrniers se gments de fabdomen et la taille des uropodes. Un

non el ensemble de caracteres concernant les antennes et le mecanismc, chez le male, du blocage de l’abdomen est

ce S3“!!' varer d eur ‘ P °"' 1 ^ VU6 ^ de Pepipocle des chel,pedes est discu.ee et ,1 est montre que

Z nTTT T a 7™ 8< T; tota1, 28 genr6S S ° n ' d6ciitS ou reddcril « et une cle pom leur identification

est proposee, de meme que des cles pour 1 identification des 99 especcs comprises dans ces genres

1903 e /5r!w! wT tS 1 S 7 Q^ r n tre,nt ! et/ c U rcddfinis : Cryptodromia Stimpson, 1858, Cryptodromiopsis Borrada.le,

91 Dromia Weber. 1795, Dromidia Stimpson, 1858, Dromidiopsis Borradaile. 1900. Epigodromia (un nom de

'TpTT p0 \ npldromu ‘Jf ssm ^ m - l878 - Mui est preemploye), Homalodromia Miers, 1884, Paradromia Balss

AshonhilT r ’T 0 "'.S 'r Pse . udodrom, ° Stim P son ' 1858 - 'andis que 10 genres nouveaux sont etablis.

1947 p 'Z 'Tnl* K 7*l m ;£7 C u° eC - e,e ? S " mpSOn ’ 1858 ' Epipedodromia Andre, 1932, Eudromidia Barnard,

1747 Exodromidia S'ebbing 905, Hemisphaerodromia Barnard, 1954, Hypoconcha Guenn-Meneville 1854

Speodromia Barnard, 1947, e. Sphaerodromia Alcock, 1899. demeuren. inchanges ' '

Apres dc nombreuses mises en synonymie et les descriptions d'especes nouvelles faites ici les Dromiidae

Mur^les'espIces'des'philUmines'et d' ! 09 esp6c f' La ^ vi s ion des genres a des consequences importantes non seulement

Nouvelle-Calddome m,„ eg.l«me„, po„ 1« ,«s« d« l'I„do-P,cifi q „«, I'Au.Mi,,

nn i q “' a . present, seules six especes de Dromiidae elaient connues de la Nouvellc-Calddonie et des Philippines Ce

(L une 1906) nov Z>T7fT Us esp * Ces les F*» communes sont LauridroJT in Zedia

; Pe ’ a/ T Cra PUlC T“ Mler$ ' ,884 ‘ Cr yP ,odrom ‘ a corona,a Stimpson. 1858, Dromidiopsis

quelques; 6 milhmfetres^pou TfionudodH“ ( ' ‘. 913) comb ' Les ,ailles de ces «P*cm peuvent varier de

millimetres pour Homalodronua coppmgen a env.ron 200 mm (largeur de la carapace) pour Dromia dormia La

IspLs exTmL^ 0 ^^ V3ne ^ °’ 4 ^ U mm ' ma ' S " a de « ^k.e„cc dun deveioppemen, cSeSSS ts

avec^letpon 5 espfeces , d f.] a Nouvelle-Caledonie e. des Philippines son., par ordre decroissant,

avec ic Japon, 1 ocean Indien, I Indonesie et 1 Australie. Les especcs ayant les repartitions les plus larees sont

Cr'voldTT ,rUermed,a j Lmt ' e - 1906 )- Dromia dormia (Linnaeus, 1763), D. mlsoni (Fulton & Grant, 1902) nov comb

(Lamarck 1818 )'nov'"rombTe RUPPdl ' ‘^i " 0V ' C ° mh " Cr yP ,odromia hilgendorf, De Man, 1888. et C. fallax

(Lamarck, 1818) nov. comb. Les genres auxquels appartiennent ces especes sont ceux dont la repartition geographiaue

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Abstract .

RfiSUMl- .

Introduction.

Material examined .

Terminology and Presentation

Family DROMIIDAE DcHaan, 1833

111

112

114

115

116

120

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND TOE PHILIPPINES

113

Dromiid Genera.

Key to the genera of Dromiidae.

Species List of new Caledonian and Philippine Dromiidae.

Genus SPHAEKODROMIA Alcock, 1899 .

Key to the species of Sphaerodromia .

Sphaerodromia kendalli (Alcock & Anderson, 1894) .

Genus EODROMIA nov.

Eodromia denliculata sp. nov.

Genus TUNEDROM1A nov.

Genus DROMIDIOPSIS Borradaile, 1900 .

Key to the species of Dromidiopsis .

Dromidiopsis dubia Lewinsohn, 1984 .

Dromidiopsis lethrinusae (Takeda & Kurala, 1976) nov. comb.

Dromidiopsis trideniaia Borradaile. 1903 .

Genus LAURIDROMIA nov.

Key to the species of tauridromia .

Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie. 1906) nov. comb.

Genus DROMIA Weber. 1795 .

Key to the species of Dromia .

Dromia dormia (Linnaeus. 1763) .

Dromia fore si i sp. nov.

Dromia wilsoni (Fulton & Grant. 1902) nov. comb.

Genus HALEDROM1A nov.

Genus HEMIS PH AERO DROMIA Barnard. 1954 .

Genus FULTODROMIA nov.

Key to the species of Fultodromia .

Genus PARADROMIA Balss, 1921 .

Key to the species of Paradromia .

Genus PETALOMERA Stimpson, 1858 .

Key to the species of Petalomera .

Petalomera pulchra Miers, 1884 .

Genus STIMDROMIA nov.

Key to the species of Stimdromia .

Slimdromia angulata (Sakai. 1936) nov. comb.

Genus FRODROMIA nov.

Key to the species of Frodromia .

Frodromia atypica (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb.

Genus CONCHOECETES Stimpson, 1858 .

Key to the species of Conchoecetes .

Genus PSEUDODROMIA Stimpson. 1858 .

Key to the species of Pseudodromia .

Genus ASCIDIOPHILUS Richters. 1880 .

Genus EXODROMIDIA Stebbing. 1905 .

Key to the species of Exodromidia .

Genus EUDROMIDIA Barnard, 1947 .

Key to the species of Eudromidia .

Genus BARNARDROMIA nov.

Key to the species of Barnardromia .

Genus SPEODROMIA Barnard. 1947 .

Genus DROMIDIA Stimpson, 1858 .

Key to the species of Dromidia .

Genus AUSTRODROMIDIA nov.

Key to the species of Austrodromidia ...

Genus CRYPTODROMIOPSIS Borradaile. 1903 .

Key to the species of Cryptodromiopsis .

121

123

125

126

127

130

132

134

135

137

138

139

141

145

146

149

150

151

154

156

158

159

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

174

175

177

178

179

182

183

184

185

186

. 187

. 188

Source MNHN. Paris

114

C. L. Mcl-AY

Cryptodromiopsis bullifera (Alcock, 1900) nov. comb.

Cryptodromiopsis plumosa (Lewinsohn, 1984) nov. comb.

Cryptodromiopsis unidentata (Riippell, 1830) nov. comb. .

Genus CRYPTODROMIA Stimpson. 1858 .

Key lo the species of Cryptodromia .

Cryptodromia ? coronata Stimpson, 1858 .

Cryptodromia fukuii (Sakai. 1936) nov. comb.

Cryptodromia amboinensis De Man, 1888 .

Cryptodromia hilgerdorfi De Man, 1888 .

Cryptodromia fallax (Lamarck, 1818) .

Cryptodromia longipes sp. nov.

Genus TAKEDROMIA nov.

Key to the species of Takedromia .

Takedromia cristatipes (Sakai. 1969) nov. comb.

Takedromia longispina sp. nov.

Genus EPIGODROMIA nov.

Key to the species of Epigodromia .

Epigodromia areolala (Ihle, 1913) nov. comb.

Epigodromia rotunda sp. nov.

Epigodromia rugosa sp. nov.

Genus EPIPEDODROMIA Andre. 1932 .

Genus HOMALODROMIA Miers. 1884.

Homalodromia coppingeri Miers. 1884.

Discussion ...

Evolution of the Dromiidae .

Relative Abundance and Depth Distribution.

Reproductive Biology.

Biogeography of New Caledonian and Philippine Dromiidae .

Acknowledgements .

References .

Index..

189

190

191

197

198

199

201

203

205

206

208

211

212

214

216

217

219

222

224

225

226

228

230

231

232

248

INTRODUCTION

The Diomiidae De Haan, 1833. is a family of primitive brachyuran crabs whose species occur in tropical and

warm temperate seas of all the major oceans. These crabs typically carry pieces of camouflage over their backs,

using the last two pairs of legs, and because of some primitive larval and adult features they have sometimes been

excluded from the Brachyura Latreille, 1803. Thus an accurate picture of this group is essential to an understanding

of the origins and relationships of these crabs to the other Brachyura. It is not within the objectives of this paper,

to examine the place ol the Dromiidae amongst the primitive brachyuran families or to consider (he question of

whether these crabs should be excluded from the Brachyura. Within the Dromiidae. generic groupings have grown

in a largely ad hoc manner with the discovery of new species and there is an urgent need to review the genera.

Since the collection, upon which this study is based, contains a diverse array of species, the opportunity is taken

to undertake a major revision of the whole family.

Crabs of the family Dromiidae from New Caledonia and the Philippines are very poorly known. Although

early collections ol Brachyura from New Caledonia, made by M. Balansa. contained dromiid crabs, now in the

collection of Musdum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, the papers by A. Milne Edwards (1872, 1873, 1874)

did not include them. This old material is included in the present paper. The only published record of a dromiid

crab from New Caledonia is Cryptodromia canaliculata Stimpson. 1858. from the lie des Pins, by TAKEDA and

Nunomura (1976).

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

115

ESTAMPADOR (1937) provided a checklist of Philippine decapods, including Dromia (Cryptodromia) luberculata

(Stimpson. 1858) and Cryptodromia lateralis (Gray. 1831) from the Challenger Expedition (HENDERSON, 1888).

But the inclusion of this latter species is based on the synonymy of Dromia verrucosipes White. 1847 (a nomen

nudum) and Dromia lateralis Gray. 1831. An examination of WHITE'S type (British Museum) shows that it is not

the same species and should be referred to Slimdromia gen. nov.. probably a new species. Ward (1941) identified

Cryptodromia canaliculata Stimpson. 1858. C. tumida Stimpson, 1858. and C. bullifera Alcock, 1899, in a

shallow water collection from the Gulf of Davao, Mindanao, held by the American Museum of Natural History,

New York. Later. Alcala (1974) added Dromia dormia (Linnaeus. 1763). This makes a total of six species from

the Philippines.

This paper is based upon the study of more than 300 specimens from about 200 stations ranging in depth trom

the intertidal to 437 m. A total of 27 species belonging to 13 genera have been identified.

The paper is organized as follows : a revised definition of the family Dromiidae is given, the genera are

reviewed and a key is provided, and then the results are presented by genus with a key to the species in each genus.

The scope of this review is defined by the species in the present collection, and the genera to which they belong,

as well as closely related species from other genera. In order to provide a complete key to dromiid genera, including

those not represented in the collection, it is necessary to indicate which species do not belong in these genera.

Only those species bearing a close resemblance to the type species of each genus are retained, while the others are

transferred to existing genera or arc shown to require new genera. After dealing with the primitive genera, including

Sphaerodromia Alcock, 1899, the remaining genera are presented in the following order: firstly, large dromuds

with a chelipcd epipod (including Dromia Weber, 1795, and Dromidiopsis Borradaile, 1903), secondly, small

dromiids with an epipod (including Petalomera Stimpson. 1858). thirdly, large dromiids without an epipod

(including Dromidia Stimpson. 1858). and finally, small dromiids without an epipod (including Cryptodromia

Stimpson, 1858 and Homalodromia Micrs, 1884). The division into large and small species is largely arbitrary.

This order of presentation begins with the most primitive genera and proceeds to deal with the more advanced

genera, reflecting my hypothesis about the pattern of evolution of the Dromiidae. ,

Particular attention has been paid to verification of the dromiid names in use poor to 1858. when S riMPSON

established many new genera. This results in several recently used specific names being replaced by older names

which have priority. As well as reorganization and clarification of the relationships amongst dromiid species, an

underlying objective is to explore the reproductive strategies of these crabs. Of particular interest are egg size and

egg numbers and any evidence of direct development, given that the collections come from an island tauna. Use ol

camouflage, a distinctive (but not exclusive) feature of dromiids. is also investigated.

MATERIAL EXAMINED

Some of the material used in this study came from the following Musorstom cruises : Musorstom 1

Philippine Islands. Cruise Leader, J. FOREST, April. 1976. R. V. "Vauban"- MUSORSTOM 2 Philippine IslandsJ.

Forest. Novcmber-Decembcr, 1980. "Coriolis"-, Musorstom 3. Philippine Islands. J. FOREST, May-June, 1985,

-Coriolis -• MUSORSTOM 4. New Caledonia, B. RICHER deforces, Septembcr-October, 1985. V auba n ,

MUSORSTOM 5. New Caledonia, B. Richer de Forges, October. 1986, "Cow/is": Musorstom 6. Uy^iy

Islands B RICHER DE FORGES, February, 1989, "Mis". Other material came trom Chalcal 1, Chesterfield

S'bSSs, July, 1984 -Cone,is-. CORAIL ! 4 2. Chesterfield Islands. B. RICH HR DE FORCES

Julv-Auijust 1988 "Coriolis" (sec Richer de Forges, 1990, for details). A particularly important source ot

tart*XticS gSs SURVEY. New Caledonia, by B. RICHER DE ^

RICHER DF. FORCES, 1991, to, details), and the n»f collections of P. LABOrfn, and J.-L.htotoc Im, SCOT A

.ear. Other specimens came from the onuses VotsMAR, Mat,^H^I^.B^CHEaDBraRD^^y .

June, 1989 Alls , Smib , cvv e: oma, . • Caledonia, R. GRANDPERRIN. January. 1992, n Alis"i

Jaya I" and Musorstom 7. Wallis and Futuna Islands. B. Richer de Forges. May 1992. Mis . In the collection

116

C. L. McLAY

of the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle are some very old specimens collected along the shores of New

Caledonia by M. Balansa 1861-73, who collected and studied the flora of New Caledonia.

All the specimens dealt with in this paper have been deposited in the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle,

Paris (MNHN). Other specimens mentioned in this paper came from the British Museum (BM), Zoologisches

Institut and Museum. Hamburg. Siboga Collection, Zoologisch Museum. Amsterdam, and the National Museum

of Natural History, Washington (USNM).

In the lists of "Material Examined" from the above cruises, I have divided the localities into geographic areas

(latitude and longitude limits are only approximate) because there are large numbers of islands and it is not easy to

associate some localities with particular islands. The areas which I have used are Philippine Islands, 5-20°N,

119-127°E, D’Entrecasteaux Reefs, 16-18°S, 167-168°E, Chesterfield Islands, 18-20°S. 157- 161 °E,

Bellona Reefs, 21-23°S, 159-160°E, (both of the latter areas tire on the Bellona Plateau), New Caledonia

(including the lie des Pins), 19-23°S, 163-167°E, and the Loyalty Islands. 20-22°S, 166-168°E.

The abbreviations of the gears used are : DC = Charcot dredge; DW = Waren dredge; DE = Epibenthic sledge;

CP = Beam trawl; CC = Otter trawl (shrimps); CAS = trap.

TERMINOLOGY AND PRESENTATION

Carapace dimensions are given as carapace width (CW) x carapace length (CL) e.g. 1 $ 40.6 x 39.7 mm.

Measurements, to an accuracy of 0.1 mm, were made using vernier calipers. Carapace width includes any

anterolateral teeth and was measured across the widest point, which could vary from the level of the first teeth to

the level of the posterolateral teeth. Carapace length includes any rostral teeth and was measured to the posterior

carapace margin in the mid-line.

The description of each species is presented according to the following format: cephalothorax. including shape,

ornamentation, grooves, then orbit, antenna, epistome, and ventral regions of cephalothorax including female

sternal grooves. This is followed by description of the five pairs of pereiopods and the arrangement of spines

associated with the dactyli. Finally, the abdomen, telson, abdominal locking mechanism and male plcopods are

described (see Fig. 1).

When describing the rostral teeth on the carapace, the length of the median tooth, relative to the lateral teeth, is

assessed assuming that the plane of the carapace is horizontal. Teeth around the orbit are treated as being

supraorbital, postorbital or suborbital (= infraorbital). The orbital fissure is a narrow slit at the lateral comer which

separates the supraorbital and suborbital margins. The anterolateral carapace margin is usually clearly marked,

beginning at or above the level of the suborbital margin, and extends as far as the posterolateral tooth which lies

behind the branchial groove. Thereafter, the carapace margin is referred to as posterolateral. Anterolateral teeth are

sometimes bilobcd but they are not counted as being separate unless the indentation extends to the anterolateral

margin. In some species the anterolateral teeth are quite variable in size and number, both within and between

specimens c. g. Dromidiopsis leihrinusae (Takeda & Kurata. 1976) nov. comb. The subhepatic area lies

ventrolateral to the orbit and below the anterolateral margin. In some species the subhepatic area is not clearly

defined, with the result that any tubercles which may be present can be confused with the anterolateral teeth. Where

the anterolateral margin is not clearly evident, I have treated all tubercles which lie below a line extending from the

suborbital level to the first anterolateral tooth or to the shoulder of the carapace, as being subhepatic tubercles.

The pereiopods fall naturally into three groups : firstly, the cheliped which is used for feeding as well as

cutting out pieces of other living organisms for concealment, secondly, the first two pairs of legs, used for

walking, and thirdly, the last two pairs of legs used for carrying the camouflage over the dorsal surface Rather

than referring to "first pereiopod" I use the term "cheliped" and "first two pairs of legs" and "last two pairs of legs"

refer to second and third pereiopods" and "fourth and fifth pereiopods" respectively. This terminology recognizes

the functional roles of each group of limbs.

In describing the arrangement of spines associated with the dactyl of each leg I use the terms "inner" and

"outer" margins. These terms are necessary because of the differences in orientation of the legs. The legs used for

Source ; MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

117

walking have the normal brachyuran orientation so that their margins could be referred to as "dorsal" or "ventral",

but the legs used to carry camouflage are oriented dorsally or sub-dorsally to varying degrees so that these terms no

longer have a clear meaning. In order to achieve consistency between the two groups of limbs. 1 use inner to

refer to the concave margin of the curved dactyl and "outer" for the convex (flexor) margin of the dactyl. Both these

margins of the dactyli of the last two pairs of legs may bear small spines. Distal propodal spines opposing the

dactyl, forming a prehensile mechanism, are located on the "inner" propodal margin, while other spines occur on

the "outer" propodal margin at the base of the dactyl. Thus the terms "inner" and "outer" reflect the way in which

the last two pairs of legs are adapted for grasping pieces of camouflage and, for consistency, these terms are applied

to the first two pairs of legs as well. On these legs spines are restricted to the "inner" margins of the dactyl and

propodus. Reference is also made to the "posterior" and "anterior faces of the dactyli of the first two pairs of legs.

These terms have their normal meaning.

The articles of the antenna, which are all mobile, arc referred to as "segments" one through four. These

segments correspond to coxa (or urinal segment), fused basis-ischium, merus and carpus. The excretory organ

opens into a beak-like structure on the medial margin of the first segment and a well developed exopod is tused to

the distolateral comer of the second segment. The third segment may be attached terminally, or attached at an angle

on a distomedial extension of the second segment.

All of the Dromiidae have phyllobranchiate gills, stacks of leaf-like plates arranged around a central axis.

According to GORDON (1950) the maximum number of gills and epipods on each side are 14 + 4, respectively, but

may be as few as 9 + 3 in some species. Variation in gill number is greatest in Pseudodromia, ranging from 12-9

+ 3, and as few as 6 + 3 in Ascidiophilus. However, the numbers may be higher in Sphaerodronua spp.. which

can have as many as 20 + 6 (M. DE Saint Laurent, pers. comm.). Typically, dromiids have 14 + 3 or 4 gills and

epipods respectively. . ,. ,

An important aspect of identifying dromiid specimens is determining whether an epipod is present or absent on

the cheliped. This structure is very small and given the small size of some crabs it is easy to understand how

problems have arisen in the past through errors. Even if the epipod has been dislodged, as happens in older

matcrial. its presence or absence can still be determined by looking closely for the small pit in the coxa associated

with the epipod. Either way, it is necessary to cut away the lateral wall of the gill chamber to allow close

'"'Female sternal grooves may end apart, with or without tubercles, or end together on a single tubercle The

grooves may end behind the genital openings or as far forward as the cheliped segment. Since this character shows

ontogenetic change, the description is based on the state found in the sexually mature female. Sternal grooves of

mature females are often plugged with a hardened secretion indicating that they have already mated.

In describing the abdomen. I treat it as consisting of six segments plus the telson. Some species have the join,

between the las. two segments fused. However, the position of the join, is always marked by a groove which can

be seen in the middle of the abdomen and/or at the lateral margins. The dimensions of the telson are expressed as a

ratio of maximum length, measured in the mid-line, and maximum width, measured across the base. The posterior

margin of the telson may be rounded, bluntly narrowed, divided into lobes or armed with a sharp spmc^

In some species uniramous uropods are inserted at the posterior border of the last abdominal segment and in

front of the tdson 1 have recognized five different states for the uropod character: a) large, visible externally,

occluding much of the last abdominal segment from the lateral margin, b) small, visible externally, occluding less

San 10% of the last abdominal segment from the lateral margin, c) small, concealed under las, abdominal

se»ment dl vestigial concealed under last abdominal segment, and e) absent. ... f

' °The abdominal locking mechanism is the means by which the abdomen is held in place against the thorax of

i nc anoomina oe g lhc f thc firsl Iw0 pairs of legs are held against the

the .Women. Usual* on* coxae of the 5m pair of

e “ H ^involved The uropods may also be involved by fitting in front of the coxal tubercles and preventing he

abdomen from slipping out. Mature females cannot lock the. abdomen in place because it is too wide and the

coxal tubercles are not present.

118

C. L. McIj\Y

Fig

median rostral tooth

. 1. Selected figures illustrating the tentiinology used to describe crabs of the family Dromiidae : 1 a-d, h, based on

Dromia wilsoni (from McLay, 1991), 1 e-f, based on Sphaerodromia ducoussoi (from McLay, 1991). 1 g based on

Austrodronudia australis nov. comb. (McLay. unpublished). 1 i-k. based on Sphaerodromia brizops (from McLay &

Crosnier, 1991). a. dorsal view of right half of carapace; b. ventral view of right orbit and anterolateral margin;

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

119

propodus dactyl

propodal spine opposing the dactyl

telson

uropod plate

penultimate (or sixth) segment

endopod

spine on outer margin

propodal spine on outer margin

distal

propodus

merus

carpus

epipod

u , . r an.pnna ventrolateral view; d, right cheliped, outer face; e, dactylus of second right leg,

c, basal segments of right an ' anle rior view; g, right fourth leg, dorsal view; h, telson and penultimate

Source:

120

C. L. McLAY

In assessing ihe reproductive strategy of each species, I have focussed on size at maturity, egg size and egg

numbers. I have used data about relative size of the female abdomen, development of the sternal grooves and

presence of a spermathecal plug to determine the size range over which females reach maturity. Dromiid crabs

show a wide range of egg sizes from 0.5 mm diameter for Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie, 1906) nov. comb., to

2.8 mm (see Hale, 1941) for Haledromia bicavernosa (Zietz, 1887) nov. comb. The eggs of //. bicavernosa are

amongst the largest known for any brachyuran crab. Similarly, egg numbers also show wide variation, ranging

from around 24,000 eggs for Dromia dormia (Linnaeus, 1763) to less than 20 eggs for Epigodromia sculpta

(Haswell, 1882) nov. comb.. Even when the effects of female size arc removed, the relationship between egg size

and egg numbers is not a simple trade-off. However, for the purposes of this paper, when presenting data about the

reproductive biology of each species. I attempt to place it within the range of variation indicated above. One of the

most interesting features of dromiid crabs is the occurrence of direct development in some species, whereby the

young crabs are carried by the female. These include Dromidiopsis globosa (Lamarck, 1818) nov. comb, (until

now known as Dromidiopsis excavata), Austrodromidia octodentata (Haswell, 1882) nov. comb., and Slimdromia

lateralis (Gray. 1831) nov. comb., all of which come from Australian coasts. Like many other Australian species

these all have large eggs (> 1.0 mm). Other species, with smaller eggs, such as Dromia wilsoni (Fulton & Grant,

1902) nov. comb., Cryptodromiopsis antillensis (Stimpson, 1858), nov. comb, and Conchoecetes artificiosus

(Fabricius, 1798), have a free-living zoeal stage.

Finally, when giving the authors of species names described by Dai, Yang, Song, & CHEN (1981, 1986), and

Dai & Yang (1991) from China. 1 have followed the recommendations given by Ng (1992) and L. Holtiiuis

(pers. comm.). Species described as being new in the 1991 paper were in fact first described in the 1986 paper and

for new species in both the 1981 and 1986 publications, the species are attributed to all of the authors of the

publication rather than those simply indicated alongside each name. This course of action follows from a strict

interpretation of Art. 50a of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature.

Family DROM1IDAE Dc Haan, 1833

Dromiacea De Haan, 1833 : ix.

Dromiidae - Ortmann, 1892 : 541, 543. — Alcock. 1900 : 128; 1901 : 37. — Ihle. 1913 : 4. — Ratiibun, 1923a : 144;

1937 : 30. — Barnard, 1950 : 306. — Williams, 1965 : 143. — Ingle, 1980 : 79. — Dai & Yang. 1991 : 16.

Carapace shape variable, width may be greater than or less than length, generally convex in both directions,

commonly ovoid or subcircular, may be pentagonal. Lateral carapace margins usually distinctly marked and armed

with teeth. Branchial and frontal grooves usually evident. Rostrum usually consists of three teeth, median tooth on

a lower plane but may be absent. Eyestalk short, stout, eyes protected by well defined orbits. Sternal grooves of

f emale are variable : they may end either apart or together anywhere between bases of chelipeds or second pair of

walking legs.

Antennal flagella shorter than carapace length. First (or urinal) and second segments of antenna movable,

exopod firmly fixed to second segment (rarely absent). External maxillipeds typically opercular, completely

c losing the buccal cavern, basis and ischium of endopod fused but joint always marked by a groove. Bases (coxae)

of maxillipeds may fit tightly together or be separated by a gap. and they can be inserted directly under the rounded

tip of the sternum or they can be inserted at a lower level on a triangular extension of the sternum. Chelipeds

equal, generally much stouter than walking legs. Podobranchs may be present on any of first three pereiopods, and

an epipod may be present on cheliped. Gills are phyllobranchiate. First two pairs of legs generally stout, usually

not much shorter than chelipeds. Last two pairs of legs usually reduced, third pair usually shortest, both pairs

usually subdorsal and prehensile. Grasping mechanism involves distal propodal spines and dactyli. Genital

openings coxal.

Abdomen of six segments and telson, folded under thorax. Small uropod plates may be present or absent, and

these are often involved in the abdominal locking mechanism.

Source ; MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

121

Five pairs of pleopods present in female, first pair rudimentary. Male may also have five pairs of pleopods, but

usually only two pairs. These pleopods are very uniform in structure : first pair, stout semi-rolled, setose, sharply

tipped tubes, second pair simple, needle-like. ... .

Body usually protected by a piece of sponge, ascidian or a bivalve shell which is carried over the dorsal surtace

by the last two pairs of legs.

DISCUSSION. _The above definition of the family Dromiidae is largely based on ALCOCK (1900) with the

addition of details about the antennae, uropod plates, and pleopods. Previous concepts ot this family have assumed

that uniramous uropods are always present in adults, but in fact they are often absent from the abdomen. Uropod

plates are absent in Tunedromia gen. nov.. AscidiophiluS Richters, 1880. and Epipedodromia Andre. 1932, and are

vestigial and concealed (maybe absent in some species), in Haledromia gen. nov., Pseudodromta Stimpson. 1858,

Exodronudia Stebbing, 1905, Eudromidia Barnard. 1947, Dromidia Stimpson. 1858, Auslrodromtdta gen. nov.,

Barnardromia gen. nov., Speodromia Barnard, 1947, and llypoconcha Guenn-Mdncville, 1854. In Frodromia gen.

nov. the uropods are small and concealed in females, but visible externally in males. In all other genera the

uropods arc small, but visible externally except in Dromidiopsis globosa (Lamarck, 1818) nov. comb, where they

are visible externally in juveniles but concealed in adults.

Not only is the uropod character variable amongst adults, but it is also variable among dromnd larvae. Well

developed uropods (which may be biramous or uniramous) are found in the megalopac ot Crypiodromia

luberculaia, Cryptodromiopsis anlillensis nov. comb., Dromia personate, D. erythropus, Lauridromia dehaant nov.

comb., Paradromia japonica, Conchoecetes artificiosus, llypoconcha arcuata, and H. parasitica, but in Dromia

wilsoni nov. comb, and Stimdromia lateralis nov. comb, (in this case in the juvenile crab stage) they are reduced

(see Tan, Lim. & Ng. 1986, using the name C. pileifera\ Rice & Provenzano, 1966; Rice Ingle & Allen.

1970- LaughL iN, Rodriguez & Marval, 1982; Hong & Williamson. 1986; Sankoi.li & Siihnoy 1968.

KIRCHER. 1970; Lang & Young, 1980; Wear, 1970, 1977, as Petalomera wilsonr, Montgomery, 1722, and

Hale 1925, as Petalomera lateralis). However, the state of Ihc larval uropods does not always predict the adull

state Whereas in Dromia wilsoni and Stimdromia lateralis the uropods are reduced in the larvae or juvenile crab

stage, respectively, they are well developed in the adults. The reverse is true in Hypoconcha arcuata and

H. parasitica (until recently known as H. sabulosa, see Holthuis & Manning 1987)

The main characters which have been used to separate the Dromiidae from the other dromio.d families,

Homolodromiidae Alcock, 1899. and Dynomeniidae Ortmann. 1892. are the presence of uropods as well as the

nature of the last two pairs of legs, and the presence of podobranchs on the pereiopods. For example the key.given

by BORRADAILE (1903b) assumes that uropods are absent in the Homolodromiidae, winch is clearly not true ee

B \EZ & Martin 1989, and Martin. 1992). and that only Hypoconcha. among the Dromiidae. lack uropods 1 is

clear that the uropod character is not a reliable way to separate these families. There is a need to clarity the

definitions and relationships of these tamilies.

Dromiid Genera

W ,we 7 sis f ~ ^'OSCSS

^ on liissin d y of a collection ££££»££

M^eviHe^SS^and'^TIt^’SON^tl^SS^^oooded^'esMbli^h^D'o/Hiiiin. CHyptodromia, Pseudodromia.

Petalomera, and Conchoecetes. Following these came Epidromia paper

preoccupiedTpropose the replacement name Epigodroma.

ESSE, 1884. are ,wo monotypre genera baaed on Mian Ocean specimens. Eudroma Henderson,

1888, was based on South African material from the Challenger expedition.

122

C. L. MclAY

Later, Alcock erected Sphaerodromia Alcock, 1899, and Lasiodromia Alcock, 1901 (a replacement name for

Homalodromia Miers. 1884). BORRADAILE (1900) established Dromidiopsis , and in 1903a, Dromides (later

absorbed into Cryptodromia ) and Cryptodromiopsis, and he redefined Dromidia and Crypiodromia. Further genera

added were Exodromidia Stebbing, 1905, Paradromia Balss, 1921, Epipedodromia Andre. 1932 (a replacement

name for Platydromia Fulton & Grant, 1902, which was preoccupied), Eudromidia Barnard. 1947 (erected because

Eudromia Henderson, 1888. was a preoccupied name), Speodromia Barnard, 1947, and Hemsphaerodromia Barnard.

1954. Ascidiophilus Richters, 1880, was absorbed into Pseudodromia by Balss (1922), and Paradromia Balss,

1921. was included in Petalomera by Sakai (1936).

Most recently, the genus Sphaerodromia Alcock, 1899, has been reviewed by McLay and CROSNIER (1991),

and McLay (1991). The genus Parasphaerodromia Spiridonov. 1992. was erected for a male specimen collected

from an isolated seamount in the western Indian Ocean but it is shown herein to be a synonym of Dromidia

Stimpson, 1858.

The genus Conchoedromia Chopra, 1934, remains enigmatic and obscure, and its position cannot be

established until further specimens arc collected. The status of Sternodromia Forest. 1974, and its relationship

with Dromia Weber. 1795, are discussed in this paper. The monotypic genus Gehkaia Miyake & Takeda. 1970,

which includes G. gordonae Miyake & Takeda. 1970, was placed in the Dromiidae. but belongs in the Tymolidac

Alcock. 1896 (M. Tavares, pers. comm.).

The genera of the Dromiidae have not been reviewed or revised since Borradaile (1903a) who recognized

12 genera. The characters which Borradaile considered important in generic definition were presence or absence

of the chchped epipod, definition of the regions of the carapace, ratio of carapace width to length, shape of the legs

and arrangement of the female sternal grooves. By themselves these features are an inadequate basis for resolution

of the species into a scries of natural groups.

My generic revision of the Dromiidae uses a wider range of characters than that used by Borradaile (1903a),

including epipods and podobranchs of the pereiopods, ratio of carapace width to length, texture of the carapace

surface, development of the rostrum, sexual dimorphism of chelipcds, tubercles of the first two pairs of legs,

arrangement of spines on and around the dactyli of the legs, size of the uropod plates, presence of vestigial

pleopods on the male abdomen, fusion of the last two segments of the abdomen and sternal grooves of mature

females. Henderson (1888) doubted that Stimpson'S revision had resulted in natural groups because too much

reliance had been placed on disposition of the female sternal grooves. By themselves, the sternal grooves are of

only limited value because they show ontogenetic change and can only be used for mature females. Later, both

Levvinsoiin (1977) and Manning & Holthuis (1981) questioned the importance which has been placed on the

sternal groove character. Variation in the structure of male pleopods. which has been so valuable in the study of

other Brachyura. proves to be of little use in the Dromiidae. Apart from some minor differences, the male pleopods

of all known members of the Dromiidae are very uniform.

The use of the chelipcd epipod character by Borradaile (1903a) was perhaps the major innovation which

helped to resolve many problems with dromiid taxonomy. Amongst these crabs it has always been assumed that it

is a very conservative character and therefore useful for separating large groups of genera within the family. For

example, absence of a chelipcd epipod seems to separate the species of Dromidia from Dromia and Dromidiopsis.

In the same way, species of Crypiodromia have been separated from Petalomera. However, there are some cases

where species, which arc very similar in every other respect, differ only in this character. Two examples, involving

species assigned to Petalomera Stimpson. 1858. because they have an epipod, are firstly, P. nodosa Sakai. 1936.

which has an areolatc carapace and closely resembles species of Epigodromia gen. nov., and secondly Petalomera

fukuii Sakai, 1936, which has a smooth carapace and closely resembles species of Cryptodromia. In this paper I

allow the cheliped epipod character to be a variable in the genera Crypiodromia and Epigodromia.

In my approach to this generic revision I have given emphasis to suites of characters rather than treating each

character by itself. For example, I have considered the characters of the last two pairs of legs which have to do

with the carriage ol camouflage as one suite. Other suites of characters include the nature of the carapace surface

and the size and shape of uropods in relation to their role in the abdominal locking mechanism. I make the

assumption that comparison of these character suites amongst genera will give us an indication of the direction of

evolution in the lamily as a whole.

Source . MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

123

The genera dealt with in this paper are Sphaerodromia Alcock, 1899, Eodromia gen. nov., Tunedromia gen.

nov., Dromidiopsis Borradailc. 1903, Lauridromia gen. nov., Dromia Weber, 1795. Haledromia gen. nov

Hemisphaerodromia Barnard, 1954, Fuitodromia gen. nov.. Paradromia Balss. 1921, Petalomera Stimpson, 858,

Stimdromia gen. nov., Frodromia gen. nov., Conchoecetes Stimpson. 1858, Pseudodromm Stimpson, 18. 8,

Ascidiophilus Richters, 1880, Exodromidia Stebbing, 1905, Eudromidia Barnard, 1947, Barnardromia _gen. nov.,

Speodromia Barnard, 1947, Dromidia Stimpson. 1858, Austrodromidia gen. nov., Cryptodromopsis Borrada.lc,

1903, Cryptodromia Stimpson, 1858, Takedromia gen. nov., Epigodromia gen. nov., Epipedodromia Andre,

1932, Homalodromia Miers, 1884. . f

The only remaining dromiid genus, not dealt with herein, is Hypoconcha Gu o ^ n '^ ncvlll D e ' }? 54 '

American coasts [including H. arcuata St.mpson, 1858, H. calforniensis Bouv.cn 1898. ^

H panamensis Smith, 1869,7/. parasitica (Linnaeus. 1763) and H. spinosmima Rathbun, 1933]. The quest on ol

whether the genus Ilypoconcha should remain in the family Dromndae is dealt with in the Discussion (sec later).

The generic revision, undertaken here, results in the recognition of twenty nine genera, and has major

implications for the dromiid crabs of. not only the Philippines and New Caledonia, but also the rest of the Indo-

Pacific region, Australia, South Africa and the Atlantic. After elimination of many synonyms, the total number

known species in the family Dromiidae is one hundred and nine, by far the majority coming from the Indo-Pacilic

region.

Key to the genera of Dromiidae

The genus Conchoedromia , enigmatic and obscure, is not included in this key.

Genera studied in this paper are in bold.

1 Carapace flattened, membranous, hourglass-shaped, frontal and lateral margins expanded,

covering the eyes, dac.yli of last two pairs of legs short, stout, lunate, used to carry a

bivalve shell . Hypoconcha Guer.n-Menev.lle, 1854

_ Frontal and lateral margins not as above, dactyli of last two pairs of legs not lunate .... 2

2 Carapace flattened, subpentagonal, not membranous, front tridentate, dactyl of

penultimate leg large and talon-like, used for carrying a bivalve shell.

p . Conchoecetes Stimpson, 1858 (p. 174)

_ Carapace variously shaped, usually convex. dactyl of penultimate leg no. talon-like and

usually opposed or surrounded by one or more propodal spines.

3. Cheliped with epipod and podobranch. firs, two pairs of legs also with epipods imd

sometimes podobianchs . Sphaerodromia Alcock 1899 (p. 126

_ Cheliped may have an epipod but no podobranch. first two pairs of legs without

podobranchs .

4. Cheliped usually with an epipod. last two abdominal segments may be fused or freely

- "cheliped usually without an epipod, last two abdominal segments freely movable .... 16

5. Carapace surface smooth or at most only finely denticulated . 6

_ Carapace surface granular or tubcrculate, maybe areolate.

6. Uropod plates on the abdomen vestigial or absent, not visible externally. 7

— Uropod plates small, but visible externally .

7. Uropod Plares vestal. carapace width tnnch g rea.er

- uropod plates absent. carapace as w.de as Jong, no — —

124

C. L. McIj\Y

8. Carapace approximately as long as wide, small spine on outer margin of dactyl of fourth

leg, and last two segments of abdomen usually partially or wholly fused; or carapace wider

than long, no spine on fourth leg dactyl, and abdomen partially fused; or carapace longer

than wide, no spine on fourth leg dactyl, and abdominal segments not fused. 9

— Carapace as wide or wider than long, no spine on outer margin of dactyl of fourth leg and

all segments of the abdomen freely movable . 1 0

9. Rostral and anterolateral teeth well developed, acute, superior margin of cheliped carpus

and propodus armed with two to four large tubercles, female sternal grooves terminate in

well developed tube-like structures, male abdominal locking mechanism does not involve

uropods but instead there are serrated flanges on the bases of the first two pairs of legs

which grip lateral margins of the abdomen. Lauridromia gen. nov. (p. 145)

— Rostral and anterolateral teeth blunt, superior margin of cheliped carpus and propodus

without large tubercles, female sternal grooves do not terminate in well developed tubes,

male abdominal locking mechanism involves uropods in front of serrated flanges on base

of first legs . Dromidiopsis Borradaile, 1900 (p. 135)

10. Carapace strongly convex, lateral rostral teeth not developed, anterolateral margin

rounded, without teeth . Hemisphaerodromia Barnard, 1954 (p. 159)

— Carapace may be convex, but lateral rostral teeth and anterolateral teeth well developed ...

. 11

11. Chelipeds and first two pairs of legs strongly tuberculated and lobed.

. Stimdromia gen. nov. (p. 167)

— Chelipeds and first two pairs of legs smooth. Dromia Weber, 1795 (p. 149)

12. Carapace longer than wide. 13

— Carapace as wide or wider than long. 15

13. Carapace sub-globose, a small spine on ventral distal margin of propodi of first two pairs

of legs, several small spines on the inner margins of dactyli of last two pairs of legs,

vestigial pleopods on male abdomen . Eodromia gen. nov. (p. 130)

— Carapace angular, no spines on propodi of first two pairs of legs or on inner margins of

dactyli of last two pairs of legs, no vestigial pleopods on male abdomen. 14

14. Petaloid meri on chelipeds and first two pairs of legs .

. Petalomera Slimpson, 1858 (p. 164)

— Meri of chelipeds and first two pairs of legs not petaloid.

. Fultodromia gen. nov. (p. 162)

15. Rostral teeth bluntly rounded, carapace may be areolated .

. Paradromia Balss, 1921 (p. 163)

— Rostral teeth sub-acute, carapace not areolated. Frodromia gen. nov. (p. 170)

16. Carapace surface smooth. 17

— Carapace surface granular. 2 5

17. Uropod plates on abdomen concealed or absent. 18

— Uropod plates on abdomen small, but visible externally. 2 3

18. Posterior margin of telson sharply pointed . 2 1

— Telson may be narrowed, but posterior margin not sharply pointed . 19

19. Rostrum bidentate, transverse ridge behind rostrum divided into four lobes, no spines on

the outer propodal margins of the last two pairs of legs.

. Epipedodromia Andre, 1932 (p. 224)

— Rostrum tridentate or unidentate, no transverse ridge behind rostrum, spines present on

the outer propodal margins of the last two pairs of legs. 2 0

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

125

20. Carapace longer than wide, rostrum unidentate, no exopod on antenna, last pair of legs as

long or longer than first two pairs, no propodal spines opposing the dactyli of last two

pairs of legs, instead there are spines placed on the lateral propodal margins.

. Ascidiophilus Richters, 1880 (p. 177)

— Carapace as wide or wider than long, rostrum tridentate, exopod on antenna well

developed, last pair of legs much shorter than either of first two pairs, one or two propodal

spines opposing dactyli of last two pairs of legs .... Austrodromidia gen. nov. (p. 185)

21. Carapace wider than long, rostrum tridentate. Dromidia Stimpson, 1858 (p. 183)

— Carapace longer than wide, rostrum unidentate or bi-lobed. 2 2

22. Rostrum tridentate, not eave-like, last pair of legs as long or longer than first two pairs,

no propodal spines opposing the dactyli of last two pairs of legs, instead there are spines

placed on the lateral propodal margins. Pseudodromia Stimpson, 1858 (p. 175)

— Rostrum bi-lobed, well developed as an overhanging sinuous eave, last pair of legs much

shorter than first two pairs, dactyli of last two pairs of legs opposed by single propodal

spines . Eudromidia Barnard, 1947 (p. 179)

23. Female sternal grooves end close together between chelipeds or first legs, usually a small

spine on the outer margin of fourth leg dactyl .

. Cryptodromiopsis Borradaile, 1903 (p. 187)

— Female sternal grooves end apart, no spine on outer margin of fourth leg dactyl . 2 4

24. Carapace length significantly greater than width, rostrum consists of two widely separated

bifid lobes, no median tooth . Homalodromia Miers, 1884 (p. 225)

— Carapace approximately as wide or wider than long, rostrum tridentate.

. Cryptodromia Stimpson, 1858 (p. 197)

25. Uropods small but visible externally, telson without a terminal spine . 2 7

— Uropods absent, or if present, they are not visible externally, telson with a terminal

spine.2 6

26. Carapace length equal to or greater than carapace width, lateral rostral teeth produced as

long spines, no sub-branchial cavity under lateral carapace margin.

. Exodromidia Stebbing, 1905 (p. 178)

— Carapace wider than long, rostrum triangular, deflexed, but not bearing teeth, deep sub-

branchial cavity under the lateral carapace margin ... Speodromia Barnard, 1947 (p. 182)

27. Carapace shape sub-circular, anterolateral teeth well developed, lacinated and tubcrculated.

. Takedromia gen. nov. (p. 211)

— Carapace shape angular, anterolateral teeth often not distinct, may be tuberculated, but

not lacinated . 2 8

28. Last anterolateral tooth strongly developed, projecting laterally, posterior margin of

telson rounded. Barnardromia gen. nov. (p. 179)

— Last anterolateral tooth not strongly developed, posterior margin of telson may be

bilobed . Epigodrotnia gen. nov. (p. 216)

SPECIES LIST OF NEW CALEDONIAN AND PHILIPPINE DROMIIDAE

The following is a list of all the species identified in the collection from both New Caledonia and surrounding

areas (NC), and the Philippines (PH):

Sphaerodromia kendalli (Alcock & Anderson, 1894) (PH).

Eodromia denticulata gen. nov., sp. nov. (NC).

Dromidiopsis dubia Lewinsohn, 1984 (NC).

126

C. L. McLAY

Dromidiopsis lethrinusae (Takeda & Kurata. 1976) nov. comb. (PH, NC)

Dromidiopsis tridentata Borradaile, 1903 (NC).

Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie, 1906) nov. comb. (PH, NC).

Dromia dormia (Linnaeus, 1763) (NC).

Dromia foresti sp. nov. (NC).

Dromia wilsoni (Fulton & Grant, 1902) nov. comb. (PH, NC).

Petalomera pule hr a Miers, 1884 (NC).

Stimdromia angulata (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb. (PH).

Frodromia atypica (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb. (PH).

Cryptodromiopsis bullifera (Alcock, 1900) nov. comb. (NC).

Cryptodromiopsis plumosa (Lewinsohn, 1984) nov. comb. (NC).

Cryptodromiopsis unidentata (Ruppell. 1830) nov. comb. (PH, NC).

Cryptodromia ?coronata Stimpson, 1858 (NC).

Cryptodromia fukuii (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb. (NC).

Cryptodromia amboinensis Dc Man, 1888 (PH, NC).

Cryptodromia hilgendotft De Man, 1888 (PH, NC).

Cryptodromia fallax (Lamarck, 1818) (NC).

Cryptodromia longipes sp. nov. (NC).

Takedromia cristatipes (Sakai. 1969) nov. comb. (NC).

Takedromia longispina gen. nov., sp. nov. (NC).

Epigodromia areolata (Ihle, 1913) nov. comb. (NC).

Epigodromia rotunda sp. nov. (NC).

Epigodromia rugosa sp. nov. (NC).

Homalodromia coppingeri (Miers, 1884) (NC).

Genus SPHAERODROMIA Alcock, 1899

Sphaerodromia Alcock. 1899 : 16; 1900 : 152; 1901 : 38. — Balss, 1922 : 106. — Sakai, 1936 : 15. — McLay, 1991 :

459.

Carapace sub-globose, as wide or wider than long, surface gradually rounded, tomentosc. Front broadly

triangular, grooved in midline, rostrum not developed, continuous with supraorbital margin. Distomedial corner of

second antennal segment not produced. Coxae of third maxillipeds closely approximated and inserted under tip of

sternum. Female sternal grooves end wide apart behind genital openings. Chelipcd with an epipod and well

developed podobranch, first two pairs of legs also have epipods, with or without podobranchs. Chelipcds longer

and stouter than first two pairs of legs, which are not nodose. Usually a small propodal spine on inferior margin

overlapping with dactyli of first two pairs of legs. Last two pairs of legs reduced, similar in size, only last pair

subdorsal. Three to five propodal spines opposing dactyli, no spines on outer propodal margin, but two to four

small spines on inner margin of dactyli. Abdomen of six free segments. Telson rounded, longer than wide in male,

wider than long in female. Uropod plates well developed, visible externally and occluding up to approximately half

the sub-terminal abdominal segment from the lateral margins. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of

denticulate ridge on coxae ol first two legs against lateral margins of telson and last two segments, uropods not

used. First male pleopod with a small rounded terminal plate, second pleopod simple, needle-like with an exopod

on the basis. Vestigial pleopods present on male segments three-five.

Type species. — Dromidia kendalli Alcock & Anderson, 1894, by monotypy.

Other species. —Sphaerodromia brizops McLay & Crosnier, 1991, 5. ducoussoi McLay, 1991, and S nux

Alcock, 1899.

Source ; MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CAIJ-DONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

127

DISCUSSION. — The genus Sphaerodromia Alcock, 1899, has been reviewed by McLay (1991). A more detailed

definition of the genus is given above. The important characters which make Sphaerodromia the most primitive

known genus of the Dromiidae, and clearly differentiate it from other genera are as follows : distomedial comer of

second antennal segment not produced, exopod extending beyond joint of segments three and four, cpipods present

on chelipeds and first two pairs of legs, a podobranch present on chelipeds (and sometimes legs), usually a

propodal spine at base of dactyli of first two pairs of legs, multiple propodal spines opposing dactyli of last two

pairs of legs, inner margins of these dactyli aimed with small spines, uropods large, vestigial pleopods on male

abdominal segments three-five, first male plcopod has an apical plate, basis of second pleopod has an exopod (see

Table 1).

In the other genera these characters show a more advanced state. The distomedial comer of the second antennal

segment is produced as a spine, on which the third segment is inserted at an angle, and the exopod attached to the

opposite side is shorter. Thus, whereas in Sphaerodromia, the second antenna is fairly straight, in other genera it is

angled at the junction between second and third segments. An epipod may be present on the chelipcd but there are

none on any of the other pereiopods. A propodal spine at the base of the dactyli of the first two pairs of legs is

only rarely present in these genera. Similarly, spines on the inner margins of the dactyli of the last two pairs of

legs, are rare. Uropods, although often visible externally, are smaller and sometimes absent. First two pleopods of

males are extremely uniform, lacking an apical plate on the first, and an exopod on the basis of the second.

Vestigial male pleopods on third to fifth segments are only found in two other genera ( Eodromia gen. nov., and

Exodromidia Stebbing, 1905).

S . lethrinusae Takeda & Kurata, 1976, does not belong in this genus and will be transferred to Dromidiopsis

Borradailc, 1900 (see below).

Species of Sphaerodromia often carry large pieces of sponge for camouflage.

Distribution. — The distribution of this genus includes Madagascar, Seychelles, India. Burma, Japan and

French Polynesia. S. mix Alcock, 1899, has been recorded from Burma, Seychelles and Madagascar but this

distribution is extended by a female (CW = 41.7 mm, CL = 36.0 mm. MNHN-B 10523), from Reunion Island,

Indian Ocean.

Key to the species of Sphaerodromia

(Species studied in this paper arc in bold)

1. Orbit divided horizontally into two chambers.

. Sphaerodromia brizops McLay & Crosnier, 1991

— Orbit not divided horizontally, but with incipient vertical division. 2

2. Carapace approximately as wide as long (ratio CW/CL = 1.0 ± 0.05). 3

— Carapace significantly wider than long (ratio CW/CL > 1.05).

. Sphaerodromia mix Alcock, 1899

3. Carapace surface smooth, anterolateral margin of carapace entire.

. Sphaerodromia kendalli (Alcock & Anderson, 1894)

— Carapace surface granulated, anterolateral margin of carapace with a deep notch at about

the middle. Sphaerodromia ducoussoi McLay, 1991

Sphaerodromia kendalli (Alcock & Anderson, 1894)

Figs 2 a-i, 15 a

Dromidia kendalli Alcock & Anderson, 1894 : 175.

Dromia (Sphaerodromia) kendalli - ALCOCK, 1899 : 16.

Source

128

C. L. McLAY

Sphaerodromia kendalli - ALCOCK, 1900 : 153; 1901 : 39, pi. 4, figs 18, 18a. — IHLE, 1913 : 92 (list). — BALSS, 1922 :

106. — Sakai, 1936 : 15; 1976 : 28, text fig. 16.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippine Islands. Musorstom 3 : stn CP 143, 11°29.00’N, 124°11.00’E, 205-

214 m, 7.06.1985 : 1 9 40.6 x 39.7 mm (MNHN-B 22543).

South East Molucca Islands. Karubar : stn DW 18, 5°18.00’S, 133°01.00’E, 205-212 m, 24.10.1991 : 1 6

20.1 x 20.8mm (MNHN-B 22542).

Description. — Carapace subcircular, approximately as wide as long, globose, smooth except for some

scattered granules near the borders, covered with a short thick, erect, yellowish tomentum. Branchial notch evident

but grooves faint. Rostrum consists of two prominent lateral teeth separated by a shallow sinus. Anterolateral

borders of carapace begin at outer orbital angle, initially shoulder-like then curving more gradually, convex,

continuous, with a few small granules before the branchial notch.

Border of lateral rostral tooth extends back as supraorbital margin, slightly notched near middle, to postorbital

corner which is not produced. Dorsal surface of orbit ridged, tending to divide the orbit into two sections. No

orbital fissure, margin continues on to suborbital lobe which is prominent, rounded, triangular and visible

dorsally.

Basal segment of antenna much wider than long, beaked medially, gaping widely, twisted, upper lobe shorter

than lower, second segment much longer than wide, convex, a small central distal tubercle, distomedial comer not

produced, third segment longer than wide inserted terminally, exopod firmly fixed to second segment, surface

convex, tip truncated, blunt, extending as far as joint between third and fourth segments. Ratio of length of

antennal flagella to CW = 0.58. Epistome triangular, wider than long, lateral margins notched mid-way, adorned

by a row of small granules, surface slightly concave with a pair of central granules.

Subhepatic area swollen with two small granules. Female sternal grooves shallow, scarcely developed, partially

concealed by bases of third legs, ending wide apart behind bases of second legs on a common transverse ridge.

Chelipeds well developed, borders of merus granulate, carpus inflated, two strong distal tubercles, covered with

many small granules. Similar granules on propodus, fingers elongate, slightly down-curved, not gaping in female.

Teeth on fingers tend to be obsolete, especially on dactyl. Chelipeds have a well developed podobranch.

First two pairs of legs slightly shorter than chelipeds, smooth, distal borders of carpi lobed. Dactyli shorter

than propodi. not strongly curved, inner borders armed with 6-8 small spines set at an angle to the dactyl. A small

spine occurs on the inferior distal border of propodi. overlapping the dactyli for a short distance. First legs have a

smaller podobranch than the chelipeds and second legs have a very small podobranch.

Last two pairs of legs reduced, similar in si/.e. Dactyl of third leg short, strongly curved, opposed by four

propodal spines with 3-4 smaller spines on the inner margin of the dactyl itself. Fourth leg dactyl reduced and

opposed by 6-7 closely-spaced propodal spines and six small spines on inner margin of dactyl as for the third leg.

Abdomen of six free segments, smooth. Telson in female slightly wider than long, longer than wide in male,

tip rounded. Uropod plates in female very large, each occupying about one-half of lateral margin. Male uropod

plates well developed, visible externally, lying between the bases of first and second walking legs when abdomen

is closed but they are not involved in locking the abdomen. The abdominal locking mechanism consists of finely

denticulate ridges on the coxae of first and second legs; the coxal ridge of the first leg engages with the margin of

the proximal corner of the telson, while the coxal ridge of the second leg engages with the inner face of the joint

between the fifth and sixth abdominal segments.

First male pleopod stout, openly grooved to carry needle-like second pair; distal end of endopod bears a blunt

lateral knob and a semi-oval, curved medial plate; basis of second pleopod has a long blunt exopod.

DISCUSSION. — The present specimens differ in three minor ways from the description of S. kendalli given by

McLay (1991) : distal propodal spines are present on the first two pairs of legs (absent on earlier specimens),

spines on of last pair of legs are six-seven opposing the dactyl, none on the outer margin and six spines on the

inner margin of the dactyl itself (given earlier as 3 + 0 + 3). The number of propodal spines seems to be variable

amongst individuals and this is further complicated by breakage of spines. With this character it seems better not

to be too precise about the exact numbers of spines which should be expected. Lastly, the anterolateral margin of

the male specimen has up to ten small granules (only five on the left side) which tend to be arranged in groups.

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND 1HE PHILIPPINES

129

Fig. 2. — Sphaerodromia kendalli (Alcock & Anderson, 1894), 2 40.6 x 39.7 mm. Philippine Islands. Musorstom 3

stn CP 143 '’05-T14 m (MNHN-B 22543) : a. dorsal view of right half of carapace; b, ventral view of right orbital

area; c, outer face of right cheliped; d, posterior view of terminal segments of right second leg, e. posterior view of

right third leg; f. ventral view propodus and dactyl of right third leg; g. posterior view of right fourth leg; h, ventral

view propodus and dactyl of right fourth leg; i. ventral view of telson and terminal segments of female abdomen.

130

C. L. McLAY

Only three females, including one of the present specimens, of S. kendalli have been collected. The male

specimen reported here is the first to be collected and so important male characters are now known. In their

original description Ai.cock and Anderson (1894) stated that the sternal grooves "unite opposite base of

chelipeds" but later Alcock (1899) stated that they "are very short, ending well behind the level of the genital

openings". The female from the Philippines confirms that the latter description is correct. All three of the females

collected have been sexually mature and they suggest that this species reaches maturity at a relatively small size.

The egg size is evidently at the small end of the range for dromiids.

McLAY (1991) presented a table comparing some of the important characters of the species of Sphaerodromia.

Since the male of S. kendalli was unknown at that time, the information about these characters could not be

entered. Now that a male is available, it can be continued that this species is in agreement with all of the other

three, confirming that all these species form a well-defined, natural group.

Size. — The type specimen was a female CW = 19.0. CL = 18.0 mm and Bails' (1922) specimen from Japan

was an ovigerous female CW = 13.5, CL = 12.0 mm with eggs 0.5 mm diameter. Thus the present female is

much larger than any of the earlier specimens, and the male is the only known specimen.

Depth. — Only three depth records for S. kendalli are available : the type specimen (200 m), and the present

records. 205-214 m for the female, and 205-212 m for the male, giving a depth range of 200-214 m and suggesting

that this species is a deepwater dromiid. Although only a few specimens are known, they come from widely

separated localities and the depth range is remarkably narrow.

C amoufi.age. The kind of camouflage carried by this crab is unknown because none of the specimens have

been accompanied by their concealment.

DISTRIBUTION. — Previous records came from the Bay of Bengal and Japan, and so the Indonesian and

Philippine specimens provide a link between these two localities, without extending the range.

Genus EODROMIA nov.

Carapace sub-globose, longer than wide, front projecting well beyond orbits, rostrum bidentate. Regions of

carapace not well defined, surface denticulate and lomcntose. Coxae of third maxillipeds closely approximated and

separated from tip of sternum by a narrow gap. Female sternal grooves end apart behind the genital openings.

Chelipeds longer and stouter than first two pairs of legs, not nodose, fingers not down-curved, epipod present but

without podobranch. Epipods absent from other pereiopods. Dactyli of first two pairs of legs as long as propodi.

inner margins armed with small spines, a ventral, distal propodal spine may be present. Last two pairs of legs

reduced, similar in size, only the fourth pair are sub-dorsal. Dactyli of bolh legs opposed by more than one

propodal spine, several small spines on the inner margin. Abdomen composed of six free segments and telson.

Uropod plates on the female abdomen occluding the penultimate abdominal segment from lateral margin, plates

smaller in male. Vestigial pleopods on abdominal segments Ihree to five in the male.

TYPE species. — Eodronua deniiculata sp. nov. by monotypy.

ETYMOLOGY. — The generic name is derived from Dromia by adding the Greek eos, meaning dawn, and was

chosen to indicate that this dromiid represents an 'early' stage in the evolution of this group.

Disc ussion. — Eodronua is closely related to Sphaerodromia but has some features which must be regarded as

more advanced states of these characters (see Table I).

The similarities of the two genera arc as follows : carapace sub-globose, rostrum bidentate. shape of segments

of second antenna, epipod present on chcliped. distal propodal spine usually present on first two pairs of legs, six-

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

131

eight small spines present on inner margins of dactyli of these legs, on last two pairs of legs no spines on the

outer propodal margin and several small spines on inner margin of dactyli, segments of abdomen unfused, uropod

plates large occluding a substantial portion of the lateral margin, vestigial pleopods on the male abdomen and

female sternal grooves ending apart behind genital openings.

Differences between the two genera are : in Eodromia the rostrum is more prominent, carapace surface

denticulate rather than smooth, no incipient division of the orbit, no epipods on first two pairs of legs, dactyli and

propodi the same length rather than propodi being longer. The absence of epipods on the first two pairs of legs

CHARACTER

Sphaerodromia

Eodromia

Tunedromia

Ratio CW/CL

Carapace width equal to or

greater than length.

Carapace width less than

length.

Carapace width approximate¬

ly equal to length.

Carapace surface

Smooth.

Denticulate.

Smooth.

Rostrum

Bidentate, teeth blunt.

Bidentate, teeth blunt,

forming a thickened eave.

Tridentate, teeth small,

subacute.

Anterolateral carapace

margin

Without teeth but may be

granulate.

Small denticles.

Very small teeth.

Orbit

Orbit horizontally divided or

with ridge beneath supra¬

orbital margin.

Orbit not restricted.

Antenna

Distomedial corner of second

segment not produced.

Exopod extends beyond third

segment.

Distomedial corner slightly

produced. Exopod as long as

third segment.

Distomedial corner produced.

Exopod as long as third

segment.

Sternal grooves

End apart behind second legs.

End apart between second legs

Epipods/Podobranchs

Epipod on chelipcd and first

two legs. Podobranch on

cheliped and sometimes on

legs.

Epipod on cheliped only. No

podobranchs on pereiopods.

Epipod on cheliped only. No

podobranchs on pereiopods.

First two pairs of legs

Segments not nodose. Distal

propodal spine present.

Segments not nodose. Distal

propodal spine present.

Segments not nodose. Distal

propodal spine absent.

Last two pairs of legs

Multiple propodal spines

opposing dactyli. No spines

on outer propodal margins.

Inner margins of dactyli

armed with spines. Last leg

shorter than first leg. No

spine on outer margin of

dactyl of last leg.

Multiple propodal spines

opposing dactyli. No spines

on outer propodal margins.

Inner margins of dactyli

armed with spines. Last leg

shorter than first leg. No

spine on outer margin of

dactyl of last leg.

Multiple propodal spines

opposing dactyli. Multiple

spines on outer propodal

margins. Inner margin of

third leg dactyl armed with

spines. Last leg shorter than

first leg. Spine present on

outer margin of dactyl of last

leg.

Abdominal segments.

No segments fused. Both

bases of first two legs used in

abdominal locking

mechanism.

No segments fused. Both

bases of first two legs used in

abdominal locking

mechanism.

No segments fused.

Abdominal locking

mechanism unknown.

Uropods

Large, visible externally.

Absent.

Telson

Rounded.

Male pleopods

First pleopod with an apical

plate. Basis of second

pleopod has an exopod.

Vestigial third to fifth

pleopods.

Unknown.

Table 1. — Comparison of (he key characteristics of the genera Sphaerodromia Alcock. 1899. Eodromia gen. nov„ and

Tunedromia gen. nov.

132

C. L. McLAY

must be regarded as a more advanced character state. In general, the male pleopods are of little use to the study of

dromiid taxonomy, but in Sphaerodromia they arc different because of the presence of an apical plate on the first

and a basal exopod on the second pleopod. Unfortunately the first two pairs of pleopods in the male of Eodromia

denticulate are not properly developed and so this character cannot be compared.

Besides Sphaerodromia and Eodromia, vestigial male pleopods arc also found in Exodromidia Stebbing. 1905.

Eodromia denticulate sp. nov.

Figs 3 a-j. 15 b

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia - Norfolk Ridge. Smib 5 : stn DW 98. 23°01.70'S 168°16 10'E

335 m, 14.09.1989 : 1 9 (ovig.) 5.7 x 5.8 mm.

Loyalty Islands. MUSORSTOM 6 : stn DW 485, 21°23.48'S, 167°59.53’E. 350 m, 23.02.1989 : 1 d 7.8 x 8.2 mm.

TYPES. — Holotypc : 9 (ovig.), 5.7 x 5.8 mm (MNHN-B 22544) from Smib 5, stn DW 98. Paratype : d,

7.8 x 8.2 mm (MNHN-B 22545) from MUSORSTOM 6 : stn DW 485.

Description. — Carapace slightly longer than wide, evenly convex, fronlal and branchial grooves faintly

marked, cardiac area weakly defined, surface evenly covered by minute denticles beneath a sparse pile of short stiff

setae. Front bideniate, projecting well forward in front of orbits, no median rostral tooth, lateral teeth blunt,

continuous with supraorbital margin. Anterolateral margin begins at postorbital corner, margin divergent, armed

with 6-7 small blunt denticles before a slight notch mid-way and then followed by a similar number of denticles

towards the widest point, two-thirds along carapace length.

Two-thirds of length of supraorbital margin forms a thickened eave and then becomes a denticulated margin

flush with the carapace. This margin meets the beginning of the anterolateral and suborbilal margins at a triangular

intersection at the postorbital corner. Suborbital margin an evenly rounded lobe armed with 6-7 small, blunt

denticles. Beside the triangular intersection mentioned above, is a small concavity overhung by the anterolateral

margin.

Basal segment of antenna much wider than long, granulated, beaked medially, gaping widely. Second segment

much longer than wide, granulated, convex, distomedial corner slightly produced, on which the third segment is

inserted at a slight angle. Distal region of second segment, at point of insertion of third segment, swollen and

forming a small tubercle. Exopod firmly fixed to second segment, but insertion line still evident. Tip of exopod

sloping with a sharp ventral spine, and extending as far as joint between third and fourth segments. Third segment

longer than wide, increasing in width distally. Fourth segment longer than wide, ratio of length of antennal

flagella to CW = 0.70.

Subhepatic area evenly convex, minutely denticulated. Blunt lobe at corner of buccal frame and a shallow

groove extending from beside this lobe, around under anterolateral margin. Female sternal grooves end wide apart,

but connected by a ridge, behind the base of the second legs.

Chelipeds well developed, merus trigonal, borders granulated, carpus convex, covered with small sharp

granules, propodus inflated, minutely granulated, these tend to be arranged in longitudinal rows. Fingers not

especially downcurvcd, hollowed out internally, teeth poorly developed, similar pattern on each finger : stout

proximal tooth (larger on fixed finger), edentate cutting margin, followed by four to five larger teeth. Fingers close

along their entire length. Chclipcd with a small epipod without podobranch.

First two pairs of legs shorter than chelipeds. smooth, not knobbed although distal margins of carpi slightly

lobed. Inferior distal margins of propodi have a short spine which parallels the dactyli for a short distance. Dactyli

as long as propodi. inner margins armed with six small spines all of similar size.

Last two pairs of legs reduced, similar in size, last pair sub-dorsal. Dactyl of third leg small, curved, hook-like,

opposed by two stout propodal spines with three spines on inner margin of dactyl itself. Dactyl of fourth leg the

same as third but opposed by three propodal spines.

Abdomen of six free segments. Male lelson as wide as long, tip rounded, surface convex. Uropod plates small

but visible externally, occluding only about one tenth of penultimate abdominal segment from lateral margin.

Abdominal locking mechanism consists of weak granulated swelling on base of first leg against notch between

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

133

Fig. 3. — Eodromia denticulata gen. nov., sp. nov. : a-i, 6 paratype. 7.8 x 8.2 mm. Loyally Islands, New Caledonia,

Musorstom 6, sin DW 485. 350 m (MNHN-B 22545) : a, dorsal view of right half of carapace; b. ventral v:ew of

right orbital area; c. outer face of right cheliped; d. posterior view of terminal segments of nghl second leg;

e, posterior view of right third leg; f. ventral view propodus and dactyl of right third leg; g. posterior view of right

fourth leg- h ventral view propodus and dactyl of right fourth leg; i. ventral view of telson and terminal segments ot

male abdomen. — j, 9. holo.ype, 5.7 x 5.8 mm. New Caledonia-Norfolk Ridge. SMTB 5, s.n DW 98. 335 m (MNHN-B

22544) : ventral view of telson and terminal segments of female abdomen.

Scale bars represent 1.0 mm.

Source MNHN. Paris

134

C. L. McLAY

proximal corner of ielson and the uropod plate, which lies behind rather than in front of the swelling, and a better

developed serrated ridge on base of second leg against inner surface of fifth abdominal segment. Telson of female

also as wide as long, tip tends to be truncated. Uropod plates much larger than in male, entirely occluding the

penultimate abdominal segment from the lateral margin.

The male has five pairs of pleopods. the first two pairs larger, but not properly developed, which may indicate

that it has been feminized by a parasite, and the last three pairs are vestigial.

Etymology.— The specific name of this species is derived from the Latin denticulus and refers to the finely

denticulated surface of the carapace.

Discussion. — The ovigerous female, CW = 5.7 mm, is mature at a very small size and has some 120 eggs

of diameter = 0.4 mm. This egg size is similar to that reported by BALSS (1922) for an ovigerous female, CW =

13.5 mm, of Sphaerodromia kendalli which was 0.5 mm. Size at maturity for Eodromia denticulatei is similar to

that seen in some species of Cryptodromia (see below). The rudimentary first two pairs of pleopods on the female

do not carry eggs.

Df.PTH. — The depth range of 335-350 m for Eodromia denticulata is similar to many of the records for the

Sphaerodromia species, suggesting that both these genera are typically found in deep water.

Distribution. — Known only from New Caledonia.

Genus TUNEDROMIA nov.

Petalomera; - Takeda & Miyake, 1970 : 203 (in pari). — Dai & Yang, 1991 : 25 (in part).

Carapace about as wide as long, surface smooth, tomentosc. Rostrum tridentate. median tooth very small,

deflexed. Antennal exopod well developed. Female sternal grooves end apart on low tubercles behind bases of the

first legs. Anterolateral teeth small. Cheliped with an epipod. Legs not knobbed or ridged. Propodi and dactyli of

first two pairs of legs equal in length, inner margins of dactyli armed with five or fewer small spines. Dactyl of

third leg opposed by more than one propodal spine, more than one spine on the outer propodal margin and a spine

on the inner margin of the dactyl itself. Fourth leg shorter than second leg, dactyl opposed by more than one

propodal spine with a similar number of spines on the outer margin and a spine on the outer margin of the dactyl

itself. Uropods absent from abdomen and joint between last (wo segments freely movable. Male characters

unknown.

TYPE SPECIES. — Petalomera yamashitai Takeda & Miyake, 1970, by monotypy.

Etymology. — Tunedromia is named to recognize the significant contribution of Tunc Sakai to the study of

Pacific and especially Japanese Brachyura.

Discussion. — Petalomera yamashitai Takeda & Miyake, 1970. was described from two ovigerous females

collected from near Nagasaki on the west coast of Kyushu Island. Japan. Although the depth of the station was not

reported, it must have been approximately 100-150 m, judging by the depths given for nearby localities. Takeda

and Miyake (1970) chose to place this new species in the genus Petalomera because of an epipod on the cheliped

coxa, but they noted that the meri of the cheliped and ambulatory legs were not petaloid. On account of the

smooth carapace and two small anterolateral teeth, they likened the new species to P. lateralis (Gray, 1831) which

they believed was its nearest kin. However, in P. lateralis the carapace is wider than long, a subhcpatic tooth is

prominent, and chelipeds and first two pairs of legs arc prominently tuberculaled. In addition there are several other

features which preclude placement of P. yamashitai in this genus : the last two pairs of legs have multiple spines

Source . MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

135

opposing the dactyli and on the outer propodal margins, spines on the inner dactyl margin (third leg) and outer

dactyl margin (fourth leg), and the uropod plates on the abdomen are absent. These characters make P. yamashitai

closer to such genera as Dromidiopsis Borradaile, 1903, and Lauridromia gen. nov. but none of these genera lack

uropod plates and the last two segments of the abdomen are usually fused. A new genus is therefore necessary to

accommodate P. yamashitai (see Table 1).

Takeda (1989) recorded a specimen from Japan which he identified as Petalomera sp. and noted that it was

most similar to P. yamashitai. This mature female is different in having a carapace longer than wide, covered with

very short, thick tomentum, and a rostrum apparently composed of only two lobes. This may be an additional

species which should be placed in Tunedromia but additional information about spines associated with the dactyli

of the last two pairs of legs and the nature of the uropods must first be established.

DISTRIBUTION. — Known only from Japanese waters.

Genus DROMIDIOPSIS Borradaile, 1900

Dromidiopsis Borradaile, 1900 : 572; 1903a : 298 (in part). — IHLE, 1913 : 25 (in part). — Barnard, 1950 : 311 (in

part).

Dromia - HENDERSON, 1888 : 3.

Carapace as long as wide or longer than wide, surface smooth. Rostrum tridentate, lateral teeth rounded, not

prominent. Coxae of third maxillipeds usually separated by a narrow gap and inserted close to the tip of the

sternum. Female sternal grooves end on tubercles either apart or together, behind chelipeds. Cheliped with an

epipod. Legs not knobbed or ridged. Propodi and dactyli of first two pairs of legs equal in length, inner margins of

dactyli armed with five or fewer small spines. Dactyl of third leg opposed by one propodal spine with up to two

spines on the outer propodal margin. Fourth leg may be as long as second leg, dactyl opposed by up to two

propodal spines, usually one spine on the outer propodal margin and another on the outer margin of the dactyl

itself. Uropods usually well developed, visible externally and used in the abdominal locking mechanism by fitting

in front of serrated flange on the bases of the first pair of legs. Last two segments of the abdomen maybe fused or

freely movable.

Type SPECIES. — Dromia australiensis Haswell, 1882, by present designation.

OTHER SPECIES. — Dromidiopsis dubia Lewinsohn, 1984, Dromidiopsis edwardsi Rathbun, 1919, Dromia

globosa Lamarck, 1818, Sphaerodromia lethrinusae Takeda & Kurata, 1976, and Dromidiopsis tridental a

Borradaile, 1903.

Discussion. — The genus Dromidiopsis was erected by Borradaile (1900) for three specimens (2 d d, and

1 9) from Rotuma and Fiji which he identified as Dromia australiensis Haswell, 1882. However a complete

definition of the genus did not appear until Borradaile (1903a). Subsequently Lewinsohn (1984) showed that

Borradaile (1900) was in error and that the specimens which he studied should be Dromidiopsis tridentata

Borradaile, 1903, although the name D. tridentatus was first used by Borradaile (1903a), but without a

description. Using material from the Laccadive and Maidive Archipelagoes, D. tridentatus was first described by

Borradaile (1903b) who at the same time, identified two varieties of D. australiensis , bide ns, and unidens. He

mentioned that these two species closely resembled each other, and he used differences in the anterolateral teeth,

sternal grooves and presence of a propodal spine on the last pair of legs to separate them. However, the lirst two

characters are variable, and the last character is easily mis-interpreted. Therefore all of these specimens should have

been identified as D. tridentatus and the recognition of two varieties was not justified. Thus the name of the genus,

definition of the genus, and description of the type species all occurred at different times. Consequently,

Borradaile gave a definition of Dromidiopsis which clearly included D. tridentata but not necessarily

136

C. L. McLAY

Dromia australiensis. The chief difference between these two species is that the rostrum in D australiensis is

distinctly lobed instead of being rounded. However, this is a minor difference and both species can be

accommodated in (he same genus.

The definition of Dromidiopsis given by BORRADAILE (1903a) is as follows : "Dromiidae with an epipod on the

chcliped. the walking legs not knobbed or ridged, the carapace longer than broad, the furrows between the regions

almost completely lost, the ridges of the efferent branchial channels well made, the sternal grooves of the female

ending together on the cheliped segment or on that of the first walking-leg, the fifth leg about as long as the third

and often with a thorn on the outer side of its last joint." However several characters are omitted from the

definition of Borradaile (1900) : "rostrum triangular, with sides not distinctly lobed; gills phyllobranchiate;

uropods present and visible in dorsal view in the angle between the sixth segment and the telson." Furthermore

two characters are given differently : "sternal furrows in the female reach the chelipcds, converge, but do not join,

and end in a single ill-defined tubercle; fourth and fifth legs (last two walking legs) subchelatc." In the case of the

sternal grooves, Borradaile evidently tried to make the character less specific, but for the last two pairs of legs he

in fact focussed on a different aspect of their structure. Having phyllobranchiate gills is not a generic character

because all dromiids have phyllobranchiate gills. Barnard (1950) gave a different definition, selecting some

characters from each ol Borradaile’s definitions, but fortunately, it docs not greatly conflict with either of the

originals.

Clearly it is essential that Dromidiopsis should be given an unambiguous definition and any species which do

not fall within this definition should be transferred to other genera. The definition of Dromidiopsis given above

has been slightly modified and amended, after Borradaile, so as to accommodate new species which arc similar to

D. iridenlala. The major differences are that the last leg need not be as long as the second leg, there may or may

not be a spine on the outer propodal margin of the last leg, and the female sternal grooves may end apart or

together.

The genera Dromidiopsis and Dromia include most of the large dromiid crabs found in the Atlantic and Indo-

Pacilic Oceans. In the past there has been a great deal of confusion about which species should belong to which

genus and there have been numerous synonyms. When examining the Dromiidae of Madagascar and the

Seychelles, Lewinsohn (1984) considered Dromia dehaani, D. intermedia, Dromidiopsis dormia. D. tridentata and

D. dubia, and noted some of the specific characters which distinguish them. While clarifying some difficult

problems, and introducing some important new characters, he did not apply these to the generic definitions.

The major differences between Dromia and Dromidiopsis, as defined above, are as follows (see Table 2): in

Dromidiopsis the carapace is longer than wide (wider than long in Dromia), female sternal grooves usually end

together between bases of the chelipcds or first legs (usually end apart behind chelipcds), and a spine is present on

the dactyl of the last leg (no spine present). For the species that currently belong in the two genera, these

characters, along with the uropods, details of the spines on the last two pairs of legs, ratio of length of dactyli and

propodi of first two pairs of legs, abdominal locking mechanism, and fusion of the last two abdominal segments

have been used to create several new genera (see below). One consequence of this reorganization is that

Dromidiopsis species are shown to be typically small crabs (CW < 40 mm) while all the large dromiid crabs are

contained in genera such as Dromia, Lauridromia gen. nov., and Haledromia gen. nov.

FOREST (1974) showed that lor the Atlantic Dromia there was considerable variation in the ratio of CW/CL

within species and that a large proportion of this variation was accounted for by crab size; larger crabs had larger

ratios of these two measures. However, this is of little consequence since most interest centers on whether the

ratio is greater than, approximately equal to. or less than 1.0.

In his analysis of the use of the name Dromidiopsis tridentata Borradaile, 1903, Lewinsohn (1984) showed that

many of the supposed records of D. australiensis were in fact the former species. He concluded that the only certain

records of D. australiensis were from Australia. Another Australian species, D. abrolhensis Montgomery. 1931,

known only from a female from the Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia, is in fact a synonym of D. australiensis.

Like D. edwardsi, D. australiensis is a variable species, especially in the nature of the anterolateral teeth.

Comparison of the type specimen of D. abrolhensis, in the British Museum (registration number. 1931: 7: 24:

10), with specimens ol D. australiensis shows that it lies within the range of variation of this species. Sakai

( 1976) recorded a female of D. abrolhensis (locality uncertain, "off Hayama (?)". date unknown), which would

imply that the distribution of D. australiensis also includes Japan. He verified his identification by comparing his

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

137

specimen with ihe type of D. abrolhensis but the origin of his specimen needs verification or alternatively

confirmation by collection of additional material from Japan.

Dromidiopsis edwardsi is a name given by Rathbun (1919) to Indo-Pacific specimens called Dromia caput -

mortuum by H. Milne Edwards (1837). Although most records of D. edwardsi are from Australia, others are from

the Indian Ocean and Indonesia. There is a need to clarify the validity of the records outside Australia because this

species is difficult to separate from D. tridentata. Further investigation may show that these two are the same

species, with small specimens being identified as D. tridentata and large specimens as D. edwardsi.

The name Dromidiopsis globosa (Lamarck, 1818) is a new combination for the Australian species which has

long been known as Dromidiopsis excavata (Stimpson, 1858). The original name for this species was Dromidia

excavata Stimpson, 1858. A specimen in the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris (locality unknown,

B 22033), consisting of many dried fragments, and labelled Dromidia globosa Lam., is clearly the specimen

studied by H. Milne Edwards (1837) and later by dr: Man (1888a) who used the name Dromidia globosa. The

frontal region and one cheliped are intact and when these are compared with three specimens (MNHN-B 22041),

one female and two males, of Dromidiopsis excavata from Sydney Harbour they can be seen to be identical in

every respect. Lamarck s description of Dromia globosa was exceedingly brief: "D. tomento brevissimo obducta;

testa globulosa; marginibus deflexis", but H. Milne Edwards (1837) gave a more detailed description which fits

Dromidiopsis excavata. Thus there can be little doubt that the name as used by H. Milne Edwards and de Man

referred to this species. Borradaile (1900) identified a small male (5.8 x 5.2 mm) collected by J. Stanley

Gardiner from Rotuma Island as being Dromidia globosa but examination of this specimen shows that it is an

undescribed species of Stimdromia gen. nov. At present, Dromidiopsis globosa is known only from Australia.

D. globosa is one of a small number of dromiid crabs which are known to have direct development and brood

their young (Hale. 1941). The rich ruby red eggs are reported to be 1.9-2.0 mm diameter and the female examined

by Hale, carried about 80 young crabs under its abdomen.

It should be noted that another Australian species, Dromidiopsis michaelseni Balss, 1935, is a synonym of

Fultodromia nodipes (Lamarck, 1818). gen. nov., originally known as Dromia nodipes , dealt with later in this

paper.

Distribution. — The distribution of the species of Dromidiopsis includes Madagascar, India, Indonesia, the

coast of Australia, New Caledonia and the Pacific as far east as Fiji and as far north as Japan i.e. an Indo-West

Pacific genus.

Key to the species of Dromidiopsis

(Species studied in this paper arc in bold)

1. Carapace approximately as long as wide . 3

— Carapace distinctly longer than wide . 2

2. Anterolateral margin has two blunt teeth, last two abdominal segments not fused, no

spine on outer margin of dactyl of fourth leg, large posteriorly directed tooth mid-way

along cheliped dactyl . Dromidiopsis dubia Lewinsohn, 1984

— Anterolateral margin with one-three teeth, last two segments of the abdomen fused

together, spine present on outer margin of dactyl of fourth leg.

. Dromidiopsis australiensis (Haswell, 1882)

3. Last two segments of abdomen not fused, anterolateral margin with a single tooth,

carapace with a dense fringe of setae extending transversely across the front.

. Dromidiopsis globosa (Lamarck, 1818) nov. comb.

— Last two segments of abdomen fused or partially fused, anterolateral margin with more

than one tooth . 4

4. Inner margins of first two pairs of legs armed with four-five spines, two spines on outer

propodal margin of third leg, dactyl of fourth leg opposed by two spines. 5

Source:

138

C. L McLAY

— Inner margins of dactyli of firs! two pairs of legs armed with two spines, no spines on

the outer propodal margin of third leg, dactyl of fourth leg opposed by a single spine .

. Dromidiopsis lethrinusae (Takeda & Kurata. 1976) nov. comb.

5. Last leg comparatively long, almost reaching supraorbital margin when extended forward

. Dromidiopsis tridentata Borradaile, 1903

— Last leg shorter, not reaching supraorbital margin when extended forward.

. Dromidiopsis edwardsi Rathbun, 1919

Dromidiopsis dubia Lcwinsohn, 1984

Fig. 15 c

? Dromidiopsis dubia Lewinsohn, 1984 : 102, fig. 2a-g.

Material EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Lagon : stn 15, 22°19.70'S, 166°31.50'E, 27 m 22 05 1984 ■ 1 9

6.7 x 7.5 mm. — Stn 48. 22°6.60'S. 166°15.20'E, 28 m. 25.05.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 9.5 x 11.1 mm. — Stn 54

22° 12.90'S, 166°15.40’E. 25 m, 25.05.1984 : 1 <3 8.2 x 9.2 mm. — Stn 55, 22°11.40'S, 166°16.60'E ">3 m

25.05.1984 : 1 d 9.3 x 11.2 mm. — Stn 58. 22°9.40'S, 166°I2.90'E, 22 m, 25.05.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 7.5 x 8.5 mm. —

Stn 86, 22°27.00'S, 166°33.70'E, 29 m, 21.08.1984 : 1 d 4.5 x 4.9 mm. — Stn 104, 22°26.00'S, 166°40.40'E. 24 m

22.08.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 8.5 x 9.6 mm. — Stn 111, 22°24.30’S. 166°47.70'E. 25 m. 22.08.1984 : 1 d 9.1 x 10.4 mm.

— Stn 113, 22°29.90'S, 166°44.00'E, 32 m, 22.08.1984 : 1 9 8.0 x 9.4 mm. — Stn 125, 22°31.20'S, I66°44.00'E

19m, 23.08.1984 : 1 d 12.7 x 14.9 mm. — Stn 169, 22°8.00’S, 166°8.40'E, 22 m, 18.09.1984 : 2 dd 52x59

9.9 x 11.6 mm; 1 9 (ovig.) 8.0 x 9.4 mm. — Stn 215, 21°52.90'S, 165°49.90'E, 14 m, 21 09 1984 • 1 9 (ovig )

10-3 x 12.0 mm. - Stn 303, 22°38.00'S, 166°49.10'E, 30-35 m. 27.11.1984 : I d 9.7 x 11.3 mm. — Stn 316

c“ 3 , 5 ;1°5; > 66 ° 54 -°0E. 68 27.11.1984 : 3 dd 5.7 x 6.3, 7.2 x 8.5, 8.8 x 10.0 mm; 1 9 (ovig.) 8.3 x 9.3 mm. —

^' n 319 ‘ “ 2 ° 32 - 20 S ' 166°56.70'E, 75 m, 27.11.1984 : 1 9 5.2 x 5.9 mm. — Stn 569, 22°48.80'S, 166°58.90'E, 62 m,

!Iio, noli : ? (ovi 8-> 8 6 * 9.4 mm; 1 9 8.4 x 10.1 mm, carrying a sponge cap. — Stn 570, 22°50.20'S,

167 1.00 E, 52-53 m, 17.07.1985 : I d 7.8 x 8.7 mm. — Stn 619, 22°3.2’S, 166°54.2'E, 27-42 m 6 08 1986 • 1 6

13.2 x 16.2 mm. — Stn 718, 21°25.l'S, 165°56.3'E. 32-34 m, 11.08.1986 ; 1 9 8.0 x 9 2 mm

Description. — Carapace longer than wide, only branchial groove well marked, surface smooth under a dense

layer of short, fine setae, some longer setae fringing limbs. Front weakly tridentate, median rostral tooth small,

blunt, deflexed scarcely visible dorsally, lateral rostral teeth broadly rounded, cave-like. Anterolateral margin begins

at level of suborbital lobe, armed with three evenly spaced teeth, the first largest, blunt and close to orbit, second

close by. narrower, and third, smallest and directed almost laterally. Sometimes the third tooth may be very weak

or absent. Branchial notch distinct, followed by a small blunt lobe which hardly counts as a posterolateral tooth.

Supraorbital margin interrupted by a small blunt tooth, postorbital corner not produced. A deep fissure

separates suborbital border which has a small blunt central tooth.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, beaked medially, slightly gaping, upper lobe of beak

downcurved. Second segment much longer than wide, a proximal tubercle on lateral margin, medial margin

concave, distomedial comer produced as a blunt spine on which third segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod

firmly fixed, tip bilobed. extending as far as joint between third and fourth segments. Epistome triangular, slightly

concave, lateral margins adorned with four-five small tubercles and interrupted by a small fissure.

Subhepatic area inflated, a single small inconspicuous tubercle, blunt lobe at corner of buccal frame and

between these a shallow groove extending for only a short distance around under the anterolateral margin. Female

sternal grooves end apart on small tubercles between bases of first legs.

Chelipeds small, merus trigonal, borders unarmed, carpus outer face slightly sculptured, two distal tubercles,

inner margin of superior face with three small tubercles. Propodus smooth, fingers downcurved, hollowed out

internally, with a unique arrangement of teeth : distally there are three-four interlocking typical dromiid teeth but

proximally there is a large bifid tooth on fixed finger, opposite four small teeth on dactyl which also has a large

proximally directed tooth which fits beside the bifid tooth of the fixed finger.

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

139

First two pairs of legs shorter than chelipeds, distal margins of carpi and propodi lobed. Dactyli as long as

propodi, inner margins armed with three-four small spines increasing in size distally. On posterior face of dactyli

there is a pearl-like basal swelling which articulates with the propodus.

Last two pairs of legs reduced, third pair shortest, dactyl opposed by a small propodal spine, none on outer

propodal margin. Dactyl of fourth leg also opposed by a single propodal spine but with another spine on outer

margin.

Abdomen composed of six free segments. Male telson about as long as wide, tip rounded. Uropod plates large,

visible externally. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of uropod plate fitting in front of serrated flange on

base of first leg, and lateral margin of penultimate abdominal segment concave, to accommodate the flange.

Female telson slightly wider than long, uropod plates well developed.

First male pleopod stout, a semi-rolled setose tube with sharp horny tip, second pleopod simple, needle-like.

DISCUSSION. — Lewinsohn (1984) based his original description of Dromidiopsis dubia on a single male

specimen from Madagascar but now that females have been collected, their characteristics can be included. The

holotype male had only two blunt anterolateral teeth, second largest, with a suggestion of a third tooth on the

right hand side but the present specimens show that the anterolateral teeth are variable in relative size and number

both within and between specimens. The peculiar proximal teeth on the fingers of both chelipeds, noted by

Lewinsohn, are confirmed and they are certainly unique amongst dromiids. The teeth are probably used for

grasping and possibly severing stems, of perhaps algae, and they may indicate a specialized feeding strategy. In

other respects all the specimens agree with the original description. Lewinsohn was uncertain about where this

species should be placed, largely because he did not have a female, but on the basis of some similarities (frontal

and general body shape, smooth walking legs) with Dromidiopsis australiensis and D. tridentata , he chose this

genus. The similarities are much greater to D. tridentata , and as will be subsequently shown, to D. lethrinusae.

Size. — Until now the single known specimen of D. dubia was a male, CW = 9.0 mm, from Madagascar.

The 25 specimens from New Caledonia have a size range for males of CW = 4.5-13.2 mm, for females CW = 5.2-

10.3 mm and for ovigerous females CW = 7.5-10.3 mm. The range of clutch sizes for females is 100 eggs (CW =

7.5 mm) to 192 eggs (CW = 10.3 mm) with a mean of 163 eggs (mean egg diameter = 0.7 mm). Females with a

smaller carapace width did not have mature sized abdomens and there is no evidence of any overlap in size at

maturity with the moult to maturity occurring between CW = 6-7 mm. Compared to D. lethrinusae this species

has smaller numbers of larger eggs.

Depth. — The type specimen was collected from 30 m, which falls within the range, 14-75 m, of the New

Caledonian specimens. Thus the depth range of D. dubia is extended to shallower and deeper waters.

Camouflage. — Only one crab was accompanied by its camouflage cap which was constructed from a piece of

sponge.

DISTRIBUTION. — As a result of finding these specimens off New Caledonia, the distribution of D. dubia is

considerably extended from Madagascar and it is evident that this species is a small, shallow water dromiid.

Dromidiopsis lethrinusae (Takeda & Kurata, 1976) nov. comb.

Fig. 15 e-f

Sphaerodromia lethrinusae Takeda & Kurata, 1976 : 118, text fig. la-d.

Material examined. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : J. Forest and M. DE Saint. Laurent coll., Cebu Marine

Station, 3-4.04.1976, (del. Cryptodromia sp. by R. SerLne, 8.06.1976) : 1 9 10.0 x 11.0 mm, carrying a compound

^Chesterfield Islands. Corail 2 : stn DW 92, 19°03.00'S, 158°53.93'E. 8 m, 26.08.1988 : 1 9 5.3 x 5.5 mm. —

Sin DW 97, 19°06.00’S, 158°38.43’E, 32 m, 27.08.1988 : 1 9 7.8 x 8.1 mm. — Sin CP 127, 19°27.73’S, 158°27.30E,

45 m, 29.08.1988 : 2 9 9 (ovig.) 10.9 x 11.7, 17.2 x 18.1 mm; 2 6 6 9.5 x 9.8, 11.9 x 12.5 mm.

Source ; MNHN, Paris

140

C. L. McI.AY

Description. — Carapace strongly convex, as wide as long, semi-circular shape, regions not defined, surface

smooth, covered wilh shorl. fine, soft hairs excepl for lips of fingers. Lateral cardiac grooves sometimes evident,

three indistinct cardiac tubercles may be present, branchial grooves usually well developed. Frontal region broadly

rounded, not projecting, rostral teeth very small, median tooth strongly deflexed and not visible dorsally.

Anterolateral margin begins at suborbital level and extends almost straight posteriorly. There is usually one tooth

close to corner of orbit, sometimes followed by a smaller tooth, and another tooth may be present equidistant

between the first and posterolateral tooth which marks a distinct notch. (The anterolateral teeth in this species arc

quite variable to the extent of being almost absent in some specimens, and may be different on each side of the

carapace, but a common feature is the presence of at least one tooth close to the postorbital corner.) Posterior

margin of carapace slightly concave.

Supraorbital margin smoothly curved, postorbital comer also rounded, a small fissure separating the rounded

infraorbital margin.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, beaked medially, upper lobe shorter than lower lobe. Second

segment much longer than wide, lateral margin convex, distomedial comer produced as an acute spine. Third

segment inserted at an tingle. Exopod firmly fixed to second segment, tip blunt, slightly concave, barely reaching

joint between third and fourth segments. Ratio of length of antennal flagella to CW = 0.54.

Sternal grooves end together on a common raised tubercle between bases of chelipeds.

Chelipcds well developed, fingers pink or red. Merus trigonal, inferior borders finely denticulate. Outer face of

carpus convex, with strong dorsal, distal tooth. Outer face of propodus also convex, superior margin may have a

few fine denticles. Male fingers gaping basally, armed with seven-eight teeth, proximal three teeth very small,

distal four-five teeth large and interlocking. Female fingers close along their entire length. When the outer surface

of carpus and. especially, propodus are cleared of setae, an inlaid pattern of pale areas is revealed.

First two pairs of legs slightly shorter than chelipeds, smooth, distal posterior borders of carpi and propodi

produced as rounded lobes. Dactyli as long as propodi, inner margins with two spines, distal spine much longer.

Third pair of legs smaller than first two pairs. Dactyl strongly curved, opposed by a single strong propodal

spine, no spines on inner margin of dactyl but there are two small spines on the outer propodal margin at the

posterior corner (these may not be present in juveniles). Fourth legs very long, slender, flattened, almost reaching

supraorbital margin when extended. Curved dactyl opposed by a propodal spine, none on inner margin of dactyl,

but there is a strong spine on outer margin and a small spine on outer propodal margin (this may be absent in

smaller specimens).

Male telson as long as wide, tip rounded. Uropod plates well developed, visible externally. Fifth and sixth

abdominal segments fused, although division still marked by a groove. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of

uropods fitting in front of a serrated ridge on base of first leg which engages with the narrowed border of the

penultimate abdominal segment. Mature female telson much wider than long, tip bluntly pointed, fifth and sixth

abdominal segments also fused.

First male plcopod a simple rolled tube, bluntly tipped but densely setose, second pleopod simple, needle-like,

no exopod on basis.

Discussion. TAKEDA and Kurata (1976) described Sphaerodromia lethrinusae on the basis of small male

and lemale specimens recovered from the stomach of a fish ( Lethrinus variegaius Valenciennes). The female was

clearly immature with incompletely developed sternal grooves which ended apart just behind the second pair of

legs. This female characteristic lead them to place this species in Sphaerodromia despite the absence of vestigial

plcopods on the abdomen ol their male specimen. The material reported in this paper includes three mature females

whose sternal grooves are well developed and end together between the bases of the chelipeds and two males which

lack vestigial pleopods. These characters indicate (hat S. lethrinusae should be placed in Dromidiopsis. Other

characters which confirm this arc : fusion of the fifth and sixth abdominal segments (a feature overlooked by

Takeda and Kurata, 1976). cpipod on cheliped, carapace width approximately equal to carapace length, fourth leg

well developed and presence of a small spine on the outer margin of the dactyl of the fourth leg.

The smallest female (CW = 5.3 mm) in this collection has sternal grooves similar to those found in the

original lemale from Japan, i.e. the grooves end apart between base of second legs, and the abdomen width is

narrow, but the female (CW = 7.8 mm) has sternal grooves ending together on a raised tubercle just behind the

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

141

chelipeds and has a wider, mature abdomen. The female (CW = 10.9 mm) has similar sternal grooves while the

largest female (CW = 17.2 mm) has sternal grooves ending together on a common raised tubercle between the

chelipeds. Evidently female D. lethrinusae reach sexual maturity around CW = 7-8.0 mm, but the smallest female

with eggs was CW = 10.9 mm. This female carried some 300 eggs while the large female had some 1100 eggs,

with egg diameter = 0.6 mm. Amongst the species of this genus D. lethrinusae is relatively small with a

reproductive strategy which combines small egg size with relatively large numbers.

SIZE. — Specimens in the present collection, increase the known maximum CW to 11.9 mm for males and

17.2 mm for females.

Camouflage. — One of the present specimens was carrying a piece of compound ascidian camouflage.

DEPTH. — The fish, from which the original specimens were obtained, was caught in shallow water over rocky

bottom (Takeda & Kurata, 1976). The present specimens all came from depths ranging from 8-45 m,

confirming that this is a shallow water species.

DISTRIBUTION. — The distribution of D. lethrinusae now includes the Philippine Islands, and New Caledonia

as well as Ogasawara Islands, Japan.

Dromidiopsis tridentata Borradailc, 1903

Figs 4 a-j, 16 a-b

Dromidiopsis tridentatus Borradailc, 1903b : 576, pi. 33, fig. 2a. — IllLE, 1913 : 90 (list).

Dromidia australiensis - DE Man, 1888a : 396, pi. 17, fig. 6. — HENDERSON, 1893 : 406 (not Dromia australiensis

Haswell, 1882).

Dromidia australiensis var. - DE Man, 1896 : 372 (not D. australiensis Haswell, 1882).

Dromidiopsis australiensis - BORRADAILE, 1900 : 572; 1903b : 576. — IllLE, 1913 : 30 (not D. australiensis Haswell,

1882).

Dromidiopsis tridentata - Balss, 1934 : 502. — GuiNOT, 1967 : 239 (list). — LEWINSOHN, 1984 : 97, fig. 1.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Lagon : stn DW 436 (d’Entrecasteaux Reefs), 18°6.40'S. 162°50.30'E,

45 m, 25.02.1985 : 1 9 (ovig.) 7.0 x 7.3 mm, carrying a sponge cap. — Stn DW 554, 22°50.20’S, 166°53.50’E, 25-

29 m, 16.07.1985 : 1 6 12.0 x 12.7 mm; 1 9 (ovig.) 12.0 x 12.7 mm, carrying a purple compound ascidian cap. —

Stn DW 1157, 19°9.60’S, 163°9.80'E, 48 m, 30.10.1989 : 1 9 6.2 x 6.8 mm.

Chesterfield Islands. Chalcal 1 : stn DC 34, 19°52.10’S, 158°20.10’E, 37 m, 21.07.1984 : 1 6 7.8 x 8.9 mm,

carrying a sponge cap.

Description. — Carapace at least as long as wide, often longer, evenly convex, only the branchial groove

evident, surface otherwise smooth under a sparse, short, fine tomentum. Front only weakly tridentatc. Median

rostral tooth on a lower level, deflexed, just visible in dorsal view. Lateral rostral teeth very short, blunt.

Anterolateral margin gradually convex, beginning at level of postorbital corner. Always a small, blunt tooth near

postorbital corner, there may be another tooth two-thirds towards the branchial groove, and a third tooth between

these, but two teeth seems more common. Branchial notch well marked but not followed by a posterolateral tooth.

Supraorbital margin sinuous, uninterrupted, to postorbital corner which is produced as a rounded lobe. A

fissure separates the suborbital lobe which is broad and bluntly produced.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, beaked medially, gaping, upper lobe shorter. Second segment

much longer than wide, proximal lateral margin has a small tubercle, otherwise smooth, distomedial corner

produced as a short spine on which the third segment is inserted at an angle. No distal central tubercle on second

segment. Exopod firmly fixed, curving over eyestalk, tip blunt, sloping, not bilobed. extending as far as joint

between third and fourth segments. Ratio of length of antennal flagella to CW = 0.43. Epistome triangular, wider

than long, surface concave, a narrow fissure between apex and median rostral tooth.

142

C. L. McLAY

Subhcpalic area smooth, concave. A blunt tooth at the comer of the buccal frame and a distinct groove

extending from beside the tooth around under the anterolateral margin towards the branchial groove. Female sternal

grooves end together between chelipeds on an elevation which consists of a triangle of three pearl-like knobs.

Chelipeds small, merus trigonal, borders unarmed. Carpus smooth except for two small distal tubercles on

superior border and two distal tubercles on outer face. Propodus short, smooth except for two small tubercles on

the superior margin. Fingers white, downcurvcd, hollowed out internally, armed with seven-eight small teeth,

gaping basally.

First two pairs of legs shorter than chelipeds, distal margins of carpi and propodi bluntly lobed. Dactyli as long

as propodi. inner margins armed with three-four small spines increasing in size distally. A small, proximal, pearl¬

like tubercle on posterior face of dactyli.

Last two pairs of legs smaller than first two pairs. Third leg shortest, dactyl opposed by one propodal spine

with two very small spines on the outer propodal margin. Fourth leg comparatively long and flattened, almost

reaching supraorbital margin when extended forward. Dactyl opposed by a single propodal spine, with another

spine on the outer propodal margin and a small spine on the outer margin of the dactyl itself.

In both sexes the joint between filth and sixth abdominal segments is fused and only evident at the margins.

Uropod plates well developed and visible externally, in the female occupying about one quarter of lateral margin.

Male telson longer than wide, tip bluntly rounded. Proximal margins of sixth abdominal segment narrowed to

accommodate serrated ridge on base of first legs and abdominal locking mechanism consists of uropods fitting in

front of these ridges. Female telson much wider than long, tip rounded.

First male plcopod a semi-rolled, setose lube with a sharp tip. second pleopod simple, needle-like.

Discussion. — The anterolateral teeth of specimens from New Caledonia are variable in number with a

maximum of three teeth, but two are more common and there is always one tooth close to the postorbital corner.

Borradaile (1903b) suggested the varietal names bidens and unidens for specimens with different numbers of

teeth, but this seems unnecessary. Lewinsohn (1984) listed the major differences between Dromidiopsis Iridentata

and Dromidiopsis australiensis with which it was often confused. In D. iridentata the lateral rostral teeth are weaker

and merge gradually with the orbital margin (strong and distinct in D. australiensis ), anterolateral teeth variable in

number and unequally spaced (three unequal teeth regularly spaced), epistome wider than long (as wide as long),

last leg relatively long, almost reaching orbital margin (only reaching first anterolateral tooth), females reach

maturity at CW less than 10 mm (reach maturity at CW greater than 25 mm).

Two females from New Caledonia were carrying eggs : CW = 7.0 mm (with 70 eggs) and CW = 12 mm (with

1000 eggs). In both egg clutches the egg diameter is 0.7 mm. The female with CW = 6.2 mm had an immature

sized abdomen. Clearly this species reaches maturity at a relatively small size (CW = 6-7.0 mm) and produces

relatively large eggs, a reproductive strategy similar to D. dubia.

SIZE. Some 33 specimens ol D. iridentata (including the New Caledonian specimens) have been recorded,

1 juvenile, 19 males, and 13 females (including 4 ovigerous females). The maximum size for males is CW =

13 mm and for females CW = 18 mm.

Camouflage. — Camouflage carried by this species has been reported by Henderson (1893) as sponge, and

by Borradaile (1900) as an ascidian. I have examined the specimens (MNHN-B 6881. B 6882, B 6887, B 7391)

reported by Lewinsohn (1984) and three carried compound ascidian caps, and one a sponge cap. In the New

Caledonian material four specimens were accompanied by caps, three with sponges and one with a compound

ascidian. Thus the camouflage used by D. iridentata seems to include both of Ihese kinds equally frequently.

Depth. — Depth records previously reported for D. iridentata range from the intertidal to 62 m. and the present

material falls within this range.

DISTRIBUTION. — The distribution of D. iridentata extends from India through Indonesia to the Fiji Islands and

now includes New Caledonia and Chesterfield islands.

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

143

b-f. j h-i a, g

Fig. 4. — Dromidiopsis tridentata Borradaile, 1903 : a-g, 9 (ovig.) 12.0 x 12.7 mm. New Caledonia, Lagon, sin 554,

25-29 m (MNHN-B 22549) : a, dorsal view of right half of carapace; b, ventral view of right orbital area; c, outer face

of right cheliped; d. posterior view of terminal segments of right second leg; e. posterior view of terminal segments

of right third leg; f, posterior view of terminal segments of right fourth leg; g, ventral view of telson and terminal

segments of female abdomen. — h-i, 6 7.8 x 8.9 mm. Chesterfield Islands, CllALCAL 1, stn DC 34, 37 m (MNHN-B

22550) : h, first pleopod of male; i, second pleopod of male.

Scale bars represent 1.0 mm.

144

C. L. McLAY

CHARACTER

Dromidiopsis

Lauridromia

Dromia

Haledromia

Ratio CW/CL

Carapace width less

than or equal to

length.

Carapace width

greater than or equal

to length.

Carapace width

greater than length.

Carapace width much

greater than length.

Carapace surface

Smooth.

Smooth but may be

sculptured.

Smooth.

Rostrum

Tridentate, usually

weakly developed,

broad.

Tridentate, well

developed, subacute.

Tridentate, well

developed.

Tridentate, broad,

blunt.

Anterolateral margin

of carapace

Small teeth.

Large teeth.

No teeth.

Antenna

Distomcdial corner of

second segment

produced. Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial corner of

second segment

produced. Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial corner of

second segment

produced. Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial corner of

second segment

produced. Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Sternal grooves

End apart or together

on tubercles behind

chelipeds.

End apart on

prominent tubes

behind chelipeds.

End apart or together

between or behind

chelipeds.

End together between

chelipeds.

Epipods/Podobranchs

Epipod on cheliped.

No podobranchs on

pereiopods.

Epipod on cheliped.

No podobranchs on

pereiopods.

Epipod on cheliped.

No podobranchs on

pereiopods.

Epipod on cheliped.

No podobranchs on

pereiopods.

First two pairs of legs

Segments not

nodose. No distal

propodal spine.

Segments not

nodose. No distal

propodal spine.

Segments not

nodose. No distal

propodal spine.

Segments not

nodose. No distal

propodal spine.

Last two pairs of legs

Third leg dactyl

opposed by one

propodal spine, up to

two spines on outer

propodal margin, no

spines on inner or

outer margins of

dactyl.

Fourth leg may be as

long as first leg,

dactyl opposed by up

to two propodal

spines, one spine on

outer propodal

margin, and one

spine on outer

margin of dactyl.

Third leg dactyl

opposed by one

propodal spine, up to

two spines on outer

propodal margin, no

spines on inner or

outer margins of

dactyl.

Fourth leg shorter

than first leg, dactyl

opposed by up to two

propodal spines, up

to three spines on

outer propodal

margin, and one

spine on outer margin

of dactyl.

Third leg dactyl

opposed by one

propodal spine, no

spines on outer

propodal margin,

spines may be

present on inner

margin of dactyl.

Fourth leg shorter

than first leg, dactyl

opposed by up to two

propodal spines, one

spine on outer

propodal margin, no

spine on outer margin

of dactyl.

Third leg dactyl

opposed by one

propodal spine, no

spines on outer

propodal margin, or

on the dactyl.

Fourth leg shorter

than first leg, dactyl

opposed by one

propodal spine, no

spines on outer

propodal margin, or

on the dactyl.

Abdominal fusion

Joint between last

two segments may be

fused.

Joint between last

two segments fused.

No segments fused.

Uropods

Small, visible

externally.

Small, visible

externally.

Small, visible

externally.

Vestigial, concealed.

Telson

Rounded or

subtruncate.

Rounded.

Male pleopods

First sharply tipped.

No exopod on

second.

First sharply tipped.

No exopod on

second.

First sharply tipped.

No exopod on

second.

First sharply tipped.

No exopod on

second.

Table 2. — Comparison of the key characteristics of the genera Dromidiopsis , Borradaile, 1900. Lauridromia gen. nov.,

Dromia Weber, 1795, and Haledromia gen. nov.

Source : MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

145

Genus LAURIDROMIA nov.

Dromia - Alcock, 1900 : 136 (in pan); 1901 : 43 (in part). — Laurie, 1906 : 351. — IHLE, 1913 : 21 (in part). —

Rathbun, 1923 : 68. — Sakai, 1976 : 8. — Dai & Yang, 1991 : 17.

Dromidiopsis Borradaile, 1903a : 298 (in part). — IHLE, 1913 : 25 (in part). — Dai & Yang, 1991 : 17 (in part).

Carapace as wide or slightly wider than long. Coxae of third maxillipeds closely approximated and inserted

under tip of sternum. Sternal grooves of mature females end apart on well developed tubes behind base of

chelipeds. Cheliped with an epipod, superior margin of carpus and propodus armed with two to four large

tubercles. Legs not knobbed or ridged. Propodi and dactyli of first two pairs of legs equal in length, inner margin

of dactyli typically armed with seven or more small spines. Dactyl of third leg opposed by a single propodal spine,

usually two spines on the outer propodal margin. Fourth leg shorter than second, dactyl usually opposed by two

propodal spines with up to three spines on the outer margin and usually a spine on the outer margin of the dactyl

itself. Uropods well developed, visible externally, but not used in the locking mechanism. This consists of serrated

flange on the bases of first and second legs, sometimes on cheliped base, which fit against lateral margins of

abdomen. Joint between the last two abdominal segments wholly or at least partially I used.

TYPE SPECIES. — Dromia intermedia Laurie, 1906, by present designation.

OTHER specieS. — Dromia dehaani Rathbun, 1923; Dromia indiea Gray. 1831.

Etymology. — Lauridromia is named after R. Douglas Laurie, lecturer in Zoology, University of Liverpool,

who made a significant contribution to the study of Brachyura from Sri Lanka and the Red Sea.

Discussion. — Although not dealt with in this collection, some comments need to be made about the other

two species included in this new genus. Dromia dehaani does not belong in the genus Dromia because the joint

between the last two abdominal segments is partially fused, a character shared by the other species of Lauridromia

gen. nov., and most species of Dromidiopsis Borradaile, 1900. Furthermore, the female sternal grooves of Dromia

dehaani end on prominent tubes, a unique feature shared by the other species in Lauridromia (see Table 2).

Dromia orientalis Miers, 1880, also shares this sternal groove character, and has until now usually been known

as Dromidiopsis cranioides (De Man. 1888). Comparison of the description of D. cranioides by DE Man (1888b)

with MlERS' type specimen (British Museum, 1880 : 6) of D. orientalis shows that DE Man s name is a synonym.

A somewhat inaccurate original description and poor illustrations caused MlERS' species to be overlooked by

subsequent authors.

Also in the collection of the British Museum, is a female (CW = 25.9 mm, CL = 26.4 mm) labelled Dromia

indiea which came from Grays dry collection. There are no data accompanying the specimen but it was probably

presented by Thomas Hardwicke and therefore came from India (see WurrE’S, 1847, catalogue). The description of

Dromia indiea Gray, 1831, was based on a specimen, presented by Hardwicke. of unknown sex, CW = 18 lines

(38.1 mm) and CL = 19 lines (40.2 mm) and, as was typical of the time, it is very brief. However three important

characters are mentioned : obscure median rostral tooth, five anterolateral teeth and upper edge of carpus

(presumably of cheliped) tubercular. Although it is clear that the female specimen in the British Museum cannot

be GRAY’S type, because of the size difference, it has the features mentioned in the original description and was

presumably identified by Gray. A comparison of this specimen of D. indiea with the type of Dromia orientalis

Miers, 1880, shows that they are the same species. Therefore the name for this species should be Lauridromia

indiea (Gray, 1831). Another name, D. gibbosa H. Milne Edwards, 1837, may also be a synonym, but this species

was poorly described and there is no type material.

All the species placed in Lauridromia are comparatively large crabs with maximum sizes in excess ol

approximately 40 mm CW. The larvae of one species, L. dehaani , is known (Terada, 1983).

DISTRIBUTION. — The distribution of this genus includes the Indian and Pacific oceans. The recent record of

L. dehaani from Sala y Gomez (approx. 26°S, 105°E) extends the distribution of this genus across the Pacific

(see Zarenkov, 1990).

146

C. L. McLAY

Key to the species of Lauridromia

(Species studied in this paper are in bold)

1. Carapace approximately as wide as long, posterolateral tooth directed obliquely forward,

five to eight small spine on inner margins of dactyli of first two pairs of legs, spines

present on outer propodal margins of last two pairs of legs and a spine on outer margin of

dactyl of last leg. 2

— Carapace much wider than long, posterolateral tooth directed laterally, sixteen-twenty tiny

spines on inner margins of dactili of first two pairs of legs, spines absent on outer

propodal margins of last two pairs of legs on dactyl of last leg.

. Lauridromia dehaani (Rathbun, 1923) nov. comb.

2. Median rostral tooth small, not visible dorsally, supraorbital tooth strong, subacute,

anterolateral carapace margin with three acute, equidistant teeth.

.Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie, 1906) nov. comb.

— Median rostral tooth smaller than lateral teeth, but visible dorsally, supraorbital tooth

weak, blunt, anterolateral carapace margin with five subacute, variable teeth.

. Lauridromia indica (Gray, 1831) nov. comb.

Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie, 1906) nov. comb.

Fig. 15 d

Dromia intermedia Laurie, 1906 : 351. — Ihle, 1913 : 23, pi. 1, figs 1-3. — Sakai, 1936 : 10, pi. 6, fig. 1. —

Campbell, 1971 : 29. — Sakai, 1976 : 8, pi. 1, fig. 3. — Lewinsohn, 1984 : 92, pi. IB.

Material EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. " Vauban Canal Woodin, no stn, 40 m, 14.11.1973 : 1 9 35.4 x

37.3 mm, 1 <5 57.0 x 52.5 mm. — South Lagoon, no stn, no locality. 130 m, May 1985 : 1 9 31.6 x 32.7 mm,

carrying a sponge cap.

"Vauban". Si. Vinceni Bay : 21°58.30'S. 166°01.00'E, 7 m, 6.11.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 51.5 x 49.0 mm; I 9 57.2 x

53.3 mm. — No depih. 6.08.1984 : ] d 37.0 x 35.0 mm. — 22°05.60'S, 166°05.25'E, 16 m, 24.04.1985 : 3 d d 32.9

x 31.7. 35.3 x 34.0. 39.5 x 36.6 mm; 3 9 9 (ovig.) 27.7 x 29.6. 28.0 x 28.9, 28.7 x 27.9 mm; 2 9 9 27.6 x 27.9. 45.0

x 42.8 mm. — 22°04.20'S. 166°05.30'E, 14 m, 30.04.1985 : 1 9 (ovig.) 45.2 x 43.0 mm. — 22°05.00'S. 166°05.35'E,

16 m, 20.08.1985 : 4 9 9 30.2 x 29.0, 36.2 x 36.4. 41.4 x 39.9. 44.4 x 44.3 mm. — 21°59.10’S, 166°01.50'E. 17 m

21.08.1985 : 1 9 34.5 x 34.2 mm. — 21°59.10'S. 166°01.25'E. 18 m, 22.08.1985 : 1 d 16.5 x 17.5 mm. — No depth.

22.04.1986 : 1 9 (ovig.) 41.0 x 40.0 mm. carrying a sponge cap. — 12 m. 20.11.1986 : 1 9 30.3 x 29.7 mm. — No

depth, 2.12.1986 : 1 d 51.2 x 45.5 mm. — No depth, 23. 04.1986 : 1 9 (ovig.) 56.8 x 53.5 mm. carrying a sponge

cap.

"Vauban". Northern Lagoon : 19°51.10'S, 163°50.20'E, 33-35 m, 14.06.1985 : 1 d 9.2 x 9.7 mm. — 19°36.50'S,

163°39.50'E, 39-41 m, 20.06.1985 : 2 d d 33.0 x 32.2. 35.2 x 33.3 mm; 2 9 9 25.3 x 25.9, 27.8 x 26.7 mm. —

19°29.30'S, 163°31.50'E, 44-50 m, 22.06.1985 : 1 d 40.3 x 39.4 mm. — 19°32.50'S, 163°35.50'E, 39-41 m,

22.06.1985 : 2 dd 31.0 x 30.2, 51.2 x 48.7 mm; 3 9 9 (ovig.) 29.4 x 29.3, 36.0 x 36.2, 38.3 x 37.9 mm. —

19°46.5'S, 163°47.40'E, 38 m. 23.06.1985 : 1 9 14.7 x 14.2 mm.

Northern Lagoon. SCUBA : 25 m, 3,07.1986. P. Laboute coll. : 1 d 17.5 x 18.1 mm, carrying a sponge cap; 2 9 9

(ovig.) 42.7 x 42.4, 47.3 x 47.6 mm; 2 9 9 38.0 x 36.7. 42.5 x 41.4 mm.

Lagon : stn 101, 22°31.0'S, 166°35.9'E, 18 m, 21.08.1984 ; 2 dd 30.2 x 29.0, 40.0 x 37.7 mm. — Stn 102,

22°29.4'S, 166°37.2'E, 19 m, 22.08.1984 : 1 9 22.4 x 23.0 mm. — Stn 169, 22°8.0'S, 166°8.4’E, 22 m. 18.09.1984 :

1 d 17.2 x 18.2 mm. — Stn 190, 22°02.rS. 165°57.3'E, 135-150 m. 19.09.1984 : 1 9 7.0 x 6.7 mm. — Stn 230,

22°37.9'S, 166°41.1'E, 35 m, 22.10.1984 : 1 d 9.3 x 9.2 mm. — Stn 235, 22°30.9’S, 166 I, 52.1'E, 70 m, 23.10.1984 •

1 9 17.0 x 17.4 mm. — Stn 252, 22°20.8'S, 166°23.7'E, 22 m. 7.11.1984 : 1 6 45.2 x 42.3 mm. — Stn 267,

22°21.5'S, 166°14.9'E, 65 m. 8.11.1984 : 1 d 9.0 x 9.5 mm. — Stn 269, 22°18.0'S, 166°18.1'E. 20 m, 8.11 1984 •

1 9 (ovig.) 29.7 x 30.0 mm. — Stn 297, 22°38.9’S. 166°45.6'E. 30 m, 26.11.1984 : 1 d 13.4 x 13.5 mm. — Stn 298,

22°37.0'S, 166°47.1'E, 35-37 m. 26.11.1984 : 1 9 41.5 x 41.3 mm. — Stn 312, 22°41.9'S, 166°48.8'E, 26 m

27.11.1984 : 1 9 6.9 x 7.4 mm. — Stn 337, 22°43.0'S. 166°50.5’E, 33 m. 28.11.1984 ; 1 d 26.1 x 25.5 mm. —

Sm 558. 22°46.0'S, 166°54.0'E. 43 m, 16.07.1985 : 1 d 17.3 x 16.7 mm. — Stn 564, 22°46.8'S, 166°56.0'E, 32-

38 m, 16.07.1985 : 1 9 (ovig.) 11.2 x 11.8 mm. — Stn 744, 22°I3.6'S, 167°03.2'E, 76-81 m, 13.08.1986 : 1 9 6.9 x

7.3 mm. — Stn 933, 20°44.9'S, 164°14.9'E. 90-100 m, 27.04.1988 : 1 9 (ovig.) 12.1 x 12.7 mm. — Stn 1013.

20°7.8’S, 163°55.4'E, 18 m, 3.04.1988 ; 1 d 20.0 x 20.2 mm. — Sin 1068, 19°57.3'S, 153°52.8'E. 26 m, 23.10.1989 :

Source : MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

147

19 11.0 x 11.3 mm. — Sin 1116. 19 0 37.3'S, 163°52.6'E, 38 m, 25.10.1989 : 1 6 29.5 x 30.6 mm; 1 9 12.2 x

13.6 mm.

Bellona Plateau. Corail 1 : no sin. no locality, no depth, August 1988 : 1 6 9.0 x 9.8 mm; 4 9 9 17.1 x 18.0,

25.6 x 26.9, 26.7 x 26.5, 34.3 x 33.2 mm.

Chesterfield Islands. CHALCAL 1 : sin CP 1, 20°45.80'S, 161°02.50'E, 70 m, 15.07.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 15.7 x

16.2 mm. — Stn CP 12. 20°35.30'S, 158°47.40'E, 67 m, 23.07.1984 : 2 9 9 10.0 x 11.1, 12.6 x 13.0 mm, carrying a

sponge cap; 1 6 9.1 x 9.3 mm. — Stn CP 15. 21°24.90'S, 159°9.30'E, 60 m, 25.07.1984 : 2 6 6 14.2 x 14.6, 24.0 x

24.7 mm. — Stn CP 16, 21°41.60'S, 159°21.90'E. 53 m. 25.07.1984 ; 4 9 9 11.4 x 11.8, 17.7 x 18.6, 32.4 x 32.8.

49.3 x 47.3 mm.

Corail 2 : stn CP 23, 20°30.60’S. 161°03.55'E, 88 in. 22.07.1988 : 1 6 12.9 x 13.6 mm. — Stn CP 24, 20 o 27.35'S,

161°04.70'E, 75 m. 22.07.1988 ; 2 6 6 15.2 x 14.4, 48.4 x 44.6 mm; 1 9 (ovig.) 49.0 x 47.1 mm. — Stn CP 98,

19°02.83'S, 158°56.20'E, 48-44 m, 26.08.1988 : 1 6 13.5 x 13.3 mm. — Stn DW 122, 19°28.17'S, 158°17.86'E. 32 m,

29.08.1988 : 1 6 10.7 x 11.3 mm; 1 9 6.1 x 6.5 mm.

Philippines. Musorstom 3 : stn CP 117, 12°31.00’N. 120°39.00'E, 92-97 m. 3.06.1985 : 1 9 16.8 x 15.6 mm.

— Stn CP 121, 12°08.00'N, 121°18.00'E. 73-84 m. 3.06.1985 : 1 6 35.0 x 36.0 mm.

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace approximately as wide as long, subcircular, convex, rising gradually from ihe

margins, covered by shorl, coarse tomentum with longer setae on ihe anterior branchial areas and along carapace

margins.

Carapace surface smooth but branchial and cardiac grooves distinct, also frontal groove which extends back

from between lateral rostral teeth separating two prominent rounded protuberances. Rostrum tridentate but median

tooth very small, strongly deflexed and scarcely visible dorsally. Lateral roslral teeth prominent, acute, separated

by a U-shaped sinus. Supraorbital looth strong, subaculc. Anterolateral carapace margin armed with three acute,

equidistant teeth, first on the same level as anterior comer of buccal frame. All teeth antcrolaterally directed at an

angle of approximately 45° . Behind the second and third teeth the carapace margin is laterally inflated and rounded.

A prominent, acute, posterolateral tooth which is directed laterally. Posterolateral margins slightly convergent and

posterior carapace margin slightly convex.

Orbital margin extends back from lateral rostral tooth as a straight line to a strong, subacute supraorbital tooth

which is upturned. Beyond this tooth supraorbital margin is slightly concave to poslorbital corner which is

slightly produced as a blunt looth. A narrow fissure separates the suborbital lobe which is produced as a strong,

acute tooth visible dorsally.

First segment of antenna wider than long, beaked medially, gaping narrowly, not twisted. Second segment

longer than wide, a median distal tubercle present, distomedial corner produced as a short blunt spine on which the

third segment is inserted al an angle. Exopod extending as lar as joint between third and lourth segments, tip

bilobed, inner lobe flattened and curving over base ol cyestalk. Ratio of length of antennal flagella to CW = 0.57.

Subhepatic area smooth, convex, marked by a strong groove extending from in front of the first anterolateral

tooth, beneath the anterolateral margin and emerging at posterolateral tooth. This groove is interrupted by a

dorsoventral groove which ends between the first and second anterolateral teeth. Anterolateral corner of buccal

frame has two subacute teeth. Female sternal grooves end well apart, each on a prominent ventrally directed tube,

just behind base of cheliped.

Chelipeds fringed with longer setae. This limb is moderately sized in small specimens, but massive in large

males, with propodus especially deep. Merus trigonal, borders armed with small tubercles : superior margin has

four-five larger tubercles, outer inferior border has seven-eight tubercles and inner inferior border has nine-ten very

small tubercles. Inner and outer faces and superior margin near distal end of merus are deeply incised. Outer face ol

carpus smooth and inflalcd, distal margin with two very prominent acute tubercles. Upper border of inner carpus

face has two unequal, acute distal tubercles, most distal tubercle largest. Distal border of inner face has two small

tubercles near lower comer (a large male specimen had four large tubercles). Outer face ol propodus smooth and

inflated. Upper border armed with Iwo unequal acute tubercles, most distal tubercle largest. A prominent subacute

tubercle at base of dactyl. Fingers white or pink, curved, gaping and armed with seven teeth, first three small and

last four larger and interlocking.

First two pairs of legs as long as chelipeds. Distal borders of carpi produced. Dactyli about as long as propodt.

inner margins of dactyli"bear five small spines increasing in size distally. These legs fringed with longer setae.

148

C. L. McLAY

Last two pairs of legs smaller than first two pairs. Third leg shortest, dactyl opposed by a single propodal

spine with two (sometimes three) short propodal spines on the outer margin. Dactyl of fourth leg opposed by two

propodal spines with three smaller spines on outer propodal margin and a prominent spine on outer margin of

dactyl itself. When extended forward the last leg reaches the second anterolateral tooth.

Male telson longer than wide, posterior margin subacute. Female telson wider than long, posterior margin

rounded. A low rounded median ridge along length of abdomen in both sexes. Fifth and sixth abdominal segments

fused, the only evidence of a joint is at the margins and on median ridge. Abdominal locking mechanism consists

of tuberculate posterior corner of base of cheliped against proximal margin of telson and serrated ridge on base of

first leg against proximal margin of penultimate segment. The proximal corner of telson and distal comer of fifth

segment are expanded. Uropod plates well developed and visible externally, but lie between bases of first legs and

are not used in locking the abdomen.

First male pleopod stout semi-rolled tube, narrowing to a sharp, homy tip which is densely setose. Second

pleopod simple, needle-like, tapering to a sharp tip.

Discussion. — L. intermedia has always been placed in Dromia because the female sternal grooves end apart

behind the bases of the chelipeds but there are other characters which must be taken into account. In this species

the carapace is approximately as wide as long (in Dromia the carapace is distinctly wider than long), it has two

spines opposing the dactyl of the third leg (species of Dromia have only one), there are three spines on the outer

propodal margin of the fourth leg (species of Dromia have none or only one spine), and the fifth and sixth

abdominal segments are fused (not fused in Dromia). These characters clearly distinguish Lauridromia intermedia

from Dromia dormia (Linnaeus, 1763), for example, and suggest that it is more logically placed in a separate

genus (see Table 2).

As noted by Lkwinsohn (1984) the sternal grooves of L. intermedia differ markedly between immature and

mature females. In the smallest ovigerous female. CW = 11.2 mm, the sternal grooves end apart just behind the

chelipeds on separate tubercles but in other females of similar size the sternal grooves are only faintly marked and

end apart without tubercles behind the bases of the first legs. This is the condition found in smaller immature

females and even in females as large as CW = 17-18 mm. Females as large as CW = 34-35 mm have sternal

grooves which terminate between the chelipeds but without prominent tubercles. All larger females have fully

developed sternal grooves which end apart between the chelipeds on large vcntrally directed tubes. All ovigerous

females have this condition. The other sexually dimorphic character, abdomen size, shows a similar pattern of

change. The process of sexual maturation in female L. intermedia evidently occurs over a wide size range from

CW = 11-35 mm which is considerable when it is remembered that the maximum size is around CW = 60 mm

(see below). This implies that some females do not reproduce until they tire more than half the maximum size,

whereas other females reproduce when they are less than 20% of the maximum size. Clearly, female maturation is

not associated with a particular moult in the lile history of this crab. Variation in the development of the female

sternal grooves indicates that great care must be taken when using this feature as a taxonomic character and it

partially explains why there has been such confusion about identifying and arranging the larger dromiids into well

defined genera.

Size. — L. intermedia is the most abundant (almost 30% of the collection), large dromiid in the material from

New Caledonia and the Philippines : the collection (made during the years 1984-88) includes 90 specimens,

35 males (mean CW = 26.2 mm, range 9-51.2 mm), 38 females (mean CW = 35.8 mm, range 6.1-57.2 mm).

17 ovigerous females (mean CW = 34.7 mm, range 11.2-56.8 mm). Overall the mean CW = 31.9 mm (range 6.1-

57.2 mm). Previously the maximum recorded male CW = 60.7 mm, female CW = 49.0 mm, and minimum

ovigerous female CW = 22.2 mm. Collectively these data show that males and females grow to a similar

maximum size and that females reach maturity at a relatively small size. The smallest ovigerous female (CW =

11.2 mm) carried 128 eggs, the largest ovigerous female (CW = 56.8 mm) carried approximately 17,280 eggs, the

mean egg number = 7700 and the mean egg diameter = 0.55 mm. In the spectrum ranging from small eggs-large

numbers to large eggs-small numbers, L. intermedia lies near the former extreme and almost certainly has a

planktonic larval stage. Ovigerous females collected in April had newly laid eggs as well as eggs showing some

Source ; MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

149

development (but without eyespots) suggesting that the egg-bearing season began earlier, perhaps in March.

Females collected in June and July also had newly laid eggs suggesting that the egg-laying season lasts for at least

six months, while females collected in November only had eggs showing some development. Overall, ovigerous

females were collected from April to November but staging of egg development suggests that the egg-bearing

season must extend from at least March until perhaps December or January. It is not clear from this small sample

of ovigerous females, whether breeding is seasonal or continuous (it should be noted that the sample spans the

years 1984-88). The reproductive strategy of this large dromiid provides an interesting contrast with that of the

species of Dromidiopsis which are smaller and have smaller numbers of larger eggs (see above).

Camouflage. — Previous authors have not indicated the kind of camouflage carried by L. intermedia. Only a

few of the present specimens were accompanied by a cap and in all cases these were made of pieces of sponge.

DEPTH. — The depth range of this collection of L. intermedia was 7-150 m, exceeding the previously recorded

range of 15-112 m. The average depth was 38.5 m.

DISTRIBUTION. — The distribution of L. intermedia includes Madagascar and the Seychelle Islands (Lewinsohn.

1984), Sri Lanka (Galle, type locality. Laurie. 1906), south coast of Timor (IHLE, 1913). various localities off

Japan (Sakai, 1936, 1976), South Queensland (Caloundra, Campbell, 1971) and now New Caledonia and the

Philippine Islands. This is a widespread Indo-West Pacific species whose distribution docs not apparently include

the east coast of Africa, Red Sea or the wider Pacific region. Given the breeding biology outlined above this wide

distribution is not unexpected and may well be extended in the future.

Genus DROMIA Weber, 1795

Dromia Weber. 1795 : 92. — Fabricius, 1798 : 359. — DE Haan. 1833 : 104. — H. Milne Edwards. 1837 : 170 (in

part). _ STIMPSON, 1858 : 226. — B0RRADA1LE, 1903a : 298. — STEBBING. 1905 : 61. — IHLE, 1913: 21 (in pari).—

Rathbun, 1937 : 30. — Barnard, 1950 : 309. — Forest. 1974 : 76. — Manning & Holthuis, 1981 : 11.

Dromidiopsis - Rathbun, 1923 : 67. — Sakai. 1976 : 9 (in part). — Dai & Yang. 1976 : 9 (in part).

Petalomera - Sakai, 1976 : 20 (in part).

Sternodromia Forest, 1974 : 100.

Carapace wider than long, surface smooth or sculptured. Rostrum tridentate. Antennal exopod well developed.

Coxae of third maxillipeds usually closely approximated (but may be separated by a wide gap) and inserted under

tip of tel son. Female sternal grooves end apart or together between or behind chelipcd bases. Cheliped with an

epipod. Legs not knobbed or ridged. Length of propodi and daclyli of first two pairs of legs usually equal, inner

margins of daclyli armed with 5-7 small spines. Dactyl of third leg opposed by a single propodal spine, no spine

on the outer propodal margin, there may be some very small spines on inner dactyl margin. Fourth leg shorter

than second leg, dactyl opposed by up to two spines with sometimes another spine on the outer propodal margin.

Margin of telson rounded. Uropod plates well developed, visible externally, used in male abdominal locking

mechanism by fitting in front of serrated flange on the bases of first legs. Joint between last two abdommal

segments freely movable.

TYPE species. — Cancer personam Linnaeus. 1758. by designation of the International Commission of

Zoological Nomenclature (1964. opinion 688).

Other species. — Dromia boltorei Forest. 1974. Cancer dormia Linnaeus. 1763. Cancer erythropus George -

Edwards, 1771, Dromia foresli sp. nov.. D marmorea Forest. 1974. D. monodi Forest & Guinot. 1966.

D. nodosa A. Milne Edwards & Bouvier. 1898. D. spinirostris Miers, 1881. Crypiodromia wilsom Fulton &

Grant. 1902.

150

C. L. McIj\Y

Discussion. — Definitions of the genus Dromia Weber. 1795, have been given by many authors, but the

definition of Borradaile (1903a) seems to embody the essential features : "Dromiidae with an epipodite on the

cheliped, the walking-legs not knobbed or ridged, the carapace broader than long, the regions well marked or

indistinct, the ridges of the efferent branchial channels broken, indistinct, or well made, the sternal grooves of the

female ending apart behind the cheliped segment, the fifth leg shorter than the third and with no thorn on the outer

side of its last joint". Most of the other definitions include some subset of these characters although Stimpson

( 1907) added an important feature : that the abdominal uropod plates are conspicuous. The above definition of

Dromia summarizes and corrects errors in earlier definitions and adds some important characters which have been

overlooked.

Apart from the species dealt with below, some comments need to be made about the inclusion of Sternodromia

spinirostris (Miers, 1881) in the genus Dromia , thereby making Sternodromia Forest, 1974, unnecessary.

Manning and Holthuis (1981) have discussed the similarity of D. monodi to this species and the difficulty of

separating juveniles. While the two species can be clearly separated, their similarities strongly support the

contention that both belong to the same genus. I agree with FOREST (1974) that Sternodromia spinirostris does not

belong in Dromidiopsis , where it had been placed by MONOD (1956), but the grounds for erecting a separate genus

for it hardly seem necessary. Sternodromia spinirostris is characterized by a carapace wider than long, the third and

fourth legs have single spines opposing the dactyl, uropods well developed, visible externally, used in the male

abdominal locking mechanism by fitting in front of angled, serrated ridges on the bases of the first legs which fit

against the narrowed distal borders of the penultimate abdominal segment, the last two segments of the abdomen

are freely movable, and the female sternal grooves end together on a tubercle between bases of the first legs. Apart

from the sternal grooves, this suite of characters is typical of the species belonging to the genus Dromia , and the

characters emphasized by Forest (1974) seem to be more of specific value rather than serving to isolate this

species in a separate genus. The only significant change to the generic concept of Dromia is to include a species

with the female sternal grooves ending together rather than apart. In this respect, D. spinirostris is not so very

different from D. bollorei which has closely approximated sternal grooves. The drastic ontogenetic change in the

sternal grooves of D. spinirostris has been noted by Manning and Holthuis (1981) and I agree that such a

character by itself should not be used to separate genera.

With the revision of Dromidiopsis presented earlier in this paper, and the creation of several new genera, the

relationships amongst these large dromiids are considerably clarified (see Table 2) and the characters considered

important by Forest (1974) are placed in their proper perspective. There is no reason for not accepting the

hypothesis that all the large Atlantic dromiids with a cheliped epipod belong to a single genus.

As in the genus Lauridromia gen. nov., the genus Dromia includes some of the larger species of dromiids

whose maximum size is usually in excess of 40 mm CW.

The larvae of three species of Dromia are known : D. personata , D. erythropus , D. wilsoni (Laughlin et aL

1982; Rice et aL 1970; Terada, 1983; Wear, 1970, 1977).

Distribution. — Dromia species occur in the Atlantic, Indian and Western Pacific oceans but seven species

are restricted to the Atlantic, two species (D. dormia , and D. foresti sp. nov.) arc restricted to the Indo-Wcst

Pacific, and only one species (D. wilsoni ) occurs in all three oceans. It is only in the Atlantic that Dromia has

undergone a major radiation. I assume that the Atlantic Dromia are derived from a common ancestor and share a

common ancestor with the Indo-Pacific species. D. wilsoni , whose distribution spans all the major oceans, has

several primitive characters which may make it closest to the ancestral condition.

Key to the species of Dromia

(Species studied in this paper are in bold)

1. Anterolateral margin with four teeth which may be sub-equal. 2

— Anterolateral margin with three teeth, all well developed. 5

2. Four very small anterolateral teeth, no spine on the outer propodal margin of the last leg.

. Dromia spinirostris Miers, 1881

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

151

— Four anterolateral teeth, all well developed except the third which is smaller and may be

very close to the second, spine present on outer propodal margin of last leg. 3

3. Third anterolateral tooth smaller, placed midway between second and fourth tooth.

. Dromia erythropus (George Edwards, 1771)

— Third anterolateral tooth very small and close to second tooth . 4

4. Median rostral tooth large, extending further forward than lateral teeth, posterolateral

tooth strong, tends to be directed anteriorly. Dromia dormia (Linnaeus, 1763).

— Median rostral tooth small, deflexcd, little visible in dorsal view, posterolateral tooth

small, directed laterally . Dromia personata (Linnaeus, 1758)

5. Carapace surface strongly sculptured . 6

— Carapace surface not strongly sculptured . 7

6. First anterolateral tooth blunt, flattened, second and third teeth sub-acute, dactyl of fourth

leg opposed by a single spine with another spine on the outer propodal margin.

. Dromia nodosa A. Milne Edwards & Bouvier, 1898

— First and third anterolateral teeth slightly larger, an obtuse knob on the posterior margin

of the second tooth, dactyl of fourth leg opposed by two spines, no spine on the outer

propodal margin . Dromia bailorei Forest, 1974

7. Three acute or sub-acute anterolateral teeth, directed horizontally. 8

— Three blunt, conical anterolateral teeth, last two directed almost vertically.

. Dromia foresti sp. nov.

8. Carapace tomentum not areolate, inner margin of third leg dactyl without spines. 9

— Carapace densely covered with an areolate tomentum, inner margin of third leg dactyl

armed with three small spines ....Dromia wilsoni (Fulton & Grant, 1902) nov. comb.

9. Carapace much wider than long, dactyl of fourth leg opposed by two spines.

. Dromia marmorea Forest, 1974.

— Carapace only a little wider than long, dactyl of fourth leg opposed by a single spine.

. Dromia monodi Forest & Guinot, 1966

Dromia dormia (Linnaeus, 1763)

Fig. 16 c

Cancer lanosus Rumphius, 1705 : 19, pi. 11, fig. L — Seba, 1759 : 42, pi. 18, fig. 1.

Cancer dormia Linnaeus, 1763 : 413; 1769 : 1043. — FaBRICIUS, 1775 : 405.

Cancer dromia - FaBRICIUS, 1781 : 501; 1787 : 320; 1793 : 451 (erroneous spelling for dormia).

Cancer dormitator Herbsl, 1790 : 250, pi. 18, fig. 103.

Dromia rumphii Weber, 1795 : 92. — FaBRICIUS, 1798 : 359. — Latreille. 1803 : 386; 1806 : 27; 1818 :--78, fig 1. —

Lamarck, 1818 : 264. — Hilgendorf, 1879 : 812 (part, Inhainbane : Mozambique). — Lenz, 1901 : 450. — DE Man,

1902 : 687. — Nobili, 1906a : 144. — EDMONDSON, 1922 : 33, pi. 1.

Dromia hirsutissima Dana, 1852 : 403 (part).

Dromia dormia - BORRADAILE, 1903 : 298. — Macnae & Kalk, 1958 : 71, 117, 125.

Dromidiopsis dormia - Rat,.BUN. 1923b : 67. - Saka,. 1936 : 11. pi. 5, fig. 2. — Buitendiik. 1939: 223 - Ward.

1949 • 70 _ TINKER 1965 : 66. — Holthuis, 1968 : 220. — Takeda, 1973 : 79. — Alcala, 1974 . 174, figs la-b.

_ Sakai, 1976 : 9, pi. 3. - Dai, Yang. Song & Chen, 1981 : 131, figs 1-2, pi. 1 (1). - Lewinsohn, 1984 : 95,

No ^Dronda ^u'mphii^H. MiSe EdwaIds. ?837 - DE Haan 1839 : 107. - Stimpson 1858 : 240; 1907 : 177

pi ->1 fig 7 — Targioni Tozzetti, 1877 : 207. — Ortmann, 1892 : 548. — Ai.COCK. 1900 : 137; 1901 : 44, pi. 2.

fi B 4 '_ BORRADAILE 1903b : 576, pi. 33. fig. 1 (= Dromidiopsis dehaani (Rathbun. 1923b)].

SrSS; i 9 o 2 : L- 1905 ; mo-. 342 ,- 1 ^, •*■>=£-»». 1931 =96.

figs 3a-b, 4a-b. - Barnard. 1950 : 310. fig. 58c-e [= Dromidiopsis dehaani (Rathbun. 1923b)|.

Not Dromia dornica - Balss, 1913 : 109 (erroneous spelling for dormia) (= Dromidm aegibotus Barnard. 1947).

Not Dromia dormia - Barnard. 1947 : 366 (= Dromidia aegibotus Barnard. 1947).

152

C. L. Mcl-AY

Material EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Pori Bouquet, on SCUBA, 12 m. J.-L. Menou coll., 8.08.1986 : 1 9

105.8 x 88.0 mm. — Barrier Reef, external slope, on SCUBA. 10-30 m, 27.11.1986 : 1 2 (ovig.) 112.2 x 95 6 mm —

Tabu Reef, on SCUBA al night, 8 m, P. Laboute coll., 21.09.1987 : 1 2 131.0 x 109.2 mm. — On SCUBA, no locality

no depth, no date : 1 $ 172.0 x 136.5 mm. J

Description. — Carapace much wider (han long, strongly convex, rising steeply behind from and from

anlerolateral margins, covered by a shorl velvely tomenlum. Cardiac and branchial grooves shallow, as is fronial

groove which extends back from median roslral tooth, separaling two rounded protuberances. Frontal area

narrowed, rostrum tridentate. median tooth large, blunt and extending further forward than lateral teeth, clearly

visible dorsally. All three rostral teeth directed horizontally. Anterolateral carapace margin begins beneath

suborbital level and bears four unequal teeth. The first tooth is by far the largest, the second much smaller and

more acute, the third very small, close to the second, and the fourth intermediate in size between the first and

second, narrow and more acute, directed slightly upward. Anterolateral teeth are arranged along an almost straight

line connecting the rostrum and posterolateral tooth which is large, broad based, narrowing apically and directed

anteriorly. Posterolateral carapace margin convergent and posterior margin almost straight.

Supraorbital margin extends uninterrupted from lateral rostral tooth, concave to postorbital comer where there

is a narrow fissure. Suborbital margin has a small rounded lobe which is almost vertical rather than horizontal.

Immediately beneath suborbital margin is a large, prominent suborbital tooth which is clearly visible dorsally. and

beneath this again is a more acute tooth at corner of buccal frame, also visible dorsally. A deep furrow, beginning

beneath suborbita! tooth, curves around under anterolateral margin, ending at posterolateral tooth. Sternal grooves

in female gradually convergent, ending with divergent tips between bases of chelipeds, separated by a prominent

smooth ridge.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, beaked medially, gaping narrowly, not twisted. Second

segment has a pitted longitudinal trough, a prominent distal, central tubercle, and a blunt distomedial extension on

which the third segment is inserted diagonally. Exopod fixed to second segment, extending to joint between third

and fourth segments, tip bilobed to accommodate fourth segment and antennal flagella. Epistome triangular with a

smooth convex surface.

Chelipeds massive. Merus trigonal, posterior margin with seven-eight small tubercles, inferior margin with

lour-five larger tubercles, anterior margin smooth. Outer surface of carpus sculptured, distal margin with two blunt

extensions, superior margin with a strong, acute distal tooth. Outer face of propodus inflated, inner superior

margin with four tubercles, inner face covered with shaggy tomenlum. Fixed finger armed with seven-eight large

conical teeth. Dactyl has eight teeth, (he first large, blunt, second to fourth much smaller, fifth large and more

acute, and the last three much smaller. Fingers downcurved, only last four teeth interlocking.

First two pairs ol legs shorter than chelipeds, distal borders of carpi and propodi produced as rounded lobes.

Dactyli much shorter than propodi. inner margins armed with four-five strong spines, set at an angle close to the

dactyl and increasing in size distally.

Last two pairs of legs reduced, fourth pair slightly shorter and stouter. Dactyl of third leg opposed by a strong

propodal spine, no spine on outer propodal margin. Dactyl of fourth leg opposed by two similar spines with

another small spine on the outer propodal margin.

Telson about as wide as long, a central longitudinal furrow present distally, central region distally convex

which continues along segments of the abdomen. Abdominal locking mechanism in male consists of large serrated

boss on bases of first legs against convergent margin of penultimate segment with well developed uropods in front

of the bosses. All segments of abdomen freely movable in both sexes.

First male pleopod a semi-rolled tube, bluntly tipped and setose, second male pleopod simple, needle-like

without exopod.

Discussion. — The two oldest names cited in the above synonymy are Cancer lanosus, Rumphius, 1705, and

C. dormia Linnaeus, 1763. However. C. lanosus is not recognized by the International Code of Zoological

Nomenclature because it is unavailable under Art. 3, and Art. 1 la. which give the starting date of zoological

nomenclature as 1 January 1758. and indicate that any name published before that date is unavailable. Furthermore.

Art. 1 lc states that an "author must have consistently applied the Principle of Binomial Nomenclature in the work

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

153

in which the name is published". Although C. lanosus is binomial, many other names in RUMPHIUS' work are

not. Therefore all of RUMPHIUS' names are unavailable for two reasons. C. lanosus Seba, 1759. appeared in vol. 3

of his Locupletissimi but Seba did not consistently apply the Principle of Binomial Nomenclature and so his

names are also unavailable. Thus C. dormia Linnaeus. 1763, is the oldest name and that specific name must be

used (L. HOLTHUIS, pers. comm.).

There has been a great deal of confusion about the respective identities of Dromia dormia (Linnaeus, 1763) and

of Dromidiopsis dehaani Rathbun, 1923, which both have a convex carapace, wider than long, with well developed

tomentum and armed with prominent anterolateral teeth. The first attempt to clarify the situation was by Rathbun

( 1923b) who pointed out that, without any consistency, two species had been given the names D. rumphii and

D. dormia. Rathbun. and later Lewinsohn (1984) listed the major differences between these two large dromiids.

The major differences are as follows : median rostral tooth longer than lateral teeth in D. dormia (shorter in D.

dehaani ), no supraorbital tooth or only a slight swelling (small tooth present), four unequal anterolateral teeth, the

first much larger (three teeth of about equal size), posterolateral tooth directed obliquely forward (tooth directed

more laterally), dactyli of first two pairs of legs distinctly shorter than propodi, upper margin not naked, inner or

lower margin armed with four-five small spines increasing in size distally (dactyli approximately as long as

propodi, upper margin naked, lower margin armed with about sixteen minute spines of similar size lying almost

fiat against dactyli), dactyl of last leg opposed by two, unequal propodal spines with another small spine on the

outer margin (only a single spine opposing the dactyl and none on the outer margin), female sternal grooves

gradually convergent, but diverging slightly near the end. terminating between cheliped bases, separated by a

smooth ridge (convergent then parallel for a distance until diverging strongly to end on large conical tubercles just

behind bases of chclipcds). One feature of the abdomen which both Rathbun and Lewinsohn seem to have

overlooked is the fact that in both male and female D. dehaani the joint between the fifth and sixth abdominal

segments is partially fused (not fused in D. dormia). Along with other features, this abdominal lusion serves to

place D. dehaani in a separate genus, Lauridromia gen. nov. Another species which Lewinsohn (1984) compared

closely with Dromia dormia was D. intermedia, which also belongs in the new genus.

The problem of choosing the genus in which D. dormia should be placed has largely resulted from the vague

definition of Dromidiopsis and misunderstanding about what exactly was meant by "female sternal grooves ending

together". In Dromia dormia the sternal grooves are convergent and end, not close together on a tubercle, but with

divergent tips, separated by a ridge, and its carapace is distinctly wider than long, rather than longer than wide as in

Dromidiopsis. Thus D dormia belongs in Dromia where the sternal grooves are variable in the proximity of their

termination (see Table 2).

Although RATHBUN (1923b) attempted to allocate the old records to Dromia dormia and D. dehaani. LEWINSOHN

(1984) questioned many of her decisions, especially those from the western Indian Ocean and. as a result, gave a

very reduced synonymy for this species. Using the differences listed above for these two species, I have

endeavoured to clarify the situation and have arrived at the synonymy given above for D dormia which is

considerably larger than that of Lewinsohn (1984). However, insufficient information was available to determine

the cases of Dromia rumphii Brocchi, 1877 : 106, D. dormia (err. dromia) Balss, 1915 : 13, and D. dormia

Stephcnscn 1945 : 61. fig. 3. Dromia rumphii Ortmann. 1892 : 548 must be D. dehaani because he specifically

mentions the fusion of the fifth and sixth abdominal segments. Similarly D. rumphii Alcock. 1900. and

D. rumphii Alcock. 1901. must be D. dehaani because of the prominent tubercles on the ends of the female

Sternal grooves typical of this species. Although this character of the sternal grooves is shared with Lauridromia

intermedia, the shape of the carapace is consistent with Dromia dehaani.

ALCALA (1974) gave a rough estimate of abundance ol Dromia dormia on coral reefs. Dumaguetc C ity,

Philippines as being 4-5 specimens seen per man-hour of observation, noting that it was nocturnal, feeding upon

the crown of thorns starfish (Acanthaster planci). usually carrying a large sponge and collected by local people lor

food Dai and Yang (1991) report that in spite of its large size, this crab is not regarded as edible and is relerred to

by some Chinese fishermen as a "poison crab". Other comments about the supposed toxic qualities of Dromia

dormia can be found in RUMPHIUS (1705), TINKER (1965). and Holthuis (1968).

Dromia dormia is a very large, widespread, shallow water species. The ovigerous female CW = 112.2 mm.

carrying approximately 24.000 eggs, diameter = 0.5 mm. provides the first reproductive information about

D dormia Clearly it has large numbers of small eggs, especially for a dromnd crab, and is similar to D. dehaani

154

C. L McLAY

(see Barnard, 1950, recorded as Dromia dormia , "eggs very small and numerous"). This contrasts with the

Dromidiopsis species which have small numbers of relatively large eggs (see above).

SIZE. — Maximum recorded sizes are 6 CW = 200. CL = 160 mm, 9 CW = 116, CL = 91 mm, and so the

9 with CW = 172, CL = 136.5 mm, from New Caledonia, is the largest yet recorded.

DEPTH. — Despite numerous locality records of Dromia dormia , the only precise depth records are those of

Sakai (1976), 20-50 m, but many specimens have been caught by fishermen and they presumably also came from

shallow water. All the present specimens from New Caledonia, were collected by SCUBA divers from depths of 8-

30 m.

DISTRIBUTION. — The distribution of Dromia dormia includes the east coast of Africa, Madagascar, Seychelles,

Mauritius, Red Sea, Amboina. Philippine Islands, China, Japan, Hawaii and now New Caledonia.

Dromia foresti sp. nov.

Figs 5 a-j, 16 d

Material EXAMINED. — Bellona Reefs : Musorstom 5, stn DW 299, 22°47.70’S, 15°23.70'E, 360-390 m,

11.10.1986 : 1 d. hololype, 27.3 x 23.0 mm (MNHN-B 22553).

TYPE. — Holotype : 6 27.3 x 23.0 mm from MUSORSTOM 5, stn DW 299 (MNHN-B 22553).

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace wider than long, rising steeply at front but only gradually from other margins.

Surface almost smooth, covered with very fine, sparse tomentum. A faint frontal groove separates two small

protuberances behind rostrum, two small medial pits in cardiac region whose borders are deeply marked by grooves

diverging anteriorly, branchial groove only faintly marked. Rostrum bluntly tridentate, median tooth narrower than

lateral teeth, almost horizontal, margin rising steeply to blunt lateral teeth which are directed almost vertically.

Anterolateral margin begins on level of suborbital margin, widening rapidly at first and then more gradually,

bearing three blunt, equally spaced teeth. The first tooth close to orbit and directed almost horizontally, remaining

two teeth set in from margin (i.e. sub-marginal) of carapace and directed vertically, posterolateral tooth similar to

first anterolateral tooth. Posterolateral carapace margins convergent, posterior margin almost straight.

Prominent supraorbital tooth, similar to and close by lateral rostral tooth, but smaller, postorbital comer not

produced. A shallow notch separates the large, blunt suborbital tooth which is visible dorsally. First segment of

antenna beak-like medially, gaping narrowly, superior lobe larger than inferior lobe. Second segment elongate

(ratio of length to width = 2.1), low rounded distal tubercle medially, distomedial corner produced. Third segment

inserted at an angle on the medial extension of second segment. Exopod extending as far as joint between third and

fourth segments, apex blunt (not bilobed), ratio of length of antennal flagella to CW = 0.36. Epistome firmly

joined to rostrum but leaving distinct groove.

Distinct tooth at comer of buccal frame, subhepatic region inflated, marked by a strong groove which extends

sinuously from near basal segment of antenna, beneath anterolateral margin to posterolateral tooth. Female sternal

groove characters unknown.

Chelipeds well developed. Merus trigonal in cross-section, borders unomamented, small distal tubercle on

superior surface. Carpus inflated, three large tubercles on outer face, one proximal, one inferior and the other distal,

also a blunt distal tooth on inner superior margin. Inner face of propodus densely pubescent, outer face smooth,

inflated, four small proximal tubercles on superior inner margin. Fingers pink, downcurved, hollowed out

internally, both armed with nine-ten teeth. Proximal tooth on each finger largest, blunt, fingers gaping for most of

their length and distal teeth do not interlock, tips offset on both chelipeds.

First two pairs of legs shorter than chelipeds, distal borders of men, carpi and propodi each bearing prominent

blunt tubercles. Posterior lower border of second leg merus armed with three small central tubercles. Dactyli as

long as propodi, ventral borders of dactyli armed with five-seven small spines increasing in size distally.

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

155

Fig. 5. Dromia fores,i sp. nov. : 6 . holotype, 27.3 x 23.0 mm. Ches.erfield Islands (Bellona Reefs). MUSORSTOM 5.

stn °99 360-390 m (MNHN-B 22553) : a, dorsal view of right half ol carapace; b. ventral view of right orbital area

and'an.'erola.eral margin; c. outer face of right cheliped; d. posterior view of terminal segments of r.ght second leg;

e, posterior view of terminal segments of right third leg; f, postenor v,ew of terminal segment of r.ght fourth leg

g, first male pleopod; h. tip of first male pleopod; i. second male pleopod; j. ventral v.ew of telson and termmal

segments of male abdomen.

Scale bars represent 1.0 mm.

156

C. L. McLAY

Las! two pairs of legs much reduced, each of similar size, meri with two tubercles similar to second leg.

Carpus of third leg with a single tubercle on distal border. Dactyli of both legs strongly curved and opposed by

single propodal spines. Fourth leg has a single spine on outer propodal margin at base of dactyl.

Abdomen of six free segments. Telson much wider than long, terminal margin truncate. A low median ridge

along length of abdomen, on segments two-four the ridge is ornamented with a pair of low rounded distal

tubercles. Posterolateral comers of segments two-five produced as blunt lobes. Uropod plates well developed,

visible externally and used in locking the abdomen, by fitting in front of curved ridge on bases of first legs.

First male pleopod a simple folded tube, produced as a blunt horny tip, densely setose, second pair of pleopods

simple, needle-like.

Etymology. — This new species of Dromia is named after Professor J. Forest, in recognition of his

contribution to the study of the other species in this genus. In particular, his analysis of the Atlantic Dromia has

provided a model for my revision of the whole family.

Discussion. — Dromia foresti is clearly different from the other species in this genus which occur in the

waters of New Caledonia, i.e. D. dormia and D. wilsoni. All three species have a CW/CL ratio of 1.2-1.3 but

D. dormia has a uniformly short velvety tomentum, no supraorbital tooth, four anterolateral teeth, and a strong,

narrowed, anteriorly directed posterolateral tooth. D. wilsoni has a longer sculptured (uneven) tomentum, a

supraorbital tooth, ihree anterolateral teeth, and a prominent posterolateral tooth similar to the anterolateral teeth.

D. foresti has a uniformly short, close tomentum, a supraorbital tooth, three anterolateral teeth, and a small

posterolateral tooth similar to the anterolateral teeth. Of these species, D. dormia grows much larger than the

others.

Depth. — The depth at which the type specimen was collected, 360-390 m, is considerably deeper than most

Atlantic Dromia species (down to about 100 m), but it is not as deep as the maximum for D. wilsoni which is

520 m. Thus, in the Pacific, each of the three Dromia species has a different maximum depth : D. dormia (50 m),

D. foresti (390 m), and D. wilsoni (520 m).

DISTRIBUTION. — Dromia foresti is only known from the Bellona Reefs, off New Caledonia.

Dromia wilsoni (Fulton & Grant, 1902)

Fig. 16 e

Cryptodromia wilsoni Fulton & Grant. 1902b : 61, pi. 9.

Cryptodromia lateralis - ClULTON, 1911: 49. Not Dromia lateralis Gray, 1831.

Petalomera wilsoni - Rathbun, 1923a : 154, pi. 42, fig. 1. — DELL, 1968 : 14, pi. 2. — GRIFFIN, 1972 : 56. — McLay,

1988 : 68, fig. lOa-f; 1991 : 470, pi. IB, figs 6a-d, 7a-c, 8a-c (contains a full synonymy).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. LaGON : stn 754, 21°13.15’S, 165°49.25’E. 36 m, 7.01.1987 : 1 6

14.8 x 12.7 mm.

Smib 6 : stn DW 120, 18°58.5'S, 163°25.6'E, 310-325 m, 3.03.1990 : 1 6 9.8 x 8.0 mm, (3 cryptoniscus larval

stage isopods under the abdomen).

BERYX 4 : stn 2 (trap), 22°47.06’S, 167°18.92'E, 400 m, 22.01.1992 : 1 6 44.0 x 32.3 mm.

Loyalty Islands. Musorstom 6 : stn DW 460, 21°01.72’S, 167°31.45'E, 420 m. 20.02.1989 : 1 6 47,7 x

34.8 mm.

Hunter Island. Volsmar : stn CAS 10, 22°23.1’S, 171°41.rE, 280 m, 1.06.1989 : 1 9 33.3 x 28.5 mm.

Chesterfield Islands. Chalcal 1 : stn CP 8, 19°43.80’S, 158°35.25’E, 348 m, 19.07.1984 : 1 6 21.5 x

19.6 mm.

Musorstom 5 : stn 255, 25°15.40’S, 159°54.80'E, 280-295 m, 7.10.1986 : 1 6 8.7 x 7.1 mm; 1 9 13.2 x 10.3 mm.

— Stn 256, 25° 18.00'S, 159°52.70’E, 290-300 m, 7.10.1986 : 2 9 9 5.9 x 5.1, 9.5 x 7.6 mm. — Stn 258, 25°32.80’S,

159°46.10'E, 300 m, 8.10.1986 : 1 9 5.3 x 4.4 mm. — Stn 268, 24°44.70'S, 159°39.20'E, 280 m, 9.10.1986 : carapace

only, 33.4 x 23.3 mm.

Philippine Islands. Musorstom 2 : stn CP 4, 14°01.2'N, 120°18.4’E, 190-183 m, 20.11.1980 : 1 6 25.4 x

18.9 mm.

Source : MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

157

Description. — Carapace distinctly wider than long, moderately convex, surface smooth, gently undulating

under a thick cover of soft, long setae which give the surface an areolate appearance. Cardiac and branchial grooves

well marked by depressions, a pair of medial cardiac pits and another single one further back. Rostrum tridentate,

median tooth small, blunt and on a lower level, projecting as far forwards as lateral teeth which are separated by a

U-shaped sinus, from which extends a distinct frontal groove separating two rounded protuberances. Three strong

anterolateral teeth extend back from the level of the suborbital tooth : first tooth directed forwards and the last two

upwardly directed. Both FULTON and Grant (1902b) and Rathbun (1923a), stated Ihat there arc four anterolateral

teeth, but the first tooth is clearly subhepatic in position and only three teeth are on the anterolateral border.

Posterolateral tooth large, also projecting upward. On the ridge behind the branchial groove there is a small

tubercle close to the base of the posterolateral tooth. Posterolateral carapace margins convergent and posterior

margin concave.

Lateral rostral teeth continuous with supraorbital margin, which has a broad, blunt supraorbital tooth. External

orbital comer not produced and with a small fissure separating it from the strong suborbital tooth, which is visible

dorsally. In dorsal part of the orbit, beneath supraorbital margin, there is the vestige of a parallel ridge and at the

lateral end of the ridge it meets a weak vertical ridge (an extension of the supraorbital tooth), which tends to divide

off a corneal region of the orbit.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, medially beaked, gaping, and twisted. Second segment much

longer than wide, convex, with flange-like lateral margin, rounded distal tubercle at base of third segment,

distomedial corner produced, curved, on which third segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod lused to second

segment, produced beyond joint between third and fourth segments, tip bilobed, inner lobe acute and curved over

base of eyestalk. Ratio of antennal flagella length to CW = 0.43.

Subhepatic area of carapace convex with a small blunt tubercle beneath the suborbital tooth and another, larger

tubercle, lower and between it and the first anterolateral tooth. A well marked groove, beginning below the orbit,

curves under the larger subhepatic tubercle and anterolateral margin, terminating near the posterolateral tooth.

Female sternal grooves end wide apart on small raised tubercles between bases of first and second legs.

Chelipeds large, especially in male. Merus triangular in section, all three borders have small rounded granules.

Carpus has two large distal nodules, inner angle has a sharp tooth. Propodus smooth, upper border in male

sparsely covered in rounded nodules, in female these nodules are rudimentary. Inner and outer surfaces of fingers

longitudinally grooved and covered with tomentum, distal surface alone is naked and glabrous. Fingers pink,

hollowed out internally, armed with seven well developed teeth and gaping when closed, long silky hairs on inner

surface of propodus and fingers.

First two pairs of legs shorter than chelipeds. first slightly longer than second. Carpi and propodi have

tuberculiform nodules at distal ends of anterior borders. Dactyli approximately as long as propodi. inner margins

have five-seven small spines which increase in size distally.

Last two pairs of legs much reduced and of similar size. A single propodal spine opposing the third leg dactyl

whose inner margin has three-four tiny spines. Fourth leg dactyl opposed by a propodal spine. No spines on outer

propodal margins of either leg. , , , , ,

Abdomen of six free segments. Telson much wider than long, male telson trigonal (ratio - 1.5). lemale telson

subtruncate (ratio = 1.7). Uropod plates well developed and visible externally. Abdominal locking mechanism

involves uropods fitting in front of well developed serrated flange on bases of lirsl legs.

Male first pleopod is a partially rolled tube with a densely setose, broadly rounded tip armed with a sharp homy

lubcrcle. Second pleopod simple and needle-like.

DISCUSSION. - A full synonymy of Dromia wilsoni. with illustrations, can be found in McLay (1991) under

the name Petalomera wilsoni. In that paper I indicated the need for an extensive revision of the genus Petalomera

and this is undertaken later in the present contribution. Only citations of Dronua wilsoni relevant to the New

Caledonian and Philippine regions arc included here. ....... .

Until now D. wilsoni has been placed in the genus Petalomera. hut it lacks the petaloid chcl.ped men and

granulate carapace surface of this genus. The carapace shape, and surface, anterolateral teeth, and arrangement of the

spines on the las. two pairs of legs suggest that it should be placed in .he genus Drama. However, the larvae o

this species, described bv Wear (1970) and Terada (1983), are quite different from other known larvae ol

158

C. L. McIAY

Dromia spp. ( D . personata , and D. erythropus) and present something of a problem. While the adult characters

suggest that this species should belong in Dromia , the larvae are different. Indeed, the larvae of D. wilsoni are very

different from all other known dromiid larvae. My conclusion is that since the adult characters of other dromiids are

well known these should be used to place species in appropriate genera but when the larval characters are equally

well known, then the situation could be readdressed.

One feature of the spines associated with the dactyli of the walking legs of Dromia wilsoni requires some

comment. The dactyl of the third leg is opposed by a single spine with no spines on the outer propodal margin

(typical of other Dromia species) but there are three small spines on the inner margin of the dactyl. This is a

feature not seen on the other species of Dromia , but found in species of the primitive genus Sphaerodromia. Apart

from this feature, which I consider primitive, Dromia wilsoni agrees well with the other species in this genus : its

carapace is much wider than long, the structure of the antenna is in agreement, there are about five small spines on

the inner margins of the dactyli of the first two pairs of legs, uropod plates are well developed and the abdominal

locking mechanism involves these plates fitting in front of a serrated flange on the base of the first legs, there is

no abdominal fusion, and the female sternal grooves end apart just behind bases of the first legs. FOREST (1974)

showed that the sternal grooves in species of Dromia were quite variable and in different species could end together

or apart between the bases of the chelipeds or first legs. The inclusion of this species brings the number of

Atlantic Dromia to eight species. By contrast there are only three Pacific species and only D. wilsoni occurs in

both oceans.

The cryptoniscus larval stages of an isopod found under the abdomen of the small male crab from stn DW 120

are the first record of such a parasite in this species, although McLay (1991) recorded the cirripede Poecilasma sp.

from a French Polynesian specimen.

Female D. wilsoni reach maturity at a size of CW = 12-14 mm and produce eggs of 0.7-0.8 mm diameter. The

largest females, CW = 46 mm, have a clutch size of approximately 3500 eggs (see McLay, 1991), and larval

development involves only two zoeal stages (see Hong & Williamson, 1986, and Terada, 1983). A full review

of the biology of Dromia wilsoni can be found in McLay (1988).

Camouflage. — This species normally carries a sponge or ascidian cap, but larger crabs often do not have a

piece of camouflage (see McLay, 1991).

SIZE. — The largest male (CW = 47.7 mm) and female (CW = 33.3 mm) crabs from the collection do not

extend the known size range for this species which is CW = 61.0 mm for males and CW = 49.1 mm for females.

Depth. — The specimen from 420 m (stn DW 460) does not exceed the known maximum depth of 520 m.

DISTRIBU TION. — The distribution of D. wilsoni includes all three of the world's major oceans and in the

vicinity of New Caledonia, includes southern Australia and New Zealand. Its occurrence in the Philippine Islands

confirms records from French Polynesia (McLay, 1991) lhat D. wilsoni is common in tropical as well as

temperate waters. In the Pacific, this species occurs on both sides of the equator.

Genus HA LED ROM l A nov.

Dromia Zietz, 1887 : 299.

Carapace much wider than long, surface smooth very convex. Rostrum tridentate. Coxae of third maxillipeds

separated by a narrow gap and inserted under tip of tclson. Female sternal grooves end together on a large rounded

tubercle between chelipeds. Cheliped with an epipod. Legs not knobbed or ridged, propodi and dactyli of first two

pairs approximately equal in length. Fourth legs shorter than second. Segments of the last two pairs of legs

flattened, dactyli opposed by single propodal spines, no spine on the outer propodal margin. Uropod plates on the

abdomen vestigial and concealed. Joint between last two abdominal segments freely movable. Male abdominal

locking mechanism involves tooth on bases of first legs against margin of penultimate segment.

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

159

TYPE species. — Dromia bicavernosa Zietz, 1887, by monotypy.

ETYMOLOGY. -—The generic name Haledromia recognizes the substantial contribution of Herbert M. Hale to

the study of Australian Brachyura.

Discussion. — Dromia bicavernosa Zietz, 1887, from southern Australia is a very distinctive species, having,

red, deep reniform cavities on either side of the rostrum, vestigial uropods, and a blunt tooth on the base of the

first legs which is used in the abdominal locking mechanism. With this combination of features, this species does

not belong in Dromia and it is necessary to establish a new genus (see Table 2).

The unusual carapace cavities on cither side of the rostrum are not found among the other Dromiidac, but

similar deep cavities, associated with the orbits, are found in Sphaerodromia brizops McLay & Crosnicr, 1991.

from the Scychelle Islands. In Sphaerodromia this character is regarded as only being important at the species

level, and it would not be consistent to treat it as a generic character in Haledromia. The most important characters

separating Haledromia from Dromia are the high CW/CL ratio (1.6. much larger than any recorded for species of

Dromia , see FOREST, 1974). and the uropods : vestigial uropods (well developed and visible externally in Dromia).

H. bicavernosa has very large eggs (2.8 mm diam.) and may have direct development.

All the specimens of this large species (CW up to 93 mm) have been collected intcrtidally or from shallow

coastal waters. It may have a similar shallow water distribution to Dromia dormia, another large dromiid crab.

Distribution. — Haledromia bicavernosa nov. comb, is endemic to Australia.

Genus HEMISPHAERODROMIA Barnard. 1954

Cryptodromia- STUBBING, 1918 : 56.

Hemisphaerodromia Barnard. 1954 : 100. — Lewinsohn, 1979 : 10; 1984 : 117.

Petalomera - KENSLEY, 1970 : 110.

Carapace wider than long, strongly convex, surface smooth, regions not defined, only branchial groove evident.

Frontal region prominent, weakly tridentate, rounded eave-like margins, median tooth small, scarcely visible

dorsally. No orbital teeth or fissure. Anterolateral margin evenly convex, bearing indistinct granules. Female

sternal grooves end apart on tubercles just behind bases of first legs. Antennal exopod well developed. Coxae of

third maxillipeds closely approximated and inserted under tip of sternum. Epipod on chcliped. First three pairs ol

pereiopods similar in lenglh. Segments of first two pairs of legs lobed. Last two pairs ol legs reduced, third pair

shortest, fourth pair about three-quarters of carapace length when extended forward. Dactyli of these legs opposed

by a propodal spine with another spine on the outer propodal margin. Abdomen ot six free segments. Uropods

well developed, visible externally, used in abdominal locking mechanism by litling in Iront of serrated ridge on

base of first leg. Telson wider than long, lip rounded.

Type SPECIES. — Cryptodromia monodus Stebbing. 1918. by monotypy.

Discussion _ Barnard (1954) erected this genus for male and female specimens from Madagascar. He noted

that these specimens resembled Sphaerodromia Alcock. 1899, except that the las. pair of legs were less robust, but

longer than third pair, and almost as long as second pair, also the female sternal grooves end just behind bases of

first legs. But it is only the shape of the carapace which resembles Sphaerodromia. Other features make

Hemisphaerodromia closer to genera such as Fultodromia gen. nov. and Shmdronua gen. nov. (sec Table .).

Unfortunately. Hemisphaerodromia abellana Barnard. 1954. is a synonym for Cryptodromia monodus

Stebbing. 1918. Indeed, another synonym for this species is Petalomera laevis Kensicy 1970. Cryptodromia

monodus was described using a female from Durban. Natal, but inadequate illustrations and measurements meant

that the species remained enigmatic and the name was never used by any other author, have examined the type

specimen in the British Museum (BM 1925: 12: 1: 227) in which the carapace is definitely wider than long.

160

C. L. McLAY

median rostral tooth is not prominent (contrary to STEBBINGS figure, his pi. 8), the cheliped definitely has an

epipod, and the uropod plates are well developed (contrary to STEBBINGS figure). More accurate illustrations were

provided by Barnard (1954), KENSLEY (1970, except for his fig. 6h of the male abdomen in which the uropods

are omitted) and Lewinsohn (1979). Barnard (1954) stated that the carapace of his type and paratype specimens

was as wide as long but I have measured these specimens (MNHN-B 7849) and the carapace is definitely wider than

long. This correction was confirmed by Lewinsohn (1979, 1984). None of the previous authors have noted the

presence of a small spine, at the base of the dactyl, on the outer propodal margin of the last two pairs of legs.

These spines are present on some specimens, but not all, but they are present in both of Barnards specimens. It

is possible that these spines are frequently broken off and therefore easily overlooked.

The distinctive features of Hemisphaerodromia are the evenly rounded carapace shape, smooth surface and eave-

like, uninterrupted frontal margin which is continuous to the suborbital lobe.

II. monodus usually carries camouflage caps made from compound ascidians, and lives in shallow waters, down

to approximately 25 m. The largest known specimen is Stebbing s female type, CW = 20.5 mm. Barnard

( 1954) noted that the eggs are comparatively large, 1.3 mm diameter.

Distribution. — The only known species occurs in the western Indian Ocean, and Red Sea, including the

coast of South Africa.

CHARACTER

llemisp/mero

dromia

Fullodromia

Paradromia

Petalomera

Stimdromia

Frodromia

Ratio CW/CL

Carapace

width greater

than length.

Carapace

width less

than length.

Carapace

width greater

than length.

Carapace

width equal to

or less than

length.

Carapace

width equal to

or greater

than length.

Carapace

width less

than length.

Carapace surface

Smooth.

Sparsely

tuberculatcd.

Sparsely

granulate.

Regions well

defined.

Granulate,

may be

areolate.

Smooth.

Finely

granulate.

Rostrum

Weakly tri-

dentate, teeth

eave-like.

Tridentate,

teeth broad,

blunt.

Tridentate,

tee tli broad,

rounded.

Tridentate,

teeth eave-

like, blunt.

Tridentate,

teeth broad,

blunt.

Tridentate,

teeth small,

acute.

Anterolateral margin

Indistinct

granules.

Well

developed

teeth.

Teeth short,

broad and

blunt.

Teeth small,

granulate.

Teeth well

developed,

blunt.

Numerous

small

granules.

Antenna

Distomedial

corner of

second seg¬

ment produc¬

ed. Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial

corner of

second seg¬

ment produc¬

ed. Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial

corner of

second seg¬

ment produc¬

ed. Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial

corner of

second seg¬

ment produc¬

ed. Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial

corner of

second seg¬

ment produc¬

ed. Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial

corner of

second seg¬

ment produc¬

ed. Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Sternal grooves

End apart

behind first

legs.

End apart

between or

behind

chelipeds.

End apart

between or

behind first

legs.

End apart

between or

behind first

legs.

End apart

between first

legs.

End apart

behind

chelipeds.

Blunt coxal

tubercle beh¬

ind genital

aperture

which opens

anteriorly.

Source MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

161

Epipods/Podobranchs

Epipod on

cheliped. No

podobranchs

pereiopods.

Epipod on

cheliped. No

podobranchs

pereiopods.

Epipod on

cheliped. No

podobranchs

pereiopods.

Epipod on

cheliped. No

podobranchs

pereiopods.

Epipod on

cheliped. No

podobranchs

pereiopods.

Epipod on

cheliped. No

podobranchs

pereiopods.

First two pairs of legs

Segments

Meri and

Segments

Segments not

distally

strongly

granulate.

carpi petaloid

strongly

nodose. No

lobed. No

nodular. No

distal

(also on

knobbed or

distal

margins

chelipeds).

ridged

propodal

spine.

propodal

spine.

lobed. No

distal

propodal

spine.

Segments

may be gra¬

nulated. No

distal pro¬

podal spine.

(chelipeds

similar). No

distal

propodal

spine.

Last two pairs of legs

Third leg

dactyl

opposed by

one propodal

up to two pro-

one propodal

spine, and

podal spines.

spine,

spine.

spine, one

spine.

another spine

and up to

no spine on

spine on

no spine on

on outer pro-

three spines

outer propod-

podal

on outer pro-

al margin.

margin.

podal margin.

Fourth leg

shorter than

first leg.

first leg, dact-

dactyl

yl opposed

opposed by

by up to two

one propodal

two propodal

one propodal

propodal

spine, and

spines, no

spine, and

spines, and

one spine on

spines on

another spine

up to three

outer

outer pro-

outer

on outer

propodal

margin.

spines on

outer propod¬

al margin.

propodal

margin.

propodal

margin.

podal margin.

propodal

margin.

Abdominal segments

No segments

fused.

tused. Poster¬

ior corners of

third to fifth

segments

bluntly

produced.

fused.

Uropods

Small,

Small.

Small,

Small, vis-

visible

iblc extern-

externally in

ally in male.

both sexes.

concealed in

female.

Telson

Rounded.

Rounded in

female,

bilobed in

male.

Rounded or

subtruncate.

Rounded or

subtruncate.

Rounded,

subtruncate or

bilobed.

Rounded.

Male pleopods.

First sharply

tipped, se-

cond without

exopod on

basis.

Table 3. - Comparison of the key characteristics of the genera Hemisphaerodromia Barnard, 1954. FuUodromia gen.

nov., Paradromia Balss, 1921. Petalomera Stimpson. 1858. Slimdromia gen. nov., Frodromia gen. nov.

Source :

162

C. L. McIAY

Genus FULTODROMIA nov.

Dromia; - H. MlLNE Edwards, 1837 : 170 (in part).

Cryptodromia Stimpson, 1858 : 225 (in part); 1907 : 172 (in part). — Baker, 1907 : 180. — IHLE, 1913 : 32 (in part).

Petalomera - Rathbun, 1923 : 154 (in part). — Hale, 1927 : 112 (in part).

Dromidiopsis - Balss, 1935 : 113.

Carapace length greater than width, surface convex, sparsely tuberculate. Lateral rostral teeth prominent,

anterolateral teeth well developed, bluntly tipped. Coxae of third maxillipeds closely approximated, but separated

from tip of sternum by a deep trough. Female sternal grooves end apart on transverse ridge between or just behind

chelipeds. Epipod on the cheliped. First two pairs of legs nodular, margins of dactyli armed with four spines. Last

two pairs of legs reduced, third pair usually shortest, dactyli of these two legs opposed by up to two propodal

spines with up to three spines on the outer propodal margin. Abdomen of six free segments. Uropod plates well

developed, visible externally, used in the abdominal locking mechanism by fitting in front of a small tubercle on

bases of first legs. Tip of male telson bilobed.

Type species. — Dromia nodipes Gu6rin-Meneville, 1832, by present designation.

OTHER SPECIES. — Cryptodromia tumida var. spinifera Montgomery, 1931.

Etymology. — The generic name Fultodromia is formed by combining Dromia with the name of S.W.

Fulton, in recognition of his contribution to the study of Australian Brachyura.

Discussion. — Lamarck (1818) was the first to use the name Dromia nodipes but did so without a

description and so it was a nomen nudum. The first available publication of this name, accompanied by an

illustration, is GufiRIN-MtiNEVlLLE (1832, pi. 14, fig. 1) and so he is the author of Dromia nodipes. H. MlLNE

Edwards (1837) referred to GufiRlN's plate and gave the following description of Dromia nodipes : "Carapace

bomb£e, et presentant de chaque cote unc gouttiere oblique, assez profonde entre les regions h^patiques, qui sont

tres grandes, et les branchiales qui sont tits petites; beaucoup dc petits tubercules sur la partie anterieure de la

carapace. Front tres large et divis6 en trois dents, dont les deux lateralcs tr&s larges et tres avanc<5es; une dent au-

dessus de Tangle orbitaire interne, et une autre tres saillante & Tangle orbitairc externe. Bords latero-anterieurs

convexes et arm£s de quatre dents, dont la premiere grosse, aplatic, saillante et arrondic; les deux suivantes

mediocres, et la demi&re rudimentaire. Pattes des trois premieres paires hdrissdes de gros tubercules arrondis". Even

though this species was illustrated, including the male pleopods by Brocchi (1877), it has been ignored.

Fortunately the female type specimen of Dromia nodipes Guerin-Meneville, 1832 (locality. Cap de Bonne

Esperance). is in the collection of the Museum national d’Histoire naturellc (MNHN-B 15). HENDERSON (1888)

mentions (p. 9) examining this specimen. Neither Lamarck, Gu£rin-Mi*neville, H. Milne Edwards, nor

HENDERSON give a locality for D. nodipes and it appears that "Cap de Bonne Espcrance" was added at some later

date. This term usually refers to the Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, but this cannot be accurate because no

specimens even remotely resembling D. nodipes have ever been collected from South Africa. If there is any truth

at all in the use of "Cap de Bonne Esperance" then it must refer to Port Esperance, Esperance Bay, or Esperance

Point all in South Australia. The only other known specimens of D. nodipes all come from the south-western

coasts of Australia. Thus the exact type locality of this species is unknown but is most likely somewhere in

South Australia.

Comparison of the type of Dromia nodipes with specimens of Cryptodromia depressa Baker, 1907 [not of

Brocchi. 1877, until now known as Petalomera depressa (Baker, 1907)] from the Western Australia Museum

shows that these are the same species and so Bakers name is no longer necessary. Similarly, I have examined the

type specimen of Dromidiopsis michaelseni Balss, 1935 (Zoologisches Institut and Museum, Hamburg,

registration number, K-l 1578), which was not accurately illustrated. This species is also a synonym of Petalomera

depressa. Examination of a range of specimens from the Western Australian Museum shows that P. depressa is a

Source ; MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND TOE PHILIPPINES

163

very variable species, particularly in the size and arrangement of the anterolateral teeth, and the density of tubercles

around the frontal region.

Figures of this species were first published by Gu£rin-M£neville (1832) and a photograph by Hale (1927).

The inadequate illustrations of Balss (1935) meant that the name Dromidiopsis michaelseni was never subsequent¬

ly used.

The most distinctive features of Fultodromia gen. nov. are the sparse rounded granules on the carapace, which

also ornament the bluntly rounded anterolateral teeth, carapace length greater than width, and the presence of

multiple propodal spines associated with the dactyli of the last two pairs of legs (see Table 3).

Distribution. — Both species in this new genus are known only from Western Australia, and so it is an

Australian endemic.

Key to the species of Fultodromia

— Carapace ornamented with large tubercles which also adorn the anterolateral teeth, outer

propodal margins of last two pairs of legs armed with three spines.

. Fultodromia nodipes (Gu6rin-Mcneville, 1832) nov. comb.

— Carapace sparsely covered with small tubercles, anterolateral teeth not adorned, outer

propodal margins of last two pairs of legs armed with up to two spines .

. Fultodromia spinifera (Montgomery, 1931) nov. comb.

Genus PARADROMIA Balss, 1921

Cryptodromia - Henderson, 1888 : 5 (in part). — Ihle, 1913 : 32 (in part). — Montgomery. 1931 : 413.

Paradromia Balss, 1921 : 178; 1922 : 108.

Petalomera - Sakai, 1936 : 28 (in part); 1976 : 20 (in part). — Takeda & MlYAKE, 1970 : 203 (in part). — Dai & Yang,

1991 : 25 (in part).

Carapace width greater than length, subpentagonal in outline, surface convex, granulate, regions well defined.

Frontal and branchial grooves especially evident. Rostrum prominent, tridentatc, teeth bluntly rounded. Antero¬

lateral teeth short, broad, and blunt. Supraorbital margin scarcely overhanging eye, suborbital margin blunt,

visible dorsally. Small tooth above anterolateral margin and close to postorbital comer. Antennal exopod well

developed. Coxae of third maxillipeds closely approximated, but separated from tip of sternum by a deep trough.

Female sternal grooves end apart on low tubercles belween or behind bases of first legs. Chcliped with an cpipod.

First two pairs of legs lobed, inner margins of dactyli armed with up to six small spines. Last two pairs ot legs

reduced, third pair shortest. Dactyl of third leg opposed by a propodal spine. Dactyl of fourth leg opposed by a

propodal spine and there may be another spine on the outer propodal margin. Abdomen of six free segments.

Uropod plates well developed, visible externally. Telson wider than long, tip subtruncatc in male, obtusely

rounded in female.

Type species. — Cryptodromia japonica Henderson, 1888. by present designation.

Other species. — Petalomera sheni Dai, Yang, Song & Chen, 1981.

DISCUSSION — BALSS (1921) erected Paradromia and included two species : Cryptodromia japonica Henderson.

1888. and Dromia lateralis Gray. 1831. Although he did not designate a type species, it is evident that Balss was

trying to accommodate Cryptodromia japonica from Japan. The inclusion of Dromia lateralis was as a result of

BORRADAILK (1903a) pointing out that this species, which had been known as Cryptodromia lateralis, had an

epipod on the chelipcd. In fact BORRADAILE transferred this species to Petalomera Sampson. 1858. Subsequently.

164

C. L. McLAY

only Hale (1925) used the combination Paradromia lateralis. However, this species does not belong in Paradromia

or Petalomera , and should be placed in a new genus (see below). Thus, the type species of Paradromia must be

Cryptodromia japonica Henderson, 1888.

Balss never gave a definition of Paradromia , but simply separated the type species from Cryptodromia because

it had an epipod on the cheliped. Thus, the above generic definition is the first detailed statement of the

characteristics of this genus. Synonyms of Paradromia japonica include Cryptodromia stearnsii Ives, 1891,

C. canaliculata var. ophryoessa Ortmann, 1892, and C. asiatica Parisi, 1915.

SHEN (1931) identified some specimens from North China as Petalomera granulata Stimpson, 1858, but Sakai

( 1965) reassigned them to Petalomera japonica. Dai. Yang, Song, and Chen (1981) reexamined the material and

assigned it to a new species. Petalomera sheni Dai, Yang, Song. & Chen, 1981. P. sheni closely resembles, but

is different from Paradromia japonica , and should be included in Paradromia Balss, 1921.

Neither Petalomera japonica nor P. sheni have petaloid meri on the first three pairs of pereiopods and so they

cannot belong to Petalomera. Also the bluntly rounded features of the carapace in Paradromia are distinctive (see

Table 3).

Hong and Williamson (1986) compared the larval stages of Paradromia japonica (as Petalomera japonica) and

Dromia wilsoni (as Petalomera wilsoni) and concluded that they should be placed in separate genera. My generic

revision, based on the adults, confirms this conclusion.

DISTRIBUTION. — Paradromia is a West Pacific genus : P. japonica has been recorded from China, Japan,

Korea, Indonesia, and North West Australia, but P. sheni is only known from China. Hong and Williamson

( 1986) have described the larval development of P. japonica based on material from Korea. The record of

P. japonica from Funafuti Atoll, Ellice Islands, by WiilTELEGGE (1897) is doubtful.

Key to the species of Paradromia

— Carapace surface sparsely granular, suborbital tooth compressed and oriented obliquely ...

. Paradromia japonica (Henderson, 1888)

— Carapace densely granular, suborbital tooth conical.

. Paradromia sheni (Dai, Yang, Song, & Chen, 1981) nov. comb.

Genus PETALOMERA Stimpson, 1858

Petalomera Stimpson, 1858 : 226; 1907 : 179. — ALCOCK, 1900 : 147; 1901 : 55. — Borradaile, 1903a : 300 (in part).

— Ihle, 1913 : 48. — Sakai, 1936 : 28 (in part); 1965 : 9; 1976 : 20 (in part). — Barnard, 1950 : 312. — McLay,

1991 : 474. — Dai & Yang, 1991 : 25 (in part).

Cryptodromia - ORTMANN, 1894 : 34 (in part). — Ihle, 1913 : 32 (in part).

Carapace width about equal to or less than length, surface slightly convex, granulated and may be areolate.

Lateral rostral teeth prominent, anterolateral teeth small. Antennal segments granulated, lateral margin of second

segment convex, exopod well developed. Coxae of third maxillipeds closely approximated and separated from tip of

sternum by a deep trough. Female sternal grooves end apart between or behind base of first legs. Cheliped with an

epipod. Chelipeds and first two pairs of legs with petaloid meri, carpi and propodi may be crested. Legs not

knobbed, inner margins of dactyli of first two pairs armed with up to seven small spines. Last two pairs of legs

reduced, third pair shortest, dactyli opposed by single propodal spines with sometimes another spine on the outer

propodal margin. Abdomen of six free segments. Uropod plates well developed, visible externally, used in

abdominal locking mechanism by fitting in front of large tuberculate knob on bases of first legs. Telson wider

than long, tip bluntly rounded.

TYPE SPECIES. — Petalomera granulata Stimpson, 1858, by original designation and monotypy.

Source : MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

165

Other SPECIES. — Petalomera pulchra Miers, 1884.

Discussion. — The original definition of the genus Petalomera Slimpson. 1858, was as follows : "Carapax

oblongus, convexus, epimeris post suturam mcmbranaceis. Palatum utrinque colliculo instructum. Foeminae

stemi sulci — ? Meri pedum sex anticorum laminato-dilatati. Chelipedum digiti apicibus comei, cochleariformes.

Pedes 4 postici iis Dromice similes". This genus has been expanded from the original form by Borradaii.e

( 1903a) as follows : "Dromiidac with an epipoditc on the chelipeds, the walking legs bearing sharp ridges, the

carapace varying in the relation of its length to its breadth, but usually broader than long, the regions clearly or

indistinctly marked, the efferent branchial channels well made, the sternal grooves of the female ending apart

behind the cheliped segment, the fifth leg shorter than the third, and without a thorn on the outer side of its last

joint”.

The most distinctive feature of the type species, P. g ram lata Stimpson, 1858, is the petaloid meri on the

chelipeds and first two pairs of legs. Indeed, this character is the basis of the name for this genus and it is

unfortunate that it was omitted by Borradaile (1903a) from his generic definition when it was part of Stimpson'S

definition. The only other species which fits this generic concept is P. pulchra Miers, 1884. Rathbun (1923a)

transferred Cryptodromia lamellata Ortmann, 1894. to the genus Petalomera but it lacks truly petaloid meri and

belongs in Stimdromia gen. nov.

It is clear that most authors have followed Borradaile'S generic definition because most species assigned to

Petalomera do not fit the original definition of STIMPSON. Both ALCOCK (1900) and BARNARD (1950) included the

petaloid meri character in their definition of the genus, but did not allow the absence of such meri to exclude some

species. ALCOCK also included a granular carapace as being an essential feature.

It is apparent that the species assigned to Petalomera should have petaloid meri, granular carapace, and sternal

grooves ending apart behind the chelipeds which bear an epipod (see Table 3). I think that Petalomera should be

restricted to the original concept and the remaining species assigned to existing or to new genera.

Of the nineteen species (Petalomera angulata Sakai, 1936, P. atypica Sakai, 1936, P. atypica reticulata Sakai.

1974, Cryptodromia depressa. Baker, 1907, Petalomera fukitii , Sakai, 1936, P. granulata Stimpson, 1858,

P. indica, Alcock. 1901, Cryptodromia japonica. Henderson, 1888, Petalomera kosugei Takcda & Miyake, 1972,

p laevis Kensley, 1970. Cryptodromia lamellata Ortmann. 1894, Dromia lateralis. Gray. 1831, Petalomera

longipedalis Dai. Yang. Song. & Chen. 1986. P. longipes Ihle. 1913, P. nodosa Sakai. 1936. P pulchra Miers,

1884. P. sheni Dai. Yang, Song. & Chen, 1981, Cryptodromia wilsoni Fulton & Grant. 1902. Petalomera

yamashitai Takeda & Miyake, 1970) which have been assigned to Petalomera the only ones which remain are P.

granulata. and P. pulchra. Even to include these species it has been necessary to modify Borradaile'S

interpretation of Petalomera by noting that there may be a propodal spine on the outer margin of the last legs, and

that the meri of the chelipeds and first two pairs of legs are ridged or petaloid. The above definition contains the

essential characters of Stimpson (1858) and has been expanded to encompass important features not originally

considered.

Distribution. — P. granulata occurs off Japan. China, and also the Andamans and Sri Lanka (as P. indica

Alcock, 1901). P. pulchra has been recorded from North Australia and Indonesia. Thus this restricted concept ol

Petalomera shows that the genus is so far known only from the vicinity of India. Indonesia, and includes the

Western Pacific from northern Australia to Japan. With the following specimens the distribution now includes

New Caledonia.

Key to the species of Petalomera

(Species studied in this paper are in bold)

— Carapace surface granulate, two small anterolateral teeth .

. Petalomera pulchra Miers, 1884

_ Carapace surface granulate and areolate, three small anterolateral teeth.

. Petalomera granulata Stimpson, 1858

166

C. L. McLAY

Petalomera pulchra Miers, 1884

Fig. 17 a-b

Petalomera pulchra Miers, 1884 : 260, pi. 27, fig. A. — IHLE, 1913 : 48.

Petalomera longipes Ihle, 1913 : 49, pi. 2, fig. 12.

Material EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Lagon : stn 247, 22°24.0’S, 166°50.9'E, 43 m, 24.10.1984 : 1 9

13.9 x 14.1 mm. — Stn 403, 22°34.5'S, 167°17.5’E, 46-44 m, 23.01.1985 : 1 9 (ovig.) 19.9 x 20.6 mm. — Stn 465,

18°22.1’S, 163°05.0’E, 45 m, 1.03.1985 : 1 6 7.3 x 7.7 mm. — Stn 522, 19°08.2’S, 163°38.2'E, 42 m, 5.03.1985 :

1 6 10.9 x 11.4 mm. — Stn 539, 19°05.0’S, 163°17.3’E, 240 m, 6.03.1985 : 1 9 5.5 x 6.0 mm. — Stn 626,

21°57.9'S, 166°52.5’E, 47-48 m, 6.08.1986 : 1 6 8.1 x 8.8 mm. — Stn 709, 21 0 22.2’S, 166°03.5’E, 39-40 m,

10.08.1986 : 1 9 10.3 x 10.6 mm. — Stn 716, 21°22.1’S, 165°58.9'E, 30 m, 11.08.1986 : 1 9 9.4 x 9.7 mm. — Stn

724, 21°19.7'S, 165°57.8'E, 36-38 m, 12.08.1986 : 1 9 9.4 x 9.7 mm. — Stn 1015, 20 o 10.1’S, 163°51.6’E, 25 m,

3.04.1988 : 1 9 (ovig.) 15.4 x 16.0 mm. — Stn 1087, 19°48.3’S, 163°59.5'E, 24 m, 24.10.1989 : 1 6 10.0 x

10.5 mm; 1 9 9.5 x 10.0 mm. — Stn 1168, 19°15.9'S, 163°09.3'E, 50 m, 30.10.1989 : 1 d 5.2 x 5.5 mm.

Chesterfield Islands. Chalcal 1 : stn DC 10, 20°36.09'S, 161°05.82'E, 87 m, 15.07.1984 : 1 9 8.0 x 8.3 mm.

— Stn DC 12, 20°31.33'S, 161°06.5rE, 80 m, 15.07.1984 : 1 6 15.0 x 15.9 mm. — Stn CP 12, 20°35.30'S,

158°47.40'E, 67 m. 23 July, 1984 : 2 6 6 6.2 x 6.7, 20.8 x 22.5 mm; 2 9 9 (ovig.) 16.2 x 16.9, 17.3 x 18.0 mm; 1 9

10.2 x 10.5 mm. — Stn DC 43, 20°41.50 , S, 158°38.40’E, 78 m, 23.07.1984 : 1 9 16.6 x 17.4 mm. — Stn DC 50,

21°4.40'S, 158°40.70'E, 70 m, 24.08.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 10.5 x 10.8 mm. — Stn CP 14, 21 o 13.50’S, \5$°50.20'E,

66 m, 24.07.1984 : 1 9 22.5 x 18.1 mm. — Stn DC 53, 21°19.50’S, 158°55.30’E, 60 m, 24.07.1984 : 1 6 13.6 x

14.1 mm; 1 9 16.8 x 17.1 mm, bopyrid (Isopoda) parasite in right gill chamber. — Stn CP 15, 21°24.90’S,

159°9.30'E, 60 m, 25.07.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 19.0 x 19.4 mm. — Stn CP 16, 21°41.67’S, 159°21.92 , E, 53 m,

25.07.1984 : 1 6 15.0 x 16.2 mm. — Stn DC 61, 21°42.40’S, 159°29.00'E, 50 m, 26.07.1984 : 1 9 7.1 x 7.0 mm.

Corail 1 : stn unknown : 1 6 18.0 x 19.2 mm.

Corail 2 : stn DW 21, 20°36.14’S, 161°01.75'E, 86 m, 22.07.1988 : 1 6 6.2 x 6.0 mm. — Stn CP 27, 20°21.29 , S,

160°58.60’E, 75 m, 22.07.1988 : 1 9 8.5 x 9.0 mm, carrying a compound ascidian cap. — Stn DW 34, 19°21.62'S,

158°55.77'E, 47 m, 23.07.1988 : 1 6 6.6 x 7.3 mm. — Stn DW 73, 19 0 12.1LS, 158°22.57’E, 41 m, 25.08.1988 : 1 9

9.6 x 10.7 mm. — Stn DW 125, 19°28.05’S, 158°24.39'E, 54 m, 29.08.1988 : 1 6 9.8 x 10.0 mm. — Stn DW 140,

19°33.89'S, 158°23.89'E, 57 m, 30.08.1988 : 1 9 (ovig.) 6.7 x 7.2 mm. — Stn DW 154, 19°52.04’S. 158°26.50’E,

35 m, 1.09.1988 : 2 6 6 7.3 x 7.2, 11.2 x 10.7 mm; 1 9 (ovig.) 10.6 x 11.5 mm. — Landsdowne Bank, stn unknown,

depth unknown, August, 1988 : 1 9 11.8 x 11.6 mm.

Description. — Carapace as long or longer than wide, slightly convex, covered with small rounded granules,

sparsely pubescent with a few longer setae fringing limbs. Frontal groove well marked, separating a pair of low

rounded protuberances behind rostrum. Cervical groove distinct, branchial groove less well marked. Urogastric

region well defined, crescent shaped with branchiocardiac groove curving back from this area. Rostrum tridentate,

all teeth serrated and horizontally directed, median tooth small and on a lower level, lateral teeth eave-like separated

by a U-shaped sinus. Anterolateral margin of carapace begins at level of postorbital corner, two similar granulated

teeth separated by cervical groove, no posterolateral tooth although there are several granules along margin behind

second anterolateral tooth.

A small supraorbital tooth followed by a distinct notch and a curved, flange-like postorbital tooth. A narrow

fissure separates suborbital margin which has a single, central, acute tooth.

First segment of antenna wider than long, oblong, beaked medially, not gaping, upper lobe of beak curved.

Second segment much longer than wide, scattered small granules, a central distal tubercle, distomedial corner

produced as a curved blunt spine on which third segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod firmly fixed with a central

longitudinal furrow, tip reaching as far as joint between third and fourth segments, only slightly bilobed, inner

lobe longest and curving over base of eyestalk. Epistomc triangular, flat, apex and lateral margins adorned with

large granules.

Subhepatic region convex, granulated with a single granulated tubercle which is visible dorsally. A similar

granulated tooth at comer of buccal frame and a distinct groove curving around under anterolateral margin towards

branchial groove. Female sternal grooves end well apart on tubercles situated just behind base of first legs.

Chelipeds well developed, longer in male. Merus trigonal, inferior borders granulated, superior border petaloid,

inner surface nacreous. Carpus convex, minutely granulated, two strong distal tubercles, inner margin of upper

border with four-five sharp granules. Propodus outer face lined with one or more longitudinal rows of small

Source : MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND HIE PHILIPPINES

167

granules, inner margin of upper border with four-five sharp granules. Fingers shod, downcurved. hollowed oul

internally, gaping in male, armed with seven-eight teeth, which increase in size distally.

First two pairs of legs shorter than chelipeds. Meri petaloid as for chelipeds. especially merus of first leg.

Carpi and propodi tend to be flattened, distal borders bluntly lobed. dactyli as long as propodi. inner margins armed

with six-seven short spines all of similar size.

Last two pairs of legs reduced, third pair smallest, both subdorsal. Dactyl of third leg opposed by a single

propodal spine. Dactyl of fourth leg also opposed by a single spine with another spine on outer propodal margin at

base of dactyl.

Abdomen of six free segments. Telson wider than long, tip truncate in male, bluntly rounded in female.

Uropod plates well developed and visible externally. Abdominal segments covered in small rounded granules

similar to carapace. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of uropod plates fitting in front of very prominent

serrated boss on bases of first legs.

First male plcopod, stout, a semi-rolled setose tube with a sharp homy tip; second pleopod simple, needle-like.

DISCUSSION. — In the "Siboga" collection. IHLE (1913) had one ovigerous female which he referred to

P. pulchra and one smaller male which he named P. longipes. Comparison of the type specimen of Pelaloniera

longipes Ihle, 1913, from Indonesia, with Miers' description shows that it is a synonym of P. pulchra Miers,

1884, which came from Prince of Wales Channel. Torres Strait, north Australia. The differences between these

two species arc attributable to sexual dimorphism.

The collection included eight ovigerous females CW = 6.7-19.9 mm whose clutch size ranged from 120-1278

eggs respectively, mean = 526 eggs (diam. = 0.7 mm). Egg-bearing females occurred in January. April, and from

July to September, when newly laid eggs were recorded. Although the smallest ovigerous female had a CW =

6.7 mm, other females up to CW = 11.8 mm still had an immature abdomen, with the abdominal locking

mechanism still functional. The moult to maturity evidently occurs over a wide size range and some females reach

maturity at a very small size (see Lauridromia intermedia for comparison)..

A female, CW = 16.8 mm, from station D 53, 60 m depth, conlained a bopyrid (Isopoda) parasite in its right

gill chamber which was swollen and distorted. An egg-laden female (7.5 mm long) was attached to the gills and

attached to her was a small male (2.2 mm long). This is the first record of a bopyrid parasite from a known

dromiid host.

Size. — Until now only four specimens of P. pulchra have been recorded, three females (maximum CW =

18.0 mm. one ovigerous CW = 11.5 mm) and one male (CW = 8.5 mm) and yet this species is the second most

abundant dromiid in the New Caledonian fauna. The size range for males CW = 5.2-20.8 mm, and females CW =

5.5-22.5 mm. in the New Caledonian collection, increases the maximum size for both sexes.

Depth. _The previously known depth range (7-45 m) of P. pulchra is increased to 86 m by the present

collection. One sample from stn 539 (Lagon) contained a small female which supposedly came from a depth of

240 m, but the rest came from 25-86 m and it seems likely that this deep record may be an error or contamination

from a previous shallow sample.

Camouflage. — P. pulchra has not been recorded as carrying camouflage material but a female CW =

8.5 mm. from stn CP 27 (Corail 2). 75 m depth, carried a small fragment of a compound ascidian which only

covered the rear half of its carapace. All the other specimens did not have any covering.

DISTRIBUTION. — The distribution of P. pulchra includes Indonesia, Northeast Australia (Prince of Wales

Channel), and now New Caledonia.

Genus STIMDROMIA nov.

Petalomera - Borrada.LE, 1903a : 300 (in part). - Sara., 1936 : 28 (in par.); 1965 : 9 (in part); 1976 : 20 (in part). -

Takeda & Miyake, 1972 : 254. - Dai & Yang. 1991 : 25 (in part).

Cryptodromia - IHLE, 1913 : 32 (in part).

Source:

168

C. L. McIj\Y

Carapace as wide or wider than long, convex, surface smooth or finely granulated. Rostrum tridentate, lateral

rostral teeth prominent. Anterolateral teeth well developed, blunt. Antennal exopod well developed. Coxae of third

maxillipeds close together or separated by triangular extension from tip of sternum. Female sternal grooves end

apart on small tubercles between base of first legs. Cheliped with an epipod. First two pairs of legs strongly

knobbed, may be ridged, inner margins of dactyli armed with three-four small spines. Last two pairs of legs

reduced, third pair shortest. Dactyli of both legs opposed by a single propodal spine and there may be another spine

on the outer propodal margin. Abdomen of six free segments. Uropod plates well developed, visible externally,

used in the abdominal locking mechanism by fitting in front of large serrated tubercles on the bases of the first

legs. Distolateral comers of third to fifth abdominal segments produced as blunt tubercles. Male telson tends to lie

truncated or bilobed.

Type SPECIES. — Dromia lateralis Gray, 1831, by present designation.

Other SPECIEs. — Petalomera angulata Sakai, 1936, Petalomera kosugei Takeda & Miyake, 1972,

Cryptodromia lamellata Ortmann, 1894, Petalomera longipedalis Dai, Yang, Song, & Chen, 1986.

Etymology. — The generic name Stimdromia recognizes the valuable contribution to the study of dromiid

crabs made by W. Stimpson who created most of the early generic names in this family. His name is combined

with Dromia to create the new genus.

DISCUSSION. — A distinctive feature of the species in this genus is the tubercular or nodular chelipcds and first

two pairs of legs. This feature, combined with the nature of the sternal grooves, carapace shape, smooth carapace

surface, presence of an epipod on the cheliped, and the absence of petaloid meri on the first three pairs of

perciopods make this genus different from Petalomera Stimpson, 1858, Paradromia Balss, 1921, Fultodromia gen.

nov., and Frodromia gen. nov. (see Table 3).

Dromia lateralis Gray, 1831, was described, briefly, on the basis of a specimen from Australia. The species

Dromia verrucosipes White, 1847, from the Philippines, was listed without a description and treated as a synonym

of Cryptodromia lateralis (Gray, 1831) by HENDERSON (1888). However these species tire not the same and Dromia

verrucosipes is an undescribcd species of Stimdromia. This undescribed species is not dealt with in this paper and

is not included in the key. The only known specimen, purchased from Mr H. Cuming, is held by the British

Museum (see White, 1847).

The species until now known as Petalomera lamellata (Ortmann, 1894) is also included in Stimdromia. It is

closely related to S. lateralis and GRIFFIN (1972) has listed the major differences between the two species.

One species, S. lateralis , from Australia, has direct development (Hale, 1925, MONTGOMERY, 1922).

Distribution. — The distribution of the species belonging to Stimdromia includes the Andaman Islands,

Indonesia, Australia, New Caledonia, Samoa, Philippines, China and Japan, i.e. the Indo-West Pacific area.

Key to the species of Stimdromia

(Species studied in this paper are in bold)

1. Carapace approximately as wide as long . 2

— Carapace significantly wider than long . 3

2. Anterolateral margin armed with four teeth, first and third strongest, distolateral comers

of third to fifth abdominal segments produced as distinct lobes .

. Stimdromia angulata (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb.

— Anterolateral margin armed with two similar teeth, distolateral comers of third to fifth

abdominal segments angular ..Stimdromia kosugei (Takeda & Miyake, 1972) nov. comb.

Source MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

169

3. Carapace very convex, anterolateral margin broadly rounded, armed with three small

teeth, tending to increase in size from first to last, lateral cardiac groove not deeply

marked. Stimdromia longipedalis (Dai, Yang, Song & Chen, 1986) nov. comb.

— Carapace not strongly convex, anterolateral margin angular, armed with two prominent

teeth . 4

4. Sub-hepatic region bearing a strong, blunt tubercle, inner surface of male chcliped

propodus entirely covered by dense pubescence, outer surface smooth, ridges of carpi and

propodi of first two legs poorly developed .

. Stimdromia lateralis (Gray, 1831) nov. comb.

— Sub-hepatic region bearing a low, straight ridge, inner surface of male cheliped propodus

with dense pubescence distally only, outer surface granular, ridges of carpi and propodi of

first two legs well developed, cristate.

. Stimdromia lamellata (Ortmann, 1894) nov. comb.

Stimdromia angulata (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb.

Fig. 16 f

Petalomera angulata Sakai, 1936 : 29, text fig. 7; 1965 : 11, pi. 5. fig. 2; 1976 : 21, pi. 5, fig. 3. — SUZUKI & Kurata.

1967 : 95. — Takhda, 1977 : 73.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 3 : stn CP 134, 12°01.1 N, 121°57.3’E, 92-95 m, 5.06.1985 :

1 9 (ovig.) 7.8 x 7.6 mm.

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace slightly wider than long, evenly convex, surface smooth under sparse, short, fine

tomentum. Frontal, branchial and cardiac grooves only faintly marked. Rostrum tridentate, teeth prominent, blunt,

all of similar size. Median tooth on a lower level, slightly deflexed, lateral teeth directed anterovertically.

Anterolateral margin begins at level of postorbital comer. Three equidistant, blunt, teeth, first strongest, second

smallest, tip may be slightly bilobed. Small posterolateral tooth behind branchial notch.

Supraorbital margin eave-like, supraorbital tooth well developed, postorbital corner bluntly produced. A

shallow fissure separates the suborbital margin which has a strong tooth at its inner comer, visible dorsally.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, beaked medially, gaping, upper lobe shorter. Second segment

much longer than wide, a prominent central distal tubercle, distomedial comer bluntly produced, on which the third

segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod firmly fixed, extending as far as joint between third and fourth segments,

tip bilobed, inner lobe narrower and curving over base ot eyestalk. Epistome triangular, slightly concave.

A strong subhepatic tubercle visible dorsally close to and below postorbital comer with another tubercle lower

down just above the groove which runs around under anterolateral margin. A small tubercle at corner of buccal

frame. Female sternal grooves convergent, but ending apart on small tubercles between bases ot first legs.

Chelipeds elongate, lightly built. Merus trigonal, borders unarmed except for a small distal tubercle on superior

margin. Carpus and propodus heavily tuberculated. Carpus with four small tubercles on inner margin, anothei tour

similar tubercles on outer surface as well as three stronger distal tubercles. Inner face of propodus densely

tomentose, superior margin has three small tubercles, three more on upper face and a strong tubercle at base ot

dactyl and five tubercles scattered over outer face. Fingers gaping basally, slightly downcurvcd, hollowed out

internally, armed with seven small interlocking teeth.

First two pairs of legs slightly shorter than chelipeds, heavily tuberculated. Men have a strong tubercle

midway along posterior inferior margin. Carpi with four strong tubercles along superior margin, distal tubercle

strongest, and two tubercles on posterior inferior margin. Propodi with two tubercles on superior margin, distal

tubercle strongest, two similar tubercles on posterior margin. Dactyli as long as propodi, strongly curved at tips,

inner margin armed with four small spines increasing in size distally. On the posterior face of dactyli there is a

pearl-like tubercle which articulates with the penultimate segment.

170

C. L. McLAY

Last two pairs of legs reduced, non-tuberculate, third pair shortest, fourth pair subdorsal. Dactyli on both legs

strongly curved, opposed by a single propodal spine with another smaller spine on outer propodal margin.

Abdomen of six free segments, uropod plates well developed, visible externally. Telson wider than long, tip

rounded in female, subtruncate in male. Central ridge of abdominal segments four-six adorned with a pair of distal

tubercles (pair on the fourth segment largest), and a broader proximal swelling. Distolateral comers of segments

three-five produced as blunt tubercles (only weakly on third segment). In this way segments four and five have a

row of four distal tubercles, one at each corner and a pair in the middle. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of

uropod plates fitting in front of serrated ridge on bases of first legs.

Details of male pleopods unknown.

Discussion. — Sakai (1936) described Petalomera angulata as having four anterolateral teeth on the carapace,

obviously treating the second tooth as representing two teeth. This tooth is smaller, only slightly bilobed at the

tip and without proper separation between the lobes extending to the carapace margin. Thus there is only a single

tooth involved and the total number of anterolateral teeth is only three. Otherwise the description given above is

largely in agreement with that given by Sakai. With the present specimen a total of twenty three crabs (including

nine females) have been reported, but the nature of the female sternal grooves have not been recorded. In the

present female, which is ovigerous, the grooves are convergent but ending apart on small tubercles between the

first legs.

The eggs carried by the Philippine female, CW = 7.8 mm. are 1.1 mm diameter and there are only twenty four,

which means that Stimdromia angulata has a reproductive strategy incorporating a small number of relatively large

eggs. Nothing has been recorded about the reproductive status of females collected from Japan. An Australian

species in this genus, 5. lateralis , also has large eggs (1.14 mm diameter) and development is direct

(Montgomery, 1922; Hale, 1925). The development of S. angulata is unknown but may also be direct.

Camouflage. — Sakai (1936) recorded the male holotype as carrying a sponge cap.

Size. — The largest crab reported is the holotype male CW = 12.0, CL = 11.5 mm. but the only female size

known is the Philippine specimen, CW = 7.8 mm. However, it would appear that S. angulata is a small dromiid

crab.

DEPTH. — Previous depths are from the low intertidal down to 50 m. Several of the Japanese specimens have

been obtained from lobster pots. With the Philippine specimen, the depth range is extended down to 95 m. In

shallow water this crab is found in rocky areas and on coral reefs (Madrepora) but the habitat of the Philippine

specimen is unknown.

DISTRIBUTION. — Until now Stimdromia angulata has been known only from Japanese waters. The

distribution has now been extended to the Philippines.

Genus FRODROMIA nov.

Petalomera - Sakai, 1936 : 28 (in part); 1974 : 87; 1976 : 20 (in part).

Carapace longer than wide, convex, covered with small granules hidden under a short fine tomentum. Lateral

borders of carapace sub-parallel, granulated. Rostrum tridentate, teeth acute. Antennal exopod well developed.

Coxae of third maxillipeds closely approximated and inserted on tip of sternum. Female sternal grooves end apart

on prominent tubercles behind chelipcds. Cheliped with an epipod, granulated. First two pairs of legs without

adornment, inner margins of dactyli armed with up to ten small spines. Last two pairs of legs much smaller than

first two pairs, dactyli opposed by one or two propodal spines. Abdomen of six free segments. Telson rounded.

Uropod plates well developed, visible externally in male (concealed in female), used in the abdominal locking

mechanism by fitting in front of serrated flange on the bases of the first legs. Female genital opening located on

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

171

the anterior border of the coxal segment of the second leg, and directed anteriorly, with a blunt tubercle behind the

genital opening

Type species. — Petalomera aiypica Sakai, 1936. by present designation.

OTHER species. — Petalomera reticulata Sakai. 1974.

ETYMOLOGY. — The generic name Frodromia is formed by combining the name of Frodo Baggins, one of the

Hobbits of Bag End. a character from J. R. R. Tolkien's "Lord of the Rings", and Dromia.

Discussion. — As explained earlier, an essential character of Petalomera is the presence of petaloid meri on

the first three pairs of pereiopods, and therefore P. atypica and P. reticulata cannot belong to this genus.

Distinctive features of this genus are the carapace shape. Finely granulated surface, uropods dissimilar in males and

females, location of the female genital opening, and presence of an unusual tubercle behind the genital opening

(see Table 3).

On the basis of three specimens (two males and one female), from Japan, depth 100-130 m. Sakai (1774)

described a subspecies, Petalomera atypica reticulata, which differs from the typical form in having a coarse

network of purplish colouration on the carapace and abdomen. However there seem to be some major differences

from the typical form : the illustration in Sakai (1976. pi. 5. fig. 1) has remarkably small eyes, no evidence of

teeth or granules on the anterolateral margins, carapace width approximately equal to carapace length (but according

to the dimensions given, CW/CL = 0.9). Also the figure supposedly shows a male and yet it seems to have a

female abdomen. There are also supposed to be differences in the rostral teeth but these are not confirmed by

comparison of the illustrations of the two forms. Thus it is likely that two different species are involved, although

several morphological details remain to be established.

Distribution. — Previously known only from Japan, but now recorded Irom New Caledonia.

Key to the species of Frodromia

(Species studied in this paper are in bold)

— Carapace longer than wide, anterolateral margin granulated ....

. Frodromia atypica (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb.

— Carapace approximately as long as wide, anterolateral margin without teeth or granules ..

. Frodromia reticulata (Sakai, 1974) nov. comb.

Frodromia atypica (Sakai. 1936) nov. comb.

Figs 6 a-j. 17 d

Petalomera atypica Sakai, 1936 : 33, pi. 2, fig. 1; 1976 : 23, pi. 5, lig. 2.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. - New Caledonia. MUSORSTOM 4 : stn CP 171. 18°57.8'S, 163°14.0'E. 435 m,

17.09.1985 : 1 6 9.5 x 10.6 mm; 19 7 3 * ^ m m . l6r0 3 7S'E 437 m , ,5.02.1989 : 1 2 7.1 x 8.0 mm.

Loyalty Islands. MUSORSTOM 6 : stn DW 412, 20 400Ub. to/ u^./oc. «/

c. CD 4 A 1 71 o/y> wq 60’F 430 m 7 1 02.1989 : 1 <5 8.2 x 9.7 mm; 2 9 9 7.2 x 8.0, 9.8 x 10.1 mm.

— Stn CP 464, 21 02.30S, 10/ 3i.ouc, m,-i.w-.w n?°4R OO'F '>91-295 m

Indonesia (South East Molucca Islands). KaRUBAR : stn DW 44. 7 52.00 S, 13- 48.00 h,

29.10.1991 : 1 6 5.0 x 5.7 mm.

DESCRIPTION - Carapace longer than wide, lateral borders parallel, giving the impression of an oblong

shape Frontal lateral cardiac and branchial grooves only faintly marked. Carapace surface quite convex and covered

in small granules in amongst a short, fine lomcntum. Rostrum trideniale. lee.h acute, median rostral tooth as long

Source:

172

C. L. McLAY

as lateral teeth which are directed anterovcrtically. Anterolateral margin begins at postorbital corner and extends

almost directly backward in a straight line, adorned with about nine small granules, similar to those on carapace

surface. A slight interruption in carapace margin for branchial groove followed by posterolateral border which also

has about nine small granules.

Supraorbital tooth small, postorbital corner produced as a slight flange ornamented with small granules.

Suborbital margin similarly adorned, separated off by a wide fissure, divided into one major acute tooth and one

minor tooth at inner corner.

First segment of antenna wider than long, beaked medially, gaping. Second segment much longer than wide,

surface convex with a few scattered tubercles, distomedial corner bluntly produced with third segment inserted at an

angle. Exopod firmly fixed to second segment, extending as far as joint between third and fourth antennal

segments, tip blunt and curved over base of eyestalk. Epistome triangular, not hollowed out, lateral margins lined

with small tubercles, apex separated from median rostral tooth by a narrow fissure.

Subhepatic area inflated, covered in scattered small tubercles with a shallow groove extending from corner of

buccal frame around under anterolateral margin towards posterolateral region. Sternal grooves end wide apart on

small tubercles between bases of second legs. An unusual feature of the female is the orientation of the genital

opening which is located on anterior border of coxal segment of second leg and directed anteriorly, and the presence

of a prominent, blunt, coxal tubercle directed medially, behind genital opening. It is not obvious what the function

of this tubercle might be, and it is not present in any other known dromiid crab. The coxal tubercle, genital

opening and end of sternal groove are in close proximity.

Cheliped mcrus trigonal in section, all borders have small granules. Carpus elongate with scattered tubercles

especially near margins, one especially elongate distal tubercle. Propodus with similar tubercles which are larger

on upper border. Fingers downcurved, hollowed out internally and armed with eight-nine small teeth.

First two pairs of legs long, but shorter than chelipeds. without adornment. Dactyli curved, as long as propodi,

inner margins armed with nine-ten small, similar spines.

Last two pairs of legs much smaller, both subdorsal and similar in size. Dactyl of third leg opposed by a single

propodal spine, dactyl of fourth leg opposed by two spines. No spines on the outer propodal margins.

Abdomen of six free segments. Male telson wider than long, margin rounded, uropod plates well developed and

visible externally. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of uropod plates fitting in front of small serrated flange

on bases of lirst legs. Female telson much wider than long, margin rounded, uropod plates well developed, but not

visible externally.

Male second pleopod simple, needle-like and fits into first pleopod which is a setose, semi-rolled tube with an

acute apex.

Discussion. — Frodromia atypica with its granulate carapace, which is longer than wide, acute rostral teeth,

no anterolateral teeth, non-pctaloid meri of first two pairs of legs, simple spine configuration on the last two pairs

of legs, and concealed female uropods (but exposed male uropods) does not fit into Petalomera Stimpson, 1858,

sensu stricto, or either of the other genera, Fultodromia gen. nov. and Stimdromia gen. nov. Hence a new genus is

necessary to accommodate this species (see Table 3).

The only records of Frodromia atypica are those given by Sakai (1936) with the original description and

include the holotype male, CW = 6.0, CL = 7.0 mm, and a female of unknown size. Sakai (1976) stated that the

holotype specimen was no longer extant. The description given above largely agrees with that of Sakai (1936)

except that in the present material there are no prominent anterolateral tubercles, instead only several small

granules, and the propodi and dactyli of the first two pairs of legs are of similar length, instead of propodi being

longer than dactyli.

SIZE. — The New Caledonian and Indonesian collections include four females, maximum size CW = 9.8, CL =

10.1 mm, and three males, maximum size CW = 9.5, CL = 10.6 mm. Most of these specimens are larger than

those reported by Sakai. Although none of the females (CW = 7.1-9.8 mm) were ovigerous, all had a broad

abdomen, indicating that they were sexually mature.

Source: MNHN. Paris

STONGE CRABS OP NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

173

l-1 i-1 1 -7

a - c d - h • * J

Fig. 6. — Frodromia alypica (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb. : a-j. 6 9.5 x 10.6 mm, New Caledonia. MUSORSTOM 4. sin 171

435 m (MNHN-B 22559) : a, dorsal view of righl half of carapace; b, ventral view of right orbital area; c, outer face ot

right cheliped; d. posterior view of terminal segments of right second leg; e, posterior view of terminal segments of

right third leg; f, posterior view of terminal segments of right fourth leg; g. first male pleopod; h, second male

pleopod; i. ventral view of telson and terminal segments of male abdomen. — j : 9 9.8 x 10.1 mm, Loyalty Islands,

MUSORSTOM 6, stn CP 464. 430 m (MNHN-B 22560). ventral view of telson and terminal segments of female

abdomen.

Scale bars represent 1.0 mm.

174

C. L. McLAY

Camouflage. — Sakai (1936) gave the habitat as being shelly or sandy grounds and his specimens were

carrying compound ascidian caps. None of the present specimens were accompanied by camouflage material. Sakai

(1936) described the colour of his specimens as uniformly dark blue, presumably when alive or freshly preserved.

The colour of the present preserved material was dark brown.

DEPTH. — The depth range in Japanese waters is 50-100 m, but all the New Caledonian material comes from

deep water, 425-437 m and the Indonesian specimen from 291-295 m.

Distribution. — The New Caledonian and Indonesian specimens extend the range of F. atypica into the

southern hemisphere and show that this species is not endemic to Japan.

CHARACTER

Pseudodromia

Ascidiophilus

Ratio CW/CL

Carapace width much less than length.

Carapace surface

Smooth.

Rostrum

Tridentate, teeth well developed.

Unidentate, broad. Branchial groove

well marked.

Anterolateral margin

Usually without teeth.

No teeth.

Antenna

Distomedial corner of second segment

produced. Exopod as long as third

segment.

Distomedial corner of second segment

not produced. This segment narrow,

elongate. Exopod absent.

Sternal grooves

End close together between chelipeds

or first legs.

End close together between chelipeds

or first legs.

Epipods/Podobranchs

No epipods or podobranchs on

pereiopods.

No epipods or podobranchs on

pereiopods.

First two pairs of legs

Not nodose.

Last two pairs of legs

Dactyli almost straight, not opposed

by propodal spines, and no spines on

outer propodal margin. Instead, third

leg has one lateral propodal spine,

and fourth leg has two lateral propodal

spines. Fourth leg equal to or longer

than first leg.

Dactyli almost straight, not opposed

by propodal spines, and no spines on

outer propodal margin. Instead, third

leg has three lateral propodal spines,

and fourth leg has four lateral propodal

spines. Fourth leg equal to or longer

than first leg.

Abdominal segments

No segments fused. No abdominal

locking mechanism.

No segments fused. No abdominal

locking mechanism.

Uropods

Minute, concealed.

Absent.

Telson

Acutely pointed.

Bluntly narrowed.

Male pleopods

First sharply tipped, second without

exopod on basis.

First sharply tipped, second without

exopod on basis.

Table 4. — Comparison of key characteristics of the genera Pseudodr omia Stimpson, 1858, and Ascidiophilus Richters.

1880.

Genus CONCHOECETES Stimpson, 1858

Conchoecetes Stimpson, 1858 : 226; 1907 : 180. — Alcock, 1900 : 150; 1901 : 40. — Borradaile, 1903 : 301. —

Ihle, 1913 : 50. — Sakai, 1936 : 41; 1965 : 11; 1976 : 26. — Barnard, 1950 : 308. — Lewinsohn, 1984 : 119. —

Dai & Yang. 1991 : 30.

Dr omia Fabricius, 1798 : 360 (in part). — Haswell. 1882b : 139 (in part).

Source MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

175

Carapace as wide as long, or slightly wider than long, flattened, subpentagonal, surface granular, with a

tomentum of fine setae. Rostrum tridentate, lateral teeth well developed, anterolateral margin may be granular or

bear distinct teeth. Coxae of third maxillipeds fit closely together and are inserted at tip of telson. Female sternal

grooves end apart between or behind the first pair of walking legs. Epipod present on chelipeds which are well

developed, with granular surface. First two pairs of legs shorter, dactyli armed with 20-30 tiny spines. Third leg

shorter and stouter than first two pairs, dactyl enlarged, talon-like and opposed by a stout, proximal propodal

extension. Fourth leg shortest, segments flattened, dactyl small, no opposing propodal spine. Abdomen of six free

segments, uropod plates well developed and visible externally. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of uropod

plates fitting in front of serrated flange on bases of first legs. First male plcopod a stout semi-rolled, setose tube;

second pleopod needle-like.

Type species. — Dromia artificiosa Fabricius, 1798, by monotypy.

OTHER species. — Conchoecetes andamanicus Alcock, 1900, C. intermedius Lewinsohn, 1984.

Discussion. — The species of Conchoecetes are unusual in that they carry bivalve shells as camouflage, a

character which they share with species of Hypoconcha, and the characters which make them different derive from

this habit : flattened carapace, and large talon-like dactyli on the third walking legs (see Table 5). The structure of

the grasping mechanism on the last two pairs of legs is unique amongst the dromiids. Whereas the usual

mechanism involves the dactyl being opposed by one or more spines arising from the distal margin of the

propodus and forming a sub-chelate arrangement, in Conchoecetes these opposing spines are absent. Instead the

third leg has a stout, curved dactyl which pinches against a tubercle near the base of the propodus. This means that

there is a large gap between the margin of the dactyl and the propodus into which the edge ol the camouflaging

bivalve shell can fit. This limb resembles some of the limbs found amongst the Homolidae (see Guinot and

RICHER DE Forges, 1981). The last leg has no sub-chelate mechanism and the dactyl is reduced and curved. The

limb is used to support the shell held by the third pair of legs. STIMPSON (1907) claimed that the last two

segments of the abdomen are "soldered together" but this is incorrect: all segments of the abdomen are freely

moveable.

The larval development of only one species in this genus, C. artificiosus , has been provided by Sankolli &

SHENOY (1968).

The species of Conchoecetes are distributed throughout the Indian Ocean from the coast of Africa to the coast

of Australia, and in the western Pacific Ocean as far north as Taiwan. Most records are from shallow waters, but

the maximum depth is 100 m.

Key to Species of Conchoecetes

1. Two teeth on the anterolateral margin. C. artificiosus (Fabricius, 1798)

— No teeth on the anterolateral margin . 2

2. Supraorbital tooth present. C . intermedius Lewinsohn, 1984

— Supraorbital tooth absent. C. andamanicus Alcock, 1900

Genus PSEUDODROMIA Stimpson, 1858

Pseudodromia Stimpson, 1858 : 226; 1907 : 177. - HENDERSON, 1888: 15 - Alcock, 1900 : 149 (in part). -

STEBBING, 1900 : 23. — Barnard, 1950 : 315. — Gordon, 1950 : 209 (in part).

176

C. L. McLAY

Carapace distinctly longer than wide, surface smooth, convex, covered with short setae. Branchial groove

deeply marked. Rostrum prominent, divided into three teeth. Epistome triangular, apex very narrow, surface deeply

sunken. Anterolateral margin rounded, usually without teeth. Coxae of third maxillipeds closely approximated and

separated from tip of sternum by a deep trough. Female sternal grooves end close together on a low tubercle

between bases of chelipeds or first legs. Orbital teeth maybe strongly or weakly developed. Cheliped without an

epipod. First two pairs of legs about as long as chelipeds, segments not knobbed or ridged, inner margins of

dactyli armed with three-four small spines. Third pair of legs smallest, dactyl, long, almost straight, not opposed

by a propodal spine : instead, there may be one small, propodal spine laterally. Fourth pair of legs as long or

longer than first three pairs of pereiopods, dactyl, long, almost straight, not opposed by a propodal spine : instead,

there may be two small propodal spines laterally. Abdomen of six free segments. Uropods minute, concealed.

Telson longer than wide, tip acutely pointed in male, blunt in female. No abdominal locking mechanism.

TYPE SPECIES. — Pseudodromia latens Stimpson, 1858, by original designation and monotypy.

Other SPECIES. — Dromia rotunda McLeay, 1838, and Pseudodromia trepidus Kensley, 1978.

Discussion. — The above generic definition includes most of the essential features included by Stimpson

(1858) except for the epistome. STIMPSON, and subsequent authors, stated that the epistome is not joined to the

rostrum but this feature is not unique to Pseudodromia. In all dromiids there is a small fissure separating the apex

of the rostrum from the underside of the median rostral tooth but in Pseudodromia the fissure is a little wider than

usual.

Some species which have been assigned to Pseudodromia Stimpson, 1858, must be shifted to other genera

because they do not conform to the above definition. Pseudodromia cacuminis Kensley, 1980, should be placed in

a new monotypic genus because the carapace is wider than long, supraorbital and anterolateral areas bear numerous

short spines, last two pairs of legs are reduced, fourth pair only slightly longer than third pair, dactyli of both legs

opposed by propodal spines. None of these characteristics are typical of Pseudodromia. P. cacuminis is known

only from South Africa.

Pseudodromia spinosissima Kensley, 1977, is transferred to Exodromidia and Pseudodromia caphyraeformis

(Richters, 1880) is returned to its original genus, Ascidiophilus Richters. 1880. ALCOCK (1901) accepted that

Pseudodromia quadricornis Alcock, 1899, is a synonym of Homalodromia coppingeri Miers, 1884. Pseudodromia

inermis Macpherson, 1988, is a synonym of Dromidia spongiosa Stimpson, 1858.

Although STIMPSON (1858) suspected that Dromia rotunda McLeay, 1838, should be placed in Dromidia , and

was followed by many subsequent authors, it was Barnard (1947) who transferred it to Pseudodromia. KENSLEY

(1978) described a new species of Pseudodromia based on a female specimen collected in 1929 by the

Th. Mortenscn Java-South Africa Expedition and he was uncertain about the genus in which it should be placed. I

have examined the type specimen of Pseudodromia trepidus Kensley, 1978, and it is clearly placed in the correct

genus. The trepidation which KENSLEY experienced was not necessary. P. trepidus has propodal spines on the last

two pairs of legs placed laterally rather than opposing the dactyli, the last leg is as long as any of the first three

pereiopods, and the abdominal uropods arc minute and concealed. Comparison of this species with specimens of

P. latens and P. rotunda shows that it is clearly different.

Pseudodromia is most closely related to the South African genus Dromidia Stimpson, 1858, especially in

sharing the characters of no epipod on the cheliped, a sharply pointed telson and uropods which may be minute and

concealed or absent (see Table 4). But Pseudodromia differs in having a carapace longer than wide (wider than long

in Dromidia ), last pair of legs as long or longer than any of first three pairs of pereiopods (last legs reduced) and

propodal spines placed laterally at base of dactyli of last two pairs of legs (propodal spines oppose dactyli and may

be present on the outer propodal margin). The shape of the carapace and arrangement of propodal spines on the last

two pairs of legs, reflect the intimate association of Pseudodromia with ascidians. Females carry small numbers of

large eggs, 1.8-2.2 mm diameter. The camouflage and reproductive characters of P. trepidus arc unknown.

DISTRIBUTION. — All species of Pseudodromia are confined to South Africa.

Source: MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

177

Key to the species of Pseudodromia

1. Anterolateral carapace margin begins at level of epistome, bearing a blunt tooth,

supraorbital and suborbital margins each have a well developed tooth ..

. Pseudodromia trepidus Kensley, 1978

_ Anterolateral carapace margin begins at level of postorbital corner, evenly convex

without a tooth, supraorbital tooth weakly developed, suborbital tooth absent.2

2. Lateral rostral teeth, subparallel, close together, concealing much smaller median tooth

beneath. Pseudodromia latens Slimpson, 1858

— Lateral rostral teeth separated, slightly divergent, revealing similar sized median tooth ....

. Pseudodromia rotunda (McLeay, 1838)

Genus ASCIDIOPHILUS Richters, 1880

Ascidiophilus Richters, 1880 : 158.— LENZ, 1905 : 364.

Pseudodromia Balss, 1922 : 110.

Carapace distinctly longer than wide, surface smooth, convex, covered with short setae. Branchial groove

deeply marked. Rostrum prominent, unidentate. Epistome triangular, apex very narrow, surface deeply sunken.

Coxae of third maxillipeds separated by a narrow gap and inserted at a lower level, well forward of tip of sternum.

Anterolateral margin rounded, without teeth. Female sternal grooves end close together on a low tubercle between

bases of chelipeds or first legs. Orbital teeth not developed. Antenna curved around under eyestalk. without an

exopod. Chcliped without an epipod. First two pairs of legs about as long as chelipeds, segments not knobbed or

ridged, inner margins of dactyli armed with three-four small spines. Third pair of legs smallest, dactyl, long,

almost straight, not opposed by a propodal spine : instead, there may be three small, propodal spines arranged

laterally. Fourth pair of legs as long or longer than first three pairs of pereiopods, dactyl, long, almost straight,

not opposed by a propodal spine : instead, there may be four small propodal spines laterally. Abdomen of six free

segments. Telson longer than wide in male, tip narrowed, blunt, telson as long as wide in female, tip rounded. No

uropod plates. No abdominal locking mechanism.

TYPE species. — Ascidiophilus caphyraeformis Richters, 1880, by monotypy.

DISCUSSION. — Richters (1880) described A. caphyraeformis from Mauritius. Balss (1922) transferred this

species to Pseudodromia Stimpson. 1858. and synonymized P. integrifrons Henderson, 1888. with it. LEWINSOHN

(1977) established that P. murrayi Gordon, 1950. is also a synonym of Ascidiophilus caphyraeformis.

However, while A. caphyraeformis has an overall resemblance to Pseudodromia it is more different Irom the

two species in this genus than they are different from each other. Ascidiophilus caphyraeformis lacks the sharply

pointed telson and has several differences which arc related to the organization of the orbital area. In this species

the eyes are closer together and directed ventrally. with the base of the antenna forming the suborb.tal margin, the

overhanging frontal margin of the carapace forming the supraorbital margin, and a veiy narrow epistome separating

the two eyes. Associated with the narrow epistome. is a unidentate rostrum. As a result of the p accment ol the

eyes, the structure of the antenna is radically different, being curved instead of straight and also lacking an exopod.

Gordon (1950) has also noted the antennal differences of A caphyraeformis as well as differences in the gills.

It is clear that A. caphyraeformis should be relumed to its original genus (see Table 4).

Like the species of Pseudodromia. Ascidiophilus caphyraeformis has an intimate association with ascid.ans

wherein almost the whole body of the crab is tightly enclosed in a compound ascd.an. Females also carry a small

number of large eggs, 1.0 mm diameter.

Source : MNHN . Paris

178

C.L. McLAY

Distribution. — Whereas Ihe iwo species of Pseudodromia are confined lo South Africa, the distribution of

Ascidiophilus caphyraeformis includes the Red Sea and western Indian Ocean, but not South Africa (see

Lewinsohn, 1979).

Genus EXODROMIDIA Stebbing, 1905

Exodromidia Stebbing, 1905 : 64. — Barnard, 1950 : 324.

Carapace length (including rostral teeth) may be slightly longer than wide or approximately as long as wide,

surface smooth, tuberculated or spinous. Furrows not evident on carapace, surface tomentose. Rostrum tridentate,

lateral teeth may be elongate. Anterolateral margin convex, teeth may or may not be present. No fissure at lateral

comer of orbit. Antennal segments may be spinous, exopod well developed. Coxae of third maxillipeds separated

by a wide gap and separated from lip of sternum by a star-shaped plate on which they articulate. Female sternal

grooves end together on a tubercle between or just behind chelipeds. No epipod on the chelipeds which are much

larger in males. First two pairs of legs shorter than chelipeds, dactyii long, curved, inner margins armed with up to

ten small spines. Last two pairs of legs very reduced, dactyii opposed by single propodal spines. Abdomen of six

free segments. Telson terminated by a sharp or knobbed spine. Uropods very small, concealed or absent. Vestigial

pleopods on male abdominal segments three to five.

Type SPECIES. — Dromidia spinosa Sluder, 1883, by monotypy.

OTHER species —Dromidia bicornis Sluder, 1883. Pseudodromia spinosissima Kensley. 1977, should

probably be placed in this genus but details of some essential features are unknown.

Discussion. — Exodromidia was created by Stebbing (1905) to accommodate Dromidia spinosa and later

Barnard (1950) added Studer s other species, D. bicornis. A character of central interest was the dimorphic

chelipeds, much larger in the males. Barnard (1950) thought that the reasons for erecting Exodromidia were not

very strong but the major differences between it and Dromidia are that rostral teeth arc often elongate, no furrows

on the carapace, no fissure present at postorbital corner, chelipeds dimorphic, last two pairs of legs very reduced,

dactyii opposed by only single propodal spines, and vestigial pleopods present on male segments three to five.

These differences justify the existence of a separate genus (see Table 5).

Barnard (1950) stated that Exodromidia bicornis and E. spinosa normally lie buried in mud or sand and there

have been no reports of camouflage being carried. This is consistent with the very reduced last two pairs of legs,

which may be unable to hold camouflage, and the presence of stiff bristles and spines on the carapace which would

make it difficult, if not impossible, to have a cap close to the body. These are deep water species which have large

eggs, 1.5-2 mm diameter, few in number.

Distribution. — The species of Exodromidia arc confined to South Africa.

Key to the species of Exodromidia

1. Carapace slightly wider than long, three well developed anteriorly directed anterolateral

teeth, several prominent tubercles on carapace . Exodromidia spinosa (Sluder. 1883)

— Carapace kinger than wide, anterolateral margins adorned with spines rather than teeth,

carapace smooth or spined . 2

2. Rostrum tridentate, lateral teeth much longer than median tooth, carapace surface smooth

under a cover of long stiff bristles. Exodromidia bicornis (Sluder. 1883)

— Rostrum tridentate, teeth narrow and of similar length, carapace surface covered in short

needle-like spines . Exodromidia spinosissima (Kensley. 1977) nov. comb.

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

179

Genus EUDROMIDIA Barnard, 1947

Eudromia Henderson, 1888 : 13 (name preoccupied).

Eudromidia Barnard, 1947 : 368; 1950 : 314.

Eudromiopsis Balss, 1957 : 1605.

Not Eudromia - STEBBING, 1920 : 253.

Carapace convex, ovate, smooth. longer than wide. Only frontal and branchial grooves evident beneath short

tomentum. Rostrum composed of prominent lateral teeth, which may be divergent or upturned, rostrum essentially

bilobed. No supraorbital tooth. May be an anterolateral tooth, posterolateral tooth small. Antennal exopod well

developed. Coxae of third maxillipeds closely approximated and inserted in front of lip of sternum. Female sternal

grooves end together on a tubercle just behind chelipeds. No epipod on chelipcds which are narrow. First two pairs

of legs smooth, dactyli long, inner margins armed with five or six small spines. Last two pairs of legs very

reduced, dactyli opposed by single propodal spines and there may be a spine on the outer propodal margin.

Abdomen of six free segments. Telson ends in a sharp point. Uropods very small, concealed. Abdominal locking

mechanism consists of small tubercle on bases of first legs against margins of last abdominal segment.

TYPE species. — Eudromia frontalis Henderson. 1888. is the type species, by monotypy. ol the genus

Eudromia Henderson, 1888. As both Eudromidia Barnard, 1947. and Eudromiopsis Balss. 1957. are replacement

names for Eudromia Henderson. 1888 (which is a junior homonym of Eudromia J. Geoffroy. 1832. fora genus of

birds), they also have Eudromia frontalis as their type species.

OTHER SPECIES. — Eudromia hendersoni Stcbbing, 1921.

DISCUSSION. — The main ways in which Eudromidia differs from Dromidia Stimpson. 1858. are carapace

longer than wide, ovate, rostrum bilobed. lateral teeth of rostrum prominent, no spine present on inner distal

margin of cheliped carpus, distal margins of carpi and propodi of first two pairs of legs not produced, and last two

pairs of legs very small. The shape of the carapace and size of the last two pans of legs are especially significant

(see Table 5).

Besides the above two species, only one other species, E. biluberculata Stcbbing. 1920. has been assigned to

Eudromia. Stebbing noted that the ratio of carapace width to length (greater than 1.0), and nodulose, granulate leg

segments of this species did not conform to the original definition of Eudromia. Because of this, Barnard (1947)

transferred this species to Crypiodromiopsis Borradaile. 1903. But additional features such as carapace adorned with

prominent tubercles, anterolateral teeth acute, and laterally directed mean that E. biluberculata does not belong ,n

either of these genera. E. biluberculata is transferred to Barnardromia gen. nov. (see below).

DISTRIBUTION. — The species of Eudromidia are known only Irom South Alrica.

Key to the species of Eudromidia

— Rostrum consists of upturned,

frontal margin .

— Rostrum consists of two blunt,

sinus .

eave-like flanges covering the orbits forming a sinuous

. Eudromi dia frontal is (Henderson, 1888)

horizontal, projecting lobes separated by a deep V-shaped

. Eudromidia hendersoni (Stebbing. 1921)

Genus BARNARDROMIA nov.

Eudromia - STEBBING, 1920 : 253 (in part).

Carapace wider than long, surface convex, strongly and densely granular, distinct areolae Rostrum very

prominent, tridentate. lateral teeth broad forming a large part of the supraorbital margin which is lateral rather than

180

C. L. McLAY

frontal. Anterolateral margins subparallel, teeth subequal, acute. Antennal exopod well developed. Female sternal

grooves end together just behind bases of chelipeds. No epipod on the cheliped. Chelipeds and legs strongly

granular, segments nodular. Inner margins of dactyli of first two pairs of legs armed with small spines, dactyli of

last two pairs of legs opposed by single propodal spines. Abdomen of six free segments, uropod plates reduced,

concealed. Telson ends in a sharp point.

TYPE SPECIES. — Cryptodromia hirsutimana Kensley & Buxton, 1984, by present designation.

OTHER species. — Eudromia bituberculata Stebbing, 1920.

Etymology. — Barnardromia is formed by combining Dromia with the name of K. H. Barnard, in

recognition of the important contribution he made to the study of South African Crustacea.

DISCUSSION. — When Stebbing (1920) described Eudromia bituberculata he recognized that it did not conform

to the definition of this genus. Subsequently, Barnard (1947) transferred it to Cryptodromiopsis Borradaile,

1903, where it has been until now.

The other species. Cryptodromia hirsutimana Kensley & Buxton, 1984, was placed in this genus because it

lacked an epipod on the cheliped, but the strongly granular and nodular carapace are sufficient to exclude it from

Cryptodromia.

CHARACTER

Conchoecetes

Spcodromia

Exodromidia

Eudromidia

Dromidia

Barnardromia

Ratio CW/CL

Carapace

width about

equal to

length.

Carapace

width much

greater than

length.

Carapace

width much

less than

length.

Carapace

width less

than length.

Carapace

width greater

than or equal

to length.

Carapace

wider than

long.

Carapace surface

Granular.

Granular and

areolate.

Smooth,

luberculate,

or spinous.

Smooth.

Smooth or

gibbous.

Granular,

areolate.

Rostrum

Tridentate,

teeth well

developed.

Tridentate,

lateral teeth

eave-like.

Tridentate,

teeth well

developed.

Bidentate,

divergent or

plate-like

teeth.

Tridentate,

teeth well

developed,

acute, blunt

or eave-like.

Tridentate,

teeth broad,

blunt.

Anterolateral margin

Teeth absent

or small,

granular.

Teeth equal,

small,

numerous.

Well

developed

teeth or

spines.

Teeth absent

or very small.

Teeth absent

or well

developed,

acute.

Teeth sub¬

equal, acute,

well

developed.

Antenna

Proximal

borders of

second

segment

lobed,

distomedial

corner

produced.

Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial

corner of

second

segment

produced.

Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial

corner of

second

segment

slightly

produced.

Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial

comer of

second

segment

slightly

produced.

Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial

corner of

second

segment

produced.

Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Distomedial

corner of

second

segment

produced.

Exopod as

long as third

segment.

Sternal grooves

End apart

between or

behind first

legs.

End together

between

chelipeds.

End together

between or

behind

chelipeds.

End together

just behind

chelipeds.

End together

between

chelipeds.

End together

just behind

chelipeds.

Source: MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

181

Epipods/Podobranchs

Epipod on

cheliped. No

podobranchs

pereiopods.

No epipods or

podobranchs

pereiopods.

No epipods or

podobranchs

pereiopods.

No epipods or

podobranchs

pereiopods.

No epipods or

podobranchs

pereiopods.

No epipods or

podobranchs

pereiopods.

First two pairs of legs

Granular.

Meri

petaloid,

segments

flattened and

produced

distally.

Smooth,

tuberculate or

spinous.

Male chcli-

peds much

larger than in

female.

Not nodose.

Granular,

nodular.

Last two pairs of legs

Dactyl of

third leg

talon-like,

opposed by a

stout,

proximal,

propodal

extension.

Both legs

shorter than

first two

pairs, fourth

pair shortest.

Dactyli

opposed by

single

propodal

spines. Both

legs shorter

than first two

pairs, third

pair shortest.

Dactyl of

third leg

opposed by

one propodal

spine, no

spine on

outer

propodal

margin.

Fourth leg

much shorter

than first leg,

dactyl

opposed by

one propodal

spine, no

spine on

outer

propodal

margin.

Dactyl of

third leg

opposed by

one propodal

spine, one

spine on

outer

propodal

margin.

Fourth leg

much shorter

than first leg,

dactyl

opposed by

one propodal

spine, one

spine on

outer

propodal

margin.

Dactyl of

third leg

opposed by

one propodal

spine, may be

one spine on

outer

propodal

margin.

Fourth leg

shorter than

first leg,

dactyl

opposed by

one propodal

spine, may be

one spine on

outer

propodal

margin.

Dactyl of

third leg

opposed by

one propodal

spine, no

spine on

outer

propodal

margin.

Fourth leg

shorter than

first leg,

dactyl

opposed by

one propodal

spine, no

spine on

outer

propodal

margin.

Abdominal segments

No segments

fused.

Abdominal

locking

mechanism

used.

No segments

fused.

Abdominal

locking

mechanism

used.

No segments

fused.

Abdominal

locking

mechanism

used.

No segments

fused.

Abdominal

locking

mechanism

used.

No segments

fused.

Abdominal

locking

mechanism

used.

No segments

fused.

Abdominal

locking

mechanism

used.

Uropods

Well

developed,

visible

externally.

Small,

concealed.

Absent, or

minute, and

concealed.

Minute,

concealed.

Small,

concealed.

Small,

concealed.

Telson

Rounded.

Acutely

pointed.

Acutely

pointed or a

knobbed

spine.

Acutely

pointed.

Acutely

pointed.

Acutely

pointed.

Male pleopods

First sharply

tipped,

second

without

exopod on

basis.

Unknown.

First sharply

tipped, sec¬

ond without

exopod on

basis.

Vestigial

pleopods on

third to fifth

segments.

First sharply

tipped,

second

without

exopod on

basis.

First sharply

tipped,

second

without

exopod on

basis.

Unknown.

Table 5 - Comparison of .he key characteristics of .he genera Conchoece'es Stimpson 1858, Speodromia Barnard.

194?: Exodromidia S.ebbing, 1905. Eudromidia Barnard. 1947. Drormdia S.nnpson. 1858. Barnardronua gen. nov.

Source:

182

C. L. McLAY

The species of Barnardromia share the characters which make the endemic South African genera, Dromidia ,

Eudromidia , Exodromidia. Pseudodromia , and Speodromia different from other genera. These are lack of an epipod

on the cheliped, sharply pointed telson, and vestigial uropods (sec Table 5). The size of the uropods in

Barnardromia gen. nov. are unknown, but arc likely to be the same as the other genera.

Distribution. — All the known species of Barnardromia are restricted to South African waters.

Key to the species of Barnardromia

— Two anterolateral teeth, first largest, pair of acute protogastric tubercles behind rostral

lobes . Barnardromia bituberculata (Stebbing, 1920) nov. comb.

— Four anterolateral teeth, last largest, pair of rounded protogastric areolae behind rostral

lobes. Barnardromia hirsutimana (Kcnsley & Buxton, 1984) nov. comb.

Genus SPEODROMIA Barnard, 1947

Dynomene - STEBBING, 1905 : 58 (in part). Not Latreille, 1825.

Speodromia Barnard, 1947 : 370. — 1950 : 333.

Carapace distinctly wider than long, gastric and branchial regions strongly inflated, especially the latter because

of a deep cavity in the subbranchial region, surface vermiculate and studded with minute scale-like setae. Rostrum

prominent, triangular and deflexed, lateral rostral teeth united with supraorbital margin to form an eave.

Anterolateral margin begins at level of buccal cavity, is broadly rounded and bears numerous small teeth. The deep

subbranchial cavity has a membranous inner wall covered with clavate setae. Coxae of third maxillipeds closely

approximated and inserted in front of the sternum. Female sternal grooves end close together on a low rounded

tubercle between cheliped bases. Cheliped without an epipod, surface vermiculate, meral segment flattened, almost

petaloid, bearing clavate and spiniform setae, fingers with well developed teeth. Legs shorter than chelipeds, third

legs shortest, meral segments petaloid. other segments flattened and produced distally. Dactyli of first two pairs

armed with 3-4 short spines, dactyli of last two pairs opposed by single propodal spines. Only last pair dorsally

placed. Abdomen of six free segments, male telson terminated by a sharp spine, female telson rounded, uropod

plates in both sexes reduced to small elongate lobes not visible externally. Abdomen held in place by small

projecting plate on bases of First and second legs.

TYPE species. — Dynomene platyarthrodes Stebbing, 1905, by monotypy.

Discussion. — Stebbing (1905) placed this species in the Dynomenidae because of the agreement of some

features with Dynomene filholi. He believed that only the last pair of legs was reduced, uropods were present and

there was an epipod on the cheliped. However, Barnard (1947) showed that the gill formula for this species is

11+3 with no epipod on the cheliped. Also, both of the hist two pairs of legs arc reduced and while the uropods are

present, they are much reduced compared to other dynomenids (see Table 5). These characters, along with reduced

gill formula, and the peculiar subbranchial cavities, were the main reason for Barnard erecting a new genus for

D. platyarthrodes. Although Barnard did not explain the etymology of his new generic name, it is no doubt

derived by combining the Greek word for cave, ' speos\ with Dromia , thereby emphasizing the subbranchial

cavities.

Speodromia platyarthrodes is known only from South Africa. STEBBING gave the type locality as off "Cape

Point. N.E. by E., 36 miles. Depth, 650-700 fms" but as Barnard (1947) noted, this was probably the result of

mixing of labels as a consequence of bottles having been broken in transit. Thus the type locality is uncertain. All

subsequent records have been from shallow water, maximum depth around 50 m.

Maximum size for this species is 40 mm CW and it is not known to carry pieces of camouflage.

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

183

Genus DROMIDIA Stimpson, 1858

Dromidia Stimpson. 1858 : 225 (in part); 1907 : 170 (in part). — Henderson. 1888 : 12 (in part). — Borradaii.E,

1903a : 299. — STEBBING, 1905 : 62 (in part). — Barnard, 1950 : 319 (in part).

Plalydromia Brocchi. 1877 : 54.

Dromidiopsis - Barnard. 1950 : 311 (in part).

Parasphaerodromia Spiridonov, 1992 : 69.

Carapace approximately as wide or wider than long, surface smooth, gibbous or uneven, short dense tomcnium

with longer setae on the fringes. Rostrum iridentate. with frontal, branchial and cardiac grooves marked. Frontal

groove separates two low rounded protuberances on carapace. Anterolateral margin begins at orbital level, teeth

may or may not be present. Supraorbital tooth usually present, postorbital tooth present or else an obtuse lobe,

fissure present at postorbital comer, single suborbital tooth and no subhepatic tubercles. Coxae of third

maxillipeds separated by a gap and inserted in front of tip of sternum. Female sternal grooves end together on

tubercle between chelipeds. No epipod on cheliped. borders of merus not dentate, distal spine usually present on

the inner superior margin of carpus, superior margin of propodus smooth. Distal margins of carpi and propodi of

first two pairs of legs produced, three-five small spines on inner margins of dactyli. Third leg smaller than fourth,

dactyl opposed by one propodal spine and another spine may be present on the outer propodal margin. Fourth leg

shorter than second, dactvl opposed by one propodal spine and another spine may be present on the outer propodal

margin. Abdomen of six free segments. Telson usually wider than long, terminated by a sharp, stout spine in

males, sometimes blunter in females. Uropod plates reduced and concealed. Abdominal locking mechanism

involves serrated ridge on bases of first legs (uropods not used). First male pleopod stout, two segmented, sharp

tubercle on tip. densely setose. Second pleopod simple, tapering needle or stouter and tapering only at tip.

TYPE SPECIES._For Dromidia Stimpson, 1858. Dromia hirsutissima Lamarck, 1818. by original designation

(STIMPSON, 1858). for Plalydromia Brocchi. 1877, Plalydromia depressa Brocchi, 1877. by monotypy. and for

Parasphaerodromia Spiridonov, 1992, Parasphaerodromia subglobosa Spiridonov, 1992, by monotypy.

OTHER species. — Dromidia aegibotus Barnard, 1947. Dromidiopsis cornuia Barnard. 1947. Dromidia

dissothrix Barnard. 1947, Crypiodromiopsis lepidola Barnard, 1947. Dromidia spongiosa Stimpson. 1858.

Discussion — No fewer than eight definitions of the genus Dromidia have been published (STIMPSON. 1858,

HENDERSON. 1888, BORRADAILE, 1903a, STEBBING. 1905, STIMPSON, 1907. RATHBUN, 1937. BARNARD. 1950.

and Sakai 1976) and each differs some important ways from the other. Stimpson (1858) used the following

characters; carapace convex, pilose, female sternal grooves end together on a tubercle between the chelipeds

uropod plates minute and concealed, and legs similar to Dromia (i.c. not knobbed or ridged). Borradaile (1903a)

expanded the definition by adding that the carapace is not longer than broad, furrows between regions almost

completely lost, fourth leg longer than third (this character is not correct because the type species is an exception),

fourth leg as long as or shorter than second and with no spine on the outer side of the last joint (presumably the

distal propodal margin, a character which is also no. correct because the type species is an exception).

Borradaile'S most important observation was that the cheliped lacks an epipod.

Stimpson (1858) placed four quite different species in the new genus and until now only three remain .

D. hirsutissima , D. spongiosa and D. antillensis. The other species. D. excavata has been known as

Dromidiopsis excavata (Stimpson. 1858) because it has an epipod on the cheliped, but it should be known as

Dromidiopsis globosa (Lamarck. 1818) nov. comb, (see above). As will be shown later Dromidia anttllensts does

not belong in this genus, leaving only D. hirsutissima and D spongiosa of the original species.

Dromfdia spongiosa has had a somewhat chequered career, having been known under five specific names and

placed in no less than six genera. The synonyms for this species include Platydronua depressa Brocchi. 1877,

Cryptodromia micronyx Stebbing, 1920. Crypiodromiopsis spongiosa Barnard. 1947. Pseudodromia mams

Macpherson 1988. and Parasphaerodromia subglobosa Spiridonov, 1992. Dromdta spongtosa was used by

HENDERSON (1888). Stebb.ng (1910). Balss (1913, 1921a). but more recently this species has been known as

184

C. L. McLAY

Cryptodromiopsis spongiosa following Barnard (1947). With the clarification of the generic definitions of

Dromidia and Cryptodromiopsis (see below) it is clear that this species must be returned to its original genus and

should be known as Dromidia spongiosa Stimpson, 1858.

Since Brocchi (1877) set up the new monotypic genus. Platydromia , to accommodate his new species from

St. Paul Island, Indian Ocean, and the name P. depressa Brocchi, 1877, is a synonym of Dromidia spongiosa

Stimpson, 1858, the genus Platydromia is a junior synonym of Dromidia. Examination of the descriptions and

illustrations of Cryptodromia micronyx Stebbing, 1920, and Pseudodromia inermis Macpherson, 1988, shows that

they are synonyms of Dromidia spongiosa and were not placed in the correct genus. The history of the study of

this species provides a good example of the extent of the confusion reigning amongst carcinologists about the

concept of the genus Dromidia. Most recently, the same species has been described yet again, this time as

Parasphaerodromia subglobosa Spiridonov, 1992. Thus Parasphaerodromia Spiridonov, 1992, is also a junior

synonym of Dromidia.

To summarize the important characters for this genus : the carapace must be convex, pilose, regions not

strongly marked (i.e. essentially smooth and unornamented), width equal to or greater than length, no epipod on

cheliped, legs not knobbed or ridged, telson sharply pointed, uropod plates minute or reduced and concealed, female

sternal grooves end together on a tubercle between the chelipeds (see Table 5). The only species which fit these

criteria are Dromidia aegibotus Barnard, 1947, D. dissothrix Barnard, 1947, Dromia hirsutissima Lamarck, 1818,

and Dromidia spongiosa Stimpson, 1858. To these should be added Cryptodromiopsis lepidota Barnard, 1947

(including C. mortenseni Kcnsley, 1978, which is probably a synonym) and Dromidiopsis comma Barnard, 1947,

which also has a sharply pointed male telson and probably lacks an epipod on the cheliped.

All other species assigned to Dromidia Stimpson, 1858, do not belong in this genus because some have well

developed uropod plates and all lack the sharply pointed male telson. These species fall naturally into two groups.

Firstly, a widespread Indo-Pacific-Atlantic group which includes Dromidia antillcnsis Stimpson. 1858,

D. larraburei Stimpson, 1858, and Dromia unidentata Ruppell, 1830 (including Cryptodromia unilobata Campbell

& Stephenson, 1970, which is a synonym), as well as Cryptodromia bullifera Alcock, 1900, and Dromidiopsis

plnmosa Lewinsohn, 1984. These species rightly belong in Cryptodromiopsis Borradaile, 1903a.

Secondly, Dromidia australis Rathbun, 1923, and D. insignis Rathbun, 1923, as well as Cryptodromia incisa

Henderson, 1888, and Cryptodromia octodentata Haswell, 1882, all of which are Australian species. These species

are placed in a new genus (see below).

Distribution. — The distribution of the species of Dromidia is confined to South Africa where a local

radiation has produced six species. The record of SPIRIDONOV (1992) (as Parasphaerodromia subglobosa) from

seamounts to the east of South Africa, extends the range of this genus.

Key to the species of Dromidia

1. Carapace significantly wider than long . 2

— Carapace approximately as wide as long . 4

2. No anterolateral teeth, tomentum short, thick, undulating .

. Dromidia spongiosa Stimpson, 1858

— Anterolateral teeth present, tomentum short and stiff. 3

3. Three well developed anterolateral teeth, no propodal spine on the outer margin of the

last two pairs of legs. Dromidia aegibotus Barnard, 1947

— Three anterolateral teeth, second and third may be weakly developed, propodal spine

present on outer margin of last two pairs of legs .. Dromidia hirsutissima (Lamarck, 1818)

4. No anterolateral teeth . 5

— Two acute, evenly spaced, anterolateral teeth. Dromidia dissothrix Barnard, 1947

Source : MNHN. Paris

STONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

185

5. Rostral teeth acute, divergent, median rostral tooth and suborbital tooth visible dorsally

. Dromidia cornuta (Barnard. 1947) nov. comb,

— Rostral teeth prominent but bluntly rounded, median tooth scarcely visible dorsally,

suborbital tooth weak . Dromidia lepidoia (Barnard. 1947) nov. comb.

Genus AUSTRODROMIDIA nov.

Dromia - HaSWELL, 1882 : 139 (in pari).

Cryptodromia - HENDERSON, 1888 : 5 (in pari)- — Ihle, 1913 : 32 (in pari). — Hale, 1927 : 107. — Sakai, 1976 : 12 (in

part).

Dromidia - HaSWELL, 1882 : 139 (in pari).

Carapace as wide or wider than long, short dense tomentum with longer setae on the fringes, surface smooth,

no low rounded protuberances but frontal and branchial grooves distinct. Rostrum tridentate, supraorbital tooth

present, postorbital tooth blunt or obtuse. A fissure separates the suborbital margin which has a single tooth.

Anterolateral margin begins at orbital level, teeth may or may not be present. Female sternal grooves end together

between the first legs. No epipod on the cheliped. Borders of chelipcd mcrus not dentate, no distal spine on inner

superior margin of carpus, up to three tubercles on the superior margin of the propodus. Distal margins of carpi

and propodi of first two pairs of legs produced, up to four small spines on inner margins of dactyli. Third leg

shorter than fourth, dactyl opposed by one or two propodal spines with up to three spines on the outer propodal

margin. Fourth leg shorter than second leg, dactyl opposed by a single propodal spine, up to three spines on the

outer propodal margin and there may be a spine on the outer margin ol the dactyl itself. Abdomen of six tree

segments. Telson usually wider than long, tip rounded. Uropod plates reduced and concealed or absent.

Type species. — Dromidia australis Rathbun. 1923. by present designation.

OTHER species. — Cryptodromia incisa Henderson, 1888, Dromidia insignis Rathbun, 1923, Dromia

octodentata Haswell, 1882.

Etymology. — The generic name Austrodromidia is formed by combining Dromidia with the word

"australis", meaning southern and referring to the distribution of this group of species.

DISCUSSION. — When discussing the relationships of Dromidia australis. Rathbun (1923a) believed that it

was allied to D. cranioides De Man, 1888, [i.e. Lauridromia indica (Gray, 1831)]. However, despite the similarity

of the female sternal grooves, L. indica has an epipod on the cheliped. the uropod plates are well developed and

visible externally, and the joint between the last two segments of the abdomen is not movable.

When HENDERSON (1888) was describing the "Challenger" material he erected Cryptodromia incisa but noted

that the sternal grooves were closer to the condition in Dromidia Stimpson, 1858. Indeed, he could have included

the new species amongst the three species of Dromidia dealt with in the paper but he misinterpreted the sternal

groove character for this genus. As a result. Cryptodromia incisa has always been in the wrong genus.

Some of the species which have until now been placed in Dromidia. are moved to Cryptodromiopsis

Borradaile, 1903, and Austrodromidia gen. nov. These genera may be characterized as follows : Dromidia has

reduced and concealed uropod plates, telson ending in a sharp spine. Austrodromidia has uropod plates reduced or

absent and concealed, tip of abdomen bluntly rounded, and Cryptodromiopsis has well developed uropods, visible

externally and telson bluntly rounded. In this way. they may be easily distinguished. These ditterenccs are

associated with different abdominal locking mechanisms (see Tables 5 and 6).

Species in this genus commonly carry camouflage caps made from pieces of sponge or ascidian.

A feature of the species in Austrodromidia is that females have large eggs. Rathbun (1923a) noted that

A australis has eggs 2 mm diameter. A. octodentata has large (1.9 mm diam.) eggs and broods its young (Hale,

1925). This reproductive strategy is shared with two other Australian dromnds. Dromidtopsis globosa (Lamarck,

1818) nov. comb., and Stimdromia lateralis (Gray. 1831) gen. nov.

Source : MNHN , Paris

186

C. L. McIj\Y

DISTRIBUTION. — The distribution of the species in Austrodromidia gen. nov. is confined to Australia except

for a single record of Cryptodromia incisa by Yokoya (1933) from Japan. This needs further verification as the

specimen is no longer in existence and it is quite possible that it refers to Cryptodromiopsis unidentata (Riippell,

1830) nov. comb. Excluding the Japanese record, the distribution suggests a separate radiation in Australian waters

which has produced four species.

CHARACTER

A uslrodrom id i a

Cryptodromiopsis

Ratio CW/CL

Carapace wider than or equal to

length.

Carapace wider than or equal to

length.

Carapace surface

Smooth.

Rostrum

Tridentate, teeth well developed,

subacute.

Tridentate, teeth well developed,

subacute.

Anterolateral margin

Teeth usually well developed, but

may be absent.

Teeth usually well developed, but

may be absent.

Antenna

Distomedial corner of second

segment produced. Exopod as long

as third segment.

Distomedial corner of second

segment produced. Exopod as long

as third segment.

Sternal grooves

End together between first legs.

End together between chelipeds, or

first legs, or second legs.

Epipod/Podobranchs

No epipods or podobranchs on

pereiopods.

No epipods or podobranchs on

pereiopods.

First two pairs of legs

Smooth.

Last two pairs of legs

Third leg dactyl opposed by up to

two propodal spines, up to three

spines on outer propodal margin.

Fourth leg shorter than first leg,

dactyl opposed by one propodal

spine, up to three spines on outer

propodal margin, and there may be

a spine on outer margin of dactyl.

Third leg dactyl opposed by up to

two propodal spines, up to two

spines on outer propodal margin.

Fourth leg shorter than first leg,

dactyl opposed by two propodal

spines, up to three spines on outer

propodal margin, and there may be

up to two spines on outer margin of

dactyl.

Abdominal segments

No segments fused.

Uropods

Small, concealed, may be absent.

Small, visible externally.

Telson

Rounded.

Rounded or bluntly tipped.

Male pleopods

First sharply tipped, second

without exopod on basis.

First sharply tipped, second

without exopod on basis.

Table 6. — Comparison of the key characteristics of the genera Austrodromidia gen. nov., and Cryptodromiopsis

Borradaile, 1903.

Key to the species of Austrodromidia

1. No anterolateral teeth, carapace approximately as wide as long . 2

— Anterolateral teeth present, carapace wider than long. 3

2. Acute lateral rostral and supraorbital teeth .

. Austrodromidia incisa (Henderson, 1888) nov. comb.

— Blunt lateral rostral and supraorbital teeth .

. Austrodromidia insignis (Rathbun, 1923) nov. comb.

3. Three anterolateral teeth, uropod plates reduced concealed under abdomen.

. Austrodromidia australis (Rathbun, 1923) nov. comb.

— Five anterolateral teeth, uropod plates absent .

. Austrodromidia octodentata (Haswcll, 1882) nov. comb.

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

187

Genus CRYPTODROMIOPSIS Borradaile, 1903

Cryptodromiopsis Borradaile. 1903a : 299. — Barnard, 1950 : 329.

Cryptodromia - IHLE, 1913 : 32 (in part). — Sakai, 1936 : 15 (in part); 1976 : 12 (in part). — Dai, Yang, SONG & CHEN,

' 1981 : 138 (in part). — Dai & Yang, 1991 : 19 (in part).

Dromia - ALCOCK, 1900 : 136 (in part); 1901 : 43 (in part).

Dromidia - ORTMANN, 1894 : 34. — IHLE, 1913 : 31. — Rathbun, 1937 : 32. — Sakai, 1936 : 13; 1976 : 11.

Carapace as wide or wider than long, surface smooth, short dense tomentum with longer setae on the fringes,

frontal groove separating two low rounded protuberances, branchial and cardiac grooves marked. Rostrum

tridentate, supraorbital tooth usually present, postorbital tooth blunt or obtuse, a fissure may or may not be

present separating the suborbital margin on which there are usually two unequal teeth. Anterolateral margin begins

at orbital level, teeth may or may not be present. Subhepatic region usually smooth, without teeth. Coxae of third

maxillipeds closely approximated (or separated by a narrow gap) and inserted in front of tip of sternum, separated

from it by a trough. Female sternal grooves end together between chelipcds, first or second legs, with or without

tubercles. No epipod on chelipcd. borders of mcrus may be dentate, no spine on inner superior margin of carpus,

up to four tubercles on superior margin of propodus. Distal margins of carpi and propodi ol first two pairs ot legs

lobe-like, two-five spines on inner margins of dactyli. Third leg shorter than fourth, dactyl opposed by one or two

propodal spines with one or two spines on the outer propodal margin. Fourth leg shorter than second, dactyl

opposed by one or two propodal spines, one-three spines on the outer propodal margin and usually one spine on

the outer margin of the dactyl itself. Abdomen of six free segments. Telson rounded or bluntly tipped. Uropod

plates well developed. Abdominal locking mechanism involves a serrated ridge or tooth on the bases of first legs

and uropod plates may or may not be involved. First male pleopod stout, two segmented, usually tipped by a

sharp tubercle, densely setose. Second pleopod simple, needle-like, tapering, or shorter and tapering only at tip.

Type species. — Cryptodromiopsis widens Borradaile, 1903, by monotypy.

Other species. — Dromidia antillensis Stimpson, 1858. Dromia (Cryptodromia) bullifera Alcock, 1900,

Dromidia larraburei Rathbun, 1910, ? Dromidiopsis plumosa Lewinsohn. 1984. Dromia unidentata Ruppell,

1830. .

Two other poorly known species should probably also be included in this genus : Cryptodromia dubia Dai,

Yang, Song & Chen, 1981, and Cryptodromia planaria Dai, Yang, Song & Chen 1981.

Discussion. — Some differences between the above generic definition and the original definition given by

Borradaile (1903a) are that the carapace width and length may be equal, and grooves on the carapace may be

evident (see Table 6). Borradaile erected Cryptodromiopsis to separate species of Cryptodromia with convergent

sternal grooves, but there are other important differences between these genera in the development ol spines on the

last two pairs of legs. Propodal spines surrounding the dactyli of these legs are tew in Cryptodromia , but in

Cryptodromiopsis there are always a greater number. A key difference is the presence of a small spine on the outer

margin of the dactyl of the last leg in Cryptodromiopsis . Barnard (1950) questioned the value of this character at

the generic level, but 1 believe that it is important. I have already shown that the presence of such a spine is one

character which separates Dromidiopsis , and Lauridromia from Dromia (see Table 2).

McLay (1991) has briefly discussed the problems with the species which have been placed in Cryptodromiopsis

and the fact that they do not form a natural group. Besides C. widens (Lewinsohn, 1984. pointed out that

Dromidia fenestrata Lewinsohn, 1979, is a synonym for Cryptodromiopsis widens ) these species arc

C bituberculata (Stebbing, 1920) (originally placed in Eudromia by STEBBING and later in Cryptodromiopsis by

Barnard 1947) C lepidota Barnard, 1947, and C. mortenseni Kensley, 1978. Barnard also included Dromidia

spongiosa Stimpson, 1858. but this was not justified. Since McLay (1991) 1 have revised my ideas for revision of

this group of species. C. bituberculata (Stebbing. 1920) has been transferred to Barnardromia gen nov., and

Cryptodromiopsis lepidota Barnard. 1947, should be placed in Dromidia Stimpson 1858 \ Cryptodromiopsis

mortenseni Kensley, 1978. is probably a synonym for C. lepidota Barnard, 1947. I had indicated ,n the earlier

188

C. L. McI^AY

paper that Cryptodromiopsis was a redundant genus but this was incorrect. Many of the species which do not

belong in Dromidia , should have been placed in Cryptodromiopsis and this is done herein.

Cryptodromia dubia Dai, Yang, Song & Chen, 1981, is only tentatively assigned to this genus. The original

description is of such brevity, omitting several important details, that it is difficult to ascertain its status. I assume

that it has no epipod on the chelipcd (an essential character of Cryptodromia). judging from their plate I : 5, the

carapace is clearly wider than long (despite the statement to the contrary), the dactyl of the last leg is opposed by

two spines with another three or four on the outer propodal margin and the uropod plates are well developed and

visible externally. The arrangement of the spines on the last leg excludes it from Cryptodromia and makes

Cryptodromiopsis the most likely genus. A similar argument may be presented for the tentative placement of

Cryptodromia planaria Dai, Yang, Song & Chen, 1981, in Cryptodromiopsis.

The larval development of one species in this genus, C. antillensis , is known (Rice & Provenzano, 1966).

Distribution. — The distribution of this genus includes the entire Indo-Pacific region as well as the Atlantic.

The Atlantic species formerly known as Dromidia antillensis Stimpson, 1858, as well as the closely related

D. larraburei Rathbun, 1910, from the Pacific, should now be referred to as Cryptodromiopsis antillensis

(Stimpson, 1858) and C. larraburei (Rathbun, 1910).

Key to the species of Cryptodromiopsis

(Species studied in this paper are in bold)

1. Carapace significantly wider than long . 2

— Carapace approximately as wide as long . 6

2. Outer propodal margin of last leg armed with three or more spines. 4

— Outer propodal margin of last leg armed with less than three spines . 3

3. Three unequal, acute anterolateral teeth, pearl-like tubercle beneath suborbital tooth and

on merus of third maxilliped.

. Cryptodromiopsis bullifera (Alcock, 1900) nov. comb.

— Two unequal, acute anterolateral teeth, no pearl-like tubercles .

. Cryptodromiopsis tridens Borradaile, 1903

4. Supraorbital margin notched.

. Cryptodromiopsis plumosa (Lewinsohn, 1984) nov. comb.

— Supraorbital margin may have a small tooth but is not notched. 5

5. Prominent supraorbital tooth .

. Cryptodromiopsis dubia (Dai, Yang. Song & Chen, 1981) nov. comb.

— Margin from lateral frontal tooth to anterolateral tooth almost straight .

. Cryptodromiopsis planaria (Dai, Yang, Song & Chen, 1981) nov. comb.

6. Three anterolateral teeth. 7

— No anterolateral teeth .

. Cryptodromiopsis unidentata (Ruppell. 1830) nov. comb.

7. One small spine on the outer margin of dactyl of last leg, no tubercle on inner margin of

chelipcd carpus, three tubercles on upper margin of cheliped propodus.

. Cryptodromiopsis antillensis (Stimpson, 1858) nov. comb.

— Two small spines on the outer margin of dactyl of last leg, tubercle present on inner

margin of cheliped carpus, four tubercles on upper margin of cheliped propodus.

. Cryptodromiopsis larraburei (Rathbun, 1910) nov. comb.

Source : MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

189

Cryptodromiopsis bullifera (Alcock. 1900) nov. comb.

Fig. 17 e

Drornia (Cryplodromia) bullifera Alcock, 19CX3 : 143.

Cryptodromia bullifera - ALCOCK, 1901 : 51, pi. 2. fig. 9. — Borradaile. 1903b : 577. — Laurie, 1906 : 352. — LENZ,

' 1910 : 562. — IHLE, 1913 : 40. — Sakai, 1936 : 23, pi. 7. fig. 3; 1976 : 16, text fig. 8. — Ward, 1941 : 1. —

Gordon, 1950 : 206. — Guinot, 1967 : 240 (list). — Kensley, 1970 : 107, figs 4a-c; 1981 : 36 (list). — Zarenkov,

1971 : 169. — Lewinsohn, 1977 : 15, fig. 3; 1984 : 111.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Chesterfield Islands. Chalcal 1 : stn CP 14, 21 °18.50'S, 158°50.90’E, 66 m,

24.07.1984 : 1 9 5.0 x 4.7 mm. — Stn DC 56, 22°24.40’S, 159°08.80‘E, 60 m, 25.09.1984 : 1 6 5.5 x 6.3 mm,

carrying a compound ascidian cap.

Corail 2 : stn DW 63, 19°15.15’S, 158°47.73’E, 71 m, 24.08.1988 : 1 6 6.7 x 6.3 mm. — Stn DW 106, 19°9.00’S,

158°42.62'E, 62 m, 27.08.1988 : 1 6 8.2 x 7.7 mm.

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace slightly wider than long, weakly convex, surface smooth beneath a short fine

tomentum with longer spatulate setae interspersed, spatulate setae more evident at carapace margins and especially

on legs. Frontal groove, branchial groove and cardiac region weakly marked. Rostrum tridentate, three similar long

acute teeth. Median tooth directed horizontally, laterals directed anterovertically.

An acute almost vertically directed supraorbital tooth and similar anteriorly directed postorbital tooth. Although

the orbital margin is concave beneath the postorbital tooth, there is no distinct fissure separating the suborbital

margin which has a long acute tooth, visible dorsally. at the medial comer.

First segment of antenna reduced, much wider than long, almost crescent-shaped, beaked medially, gaping.

Second segment much longer than wide, very convex, a short distal median spine projecting ventrally, distomedial

comer produced as a curved spine on which the third segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod firmly fused to second

segment, tip bilobed with inner lobe curved over base of eyestalk, extending as far as joint between third and

fourth segments. Ratio of length of antennal flagella to CW = 0.75.

Subhepatic area convex, one pearl-like tubercle beneath suborbital tooth, near corner of buccal frame which is

marked by a tooth, another similar tubercle ventrolateral to the postorbital tooth and an acute tubercle beneath, the

latter two visible dorsally. A small pearl-like tubercle on the merus of the third maxillipcd. Female sternal grooves

end close together on an elevated platform between bases of chelipeds.

Anterolateral margin begins at the level of the orbit, widening rapidly to a small tooth above the second pearl-

like subhepatic tubercle, mentioned earlier, closely followed by a long acute tooth, which curves upward, and then

by a smaller anterolaterally directed tooth, giving a total of three anterolateral teeth. In his original description,

Alcock (1900) treated the small first tooth as belonging to the subhepatic area instead of the anterolateral margin,

thus stating that there were only two anterolateral teeth. A small tooth behind the branchial groove, posterolateral

margins convergent. A distinct groove extends from between the first pearl-like tubercle and the tooth at the corner

of the buccal frame, around under the anterolateral margin, ending at the posterolateral tooth.

Chelipeds well developed, merus trigonal, borders minutely tuberculate. Surface of carpus convex, two strong

acute distal tubercles. Propodus smooth, two distal tubercles at base of dactyl. Fingers downcurved, gaping,

hollowed out internally, armed with seven-eight teeth of uneven size, proximal tooth on dactyl largest, a hiatus

mid-way along fixed finger.

First two pairs of legs smaller than chelipeds, distal borders of carpi and propodi lobe-like. Dactyli as long as

propodi, strongly curved at tips, inner margins armed with four-five small spines.

Last two pairs of legs much reduced, third pair shortest, dactyli short, curved and opposed by single propodal

spines and another spine on outer propodal margin.

Abdomen of six free segments. Male telson longer than wide, tip rounded. Uropod plates well developed and

visible externally. Small pearl-like lateral tubercles on abdominal segments three-six, tubercles poorly developed

on female abdominal segments. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of uropod plates fitting in front of

serrated flange on bases of first legs.

First male pleopod a stout semi-rolled, setose tube with a strong homy (ip. second pleopod simple needle-like.

190

C. L. McLAY

Discussion. — In his original description Alcock (1900) noted the characteristic pearl-like tubercles below

the suborbital lobe and on the merus of the third maxilliped but added that another similar tubercle was present on

the second segment of the antenna. Such a tubercle is not evident on the present specimens, although the surface is

clearly convex, and there is a short distal median spine projecting ventrally which may be what ALCOCK was

referring to. ALCOCK (1900, 1901) did not give the sex of the original two specimens and did not comment on the

arrangement of the female sternal grooves and Laurie (1906) also recorded a small female without comment. IHLE

(1913) had three females but only commented that in mature females the sternal grooves ended in front of the level

of the fourth thoracic sternite, without indicating whether they ended apart or together. Lewinsohn (1984) had

several mature females which showed that the sternal grooves ended close together between the bases of the

chelipeds and he noted that this conflicted with the generic diagnosis of Cryptodromia given by Borradaile

(1903a) and that perhaps the species should be removed from Cryptodromia. This character alone indicates that this

species does not belong in Cryptodromia Stimpson, 1858, and together with the absence of an epipod on the

cheliped, suggests that it belongs in Cryptodromiopsis.

The number and arrangement of spines around the dactyli of the last two pairs of legs, were erroneously

described by ALCOCK (1901) as "not cheliform", and subsequent authors have not corrected the situation : in fact

the dactyli of both legs are opposed by single propodal spines with another spine on the outer propodal margin.

This makes Cryptodromiopsis bullifera different because the other species in this genus also have a spine on the

outer margin of the dactyl itself. This is regarded as an advanced feature of this species.

Good illustrations of C. bullifera are provided by Alcock (1901), Sakai (1936, the same fig. appears in

1976). Kenslf/y (1970), and Lewinsohn (1977). The characteristic pearl-like tubercles on the ventral surface are

well shown by Alcock (1901, PI. II, fig. 9a) and Kensley (1970, fig. 4b). Originally, Alcock (1901) described

the anterolateral margin as having two teeth but Lewinsohn (1977) pointed out that in his specimen from the Red

Sea there is another small tooth between the postorbital corner and the first large tooth. The New Caledonian

material is also in agreement in having three anterolateral teeth.

Camouflage. — None of the previous records of C. bullifera have included reference to the type of camouflage

carried by these crabs but in the New Caledonian collection one of the small males was carrying a compound

ascidian cap.

SIZE. — Including the four reported in this paper, a total of some twenty six specimens have been recorded : of

these eleven are males (maximum size CW = 13.0. CL = 12.0 mm), ten are females (maximum size CW = 11.5,

CL = 10.0 mm) and five are of unknown sex (including the type specimen). Four ovigerous females have been

recorded ranging in size from CW = 5.5, CL = 5.0 mm to the largest female known, but the female recorded from

stn CP 14, CW = 5.0, CL = 4.7 mm had plugged sternal grooves, indicating that it had already mated.

C. bullifera obviously reaches maturity at a small size.

DEPTH. — Most records of C. bullifera are from depths between 30-60 m, both New Caledonian specimens are

from near 60 m, although LEWINSOHN (1984) reported specimens from the intertidal zone of Madagascar and one

specimen of Alcock (1900) supposedly came from 880 m but it seems likely that this is an error and that the

depth distribution is from 0-60 m (approx.).

Distribution. — The geographic distribution of C. bullifera ranges from the Red Sea, East Africa,

Madagascar, South Nilandu Atoll, Maidive Archipelago, Cinque Is., Andaman Sea (type locality), Philippines,

Japan, and now Chesterfield Islands. C. bullifera is a small, shallow water, Indo-West Pacific species.

Cryptodromiopsis plumosa (Lewinsohn, 1984) nov. comb.

Fig. 17 f

? Dromidiopsis plumosa Lewinsohn, 1984 : 104, fig. 3a-g.

Dromidia plumosa - McLay, 1991 : 470.

Source. MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

191

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Chesterfield Islands. CORAIL 2 : stn DW 84, 19°12.00’S, 158°56.80’E, 16-26 m,

25.08.1988 : 1 6 13.3 x 11.7 mm, fragments of sponge attached to last pair of legs.

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace distinctly wider than long, smooth under a dense pile of long plumose setae, rising

steeply in front but more gradually convex laterally. Shallow frontal groove separates two low protuberances,

lateral borders of cardiac region marked by a paler colour, branchial grooves evident laterally in broad depression.

Rostrum tridentate, median rostral tooth acute and slightly deflexed but visible dorsally, lateral rostral teeth

slightly longer, also acute. Anterolateral margin of carapace begins at level of suborbital margin, close to

postorbital comer, and has two teeth. First tooth blunt with an extended posterior margin, second tooth more

acute, both directed anteriorly so that second tooth is almost parallel to the margin. A deep branchial notch, no

posterolateral tooth, posterior comers of carapace convex, posterior carapace margin sinuous.

Orbital margin eave-like, no supraorbital tooth, instead a deep notch interrupts the supraorbital margin,

postorbital comer produced as a blunt tooth. No fissure separates the suborbital margin which bears one blunt,

central tooth, visible dorsally, and another smaller more acute tooth at the medial corner, these two teeth separated

by a deep notch.

First segment of antenna wider than long (ratio = 2.0), beak-like medially, gaping and twisted. Second segment

much longer than wide (ratio = 3.6), surface convex, a low distal medial tubercle, distomedial corner strongly

produced, on which the third antennal segment is inserted. Attachment of exopod marked by a shallow groove,

exopod extending slightly beyond joint between third and fourth segments, tip not bilobed but curving over base

of eyestalk, ratio of length of antennal flagella to CW = 0.54. Apex of epistome produced as a blunt tooth

immediately beneath median rostral tooth, the two separated by a groove.

Subhepatic area slightly concave, near corner of buccal frame is a low tubercle beneath which runs a shallow

groove extending under the anterolateral margin and ending at the branchial notch. Nature of female sternal grooves

unknown.

Chelipeds well developed, merus trigonal in section, borders smooth. Carpus convex, two large blunt distal

tubercles. Propodus smooth with a prominent proximal tooth on the superior border. Fingers white, hollowed out

internally, strongly downcurved, gaping, borders armed with seven-eight teeth increasing in size distally.

First two pairs of legs shorter than chelipeds. Distal corners of carpi knob-like. Propodi distinctly longer than

dactyli, inferior distal margins have one-two short spines overlapping dactyli. Tip of dactyli strongly curved, inner

margins armed with four-five small spines.

Last two pairs of legs reduced. Third pair shortest, dactyl strongly curved, opposed by three propodal spines

with one, or two spines on the outer propodal margin. Dactyl of fourth legs opposed by two propodal spines with

three spines (two broken off in the present specimen) on the outer propodal margin and an additional spine on the

outer margin of the dactyl itself, near the base.

Abdomen of six free segments, low rounded ridge along length. Male telson triangular, tip rounded, about as

wide as long. Uropod plates small but visible externally. Abdominal locking mechanism involves a serrated ridge

on bases of the first legs against lateral margins of penultimate abdominal segment. Uropods are not used to lock

the abdomen. Female characters unknown.

Tip of first male pleopod a setose blunt knob, second pleopod stout, only tapering to a sharp tip near the apex.

Discussion. —Dromidiopsis plumosa Lewinsohn, 1984, was assigned, with some uncertainty to this genus

by Lewinsohn because of the absence of any female specimens. However, an examination of the type specimen,

(MNHN-B 8572), shows that Lewinsohn incorrectly stated that there was an epipod on the cheliped and so he

should have placed this new species in Dromidia (see McLay, 1991).

Some comparison should be made between the New Caledonian and type specimens. Both are males but the

type is clearly a small immature specimen : on the type the plumose setae are small and sparse (large and dense on

the specimen from New Caledonia), ratio of CW/CL =1.14 (1.36, thus the carapace is relatively much wider),

regions of carapace not distinguished (frontal groove well marked and branchial grooves more evident) Lewinsohn

stated that margins of the frontal teeth are finely granular but this is not true (the margins are smooth), a granule

on the right supraorbital tooth (not present), notch in supraorbital margin (this unusual feature is also very

192

C. L. McIAY

apparent), and small fissure at postorbital comer separating supraorbital and suborbital margins (not present in the

larger New Caledonian specimen). Features of the second antenna and epistome, which were not mentioned by

Lewinsohn, are in agreement. The type has two anterolateral teeth, the first broad and truncated, the second acute

and spiniform (disposition of teeth similar except that the first is more acute and the second much closer to the

posterior margin of the first and more spiniform than in the type). LEWINSOHN omitted an important feature of the

cheliped propodus which is the proximal tooth on the superior margin (present on the New Caledonian specimen).

Dactyli of the first two pairs of legs shorter than propodi and armed with four-five small spines (same).

Lewinsohn also missed a key feature of the propodi of the first two pairs of legs which is the presence of a distal

propodal spine on the inferior margin, but these are very small and easily overlooked (larger and more apparent in

the New Caledonian specimen). Dactyl of third leg opposed by two spines (three spines), and possibly two spines

on the outer propodal margin, omitted from his Fig. 3e, (one or two spines). Dactyl of fourth leg opposed by two

spines, with three spines on the outer propodal margin and an accessory spine on the dactyl (same). Telson as wide

as long and abdominal segments much wider than long (same). Lewinsohn did not comment on the abdominal

locking mechanism but it is identical in both specimens. His comment that the male pleopods of the type are well

developed, indicating sexual maturity, needs to be confirmed by other evidence, e.g. relative growth of secondary

sexual characters. No female of this species has been collected so the nature of the sternal grooves remains

unknown.

Amongst the species placed in Cryptodromiopsis , C. plumosa must be regarded as having a primitive

arrangement of spines on the legs : the most primitive character is the presence of a distal propodal spine

overlapping with the base of the dactyl on the first two pairs of legs, a condition found for e.g. in Sphaerodromia ,

but it also has the largest number of propodal spines on the last two pairs of legs, four on the third leg, and six on

the fourth leg. This condition is intermediate, because while there is a spine on the outer margin of the dactyl of

the last leg, there are no spines on the inner margins of the dactyli of either of the last two legs which are found in

Sphaerodromia. Compared to Cryptodromiopsis plumosa , all the other species in Cryptodromiopsis have reduced

numbers of spines.

Camouflage. — The camouflage carried by C. plumosa is made from pieces of sponge.

Size. — The present male specimen, CW = 13.3 mm. is the largest known. No female of this species has been

collected.

DEPTH. — Lewinsohn'S small type specimen came from a depth of 55 m while the present larger male

specimen came from a depth of 16-25 m.

DISTRIBUTION. — The type specimen came from the Seychelle Islands and the only other known specimen is

from the Chesterfield Islands. It may be that this species has a similar geographic distribution to C. bullifera .

Cryptodromiopsis unidentata (Riippell, 1830) nov. comb.

Figs 7 a-k, 18 a

Dromia unidentata Riippell, 1830 : 16, pi. 4, fig. 2, 2a, pi. 5, fig. 9. — H. MlLNE Edwards, 1837 : 178. — HELLER,

1861 : 21, 31; 1862 : 243. — A. MlLNE Edwards, 1868 : 72. — HiLGENDORF, 1879 : 813. — MOLLER, 1887 : 472.

— Alcock, 1900 : 139; 1901 : 47, pi. 2, fig. 6. — Chilton, 1911 : 554.

Dromidia unidentata - Kossmann, 1880 : 67. — DE Man, 1888b : 207, pi. 14, figs 4-5. — Cano, 1889 : 255 —

Henderson, 1893 : 405. — Ortmann, 1894 : 34. — Nobili, 1903 : 23; 1905 : 4; 1906a : 145; 1906b : 92. —

Laurie, 1906 : 351; 1915 : 426. — Rathbun, 1910b : 367. — Ihle, 1913 : 31. — Balss. 1934 : 502. — Sakai,

1936 : 13, pi. 6, fig. 2, text fig. 2. — Ramadan, 1936 : 27. — Stephensen, 1945 : 63. — Barnard, 1950 : 323,

figs 61 h-i. — Gordon, 1950 : 206. — Guinot, 1967 : 240 (list). — Sakai, 1976 : 11, pi. 2, fig. 2, text figs 2a-b. —

Lewinsohn, 1977 : 9, fig. la-e; 1979 : 2; 1984 : 107.

Dromidia unidentata hawaiiensis Edmondson, 1922 : 6, pi II D, fig. la-j.

Dromidia unidentata unidentata Garth, 1957 : 316. — RETAMAL, 1981 : 25.

Cryptodromia unilobata Campbell & Stephenson, 1970 : 240, fig. 2A-I.

? Cryptodromia incisa Zarenkov, 1971 : 169 (error).

Source: MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

193

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippine Islands. Musorstom 3 : stn CP 142, 11°47.0’N, 123°01.5’E, 26-27 m,

6.06.1985 : 1 9 7.5 x 7.4 mm.

Chesterfield Islands. Corail 2 : stn DW 96, 19°6.00'S, 158°41.92’E, 41 m. 27.08.1988 : 1 9 (ovig.) 11.9 x

13.0 mm. — Sin DW 109, 19°08.97'S, 158°52.50'E. 47-64 m. 28.08.1988 : 1 9 (ovig.) 14.3 x 13.8 mm. — Stn CP

111, 19°18.06'S, 158°48.86'E, 70-65 m, 28.08.1988 : 1 9 7.8 x 7.2 mm.

New Caledonia. Lagon : stn 36, 22°17.2'S, 166°I9.9'E, 20 m, 24.05.1985 : 1 9 11.7 x 12.4 mm, carrying a

sponge cap. — Stn 123, 22°29.8', 166°39.8'E. 21 m, 23.08.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 11.5 x 12.8 mm. — Stn 250, 22°18.5'S.

166°25.6’E, 10 m, 7.11.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 15.8 x 17.5 mm. — Stn 251, 22°I9.3'S, 166°25.1'E, 20 m, 7.11.1984 : 1 <3

10.8 x 11.4 mm. — Stn 553. 22°51.10'S, 166°55.3'E, 35-40 m, 16.07.1985 : 1 6 13.0 x 13.9 mm. — Stn 693.

21°30.3'S, 166°13.4’E, 35-38 m, 9.08.1986 : 1 6 6.7 x 6.6 mm, carrying solitary ascidian cap.

No stn, trawl, no depth, 2.12.1986 : 1 6 (soft) 8.8 x 8.8 mm.

South West Lagoon, SCUBA, under Sarcophyton, 25 m. no date, P. Laboute coll. : 1 9 (ovig.) 18.8 x 19.9 mm.

DESCRiPriON. —Carapace approximately as long or longer than wide, evenly convex, surface smooth beneath

a dense mat of fine setae, posterior half of carapace only thinly covered. Shallow frontal groove extends back from

between lateral rostral teeth, branchial groove also shallow and cardiac area marked by a pair of shallow pits.

Rostrum tridentate. median tooth small, strongly deflexed. not visible dorsally, lateral teeth prominent, sub-acule.

Anterolateral margin begins at level of postorbital corner, without teeth and reaching its widest point just before

posterolateral tooth which is very small and blunt. Posterolateral margins convergent, posterior carapace margin

slightly concave.

Strong supraorbital tooth, margin concave to rounded postorbital corner. A narrow slit separates the suborbital

margin which has a very prominent, subacute tooth extending lorward almost as much as the lateral rostral tooth,

visible dorsally. and a smaller blunt tooth at the inner corner. All these features of the frontal area are concealed by

a thick cover of setae.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, beak-like medially, twisted, with upper lobe acute, and

overhanging the lower lobe. Second segment narrow (ratio of width/length = 1.75). a small median distal tubercle,

distomedial comer only slightly elongated, third segment essentially attached terminally. Exopod firmly fixed,

bilobed. ventral lobe tooth-like, ending at the junction of the third and fourth segments, dorsal lobe flattened,

extending beyond the junction and curving over base of eyestalk. Ratio ol length of antennal flagclla/CW = 0.62.

Subhepatic area inflated, smooth, a tooth at the comer of the buccal frame and a deep groove extending from

beneath antenna, curving around below orbit and anterolateral margin to emerge at posterolateral tooth. Female

sternal grooves end together on a central raised tubercle between bases ol first pair ol legs.

Cheliped merus trigonal in section, borders unarmed, superior surface has a distinct distal groove close to

junction with carpus. Outer face of carpus smooth, inflated, two acute distal tubercles. Surlace ol propodus also

smooth, fingers strongly downcurvcd, hollowed out internally, borders armed with six small teeth increasing in

size distally, gaping in both sexes, interlocking only at tips.

First two pairs of legs almost as long as chelipeds. segments unadorned. Daclyli as long as propodi. inner

margin of dactyli armed with eight-ten small spines.

Last two pairs of legs reduced, third pair shortest. Both legs have flattened segments and long, almost straight

dactyli opposed by single, stout propodal spines and with two unequal spines on the outer propodal margin. While

the third legs arc ventrally placed, the fourth pair are subdorsal and extend almost as far forward as the orbits. The

limbs are closely folded against the carapace and along with the tomentum this gives the crab the appearance of a

hairy ball which fits tightly into the piece of camouflage which it carries.

Abdomen of six free segments. Telson slightly longer than wide in male, wider than long in the female, a pair

of small central tubercles. Uropods well developed, visible externally, and these lock the male abdomen in place by

fitting in front of elongate flange on bases of the first legs.

First male pleopod a semi-rolled, setose tube with blunt tip. second pleopod simple, needle-like.

DISCUSSION -The original descriplion of Dromia unidentata Ruppell. 1830. included accurate illustrations of

a male and a female, including most of the spines around the dactyli of the last two pairs of legs, but somewhat

inaccurate illustrations of the abdomen. The figure of the female abdomen shows the pleopods in a diagrammatic

fashion and along with the male abdomen, omits the uropod plates a. the base of the telson. These inaccuracies and

omissions were corrected by LEWINSOHN (1977) who provided the most complete description and accurate figures.

194

C. L. McLAY

The description provided here adds information about the antenna, the abdominal locking mechanism and the male

pleopods.

ROPPELL (1830) suggested that Dromia globosa Lamarck might be a synonym for Dromia unidentata but, as

discussed above, this is not the case and the species should be known as Dromidiopsis globosa O^amarck, 1818).

The sternal grooves in the mature female Cryptodromiopsis unidentata end close together between the bases of

the first legs, but in the female, CW = 7.8 mm, from stn CP 111, they end together just behind this level, and in

the female, CW = 7.5 mm, from stn CP 142, they end apart between the bases of the second legs. This

ontogenetic change in the state of the sternal groove character is typical of dromiid females and has created many

past difficulties in identifying sponge crabs. For example, Campbell and Stephenson (1970) created a new

species, Cryptodromia unilobata , on the basis of a single female from Moreton Bay, Queensland. Although having

a strong resemblance to Cryptodromiopsis unidentata , the specimen had sternal grooves "ending on low, widely

separated tubercles between the coxae of the second walking legs, just anterior to the genital openings". Since the

Cryptodromia unilobata female had CW = 16.5 mm. exceeding the size of the smallest ovigerous female, it might

be expected to be mature, and have adult sternal grooves, but this is not necessarily true because sexual maturation

can occur over a wide size range.

The sternal groove character also led ZARENKOV (1971) to identify his two specimens as Cryptodromia incisa

Henderson, 1888, when they probably should have been named Dromidia unidentata which was already known

from the Red Sea (see Lewinsohn, 1977).

One sub-species has been described as Dromidia unidentata hawaiiensis Edmondson, 1922, from a single, small

male specimen collected from Hawaii. The differences noted by Edmondson included spots, and some softer,

membranous areas on the carapace. These differences are just individual variation and no further specimens have

been obtained. Because this name was used for the Hawaiian specimen. Garth (1957) and Retamal (1981) used

the name Dromidia unidentata unidentata for the typical form which was collected from Easter Is. It seems to me

that neither of these sub-specific names are necessary and that the specimens from both of these Pacific islands

should be known as Cryptodromiopsis unidentata.

SIZE. — The size range of Cryptodromiopsis unidentata recorded here is as follows : 4 males, CW = 6.7-

13.0 mm, 3 females, CW = 7.5-11.7 mm, 5 females (ovig.), CW = 11.5-18.8 mm. Other records show that the

maximum size for males is CW = 34.0 mm (Lewinsohn, 1984), for females CW = 31.0 mm (Sakai, 1936) and

the minimum size for ovigerous females is CW =11.0 mm (HENDERSON, 1893). Mean egg size for the ovigerous

females = 0.9 mm (range 0.75-1.10 mm), and mean egg numbers = 331 (range 216-440). This combination of egg

size and numbers is intermediate between the extremes of small eggs-large numbers, and large eggs-small numbers

seen in other dromiid species.

Camouflage. — Cryptodromiopsis unidentata has been recorded carrying a wide range of camouflage

material: sponges (de Man, 1888b, Henderson, 1893, Edmondson, 1922, and Garth, 1957 who identified the

sponge as Hymeniacidon sp.), soft coral (Ortmann, 1894), compound ascidian (Chilton, 1911), solitary ascidians

and sponges (Sakai, 1936), an actinian, Palythoa nelliae (Barnard, 1950), compound ascidians substantially

larger than the crabs (Lewinsohn, 1977), and a colony of Xenia (Lewinsohn, 1984). In the New Caledonian

material one crab was accompanied by a cap made of sponge and another had a solitary ascidian. The most

common camouflage material used by Cryptodromiopsis unidentata is made of sponges and ascidians.

DEPTH. — The Cryptodromiopsis unidentata reported here came from depths of 10-70 m which is within the

range of 0-100 m previously reported by Lewinsohn (1984). Most specimens have been collected from the

shallow end of this range, less than 50 m.

Distribution. — Geographic distribution includes the Red Sea, east coast of Africa (as far south as

Mozambique, see Barnard, 1950), Persian Gulf, India and Sri Lanka, Andaman Is., Mergui Archipelago,

Thailand, Singapore, Indonesia, Japan (approx. 36°N), Moreton Bay, Queensland (as Cryptodromia unilobata

Campbell & Stephenson, 1970) with the southernmost Pacific record from Meyer Is., 29°15'S, Kermadecs (north

of New Zealand). The distribution also extends eastward in the Pacific to Hawaii, north of the equator

Source: MNHN. Paris

STONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

195

a, j. k

b - i

Fig. 7. — Cryplodromiopsis unidentata (Ruppell. 1830) nov. comb.. 6 13 0 x 13 9 mm New'Caledonia Laoon s.n

553 35-40 m (MNHN-B 22563); 2 (ovig.) 14.3 x 13.8 mm. Chesterfield Islands. Corail 2. sin DW 109. 47-64 m

(MNHN-B 22564) : a. dorsal view of right half of carapace; b. ventral v ie w of right orbital area, c. outer face o rig

chelipcd; d. posterior view of terminal segments of right second leg; e. ventral view of P-'P';J'-uiddcyofm

right third leg- f ventral view of same leg of female; g. posterior view of propodus and dactyl of male right fourth

leg h firs, pleopod of male; i. second pleopod of male; j. ventral view ol male telson and penultimate abdominal

segments; k veidral view of female telson and penultimate abdominal segments. (Fig. 7 a-e, g-j based on male. f.

on female).

Scale bars represent 1.0 mm.

Source

196

C. L. Me LAY

(Edmondson, 1922) and to Easter Is. (approx. 27°S, 109°E), south of the equator (Garth. 1957). Thus it is not

surprising to record Cryptodromiopsis unidentata from New Caledonia and the Philippine Islands and it confirms

that this is a very widespread Indo-Pacific species.

CHARACTER

Cryptodromia

Takedromia

Epigodromia

Ratio CW/CL

Carapace width greater

than or equal to length.

Carapace width greater

than length.

Carapace may be slightly

less than, equal to, or

greater than length.

Carapace surface

Smooth.

Granulate, tuberculate or

areolate.

Granular, usually areolate.

Rostrum

Tridentate, teeth well

developed, blunt,

subacute.

Tridentate, teeth subacute

or eave-like.

Tridentate, teeth blunt,

divergent, may be eavc-

like.

Anterolateral margin

Teeth always present,

blunt, subacute.

Teeth well developed,

lacinated or tuberculate.

Posterolateral margin also

dentate or tuberculate.

Teeth usually broad,

granulated lobes, but may

be absent.

Antenna

Distomedial comer of

second segment produced.

Exopod as long as third

segment.

Distomedial corner of

second segment produced,

prominent median, distal

spine. Exopod as long as

third segment.

Segments granulate.

Distomedial corner of

second segment produced.

Exopod as long as third

segment.

Sternal grooves

End apart between or

behind first legs.

End apart between first

legs.

End apart between first

legs.

Epipods/Podobranchs

Usually no epipod on

chelipcd, but may be

present.

No podobranchs on

pereiopods.

No epipods or

podobranchs on

pereiopods.

Usually no epipod on

cheliped, but may be

present.

No podobranchs on

pereiopods.

First two pairs of legs

Segments may be lobed,

nodular, or tuberculate.

Segments tuberculate,

granulate.

Segments tuberculate,

granulate.

Last two pairs of legs

Third leg dactyl opposed

by one propodal spine,

may be another spine on

outer propodal margin.

Fourth leg shorter than

first, dactyl opposed by

one propodal spine, up to

two spines on outer

propodal margin.

Third leg dactyl opposed

by one propodal spine, no

spine on outer propodal

margin.

Fourth leg much shorter

than than first leg, dactyl

opposed by one propodal

spine, no spine on outer

propodal margin.

Third leg dactyl opposed

by one propodal spine, no

spine on outer propodal

margin.

Fourth leg much shorter

than first leg, dactyl

opposed by one propodal

spine, no spine on outer

propodal margin.

Abdominal segments

No segments fused, third

to sixth segments often

have small rounded

tubercles arranged in

different patterns.

No segments fused, third

to sixth segments

granulate with a pattern of

tubercles superimposed.

No segments fused, third

to sixth segments

granulate with a pattern of

transverse ridges

superimposed.

Uropods

Small, visible externally.

Abdominal locking

mechanism used.

Small, visible externally.

Abdominal locking

mechanism used.

Small, visible externally.

Abdominal locking

mechanism used.

Tclson

Rounded.

Rounded or subtruncate.

Truncate or bilobed.

Male pleopods

First sharply tipped,

second without exopod on

basis.

First sharply tipped,

second without exopod on

basis.

First sharply lipped,

second without exopod on

basis.

Table 7. — Comparison of the key characteristics of the genera Cryptodromia Stimpson, 1858, Takedromia gen. nov.,

Epigodromia gen. nov.

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

197

Genus CRYPTODROMIA Stimpson. 1858

Cryptodromia Stimpson, 1858 : 225 (in part); 1907 ; 172 (in part). — Haswf.ll, 1882 : 138. — De Man, 1888a ; 398 .

' — ALCOCK, 1900 : 140 (in part); 1901 : 48 (in part). — BORRADAILE, 1903a : 299 (in part). — IliLE, 1913 : 32 (in

part). — Balss, 1922 ; 106 (in part). — Stebbing, 1923 : 4. — Sakai, 1936 : 15 (in part). — Barnard. 1950 : 327

(in part). — Serene & Lohavanijaya, 1973 : 13 (in part).

Dromides Borradaile, 1903a : 299.

Carapace as wide or wider than long, surface smooth, convex. Rostrum tridentatc. Supraorbital tooth small,

blunt, usually a small postorbital tooth, and well developed suborbital tooth. Anterolateral border may bear up to

three teeth and subhepatic area may have up to two small tubercles. Antennal exopod well developed. Coxae of

third maxillipeds usually separated by a gap and may be inserted directly under tip of sternum or well forward and

separated by a deep trough. Female sternal grooves end apart on small tubercles between or behind bases of first

legs. Cheliped usually without an epipod but it may be present, carpal and propodal segments usually nodular.

Carpi and propodi of first two pairs of legs may be lobed. nodular or tubercular and inner margins of dactyli have

up to six small spines. Last two pairs of legs reduced, fourth pair longer, dactyli opposed by a single propodal

spine with up to two spines on the outer propodal margin. Abdomen of six free segments. Uropod plates well

developed and visible externally, employed in the abdominal locking mechanism by fitting in front of flange on

bases of first pair of legs. Telson usually rounded, but may be truncate or even bilobed. Abdominal segments

smooth and third to fifth segments may have lateral and/or median tubercles.

TYPE SPECIES. — Of Cryptodromia Stimpson. 1858 ; Cryptodromia coronata Stimpson. 1858, by original

designation (STIMPSON, 1858, p. 64). Of Dromides Borradaile, 1903a : Cryptodromia hilgendotfi De Man. 1888,

by monolypy.

OTHER species. — Cryptodromia amboinensis De Man, 1888, Dromia fallax Lamarck, 1818, Petalomera

fukuii Sakai. 1936. Cryptodromia hilgendotfi De Man. 1888. Cryptodromia longipes sp. nov.. Cryptodromia

mariae Ihle, 1913, Dromia (Cryptodromia) pentagonalis Hilgcndorf, 1879. Cryptodromia trituberculata Buitendijk,

1939, Cryptodromia tuberculata Stimpson. 1858, Cryptodromia tumida Stimpson. 1858. Probably also includes

Cryptodromia nipponensis Yokoya, 1933, and Cryptodromia prolubera Dai. Yang. Song & Chen. 1981.

Discussion. — The genus Cryptodromia was created by Stimpson (1858) for a group of sponge crabs with the

following characteristics : small size, carapace convex, covered with a short pubescence, female sternal grooves end

apart on tubercles between the first pair of legs, palate armed with a ridge on each side, and legs always more or

less nodose. Stimpson (1907) added the following features : carapace generally broader than long, with a broad

front anterolateral teeth often bifurcated, last pair of pereiopods longer than the penultimate pair, segments ol the

abdomen freely movable, generally armed with nodiform or spiniform projections, telson usually broader than

long, and uropods conspicuous. . , . , ,

The type species for the genus is Cryptodromia coronata Stimpson, 1858, and Stimpson included three other

new species : C. canaliculate,, C. tuberculata, and C. tumida all from Japan. In addition he suggested that a further

four species should be included : Dromia nodipes Lamarck. 1818. D. lateralis Gray. 1831, D. fallax Lamarck,

1818 and D. caput-mortuum H. Milne Edwards, 1837.

BORRADAILE (1903a) erected the new genus Dromides for Cryptodromia hilgendotfi De Man, 1888, a change

that was not followed by any other authors, but he did make two significant changes which atfected Cryptodromia.

Firstly, he combined Epidromia Kossmann. 1878. with Cryptodromia but did not modify the generic definition to

include species with a granulate carapace. In this paper I separate these genera again (see below Secondly.

BORRADAILE added a key character, the absence of an epipod on the cheliped. although ALCOCK (1901 had earlier

stated that species of Ctyptodromia may have an epipod. but none of the Indian species which he considered had an

epipod. However, this was to allow the inclusion of Dromia lateralis Gray. 1831. which Borradaile (1903a

placed in Petalomera Stimpson. 1858. The generic definition given above contains a major change because

198

C. L. McLAY

allows the inclusion of species which do have an epipod on the cheliped. This allows the species previously

assigned to either Petalomera or Cryptodromia to be reorganized into natural groups.

SERfcNE and LOHAVANIJAYA (1973) examined the history and current state of Cryptodromia , and while they

suggested some possible synonyms, they did not propose any rationalization, apart from recognizing that there

were two groups of species : those with a granular carapace and those with a smooth carapace. The existence of

these groups was, of course, a consequence of the inclusion of Epidromia. In his key to the Indian species of

Cryptodromia , ALCOCK (1900) used this as his first character to subdivide the genus, as did Sakai (1936) for the

Japanese species. In this paper I transfer the small dromiids, with a tuberculate or areolate carapace, which

previously belonged to Cryptodromia , to two new genera ( Barnardromia gen. nov., and Takedromia gen. nov.), and

others are placed in Epigodromia gen. nov. (a replacement name for Epidromia Kossmann, 1878). The other

species, with a smooth carapace, remain in Cryptodromia Stimpson, 1858 (see Table 7).

Apart from the species in the New Caledonian collection, some comments need to be made about the other

species included in this genus. Cryptodromia nierstraszi Ihle, 1913, was described from three small males (CW =

8.5 mm) and a smaller female specimen (CW = 5.1 mm) collected from Sihoga stn 313 (depth = 36 m) Dangar

Besar, Saleh Bay, Indonesia. C. nierstraszi is known only from the type locality and has not been reported

subsequently. Comparison of the male type (Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam, De 102.961) with a Cryptodromia

pentagonalis Hilgendorf, 1879, male (Mombasa. Kenya, MNHN-B 7392), reported by LEWINSOHN (1984), shows

that these two species are identical. Similarly, C. laevis Ihle, 1913, which was based on an ovigerous female

(CW = 13.0 mm) from Pulu Sanguisiapo, Sulu Archipelago, is also a synonym of C. pentagonalis. C. laevis

has not been recorded by any other author and the differences from C. nierstraszi , noted by IHLE, are only minor

variations in the rostral teeth and subhepatic tubercles which lire attributable to size differences. Lewinsohn (1979,

1984) summarized the records of C. pentagonalis which suggest that it only occurs in the Red Sea and Indian

Ocean, but these synonymies establish that the distribution also includes Indonesia. Most of the records of

C. pentagonalis are from the intertidal zone but Rathbun (1911) recorded material from 70 m so IHLE'S material

(from 36 m) is within the depth range for this species.

Cryptodromia nipponensis Yokoya, 1933, and C. protubera Dai, Yang. Song & Chen, 1981, are only

tentatively included here because they were very poorly described. They are both known only from the type

material collected from Japan and China respectively.

Following earlier authors, Cryptodromia pileifera Alcock, 1901, is regarded as a synonym of C. tuberculata

Stimpson, 1858, although Tam, Lim and Ng (1986) used the name for specimens which seem to me to be

identical to C. tuberculata. These authors have provided the only information about larval development in this

genus.

Distribution. — The distribution of the species of Cryptodromia ranges from the Red Sea. through the Indian

Ocean, Indonesia. Australia, north to Japan and eastward into the Pacific as far as French Polynesia. All of them

are small, shallow water species which carry pieces of sponge or ascidian for camouflage. Prior to this paper,

C. tuberculata Stimpson, 1858, and C. tumida Stimpson, 1858, had been recorded from the Philippine Islands,

and C.fallax (Lamarck, 1818) had been recorded from New Caledonia as well as the Philippines.

Key to the species of Cryptodromia

(Species studied in this paper are in bold)

1. Carapace significantly wider than long.2

— Carapace approximately as wide as long.9

2. Single anterolateral tooth. 3

— More than one anterolateral tooth . 4

3. Anterolateral tooth small, almost concealed under margin .

. Cryptodromia pentagonalis Hilgendorf, 1879

— Anterolateral tooth prominent, laterally directed .

. Cryptodromia protubera Dai, Yang. Song. & Chen. 1981

Source : MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

199

4. Two anterolateral teeth, carapace surface canaliculated.

. Cryptodromia fallax (Lamarck, 1818)

— Two or more anterolateral teeth, carapace surface not canaliculated . 5

5. Rostrum bluntly tridentate, small supraorbital tooth ... 6

— Rostrum truncate, no supraorbital tooth. Cryptodromia nipponensis Yokoya, 1933

6. Median rostral tooth more prominent than lateral teeth, three anterolateral teeth, first two

strongest, chelipeds strongly tuberculated, propodus with 20-25 tubercles of variable size,

margins of carpi and propodi of first two pairs ot legs sharply verrucose.

. Cryptodromia tuberculata Stimpson, 1858.

_ Lateral rostral teeth more prominent than median tooth, distal margins of carpi and

propodi of first two pairs of legs lobed, but not sharply verrucose. 7

7. Carapace minutely granular, frontal teeth sharply projecting, two large anterolateral teeth,

posterior margin of each tooth elongated, chelipeds tuberculated but propodus with only a

few prominent tubercles, third and fourth abdominal segments armed with four tubercles

. Cryptodromia coronata Stimpson, 1858

— Carapace smooth, frontal teeth blunt, three anterolateral teeth . 8

8. Lateral cardiac grooves not marked, anterolateral teeth equal, outer tace of cheliped

propodus marked by some lines of small granules, abdominal segments without distinct

tubercles . Cryptodromia tumida Stimpson, 1858

_ Lateral cardiac grooves deeply marked, anterolateral teeth unequal (first largest, third

smallest), outer face of cheliped propodus minutely denticulated, superior face tends to

have ridge-like margins, fourth and fifth abdominal segments have a tubercle near

posterior border . Cryptodromia fukuii (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb.

9. Single anterolateral tooth. Cryptodromia hilgendorfi De Man, 1888

— More than one anterolateral tooth . 10

10. Two anterolateral teeth . j*

— Three anterolateral teeth.

11. Last leg long, almost reaching orbit when straightened, a small tubercle close to the

postorbital corner, above the level of the anterolateral margin....

. Cryptodromia amboinensis De Man, 1888

_ Last leg long, almost reaching orbit when straightened, no tubercle close to postorbital

corncr . Cryptodromia longipes sp. nov.

12 Laleral roslral teeth triangular, anterolateral teeth sharp, not flattened, first two pairs of

legs very nodular. Cryptodromia mariae Ihle 913

— Lateral rostral teeth truncate, anterolateral teeth blunt, flattened, first two pairs of legs

not strongly nodular. Cryptodromia trituberculata Bu.tend.jk, 1939

Cryptodromia ? coronata Stimpson. 1858

Fig. 18 b

C. ,oco . o-iq. 1007 • 173 D J oo fig. 2. — DE Man, 1888a : 398, pi. 18, fig. 2. — Ives,

«, r : » N m. -

200

C. L. McLAY

6.1 x 5.5 mm. Sin 100. 22°32.6S, 166°34.6'E, 15 m, 21.08.1984 : 1 9 6.1 x 6.3 mm, carrying compound ascidian

cap; 1 9 (ovig.) 6.1 x 6.0 mm, carrying compound ascidian cap. — Sin 112, 22°23.6'S, 166°47.9'E, 42 m,

22.08.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 5.7 x 5.0 mm. — Sin 126. 22°31.6'S, 166°46.2'E. 19 m, 23.08.1984 : 1 9 4.5 x 4.3 mm. —

Sin 127. 22°30.6'S, 166°45.9'E. 55 m, 23.08.1984 : 4 9 9 3.0 x 2.9, 4.6 x 4.2, 5.1 x 4.7, 5.2 x 4,8 mm; 1 9 (ovig.)

5.1 x 4.6 mm. — Sin 225, 22°35.9'S, 166°40.0'E. 15 m, 22.10.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 7.2 x 7.4 mm. — Sm 248, 22°23.8'S,

166°47.0'E, 47 m, 24.10.1984 : 3 6 <5 4.9 x 4.6, 5.1 x 4.8, 6.4 x 5.7 mm; 2 9 9 4.5 x 4.1, 4.5 x 4.3 mm, carrying a

sponge cap; 2 9 9 (ovig.) 5.0 x 4.7. 5.8 x 4.9 mm. — Sin 312, 22°41.9'S. 166°48.8'E, 26 m, 27.11.1984 : 1 d 6.1 x

5.4 mm. — Sin 405. 22°37.5'S, 167°19.5'E, 27 m, 23.01.1985 : 1 6 11.5 x 10.7 mm, carrying a sponge cap; 1 9 4.8 x

4.4 mm. carrying an ascidian cap. — Sin 409, 22°41.5'S, 167°24.2'E, 13-18 m, 24.01.1985 : 1 d 7.4 x 7.8 mm. —

Sin 564, 22°46.8 S, 166°56.0E, 32-38 m, 16.07.1985 : 1 d 5.6 x 5.1 mm, carrying a sponge cap. — Sin 710

21°24.0'S, 166°2.5'E, 30-31 m, 10.08.1986 : 1 d 5.3 x 5.0 mm.

No locality, probably intertidal, no dale (possibly came from M. Balansa, 1861-73), A. Milne Edwards del., 1903 :

1 d 8.5 x 7.9 mm; 1 9 (ovig.) 8.8 x 7.9 mm, carrying sponge caps (MNHN-B 13883).

Mission singer-poi.ignac. lie des Pins, no deplh, 15.12.1961 : 1 9 5.0 x 4.7 mm.

Indonesia. Ambon (Sielh), intertidal zone, 16.10.91, B. Richer de Forges coll. : 1 9 8.5 x 7.0 mm. — Ambon

(Tial), intertidal zone, 16.10.91, B. RICHER DE FORGES coll. : 2 9 9 5.8 x 4.9, 8.7 x 7.2 mm.

Description. — Carapace wider than long, surface .smooth, very convex, rising sleeply especially al from,

covered by short line tomentum with some longer plumose setae fringing limbs. Frontal, branchial and lateral

cardiac grooves well marked. Rostrum tridcnlate. blunt, teeth horizontally directed, similar in size, median tooth

on a lower level. Anterolateral margin convex, begins at level of postorbital tooth, bearing two blunt teeth, first

strongest and near orbit, second small, more distant with a slight swelling on intervening margin. Branchial notch

well marked with a small posterolateral tooth behind.

Supraorbital tooth smaller than lateral rostral tooth but prominent, postorbital tooth small, more acute.

Suborbital margin extends directly without distinct fissure, from beneath postorbital tooth and bears a strong

subacute tooth visible dorsally. This tooth is buttressed beneath as far as the groove running from near comer of

buccal frame around under anterolateral margin towards branchial notch. On this buttress, just above the groove, is

a small rounded swelling, and beneath the groove, at comer of buccal frame, arc two small, subacute teeth.

On subhepatic region are two teeth, one larger, more acute, visible dorsally, ventrolateral to postorbital tooth

and the other, smaller, just above groove. Epistomc triangular, wider than long, surface concave, dorsal apex

tooth-like beneath junction with rostrum. Female sternal grooves convergent, ending apart between bases of first

legs on prominent tubercles connected by a ridge.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, slightly narrowed laterally, beak-like medially, upper lobe

longer than lower. Second segment much longer than wide, surface convex, a small median distal tubercle,

distomedial comer produced, curved, on which third segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod firmly fixed to second

segment, tip only slightly bilobed, barely extending as far as joint between third and fourth segments. Ratio of

length of antennal flagella to CW = 0.46.

Chelipeds well developed. Merus trigonal, borders unarmed. Carpus outer face convex, smooth except for two

strong, blunt distal tubercles, some specimens have two-three small central tubercles as well. Propodus upper face

with one (sometimes two) proximal tubercles (maybe absent in females), another at base of dactyl and minutely

granulated in between. Outer propodus face with a strong proximal tubercle articulating with carpus, lower face

minutely granulated. Fingers downcurved. hollowed out internally, spoon-like, four-five tiny granules at base of

dactyl, gaping widely, touching only at lips in male, gaping less in female, armed with seven-eight small teeth.

First two pairs of legs smaller than chelipeds, distal borders of carpi and propodi produced as two small lobes,

dactyli as long as propodi, strongly curved at tips, inner margins armed with five-six small spines increasing in

size distally. a small, pearl-like, proximal, tubercle on posterior face.

Last two pairs of legs reduced, third pair shortest, dactyl strongly curved, normally opposed by one propodal

spine (sometimes two spines) with another smaller spine on outer propodal margin. Fourth pair reach

approximately as lar as second anterolateral tooth when extended forward, flattened, dactyl curved, opposed by a

single propodal spine with another small spine on outer propodal margin.

Abdomen of six free segments. Telson much wider than long, tip rounded. Uropod plates well developed,

visible externally, locking abdomen in place by fitting in front of small serrated ridge on bases of first legs.

Distolateral corners ol abdominal segments thrcc-Iive produced as a blunt lobe, nearby there may be a small

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

201

tubercle. A pair of tubercles on central abdominal ridge of segments three-six, those on segments four and five

largest, in some females only the pair on the fourth segment are prominent.

First male plcopod a setose semi-rolled tube with a sharp horny tip; second pleopod simple, needle-like.

DISCUSSION. — Only five male (maximum CW = 14.2 mm) and four female (maximum CW = 12.0 mm)

C. coronata have been reported, all in shallow water (0-32 m), from China (Xisha Is.), Japan, Indonesia. Samoa,

and Rikitea, Polynesia. Some of these specimens were associated with corals or Halimede (Chlorophyta,

Codiacenae). The exact identity of this species is somewhat uncertain because there appear to be several small

dromiids, including undescribed specimens, which closely resemble one another and are therefore difficult to

separate. The citations of Sakai (1936, 1976) both refer to STiMPSON’s type, so that C. coronata has not been

recorded from Japan since the original discovery in 1858.

ORTMANN (1892) noted the variability in abdominal tubercles on specimens from Samoa, and Buitendijk

(1939, 1950) only tentatively assigned her specimens, from Timor and Singapore, to C. coronata. In the same

manner, the present New Caledonian and Indonesian specimens are for the present, assigned to C. coronata.

Clarification of this problem awaits the investigation of undescribed material and comparison with the earlier

specimens.

SIZE. — The size ranges of C. coronata from New Caledonia and Indonesia are CW = 4.9-11.5 mm for males.

CW = 3.0-8.7 mm for non-ovigerous females, and CW = 5.0-8.8 mm for ovigerous females. None of these

specimens exceed the previously recorded maximum sizes. The smallest female with an abdomen of mature width

is CW = 4.5 mm, but all females of equal or greater size than CW = 5.0 mm are mature, indicating that they reach

maturity over a very small size range. Ovigerous females carry very small numbers (mean = 8.1) of large (mean

diam. = 1.0 mm) eggs which suggests an extreme reproductive strategy. These females were collected during the

months of August to October and their eggs were at various stages of development, indicating that the reproductive

season extends beyond these months. C. coronata may have larval development similar to C. tuberculata which

has a single, short-lived zoea (reported by Tan, Lim and NG, 1986, as C. pileifera).

Camouflage. — DE Man (1888a) recorded a crab carrying a sponge cap and many of the present crabs also

carried not only sponge caps but also caps made from compound ascidians.

Depth. — The depth range of the New Caledonian and Indonesian specimens is 0-47 m. and so exceeds the

previous maximum of 32 m.

Distribution. — Previous records are from Japan, Indonesia, Samoa, and Rikitea, Polynesia. Occurrence of

C. coronata off New Caledonia is new, but it does not extend the distribution beyond the previously known

Indonesian-Pacific area (as far east as Polynesia), apart from extending the southern limit. It might not be

surprising that C. coronata has similar larval development to C. tuberculata , because C. tuberculata also has an

extensive distribution, although it extends westward into the Indian Ocean rather than eastward into the Pacific.

Cryptodromia fukuii (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb.

Fig. 17 c

Petalomera fukuii Sakai, 1936 : 31. pi. 1, fig. 2, text fig. 8a-c; 1965 : 9. pi. 4, fig. 1; 1976 : 21, text fig. 11. — Suzuki

& KURATA, 1967 : 95.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. —New Caledonia. No locality, probably intertidal, M. Balansa coll., 1861-73 : 2 6 6

6.5 x 5.6, 8.3 x 7.4 mm, carrying sponge caps; 4 9 9 5.3 x 4.7, 10.6 x 9.1, 11.2 x 9.7, 14.5 x 12.3 mm, carrying

sponge caps; 1 9 (ovig.) 10.4 x 8.9 mm, carrying a sponge cap (MNHN-B 22094).

Description. — Carapace distinctly wider than long, surface smooth, convex, sparsely covered with short

setae, rising more steeply at front. Regions not defined but branchial and lateral cardiac grooves distinct. Rostrum

202

C. L McLAY

bluntly tridcntatc, median tooth deflexed, on a lower level although clearly visible dorsally. Lateral rostral teeth

separated by a broad sinus and as long as median tooth. Three anterolateral teeth on an evenly convex margin. First

tooth strong, blunt, on same level as suborbital margin, second tooth similar, close by, a rounded eave-like

projection separating the third more distinct tooth which is smaller. A small posterolateral tooth follows the

branchial groove. Posterolateral carapace margins convergent and posterior margin convex.

Supraorbital margin bearing a blunt tooth, postorbital corner slightly produced as a rounded lobe. Small fissure

separating suborbital lobe which has a strong tooth at its inner comer, but this is obscured from above by the

supraorbital tooth.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, beaked medially, gaping, not twisted. Second segment much

longer than wide, small central distal tubercle, distomedial comer bluntly produced, curved, on which third segment

is inserted at an angle. Exopod firmly fixed, tip distinctly bilobed, inner lobe flattened, extended over eyestalk

base, tip of exopod extends as far as joint between third and fourth segment. Ratio of length of antennal flagella to

CW = 0.37. Epistome triangular, slightly wider than long, concave.

Subhepatic area smooth, flat, a strong tubercle near lateral margin of buccal frame, separated by a distinct

groove which runs around under anterolateral margin towards posterolateral tooth. (It is somewhat arbitrary as to

whether this tubercle is regarded as being subhepatic or as first anterolateral tooth). A small tubercle close to

anterior comer of buccal frame. Female sternal grooves well marked, ending apart on prominent tubercles just

behind bases of chelipeds.

Chclipeds small, merus triangular in cross section, borders minutely denticulate. Borders of carpus similar to

merus, outer face bears five tubercles, two low, rounded proximal tubercles near lower border and two more acute

distal tubercles near joint with propodus and midway between these two pairs, on lower margin of carpus, is a

single larger blunt tubercle. Propodus covered with minute denticles and granules, on superior face the margins

tend to be ridge-like or a series of small tubercles, a low rounded tubercle at base of dactyl, a large proximal

tubercle marking joint with carpus, along lower margin granules tend to be arranged in longitudinal rows. Fingers

elongate, straight, gaping basally, cutting edges armed with ten-twelve small interlocking teeth.

First two pairs of legs shorter than chclipeds. Upper distal margins of carpi produced as three rounded lobes.

Distal margins of propodi produced as two rounded lobes. Dactyli as long as propodi, inner margins armed with

three-five small spines increasing in size distally, a proximal pearl-like tubercle on posterior face articulating with

penultimate segment.

Last two pairs of legs reduced, third pair shortest, dactyl long and curved, opposed by a small propodal spine

with another small propodal spine on outer margin. When extended forward fourth leg almost reaches last

anterolateral tooth, dactyl long and curved, opposed by a single large propodal spine and another spine on outer

propodal margin.

Abdomen of six free segments. Male and female telson wider than long, posterior margin rounded, but male

telson has three-four spinules. Uropod plates well developed, visible externally and locking abdomen by fitting in

front of small serrated ridge on bases of first legs. Median ridge on abdominal segments low and rounded, a

prominent tubercle near posterior comer of fourth and fifth segments.

First male pleopod a semi-rolled setose tube with a sharp, horny tip; second pleopod simple, needle-like.

Discussion. — Sakai (1936) commented on the extreme similarity of Petalomera fukuii and Cryptodromia

tumida Stimpson, 1858, the only substantial difference being the presence of an cpipod on the cheliped of

Petalomera fukuii. Later, Sakai (1965) noted the similarity to Cryptodromia tuberculata Stimpson, 1858. These

species, as well as C. coronata Stimpson, 1858, are indeed very close. Certainly, Petalomera fukuii shows greater

affinities with the genus Cryptodromia than it docs with Stimdromia gen. nov.. which would be the alternate

genus in which to include it. It seems as though it is necessary to assume that the epipod character is capable of

reversal. In this case, we must assume that either Petalomera fukuii represents the ancestral condition or that the

cheliped epipod can be regained alter it has been lost.

In his original description of Petalomera fukuii y Sakai (1936) figured lateral tubercles on fourth and fifth

abdominal segments of both sexes and these were also present in the New Caledonian specimens. He also noted

the differences between male and female telsons : the male telson has four small spinules on the posterior margin.

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

203

while the female telson is unarmed. I also observed these differences except that there were only two spinules on

the male telson.

CAMOUFLAGE. — Many of Sakai'S specimens of P.fukuii were carrying sponge or compound ascidian (e.g.

Botrylloides) caps. All the New Caledonian specimens carried sponge caps.

SIZE. — The largest P. fukuii male found by Sakai had CW = 15 mm. In the New Caledonian collection

males were smaller, but females were as large as CW = 14.5 mm. All the females, except the smallest (CW = 5.3

mm), had mature-sized abdomens and the only ovigerous female (CW = 10.4 mm) was in such poor condition that

nothing could be determined about the eggs.

Depth. — Sakai (1936) reported large numbers of P.fukuii from shallow waters of Sagami Bay. All the New

Caledonian specimens presumably came from shore collecting.

Distribution. — Until now C. fukuii was only known from Japan but it clearly has a much wider

distribution.

Cryptodromia amboinensis De Man. 1888

Fig. 18 c

Cryptodromia amboinensis De Man, 1888a : 406, pi. 18, fig. 4. — IHLE. 1913 : 34 (key), 90 (list).

Dromia (Cryptodromia) de manii Alcock, 1900 : 144.

Cryptodromia demand - ALCOCK, 1901 : 52. — Laurie, 1906 : 352. — IHLE, 1913 : 33 (key), 90 (list). — BuiTENDlJK,

' 1939 : 225, pi. 7, fig. 1.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. LagON : stn 481, 18°57.4’S, 163°31.5'E, 33 m, 2.03.1985 : 1 9

(ovig.) 6.2 x 5.3 mm, carrying a sponge cap.

Philippine Islands. MUSORSTOM 3 : stn CP 142, 11°47.0’N, 123°1.5’E, 26-27 m. 7.06.1985 : H 5.1 x 4.4 mm;

1 9 (ovig.) 6.8 x 7.5 mm; 1 9 6.3 x 5.7 mm, carrying a sponge cap.

Persian Gulf. Dredged on rocky bottom, April 1954. No other data : 1 9 7.1 x 6.8 mm. carrying a sponge cap.

Description. — Carapace wider than long, convex, rising more steeply from lateral margins, surface

roughened by patches of fine granules under short fine tomentum, a few longer setae and a dense tult of long setae

across front, just behind teeth is characteristic. Frontal, branchial and cardiac grooves only faintly marked.

Rostrum tridentate, fringed with tiny granules, teeth blunt, median tooth on a lower level and further forward,

slightly deflexed, lateral teeth directed horizontally. Anterolateral margin begins at level of postorbital corner and

has two blunt teeth close together, a greater distance to branchial notch which is without a posterolateral tooth.

Small blunt supraorbital tooth, postorbital corner bluntly produced. Shallow fissure separates suborbital

margin which has an unusual blunt tooth, not visible dorsally : this tooth is more like a narrow shelf, directed

anterolaterally, buttressed by the subhepatic region. On this buttress is a small tubercle followed by a larger

subhepatic tubercle at its base, dorsolateral to this tubercle is a second subhepatic tubercle in a straight line

towards first anterolateral tooth. Between first anterolateral tooth and postorbital corner is a small tubercle close to

orbit Thus there are six tubercles, plus postorbital corner (most of which are visible dorsally) defining a roughly

quadrangular, sunken subhepatic area. This arrangement is a very distinctive character of this species. Female

sternal grooves end wide apart on low tubercles just behind bases of first legs.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, lateral margin narrowed, medial margin beaked, gaping.

Second segment much longer than wide, small central distal tubercle which has a row of smaller granules running

obliquely away from it towards lateral margin, distomedial corner bluntly produced, curved, on which third

segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod firmly fixed, extending as far as joint between third and lourth segments

where the tip is bilobed, inner lobe curving over base of eyestalk. Epistome triangular, wider than long, concave

with a small tubercle on each lateral margin. Blunt tooth at comer of buccal frame.

204

C L. McLAY

Chclipeds, stout, well developed. Merus trigonal, borders unarmed. Carpus with three-four small granules

along inner margin, a prominent central tubercle and two larger, blunt, distal tubercles. Propodus inner margin

with four-five small granules, superior margin with two unequal tubercles at base of dactyl and another small

proximal tubercle, outer face finely granulated with a small proximal tubercle near superior distal carpal tubercle.

Fingers pearly white, downcurved, hollowed out internally, slightly gaping, armed with five-six small teeth.

First two pairs of legs shorter, fringed with longer setae, distal borders of carpi and propodi bluntly lobed.

Dactyli as long as propodi, curved at tips, inner margins armed with four-five small spines increasing in size

distally, a small pearl-like proximal tubercle on posterior margin.

Last two pairs of legs reduced, third pair shortest, dactyl strongly curved, opposed by a single propodal spine.

Fourth legs long, flattened, almost reaching supraorbital margin if fully extended, dactyl strongly curved, opposed

by a single propodal spine.

Abdomen of six free segments. Telson wider than long, tip bluntly rounded. Uropod plates well developed and

visible externally. Male abdominal segments four-six have a small lateral tubercle, and a pair of small medial

tubercles on fourth segment. These tubercles are only faintly developed in female. Abdominal locking mechanism

consists of uropod plates fitting in front of serrated flange on bases of first legs.

First male pleopod is a semi-rolled, setose tube with a sharp homy tip; second pleopods simple, needle-like.

Discussion. — One characteristic feature of Cryptodromia amboinensis De Man. 1888, is the arrangement of

tubercles on the subhepatic area and near the orbit. This is best seen in DE Man (1888a, fig. 4a) which shows a

small tubercle near the orbit, above the level of the anterolateral margin, an unusual suborbital tooth with a small

tubercle on its base, and two subhepatic tubercles in a straight line towards the first anterolateral tooth. Together,

these six adornments define a roughly quadrangular area.

Comparison of DE Man’s figure with the description of Cryptodromia demanii Alcock, 1900, shows that this

species is a synonym of C. amboinensis. ALCOCK (1900) stated that "A tooth on the hepatic region, dorsad of the

anterolateral border, and just behind the outer orbital angle, is characteristic", and the subsequent illustration of

C. demanii by Buitendijk (1939) confirms this synonymy. It is indeed ironic that a species named in honour of a

person, turns out to be a synonym of a species already described by that same person. Until now, the only

specimen of C. amboinensis known was the ovigerous female type (CW = 4.8 mm). Since Alcock described his

species, other specimens have been known under this name, overlooking DE Man s species.

Size. — The size of the type specimen of C. demanii was CW = 5.0 mm, but the sex was not given. Including

the type of C. amboinensis , only females have been recorded with maximum CW = 5.6 mm. The male, CW = 5.1

mm, from Philippines stn CP 142, is the first to be recorded and allows the male characters to be added to the

description. All four ol the females from New Caledonia and the Philippines and Persian Gulf are larger than any

earlier specimens, giving a maximum female CW of 7.1 mm. The two ovigerous females carried 40 and 170 eggs

(diam. = 0.7 mm) which is comparable to C. hilgendorfi (see McLay, 1982) but the original type specimen of

C. amboinensis , CW = 4.8 mm. is smaller than the smallest (CW = 6.0 mm) ovigerous C. hilgendorfi. This

ovigerous female, less than CW = 5 mm. is one of the smallest mature females known amongst the dromiid crabs.

Camouflage. — The type specimen of C. amboinensis had a small compound ascidian cap but three of the

present specimens have small sponge caps. In this respect, this species uses similar camouflage to C. hilgendorfi

(see McLay, 1983).

Depth. — The only depth record for C. amboinensis of 18 m comes from Laurie (1906). The New Caledonian

and Philippine specimens came from 26-33 m. confirming the previous record, but increasing the known depth

range.

Distribution. — The distribution of this species includes Sri Lanka, Mergui Archipelago. Amboina and now

the Philippine Islands and New Caledonia.

Source : MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

205

Because the Persian Gulf specimen is Ihe first record outside the West pacific area, it was compared with DE

Man's type and there was good agreement in all features. Thus the distribution of C. amboinensis is now extended

into the Indian Ocean.

Cryptodromia hilgendorfi De Man. 1888

Fig. 18 d

Cryptodromia hilgendorfi De Man, 1888a : 404, pi. 18, fig. 3. — NOBILI, 1899 : 249; 1906a : 146; 1907 : 93. —

Alcock, 1900 : 145; 1901 : 52, pi. 3, fig. 11. — Borradaile, 1900 : 571. — Laurie, 1906 : 352, 426. — Ihle,

1913 : 45. — Balss, 1938 : 5. — Buitendijk, 1939 : 224. — Guinot, 1967 : 240. — Campbell & Stephenson,

1970 : 245, fig. 3. — Takeda, 1973 : 78. — Lewinsohn, 1977 : 13, fig. 2; 1984 : 109. — McLay, 1982 : 317. —

Dai & Yang, 1991 : 24, pi. 2 (2), fig. 6b.

Dromia (Cryptodromia) hilgendorfi - ALCOCK, 1900 : 145.

Dromides hilgendorfi - Borradaile, 1903 : 299; 1906 : 577.

Material EXAMINED — New Caledonia. LaGON : stn 48, 22°16.6’S, 166°15.2’E, 28 m, 25.05.1984 : 1 6 9.2 x

8.9 mm. — Stn 72, 22°18.5 , S, 166°35.3’E, 15 m, 20.08.1984 : 1 6 9.4 x 9.1 mm. — Stn 100, 22°32.6’S, 166°34.6’E,

15 m, 21.08.1984 : 1 6 7.7 x 7.5 mm. — Stn 244. 22°25.0'S, 166°59.6’E, 47 m, 23.10.1984 : 1 6 5.4 x 5.2 mm. —

Stn 248, 22°23.8'S, 166°47.0'E, 47 m, 24.10.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 7.2 x 6.5 mm, carrying a sponge cap.

Chesterfield Islands. Chalcal 1 : stn CP 2, 20°31.50’S, 161°06.45'E, 88 m, 15.07.1984 : 1 6 4.3 x 4.4 mm,

carrying a sponge cap. — Stn CP 12. 20°34.30’S, 158°47.40’E, 67 m, 23.07.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 5.7 x 5.0 mm, carrying

a sponge cap.

CORAIL 2 : stn CP 29, 20°31.35‘S, 160°52.72’E, 79-84 m, 22.07.1988 : 1 9 4.0 x 3.4 mm, carrying a sponge cap. —

Stn DW 34, 19°21.62'S, 158°55.77’E, 47 m, 23.07.1988 : 1 6 5.5 x 5.6 mm.

Philippine Islands. MUSORSTOM 3 : stn DR 117, 12°31.2'N, 120°39.3’E, 92-97 m, 3.06.1985 : juvenile, 2.1 x

2.1 mm.

Description. — Carapace wider than long, subquadrangular, convex, especially laterally, smooth under dense

cover of short setae, longer plumose setae near margins. Frontal, branchial and cardiac grooves faintly marked.

Rostrum tridentate, teeth similar, subacute, horizontally directed. Anterolateral margin begins at level of suborbital

tooth, forming a right angle, adorned by a single blunt tooth, thereafter margin is straight and convergent,

interrupted only by branchial groove which is not followed by a recognizable posterolateral tooth.

Supraorbital margin interrupted by a small tooth. Postorbital tooth small, blunt. Narrow fissure separates

suborbital margin which has a single acute anterolaterally directed tooth.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, wedge-shaped, almost no lateral margin, medial margin beaked

but not gaping, second segment broad basally, tapering, about as wide basally as long, medial margin curved and

distally produced as a blunt spine on which third segment is inserted at an angle, a prominent ventrally directed

distal tubercle on second segment, exopod firmly fixed, lip bilobed and reaching as far as joint between third and

fourth segments. Ratio of length of antennal flagella to CW = 0.63. Epistome slightly concave, smooth.

Subhepatic area Hat, shoulder-like with a single small tubercle beneath suborbital tooth. Female sternal

grooves end wide apart on small tubercles between base of second legs.

Chelipeds small, merus trigonal, unarmed. Carpus smooth with two strong distal tubercles. Propodus smooth

with a strong tubercle at base of dactyl. Fingers elongate, downcurved. hollowed out internally, armed with seven-

eight small teeth, gaping basally in male.

First two pairs of legs, fringed with longer plumose setae, about as long as chelipeds. Propodi with strong

distal lobe. Dactyli as long as propodi. narrow and talon-like, inner margins armed with four-five small spines,

increasing in size distally. Last two pairs of legs reduced, about same length, last pair subdorsal, both have single

propodal spines opposing dactyli. The dactyl of the last leg may have another spine on the outer propodal margin.

Abdomen of six free segments. Telson wider than long, tip truncate in male, rounded in female. Uropod plates

well developed, visible externally. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of uropod plates fitting in front of a

small flange on bases of first legs.

First male pleopod a semi-rolled, setose tube with a sharp horny tip; second pleopod simple, needle-like.

206

C. L. McLAY

DISCUSSION. — Cryptodromia hilgendorfi is a distinctive species having a subquadrangular carapace shape, and

a single anterolateral tooth. Indeed, Borradaile (1903a) erected a new genus, Dromides , for this species because

he believed that its legs were not knobbed or ridged, its carapace was longer than wide, grooves between regions

absent, and female sternal grooves ending apart between second walking legs. But most of these characters are

inaccurate and compared to other species in Cryptodromia , the differences do not justify a separate genus.

In the only detailed study of the biology of a dromiid crab, McLay (1982, 1983) examined the population

biology and use of camouflage by C. hilgendorfi in an intertidal area of Moreton Bay, Queensland. Briefly, this

species is a small, short-lived (maximum, 2-5 yrs), crab which produces planktonic larvae. Occurrence of

ovigerous females is limited to summer months (September - February) and compared to other Brachyura of

similar size, C. hilgendorfi produces smaller (150-600) broods of larger (diam. = 0.73 mm) eggs. Females reach

maturity at CW = 5-6 mm and dominate the larger size classes but sex ratio at settling is equal, and growth is

indeterminate, with differences in growth format between males and females.

An ovigerous female from New Caledonia stn 248, CW = 7.2 mm, carried 90 eggs (diam. = 0.75 mm), a

similar clutch size to females from Moreton Bay. The ovigerous female from stn CP 12 was collected during July,

suggesting an extended breeding season in the Chesterfield Islands compared to Moreton Bay. However this

difference may be attributable to the fact that the Chesterfield Islands are approximately 7° closer to the equator.

Camouflage. — Some crabs from New Caledonia carried sponge caps. In the Moreton Bay study (McLay,

1983). the crabs used at least twelve different sponges as well as three ascidians for camouflage.

Size. — The specimens from New Caledonia and the Philippines do not exceed the maximum size for males

(CW = 16.0 mm, Nobill 1907) or females (CW = 14.5 mm. Laurie, 1906).

DEPTH. — The depth range of the New Caledonian and Philippine material. 15-88 m, exceeds the previously

recorded maximum of 70 m (Lewinsohn, 1984).

Distribution. — The distribution of C. hilgendorfi includes the Indo-West Pacific (Red Sea to Funafuti Atoll,

Gilbert and Ellice Islands) and it has been recorded from Xisha Is., China (Dai & YANG, 1991) and Queensland

(Campbell & Stephenson, 1970). Thus it is not unusual to find that it also occurs off New Caledonia,

Chesterfield, and the Philippine Islands.

Cryptodromia fallax (Lamarck, 1818)

Fig. 18 e

Dromia fallax Lamarck, 1818 : 264. — H. Milne Edwards, 1837 : 176. — A. Milne Edwards, 1862 : 10. — Richters,

1880 : 158 (list).

Cryptodromia canaliculata Stimpson, 1858 : 240; 1907 : 176. — DE Man, 1888a : 402; 1929 : 21. — Ives, 1891 : 218

(list). — Alcock, 1900 : 142; 1901 : 50. pi. 2, fig. 8. — DOFLEIN, 1902 : 652. — Lenz, 1905 : 363. — Nobili,

1906a : 145. — Laurie, 1906 : 352. — RaTHBUN, 1910b : 367; 1911 : 194. — Ihle, 1913 : 41. — Balss, 1915 : 13;

1934 : 502; 1938 : 5. — Bouvier. 1915 : 38. — Sakai, 1936 : 24. pi. 7, fig. 2; 1976 : 16, pi. 4, fig. 1. —

Buitendijk, 1939 : 224; 1950 : 61. — Ward, 1941 : 1. — Stephensen, 1945 : 62. — Holthuis, 1953 : 3. — Guinot,

1967 : 240 (list). — Kensley, 1970 : 109, figs 5a-c; 1981 : 36 (list). — Takeda & Nunomura, 1976 : 64. —

Lewinsohn, 1977 : 18, fig. 4; 1979 : 8. fig. 2; 1984 : 108. — Dai, Yang, Song & Chen, 1981 : 132, pi. 1 (3), figs 5-

6. — Dai & Yang, 1991 : 20, pi. 1 (4), fig. 4 (6).

Dromia tomentosa Heller, 1861 : 21; 1862 : 241.

Cryptodromia tomentosa - PAULSON, 1875 : 83. — KOSSMANN, 1880 : 68. — Ward, 1942 : 70. — Barnard, 1955 : 37.

— Guinot, 1967 : 240 (list). — Kensley, 1981 : 36 (list).

Dromia (Cryptodromia) tomentosa - HlLGENDORF, 1879 : 813, pi. 2, figs 3-5.

Cryptodromia fallax - Ives, 1891 : 217 (list). — ALCOCK, 1901 : 77 (list). — LENZ, 1905 : 363. — IHLE, 1913 : 33 (key),

90 (list). — Guinot, 1967 : 240 (list).

Cryptodromia hirsuta Borradaile, 1903b : 577, pi. 33, fig. 3.

Cryptodromia canal indata var. sihogae Ihle, 1913 : 42.

Cryptodromia canaliculata var. ohtusifrons Ihle, 1913 : 43, pi. 1, fig. 7.

? Cryptodromia oktahedros Stcbbing, 1923 : 4, pi. 12.

Source : MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

207

MATERIAL EXAMINED.— New Caledonia. No locality, probably intertidal, M. Balansa coll., 1861-73 : 1 2

(ovig.) 8.8 x 8.1 mm, sponge cap (MNHN-B 22094).

Port Brise, intertidal zone, C. Vadon coll., 1.10.1978 : 5 6 6 7.5 x 6.6, 7.9 x 7.0, 8.4 x 7.4, 10.0 x 8.8, 10.2 x

9.0 mm, 3 with compound ascidian caps, 2 with sponge caps; 4 2 9 7.5 x 6.5, 7.8 x 7.0, 8.0 x 7.2, 8.9 x 8.0 mm, 3

with compound ascidian caps, 1 with sponge cap; 2 2 9 (ovig.) 8.7 x 7.9, 9.6 x 8.6 mm, compound ascidian caps.

Description. — Carapace wider than long, surface smoolh, gradually convex under a coarse, dense iornentum

consisling of long plumose selae. Frontal, branchial and cardiac grooves well marked. Fronlal groove runs back

between Iwo low rounded prolubcrances. Rostrum tridentate, horizonially directed, median tooth on a lower level,

strong, projecting further forward, lateral teeth blunter. Anterolateral margin of carapace begins at level of

postorbital corner, a single prominent anterolaterally directed tooth which is connected to postorbital comer and to

strong subhepatic tooth by slight ridges, thus defining a slightly concave, triangular shoulder. The anterolateral

tooth is followed by a broadly rounded, eave-like swelling which is an extension of anterolateral margin but is not

tooth-like. Posterolateral tooth prominent, blunt and laterally directed.

Strong supraorbital and postorbital teeth. Margin beneath postorbital tooth strongly concave but not fissured, a

strong suborbital tooth, visible dorsally. Two subhepatic teeth, first strongest, visible dorsally, lateral to

suborbital tooth, second lower down, just above groove running around under anterolateral margin.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, lateral margin very short, medial margin beaked, gaping,

upper lobe longer. Second segment much longer than wide, surface convex, strong central distal tubercle,

distomedial comer produced, curved, on which third segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod firmly fixed, extending

as far as joint between third and fourth segments, tip bilobed, inner lobe flattened and extending over base of

eyestalk.

Blunt tooth at corner of buccal frame, epistome triangular, wider than long, slightly concave, apices produced

as small tubercles. Female sternal grooves convergent, but ending apart on low tubercles between bases of first

legs.

Chclipcds well developed. Merus trigonal, borders unarmed. Carpus smoothly convex, a central swelling on

outer face and two distal tubercles, superior one much stronger. Propodus also smoothly convex, a proximal

tubercle articulating with strong carpal tubercle and another tubercle at base of dactyl. Fingers slightly downcurved,

hollowed out internally, rather spoon-shaped, especially the dactyl which is narrowed basally. Borders ol fingers

armed with seven-eight small teeth.

First two pairs of legs shorter than chelipeds. Distal margins of carpi and propodi bluntly lobed. Dactyli as

long as propodi, inner margins armed with seven-eight small, blunt spines, the most distal spine largest but the

others are all of similar size. Large pearl-like proximal tubercle on posterior face of dactyli articulating with

grooved distal margin of propodi.

Last two pairs of legs reduced, of similar size, dactyli strongly curved. Third leg dactyl opposed by a single

propodal spine. Fourth leg dactyl also opposed by one propodal spine, and another small spine on outer propodal

margin.

Abdomen of six free segments. Tclson much wider than long, tip rounded. Uropod plates well developed,

visible externally, occupying approximately 20% of lateral margin in female. Surface ol abdominal segments

smooth with a low broad convex central ridge. Uropod plates lock abdomen by fitting in front of serrated ridge on

bases of first pair of legs. . , „ ...

First male pleopod a stout semi-rolled, setose tube with a sharp homy tip; second pleopod simple, needle-like.

Discussion - Cryptodromia fallax (Lamarck. 1818) has had a somewhat chequered career having been

initially described by Lamarck (1818) as Dromia fallax from the lie Bourbon (La Reunion now), Indian Ocean,

but never in fact illustrated. H. Milne Edwards (1837) provided a brief description noting the Carapace

mcdiocremen. bombee e. bosselce en desses" and emphasizing a key feature : "Regions pterygos.omiennes

herissdes de gros tubercules". By themselves, these features are not diagnostic, but fortunately a specimen

(MNHN-B 6. syntype presume) still exists with which later material can be compared. The only other record of

D. fallax (as Cryptodromia fallax). from Zanzibar, was by LENZ (1905).

Meanwhile. St.mpson (1858). in erecting his new genus. Cryptodromia. described a new species,

C. canaliculate from Japan. C. canalicular was firs, illustrated by Alcock (1901). from h.s collection of Indian

208

C.L McIAY

material, and most authors have used this text, along with the expanded description by STIMPSON (1907), to

identify their specimens. Ihle (1913) recognized two additional varieties, C. canaliculata var. obtusifrons and

C. canaliculata var. sibogae among the "Siboga" material, on the basis of some differences in the rostral and

anterolateral teeth and in the subhepatic tubercles.

Next, Dromia tomentosa Heller, 1861. was described from the Red Sea and subsequently illustrated by

HiLGENDORF (1879), as Dromia (Cryptodromia) tomentosa , using an example from Mozambique. Comparison of

HlLGENDORF's illustration with the presumed syntype of Dromia fallax Lamarck. 1818, shows correspondence in

almost every detail and there is no doubt that these species are synonyms.

Again, Cryptodromia hirsuta Borradaile, 1903b, was described and illustrated using material from the Maldives

and comparison of BORRADMLE's illustration with the presumed syntype of Dromia fallax Lamarck, 1818, shows

that the two are synonyms.

Finally, Cryptodromia oktahedros Stebbing, 1923, was described from Durban, South Africa. STEBBING’S

illustrations of this species have been difficult to interpret chiefly because the shape of the carapace was strangely

narrowed posteriorly and the anterolateral teeth were crudely drawn. However, the limbs and abdomen closely

resemble those of Dromia fallax. Barnard (1950) noted that Cryptodromia oktahedros was possibly the same as

Dromia tomentosa Heller, 1861, and I agree with this hypothesis.

Thus, Dromia fallax has been known under five specific and two varietal names. C. canaliculata was used for

Japanese, Indonesian and Indian specimens, while the other four specific names were used for western Indian

Ocean, African, and Red Sea specimens.

I was able to compare the New Caledonian specimens with the presumed syntype of Dromia fallax (6 13.7 x

12.2 mm) and it is clear that they belong to the same species. Within this material there is variation in the

development of the anterolateral teeth so that I believe that the varieties recognized by Ihle (1913) are only the

result of individual variation. Comparison of the descriptions and illustrations of all the material described under

the other four names, Dromia tomentosa, Cryptodromia canaliculata, C. hirsuta, and C. oktahedros suggests that

all belong to Lamarcks species which should be known as Cryptodromia fallax (Lamarck, 1818).

Size. — At least 111 specimens (49 6 6, 59 9 9,3 of unknown sex) of Cryptodromia fallax have been

recorded. The maximum sizes known are for females CW = 15.0 mm, and males CW = 13.7 mm, although

Alcock (1900) measured one of CW = 16.0 mm, but of unknown sex. The smallest ovigerous female was

recorded by IHLE (1913), CW = 6.8 mm. The size range of the twelve specimens from New Caledonia, males CW

= 7.5-10.2 mm, females CW = 7.5-9.6 mm, and ovigerous females CW = 8.7-9.6 mm, is within the previously

known range. The clutch size of the females ranged from 147-196 eggs (average diameter = 0.7 mm).

Camouflage. — Most of the crabs from New Caledonia carried a camouflage cap consisting of either a piece

of sponge or compound ascidian. Other authors have recorded the utilization of similar material although Stimpson

(1907) recorded a crab carrying a piece of seaweed. Buitendijk (1939) found two specimens infected with a

sacculinid parasite.

DEPTH. — Almost all records for C. fallax arc from low intertidal depths or subtidal reefs and rocky areas to

about 3 m. RATHBUN (1911) recorded a small male from 55 m but this may be an error.

Distribution. — The distribution of C. fallax includes the Red Sea, coast of East Africa, Indian Ocean,

Indonesia, Philippine Islands, New Caledonia, Gilbert and Ellice Islands, Japan, Marshall Islands, Niue Island, and

Raroia Atoll (French Polynesia). This species is one of the few dromiids known from the Philippines and New

Caledonia prior to this study (see Ward, 1941, and Takeda & Nunomura, 1976). A more detailed listing of

localities can be found in Lewinsohn (1977, 1979, 1984), as C. canaliculata.

Cryptodromia longipes sp. nov.

Fig. 8 a-g

Material EXAMINED. — Chesterfield Islands. Corail 2 : stn DW 8, 20°52.07’S, 161°38.2rE, 63 m,

20.07.1988 : 1 6 3.9 x 3.9 mm. — Stn CP 111, 19°18.06'S, 158°48.86'E, 70-65 m, 28.08.1988 : 1 6 4.4 x 4.6 mm. —

Stn DW 159, 19° 46.00'S, 158° 20.00'E, 52 m, 1.08.1988 : 1 6 4.4 x 4.3 mm, with sponge cap.

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

209

TYPE — Holotype : 1 6 ,4.4 x 4.6 mm from Corail 2, Stn CP 111 (MNHN-B 22569).

Description. — Carapace longer than wide, lateral sides almost parallel, surface smooth, very convex.

Frontal, cardiac and branchial grooves only faintly marked. Rostrum tridentate, all teeth of similar size, blunt,

median tooth slightly dcflcxed, lateral teeth horizontal. Anterolateral margin begins at level of postorbital corner,

armed with two small blunt teeth, first slightly larger and close to orbit, second nearby. A greater distance to

branchial notch which has a small lobe behind, but this can hardly be called a tooth.

Supraorbital tooth almost as large as lateral rostral tooth, postorbital corner bluntly rounded, not tooth-like.

No orbital fissure, strong, blunt suborbital tooth visible dorsally, a small tubercle very close to and just below

postorbital comer, subhepatic area flattened to accommodate cheliped when folded away. Female sternal grooves

unknown.

First segment of antenna wider than long, beaked medially, gaping, lateral margin shorter than medial margin.

Second segment much longer than wide, a small central distal tubercle, distomedial margin produced, curved, on

which third segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod firmly fixed to second segment, tip extends as far as joint

between third and fourth segments and is bluntly terminated except that inner margin is produced and curves over

base of eyestalk. Epistome triangular, wider than long, surface concave, blunt tubercle at comer of buccal frame.

Chelipeds well developed, stout. Mcrus trigonal in section, borders unarmed. Carpus outer surface convex,

slightly uneven, two strong distal tubercles. Propodus with a strong tubercle matching the superior carpal tubercle

and another tubercle at base of dactyl. Fingers straight, hollowed out internally, not gaping, armed with seven

small teeth.

First two pairs of legs small. Distal borders of carpi and propodi bluntly lobed. Daclyli as long as propodi,

strongly curved at tips, inner margins armed with four-five small spines increasing in size distally, a small pearl¬

like proximal tubercle on posterior margin of daclyli.

Third pair of legs reduced, dactyl strongly curved, opposed by a single propodal spine with another smaller

spine on outer propodal margin. Fourth pair of legs flattened, almost as long as first two pairs, when extended

forward they reach as far as supraorbital margin. Dactyl opposed by a single propodal spine with two smaller

spines on outer propodal margin.

Abdomen of six free segments. Male telson wider than long, a medial elongate shallow pit. margins

subparallel, tip deeply concave giving two lateral lobes. Abdominal segments tour-six have a small tubercle near

distolateral corners. Uropod plates well developed and visible externally. Abdominal locking mechanism consists

of uropod plates fitting in front of small serrated flange on bases of first legs. Female characters unknown.

First male pleopod a stout, setose semi-rolled lube with a sharp horny tip; second pleopod simple and needle¬

like.

Etymology. — The specific name, from the latin longus , is a reference to the unusually long last pair of legs.

DISCUSSION. — A distinctive feature of Cryptodromia longipes sp. nov. is the long last pair of legs, a

character shared by C. amboinensis De Man, 1888, but C. longipes can be distinguished by the prominent supra¬

orbital tooth (small in C. amboinensis ), no postorbital tooth (a small tooth), no tubercle near postorbital comer

(tubercle present), only one subhepatic tubercle (two tubercles), one propodal spine on outer margin of third leg

and two spines on outer margin of fourth leg (no spines on outer margins ol either leg), and male telson bilobed

(male telson rounded).

C. hilgendorfi De Man, 1888, is also similar to C. longipes but differs in having a small supraorbital tooth,

no propodal spines on outer margins of last two pairs of legs (as in C. amboinensis), a single anterolateral tooth

(two in C. longipes ), and unornamented abdominal segments (fourth to sixth segments have a small tubercle near

distolateral comers in C. longipes).

C. mariae Ihle, 1913, like the above species, also has a carapace as wide as long, but has very tuberculate first

two pairs of legs, single spines on the outer propodal margins of the last two pairs of legs, and no subhepatic

tubercles.

Camouflage. — One specimen was accompanied by a sponge cap.

210

C. L. McLAY

»■

-1

a- b

c,g

d-f

Fig. 8. — Cryplodromia longipes sp. nov., d,holotype, 4.4 x 4.6 mm. Chesterfield Islands, CORAIL 2, stn CP 111, 70-

65 m (MNHN-B 22569) : a, dorsal view of right half of carapace; b. ventral view of right orbital area and anterolateral

margin; c, outer face of right cheliped; d, posterior view of terminal segments of right second leg; e, posterior view

of terminal segments of right third leg; f, posterior view of terminal segments of right fourth leg; g, ventral view of

telson and terminal segments of male abdomen.

Scale bars represent 1.0 mm.

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

211

Size. — The Ihree small male specimens had CW = 3.9 and 4.4 mm.

Depth. — Depth range is from 52-70 m.

Distribution. — C. longipes sp. nov. is known from only three male specimens collected near the

Chesterfield Islands and Bellona Plateau.

Genus TAKEDROM1A nov.

Cryptodromia - Rathbun, 191 1 : 194 (in part). — Ihle, 1913 : 32 (in part). — Sakai. 1976 : 12 (in part).

Carapace distinctly wider than long, surface moderately to strongly convex, granulated or tuberculated. may be

areolated. Rostrum tridentate, projecting, may be truncated, lateral teeth usually thin and eave-like. Anterolateral

teeth well developed, lacinated or tuberculated, posterolateral borders dentate or luberculatc. Coxae of third

maxillipeds separated by a wide gap and inserted well forward of tip of sternum on a triangular plate. Female

sternal grooves end apart between bases of first legs. Antennal exopod well developed, prominent median distal

spine on second segment, all antennal segments minutely denticulated. Cheliped without an epipod. male chelipeds

much larger than those of female. First two pairs of legs tuberculated and granulated, inner margins of dactyli

armed with up to five small spines. Last two pairs of legs very small, third pair shortest, dactyli of both pairs

opposed by single propodal spines, none on outer propodal margin. Abdomen of six free segments. Uropod plates

well developed, visible externally, used in abdominal locking mechanism by fitting in front of serrated Range on

bases of first legs. Male telson rounded or subtruncate. Abdominal segments adorned with granules and or

tubercules.

TYPE SPECIES. — Cryptodromia cristatipes Sakai, 1969. by present designalion.

OTHER species. — Takedromia longispina sp. nov.. Cryptodromia ornata Rathbun, 1911, Cryptodromia

yoshidai Takcda & Kurata, 1976.

ETYMOLOGY. — This generic name Takedromia is formed by combining the name of Masatsune Takeda.

Department of Zoology, National Science Museum, Tokyo, with Dromia. M. Takeda has made a very important

contribution to the study of Pacific Brachyura in general, and Dromiidae in particular.

DISCUSSION. — Apart from the new species, all species in this new genus were previously in Cryptodromia.

They do share the characters of no epipod on the cheliped, and the same abdominal locking mechanism, but they

differ in having a very ornate carapace, always much wider than long, anterolateral teeth acute and lacinated. very

small last two pairs of legs, with reduced number of propodal spines, and strong sexual dimorphism in the

chelipeds (see Table 7).

DISTRIBUTION. — The above species have been recorded from the Seychelle Islands. Japan and New Caledonia,

so that Takedromia is an Indo-West Pacific genus.

Key to the species of Takedromia

(Species studied in this paper are in bold)

1. Rostrum scarcely tridentate, rostral teeth blunt..

. Takedromia cristatipes (Sakai. 1969) nov. comb.

— Rostrum distinctly tridentate. projecting, rostral teeth triangular or acute. 2

2 Laicral rostral teeth acute, carapace sparsely granular .

. Takedromia longispina sp.nov.

— Lateral roslral teeth triangular, carapace granulate and areolate . 3

Source .

212

C. L. McIAY

3. Anterolateral teeth lacinated ... Takedromiayoshidai (Takeda & Kurata, 1976) nov. comb.

— Anterolateral teeth flange-like . Takedromia ornata (Rathbun. 1911) nov. comb.

Takedromia cristatipes (Sakai. 1969) nov. comb.

Figs 9 a-b, 19 a-b

Cryptodromia cristatipes Sakai, 1969 : 245, pi. 1, fig. 1; 1976 : 18, text Fig. 10.

Material. EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Musorstom 4 : stn DW 181 (d’Entrecasteaux Reefs), 18°57.20'S,

163°22.40’E, 355 m, 18.09.1985 : 1 <3 14.0 x 12.8 mm; 1 9 9.9 x 9.7 mm, parasitized by sacculinid barnacle, externa

evident under abdomen. — Stn CP 193, 18°56.30’S, 163°23.20’E, 430 m, 19.09.1985 : 1 9 13.0 x 11.9 mm.

Lagon : stn DW 1158, \9°\0.0'S, 163°6.5'E. 48 m, 30.10.1989 : 1 9 (ovig.) 15.5 x 13.8 mm.

Smib 6 : stn DW 126, 18°59.1’S, 163 0 22.7'E. 320-330 m, 3.03.1990 : 1 6 6.5 x 6.5 mm.

Loyalty Islands. Musorstom 6 : stn DW 459, 21°01.39 , S, 167°31.47'E, 425 m, 20.02.1989 : 1 6 10.8 x

9.9 mm.

Chesterfield Islands. Musorstom 5 : stn DW 337, 19°53.80’S, 158°38.00’E, 412-430 m, 15.10.1986 : 1 9

8.2 x 7.4 mm. — Stn DC 372, 19°52.96’S, 158°38.63’E, 400 m, 20.10.1986 : 1 6 14.4 x 13.3 mm.

Fig. 9. — Takedromia cristatipes (Sakai, 1936), nov. comb., 6 14.0 x 12.8 mm. New Caledonia (d’Entrecasteaux Reefs),

MUSORSTOM 4, stn 181, 355 m (MNHN-B 22571) : a, dorsal view of right half of carapace; b, ventral view of right

orbital area.

Scale bar represents 1.0 mm.

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace subquadrangular, wider than long, surface moderately convex, regions ill-defined,

covered with fine granules and sparse tufts of long plumose setae. Median frontal groove, branchial and lateral

cardiac grooves faint. Rostrum truncate, well forward of rest of carapace, forming an almost continuous, upturned

margin not clearly divided into teeth. Anterolateral margins of carapace subparallel, beginning at level of

suborbital tooth, three-four lacinated teeth in front of branchial groove, behind which is a strong posterolateral

tooth followed by two lacinated teeth.

Source: MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

213

Supraorbital cave continuous with rostral margin, bearing a small blunt tooth, postorbital margin smooth, not

produced. Small fissure separates suborbital margin which has a blunt tooth at medial corner.

All segments of antenna finely granulated. First segment much wider than long, beaked medially but not

gaping. Second segment much longer than wide, stout distal median spine, distomedial corner produced as a spine

on which third segment is inserted on an angle. Exopod firmly fixed, tip slightly bilobed, extending as far as joint

between third and fourth segments. Ratio of length of antennal flagella to CW = 0.53. Epistome triangular, wider

than long, and granulated.

Subhepatic region convex, finely granulated, with two small tubercles, one beneath suborbital tooth and the

other lower down. An acute tooth at anterior comer of buccal frame, above which begins a shallow groove passing

under anterolateral margin to beginning of branchial groove. Female sternal grooves end wide apart on small raised

tubercles between bases of first legs.

Male chelipeds robust, length more than 1.5 x CL. Merus triangular in section, all borders have small

granules, distal superior border has three broad tubercles. Carpus granulate, upper distal border armed with two

large, sharp tubercles. Upper and outer faces of propodus granulate, two small tubercles at base of dactyl, which is

granular. Fingers strongly downcurved, armed with seven-eight teeth, only the five most distal teeth interlocking.

First two pairs of legs much shorter than chelipeds. Upper surface of carpus sulcate, margins granulated, carpi

and propodi have large distal tubercles. Dactyli as long as propodi, curved, with five small equal spines on inner

margin.

Last two pairs of legs very reduced, third pair shortest, fourth more slender, both have single propodal spines

opposing dactyli.

Abdomen of six free segments. Tclson in both sexes much wider than long, posterior margin rounded. Uropod

plates large, visible externally. Abdominal locking mechanism in male consists of uropods fitting in front of

serrated flange on bases of first legs. Abdominal segments finely granulated, a pair of small median granules near

posterior margins of third and fourth segments.

First male pleopod a stout, semi-rolled setose, tube with a sharp homy tip; second pleopod simple, needle-like.

DISCUSSION. — Although Sakai (1969) had female specimens he did not describe the sternal grooves : they end

apart on small raised tubercles between the bases of the first pair of legs. The smallest female in the present

collection, CW = 8.2 mm. is immature with a small abdomen and the abdominal locking mechanism still

functional, while the female with CW = 13.0 mm, has a mature-sized abdomen, non-functional abdominal locking

mechanism, and the sternal grooves plugged, indicating that it had already mated. Thus the size at maturity for

females is somewhere within this size range.

In addition, the nature of the male pleopods can be included : they are typical of most dromiid crabs. Sexual

dimorphism of the chelipeds is particularly apparent in this species with males having very robust limbs, much

larger than those of females.

A female specimen from sin DW 181 is parasitized by a sacculinid barnacle with an externa evident under the

abdomen.

Camouflage. — T. cristatipes is not known to carry any camouflage, indeed the last two pairs of legs may be

too small to be functional.

Size. — The size range of male New Caledonian specimens does not exceed the largest (CW = 22.0 mm) of the

Japanese specimens reported by Sakai (1969, 1976). The size of females ranged from CW = 8.2-15.5 mm. The

largest female, from stn DW 1158. is ovigerous. carrying 140 eggs (diam. = 0.8 mm), a comparatively small

clutch size considering the size of the crab.

Depth. — The Japanese records range from 50-150 m depth, while those from New Caledonia range from 48-

430 m, considerably extending the maximum known depth.

Distribution _ Sakai (1969) described this species from Tosa Bay. Japan, and besides several other records

from Japan it has not been reported elsewhere. The New Caledonian material is therefore of special interest.

Source :

214

C. L. McLAY

Takedrotnia longispina sp. nov.

Figs 10 a-j, 19 c-d

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. MUSORSTOM 4 : sin DW 183, 19°01.80'S, 163°25.80’E, 280 m,

18.09.1985 : 1 <J 13.2 x 11.2 mm. — Stn DW 184, 19°04.00’S, 163°27.50’E, 260 m, 18.09.1985 : 1 9 4.6 x 4.7 m. —

Sin DW 234, 22°15.50’S, 167°08.30'E, 350-365 m, 2.10.1985 : 1 <5 11.0 x 10.7 mm.

Lagon : stn DW 1151, 19°01.2’S, 163°27.3’E, 280 m, 28.10.1989 : 1 6 8.4 x 7.5 mm.

Chesterfield Islands. Chalcal 1 : stn DC 31, 19°33.30’S, 158°30.30’E, 230 m, 19.07.1984 : 2 9 9 (ovig.)

9.9 x 9.7, 10.0 x 11.0 mm.

Musorstom 5 : stn DW 348, 19°36.00’S, 158°31.70'E, 260 m, 17.10.1986 : 1 9 11.9 x 11.1 mm.

TYPES . — Holotype : 1 6 13.2 x 11.2 mm from MUSORSTOM 4, stn DW 183 (MNHN-B 22572). Paratype :

1 9 (ovig.) 10.0 x 11.0 mm, from CHALCAL 1, stn DC 31 (MNHN-B 22573).

Description. — Carapace generally wider than long, convex, rising steeply from orbital and anterolateral

margins. Surface smooth under short, sparse setae except for small patches of low rounded tubercles behind rostral

and orbital margins, above anterolateral and posterolateral margins and a crescentic line in inner branchial area.

Frontal and branchial grooves well marked, lateral cardiac grooves faint. Rostrum tridentate, teeth prominent,

narrow, acute, median tooth projecting horizontally, lateral teeth directed anterovertically. Anterolateral margin

begins close to the subhepatic tooth, below level of suborbital tooth and has three long, acute teeth. First two

teeth more widely separated, there may be small tubercles between them. Second tooth has two small tubercles

near its base and third tooth has two-three small tubercles on posterior margin. Posterolateral tooth similar to third

tooth except that tip may be bifid. Remaining carapace margin has two-three small tubercles. Anterolateral teeth

are much more strongly developed in male.

Supraorbital margin adorned with small tubercles, supraorbital tooth prominent, no postorbital tooth. Narrow

fissure separates suborbital margin which is also tubcrculatc with prominent tooth at inner corner which is visible

dorsal ly.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, wedge-shaped, beaked medially. Second segment much longer

than wide, surface sparsely granulated, convex, distomedial corner produced as an acute spine on which third

segment is inserted at an angle. A well developed, acute spine, directed anterolaterally, just beneath point of

insertion of third segment. Exopod extending as far as joint between third and fourth segments, tip slightly

bilobed, inner lobe curving over base of eyestalk. Epistome triangular with scattered small tubercles, especially

near apex.

Distinct tooth at corner of buccal frame, and well marked groove extending around under anterolateral margin

towards posterolateral tooth. Subhepatic area small, inflated, bearing one prominent acute tooth, visible dorsally.

Subhepatic tooth much more strongly developed in male. Female sternal grooves end wide apart on low tubercles

between bases of first legs.

Chelipeds especially long in male. Merus trigonal with tuberculate margins. Carpus with scattered small

tubercles and two especially prominent and acute distal tubercles. Propodus very elongate, with scattered small

tubercles. Fingers long, downcurved. hollowed out internally, gaping, armed with seven-eight small teeth, upper

margin of dactyl also tuberculate. Female chelipeds similar, but much shorter.

First two pairs of legs shorter than chelipeds. Distal borders of carpi and propodi produced as spines. Dactyli as

long as propodi, inner margins armed with four-five small spines.

Last two pairs of legs very reduced, both subdorsal. Fourth pair longer than third, dactyli opposed by single

propodal spines.

Abdomen of six free segments. Telson wider than long, tip rounded, four small central tubercles and another

tubercle in each proximal corner. Uropod plates well developed and visible externally, fitting in front of serrated

plate on bases of first walking legs to create the abdominal locking mechanism. Sixth segment of abdomen with a

single small tubercle beside base of each uropod, and second to fifth segments each have a row of four distal

tubercles evenly spaced across the breadth.

First male pleopod a semi-rolled, setose tube with a sharp tip; second pleopod simple needle-like.

Source: MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

215

ETYMOLOGY. — The specific name is a combination of the latin longus and spina and refers to the long, acute

anterolateral teeth.

Discussion. — T. longispina shares with T. cristatipes , and the other two species in this genus, the characters

of having large male chelipeds and the last two pairs of legs very reduced. However, T. longispina differs in having

only a sparsely tuberculate carapace.

a - c. i -1

d-h

S&ZZZ SX* SE E MSSE&JS!J

e, posterior view ui , . 6 . ; ventral view of te son and terminal segments of male

e, first pleopod of male; h, second pleopod ot male, i, venirai view / M NHN R ??S7Tl •

abdomen.-j, $, paratype, 10.0 x 11.0 mm. Chesterfield Islands. CHALCAL 1. stn DC 31, 230 m (MNHN-B 22573) .

ventral view of telson and terminal segments of female abdomen.

Scale bars represent 1.0 mm.

Source :

216

C. L. McLAY

Camouflage. — None of the specimens were carrying pieces of camouflage. It may be that the last two pairs

of legs are too small to be functional. An ornate carapace and use of camouflage seem to be mutually exclusive

among dromiid crabs.

SIZE. — The maximum sizes recorded for this new species are males CW = 15.7 mm and females CW =

11.9 mm. The New Caledonian collection included two ovigerous females both around CW = 10.0 mm.

Unfortunately, their condition precluded an accurate estimate of egg size and numbers.

Depth. — The depth range is 230-365 m, which is within the range of 48-430 m recorded for the other species

of Takedromia.

DISTRIBUTION. — Takedromia longispina sp. nov. is only known from New Caledonia and Chesterfield

Islands.

Genus EPIGODROMIA nov.

Epidromia Kossmann, 1878 : 256; 1880 : 69 (name preoccupied).

Cryplodromia - Borradaile, 1903a : 299 (in part). — IliLE. 1913 : 32 (in part). — Balss, 1922 : 106 (in part). — Sakai,

1936 : 15 (in part); 1976 : 12 (in part). — SerP.NE & LohavaNIJAYA, 1973 : 13 (in part).

Petaloniera - Sakai. 1936 : 28 (in part); 1965 : 9 (in part); 1976 : 20 (in part).

Carapace may be wider than long or longer than wide, surface convex, granular and usually areolate. Rostrum

tridentate. projecting, no postorbital tooth. Anterolateral teeth usually broad granulated lobes, but may be absent.

Coxae of third maxiliipeds separated by a gap and inserted on a triangular shaped plate well forward of tip of

sternum. Sternal grooves end apart on small tubercles between bases of first legs. Cheliped usually without an

epipod, but it may be present. First two pairs of legs tuberculate and granular, inner margins of dactyli armed with

up to seven small spines. Last two pairs of legs very reduced, fourth pair sometimes slightly longer, dactyli of

both legs opposed by single propodal spines. Abdomen of six free segments, whose surface is usually sculptured

and granulate. Uropod plates well developed, used in abdominal locking mechanism by fitting in front of serrated

flange on bases of first legs. Tip of male telson truncate or produced as two small lobes, female telson rounded.

TYPE species. — Epidromia granulata Kossmann, 1878, by present designation.

OTHER SPECIES. — Cryptodromia areolata Ihlc. 1913. Dromia (Cryptodromia) ebalioides Alcock. 1899, Dromia

(Cryptodromia) gilesii Alcock, 1899, Cryptodromia globosa Lcwinsohn, 1977, Petaloniera nodosa Sakai, 1936,

Epigodromia rotunda sp. nov.. Epigodromia rugosa sp. nov., Dromia sculpta Haswell, 1882.

ETYMOLOGY. — Since the name Epidromia Kossmann, 1878, is preoccupied by Epidromia Guenee, 1852, used

for a genus of Lepidoptera, I propose the replacement name Epigodromia. This name is formed by combining the

noun "epigone" meaning 'one of a later generation’ (from the Greek epigonoi - those bom afterwards) with Dromia.

The name indicates the advanced nature of some characters of the species included in this genus.

Discussion. — The genus Epidromia (= Epigodromia) was erected by KOSSMANN for a new species,

E. granulata , from the Red Sea, but beginning with Borradaile (1903a) subsequent authors included it in

Cryptodromia Stimpson, 1858. This may have been appropriate at the time but we now know that there are many

more species, resembling Epidromia granulata , which form a natural group. They are small dromiids usually

without an epipod on the cheliped, with a projecting rostrum and a granulate and areolate carapace. 1 propose that

this generic name should be resurrected for this group of Cryptodromia species. SER6NE and Lohavanuaya (1973)

noted the existence of this group of species but did not choose to place them in a separate genus.

KossMANN’S original definition of the genus was exceedingly brief : "Cephalothorax. praesertim dimidio

anteriore valdc convcxus. Margo anterolateralis usque ad angulum labialem productus est. Palatum colliculo

instructum. Feminae sulci sternalcs ? Pedes Cryptodromiae similes". Therefore the more detailed definition given

above is necessary (see Table 7).

Source ; MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

217

The major innovation with this genus is to include a species which does have an epipod on the chcliped.

Petalomera nodosa shows greatest affinity with Epigodromia areolata (Ihle, 1913), E. gilesii (Alcock, 1899), and

E. granulata (Kossmann, 1878). Sakai (1936, 1976) commented on the similarity of this species to Cryptodromia

areolata and C. gilesii. However, P. nodosa has an epipod on the cheliped (see Lewinsohn, 1984) while this is

absent in all other species of Epigodromia. A similar problem can be found with Cryptodromia. Amongst the

larger dromiid crabs, for e.g. Dromia and Dromidia , use of the cheliped epipod as a fundamental character to

separate genera causes no problems but in these genera of smaller crabs it seems that the epipod may be lost in

some species. The extreme similarity of Petalomera nodosa to the other species of Epigodromia makes unlikely

the assumption that the distinctive areolate carapace evolved independently in two different groups.

The species of Epigodromia may be distinguished from those of Takedromia because the carapace is usually

areolate, anterolateral teeth not well developed, or lacinated, and male tclson is truncate or bilobed. In addition,

strongly dimorphic chelipeds arc not found in Epigodromia.

DISTRIBUTION. — Apart from the new species dealt with below, which are from New Caledonia, the other

seven species are all small dromiids known from the Red Sea. Indian Ocean. Indonesia, Australia and Japan.

Key to the species of Epigodromia

(Species studied in this paper are in bold)

1. Carapace significantly wider than long . 2

— Carapace as wide as long or longer than wide. 7

2. Anterolateral carapace margins granular, but without distinct teeth.

. Epigodromia ebalioides (Alcock. 1899) nov. comb.

— Anterolateral carapace margins with distinct teeth . 3

3. Two granulated anterolateral teeth. 4

— Three granulated anterolateral teeth . 5

4. Suborbital tooth prominent, visible dorsally .

. Epigodromia granulata (Kossmann. 1878) nov. comb.

— Suborbital tooth not visible dorsally . Epigodromia gilesii (Alcock. 1899) nov. comb.

5. Carapace distinctly areolate. Epigodromia nodosa (Sakai. 1936) nov. comb.

— Carapace not areolate . 6

6. Carapace covered with large granulated tubercles.

. Epigodromia sculpta (Haswcll, 1882) nov. comb.

— Carapace with a few small, scattered granules. Epigodromia rugosa sp. nov.

7. Rostrum tridentate, lateral teeth bluntly rounded.

. Epigodromia globosa (Lewinsohn, 1977) nov. comb.

— Rostrum tridentate. lateral teeth broadly triangular. 8

8. Inner margins of dactyli of first two pairs of legs armed with 7-8 small spines.

. Epigodromia areolata (Ihle, 1913) nov. comb.

— Inner margins of dactyli of first two pairs of legs armed with four small spines.

. Epigodromia rotunda sp. nov.

Epigodromia areolata (Ihle, 1913) nov. comb.

Fig. 19 e-f

Cryptodromia areolata Ihle, 1913 : 47, pi. 2. ligs 10-11. — Sakai. 1936

' 17. pi. 4, fig. 2. — Miyake, 1961 : 13. — Takeda & Miyake, 1970

: 26. pi. 1. fig. 1; 1965 : 8, pi. 3, fig. 4; 1976 :

: 202; 1972 : 66. — Campbell, 1971 : 29. —

218

C. L. McLAY

SER6NE & Lohavanijaya, 1973 : 18. pi . 2A. figs 5-7. - Takeda. 1982 : 18 (list). - Dai & Yang. 1991 : 25.

Cryptodromia ihlei Balss. 1921 : 177; 1922 : 107. text fig. 2. - Yokoya, 1933 : 98.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Lagon : stn 387. 22°39.1 'S, 167°07.3E, 225 m. 22.01.1985 : 1 9 7.2

X 7 Musorstom 4 : stn CC 173. 19°02.50'S. 163°18.80'E. 250-290 m, 17.09.1985 : 1 c3 8.4 x 7.7 mm. — Stn 204.

22°37.00'S, 167°05.70'E, 120 m, 27.09.1985 : 1 9 (ovig.) 7.9 x 7.6 mm. , , „ „

" Kandjar no stn. dredged between 22°40'-22°50'S, 167°10'-167°30'E, 200-350 m. 7-10.10.1986 : 1 6 8.8 x

7 ' 8 sTb 6 : stn DW 108. 19°06.9'S. 163’30.1’E. 210-220 m. 2.03.1990 .1 d 12.3 x 11 4 mm. - Stri DW 112,

19°05.6'S, 163°30.2'E, 220-225 m, 2.03.1990 : 1 6 12.1 x 10.3 mm. — Stn DW 127. 19 6.8 S. 163 —6E. 190-

205 m, 4.03.1990 : 1 <5 7.8 x 7.5 mm. . , „ 0

"Alj s " • stn 1147 19°07.50'S. 163°330.40'E. 205-210 m. 28.10.1989 : 1 9 (ovig.) 9.0 x 8.8 mm.

Loyalty Islands'. Musorstom 6: stn DW 443. 20’53.27'S, 167°17.46'E, 250 m, 19.02.1989 . 1 9 (ovig.) ' 7.2 x

7.0 mm. — Stn DW 451. 20°59.00'S, 167°24.50'E. 330 m. 20.02.1989 : 1 6 7.8 x 7.4 mm. — Stn 462, 21 05.10S,

167°26.85'E, 200 m, 21.02.1989 : 1 9 4.0 x 4.3 mm. , „ , . .

Chesterfield Islands. ChaLCAL 1 ; stn DC 31. I9°33.30'S. 158»30.30'E. 230 m. 19.07.1984 : 1 9 (ovtg.) 10.0 x

9 9 m m

Musorstom 5 : stn DW 290. 23°6.20'S, 159°26.30’E. 300 m. 11.10.1986 : 1 6 14.4 x 12.3 mm. — Stn DW 334,

•>0°06 27'S 158°47.62'E, 315-320 m, 15.10.1986 : 1 6 11.1 x 10.3 mm. — Stn 347, 19°38.61'S. 158°28.03'E, 260 m,

17 10 1986 : 1 9 7.1 x 7.0 mm. — Stn DW 349, 19°34.45’S, 158°34.48’E, 275 m. 17.10.1986 : 1 9 6.6 x 6.4 mm. —

Sin DW 353. 19°26.50'S, 158°40.40'E. 290 m. 18.10.1986 : 1 i 8.0 x 8.0 mm.

Description. — Carapace slightly wider than long, convex, areolate, covered with sharp granules which are

small in frontal region and also along posterior area of carapace, elsewhere comparatively large and dense. A lew

shod setae, especially in grooves between areolae. Regions of carapace well defined. Short frontal groove

extending back between lateral rostral teeth. Branchial and cervical grooves distinct. Mesogastric region convex

with three poorly defined protuberances, anterior one smallest, followed by two larger protuberances, behind these

are a pair of small protuberances arranged side by side in urogastric region. Cardiac area broadly convex, granulated,

well defined by grooves. Branchial areas have five protuberances, two anterior, large, most lateral one being just

behind postorbital comer, and three protuberances further back, which decrease in size laterally. Posterior branchial

areas convex, evenly covered with large granules. Rostrum tridentate, teeth separated by a broad U-shaped sinus.

Borders of rostral teeth granulated, median tooth deflcxcd but visible dorsally. lateral teeth prominent, slightly

curved out at tips, slightly longer than median tooth. Anterolateral margin evenly convex, bearing two granulated

lobes, first on same level as anterior comer of buccal frame. Each anterolateral lobe ornamented with five-six sharp

granules. A distinct branchial notch, posterolateral margins convergent, covered in sharp granules. Posterior

carapace margin distinctly concave.

Supraorbital border strongly concave, granulated. A small supraorbital tooth followed by postorbital corner

which is Hush with carapace surface. No orbital fissure, suborbital margin very eroded, although there is a small

tooth at inner corner, visible dorsally.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, tuberculate. medially beaked, superior lobe longest. Second

segment longer than wide, convex, tuberculate. distomedial corner produced as a blunt curved lobe on which third

segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod firmly fixed to second segment, tuberculate. tip not bilobed. reaching joint

between third and fourth segments, inner border curved over base of eyestalk. Ratio of length of antennal

flagella/CW = 0.50.

Subhepatic area convex with two small granulated tubercles. Most dorsal tubercle visible dorsally, lower

tubercle on same level as anterior corner of buccal frame where there is an elongate, obliquely oriented lobe. Above

this begins a shallow groove extending around under anterolateral margin to branchial groove. Female sternal

grooves end close together, but apart on a raised, curved, transverse ridge between bases of first legs.

Chelipeds well developed, much larger in male (length about twice CL), covered in sharp granules. Merus

especially long in male. Carpus has two obtuse, distal tubercles. Propodus especially long in male, outer face

granulated as are bases of fingers. Fingers strongly downcurved, cutting edges armed with five-six teeth, meeting at

tips.

Source . MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

219

First two pairs of legs smaller than chelipeds, sharply granulated except anterior faces which are smooth. Distal

corners of meri and propodi have large, rounded nodules. Dactyli as long as propodi. inner margins have seven-

eight very small spines, all of similar size.

Last two pairs of legs very reduced, both subdorsal, of similar length although third pair are thicker. Dactyli of

both legs very reduced and opposed by single minute propodal spines.

Abdomen of six free segments. Telson much wider than long, posterior margin rounded. Uropod plates very

large, visible externally. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of uropods fitting in front of serrated flanges on

bases of first legs. Median ridge of abdomen strongly developed, covered in small granules. On second-sixth

segments, granules tend to be arranged into two transverse rows : posterior row continuous while anterior row is

divided into two lobes.

First male pleopod a semi-rolled, setose tube with sharp tip; second pleopod simple, needle-like.

Discussion. — Cryptodromia ihlei Balss, 1921. was synonymized with C. areolata Ihle, 1913. by Sakai

( 1936). He obtained several specimens from the type locality of C. ihlei and identified them as C. areolata.

Dr Balss was able to confirm dial these two species are in fact the same. Excellent figures of this species have

been provided by Ihle (1913) and Sakai (1976). and the male pleopods have been figured by SERfiNE and

Loiivanijaya (1973). Epigodromia areolata males have much larger chelipeds than similar sized females, a feature

also seen amongst the species of Takedromia gen. nov. which must be regarded as being closely related.

Camouflage. — None of the Epigodromia areolata specimens was accompanied by a piece of camouflage and

it may well be that the very small last two pairs of legs are not able to hold a camouflage cap.

SIZE. — The largest specimen known until now was the male type. CL = 10 mm. and the largest female is

CL = 9.5 mm (Takf.da & Miyake. 1972a). The New Caledonian collection included a male CL = 12.3 mm and

an ovigerous female CL = 9.9 mm. The size range of ovigerous females is CL = 7.0-9.9 mm. but Takeda and

MIYAKE (1970) recorded an ovigerous female of CL = 6.3 mm. In the New Caledonian material a female. CW =

7.1 mm, is immature while one of CW = 7.2 mm is mature. Thus maturation occurs over the approximate range

CW = 6-7.5 mm. Until now no other information about the reproduction of E. areolata has been reported. Mean

egg diameter for the three females was 0.7 mm and clutch size ranged from 40-108 eggs, a small number for a

dromiid crab of this size.

Depth. — Previous specimens have come from depths of 30-150 m while those from New Caledonia were

found from 120-350 m, greatly extending the depth range.

DISTRIBUTION. — Epigodromia areolata (Ihle. 1913) was first described from Timor Island, and has proved to

be abundant in collections from Japan and the south China Sea. Campbell (1971) recorded it from south

Queensland and so it is not surprising to find it amongst the fauna of New Caledonia.

Epigodromia rotunda sp. nov.

Figs 11 a-h, 18 f.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. MUSORSTOM 4 : stn DW 207, 22°39.00S, 167°07.40E, 220-235 m,

28.09.1985 : 1 2 4.2 x 4.8 mm.

Type. — Holotype : 1 9.4.2 x 4.8 mm from Musorstom 4, stn DW 207 (MNHN-B 22576).

Description. — Carapace longer than wide, very convex, almost semi-circular in lateral cross-section.

Regions well defined, covered in many small rounded granules and a few tubercles. A shallow Irontal groove

extends back towards a well-defined urogastric area which has a single median tubercle, followed by a well-defined

mesogastric area and cardiac area which is surrounded (except anteriorly) by an agranulate surface. On each side of

medial area is a prominent tubercle, opposite the urogastric tubercle, making a line of three together. Branch.al

region has three separate granulated humps, first behind postorbilal corner, the others increasing in size as they

220

C. L. McLAY

curve around posteriorly. Front tridentate, median tooth small, deflexcd, lateral teeth prominent, bluntly rounded,

granulated. It is difficult to recognize a distinct anterolateral margin, but extending from near the smaller

subhepatic tubercle are two larger tubercles which might be counted as teeth. These are followed by a gap marking

branchial groove, behind which is a larger, granulate posterolateral tooth. Posterolateral margins granulated,

convergent.

Eave-like supraorbital margin which is unevenly granulate so that a distinct supraorbital tooth is not evident

(left and right margins of the only known specimen are different). Postorbital comer granulate although flush with

carapace surface. No fissure separates suborbital margin which has a strong blunt tooth, not visible dorsally.

First segment of antenna much wider than long, wedge-shaped, lateral margin narrow, medial margin wider,

beaked, not gaping, upper lobe serrated and overhanging lower lobe. Second segment slightly longer than wide,

granulate, a row of larger granules along centre, distomedial corner produced as a blunt spine on which third

segment is inserted at an angle. Exopod firmly fixed to second segment, granulate, broad in side view, tip not

bilobed but sloping and reaching as far as joint between third and fourth segments. Epistome triangular, flat,

adorned by eight-nine small granules.

Subhepatic region inflated, granulate, two, unequal, granulated tubercles low down near corner of buccal frame

which is marked by a prominent blunt tooth beside a distinct groove. Female sternal grooves end apart between

bases of second legs, but the present specimen is immature.

Chelipeds small, merus trigonal, borders granulated, two prominent distal tubercles. Carpus with granules

which tend to be arranged in four longitudinal rows and two large distal tubercles. Propodus decorated with similar

rows of granules. Fingers downcurved, hollowed out internally, armed with five-six small teeth which close along

entire length.

First two pairs of legs similar in size to chelipeds. Meri, carpi, and propodi have several large distal tubercles.

Dactyli longer than propodi. inner margins armed with four small spines, increasing in size distally.

Last two pairs of legs not especially tuberculated, reduced. Third pair shortest, dactyl opposed by a single

propodal spine. Fourth pair subdorsal, extending across posterolateral comer of carapace, dactyl also opposed by a

single propodal spine.

Abdomen of six free granulated segments. Female telson wider than long, tip rounded. Uropod plates large and

visible externally. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of uropod plate fitting in front of serrated flange on

bases of first legs. A prominent feature of abdomen is presence of a pair of large submedial, pearl-like, tubercles

on fourth abdominal segment.

Male characters unknown.

Etymology. — The specific name of this species refers to the rotund shape of the carapace.

Discussion. — Epigodromia rotunda sp. nov. can be distinguished from E. areolata by the almost straight

supraorbital margin without a supraorbital tooth, an indistinct anterolateral margin without distinct teeth and the

presence of a granular posterolateral tooth. Similarly, it may be distinguished from E. rugosa sp. nov. by the

inflated, more heavily granular carapace which is longer than wide, the absence of distinct anterolateral teeth, and

absence of a supraorbital tooth. Only a single immature female specimen is available and thus the male characters

are unknown.

Camouflage. — The only known specimen was not accompanied by a camouflage cap but it seems likely

that E. rotunda may, like the other species in this genus, not usually carry concealment.

Depth. — The type specimen came from a depth of 235 m which is considerably deeper than most of the

material of the other species in this genus : E. granulata seems to only occur in shallow water (0-? 3 m), E.

rugosa sp. nov. (38-45 m), E. globosa (50 m), E. gilesii (30-80 m), E. nodosa (65-100 m), E. areolata (30-350

m). while the depth of E. ebalioides is unknown. Only E. areolata is found as deep as E. rotunda.

DISTRIBUTION. — Epigodromia rotunda sp. nov. is only known from New Caledonia.

Source . MNHN. Paris

SPONGE GRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND IT IE PHILIPPINES

221

Fig. 11. — Epigodromia rotunda sp. nov., 9. hololype, 4.2 x 4.8 mm. New Caledonia. Musorstom 4. sin 207. 220-235

m (MNHN B 22576) : a. dorsal view of righl half of carapace; b, ventral view ol right orbital area and anterolateral

margin; c. outer face of right cheliped; d. posterior view of terminal segments of right second leg; e. posterior view

of terminal segments of right third leg; f, posterior view of terminal segments of left fourth leg; g. ventral view of

telson and terminal segments of female abdomen; h. ventral view of detail of fourth segment of female abdomen.

Scale bars represent 1.0 mm.

Source: MNHN, Paris

222

C. L. McLAY

Epigodromia rugosa sp. nov.

Fig. 12 a-h

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Lagon : stn 723, 21°21.6’S, 165°56.7’E, 45 rn, 12.08.1986 : 1 6 9.7 x

8.5 mm. — Stn 736, 22°06.7’S, 166°58.4’E, 44-45 m, 12.08.1986 : 1 9 7.4 x 6.5 mm. — Stn 850, 20°42.1'S,

165°09.5'E, 38 m, 11.01.1987 : 1 9 11.2 x 9.8 mm.

TYPE. — Holotype : 1 9, 11.2 x 9.8 mm from Lagon, stn 850 (MNHN-B 22578). Paralype : 1 6 , 9.7 x

8.5 mm from Lagon, stn 723 (MNHN-B 22577).

Description. — Carapace wider than long, convex, surface sculptured with some raised granulated areas,

intervening areas smooth. Sculpturing somewhat concealed by a thin covering of short, fine setae. Regions well

marked, frontal groove evident, as are cervical and branchial grooves. Cervical groove separates a pair of prominent

tubercles on either side. Urogastric region well marked, containing a pair of protuberances. Cardiac region also

well marked. A line of small granules runs along behind branchial groove on to posterolateral tooth. Rostrum

tridentate, teeth short, blunt. Median tooth on a lower level, horizontally directed. Lateral teeth verticolaterally

directed. Anterolateral margin begins at a level just below suborbital tooth, with three teeth. First anterolateral

tooth, granulated, lateral to orbit, separated by a larger distance from two other similar teeth. Posterolateral tooth,

behind branchial notch, is largest and directed laterally, as is third anterolateral tooth.

A distinct blunt supraorbital tooth. Small orbital fissure separates suborbital margin which has a single blunt

tooth near medial comer. Close by this tooth is a similar subhepatic tubercle, lateral and slightly below, with

another subhepatic tubercle even lower. All three, i.e. suborbital, and two subhepatic tubercles, are all visible

dorsally.

First segment of antenna wider than long, beaked medially, upper lobe of beak downcurved and overhanging

lower lobe. Second segment much longer than wide, sparsely granulated, in central distal region is a cluster of

three granules forming a raised area, distomedial corner produced as curved acute spine on which third segment is

inserted at an angle. Exopod firmly fixed, union marked by a distinct groove, tip shelf-like with inner margin

produced and curving over base of eyestalk, extending as far as joint between third and fourth antennal segments.

Ratio of length of antennal flagella to CW = 0.46.

A blunt lobe at corner of buccal frame and a distinct groove running from beside this lobe around under

anterolateral margin towards posterolateral tooth. The female specimens are immature, but faint sternal grooves

end apart between bases of second legs.

Chelipeds well developed. Merus trigonal, borders armed with small granules. Carpus with small granules

which tend to be arranged in longitudinal rows, one prominent proximolateral tubercle, two similar distal tubercles

and a pair of small granules at superior, inner distal comer. Upper face of propodus granulated, outer face largely

smooth. Fingers downcurved, hollowed out internally, fixed finger armed with seven blunt teeth, dactyl with a

large proximal tooth followed by a gap and then five teeth increasing in size distally.

First two pairs of legs smaller than chelipeds. Carpi with three longitudinal rows of granules on superior face

and distal margin bluntly lobed. Propodi with scattered granules, distal margin lobed. Dactyli as long as propodi.

strongly curved at tip. inner margins with four-five small spines increasing in size distally and a distinctive

proximal pearl-like knob on posterior face, articulating with penultimate segment.

Last two pairs of legs very reduced, third pair smallest, fourth pair subdorsal. Dactyli on both legs opposed by

single propodal spines.

Abdomen of six free segments. Male telson distinctly wider than long, tip rounded with lateral comers bluntly

produced. Female telson also wider than long, but tip broadly rounded. Uropod plates well developed, visible

externally. Abdominal segments with a broad rounded median ridge. Abdominal locking mechanism consists of

concave margins of penultimate abdominal segment against serrated flange on bases of first legs and uropod plate

locking in front of flanges.

First male pleopod a semi-rolled, setose tube with sharp, horny tip; second pleopod simple, needle-like.

ETYMOLOGY. — The specific name of this species is derived from the Latin rugosus and refers to the sculptured

surface of the carapace.

Source : MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OP NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

223

DISCUSSION. — Compared lo the other species of Epigodromia, E. rugosa has a CW/CL ratio which is larger,

the carapace surface is only sparsely granular, the anterolateral margin has three distinct teeth, and segments of the

abdomen are without granules.

a - c, g, h

e - f

FIG. 12. — Epigodromia rugosa sp. nov. : a-g. 6. paratype, 9.7 x 8.5 mm. New Caledonia. Lacon. sin 723. 45 m

(MNHN-B '>2577) : a, dorsal view of right half of carapace; b, ventral view of right orbital area and anterolateral

margin; c. outer face of righl chelipcd; d, posterior view of terminal segments of right second leg; e. posterior view

of terminal segments of right third leg; f. posterior view of terminal segments of right fourth eg; g ventral view of

telson and terminal segments of male abdomen. — It. 2. holotype. 11.2 x 9.8 mm. New Caledonia. Lagon. stn 850,

38 m (MNHN-B 22578) : ventral view of telson and terminal segments of female abdomen.

Scale bars represent 1.0 mm.

Source: MNHN. Paris

224

C. L. McLAY

Camouflage. — None of New Caledonian specimens were accompanied by pieces of camouflage.

SIZE. — The size of E. rugosa is within the range (maximum CW = 19 mm) of the other species in this

genus. Both female specimens, CW = 7.4-11.2 mm, are immature perhaps indicating that females do not mature

until they are larger, but some may still mature within this size range. If this is true. E. rugosa may have a larger

maximum body size than the other species.

Depth. — The depth range, 38-45 m, of E. rugosa is similar to other Epigodromia species.

Distribution. — Epigodromia rugosa sp. nov. is only known from New Caledonia.

CHARACTER

Ep ip ed odrom i a

H omalodromia

Ratio CW/CL

Carapace as wide as long.

Carapace width less than length.

Carapace surface

Minutely granulate.

Smooth.

Rostrum

Bidentate, eave-like.

Bidentate, teeth subacute, on broad,

prominent eaves.

Anterolateral margin

Teeth absent.

Teeth very small, not visible dorsally.

Antenna

Distomedial corner of second segment

produced. Exopod as long as third segment.

Distomedial corner of second segment

strongly produced. Exopod as long as third

segment.

Sternal grooves

End apart between chelipeds on a sinuous

raised ridge.

End apart on tube-like structures behind

chelipeds.

Epipod/Podobranchs

No epipods or podobranchs on pereiopods.

First two pairs of legs

Longer than chelipeds, segments smooth.

Last two pairs of legs

Third leg shortest, dactyl opposed by one

propodal spine, no spine on outer propodal

margin. Fourth leg shorter than first leg,

dactyl opposed by one propodal spine, no

spine on outer propodal margin.

Third leg dactyl opposed by one propodal

spine, no spine on outer propodal margin.

Fourth leg about as long as first leg. dactyl

opposed by one propodal spine, no spine

on outer propodal margin.

Abdominal segments

No segments fused, surface smooth.

Uropods

Absent.

Small, visible externally. Abdominal

locking mechanism used.

Telson

Rounded.

Male pleopods

First sharply tipped, second without

exopod on basis.

First sharply tipped, second without

exopod on basis.

Table 8 — Comparison of the key characteristics of the genera Epipedodromia Andre, 1932, and Homalodromia Miers,

1884.

Genus EPIPEDODROMIA Andre. 1932

Platydromia Fulton & Grant, 1902a : 57.

Epipedodromia Andre, 1932 : 180.

Carapace as wide as long, flattened, subpentagonal in outline, margins with short stiff setae, surface minutely

granulate. Rostrum bidentate, frontal margin strongly deflexed, above and behind the front is a prominent arcuate

ridge divided into four equal parts by deep grooves. No anterolateral teeth. Epistome almost entirely fused to

rostrum. Female sternal grooves end apart behind chelipeds. Chelipeds without an epipod, smaller than first two

Source ; MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

225

pairs of legs which are fringed with short setae. Last two pairs of legs reduced, third pair shortest, merus of fourth

leg almost as long as lateral margin of carapace. Dactyli of both legs opposed by single propodal spines. Abdomen

of six free segments, telson rounded, uropod plates absent. Abdominal locking mechanism involves raised knob on

bases of first legs.

Type SPECIES.— Platydromia thomsoni Fulton & Grant, 1902, by monotypy. Epipedodromia being a

replacement name for Platydromia Fulton & Grant, 1902. has the same type species.

Discussion. — The replacement generic name of Epipedodromia was necessary because Platydromia was

preoccupied by Platydromia depressa , Brocchi, 1877. Epipedodromia thomsoni is most closely related to

Homalodromia (see Table 8).

Epipedodromia thomsoni is known only from southern Australia and is a small, maximum CW = 11.5 mm,

shallow water species with a maximum depth of 60 m. The camouflage material used by this species is unknown.

Genus HOMALODROMIA Miers, 1884

Homalodromia Miers, 1884 : 553.

Lasiodromia Alcock, 1901 : 56. — Ihle, 1913 : 51. — Sakai, 1976 : 27.

Pseudodromia Alcock, 1900 : 149 (in part).

Carapace longer than wide, flattened, but rising steeply at front, little convex behind, smooth but remarkably

tomentose. Rostrum bidentate, two prominent lobes, each of which is broadly bifid. Epistome triangular united

with front. Coxae of third maxillipcds separated by a narrow gap and inserted under tip of sternum. Female sternal

grooves end apart on tubular prominences, nearly in contact at their bases, just behind chelipeds. Cheliped without

an epipod, little more massive than first two pairs of legs. None of these limbs verrucose or dilated. Inner margins

of dactyli of first two pairs of legs armed with several small spines. Last two pairs of legs very unequal. Third pair

of legs shortest, dactyl opposed by a single propodal spine. Fourth pair almost as long as either of first two pairs,

dactyl opposed by a single propodal spine. Abdomen of six free segments. Uropod plates well developed, visible

externally, used in male abdominal locking mechanism by locking in front of serrated ridge on bases of first legs.

TYPE SPECIES. — Homalodromia coppingeri Miers, 1884, by monotypy. Lasiodromia Alcock. 1901, being a

replacement name for Homalodromia Miers, 1884. has the same type species.

Discussion. — This generic definition is based on Miers (1884) and Alcock (1901) with the addition of

details about the uropods and abdominal locking mechanism (see Table 8).

Most authors have used the generic name Lasiodromia Alcock, 1901. This name was created because Alcock

believed that Homalodromia was too similar to Homolodromia A. Milne Edwards, 1880. and would therefore be

confusing. Although Lasiodromia was a very apt name, alluding to the long, shaggy fringe across the anterior

border of the carapace, Homalodromia has priority. Homalodromia Miers, 1884, is not a junior homonym of

Homolodromia A. Milne Edwards, 1880. because of Art. 56c of the Code (the one-letter difference clause).

Epipedodromia Andre, 1932, is a monotypic genus whose only species, E. thomsoni (Fulton & Grant, 1902),

is most closely related to Homalodromia. In addition, there is undescribed material from Australia which includes

additional species, belonging to new, related genera. All ol these species come from shallow coastal waters.

Epipedodromia thomsoni may be distinguished from Homalodromia coppingeri because the lateral rostral teeth

form a continuous eave over the eyes, behind which the carapace rises to a prominent, arcuate, ridge divided into

four lobes. Furthermore, uropod plates are absent from the abdomen and the female sternal grooves end apart on a

sinuous raised ridge behind the chelipeds.

DISTRIBUTION. — H. coppingeri was originally described using an adult female from Providence Reef,

Seychelles, collected by H.M.S. "Alert". Subsequent records are from the Indo-West Pacific.

226

C. L. McIAY

Homalodromia coppingeri Miers, 1884

Fig. 13

Homalodromia coppingeri Miers, 1884 : 554, pi. 50, fig. 8. — Rathbun, 1911 : 195.

Lasiodromia coppingeri - ALCOCK, 1901 : 57, pi. 3, figs 15, 15a.

Lasiodromia coppingeri var. unidentala Ihle, 1913 : 51. — Odawara, 1963 : 18, text fig. 1. — SUZUKI & Kurata, 1967 :

89, 95, pi. 8, fig. 1. — Sakai. 1976 : 27, text fig. 15.

Lasiodromia unidentala - Takeda, 1977 : 73.

Pseudodromia quadricornis Alcock, 1900 : 149.

Material EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Lagon : stn 65, 22°29.2'S, 166°26.3'E, 24 m, 20.08.1984 : 1 9 5.0 x

6.1 mm. — Stn 556, 22°48.0’S, 166°51.9’E, 24-31 m, 16.07.1985 : 1 9 7.8 x 9.0 mm.

Chesterfield Islands. Chalcal 1 : stn DC 37, 19°54.00’S, 158°46.30’E, 50 m, 22.07.1984 : 1 9 (ovig.) 6.1 x

7.5 mm, carrying a sponge cap.

Hawaiian Islands. ''Albatross' : stn 3847, South Coast of Molokai Island, 42 m, 8.04.1902 : 1 6 4.5 x 5.8 mm,

carrying a sponge cap (USNM 55983).

Description. — Carapace longer than wide, rising steeply at front, convex laterally, smooth when denuded of

long, coarse setae. A dense fringe of long setae atop the swollen anterior half of the carapace is characteristic.

Frontal groove separates two low gibbosities, branchial groove distinct. Rostrum bidentate, no median rostral

tooth. Lateral teeth very prominent, acute and fused with acute supraorbital tooth to form a broad eave over bases

of antennae and anlennules, and base of eyes. This arrangement makes the front appear as though it consists of

four similar teeth. Lateral rostral teeth directed anteriorly but supraorbital teeth curved upward. Anterolateral

margins subparallel, beginning at level just above orbit, bearing a single small tooth which is directed

anterolaterally but downward and therefore not visible dorsally. Posterolateral tooth small, blunt. Posterolateral

carapace margins converging. Posterior carapace margin straight.

Entire orbit not overhung by eave, postorbital corner produced as an acute laterally directed tooth. Narrow

fissure separates suborbital lobe which is armed with an acute deflexed tooth.

First segment of antenna wider than long, beaked medially, gaping, upper lobe shortest. Second segment much

longer than wide, distomedial corner produced as a blunt spine on which third segment is inserted at an angle.

Exopod firmly fixed, tip bilobed, reaching joint of third and fourth segments, inner lobe curving over base of

eyestalk. Epistome triangular, smooth.

Subhepatic area inflated and smooth except for a small tubercle medial to the anterolateral tooth. In an

immature female specimen the sternal grooves are faint and end apart between bases of second legs, but in mature

females the sternal grooves converge and run parallel between bases of first legs, diverging a little, and ending on

the underside of prominent tubular structures just behind chelipeds.

Chelipeds small, borders of merus minutely granulated. Carpus with one small central, blunt tubercle and two

large acute tubercles. Propodus with a few minute granules on superior border. Propodus curves upwards from its

joint with carpus and fingers are curved downward, giving a peculiar angular appearance to the limb. Fingers have

four-five obsolete teeth which all interlock.

First two pairs of legs covered with long coarse setae, limbs as long as chelipeds, smooth. Dactyli shorter than

propodi, slightly curved, inner margin armed with three small spines, increasing in size distally.

Last two pairs of legs, covered with long coarse setae, limbs very unequal. Third pair shortest, dactyl long,

curved, opposed by a single propodal spine. Fourth pair dorsally placed, when extended forward they reach orbit,

dactyl long, curved, opposed by single propodal spine.

Abdomen of six free segments. Male abdomen with a weak medial ridge, telson as wide as long, tapered,

posterior margin rounded. Uropod plates well developed, attached to anterior border of telson, elongate, with

truncate margins and directed anteriorly. Uropod plates lock male abdomen by fitting in front of serrated ridge on

bases of first legs. Female telson wider than long, narrowing near tip. strong median ridge along length of

abdomen.

First male pleopod a semi-rolled tube with sharp, horny tip; second pleopod simple, needle-like.

Source : MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

227

Fig 13. — Homalodromia coppingeri Miers, 1884. 9 7.8 x 9.0 mm , New Caledonia, Lagon, stn 556, 24-31 m (MNHN-

B 22528) : dorsal view of frontal region and right half of carapace.

Scale bar represents 1.0 mm.

Discussion. — Alcock (1900) described Pseudodromia quadricornis Alcock, 1900, on the basis of five

specimens from the coast of Ceylon (Sri Lanka) but added the caveat that perhaps it was the same as

Homalodromia coppingeri Miers, 1884. At the same time he synonymized Homalodromia Miers, 1884. with

Pseudodromia Stimpson, 1858. However, Alcock (1901) later synonymized his species with Homalodromia

coppingeri Miers, 1884, but erected the new genus Lasiodromia Alcock, 1901, for this species. Miers (1884)

described Homalodromia coppingeri from the Seychelle Islands, the type specimen being a small (6.7 x 7.3 mm),

damaged female. Later Ihle (1913) described a separate variety. H. coppingeri unidenfata, because of the presence of

a small tooth on the anterolateral margin and a posterolateral tooth. I have compared the New Caledonian

specimens with MlERS' type specimen (British Museum) and established that they are almost identical. In fact,

Miers overlooked the presence of the small anterolateral tooth and a nearby small sub-hepatic tubercle. Because

they were omitted from his description, Ihle (1913) erected a new variety for the "Siboga" material. Takeda

(1977) clearly recognized the presence of a small anterolateral tooth on his specimens from southwest Japan, and

believed that Ihle's varietal name should be elevated to a full species and known as Lasiodromia unidentata. It is

now clear that in fact only one species is involved and no separate variety is necessary. The only difference

between the New Caledonian specimens and the type is the presence of a small posterolateral tooth. This structure

only seems to be present in larger specimens.

Size. — A total of eighteen specimens (six males, seven lemales and live of unknown sex) have been reported.

Maximum size for males is CW = 11.5 mm and for females CW = 11.6 mm but none of the New Caledonian

specimens are larger. There have been no records of size at sexual maturity : the two largest females, CW = 6.1

and 7.8 mm, were mature but the smallest female (CW = 5.0 mm) did not have a mature sized abdomen,

suggesting that size at maturation is around CW = 5-6.0 mm.

Camouflage. — There have been no records of the type of camouflage material used by //. coppingeri but one

specimen from New Caledonia and the Hawaiian specimen carried a piece ol sponge.

DEPTH. — Previous records indicate a depth range of 35-50 m. The depth range lor the New Caledonian

material, 24-50 m, does not extend the maximum depth.

228

C. L. McLAY

DISTRIBUTION. — Previous records of H. coppingeri are from the Seychelles, Sri Lanka, Laccadives, Indonesia,

and Japan. Titgen (1987) reported Lasiodromia sp. from Hawaii and, given the Albatross specimen reported here,

his specimen may well belong to the present species. The New Caledonian specimens and the one from Hawaii,

considerably extend the range of H. coppingeri southward and eastward, indicating that it is probably a widespread

Indo-Pacific species.

DISCUSSION

Evolution of the Dromiidae

Some explanation should be given here of the ideas about evolutionary radiation within the family Dromiidae

and the relationships between the genera. In his review of the dromiid genera, using a limited range of characters,

Borradaile (1903a) suggested that Hypoconcha , Conchoecetes , and Sphaerodromia were the most primitive

genera, with all the other genera being derived from them. He arranged these into three groups consisting of firstly,

Dromidiopsis , Bromides , Eudromia , and Dromidia , secondly, Lasiodromia , and Cryptodromiopsis, and thirdly,

Dromia , Petalomera . and Cryptodromia. However he added the caveat that this was a good example of a

"kaleidoscopic shuffling of characters" and that it did not resolve the genera into unified groups. It is difficult to

ascertain the basis of this arrangement but it seems to be aimed at separating genera with broad well-regioned

bodies, and legs which are knobbed and ridged, from those with simple legs, and narrow bodies without trace of

regions. BORRADAILE'S arrangement of genera does not seem to reflect any particular hypothesis about dromiid

evolution but more an arrangement of convenience.

In my revision of the dromiid genera, I have had in mind a particular hypothesis about their evolution and this

is reflected in the generic rearrangements made here. Elsewhere (McLay, 1991), I have argued that Sphaerodromia

is the most primitive genus not only because of the presence of podobranchs on the limbs and vestigial pleopods

on the male abdomen but also because of the structure of spines around and on the dactyli of the legs. A key

feature of dromiid crabs is the presence of spines opposed to the dactyli which can be used to form a sub-chelate

mechanism on the last two pairs of legs for grasping pieces of camouflage. In Sphaerodromia , distal propodal

spines and spines along the inner margins of the dactyli can be found on all four legs. My hypothesis is that this

set of characters represents the ancestral condition from which the combinations of characters found in all other

genera can be derived. In any one species of Sphaerodromia , we can see the gradual reduction in spines on the inner

margin of the dactyl from the first to the last leg. This is accompanied by shortening of the propodus, curving of

the dactyl, and increase in the number of spines opposing the dactyl. The first two pairs of legs are used for

walking while the last two pairs are reduced, placed sub-dorsally and used for carrying pieces of camouflage. I

suggest that the ancestral dromiid had four legs, used for walking, each similar to the first or second walking legs

of Sphaerodromia with strong dactyli carrying numerous spines on the inner margin and with one or more distal

propodal spines overlapping the base of the dactyl. From this one can derive any of the spine arrangements found

in other dromiids, whether they are used for grasping sponges, ascidians or shells.

The primitive arrangement of propodal spines on the pereiopods can also be found in the Homolodromiidae

Alcock, 1899 (see Baez & Martin, 1989). In these crabs the spines are much more numerous, and this along with

other features (e.g. carapace shape, antennal structure, and pereiopodal podobranchs) perhaps indicates that they are

a more primitive group than the Dromiidae. Radically different structures are found on the last pair of legs of the

Homolidae De Haan. 1839, where the more proximal region of the propodal segment has been greatly elaborated to

form an amazing variety of sub-chelate mechanisms (GuiNOT & Richer DE Forges, 1981). Much greater use

could be made of the structure of the last two pairs of legs of the primitive Brachyura to separate these families.

The direction of evolution in the Dromiidae has been towards loss of the habit of carrying camouflage,

involving reduction of propodal and dactyl spines on all legs, further reduction in the size of the last two pairs of

legs to the point where they are almost vestigial, and the development of a strongly ornamented carapace. In the

two latter respects, they resemble the dynomenids except that both of the hind limbs are reduced instead of only the

last limb. The relationships amongst the genera are complex, involving specialization, but they fall into two

groups : a) species usually with and b) species usually without an epipod on the cheliped. In the first group the

Source ; MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

229

most primitive genera are Sphaerodromia y and Eodromia, with the more advanced genera Tunedromia, Lauridromia ,

and Dromidiopsis , forming a cluster of larger crabs. Near to these is Dromia , and a group of smaller crabs

including Fultodromia , and Stimdromia , with Petalomera y Paradromia and Frodromia being the most advanced in

this group. Also there are two specialized genera, Hypoconcha and Conchoecetes , which are shell-carrying

dromiids, whose relationships with the others is difficult to establish. While Conchoecetes probably belongs in

the Dromiidae, the placement of Hypoconcha is doubtful (see below). Of the dromiids in the second group the

most primitive genera are Cryptodromiopsis, Dromidia y Exodromidia y and Austrodromidia. The two genera,

Cryptodromia and Lasiodromia y include small crabs which are more advanced, and a cluster including Epigodromia y

Barnardromia y Speodromia y and Takedromia represent the most advanced genera in this group. Pseudodromia also

lacks an epipod but is a group of species specialized for an intimate association with ascidians.

This briefly outlines my ideas on relationships amongst the dromiid genera but the hypothesis is based on

morphology of the adults. Larval studies have provided information about development of the larvae or juveniles

of ten genera : Dromia (Laughlin, Rodriguez & Marval, 1982, Rice, Ingle & Allen, 1970, Wear, 1970,

1977, Terada, 1983), Lauridromia (Terada, 1983), Dromidiopsis (HALE, 1941), Stimdromia (MONTGOMERY,

1922, Hale, 1925), Paradromia (HONG & WILLIAMSON, 1986, TERADA, 1983), Cryptodromiopsis (RICE &

PROVENZANO, 1966), Austrodromidia (HALE, 1925), Cryptodromia (Tan, Lim & NG, 1986), Conchoecetes

(Sankolli & Shenoy, 1968), and Hypoconcha (Kircher, 1970, Lang & Young, 1980). This information should

be included in a more detailed future analysis of this family, but at the moment it is not particularly useful for

determining the grouping of species into genera. Intensive studies of adult morphology have provided a sound

basis for generic restructuring, but for the larval information to be used for this purpose, requires that this be

equally well known. It is no use giving special emphasis to what appear to be unusual larval features unless the

extent of variation of these features is known for other dromiid larvae.

Evolutionary relationships are also evident in the geographic distribution of the dromiids. It is clear that there

have been four "theatres" of evolution in the radiation of dromiid crabs : these are a) the Atlantic, b) South Africa,

c) southern Australia, and finally d) the remainder of the whole Indo-Pacific region. In the Indo-Pacific we find the

greatest diversity including the most primitive genus, Sphaerodromia y along with Dromidiopsis , Lauridromia ,

Dromia , Stimdromia , Cryptodromiopsis , Cryptodromia , Petalomera , Takedromia y Epigodromia and Conchoecetes.

All of these genera are very widespread, having some species which occur in the other regions. This region

contains not only the most primitive genera, but also the more advanced genera such as Stimdromia ,

Cryptodromia , Takedromia and Epigodromia. These genera represent a relatively recent tropical radiation. The other

three regions are characterized by some unique groups of genera. Besides several undescribcd genera, Australia has

Haledromia , Fultodromia y Epipedodromia , and Austrodromidia which is probably derived from Cryptodromiopsis.

Several Australian species have direct development and many have very large eggs. South Africa has six endemic

genera including Pseudodromia , Exodromidia , Eudromidia , Dromidia , Barnardromia y and Speodromia whose

occurrence supports the hypothesis by KENSLEY (1981) of a "cool water stenothermic radiation" in this area. Like

Australia, the South African fauna includes many species with very large eggs although none are known to have

direct development. Both the South African and Australian unique genera seem to be of more ancient origin. In the

Atlantic we find the major radiation of Dromia most of whose species are endemic to this sea. This radiation

probably dates from the origin of the Atlantic ocean. Two other genera, not closely related to Dromia , are present

in this area. Cryptodromiopsis antillensis undoubtedly shared a common ancestor with C. larrahurei which

originated from the Indo-Pacific. The other genus, Hypoconcha , is restricted to the east and west coasts of North

and South America.

In order to examine the question of the unity of the Brachyura, Spears et al. (1992) earned out a phylogenetic

study based on 18s rRNA and rDNA sequences found in, among others, Hypoconcha arcuata and Cryptodromiopsis

antillensis (reported as Dromidia antillensis). The most important result, which is relevant to the question of

inclusion or exclusion of the genus Hypoconcha from the Dromiidae, is that H. arcuata and Cryptodromiopsis

antillensis are not closely related. This led Spears et al. to question whether the Dromiidae is a monophyletic

group. There certainly are significant morphological differences between the adults of Hypoconcha and other

dromiid genera particularly in the structure of the last two pairs of legs and the sternum. It may be justiliable to

place this genus in a separate sub-family or family. The level could be influenced by whether or not the genus

Conchoecetes is included along with Hypoconcha. The main features of the shape of the carapace of Conchoecetes

230

C. L McLAY

Conchoecetes are more like those found in other dromiids than is the case with Hypoconcha. It seems to me that

this problem can only be solved by comparing all these crabs on a common basis of molecular data.

Relative Abundance and Depth Distribution

Almost two-thirds of the New Caledonian and Philippine specimens belong to five species : by far the most

common species is Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie. 1906), followed by Petalomera pulchra Miers, 1884,

Cryptodromia ? coronata Stimpson, 1858. Dromidiopsis dubia Lcwinsohn, 1984, and Epigodromia areolata (Ihle,

1913). L. intermedia occurs from 7-150 m, P. pulchra 25-86 m (with one specimen from 240 m), C. coronata 15-

47 m, D. dubia 14-75 m. and E. areolata 120-350 m. Thus most of the dromiids come from water shallower than

100 m (see Fig. 14). The maximum number of species occurs in the depth interval 20-60 m where up to 14

species are found, and in shallower or deeper water, the number of species declines. Six species are found in the

interval 0-10 m, and one species, Frodromia atypica , was found at the maximum depth of 437 m. A similar

pattern is found with the depth distribution of genera. The largest dromiid crab in this fauna, Dromia dormia . is a

shallow water species.

SPECIES

DEPTH (m)

100

120

140

160

180

200

220

240

260

280

300

320

340

360

380

400

420

440

Sphaerodromia kendalli

Eodromia denriculata

Dromidiopsis dubia

Dromidiopsis lethrinusae

Dromidiopsis (ridenlata

Lauridromia intermedia

Dromia dormia

Dromia foresti

Dromia wilsoni

Petalomera pulchra

Stimpsonia angulata

Prodromia atypica

Cryptodromiopsis bullifera

Cryptodromiopsis plumosa

Cryptodromiopsis

unidentata

Cryptodromia ?coronata

Cryptodromia amboinensis

Cryptodromia hilgendorfi

Cryptodromia fallax

Cryptodromia fukuii

Cryptodromia longipes

Takedromia cristatipes

Takedromia longispina

Epigodromia areolata

Epigodromia rotunda

Epigodromia rugosa

Homalodromia coppingeri

—

Number of Species

Number of Genera

2 |

FlG. 14. — Depth distribution of the dromiids from New Caledonia and the Philippine Islands.

Source: MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND IHE PHILIPPINES

231

Reproductive Biology

Almost all the dromiid species recorded here reach sexual maturity at CW less than 8.0. mm. The smallest

mature females, CW = 4.5 mm. were found in Cryptodromia amboinensis and C. ? coronata both of which

probably do not grow to a very large size, perhaps only CW = 15.0 mm. Egg size ranged from 0.4 mm,

(Eodromia denticulata) to 1.1 mm diameter ( Stimdromia angulata) with the modal size class being 0.7-0.8 mm.

While some species may have abbreviated development, there is no evidence of direct development amongst the

dromiids from this region, unlike Australia where several dromiids without larval stages are known. The dromiids

of New Caledonia and the Philippines are widely distributed species typical of an island, rather than continental,

fauna. Egg number is largely explained by body size and ranged from only eight per clutch for C. ? coronata to

approximately 24,000 for Dromia dormia which is by far the largest (CW = 200 mm) dromiid found in this

region. There tends to be an inverse correlation between egg size and egg numbers but there is no clear relationship

between egg size or egg number and depth. The data on reproductive biology will be analyzed in more detail in a

subsequent publication.

Biogeography of New Caledonian and Philippine Dromiidae

Prior to the present study the only dromiid known from New Caledonia was Cryptodromia fallax (as

C. canaliculata ) recorded by Takeda and NUNOMURA (1976). This species is included in the present collection,

along with the following species : Eodromia denticulata, Dromidiopsis dubia, D. lethrinusae, D. tridentata ,

Lauridromia intermedia, Dromia dormia, D. foresti, D. wilsoni, Petalomera pulchra , Frodromia atypica,

Cryptodromiopsis bull if era, C. plumosa, C. unidentata, Cryptodromia ? coronata . C. amboinensis , C. fukuii,

C. hilgendorfi, C. longipes, Takedromia cristatipes, T. long! spina, Epigodromia areolata, E. rotunda, E. rugosa,

and Homalodromia coppingeri. The New Caledonian dromiid fauna includes 25 species.

Excluding the six new species, known only from New Caledonia, the fauna has its greatest affinity with Japan

(68% species in common), the Indian Ocean region (63%), Indonesia (58%). the Philippine Islands (47%),

Australia (32%) and the Pacific eastward of New Caledonia (32%). Only two species, Cryptodromiopsis unidentata

and Dromia wilsoni occur south of New Caledonia.

The only species previously known from the Philippine Islands were Cryptodromia tuberculata, C. tumida ,

C. fallax (as C. canaliculata), Cryptodromiopsis bullifera, Dromia dormia and Stimdromia sp. (sec Alcala, 1974.

ESTAMPADOR, 1937, and Ward, 1941). To these can now be added Sphaerodromia kendalli, Dromidiopsis

lethrinusae, Lauridromia intermedia, Dromia wilsoni, Stimdromia angulata, Cryptodromiopsis unidentata,

Cryptodromia amboinensis, and C. hilgendorfi to make a total of 14 species.

The affinities of the Philippine dromiid fauna are with Japan (83% species in common), the Indian Ocean

region (83%), Indonesia (58%) and Australia (42%). These are essentially the same relationships as for New

Caledonia. There are only three species. Dromia dormia, D. wilsoni, and Cryptodromiopsis unidentata, shared

eastward with the Pacific.

It must be pointed out that the apparent strong affinities of both the New Caledonian and Philippine dromiid

faunas with Japan, and not with closer areas, must be tempered with the fact that the Japanese fauna is much better

known than any other areas. Much remains to be discovered about the distribution ol dromiids.

The most wide ranging of the New Caledonian and Philippine dromiids are Lauridromia intermedia, Dromia

dormia, D. wilsoni, Cryptodromiopsis unidentata, Cryptodromia hilgendorfi, C. fallax and C tuberculata. OI these

all except C. tuberculata are shared. The only endemic dromiid species are the six new species described herein

from New Caledonia.

At the generic level a similar picture of affinities emerges for both New Caledonia and the Philippines, with

the most widely distributed genera being Dromidiopsis, Lauridromia, Dromia, Stimdromia, Cryptodromiopsis, and

Cryptodromia.

232

C. L McLAY

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

A large number of people provided valuable assistance with this project, some during the production of this

paper, but others over several years by answering all my questions, providing copies of old papers and kindly

loaning material. Amongst the first of these are Francoise Theureau, Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris,

who expertly prepared the illustrations, Jacques REBlfcRE , from the same Museum, who took the photos,

sometimes having to deal with very small specimens, and Mark Grygier, who helped to identify the dromiid

parasites. To all these people I am very grateful. To everyone in the Department of Arthropodes, Museum national

d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, with whom I worked, especially Josette Semblat, Danielle Defaye, Jacque Forest,

Danielle Guinot, Nguyen Ngoc Ho, Dwi Listyo Rahayu, and Marcos Tavares. I am also grateful to Sandy

Bruce, Northern Territory Museum, and Keiji Baba, Kumamotu University for their advice and friendship.

Two people in particular, Michelle De Saint Laurent, Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, and Lipke

Holthuis, Leiden Museum, contributed substantially towards a great improvement of the manuscript and to both

of them I owe a great debt of gratitude. I must also acknowledge the help of Philippa Gordon during the early

stages of my work on the Dromiidae.

One person, above all those mentioned above, made this project possible, namely Alain Crosnier, ORSTOM

Biologist, now at the Musdum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris. Without all his assistance, and help in so many

ways, his friendship and guidance, this project would never have been completed. Finally, I thank my family who

tolerated my long absence.

REFERENCES

Alcala, A. C., 1974. — The sponge crab Dromidiopsis dormia as predator of the crown of thorns starfish. Silliman J.,

21 : 174-177.

ALCOCK. A., 1896. — Materials for a carcinological fauna of India. No. 2. The Brachyura Oxystomata. J. Asiat Soc.

Bengal , 65 (2) : 134-296, pi. 6-8.

ALCOCK, A., 1899. — An account of the deep-sea Brachyura collected by the marine survey ship "Investigator". Trustees

of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, 85 pp., 4 pis.

ALCOCK, A., 1900. — Materials for a Carcinological Fauna of India. No. 5. Brachyura Primigenia or Dromiacea. J. Asiat.

Soc. Bengal, 1899 (1900), 68 (2) : 123-169.

ALCOCK, A., 1901. — Catalogue of the Indian Decapod Crustacea in the collection of the Indian Museum. Part I.

Brachyura. Fasc. I. Introduction and Dromides or Dromiacea (Brachyura Primigenia). Trustees of the Indian Museum,

Calcutta, 80 pp., pi. 1-8.

ALCOCK. A., & ANDERSON, B. A., 1894. — Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer "Investigator",

Commander C.F. Oldham, R.N., commanding. Series II. no. 14. An account of a Recent Collection of Deep-Sea

Crustacea from the Bay of Bengal and Laccadive Sea. J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal , 63, part 2 (3) : 141-185, pi. 9.

ANDR£. M., 1932. — Crustac6s recueillis par M.E. Aubert de la Riie aux lies Kerguelen, Saint-Paul et de la Nouvelle-

Amsterdam. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris , (2), 4 (2) : 174-181.

Baez, R. P., & Martin, J. W., 1989. — Crabs of the family Homolodromiidae, I. Description of the male of

Homolodromia robertsi Garth, 1973, based on specimens from deep waters off the coast of Chile. J. Crust. Biol., 9

(3) : 492-500.

BAKER, W. H., 1907. — Notes on South Australian decapod Crustacea. Part V. Trans. Proc. R. Soc. S. Auslr., 31 : 173-

191, pi. 23-25.

Balss, H., 1913. — Dccapode Crustaceen. In : L. Schultze, Zoologische und anthropologische Ergebnisse einer

Forschungsreise im westlichen und zentralen Sudafrika in den Jahren 1903-1905, Bd. 5, Lief. 2. Denkschr. tried.-

naturw. Ges. Jena , 17 : 105-110, 8 pis.

Source: MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

233

Balss, H., 1915. — Die Decapoden des Roten Meeres. II. Anomuren, Dromiacean und Oxystomen. In : Expeditionen S.M.

Schiff "Pola" in das Rote Meer. Nordliche und Siidliche Halfte. 1895-96, 1897-98. Zoologische Ergebnisse XXXI

Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien , 92 (10) : 1-20, fig. 1-9.

Balss, H., 1921a. — Decapoda Anomura (Paguridea) und Brachyura (Dromiacea bis Brachygnatha): Crustacea. VI. In : W.

Michaelsen, Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Meeresfauna Westafrikas, 3 (2): 37-68, fig. 1-7.

Balss, H., 1921b. — Diagnosen neucr Decapoden aus den Sammlungen der Deutschen Tiefsce-Expedition und der

Japanischen Ausbeute Dofleins und Haberers. Zoo/. Anz., 52 (6/7) : 175-178.

BaI-SS, H., 1922. — Ostasiatische Decapoden. III. Die Dromiaceen, Oxystomen und Parthenopiden. Archiv Naturgesch.,

88 A (3) : 104-140, fig. 1-9.

Balss, H., 1934. — Sur quelques Decapodes Brachyoures de Madagascar. In : A. Gruvcl, Contribution & l'6tude des

Crustaces de Madagascar. Faune des Colonies frangaises , 5, fasc. 8 (31) : 501-528, 1 fig., 1 pi.

Balss, H., 1935. — Brachyura of the Hamburg Museum Expedition to South-Western Australia 1905. J. R. Soc. W. Ausl.,

21 : 113-151, fig. 1-5, pi. 13.

Balss, H., 1938. — Die Dekapoda Brachyura von Dr. Sixten Bocks Pazifik-Expedition 1917-1918. Goteborgs K.

Vetensk.-o. VitterhSamh. Hand /., Ser. B, 5 (7) : 1-85, fig. 1-18, pi. 1-2.

Balss, H., 1957. — Dr H.B. Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs. Fiinfter Band I. Ab. I Buch 7. Decapoda, 6

part 12 : 1505-1672.

Barnard, K. H., 1947 . — Descriptions of new species of South African Decapod Crustacea, with notes on synonymy and

new records. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (11), 13 (102), 1946 (1947) : 361-392.

Barnard, K. H., 1950. — Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea (Crabs and Shrimps). Ann. S. Afr.

Mus., 38 : 1-837, fig. 1-154.

Barnard, K. H., 1954. — Notes sur une collection de Crustaces Decapodes de la region malgache. Mem. Inst, scient.

Madagascar . (A), 9 : 95-104, fig. 1-3.

Barnard, K. H. 1955. — Additions to the fauna-list of South African Crustacea and Pycnogonida. Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 43

(1) : 1-107.

BORRADAILE, L. A., 1900. — On some Crustaceans from the South Pacific. Part IV. The crabs. Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond.,

year 1900 : 568-596, pi. 40-42.

Borradaile, L. A., 1903a. — On the genera of the Dromiidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), 11 : 297-303.

BORRADAILE, L. A., 1903b. — Marine Crustaceans IX. The sponge crabs. In : J.S. Gardiner (ed.), The Fauna and

Geography of the Maidive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, 2 (1) : 574-578, pi. 33.

BOUVIER, E.-L., 1898. — Sur quelques Crustaces Anomoures et Brachyures recueillis par M. Diguet en Basse Californie.

Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris, 4 (8) : 371-384.

Bouvier, E.-L., 1915. — Decapodes marcheurs (Reptantia) et Stomatopodes recueillis & File Maurice par M. Paul Carie.

Bull, scient. Fr. Belg ., (7). 48 (3) : 178-318 (1-14], fig. 1-42, pi. 4-7.

BROCCHI, M., 1877. — Sur une Dromien nouveau, du genre Platydromia. Bull. Soc. Philomat. Paris , (6), 12, 1875

(1877): 53-54.

BUITENDIJK, A. M., 1939. — Biological results of the Snellius Expedition. V. The Dromiacea, Oxystomata, and

Oxyrhyncha of the Snellius Expedition. Temminckia, 4 : 223-276, pi. 7-11, fig. 1-24.

Buitendijk, A. M., 1950. — On a small collection of Decapoda Brachyura, chiefly Dromiidae and Oxyrhyncha, from the

neighbourhood of Singapore. Bull. Raffles Mus., 21 : 59-82.

Campbell, B. M., 1971. — New records and new species of crabs (Crustacea: Brachyura) trawled off Southern Queensland:

Dromiacea, Homolidae, Gymnopleura, Corystoidea and Oxystomata. Mem. Qd. Mus., 16 (1) : 27-48, lig. 1-4,

pi. 2-3.

Campbell, B. M., & Stephensen, W., 1970. — The sublittoral Brachyura (Crustacea: Decapoda) of Moreton Bay. Mem.

Qd. Mus., 15 (4) : 235-301, 1 pi.

Cano, G., 1889. — Crostacei Brachiuri ed Anomuri raccolti nel viaggio della R. Corvetta "Vettor Pisani" intorno al

globo. Boll. Soc. Natur. Napoli, (1) 3 : 79-105, 169-269, pi. 7.

234

C. L. McLAY

Chilton, C., 1911. — The Crustacea of the Kermadec Islands. Trans. N. Z. Inst., 43, 1910 (1911) : 544-573, fig. 1-4.

CHOPRA, B., 1934. — Further notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum. VI. On a New Dromiid and a Rare

Oxystomous Crab from the Sandheads, off the Mouth of the Hooghly River. Rec. Indian Mus., 36 : 477-481. pi. 8.

Dai, A., & Yang, S., 1991. — Crabs of the China Seas. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 608 pp., 74 pis.

Dai, A., Yang, S., Song, Y., & Chen, G., 1981. — New species and new records of Chinese Dromiidae. Acta Zootaxon.

Sin., 6 (2) : 131-139, fig. 1-26, pi. 1.

Dai, A., Yang, S.. Song. Y., & CHEN, G. 1986. — Crabs of Chinese Seas. Ocean Press, Beijing, 642 pp., 74 pis (in

Chinese).

Dana, J. D., 1852. — Crustacea. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842

under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., 13, part 1 : i-viii + 1-685.

Dana, J. D., 1855. — Crustacea. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1940. 1941, 1942

under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., 14 (Atlas) : 1-27, pi. 1-96.

DELL, R. K.. 1968. — Notes on New Zealand crabs. Rec. Dom. Mus. Wellington , 6 (3) : 13-28, fig. 1-7, pi. 1-3.

DOFLEIN, F., 1902. — Ostasiatische Dekapoden. Abh. bayer. Akad. Wiss.. 21 (3) : 613-670, pi. 1-6.

Edmondson, C. H., 1922. — Hawaiian Dromiidae. Occ. Pap. Bernice P. Bishop Mus ., 8 (2) : 31-38, pi. 1-2.

Edwards. G., 1771. — A Catalogue of the animals and plants represented in Catesby's Natural History of Carolina. With

the Linncan names. Appended to Edwards's (1771) edition of The Natural History of Carolina, Florida and the Bahamas

Islands.by Mark Catesby. Volume I, 100 pp., 100 pis; volume II, 100 pp., 100 pis; Appendix, 20 pp., 20 pis.

ESTAMPADOR, E. P., 1937. — A Check List of Philippine Crustacean Decapods. Philipp. J. Sci ., 62 : 465-559.

FABRICIUS, J. C., 1775. — Systema Entomologiae, sistens Insectorum Classes, Ordincs, Genera, Species, adiectis

Synonymis, Locis, Descriptionibus, Observationibus. Fensberg & Lipsiac : 1-832.

FABRICIUS, J. C., 1781. — Species Insectorum exhibentes eorum Differentias specificas, Synonyma auctorum, Loca

natalia, Metamorphosin adiectis Observationibus Descriptionibus, 1 : i-viii, 1-552.

FABRICIUS, J. C., 1787. — Mantissa Insectorum sistens eorum Species nuper detectas adiectis Characteribus genericis,

Differentiis specificis, Emendationibus, Observationibus, 1 : i-xviii, 1-348. Hafniae.

FABRICIUS, J. C., 1793. — Entomologia Systematica Einendata et Aucta, Secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species,

adiectis Synonymis, Locis, Observationibus, Descriptionibus, 2 : viii, 1-519, Hafniae.

FABRICIUS, J. C., 1798. — Supplementum Entomologiae Systematicae. Hafniae, Proft et Storch : 1-572.

Forest, J., 1974. — Les Dromies de l'Atlantique oriental. Description de Sternodromia gen. nov. et de deux especes

nouvelles du genre Dromia Weber (Crustacea Decapoda Dromiidae). Annls Inst, oceanogr., Paris, 50 (1) : 71-123,

fig. 1-7, pi. 1-8.

Forest, J., & GUTNOT, D., 1966. — Campagne de la "Calypso" dans le Golfe de Guinee et aux Ties Principe, Sao Tome et

Annobon (1956). 16. Crustaces Brachyoures. In : Res. scient. Camp. "Calypso", fasc. 7. Annls Inst, oceanogr.,

Paris , 44 (1) : 23-124.

FULTON. S. w., & grant, F. E., 1902a. — Some little known Victorian decapod Crustacea with Description of a New

Species. Proc. R. Soc. Viet., 14 (2) : 55-64, pi. 5.

FULTON, S. W., & Grant, F. E., 1902b. — Some little known Victorian Decapod Crustacea with descriptions of new

species, no. 2. Proc. R. Soc. Viet., 15 (1) : 59-68, pi. 8-10.

Garth, J. S., 1957. — The brachyuran crabs of Easter Island. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 39 : 311-336.

GORDON, I., 1950. — Crustacea: Dromiacea. Part I. Systematic account of the Dromiacea collected by the "John Murray"

Expedition. Part II. The morphology of the spermatheca in certain Dromiacea. Scient. Rep. John Murray Exped.

1933-34 , 9 (3) : 201-253, fig. 1-26, pi. 1.

Gray, J. E., 1831. — Description of a new genus, and some undescribed species of Crustacea. Zool. Misc ., 1 : 39-40.

GRIFFIN, D. J. G., 1972. — Brachyura collected by Danish expeditions in south-eastern Australia (Crustacea, Decapoda).

Steenstrupia, 2 (5) : 49-90, fig. 1-3.

Source: MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

235

Gu£rin-M£neville, F. E., 1827-1844 — Iconographie du Regne Animal de G. Cuvier. 450 pis in 45 livraisons.

Crustacea : 36 pis, 48 pages. Paris. (Livraison 22, published 14 July, 1832).

GufcRIN-ME neville, F. E., 1854. — Description du genre Hypoconcha, nouveaux crabes, faux Bernards l'Hermite, qui

protegent leur corps avec la moitie d'une coquille bivalve. Rev. Magas. Zool pure appl., (2), 6 : 333-343.

GlUNOT, D., 1967. — La faune carcinologique (Crustacea Brachyura) dc Pocean Indien occidental et de la mer Rouge.

Catalogue, remarques biogeographiques et bibliographic. In : Reunion de Specialistes C.S.A. sur les Crustaccs,

Zanzibar 1964. Mem. IFAN. (77), 1966 (1967) : 237-352.

GuiNOT, D., & RICHER de Forges, B., 1981. — Homolidac, rarcs ou nouveaux, de l'lndo-Pacifique (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Brachyura). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. Paris, (4), 3, sect. A, (2) : 523-581, fig. 1-7, pi. 1-8.

Haan„ W. de, 1833-1850. — Crustacea. In : P.F. Siebold, Fauna Japonica sive Descriptio animalium, quae in itinere per

Japoniam, jussu et auspiciis supcriorum, qui summum in India Batava Imperium tenent, suspecto, annis 1823-1830

collegit, notis, observationibus et adumbrationibus illustravit. Lugduni Batavorum, fasc. 1-8 : i-xxi + vii-xvii + ix-

xvi + 1-243, pi. 1-55, A-J, L-Q, circ.. pi. 2.

Hale, H. M., 1925. — The Development of Two Australian Sponge-Crabs. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 50 (4) : 405-413,

5 figs, 2 pis.

Hale, H. M., 1927. — The Crustaceans of South Australia. Part 1. In : Handbooks of the Flora and Fauna of South

Australia. Govt. Printer, Adelaide : 1-201, figs 1-202.

Hale, H. M., 1941. — British, Australian and New Zealand Antarctic research expeditions: Decapod Crustacea. Bril.

Austr. N.Z. Antarc. Res. Exped. 1929-31 Rep., (B), 4 (9) : 259-285, fig. 1-16, pi. 3.

Has WELL, W. A., 1882a. — Description of some new species of Australian Decapoda. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. , 6, pt 4 :

750-763.

Haswell, W. A., 1882b. — Catalogue of the Australian stalk- and sessile-eyed Crustacea. The Australian Museum,

Sydney, i-xxiv + 1-323 pp.

HELLER, C., 1861. — Synopsis der im rothen Meer vorkommenden Crustaceen. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 11 : 3-32.

HELLER. C., 1862. — Beitrage zur Crustaceen-Fauna des rothen Meeres. Zweiter Teil. Sber. Akad. Wiss. Wien. 44, pt 1 :

241-295, pi. 1-3.

HENDERSON, J. R., 1888. — Report on the Anomura collected by HMS "Challenger" during the years 1873-76. Rep.

scient. Res. Voy. Challenger, 27 (1) : 1-221, 21 pis.

Henderson, J. R., 1893. — A contribution to Indian carcinology. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.), 5 (10) : 325-458,

pi. 36-40.

HERBST, J. F. W., 1782-1804. — Versuch einer Naturgeschichtc der Krabben und Krebse, nebst einer systematischen

Beschreibung ihrer verschiedenen Arten, vols 1-3, 515 pp., 62 pis. Berlin and Straslund.

HlLGENDORF, F., 1879. — Die von Herrn W. Peters in Mo£ambique gesammelten Crustaceen. Mber. dl. Akad. W/.vs. Berl.,

1878 (1879) : 782-851, pi. 1-4.

Holthuis, L. B., 1953. — Enumeration of the Decapod and Stomatopod Crustacea from Pacific Coral Islands. Atoll Res.

Bull., (24) : 1-66. Mimeogr.

Holthuis, L. B., 1968. — Are there poisonous crabs? Crustaceana , 15 (2) : 215-222.

Holthuis, L. B., & Manning, R. B., 1987. — Hypoconcha parasitica (Linnaeus, 1763), a senior synonym of

Hypoconcha sabulosa (Herbsl, 1799) (Crustacea: Decapoda: Brachyura). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 100 (4) : 1018-

1022 .

Hong, S. Y., & Williamson, D. I., 1986. — The larval development of Petalomera japonica (Henderson) (Decapoda,

Dromiidae) reared in the laboratory. J. nat. His., 20 : 1259-1278, fig. 1-9.

IHLE, J. E. W., 1913. — Die Decapoda Brachyura der Siboga-Expedition 1. Dromiacea. Siboga Exped., Monogr. 39(b),

Livr. 71 : 1-96, fig. 1-38, pi. 1-4.

Ingle, R. W., 1980. — British Crabs. British Museum (Natural History), Oxford University Press, 222 pp.. Ill figs.

34 pis.

IVES, J. E., 1891. — Echinoderms and arthropods from Japan. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad., 1891, pt. II : 210-223,

12 pis’

236

C. L McLAY

KENSLEY, B., 1970. — A small collection of Decapod Crustacea from Mosambique. Ann. S. Afr. Mus 57 (5) : 103-122,

fig. 1-14.

KENSLEY, B., 1977. — The South African Museum’s Meiring Naude Cruises. Part 2. Crustacea, Decapoda, Anomura and

Brachyura. Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 72 (9) : 161-188, fig. 1-17.

KENSLEY, B., 1978. — Decapod crustaceans collected in Southern African waters by the Th. Mortensen Java-South Africa

Expedition (Crustacea, Decapoda). Steenstrupia, 4 (21) : 249-261, fig. 1-4.

KENSLEY, B., 1980. — Decapod and Isopod crustaceans from the West Coast of Southern Africa including seamounts

Verna and Tripp. Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 83 (2) : 13-32.

KENSLEY, B., 1981. — On the Zoogeography of Southern African Decapod Crustacea, with a Distributional Checklist of

the Species. Smithson. Contr. Zool., (338) : 1-64, fig. 1-4.

KENSLEY, B.. & BUXTON, C. D., 1984. — Inshore small-mesh trawling survey of the Cape south coast. Part 5. Crustacea,

Stomatopoda, Isopoda and Decapoda. S. Afr. J. Zool., 19 (3) : 189-193.

KlRCHER, A. B., 1970. — The zoeal stages and glaucothoe of Hypoconcha arcuata Stimpson (Decapoda: Dromiidae) reared

in the laboratory. Bull. mar. Sci., 20 (3) : 767-792, fig. 1-49.

Kossmann, R., 1878. — Kurze Notizen iiber einige neue Crustaceen sowie liber neue Fundorte ciniger bereits

beschriebenen. Archiv. Naturgesch., 44 (1) : 251-258.

KOSSMANN, R., 1880. — Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in die Kiistengebiete des Rothen Meeres. Zweite Halfte, erste

Lieferung : III. Malacostraca, (2. Theil : Anomura). Leipzig : 67-140, pi. 4-15.

Lamarck, J. B. P. A. DE, 1818. — Histoire naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebrcs, presentant les caract&res generaux et

particulars de ces animaux, leur distribution, leurs classes, leurs families, leurs genres, et la citation des principals

especes qui s'y rapportent; prec^dee dune Introduction offrant la determination des caracteres essentiels de 1'Animal,

sa distinction du vegetal et des autres corps naturels, enfin, l'Exposition des principes fondamentaux de la Zoologie.

Vol. 5 : 1-612.

Lang, W. H., & Young, A. M., 1980. — Larval development of Hypoconcha sabulosa (Decapoda: Dromiidae). Fish.

Bull., 77 (4) : 851-864.

LATREtLLE, P. A., 1803. — Histoire Naturelle, generale et particuliere, des Crustaces et des Insectes, ouvrage faisant suite

aux ceuvres de Leclerc de Buffon, et partie du cours complet d’Histoire naturelle redige par C. S. Sonnini, membre de

plusieurs Societes savantes. Paris, Dufort. Vol. 5 : 1-407.

Latreille, P. A., 1806. — Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum secundum ordinem naturalem in familias disposita

iconibus exemplisque plurimis cxplicata. Parisiis et Argcntorabi Koenig, 1 : 1-302, 16 pis.

Latreille, P. A., 1818. — Crustaces. In : Crustaces, Arachnides et Insectes. Tableau Encyclopedique et Methodique des

Trois R£gnes de la Nature, 24 : 1-39, pi. 268-397.

LaUGHLIN, R. A. , RODRIGUEZ, P. J., & Marval, J. A., 1982. — The complete larval development of the sponge crab

Dromia erythropus (George Edwards, 1771) (Brachyura: Dromiidae) from the Archipielago de los Roques, Venezuela.

J. Crust. Biol., 2 (3) : 342-359, fig. 1-12.

Laurie, R. D., 1906. — Report on the Brachyura collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. In : W. A.

Hcrdman, Report to the Government of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar. With

supplementary Reports upon the Marine Biology of Ceylon by other Naturalists. Part 5, suppl. Rep. 40 : 349-432,

12 text figs, 2 pis.

Laurie, R. D., 1915. — On the Brachyura. Reports on the Marine Biology of the Sudanese Red Sea. 21. J. Linn. Soc.,

31 : 407-475, fig. 1-5, pi. 42-45.

LENZ H., 1901. — Crustaceen. Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem Pacific (Schauinsland 1896-1897). Zool. Jb. (Syst.), 14

(5) : 429-482, pi. 32.

LENZ, H., 1905. — Ostafrikanischc Dekapoden und Stomatopoden Gesammelt von Herrn Prof. Dr. A. Voeltzkow. In :

A. Voeltzkow, Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse dcr Reisen in Madagaskar und Ostafrika in den Jahren 1889-95. Vol. 3.

Abh. Senckenb. naturforsch. Ges., 27 : 341-392, pi. 47-48.

LENZ, H., 1910. — Crustaceen von Madagaskar, Ostafrika und Ceylon. In : A. Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika in den

Jahren 1903-1905. Wiss. Ergebn. Reise Ostafr., Stuttgart, 2 : 539-576, fig. 1-4.

Source: MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

237

Lewinsohn, C., 1977. — Die Dromiidae des Roten Meeres. (Crustacea Decapoda, Brachyura). Zool. Verh., Leiden, (151) :

1-41, fig. 1-9.

Lewinsohn, C., 1979. — Researches on the coast of Somalia. The shore and dune of Sar Uanle. 21. Dromiidae (Crustacea

Decapoda Brachyura). Monilore zool. ital., (N.S.) suppl. 12, (1) : 1-15, fig. 1-3.

Lewinsohn, C., 1984. — Dromiidae from Madagascar and the Seychelles (Crustacea Decapoda Brachyura). Bull. Mus.

natn. Hist, nat., Paris , (4), 6, sect. A, (1) : 89-129, fig. 1-4, pi. 1-4.

LINNAEUS, C., 1758. — Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, Secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum

Characteribus, Differentiis, Synonymis, Locis. Tomus I. Edit. Decima Reformata Stockholm, Salvius : i-iii, 1-823.

Linnaeus, C., 1763. — Centuria Insectorum, Quam, Praesidae D.D. Car. von Linne, Proposuit Boas Johansson,

Calmariensis. In : Linnaeus, C., Amoenitates Academicae; seu Dissertations variae, physicae, medicae, botanicae,

Antehac seorsim editae, nunc collectae and auctae. Vol. 6 : 384-415.

Linnaeus, C., 1767. — Systema Naturae per Regna tria Naturae, secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum

Characteribus, Differentiis, Synonymis, Locis. Tomus I. Pars II. Edit. Duodecima Reformata. Holmiae. Classis V.

Insecta : 533-1068.

MacLeay, W.S., 1838. — On the Brachyurous Decapod Crustacea brought from the Cape by Dr. Smith. In : Illustrations

of the Annulosa of South Africa; being a Portion of the Objects of Natural History Chiefly Collected during an

Expedition into the Interior of South Africa, under the Direction of Dr Andrew Smith, in the Years 1834, 1835, and

1836; Fitted out by "The Cape of Good Hope Association for Exploring Central Africa" : 53-71, pi. 2-3. London.

MacNae, W., & KaLK, M., 1958. — A natural history of Inhaca island, Mozambique. Johannesburg, Witwatersrand

University Press, 163 pp., 30 figs, 11 pis.

MaCPHERSON, E., 1988. — New records of Decapods Crustaceans from the coast off Namibia/South West Africa, with the

descriptions of two new species. Inv. Pesq., 52 (1) : 51-66, fig. 1-8.

Man, J. G. DE, 1888a. — Bericht uber die von Herrn Dr. J. Brock im indischen Archipel gesammelten Dccapoden und

Stomatopoden. Arch. Naturgesch., 53, 1887 (1888) : 215-600, pi. 7-22a.

Man, J. G. DE, 1888b. — Report on the Podothalmous Crustacea of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of

the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr John Anderson, F.R.S. Superintcndant of the Museum. Pars I-V. J. Linn. Soc.

(Zool.), 22 (138-140) : 129-312, pi. 1-19.

Man, J. G. DE, 1896. — Bericht liber die von Herrn Schiffscapitan Storm zu Atjeh, an den westliehen Kiisten von

Malakka, Borneo und Celebes sowie in der Java-See gesammelten Decapoden und Stomatopoden. Dritter Theil. Zool.

Jb. (Syst.), 9 : 339-386, fig. 40-49.

Man, J. G. DE, 1902. — Die von Herrn Professor Kiikenthal im Indischen Archipel gesammelten Dekapoden und

Stomatopoden. Ergebnisse einer Zoologischen Forschungsrcise im den Molukken und Borneo, in Auftrage der

Senckenberg. Naturforsch. Gesellschaft ausgefuhrt von Dr. Willy Kukenthal. Abh. Senckenb. naturforsch. Ges., 25

(3) : 467-929, pi. 19-27.

Man, J. G. DE, 1929. — On a collection of Decapod and Stomatopod Crustacea from Pulau Berhala, an Islet situated in the

Straits of Malacca. Bijdr. Dierk., (26) : 1-26, 3 pis.

Manning, R. B., & Holthuis, L. B., 1981. — West African brachyuran Crabs (Crustacea: Decapoda). Smithson. Conlr.

Zool., (306) : i-xii, 1-379, fig. 1-88.

Martin, J. W., 1992. — Crabs of the family Homolodromiidae, IV. Rediscovery and redescription of Homolodromia

bouvieri Doflein, 1904 (Decapoda: Dromiacea) from off Mozambique. J. Crust. Biol., 12 (1) : 145-150.

McLay, C. L., 1982. — Population biology of the sponge crab Cryptodromia hilgendorfi (Dromiacea) in Moreton Bay,

Queensland, Australia. Mar. Biol., 70 : 317-326.

McLay, C. L., 1983. — Dispersal and use of sponges and ascidians as camouflage by Cryptodromia hilgendorfi

(Brachyura: Dromiacea). Mar. Biol., 76 : 17-32.

McLay, C. L., 1988. — Brachyura and crab-like Anomura of New Zealand. Leigh Lab. Bull ., 22 : i-iv, 1-463, fig. 1-85.

McLay, C. L., 1991. — A small collection of deep water sponge crabs (Brachyura: Dromiidae) from French Polynesia,

including a new species of Sphaerodromia Alcock, 1899. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 13, sect. A, (3-4) :

457-481.

238

C. L. Me LAY

McLay, C. L., & CROSNIKR, A., 1991. — Description of a new and unusual species of Sphaerodromia (Brachyura,

Dromiidae) from the Seychclle Islands. Bull. Mus. nain. Hist. nat., Paris, (4), 13. sect. A. (1-2) : 181-188. fie. 1-3,

1 pi.

Milrs. E. J., 1876. — Catalogue of the stalk- and sessile-eyed Crustacea of New Zealand. Colonial Museum & Geological

Survey Department, London, xii + 136 pp., pi. 1-3.

MlHRS, E. J., 1880. — On a collection of Crustacea from the Malaysian region. Pt. III. Crustacea Anomura and Macrura

(except Penaeidae). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, 5 : 370-384.

Mihrs, E. J.. 1881. — On a Collection of Crustacea made by Baron Hermann-Maltzam at Goree Is., Senegambia. Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, 8 : 204-220, 259-281, 364-377, pi. 13-16.

MlHRS, E. J., 1884. — Crustacea. In : Report of the zoological collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the

voyage of H.M.S. "Alert", 1881-2. Part I. The collections from Melanesia. Part II. The collections from the Western

Indian Ocean London : 178-322, pi. 18-32 : 513-575, pi. 46-51. (Trustees of the British Museum).

Milne Edwards, A., 1862. — Faune carcinologique de Hie de la Reunion. In : L. Maillard, Notes sur 1'ile de la Reunion

(Bourbon). Annexe F : 1-16, pi. 17-19.

MILNE Edwards, A., 1868., — Observations sur la faune carcinologique des Ties da Cap-Vert. Nouv. Archs Mus. Hist

nat., Paris, 4 : 49-68, pi. 16-18.

MlLNE Edwards. A.. 1872-1874. — Recherches sur la faune carcinologique de la Nouvelle-Caledonie. Parts 1-3. Nouv.

Archs Mus. Hist. nat. Paris,* : 229-267, pi. 10-14 (1872); 9 : 155-332, pi. 4-18 (1873); 10 : 39-58, pi. 2-3

(1874). F

Milne Edwards, A.. & Bouvier, E.-L., 1898. — Crustaces nouveaux provenant des campagnes du Travailleur et du

Talisman. Bull. Mus. Hist, nat., Paris, 4 (1) : 32-35, (2) 75-77, (3) 152-154, (4) 183-190, (5) 234-238.

Milne Edwards, H., 1837. — Histoire Naturclle des Crustaces, comprenant I’anatomie, la physiologie et la classification

de ces animaux. Paris, 2 : 1-532.

Miyake, S., 1961. — Decapod Crustacea. In : Fauna and flora of the Sea around the Amakusa Marine Biological

Laboratory. Part II. Amakusa Mar. Biol. Lab.. Kyushu Univ. Publ. : i-iv, 1-30 (in Japanese).

Miyake, S., & TaKEDA, M., 1970. — A remarkable species of the Dromiacea (Crustacea, Decapoda) from the Tsushima

Islands, Japan. Occ. Pap. zool. Lab. Fac. Agric., Kyushu Univ., 3 (3) : 19-28, fig. 1-2.

Monod. T., 1956. — Hippidea et Brachyura ouest-Africains. Mem. lnst.fr. Afr. noire, (45) : 1-674, fig. 1-884.

Montgomery, S. K., 1922. — Direct development in a dromiid crab. Proc. zool. Soc., London, 1922, (no. 13) : 193-196,

fig. 1-3.

MONTGOMERY, S. K., 1931. — Report on the Crustacea Brachyura of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Abrolhos

Islands under the Leadership of Professor W. J. Dakin, D.Sc., F.L.S., in 1913; along with other Crabs from Western

Australia. J. Linn. Soc., Zool., 37 ; 405-465, 1 fig., pi 24-30.

MOLLER, F., 1887. — Zur Crustaceenfauna von Trincomali. Verb. Naturf. Ges. Basel, 8 : 470485, pi. 4-5.

NG, P. K. L., 1992. — Book Review : Dai Aiyun, & Yang, Siliang, 1991 . Crabs of the China seas. Springer-Verlag,

Berlin. Heidelberg, New York, Tokyo. 608 pp., 74 pis. Crustaceana 63 (1) : 101-106.

NOBILI. G., 1903. — Contributo alia fauna carcinologica di Borneo. Boll. Mus. Zool.. Anal. comp. R. Univ. Torino, 18

(447) : 1-32, fig. 1-3.

NOBILI, G., 1905. — Crostacei di Zanzibar. Boll. Mus. zool., Anat. comp. R. Univ. Torino, 20 (506) : 1-12, fig. 1.

NOBILI. G., 1906a. — Faune carcinologique de la Mer Rouge. Decapodcs et Stomatopodcs. Annls Sci. nat., Zool.. (9), 4 :

1-347, fig. 1-12, pi. Ml.

NOBILI, G., 1906b. — Crustaces decapodes et stomatopodcs. In : Mission J. Bonnier el Ch. Perez (Golfe Persique, 1901).

Bull scient. Fr. Belg., 40 : 13-159, fig. 1-3, pi. 2-7.

Nobile G., 1907. — Richerche sui Crostacei della Polinesia. Decapodi, Stomatopodi, Anisopodi e Isopodi. Mem. Accad

Sci. Torino, SI (2) : 351-430, pi. 1-3.

Odawara, T.. 1963. — Occurrence of Lasiodromia coppingeri unidentata Ihle in Japan. Res. Crust., 1 : 18-19, fig. 1.

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

239

°™' A -; 189 r 7 Die D^e" Krebse der Strassburger Museum. Thai 5. D.e Abtheilungen H, PP idea. Dromi.dea

und Oxystomata. Zool. Jb. (Syst.). 6 : 532-588, pi. 26.

° R \^ A n l l 94 i ~u C ? StaCten 't? '' S , em ° n 7 ' 00l °S ische Forschungsreisen in Australicn und deni Malayischen

Archipel. Denkschr. Med. natunw Ges. Jena . 8 : 1-80, pi. 1-3.

°RTM A NN, A., 1899 - Crustacea Zwei(e Halfte: Malacoslraca. In : H. G. Bronn. Klassen und Ordnungen dcs Thier-

Keicns, Hand 5, Abtheilung II (Gliederfussler: Arthropoda), Lieferung 53-56 : 1169-1232, pi. 117-122. Leipzig.

Pa risi B 1915. — I Deca P odi gia PP onesi del Museo di Milano. II. Dromiacea. Alii Soc. Hal. Sci. nai 54 ■ 5-19 10''-

116, fig. 1-2, pis 2-3.

PAULSON O. 1875 — Izledovamya rakoobbraznykh krasnago morya s zametkami otnositel no rakoobraznykh drugikh

morei. Kiev Kul zhenko : i-xiv, 1-144, pi. 1-21. (Englische Uber Setzung : 1-164, pi. 1-21. 1961).

Ramadan M. M. 1936. — Report on a collection of Stomatopoda and Decapoda from Ghardaga. Red Sea. Bull. Fac Sci

egypt. Univ., 6 : 1-43, pi. 1-2.

RATHBUN, M. J., 1902. — Japanese stalk-eyed Crustaceans. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus., 26 (1307) : 23-55, fig. 1-24.

RatIIBUNL M. J., 1910a. — The stalk-eyed Crustacea of Peru and the adjacent coast. Proc. U. S. natn. Mus 38 (1766) -

531-620, fig. 1-3, pi. 36-56.

RATHBUN M. J., 1910b. — Brachyura. V. In : The Danish expedition to Siam 1899-1900. K. danske Vidensk. Selsk.

Sber., (7), s (4) : 301-367, fig. 1-44, pi. 1-2.

Rathbun, M. J., 1911. — Marine Brachyura. In : The Percy Sladen Trust expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905 under the

Leadership of Mr J. Stanley Gardiner. Trans. Linn. Soc. Land., Zool.. (2), 14 (2) : 191-261, pi. 15-20.

Rathbun, M. J., 1919. — A new name for a Dromiid crab. Proc. biol. Soc., Wash., 32 : 197.

Rathbun, M. J., 1923a. — Report on Crabs obtained by F.I.S. "Endeavour" on the Coasts of Queensland, New South

Wales, Victoria, South Australia, and Tasmania. In : Biological Results of the Fishing Experiments carried on by the

F.I.S. "Endeavour" 1909-14, Australian Dept. Trade & Customs, Fisheries, Sydney, 5 (3) : 95-156. fig. 1-3, pi. 16-

RATHBUN, M. J., 1923b. — An analysis of "Dromia dormia (Linnaeus)". Proc. biol. Soc., Wash., 36 : 65-70.

Rathbun, M. J., 1933. — Descriptions of new species of crabs from the Gulf of California. Proc. biol. Soc Wash 46 •

147-149.

Rathbun, M. J., 1937. — The oxystomatous and allied crabs of America. Bull. U. S. natn. Mus.. 116 : i-vi l-">78 lies

1-47. pi. 1-86.

Retamal. M. A., 1981. — Catalogo ilustrado de los crustaceos de Chile. Gayana Zoologia, (44) : 1-110.

Rice, A. L., & PROVENZANO. A. J. Jr, 1966. — The larval development of the West Indian sponge crab Dromidia

antillensis (Decapoda: Drorniidae). J. Zool., Lond., 149 : 297-319.

Rice, A. L., INGLE, R. W.. & ALLEN, E., 1970. — The larval development of the sponge crab, Dromia per sonata (L.)

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Dromiidea). Vie el Milieu , (A). 21 : 223-240, fig. 1-8, pi. 1.

Richer de Forges, B., 1990. — Les campagnes d'exploration de la faunc bathyale dans la zone economique de la

Nouvelle-Caledonie. In : A. Crosnier (ed.), Rcsultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, vol. 6. Mem. Mus. natn Hist nat

(A), 145 : 9-54.

RICHER DE Forges, B., 1991. — Les fonds meubles dcs lagons de Nouvelle-Caledonie : generalites et echantillonnages par

dragages. In : B. RICHER DE FORGES (ed.), Le benthos des fonds meubles des lagons de Nouvelle-Caledonie. Volume 1

Etudes et Theses ORSTOM : 7-148. fig. 1-13.

Richters, F., 1880. — Decapoda. hi : K. Mobius. Bcitragc zur Meeresfauna der Insel Mauritius und der Seychcllen : 139-

178, pi. 15-18.

RUMPHIUS, G. E., 1705. — D'Amboinsche Rarileitkamer, behelzende eene Beschryvingc van allerhande zoo weeke als

harde Schaalvisschen, te weeten raare Krabben, Kreeften, en diergelyke Zeedieren, als inede allerhande Hoorntjes en

Schulpen, die men in d'Amboinsche Zee vindt : daar beneven zommige Mineraalen, Gesteenten, en soorten van Aardc,

die in d’Amboinsche, en zommige omleggende Eilandcn gevonden worden, edit 1 : 1-340, pi. 1-60.

ROppell, E., 1830. — Bcschreibung und Abbildung von 24 Arten kurzschwanziger Krabben, als Beitrag zur

Naturgeschichte des rothen Meeres. Frankfurt a. M., H. L. Bronner : 1-28, pi. 1-6.

Source: MNHN. Paris

240

C. L. McLAY

Sakai, T., 1936. — Studies on the crabs of Japan. I. Dromiacea. Scient. Rep. Tokyo Bunrika Daig., Sect. B, 3, suppl. 1 :

1-66, fig. 1-13, pi. 1-9.

Sakai. T.. 1965. — The Crabs of Sagami Bay, collected by His Majesty the Emperor of Japan. Tokyo, Maruzen Co. :

i xvi, 1-206, fig. 1-27 (english text), pi. 1-100 : 1-92 (Japanese text) : 1-26 (references and index in english) : 27-32

(index in Japanese), 1 map.

Sakai, T., 1969. — Two new genera and twenty-two new species of crabs from Japan. Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 82 : 243-

280, fig. 1-20, pi. 1-2.

Sakai, T., 1974. — Notes from the Carcinological Fauna of Japan (V). Res. Crust., 6 : 86-95 (english text), 96-102

(japanese text), 1 pi. frontisp.

Sakai, T., 1976. — Crabs of Japan and Adjacent Seas. Tokyo, Kodansha Ltd , 3 vols : i-xxix+1-773 (english text), fig. 1-

379 : 1-461 (japanese text) : 1-16, pi. 1-251.

SANKOLLI, K. N., & SHENOY, S., 1968. — Larval development of a dromiid crab Conchoecetes artificiosus (Fabr.)

(Decapoda, Crustacea) in the laboratory. J. mar. biol. Ass., India ,9, 1967 (1968) : 96-110, fig. 1-9.

SEBA, A., 1759. — Locupletissimi rerum naturalium thesauri accurata descriptio et iconibus artificiosissimis expressio

per universam physices historiam. Opus, cui, in hoc rerum genere, nullum par cxstitit. Ex toto terrarum orbe collegit,

digessit, descripsit, et depingendum curavit. Tomus 3 Amstelaedami, Apud H. K. Arksteum & H. Merkum, et Petrum

Schouten. 22+ 212 pp., pi. 1-116.

SERfcNE, R., & Lohavanijaya, P., 1973. — The Brachyura (Crustacea: Decapoda) collected by the Naga expedition,

including a review of the Homolidae. In : Scientific Results of Marine Investigations of the South China Sea and the

Gulf of Thailand 1959-1961. Naga Rep., 4 (4) : 1-187, fig. 1-186, pi. 1-21.

Shen, C. J., 1931. —The Crabs of Hong Kong. Part I. Hong Kong Nat., 2 (2) : 92-110, fig. 1-11, pi. 4-10.

SMITH, S. I., 1869. — In : Verill, A.E., On the parasitic habits of Crustacea. Am. Nat., 3 (5) : 239-250, text fig. 41-42.

Spears, T., Abele, L. G., & KlM, W., 1992. — The monophyly of brachyuran crabs : a phylogenetic study based on 18S

rRNA. Syst. Biol., 41 (4) : 446-461.

Spiridonov, V. A. , 1992. — Parasphaerodromia subglobosa gen. et sp. n., a new sponge crab (Crustacea Decapoda

Dromiidae) from the Southern Indian Ocean. Arthropoda Selecta, 1 (1): 69-73 (in Russian but with an English

summary).

STEBBING, T. R. R., 1900. — South African Crustacea. In : Marine Investigations in South Africa. Cape Town, W. A.

Richards, 1 : 14-66, pi. 1-4.

STEBBING, T. R. R., 1905. — South African Crustacea. Part III. In : Marine Investigations in South Africa. Cape Town,

Cape Times Ltd, 4 : 21-123, pi. 17-26.

STEBBING, T. R. R., 1910. — General catalogue of South African Crustacea (Part V. of S. A. Crustacea , for the Marine

Investigations in South Africa). Ann. S. Afr. Mus.,6 : 281-593, pi. 15-22.

STEBBING, T. R. R.. 1918. — Some Crustacea of Natal. IV. Ann. Durban Mus., 2 (2) : 47-75, pi. 8-12.

STEBBING, T. R. R., 1920. — South African Crustacea (Part X of S. A. Crustacea, for the Marine Investigations in South

Africa). Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 17 (4) : 231-272, pi. 18-27.

STEBBING, T. R. R., 1923. — Crustacea of Natal. Fish. Mar. biol. Surv., Rep. n°3 for the year 1922 (1924) : 1-15, pi. 10-

16.

Stephensen, K., 1945. — The Brachyura of the Iranian Gulf. With an Appendix: The male pleopoda of the Brachyura. In :

Danish scientific Investigations in Iran, Part IV. Copenhagen, E. Munksgaard : 57-237, fig. 1-60.

STIMPSON, W., 1858. — Prodromus description^ animalium evertebratorum, quae in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum

Septentrionalem, a Republica Federata missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rodgers ducibus, observavit et

descripsit W. Stimpson: Pars VII. Crustacea Anomoura. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci., Philad., 10, 4 : 225-252 (63-90).

STIMPSON, W., 1907. — Report on the Crustacea (Brachyura and Anomura) collected by the North Pacific Exploring

Expedition 1853-1856. Smithson. Misc. Colins, 49 (1717) : 1-240, fig. 1-240, pi. 1-26.

STUDER, T., 1883. — Verzeichniss der Crustaceen, welche wahrend der Reise S.M.S. "Gazelle” an der Westkuste von

Africa, Ascension und dem Cap der Guten Hoffnung gesammelten wurden. Abh. der K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., Berlin , 2,

1882 (1883) : 1-32, pi. 1-2.

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

241

SUZUKI, K.. & Kurata, Y., 1967. — On the carcinological fauna of the Izu-Oshima and its adjacent islands. Res. Crust.,

3 : 86-104, fig. 1-2, pi. 8-9.

TakEDA, M., 1973. — Studies on the Crustacea Brachyura of the Palau Islands I. Dromiidae, Dynomenidae, Calappidae,

Leucosiidae, Hymenosomatidae, Majidae and Parthenopidae. Bull. Lib. Arts & Sci. Course, Nihon Univ. Sch. Med.,

1 : 75-122, fig. 1-6, pi. 2-3.

TAKEDA, M., 1977. — Crabs from the Shallow Waters off Mage-jima Island, Southwest Japan. Bull. naln. Sci. Mus.,

Tokyo , ser. A (Zool.), 3 (2) : 73-89, fig. 1-15.

TaKEDa, M., 1982. — Biogeographical Notes on the Crabs obtained by Dredging off the Southeast Coast of the Izu

Peninsula, central Japan. Bull biogeogr. Soc. Jpn , 37 (4) : 15-21.

TaKEDa, M„ 1989. — Shallow-water Crabs from the Oshima Passage between Amami-Oshima and Kakeroma-jima

Islands, the Northern Ryukyu Islands. Mem. natn. Sci. Mus, Tokyo, 22 : 135-184, fig. 1-17, 1 pi.

Takeda, M., & Kurata, Y., 1976. — Crabs of the Ogasawara Islands. II. First report on the species obtained from the

stomachs of fishes. Res. Crust.,1 : 116-137, fig. 1-6.

Takeda, M., & Miyake. S., 1970. — Crabs from the east China Sea IV. Gymnopleura, Dromiacea and Oxystomata. J.

Fac. Agric., Kyushu Univ., 16 (3) : 193-235, fig. 1-6, pi. 1.

Takeda, M., & Miyake, S., 1972a. — Crabs from the East China Sea. V. A remaining collection. Occ. Pap. Zool. Lab.,

Fac. Agric., Kyushu Univ., 3 (8) : 63-90.

Takeda, M., & MIYAKE, S., 1972b. — New Crabs from the Sea around the Tsushima Islands. Bull. natn. Sci. Mus.,

Tokyo, 15 (2) : 253-265, fig. 1-5.

Takeda, M., & NUNOMURA, N., 1976. — Crabs collected by the Melanesia Expedition of the Osaka Museum of Natural

History, 1958. Bull. Osaka Mus. nat. Hist., 30 : 61-92, fig. 1-3.

Tan, L. W. H., Lim, S. S. L., & NG, P. K. L., 1986. — Larval development of the dromiid crab Cryptodromia pileifera

Alcock, 1899 (Decapoda: Dromiidae) in the laboratory. J. Crust. Biol., 6 (1) : 111-118, fig. 1-2.

TarGIONI Tozzetti, A., 1877. — Crostacei Brachiuri e Anomuri. In : Zoologia del viaggio intomo al Globo della R.

Pirocorvetta Magenta duranti gli anni 1865-1868. Pubbl. 1st. Stud. Prat. Perfez., Firenze, 1 : i-xxix, 1-257, pi. 1-12.

TERADA, M., 1983. — Zoea larvae of three crabs in the family Dromiidae. Zool. Mag. Tokyo, 92 : 361-370. (in Japanese

but with an English summary).

Tinker, S. W., 1965. — Pacific Crustacea. An illustrated handbook of the reef-dwelling Crustacea of Hawaii and the South

Seas. Charles E. Tuttle Co., Vermont : 7-134, pi. 1-52.

TlTGEN, R. H., 1987. — New decapod records from the Hawaiian Islands (Crustacea, Decapoda). Pac. Sci., 41 (1-4) : 141-

147.

Ward, M., 1941. — New Brachyura from the Gulf of Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Am. Mus. Novit ., (1104) : 1-

15,’ fig! 1-30.

Ward, M., 1942. — Notes on the Crustacea of the Desjardins Museum, Mauritius Institute, with descriptions of new

genera and species. Bull. Mauritius Inst., 2 (2) : 49-113, pi. 5-6.

Wear, R. G., 1970. — Some larval stages of Petalomera wilsoni (Fulton & Grant, 1902) (Decapoda, Dromiidae).

Crustaceana, 18 (1) : 1-12, fig. 1-27.

Wear, R. G., 1977. — A large megalopa attributed to Petalomera wilsoni (Fulton & Grant, 1902) (Decapoda, Dromiidae).

Bull. mar. Sci., 27 (3) : 572-577.

WEBER, F., 1795. — Nomenclator entomologicus secundum Entomologiam Systematicam ill. Fabricii adjectis speciebus

recens detectis ct varietatibus. Chilonii and Hamburgi. viii + 171 pp.

White, A., 1847. — List of the specimens of Crustacea in the collection of the British Museum. London. Trustees of the

British Museum, viii + 143 pp.

WHITELEGGE, T., 1897. — The Crustacea of Funafuti. In : The atoll of Funafuti, Ellice Group : its Zoology, Botany,

Ethology, and General Structure based on Collections made by Mr. Charles Hedley, of the Australian Museum,

Sydney, N.S.W. Mem. Aust. Mus., 3. part 2 : 125-151, pi. 6-7.

Williams, A. B., 1965. — Marine decapod crustaceans of the Carolinas. Fishery Bull., Fish Wildl. Serv. U. S., 65 (1) : i-

xi, 1-298, pi. 1-252.

242

C. L. McIAY

Yokoya. Y., 1933. — On the Distribution of Decapod Crustaceans inhabiting the Continental Shelf around Japan, chiefly

based upon the Materials collected by S.S. Soyo-Maru, during the Year 1923-30. J. Coll. Agric., Tokyo, 12 (1) : 1-

226, fig. 1-71.

Zarenkov, N. A. , 1971. — On the species composition and ecology of the decapod Crustacea of the Red Sea. In :

V. A.Vodianicky (ed.), Benthos of the Shelf of the Red Sea. Izdatelstvo "Naukova Dumka", Kiev : 155-203 (In

Russian).

Zarenkov. N. A., 1990. — Decapods (Stenopodidae, Brachyura, Anomura) of the Naska and Sala y Gomez underwater

ridges. Trudy Inst. Okeanol. , 124 : 218-244 (In Russian).

ZlETZ, A., 1887. — Descriptions of new species of South Australian Crustaceans. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust 10 : 298-299.

pi. 14.

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

243

Fig. 15 a. — Sphaerodromia kendalli (Alcock & Anderson, 1894), 9 40.6 x 39.7 mm, Philippine Islands. MUSORSTOM 3,

stn CP 143, 205-214 m (MNHN-B 22543) : dorsal view of the whole crab, setae removed from the right half of the

carapace and terminal segments of the right chelipcd and last three legs.

FIG. 15 b. — Eodromia denticulala gen. nov., sp. nov., 9, holotype, 5.7 x 5.8 mm, New Caledonia - Norfolk Ridge,

Smib 5, stn DW 98, 335 m (MNHN-B 22544) : dorsal view of the whole crab.

Fig. 15 c. — Dromidiopsis dubia Lewinsohn, 1984, 6 13.2 x 16.2 mm. New Caledonia, Lagon, stn 619, 27-42 m

(MNHN-B 22546) : dorsal view of the whole crab, setae removed from right half of carapace.

FiG. 15 d. — Lauridromia intermedia (Laurie. 1906), nov. comb., 9 44.4 x 44.3 mm. New Caledonia, M Vauban",

St. Vincent Bay, 16 m (MNHN-B 22551) : dorsal view of whole crab, setae removed from right half of carapace and

last leg.

Fig. 15 e-f. — Dromidiopsis lethrinusae (Takeda & Kurata, 1976), nov. comb., Chesterfield Islands. Corail 2, stn CP

127, 45 m, dorsal view of whole crab, setae removed from right half of carapace : e. 9 17.2 x 18.1 mm (MNHN-B

22547); f, 3 11.9 x 12.5 mm (MNHN-B 22548).

244

C. L. McLAY

Fig. 16 a-b. — Dromidiopsis tridentata Borradaile, 1903, New Caledonia, LagON, stn 554, dorsal view of whole crab,

setae removed from the right half of the carapace which is cracked in the male : a, 9 (ovig.) 12.0 x 12.7 mm (MNHN-

B 22549); b, <J 12.0 x 12.7 mm (MNHN-B 22550).

Fig. 16 c. — Droniia dormia (Linnaeus, 1763), 9 (ovig.) 112.2 x 95.6 mm. New Caledonia, Barrier Reef, 27.11.1986,

10-30 m (MNHN-B 22552) : dorsal view of whole crab, setae removed from right half of carapace.

Fig. 16 d. — Dromia foresti sp. nov., <$, holotype, 27.3 x 23.0 mm. Chesterfield Islands (Bellona Reefs), MUSORSTOM 5,

stn 299, 360-390 m (MNHN-B 22553) : dorsal view of whole crab.

Fig. 16 e. — Dromia wilsoni (Fulton & Grant, 1902), nov. comb., 6 47.7 x 34.8 mm. Loyalty Islands, MUSORSTOM 6,

stn DW 460, 420 m (MNHN-B 22554) : dorsal view of the whole crab.

Fig 16 f. — Stimdromia angulata (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb., 9 (ovig.) 7.8 x 7.6 mm, Philippine Islands, MUSORSTOM 3,

stn CP 134, 92-95 m (MNHN-B 22557) : dorsal view of whole crab.

Source: MNHN, Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

245

Fig. 17 a-b. — Petalomera pulchra Miers, 1884, Chesterfield Islands, CHALCAL 1, stn CP 12, 67 m, dorsal view of whole

crab : a, 9 17.3 x 18.0 mm (MNHN-B 22555); b, 6 20.8 x 22.5 mm (MNHN-B 22556).

Fig. 17 c. —Cryptodromia fukuii (Sakai, 1936), nov. comb., 9 14.5 x 12.3 mm. New Caledonia (MNHN B-22094) :

dorsal view of whole crab, setae removed from right half of carapace.

Fig. 17 d. — Frodromia atypica (Sakai, 1936) nov. comb., 6 8.2 x 9.7 mm. Loyalty Islands, Musorstom 6, stn CP 464,

430 m (MNHN-B 22558): dorsal view of whole crab.

Fig. 17 e. — Cryptodromiopsis bullifera (Alcock, 1900), nov. comb., 6 8.2 x 7.7 mm, Chesterfield Islands, CORAIL 2,

stn DW 106, 62 m (MNHN-B 22561) : dorsal view of whole crab, setae removed from right half of carapace.

Fig. 17 f. — Cryptodromiopsis pluniosa (Lewinsohn, 1984) nov. comb., 6 13.3 x 11.7 mm, Chestcrlield Islands,

Corail 2, stn DW 84, 16-26 m (MNHN-B 22562) : dorsal view of whole crab, setae removed from right half of

carapace.

248

C. L McIj\Y

INDEX

Family and genus names are given in capital letters, species names in italics. Bold species names indicate that

the species are treated in detail.

Bold numbers indicate the pages where the subject is treated in detail.

Abdomen

fusion, 122, 135, 136, 140, 142, 145, 148, 153.

locking mechanism, 117, 120, 126, 132, 135,

136, 139, 140, 142, 145, 148, 149, 152,

156, 158, 159, 162, 164, 167, 168, 170,

172, 175, 176, 177, 179, 182, 183, 187,

189, 191, 193, 197, 200, 202, 211, 216,

225.

tubercles, 201

Acanthaster planci, 153.

Antenna, 117, 127, 177.

Anterolateral teeth, 116, 211, 220, 227

variation 139, 140, 142, 163, 208.

ASCIDIOPHILUS, 117, 121, 123, 125, 176, 177.

A. caphyraeformis , 177.

Austrodromidia, 121, 123, 125, 185, 229.

A. australis, 186.

A. insignis , 186.

A. octodentaia , 120, 185, 186.

key, 186.

Barnardromia, 121, 123, 125. 179, 187, 198,

229.

B. bituberculatus, 182.

B. hirsutimana, 182.

key, 182.

Biogeography, 130, 137, 139, 141, 142, 145, 149,

150, 154, 158, 159, 160, 163, 164, 165,

167, 168, 170, 174, 176, 178. 179, 182,

184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 196, 198, 201,

203, 204, 206, 208, 211, 213, 217, 219,

225, 228, 229, 231.

Camouflage, 121. 127, 139, 141, 142, 149, 153,

158, 160, 167, 170, 174, 177, 185, 190,

192, 194, 198, 201, 203, 204, 206, 208,

213, 216, 219, 220, 224, 227, 228.

Cancer. 151.

C. dormia, 149, 151.

C. dormitator, 151.

C. erythropus , 149.

C. per sonata, 149.

Cheliped

epipod, 117, 122, 183, 198. 202, 217.

petaloid men, 164, 165.

teeth, 139.

Conchoecetes, 121, 123, 174, 228, 229.

C. andamanicus , 175.

C. artificiosus, 120, 121, 175.

C. intermedins, 175.

key, 175.

larvae, 121,229.

CONCHOEDROMIA, 122.

CRYPTODROMIA, 115, 121, 122, 123, 125, 159, 162,

163, 164, 167, 180, 185, 187, 190, 197,

198,211,216, 228, 229.

C. amboinensis , 126, 197, 199, 203, 209.

C. areolata , 216, 217.

C. bull if era, 115, 184, 189.

C. canaliculata , 114, 115, 197, 206, 207.

C. canaliculata var. obtusifrons, 208.

C. canaliculata var. sibogae, 208.

C. coronata , 126, 197, 199, 202.

C. cristatipes, 211, 212.

C. demand, 203.

C. depressa , 162, 165.

C. dubia , 187, 188.

C. fallax , 126, 199, 206.

C. fukuii, 126, 199, 201.

C. globosa , 216.

C. granulata , 216.

C. hilgendorfL 126, 197, 199, 205, 209.

C. hirsute , 206, 208.

C. hirsutimana , 180.

C. incisa, 184, 185, 192, 193.

C. japonica , 163, 165.

C. laevis, 198.

C. lame 11 at a, 165, 168.

C. lateralis , 115, 156, 165, 168.

C. longipes , 126, 197, 199, 208.

C. mariae , 197. 199, 209.

C. micronyx, 183.

C. monodus, 159.

C. nierstraszi, 198.

C. nipponensis , 197, 199.

C. octodentaia , 184.

C. oktahedros , 206. 207, 208.

C. ornata , 211.

C. pentagonalis, 198.

C. pileifera , 121, 198, 201.

C.planaria , 187, 188.

C. protuber a, 197, 198.

C. tomentosa , 206.

C. trituberculata, 197, 199.

C. tuberculata . 121, 197, 198, 199, 201, 202.

C. tumida , 115, 197, 199,202.

C. tumida var. spinifera , 162.

C. unilobata , 184, 192, 194.

Source :

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

249

C. wilsoni, 149, 156, 165.

C. yoshidai, 211.

key, 198.

larvae, 121,229.

Cryptodromiopsis, 122, 123, 125, 179, 180, 185,

187, 228, 229.

C. antillensis, 120, 121, 188, 229.

C. bituberculata, 187.

C. bullifera, 126, 188, 189, 192.

C. dubia, 188.

C. larraburei , 229.

C. tepMo/fl. 183, 184, 187.

C. monetiseni , 184, 187.

C. planaria , 188.

C. plumosa , 126, 188, 190, 192.

C. spongiosa , 183.

C. tridens, 187, 188.

C. unidentata , 126, 188, 192.

larvae, 121,229.

Depth distribution, 130, 134, 139, 141, 142, 149,

154, 156, 158, 159, 167, 170. 174, 190,

192, 194, 201, 203, 204, 206, 208, 213,

219, 220, 227, 230.

Development, 201.

abbreviated, 231.

direct, 137, 170, 185,229, 231.

Dromia, 115, 121, 122, 123, 124, 135, 136, 145,

148, 149. 158, 159. 162, 174, 185, 187,

228, 229.

ZX (Cryptodromia) bullifera, 187.

ZX (Cryptodromia) de manii, 203.

ZX (Cryptodromia) gilesii, 216.

ZX (Cryptodromia) hilgendoifi, 205.

D. (Cryptodromia) pentagonaliSy 197.

ZX (Cryptodromia) tomentosa , 206, 208.

ZX (Cryptodromia) tuberculata, 115.

D. (Sphaerodromia) ketuialli , 127.

ZX artificiosus, 175.

ZX australiensis , 135.

ZX bicavernosa, 159.

ZX boliorei , 149, 151.

ZX capul-mortuum, 137, 197.

ZX dehaani , 136, 145.

ZX dormia , 115, 120, 126, 151, 156, 159.

D. ery thro pus, 121.

D.fallax, 197, 206, 207.

D. foresti , 126, 149, 151, 154.

ZX gibbosa , 145.

ZX giobosa , 135, 194.

ZX hirsutissima , 151, 183.

D. indica, 145.

D. intermedia , 136, 145, 146.

£>. lateralis, 115, 165, 168, 197.

D. marmorea , 149, 151.

£>. monodi, 149.

£>. nodipes , 137, 162, 197.

D. nodosa , 149.

D. per sonata, 121.

D. rotunda , 176.

Z). rump hi i , 151.

D. sculpta, 216.

ZX spinirostris , 149.

D. tomentosa, 206, 208.

ZX unidentata , 184, 187, 192.

D. verrucosipes , 115, 168.

ZX H'lfrom, 120, 121, 126, 151, 156. 164.

larvae, 121, 158, 164, 229.

DROMIDES, 122, 197.228.

ZX hilgendorfi, 205.

Dromidia, 115, 121, 122, 123, 125, 176, 178. 179,

182, 183, 185. 187, 228, 229.

ZX aegibolus, 151, 183. 184.

ZX antillensis , 183, 187, 188.

D. australis , 184, 185.

D. bicornis, 178.

D. cornuta , 185.

ZX cranioides , 185.

ZX dissothrix , 183, 184.

ZX excavata , 137, 183.

D.fenestrata , 187.

ZX giobosa , 137.

D. hirsutissima, 183.

D. insignis, 184.

D. ketidalli, 127.

ZX larraburei , 184, 187, 188.

D. lepidota, 185.

ZX plumosa, 190.

D. spinosa, 178.

ZX spongiosa, 121, 176, 183.

D. unidentata, 192.

/X unidentata hawaiiensis, 192, 194.

D. unidentata unidentata, 192, 194.

key, 184.

DROMIDIOPSIS, 115, 122, 123, 124, 127, 135, 136,

145, 149, 150, 162, 183, 187, 228, 229.

ZX abrolhensis, 136.

D. australiensis, 136, 137, 141.

ZX cornuta, 183, 184.

D. cranioides, 145.

ZX dormia, 136, 151.

D. dubia , 125, 135, 136, 137. 138.

D. edwardsi, 136, 137.

ZX excavata, 120, 137.

ZX s/otowfl, 120, 121, 137, 183, 185, 194.

ZX lethrinusae y 116. 126, 139.

D. michaelseni, 137, 162.

ZX orientalis, 145.

ZX plumosa, 184, 187, 190.

Source:

250

C. L. McLAY

D. tridentata. 126. 135. 136. 139. 141.

D. tridentatus, 135. 141.

D. tridentatus bidens, 135.

D. tridentatus unidens . 135.

key, 137.

larvae, 229.

Dynomene, 182.

D. platyarthrodes, 182.

Dynomeniidae, 121.

Egg

number. 120. 134. 139. 141, 142. 148, 153,

167, 170. 194. 201. 204. 206. 208. 213.

219, 231.

size. 120. 130. 134. 137. 139, 141. 142. 148,

153, 159, 160, 167, 170. 176. 178, 185.

194, 201. 204. 206. 208. 213. 219. 229,

231.

Eodromia. 123. 124. 130. 229.

E. denticulate, 125. 130. 132.

Epidromia, 121. 216.

EPIGODROMIA, 121. 122. 123, 125. 198. 216, 229.

E. areolata , 126, 217. 220.

E. ebalioides , 217, 220.

E. gilesii , 217, 220.

E. globosa , 217, 220.

E. granulata , 216, 217, 220.

E. nodosa , 217, 220.

E. rotunda . 126, 216, 217, 219.

E. rugosa , 126, 216, 217, 220. 222.

E. sculpt a, 120, 217.

key, 217.

Epipedodromia. 121, 122, 123, 124,224.

E. thomsoni, 225.

EUDROMlA, 121, 179.228.

E. bituberculata , 179, 180.

E. frontalis. 179.

E. hendersoni, 179.

Eudromidia, 121, 122, 123, 125, 179, 182.

E. hendersoni , 179.

key, 179.

EUDROMIOPSIS, 179.

Evolutionary radiation. 150, 228. 229.

Exodromidia, 121, 122, 123, 125, 176, 178, 182,

229.

E. bicornis , 178.

E. spinosa , 178.

E. spinosissima . 178.

key, 178.

FRODROMIA, 121, 123, 124, 168, 170, 229.

F. atypica. 126, 171.

F. reticulata , 171.

key, 171.

Fultodromia, 123, 124, 159. 162, 168, 172, 229.

F. nodipes , 137, 162.

F. spinifera, 162.

Genera, 121.

characters, 122.

key, 123.

Genkaia, 122.

G. gordonae , 122.

Gills, 117, 136, 177.

Haledromia, 121, 123, 158.

IF bicavernosas 120, 158.

Hemisphaerodromia, 122, 123, 124, 159.

H. abellana , 159.

H. monoduSs 159.

Homalodromia, 115, 121, 123, 125. 225.

H. coppingeri, 126, 176, 225, 226.

HOMOLIDAE. 228.

HOMOLODROMIIDAE, 121,228.

Hypoconcha, 121, 123, 228, 229.

H. arcuata, 121, 123, 229.

II. californiensis , 123.

H. lowei, 123.

II. panamensiSs 123.

II. parasitica , 121, 123.

H. sabulosa, 121, 123.

H. spinosissima , 123.

larvae. 121,229.

Larval studies, 121, 229.

Lasiodromia. 122,225, 228. 229.

L. coppingeri , 226.

L. coppingeri var. unidentatas 226.

L. uni dent at a , 226.

Lasiodromia sp., 228.

LAURIDROMIA. 123. 124, 135, 145. 153, 187, 229.

key, 146.

L. dehaanis 121.

L. indie a, 185.

L. intermedins 120, 126, 146, 153.

larvae, 229.

Maxillipeds, 126, 130, 135, 145, 149, 158, 159,

162, 163, 164, 168, 170, 175, 176, 177,

178, 179, 182, 183, 187, 197, 211, 216,

225.

Paradromia, 122, 123. 124, 163, 168, 229.

larvae, 121, 164,229.

P.japonica , 121, 163, 199.

P. sheni, 163, 164.

Parasite

bopyrid, 167.

cryptoniscus, 158.

Poecilasma sp , 158.

sacculinid barnacle, 208, 213.

Parasphaerodromia, 122, 183.

P. subglobosa , 184.

Petalomera, 115, 121, 122, 123, 124, 134, 149,

159, 162, 163, 164, 165, 167, 168. 170,

216, 228. 229.

key, 165.

Source : MNHN , Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

251

P. angulata, 165, 168, 169.

P. atypica , 165, 171.

P. atypica reticulata , 165, 171.

P. depressa, 162.

P. fukuii, 122, 165, 197, 201.

P. granulata, 164, 165.

P. indica , 165.

P. kosugei , 165, 168.

P. laevis, 159, 165.

P. lamellata , 168.

P. lateralis , 121, 134.

P. longipedalis , 165, 168.

P. longipes, 165, 166, 167.

P. nodosa , 122, 165,216.

/\ pulchra , 126, 165, 166.

P. 163, 165.

P. wilsoni, 121, 156.

P. yamashitai , 134, 135, 165.

Platydromia, 121, 122, 183,224.

P. depressa, 121, 183.

Pleopods

male, 122, 132.

vestigial, 122, 127. 130, 140, 228.

Propodal spines. 116. 122, 128, 130, 135, 145,

148, 149, 158, 176, 183, 185, 187, 190,

192, 197,211,216. 225, 228.

PSEUDODROMIA, 117, 121. 122, 123, 125, 175, 177,

182, 225, 229.

key, 177.

P. cacuminis , 176.

P . caphyraeformis , 176.

P. inermiSs 176, 183.

P. integrifrons, 177.

P. latens, 176.

P. murrayi , 177.

P. quadricornis , 176.

P. rotunda , 176.

P. spinosissima, 176, 178.

P. t rep id us, 176.

Reproductive strategy, 120, 130, 134, 139, 141, 142,

149, 154. 167, 170, 185. 194,201,204.

206, 208,213,219. 231.

Sexual dimorphism. 167, 213, 215. 219.

Sexual maturation, 117.

size range, 139, 141, 142, 148, 167, 172, 190,

194, 201, 203, 204. 206, 208, 213. 219,

224, 227.

Species list, 125.

Speodromia. 121, 122, 123, 125, 182, 229.

S. platyarthrodes, 182.

Sphaerodromia, 115, 122, 123, 126, 127, 130.

132, 134, 158, 192, 228, 229.

key, 127.

S. brizops , 126, 159.

S. ducoussoi, 126.

S. kendalli, 125, 126, 127.

S. lethrinusae, 135, 139.

S. nux, 126.

Sternal grooves, 117, 122, 130. 131, 135. 136, 140,

148, 150, 153, 158, 170. 183, 184. 185,

187, 190, 192. 197, 211, 213, 216, 225.

tubes, 145, 148.

variation, 122, 141, 148. 150, 194.

STERNODROMIA. 122, 149.

S. spinirostrisy 150.

Stimdromia, 115, 123, 124, 137, 159. 168, 172.

229.

key, 168.

larvae. 121,229.

S. angulata . 126, 169.

S. kosugei , 168.

S. lamellata , 169.

S. lateralis, 120, 121, 170, 185.

Takedromia. 123, 125, 198, 211, 229.

key, 211.

T. cristatipes. 126, 211, 212, 215.

T. longispina, 126,211.214.

T. ornata, 212.

T. yoshidai, 212 .

TUNEDROMIA, 121, 123, 134, 229.

T. yamashitai, 134.

Uropods, 117, 122. 131, 150, 172.

absence, 121, 134.

vestigial, 121, 159, 180. 184, 185.

Source: MNHN. Paris

250

C. L. McLAY

D. tridentata , 126, 135, 136, 139. 141.

D. tridental us, 135, 141.

D. tridentatus bidens , 135.

D. tridentatus unidens , 135.

key, 137.

larvae, 229.

DYNOMENE. 182.

D. platyarthrodes , 182.

Dynomeniidae, 121.

Egg

number, 120. 134, 139, 141, 142, 148, 153,

167, 170, 194, 201, 204, 206. 208, 213,

219, 231.

size, 120, 130, 134, 137, 139, 141, 142, 148,

153. 159. 160. 167, 170, 176. 178, 185,

194, 201, 204, 206, 208, 213, 219, 229,

231.

EODROMIA, 123, 124, 130, 229.

E. denticulata , 125, 130, 132.

Epidromia, 121. 216.

Epigodromia, 121, 122. 123, 125, 198, 216, 229.

E. areolata , 126, 217. 220.

E. ebalioides , 217, 220.

E. gilesii , 217, 220.

E. globosa , 217, 220.

E. granulata , 216, 217, 220.

E. nodosa , 217, 220.

E. rotunda . 126, 216, 217. 219.

E. rugosa , 126, 216. 217, 220, 222.

E. sculpt a, 120, 217.

key, 217.

EPIPEDODROMIA. 121, 122, 123, 124, 224.

E. thomsoni, 225.

EUDROMIA, 121, 179, 228.

E. bituberculata , 179, 180.

E. frontalis, 179.

E. hendersoni, 179.

EUDROMIDIA, 121. 122, 123, 125, 179, 182.

E. hendersoni . 179.

key, 179.

EUDROMIOPSIS, 179.

Evolutionary radiation, 150. 228. 229.

EXODROMIDIA, 121, 122, 123, 125. 176. 178, 182,

229.

E. bicornis , 178.

E. spinosa, 178.

E. spinosissima . 178.

key, 178.

FRODROMIA, 121, 123, 124, 168, 170, 229.

F. atypica , 126, 171.

F. reticulata , 171.

key, 171.

FULTODROMIA, 123. 124, 159, 162, 168, 172, 229.

F. nodipes , 137, 162.

F. spinifera , 162.

Genera, 121.

characters, 122.

key, 123.

Genkaia, 122.

G. gordonae , 122.

Gills, 117, 136, 177.

Haledromia, 121, 123, 158.

H. bicavernosa , 120, 158.

Hemisphaerodromia, 122, 123, 124, 159.

II. abellana , 159.

H. nwnodus , 159.

HOMALODROMIA, 115, 121, 123, 125,225.

//. coppingeri, 126, 176, 225, 226.

Homolidae, 228.

HOMOLODROMIIDAE, 121, 228.

Hypoconcha, 121, 123, 228. 229.

II. arcuata, 121, 123, 229.

H. californiensis , 123.

//. tow/, 123.

H. panamensis, 123.

H. parasitica. 121, 123.

II. sabulosa, 121, 123.

/Y. spinosissima , 123.

larvae, 121,229.

Larval studies, 121, 229.

Lasiodromia, 122,225, 228, 229.

L. coppingeri , 226.

L. coppingeri var. unidentata , 226.

L. unidentata , 226.

Lasiodromia sp., 228.

Lauridromia, 123, 124, 135. 145. 153, 187, 229.

key, 146.

L. dehaani , 121.

L. indica , 185.

L. intermedia , 120, 126, 146, 153.

larvae, 229.

Maxillipeds, 126, 130, 135, 145, 149, 158, 159,

162, 163, 164. 168, 170, 175, 176, 177,

178, 179, 182, 183, 187, 197,211,216,

225.

Paradromia, 122, 123, 124, 163, 168, 229.

larvae, 121, 164,229.

P.japonica , 121, 163, 199.

P. sheni, 163, 164.

Parasite

bopyrid, 167.

cryptoniscus, 158.

Poecilasma sp . 158.

sacculinid barnacle, 208, 213.

Parasphaerodromia, 122, 183.

P. subglobosa , 184.

PETALOMERA, 115, 121, 122, 123, 124, 134, 149,

159, 162, 163, 164, 165, 167, 168, 170,

216, 228. 229.

key, 165.

Source : MNHN. Paris

SPONGE CRABS OF NEW CALEDONIA AND THE PHILIPPINES

251

P angulata, 165, 168, 169.

P. atypica , 165. 171.

P. atypica reticulata , 165. 171.

P. depressa, 162.

P.fukuii, 122, 165, 197. 201.

P. granulata, 164, 165.

P. indica , 165.

P. kosugei y 165, 168.

P. laevis, 159, 165.

P. lame Hat a, 168.

P. lateralis , 121, 134.

P. longipedalis , 165, 168.

P. longipes, 165, 166, 167.

P. nodosa , 122, 165,216.

P. pulchra , 126, 165, 166.

P. sheni, 163, 165.

P. wilsoni, 121, 156.

P. yamashitai, 134, 135, 165.

Platydromia, 121. 122, 183,224.

P. depressa, 121, 183.

Plcopods

male, 122, 132.

vestigial, 122, 127, 130, 140, 228.

Propodal spines, 116, 122, 128, 130. 135, 145,

148, 149, 158. 176, 183. 185. 187, 190,

192, 197, 211, 216, 225, 228.

PSEUDODROMIA. 117, 121, 122, 123, 125, 175. 177,

182. 225. 229.

key, 177.

P. cacuminis y 176.

P. caphyraeformis , 176.

P. inermiSy 176, 183.

P. integrifrons, 111.

P. latens, 176.

P. murrayiy 111.

P. quadncornis , 176.

P. rotunda , 176.

P. spinosissima , 176, 178.

P. trepiduSy 176.

Reproductive strategy, 120, 130, 134, 139, 141, 142,

149, 154, 167, 170, 185. 194, 201,204,

206, 208. 213, 219, 231.

Sexual dimorphism, 167, 213, 215, 219.

Sexual maturation. 117.

size range, 139, 141, 142, 148, 167. 172, 190,

194, 201. 203, 204, 206, 208, 213, 219,

224, 227.

Species list, 125.

Speodromia, 121, 122, 123, 125, 182, 229.

S. platyarthrodeSy 182.

Sphaerodromia. 115. 122, 123, 126, 127, 130,

132, 134, 158, 192, 228, 229.

key, 127.

S. brizopSy 126, 159.

S. ducoussoi, 126.

S. kendalli, 125, 126, 127.

S. lethrinusae, 135, 139.

S. nux , 126.

Sternal grooves, 117, 122, 130. 131, 135, 136, 140,

148, 150, 153. 158, 170, 183, 184, 185,

187, 190. 192, 197, 211, 213, 216, 225.

tubes, 145, 148.

variation. 122, 141, 148, 150, 194.

Sternodromia. 122, 149.

S. spinirostriSy 150.

Stimdromia, 115, 123, 124. 137, 159. 168, 172,

229.

key, 168.

larvae. 121,229.

S. angulata , 126. 169.

S. kosugei , 168.

S. lamel l at a, 169.

S. lateralis, 120, 121, 170, 185.

Takedromia. 123. 125. 198, 211. 229.

key, 211.

T. cr is talipes , 126, 211, 212, 215.

T. longispina, 126, 211, 214.

T. ornata, 212.

T. yoshidai, 212.

Tunedromia, 121, 123, 134, 229.

T. yamashitai, 134.

Uropods, 117, 122, 131, 150. 172.

absence, 121. 134.

vestigial. 121, 159, 180, 184. 185.

Source:

1 TATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10— RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM. VOLUME 10- RESl

Crustacea Decapoda : Les Cyclodorippidae

et Cymonomidae de I'lndo-Ouest-Pacifique

a I'exclusion du genre Cymonomus

Marcos TAVARES

Universidade Santa Ursula, Rio de Janeiro

et Museum national d’Histoire naturelle

Laboratoire de Zoologie (Arthropodes)

61 rue Buffon, 75231 Paris Cedcx 05

RESUME

Cette 6tude fait partie d'une scrie (Tavares, 1991a. 1991b. 1992a. 1992b. 1992c) consacrde k la revision

mondiale des Cyclodorippidae Ortmann, 1892, et des Cymonomidae Bouvier, 1897. Le present article est consacrd

a l'6tude syst6matique des Cyclodorippidae indo-ouest-pacifiques, a laquellc nous avons ajoute la diagnose d'un

nouveau Cymonomidae. Elassopodus stellatus gen. nov., sp. nov. II s'agil d'une approche systematique

pr&iminaire a une recherche plus complete sur la morphologie des Cyclodorippoidea et k des considerations sur les

affinity phylogenetiques entre les genres de la superfamille.

La revision presentee ici a b6n£ficie d'une trcs belle collection provenant de I’lndo-Ouest-Pacifique (Madagascar,

Japon, Vietnam, Philippines. Indonesie, Australie. lies Chesterfield, Nouvelle-Caledonie, lies Loyautd. lies Wallis

et Futuna). La plupart des echantillons examines ont 6t6 rdcolt6s lors d'expdditions frangaises recentes

(MUSORSTOM 1-7, BlOCAL, CltALCAL 2, CORAIL 2. LAGON, SMIB 6) ainsi que lors d'une expedition franco-

indondsiennc. Karubar. Le materiel rapporte a mis en Evidence l'existence d'une faune cyclodorippo'fdienne assez

riche. Nous y avons ajoute quclques r&oltes faites par les expeditions de la "Siboga", en 1899. auparavant dtudiee

par IHLE (1916a), et de I' "Albatross", en 1908, du materiel rassembI6 par les navires russes "Orlik", en 1960, au

Vietnam, et "Vytiatz" sur la cote ouest d'Australie, deux r^coltes faites par Raoul SerEne en Indonesie, au cours

des expeditions Rumpiiius I, en 1973, et RUMPHIUS IV, en 1975, ainsi que des r£coltes faites par le navire

australien "Soela", en 1984, sur la cote nord d'Australie, et d'autres faites lors de la campagne Cidaris I organisec

par la James Cook University, en 1986, au large de la Grande Barri6re de Corail.

Tavares, M., 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : Les Cyclodorippidae et Cymonomidae de rindo-Ouest-Pacifique a

I'exclusion du genre Cymonomus. In : A. CROSNIER (cd.), R6sultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus.

naln. Hist, nat ., 156 : 253-313. Paris ISBN 2-85653-206-3.

254

M. TAVARES

Pour completer nos observations, nous avons 6galement obtenu en pret du materiel depose dans diverses

institutions : The Natural History Museum (British Museum), Londres ; Museum of Comparative Zoology,

Massachusetts ; Mus<*e Zoologique de l'Univcrsite de Moscou ; National Science Museum. Tokyo ; Northern

Territory Museum of Arts and Science, Darwin ; Queensland Museum, Brisbane ; South African Museum, Cape

Town ; National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington ; Zoologisch Museum,

Amsterdam.

Pr6alablement a l'etude systematique des taxons nouveaux, nous avons recherche les types de toutes les espfcces

decrites auparavant, afin de pouvoir 6tablir une correspondance exacte entre ces derniers et les noms mentionnes

dans la litterature. C'est ainsi que nous avons precise les diagnoses de toutes les especes. D'autre part, nous nous

sommes efforc6 de reexaminer les specimens pour lesquels une description a ete public.

A 1'cxception de Tymolus truncatus (Ihle. 1916), dont le materiel-type est, semble-t-il, 6gare, et du type de

Genkaia gordonae Miyake & Takeda, 1970, les types de toutes les especes decrites h ce jour ont ete examines et de

nombreux specimens mentionnes dans la litterature ont <5te revus.

Jusqu'a present, les Cyclodorippidae et les Cymonomidae etaient represents, dans rindo-Ouest-Pacifique, par

sept genres ( Tymolus , Corycodus, Xeinostoma, Genkaia , Krangalangia , Ketamia , et Cymonomus) et 23 especes.

Douze de ces especes appartiennent aux Cyclodorippidae : Tymolus japonicus Stimpson. 1858, T uncifer

(Ortmann, 1892), T. dromioides (Ortmann, 1892), T. similis (Grant, 1905), T. truncatus (Ihle, 1916), T. brucei

Tavares, 1991, Corycodus disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910), Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920, Krangalangia

rostrata (Ihle, 1916), K. spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970), Ketamia depressa (Ihle, 1916), Genkaia gordonae Miyake &

Takeda, 1970.

Onze de ces especes appartiennent aux Cymonomidae : Cymonomus valdiviae Lankaster, 1903,

C. andamanicus Alcock, 1905. C. indicus Ihle, 1916, C. trifurcus Stebbing, 1920, C. japonicus Balss, 1922,

C. curvirostris Sakai, 1965, C. aequilonius Dell, 1971, C. bathamae Dell. 1971, C. delli Gritfin & Brown, 1976,

C. umitake Takeda. 1981, C. hakuhoae Takeda & Moosa, 1990.

Notre etude nous a amene & :

— decrire comme nouveaux, parmi les Cyclodorippidae, un genre ( Phyllotymolinum ) et 11 especes

(Corycodus merweae,C. decorus, Xeinostoma richeri,X. sakaii, Krangalangia orstom, Ketamia handokoi,

K. limatula , K. proximo , Genkaia keijii , Phyllotymolinum crosnieri) et, parmi les Cymonomidae, un genre

(Elassopodus) et une espece (Elassopodus stellatus).

— retablir deux especes : Corycodus bouvieri Ihle, 1916, retiree de la synonymie de C. disjunctipes

(Stebbing, 1910) et Krangalangia spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970), retin* de la synonymie de K. rostrata (Ihle, 1916).

— designer des lectotypes pour quatre esp&ces : Cotycodus disjunctipes . Xeinostoma eucheir , Krangalangia

rostrata et Ketamia depressa.

Ainsi, l'ensemble des Cyclodorippoidea de rindo-Ouest-Pacifiquc se trouve maintenant represent par 9 genres

(7 Cyclodorippidae et 2 Cymonomidae) et par 34 especes (22 de Cyclodorippidae et 12 de Cymonomidae), tous

etudts ici, sauf lc genre Cymonomus dont la revision en cours sera publiee ultrieurement.

Des clefs pour distinguer les families, les genres et les espfeces sont proposees et des illustrations sont fournies

pour chaque espece.

ABSTRACT

This is part of a series of papers (Tavares, 1991a, 1991b, 1992a, 1992b, 1992c) reviewing the

Cyclodorippidae Ortmann, 1892, and Cymonomidae Bouvier, 1897, of the world. It contains a review of all the

Cyclodorippidae from the Indo-West Pacific as well as one genus of Cymonomidae. This is a systematic approach

preceding a more detailed study of the Cyclodorippoidea morphology and of the phylogenetic relationships within

the superfamily.

The present work was based upon large collections from the Indo-West Pacific (Madagascar, Japan, Vietnam,

Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, Chesterfield Islands, New Caledonia. Loyalty Islands, and Wallis and Futuna

Islands) carried out by the following French expeditions : Musorstom 1-7, Biocal, Chalcal 2, Corail 2,

Karubar, Lagon, and Smib 6. Also included is the material collected by the " Siboga " Expedition, 1899,

Source : MNHN. Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

255

"Albatross", 1908, (he malerial collected by the Russian oceanographic ships "Orlik" in 1960 on the coast of

Vietnam and "Vytiatz" on the west coast of Australia, two samples made by Raoul SerP.ne in Indonesia in during

the Rumphius I expedition in 1973 and Rumphius IV in 1975, as well as collections made by the Australian ship

Soria in 1984 on the north coast of Australia, and others made during the expedition Cidaris I under the

auspices of the James Cook University on the Great Barrier Reef.

Additional material from the collections of The Natural History Museum (British Museum), London ; Museum

ol Comparative Zoology, Massachusetts : Zoological Museum of Moscow University ; National Science

Museum, Tokyo ; Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Science, Darwin ; Queensland Museum. Brisbane :

South African Museum, Cape Town ; National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington

and Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam was also examined.

Because of insufficient original descriptions, the re-examination of all type specimens [except for Tymolus

truncatus (Ihlc, 1916) which is apparently lost and Genkaia gordonae Miyake and Takeda, 1970) and most of the

specimens cited in the literature, was required to properly establish the correspondence between species and the

names introduced in the literature.

Until now, seven genera (Tymolus, Corycodus, Xeinostoma, Genkaia, Krangalangia, Ketamia, and

Cymonomus) and 23 species of Cyclodorippidae and Cymonomidae were known from the Indo-wcst Pacific. They

are as follows : Cyclodorippidae : Tymolus japonicus Stimpson, 1858. T. unctfer (Ortmann, 1892), T. dromioides

(Ortmann, 1892), T. similis (Grant. 1905), T. truncatus (Ihle, 1916). T. brucei Tavares. 1991, Corycodus

disjunctipes (Stcbbing. 1910), Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920. Krangalangia rostrata (Ihle, 1916), K. spinosa

(Zarenkov, 1970), Ketamia depressa (Ihlc, 1916). Genkaia gordonae Miyake and Takeda. 1970. Cymonomidae :

Cymonomus valdiviae Lankaster, 1903, C. andamanicus Alcock, 1905. C. indicus Ihle, 1916, C. trifurcus

Stebbing, 1920. C. japonicus Balss, 1922. C. curvirostris Sakai. 1965, C. aequilonius Dell. 1971. C. bathamae

Dell. 1971, C. delli Griffin and Brown. 1976, C. umitake Takeda. 1981, C. hakuhoae Takeda and Moosa, 1990.

From this study :

— Two new genera ( P hyllotymolinum and Elassopodus) and 11 new species of Cyclodorippoidea arc herein

described : Cyclodorippidae : Corycodus merweae.C. decorus. Xeinostoma richeri.X. sakaii. Krangalangia

orstom, Ketamia handokoi, K. limatula. K. proximo, Genkaia keijii, Phyllotymolinum crosnieri. Cymonomidae :

Elassopodus stellatus.

— Two species arc resurrected : Corycodus bouvieri Ihle, 1916, from the synonymy of C. disjunctipes

(Stebbing, 1910) and Krangalangia spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970) from the synonymy of K. rostrata (Ihle. 1916).

— Four leclotypes are designated here for the following species : Corycodus disjunctipes, Xeinostoma

eucheir, Krangalangia rostrata. and Ketamia depressa.

Presently, a total of 9 genera (7 Cyclodorippidae and 2 Cymonomidae) and 34 species (22 Cyclodorippidae and

12 Cymonomidae) are known from the Indo-Wcst Pacific. All these species are studied here except those belonging

to the genus Cymonomus which will be treated in a future publication. Keys for families, genera and species are

provided as well as illustrations for all species.

SOMMA1RE

Introduction . 256

RfiSUMf; DBS CONNA1SSANCES ANTERIEURES DANS I.INTO-OUEST-PACIFIQUE. 257

DONNI-ES NOUVELLES . 258

Origine des COLLECTIONS ET METHODES df. travaii .260

LlSTE DES STATIONS. 261

Etude systP.matique .264

Clef de determination des families de Cyclodorippoidea.264

Famille des CYCLODORIPPIDAE Ortmann. 1892 . 264

Clef de determination des sous-famillcs et des genres de Cyclodorippidae.265

256

M. TAVARES

Sous-famille CYCLODORIPPINAE Ortmann. 1892 .

Genre TYMOLUS Stimpson. 1858 .

Clef de determination des espies actuelles du genre Tymolus

Tymolus truncatus (Ihle, 1916) .

Tymolus brucei Tavares. 1991 .

Genre CORY CO DUS A. Milne Edwards. 1880 .

Clef dc determination des espbees du genre Corycodus ..

Corycodus bullatus A. Milne Edwards, 1880 .

Corycodus disjunctipes ( Stebbing, 1910).

Corycodus bouvieri Ihle. 1916 .

Corycodus merweae sp. nov.

Corycodus decorus sp. nov.

Genre GENKAIA Miyake & Takcda. 1970 ..

Clef de determination des especes du genre Genkaia .

Genkaia gordonae Miyake & Takeda, 1970 .

Genkaia keijii sp. nov.

Genre PHYLLOTYMOLINUM gen. nov.

Phyllotymolinum crosnieri sp. nov.

Sous-famille XEINOSTOMINAE Tavares, 1992 .

Genre XEINOSTOMA Stebbing. 1920 ...

Clef de determination des especes du genre Xeinostoma

Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing. 1920 .

Xeinostoma sakaii sp. nov.

Xeinostoma richeri sp. nov.

Genre KRANGALANGIA Tavares, 1992 .

Clef de determination des especes du genre Krangalangia ....

Krangalangia rostrala (Ihle, 1916) .

Krangalangia spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970).

Krangalangia orstom sp. nov.

Genre KETAMIA Tavares. 1992 .

Clef de determination des especes du genre Ketamia ....

Ketamia depressa (Ihle, 1916).

Ketamia handokoi sp. nov.

Ketamia linratula sp. no' 1 .

Ketamia proximo sp. nov.

Famille des CYMONOMIDAE Bouvier, 1897 .

Clef de determination des genres de Cymonomidae .

Genre ELASSOPODUS gen. nov.

Elassopodus stellatus sp. nov.

Remerciements .

REFERENCES B1BUOGRAPHIQUES .

267

270

271

272

273

274

276

277

279

280

281

282

285

286

288

290

. 292

, 293

. 294

. 295

. 296

. 299

. 300

. 301

. 303

. 305

. 306

.. 307

.. 308

.. 309

INTRODUCTION

L'ensemble des formes actuelles de Cyclodorippidae el de Cymonomidae est connu a ce jour par 13 genres et

63 especes, distributes dans les principaux bassins oceaniques mondiaux, h unc profondeur moyenne de 700 m.

Dans l'ocean Indo-Ouest-Pacifique, les Cyclodorippidae se trouvent representes par 7 genres et 22 especes. Les

Cymonomidae. moins nombreux. comptcnt it l'heure actuelle 2 genres et 12 especes. Le present travail fait parlte

d'unc s6rie (Tavares, 1991a. 1991b, 1992a. 1992b, 1992c) consacrec a la revision mondiale des Cyclodorippidae

Source: MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOM3DAE

257

et des Cymonomidae. II concerne les Cyclodorippidae indo-ouest-pacifiques dans leur totality ainsi qu'un genre de

Cymonomidae, et represente une approche systematique pr<51iminaire a une etude plus complete sur la morphologie

des Cyclodorippoidea et des considerations sur les affinit£s phylogenetiques entre les genres actuels de la

superfamille.

RESUME DES CONNAISSANCES ANTERIEURES DANS L'INDO-OUEST PACIFIQUE

Nous rappelons ici, brievement, rhistorique de la nomenclature des Cyclodorippidae et des Cymonomidae. Pour

plus de details, voir Tavares (1991a). Lorsque Stimpson (1858 : 61) ddcouvre le premier Tymolus et en fait la

description, il l’inclut dans la famille des Dorippidae. Par la suite, un petit nombrc de genres, tr&s proches les uns

des autres, ont ete decrits dans les Dorippidae et, par consequent, dans la section des Oxystomata, groupement qui,

alors, recevait les Dorippidae, les Calappidae et les Leucosiidae. Ortmann (1892 : 552) fait un premier pas vers

une classification plus naturelle du groupe : conskterant que la section Oxystomata renferme trois subdivisions :

Calappinea, Leucosiinea et Dorippinea, il departage cette derniere en deux families : Dorippidae McLeay, 1838, et

Cyclodorippidae, creee par lui dans le meme travail pour y accueillir le genre Cyclodorippe. Neanmoins, pour

ALCOCK (1896 : 274), le genre Cyclodorippe "may belong to STlMPSON's genus Tymolus" : c'est pourquoi

Alcock propose 1'appellation de Tymolinae (= Cyclodorippidae Ortmann), denomination qui sera utilisee par la

plupart des auteurs. Bouvier (1897) fut le premier & s'apercevoir de l'existence, parmi les Dorippidae, de formes

peditr&mes et sternitremes. Cette distinction allait s'averer importante car elle apportait des justifications a la

classification proposee par Ortmann. Bouvier (1897 : 4) place les sternitremes dans la sous-famille des

Dorippinae, tandis qu'il range les formes peditr£mes parmi les Cyclodorippinae (= Tymolinae Alcock). Bouvier

reprend done le nom erde par Ortmann en ne lui donnant, cependant, qu'un statut de sous-famille. Dans le meme

ouvrage, Bouvier divise les Cyclodorippinae en deux tribus : Cymonomae et Cyclodorippae. Malgre toutes ces

reformes, Tymolus et les genres affines restaient dans la section dcs Oxystomata. Gordon (1963 : 57) a montre

que les Tymolides avaient leur "place in the classification with or near Dromiacea" et qu'ils pouvaient etre

consid6rds au rang de famille, soit Tymolidae. Ainsi Gordon ressuscite les Tymolinae d’ALCOCK. Plusieurs

auteurs ont suivi Gordon en utilisant le nom de Tymolidae et en incluant ceux-ci parmi les Dromiacea. GUINOT

(1977) d6membre les Oxystomata et abandonne cette appellation. Elle en separe les formes peditremes comme

constituants de sa section des Podotremata. En outre, pour GUINOT (1978 : 232), les "tymolides ainsi que tous les

Podotremata actuels autres que les Dromiacea, doivent etre places dans la sous-section nouvelle des

Archaeobrachyura Guinot, 1977". GUINOT (1978 : 214) a eleve les Tymolides au rang de superfamille. Plus

recemmcnt, Tavares (1991a) a releve les caracteres distinctifs entre les genres Tymolus et Cyclodorippe et montr6

que l'appellation Cyclodorippidae doit etre preferee a celle de Tymolidae.

Les Cyckxlorippidae actuels sont repr6sent£s par 34 esp&ces, distributes dans neuf genres (Tymolus Stimpson,

1858 ; Corycodus A. Milne Edwards, 1880 ; Cyclodorippe A. Milne Edwards, 1880 ; Clythrocerus A. Milne

Edwards & Bouvier, 1899 ; Xeinostoma Stebbing, 1920 ; Simodorippe Chace, 1940 ; Genkaia Miyake & Takeda,

1970 ; Krangalangia Tavares, 1992 ; Ketamia Tavares, 1992). Les Cymonomidae, un peu moins nombreux,

renferment 22 especes, incluses dans les seuls genres Cymonomus A. Milne Edwards, 1880, et Cymopolus

A. Milne Edwards, 1880.

Huit genres de Cyclodorippidae et un genre de Cymonomidae avaient ete recensts dans 1'octan Indo-Ouest-

Pacifique, & savoir:

1) Tymolus , recemment revise par Tavares (1991b; 1992c). Ce genre compte actuellement six especes dans

l'lndo-Ouest-Pacifique (cote est de l'Afrique, Japon, mer de Chine mtridionale, Indontsie et Australie) :

T. japonic us Stimpson, 1858 ; T uncifer (Ortmann, 1892) ; T. dromioides (Ortmann, 1892) ; T. truncatus (Ihle,

1916); T. similis (Grant, 1905) ; T. brucei Tavares (1991).

2) Corycodus , connu dans l'ocean Indien par une seule esptce, C. disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910). Corycodus

bouvieri , decrit par IHLE (1916a) d'apres une femelle rtcoltte par la "Siboga" dans la mer de Sulu ("Siboga'\ si. 95,

5°43,5'N - 119°40'E), fut peu apres consider^ par IHLE lui-meme (1916b) comme synonyme de C. disjunctipes

(Stebbing).

258

M.TAVARES

3) Xeinostoma Siebbing, 1920. monospecifiquc, avec X. eucheir Stebbing. 1920, signalee dans l'ocean Indien

(Barnard, 1950; Kensley, 1981b) el au Japon (Sakai, 1976).

4) Cyclodorippe. cree par A. MlLNF. Edwards (1880) pour deux especes amdricaines, a ete ensuite divise par

1HLE (1916b) en deux sous-genres : Cyclodorippe ( Cyclodorippe) A. Milne Edwards, 1880, et Cyclodorippe

(■ Cyclortmannia) Ihle. 1916. IHLE (1916) n'ayant pas designd d’espece-type pour le sous-gcnre Cyclortmannia,

Tavares (1991) a sdleclionnd Cyclodorippe uncifera Ortmann, 1892, comme 1’espece-typc de ce sous-genre.

Pour IHLE (1916b), le genre Cyclodorippe comprenait huit especes, deux d'origine amdricaine : C.

(i Cyclodorippe) antennaria A. Milne Edwards, 1880. et C. ( Cyclodorippe) agassizi A. Milne Edwards, 1880. ct six

espdces indo-ouest-pacifiques : C. (Cyclortmannia) uncifera Ortmann, 1892 ; C. (Cyclortmannia) similis (Grant.

1905) ; C. (Cyclodorippe) rostrata Ihle, 1916 ; C. (Cyclodorippe) depressa Ihle. 1916 ; C. (Cyclortmannia)

truncata Ihle, 1916.

Par la suite. Zarenkov (1970) a ddcril Cyclodorippe spinosa, regardd comme un synonyme de Cyclodorippe

rostrata Ihle, 1916. par Takeda ct Moosa (1990).

5) Cymonomus , jusqu'a present rcprdsentd dans la region par 11 especes.

6) Genkaia, monotypique. avec Genkaia gordonae Miyake & Takeda. 1970. connue seulement du Japon

(Miyake & Takeda, 1970 ; Takeda. 1973a; Sakai. 1976; Takeda, 1985), jusqu’a present place dans la famille

des Dromiidae.

7) Dans un travail tout recent, Tavares (1992a) a etabli les genres : Krangalagia pour Cyclodorippe

(Cyclodorippe) rostrata Ihle, 1916, et Cyclodorippe spinosa Zarenkov, 1970, et Ketamia pour Cyclodorippe

(Cyclodorippe) depressa Ihle, 1916.

II a egalement cre£ deux sous-familles & l'interieur des Cyclodorippidae : 1) Cyclodorippinae Ortmann, 1892 :

pour Tymolus Stimpson, 1858 ; Cyclodorippe A. Milne Edwards. 1880 ; Corycodus A. Milne Edwards. 1880 ;

Clythrocerus A. Milne Edwards & Bouvier, 1899 ; Simodorippe Chace, 1940 ; 2) Xeinostominae Tavares, 1992 :

pour Xeinostoma Stebbing, 1920 ; Krangalangia Tavares, 1992 ; Ketamia Tavares. 1992.

Au total, les Cyclodorippoidea n'dtaient connus dans l'ocdan Indo-Ouest-Pacilique que par 23 espdces actuelles,

distribudes dans les sept genres suivants : Tymolus, Corycodus. Xeinostoma, Genkaia, Krangalangia, Ketamia et

Cymonomus.

Compte tenu des remaniements taxonomiques recents introduits par Tavares, la liste des esp&ces connues

avant le present travail est la suivante :

CYCLODORIPPIDAE

Tymolus japonicus Stimpson, 1858

Tymolus uncifer (Ortmann, 1892)

Tymolus dromioides (Ortmann, 1892)

Tymolus similis (Grant, 1905)

Tymolus truncatus (Ihle, 1916)

Tymolus brucei Tavares, 1991

Corycodus disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910)

Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920

Krangalangia rostrata (Ihle, 1916)

Krangalangia spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970)

Ketamia depressa (Ihle, 1916)

Genkaia gordonae Miyake & Takeda, 1970

CYMONOM1DAE

Cymonomus valdiviae Lankaster, 1903

Cymonomus andamanicus Alcock, 1905

Cymonomus indicus Ihle, 1916

Cymonomus trifurcus Stebbing, 1920

Cymonomus japonicus Balss, 1922

Cymonomus curvirostris Sakai, 1965

Cymonomus aequilonius Dell, 1971

Cymonomus bathamae Dell. 1971

Cymonomus delli Griffin & Brown, 1976

Cymonomus umitake Takeda, 1981

Cymonomus hakuhoae Takeda & Moosa, 1990

DONNEES NOUVELLES

Grace a la richesse du materiel etudie ici, nous avons pu reviser toutes les especes indo-ouest-paciliques

connues de Cyclodorippidae et de Cymonomidae (sauf celles du genre Cymonomus , qui feront l’objet dune etude

particuliere, et quatre espdces de Tymolus qui ont fait l'objet d'une publication prccedente, 1AVARES, 1991b), et

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

259

6lablir plusicurs taxons nouvcaux. Ce travail nous a donne la possibilite dc prdciser les caract&res qui separent ces

deux families, de proposer des clefs d'identification des families, des genres et des especes, de donner des diagnoses

et des illustrations pour tous les genres et toutes les esp£ces et, enfin, de prdciser 1'aire de distribution geographique

de plusieurs espfcces.

Les principales contributions que nous apportons & la connaissance des Cyclodorippoidea dans 1’Indo-Ouest-

Pacifique sont rdsumees ci-aprks :

1) Le genre Tymolus ayant dtd revu par Tavares (1991b ; 1992c), seules deux especes sont reprises ici :

T. truncatus (Ihle, 1916), dont le materiel-type est, semble-t-il, egard, et T. brucei Tavares, 1991, qui connu

uniquement de sa localite-type, sur la cote ouest d’Australie, est ici recensd pour la premiere fois au Vietnam, aux

Philippines et en Indonesie.

2) Le genre Corycodus est enticement revu. Corycodus disjunctipes (Stebbing) est restreint h Test de l'Afriquc.

C. bouvieri Ihle, 1916, des lies Sulu (5°43,5'N - 119°40'E), habituellcment considdrd comme synonyme dc

C. disjunctipes , est rctabli. Corycodus merweae sp. nov. et Corycodus decorus sp. nov., tous deux d'Afrique du

Sud sont ddcrits et leur differences morphologiques par rapport aux trois autres especes du genre (les deux

mentionnees ci-dessus, plus C. bullatus A. Milne Edwards, 1880, des Caraibes) sont relevees ; un lectotype est

ddsigne pour C. disjunctipes.

3) Nous adjoignons deux especes nouvelles au genre Xeinostoma : Tune provenant des Philippines, X. sakaii ,

et l'autre de Nouvelle-Caledonie, X. richeri. Xeinostoma eucheir , pour laquclle un lectotype a etd choisi, connu

uniquement d’Afrique du Sud, voit sa distribution etendue a Madagascar.

4) C. ( Cyclodorippe) rostrata Ihle, 1916, et C. spinosa Zarenkov, 1970, appartiennent au genre Krangalangia

Tavares, 1992. L'examen des syntypes nous a montre que ces deux especes sont bicn distinctes et ne peuvent etre

mises en synonymic comme l’ont propose TAKEDA et Moosa (1990). Unc nouvelle espece, K. orstom , decrite ici,

constitue un troisidme reprdsentant pour le genre Krangalangia. Un lectotype est choisi pour C. (Cyclodorippe)

rostrata.

5) Pour Cyclodorippe (Cyclodorippe) depressa Ihle, 1916, nous avons precedemment erde le genre Ketamia

(Tavares, 1992a) : un lectotype est designe ici pour K. depressa (Ihle). Le genre Ketamia regoit en outre trois

especes nouvelles : K. handokoi , K. proximo , K. limatula.

6) Le genre Genkaia Miyake & Takeda, 1970, est transfere ici dans la famille des Cyclodorippidae. Genkaia ,

auparavant monotypique, est enrichi d'une nouvelle espece, G. keijii , en provenance de Nouvelle-Caledonie.

7) Un genre nouveau de Cyclodorippidae, Phyllotymolinum, est dtabli pour unc espdee nouvelle de Nouvelle-

Caledonie, P. crosnieri .

8) Un genre nouveau de Cymonomidae, Elassopodus , voisin de Cymopolus A. Milne Edwards, 1880 (genre

amdricain), est etabli pour une espece nouvelle de Nouvelle-Caledonie, E. stellatus.

Les collections MUSORSTOM 2 et 5, Biocal, Corail 2, et Karubar inclucnt quelques echantillons appartenant

au genre Cymonomus , dont l'etude en cours sera publide ulterieurement.

En r£sum£, deux genres nouveaux et onze especes nouvelles de Cyclodorippoidea s'ajoutent aux sept genres et

23 especes connus auparavant diins I'lndo-Ouest-Pacifique. Quatre lectotypes ont ete designes pour les esp&ces

suivantes : Corycodus disjunctipes , Xeinostoma eucheir , Krangalangia rostrata et Ketamia depressa.

Liste des especes de CYCLODORIPPIDAE et CYMONOMIDAE indo-ouest-pacifiques

(les especes etudiees dans le present travail sont en caracteres gras)

CYCLODORIPPIDAE

Tymolus japonicus Stimpson, 1858

Tymolus uncifer (Ortmann, 1892)

Tymolus dromioides'( Ortmann, 1892)

Tymolus similis (Grant, 1905)

Tymolus truncatus ( Ihle. 1916)

Tymolus brucei Tavares, 1991

Corycodus disjunctipes (S tebbing, 1910)

Corycodus bouvieri Ihle, 1916

Corycodus merweae sp. nov.

Corycodus decorus sp. nov.

Genkaia gordonae Miyake et Takeda, 1970

Genkaia keijii sp. nov.

Phyllotymolinum crosnieri sp. nov.

Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920

Xeinostoma richeri sp. nov.

Xeinostoma sakaii sp. nov.

Krangalangia rostrata (Ihle, 1916)

260

M. TAVARES

CYMONOMIDAE

Krangalangia orstom sp. nov.

Ketamia depressa (Ihle, 1916)

Ketarnia handokoi sp. nov

Ketamia limatula sp. nov.

Ketamia proximo sp. nov.

Krangalangia spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970)

Cymonomus valdiviae Lankaster, 1903

Cymonomus andamanicus Alcock, 1905

Cymonomus indicus Ihle, 1916

Cymonomus trifurcus Stebbing, 1920

Cymonomus japonicus Balss, 1922

Cymonomus curvirostris Sakai, 1965

Cymonomus aequilonius Dell, 1971

Cymonomus bathamae Dell, 1971

Cymonomus delli Griffin et Brown, 1976

Cymonomus umitake Takeda, 1981

Cymonomus hakuhoae Takeda et Moosa, 1990

Elassopodus stellatus sp. nov.

ORIGINE DES COLLECTIONS ET METHODES DE TRAVAIL

Les collections etudi6es ici proviennent de :

— Madagascar : r&oltes par A. CROSNlERen 1973 (CROSNIER & JOUANNIC, 1973);

— Philippines : Musorstom 1, en 1976. Musorstom 2, en 1980, el MUSORSTOM 3, en 1985 (FOREST, 1981.

1986. 1989) ;

— Indontsie : Karubar, en 1991;

— ties Chesterfield : Musorstom 5, en 1986 (Richer DE Forges, Laboute & Menou, 1986); Corail 2, en

1988 ((Richer de Forges et al.. 1988);

— Nouvelle-Calidonie : Lagon, de 1984 a 1989 ((Richer df. Forges, 1991): Biocal, en 1985 (Levi, 1985);

Musorstom 4, en 1985 (Richer de Forges, 1986) ; Chalcal 2. en 1986 (Richer df. Forges,

Grandperrin & Laboute, 1987); Smib 6, en 1990;

— ties Loyautt : Musorstom 6, en 1989 (Richer de Forges & Laboute, 1989).

Nous y avons ajouie quelques rdcoltes faites par les expeditions de la "Siboga". en 1899, auparavant etudidcs

par Ihle (1916a). et de V"Albatross", en 1908. du materiel rassembie par les navires russes "Orlik", en 1960, au

Vietnam, et "Vytiatz" sur la cote ouest d’Australie, deux rdcoltes faites par Raoul SerEne en Indonesie, au cours

des expeditions Rumphius I, en 1973 (SerEne, Romimohtarto & Moosa, 1974). et Rumpiiius IV. en 1975,

ainsi que des r6coltes faites par le navire australien "Soela". en 1984, sur la cote nord d'Australie, et d autres faites

lors de la campagne Cidaris I organisde par la James Cook University, en 1986, au large de la Grande Barridre de

Corail.

Au cours de notre dtude, nous avons, par ailleurs, fait appel aux collections de divers musdes. dont les

abrdviations, utilisecs dans les listes de materiel examine, sont:

BM = The Natural History Museum (British Museum), London.

MCZ = Museum of Comparative Zoology. Massachusetts.

MNHN = Musdum national d’Histoirc naturelle, Paris.

MZUM = Musde zoologique de l'Universite de Moscou.

NSMT = National Science Museum. Tokyo.

NTM = Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Science. Darwin.

QM = Queensland Museum, Brisbane.

SAM = South African Museum, Cape Town.

USNM = National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution. Washington.

ZMA = Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam.

Les abrdviations employees dans les listes de stations et de matdriel examine sont: St. = station, CC et CH =

chalut (t crevcttes a panneaux. CP = chalut h perche, DC = drague Charcot. DE = drague epibenthique, DR = drague

it roche, DW = drague Waren.

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCIXJDORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

261

A 1’exception de doubles d<5pos6s au National Museum of Natural History a Washington et de specimens,

recoltds en Indon6sie, envoyes au Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangam Oseanologi, Jakarta, notre materiel est

d6pos6 au Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, & Paris.

La tcrminologie utilis<Se pour designer les differentes structures de la carapace est indiquee sur la representation

sch6matique (d'aprfcs Tavares, 1991b) d'un cyclodorippid£ (fig. 1). Sauf indication contraire, les mesures donn6es

pour les specimens correspondent respectivement a la longueur (rostre inclus) et & la largeur maximales de la

carapace, exprim^es en millimetres (mm).

bord fronto-orbitaire

LISTE DES STATIONS

Madagascar. — N.O. "Vauban"

Chalutage, 8.11.1972, 15°21'E - 46°12,5'E, 150 m : X. eucheir.

Dragage, 24.2.1973, cole ouesl, vers 18°50'S, 90-140 in : K. proximo.

Station CH 84, 1.8.1973, 12°40,2S - 48°18'E, 190-185 m : X. eucheir.

Dragage, 1.8.1973. 12°40',S - 48°18'E. 205-185 m : X. eucheir.

Dragage 2, 11.10.1975, 12°38,5’S - 48°16.5’E. 240 m : X. eucheir.

Japon. — N.O. "Genkaia"

Station 415. 32°48.8'N - 128°48.65'E, 68 m : G. gordonae.

Vietnam. — N.O. "Orlik"

Station 2 (31), 1960. 14°47,5'N - I09°42'E, 305 m : T. brucei.

Station 4 (33), 1960, 15°07'N - 109°42.4'E, 300 m : T. brucei.

Station 5 (34), 1960, 15°17.5'N - 109°42.4’E, 350 m : T. brucei.

Source .

262

M. TAVARES

Philippines. — MUSORSTOM 1

Station 51, 25.3.1976, 13°49,4'N - 120°04,2'E, 200-170 m : X. sakaii.

MUSORSTOM 2

Station DR 33, 24.11.1980, 13°32,3'N - 121°07,5E, 137-130 m : K. depressa.

MUSORSTOM 3

Station CP 106, 2.6.1985. 13°47'N - 120°30.3'E, 668-640 m : K. rostrata.

Indonesie. — Expedition Rumphius

S tation V-l, 10.1.1973. 03°16,30'S - 129°08,05'E : X. sakaii.

Dragage, 1975, lies Moluques (Amboine), 15-20 m : K. limatula.

Karubar

Station DW 13. 24.10.1991. 05°26'27"S - 132°37'48"E, 393-417 m : K. rostrata.

Station CP 15, 24.10.1991, 05°17'38"S - 132 o 41'07"E, 214-221 m : K. handokoi.

Station CP 20, 25.10.1991,05°16'30"S - 132°58'36"E, 768-810 m : T. brucei.

Station CC 21, 25.10.1991, 05°16'25"S - 133°00'20"E, 688-694 m : K. rostrata, T. brucei.

Station CP 35. 27.10.1991. 06°07'22"S - 132°44'43"E, 390-502 m : T. brucei.

Station CP 38. 28.10.1991, 07°38'41"S - 132°27'29"E. 666-620 m : K. rostrata.

Station CC 57, 31.10.1991. 08°15'48"S - 131°53'43"E, 603-622 m : T. brucei.

Station CP 59, 31.10.1991, 08°20'01"S - 132°11'07"E, 405-399 m : T. brucei.

Station CP 62, 01.11.1991. 09°02'10"S - 132°42'23"E, 245-251 m : T. brucei.

Station CP 71. 02.11.1991. 08°39'39"S - 131°44'12"E, 477-480 m : T. brucei.

Station CP 73, 02.11.1991, 08°29'46"S - 131°33'25"E, 854-840 m : T. brucei.

Station CP91.05.11.1991. 08°44'54"S - 131 o 05'22’'E, 884-890 m : T. brucei.

Auslralie. — N.O. "Soela". Cruise 0184

Station NWS-38, 30.1.1984, 18°52,2’S - 116°1 la's, T/12. 458 - 456 m : T. brucei.

Station NWS-57, 3.2.1984, 17°30,1'S - 118°28,9’E, T/33. 504-506 m : T. brucei.

Station NWS-60, 1984. 19°25,2'S - 119°11,8 , E, 352-360 m : T. brucei.

Cidaris I

Station 5-3, 7.5.1986, 18°08,34'S - 147°58,60'E. 1107-1091 m : K. spinosa.

Station 9-3,7.5.1986, 18°10.56'S - 148°21,6rE, 1109-1110 m : K. spinosa.

Station 11-3, 8.5.1986, 18°09,12’S - 148°31,24'E. 1103-1115 m : K. spinosa.

Station 15-3, 9.5.1986, 17°45,49'S - 148°37,52'E, 945 m : K. spinosa.

Station 16-3. 10.5.1986, 17°47.01'S - 148°13,44'E, 1141-1102 m : K. spinosa.

Station 20-3, 10.5.1986, 17°46,53'S - 147°48.82'E, 1224-1223 m : K. spinosa.

Station 24-3, 11.5.1986, 17°22,99'S - 147°48,29'E, 1187-1200 m : K. spinosa.

Station 47-2, 16.5.1986. 17°51,76'S - 147°07,95'E. 503-479 m : K. spinosa.

lies Chesterfield. — Musorstom 5

Station CP 268. 9.10.1986. 6h37, 24°44,70'S - 159°39,20'E, 280 m : X. richeri.

Station DW 274,9.10.1986. 15h31, 24°44,83'S - 159 0 41'E, 285 m : K. depressa, X. richeri.

Station CP 275, 9.10.1986. 16h33, 24°46,60’S - 159°40,30'E, 285 m : X. richeri.

Station DW 277, 10.10.1986, 6h27, 24°10,60'S - 159°34,90'E, 270 m : X. richeri.

Station DW 281, 10.10.1986, llh02, 24°10,54’S - 59°34,32'E, 272 m : X. richeri.

Station DW 288. 10.10.1986, 17h21, 24°04.80'S - 159°36,80'E, 270 m : X. richeri.

Station CP 289, 10.10.1986. 18h58. 24°01,50'S - 159°38,40'E, 273 m : X. richeri.

Station DW 302. 12.10.1986. 7h45, 22°10'S - 159°23.30'E. 345-360 m : K. depressa.

Station DW 304, 12.10.1986. 10h04, 22°10,34'S - 159°25,51’E, 385-420 m : K. depressa.

Station DW 313, 13.10.1986, 8h28, 22°24,31'S - 159°32,53’E, 780-930 m : K. spinosa.

Station CP 323, 14.10.1986, 9h35, 21°18.52'S - 157°57,62'E, 970 m : K. spinosa.

Station CP 324, 14.10.1986, 12h20, 21°15,01'S - 157°51,33'E, 970 m : K. spinosa.

Station DW 335. 15.10.1986, 14h54, 20°03,24'S - 158°45.35'E, 315 m : P. crosnieri.

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAF.

263

Station DW 336, 15.10.1986, 16h26. 19°55,80'S - 158°38.90'E, 350 m : P. crosnieri.

Station DW 350, 17.10.1986, 16h45. 19°34’S - 158°35.30'E. 280 m : P. crosnieri.

Station DW 353, 18.10.1986. 6h39, 19°26,50'S - 158°40,40 , E, 290 m : P. crosnieri.

Station DC 376, 20.10.1986, 16hl2, 19°51,10’S - 158°29,80'E, 280 m : P. crosnieri.

Station CC 390, 22.10.1986, 18h45, 21°00,90'S - 160°50,30'E, 745-825 m : K. spinosa.

Corah. 2

Station DE 13, 21.7.1988, 21°02,77'S - 160°05'E, 700 m : K. spinosa.

Station DE 14, 21.7.1988, 21°00,69'S - 160°57,18'E, 660 m : K. spinosa.

Station DE 15, 21.7.1988, 20°50,72’S - 160°55.76'E, 590 m : K. spinosa.

Nouvelle-Caledonie. — Lagon

Station 190, 14.9.1984, 22°02.1'S - 165°57,3'E, 135-150 m : G. keijii.

Station 500, 4.3.1985, 19°04,3’S - 163°30,5’E. 225 m : P. crosnieri.

BlOCAL

Station CP 30, 29.8.1985, 8h20, 23°08,44'S - 166°40,83'E. 1140 m : K. spinosa.

Station DW 33, 29.8.1985. I9hl8, 23°09,71'S - 167°10,27'E, 675 m : K. spinosa.

Station DW 36, 29.8.1985, 23h26, 23°08,64'S - 167°10,99'E. 650 m : K. spinosa.

Station DW 44, 30.8.1985, 15h33, 22°47,30’S - 167°14.30'E, 440 m : K. depressa.

Station DW 46. 30.8.1985, 19h52, 22°53.05'S - 167°17,08'E, 570 m : K. spinosa.

Station DW 51, 31.8.1985. 21h50, 23°05,27'S - 167°44,95'E, 700 m : E. stellaius.K. spinosa.

MUSORSTOM 4

Station DW 163, 16.9.1985. 7h47. 18°33.80'S - ^lUO-E, 350 m : P. crosnieri.

Station CP 169, 17.9.1985, 6h55, 18°54,03'S - ^“lUO'E, 600 m : K. spinosa.

Station CP 170, 17.9.1985, 8h23. 18°57,00’S - 163°12,60'E, 485 m : K spinosa.

Station CC 175, 17.9.1985, 15h47. 18°59.30'S - 163°17,50’E, 370 m : P. crosnieri.

Station DW 186. 19.9.1985. 6hl5, 19°07.20'S - 163°29,70'E, 205 m : P. crosnieri.

Chai.cal2

Station DW 72, 28.10.1986, 7h34. 24°54.50'S - 168°22.30'E, 527 m : E. slellalus.

Smib 6

Station DW 117, 2.3.1990. 18°59,40'S - 163°25,40'E. 290 m : P. crosnieri.

lies Loyaute. — Musorstom 6

Station DW 391, 13.2.1989, 6hl3, 20°47.35’S - 167°05,70'E. 390 m : X. richeri.

Station DW 397, 13.2.1989, 17h05, 20°47,35'S - 167°05,17'E, 380 m : X. richeri.

Station DW 399, 14.02.1989. 7h32, 20°41,80'S - 167°00,20’E. 282 m : X. richeri.

Station DW 406, 15.02.1989. 6h26, 20°40,65'S - 167°06,80'E, 373 m : X. richeri.

Station CP 419, 16.2.1989. lOh 17. 20°41,65'S - 167°03,70'E. 283 m : X. richeri.

Station CP 438, 18.2.1989, 17h55. 20°23'S - 166°20,10'E, 780 m : K. orsiom.

Station DW 451, 20.2.1989. 8h27, 20°59’S - 167°24,50'E, 330 m : X. richeri.

Station DW 453, 20.2.1986. 9h33, 21°00,50'S - 167°26,90'E, 250 m : X. richeri.

Station DW 479, 22.2.1989, 15h23. 21°09,13’S - 310 m : X. richeri.

Station DW 480, 22.2.1989, 15h49. 21°08,50'S - 167°55,98'E, 380 m : K. depressa.

Station DW 485, 23.02.1989, 12hl4, 21°23.48'S - 167°59,33 , E, 350 m : X. richeri.

Wallis et Futuna. — MUSORSTOM 7

Station DW 527, 14.5.1992, 13°24,01'S - 176°I4,06'W. 540-560 m : K. orsiom.

Station DW 540, 17.5.1992, 12°26,07'S - 177°28,04AV, 700 m : K. orsiom.

Station CP 552, 18.5.1992, 12°15,07'S - 177°27,08'W. 786-800 m : K. orsiom.

Station DW 560, 19.5.1992. 11°47.00'S - 178°20.00'W, 697-702 m : K. orsiom.

Station CP 564, 20.5.1992, 11°46,01'S - 178°27.04’W, 1015-1020 m : K. spinosa.

Station CP 565, 20.5.1992, 11°47.04'S - 178°25,03'W, 900 m : K. spinosa.

Source: MNHN , Paris

264

M. TAVARES

Station CP 567, 20.5.1992, 11°47,00'S - 178°27,03'W, 1010-1020 m : K. spinosa

Station DW 586, 22.5.1992, 13°10,07'S - 176 o 13.01'W, 510-600 m : K. orslom.

Station DW 626. 29.5.1992, 11°53,06'S - 179°32,00’W, 597-600 m : K. orslom.

Station CP 627. 14.5.1992, 11°54,02'S - 179°31,04’W, 597-600 m : K. orslom.

Station DW 631, 14.5.1992, 11°54,00'S - 179°31,06'W, 600 m : K. orslom.

ETUDE SYSTEMATIQUE

Clef de determination des families de Cyclodorippoidea

— Carapace it contour subcirculairc ou subpentagonale. Orbites toujours presentes. Yeux

orients (sauf chcz Tymolus) dans un sens perpendiculaire par rapport h l'axe de la

carapace. Exopodite des Mxp3 portant rarement un flagelle. Generalement, endostome

allonge en goutti&re retrecie vers l'avant, atteignant le bord frontal de la carapace (type

oxystome). Pleurites thoraciques au niveau de P2 et P3 toujours recouverts par la carapace.

Spermatheque se traduisant extericurement par un simple ouverture a l'extrdmite du sillon

sternal 7/8. Cyclodorippidae

— Carapace a contour subquadratique. Orbites absentes. Yeux toujours orientes dans un sens

longitudinal par rapport h l'axe de la carapace. Exopodite de Mxp3 portant toujours un

flagelle. Endostome assez court. Pleurites thoraciques au niveau de P2 et P3 aparaissant

toujours & decouvert. Stemite 8 chevauchant particllement le slemite 7 au niveau de la

spermatheque, en m6nagcant une sorte de poche situec a l'extremild du sillon sternal 7/8...

.Cymonomidae

Famillc CYCLODORIPPIDAE Ortmann, 1892

Cyclodorippidae Ortmann, 1892 : 552.

Tymolinae Alcock, 1896 : 274 (pro parte).

Cyclodorippae - Bouvier, 1897 : 7. — A. MlLNE Edwards & Bouvier, 1899 : 16, 17 ; 1902 : 84.

Cyclodorippidae - STEBBING, 1920 : 242. — Manning & Holthuis, 1981 : 28. — ABF.LE & Kim. 1986 : 39. — SOTO,

1986 : 15 ._Takeda & Moosa, 1990 : 55. — Tavares, 1991a : 626 ; 1991b : 440 ; 1992a : 509 ; 1992b : 75 ;

1992c : 201.

Dorippidae - SCHMITT, 1921 : 185 (pro pane). — Ratiibun, 1937 : 75 (pro parte). — Ciiace, 1940 : 10 (pro parte). —

Barnard. 1950 : 387 (pro pane). — Shikama, 1964 : 164. — Williams. Mcci.oskey & Gray. 1968 : 42 (pro parte).

— ZARENKOV, 1970 : 460. — Lemaitre, 1984 : 428 (pro parte). — Garth. 1991 : 125 (pro parte).

Tymolinae - Balss, 1922 : 116 ; 1957 : 1609 (pro parte). — Sakai. 1965 : 18. — GLAESSNER, 1969 : 492 (pro parte). —

Gordon, 1963 : 57. — Stevcic, 1971a : 82. — Guinot, 1978 : 243 ; 1979 : 129 (pro pane).

Tymolidae - Gordon, 1963 : 57 (pro parte). — Stevcic, 1971a : 82 (pro parte ); 1971b : 336 ; 1971c : 190. — Takeda

1970 : 195, 206 ; 1973a : 24 ; 1973b : 75 ; 1981 : 36 (pro parte). — Miyake & Takeda , 1970 : 26. — Wright &

Collins, 1972 : 33. — SerEne, Romimohtarto & Moosa, 1974: 18. — Collins & Morris, 1976 : 109. — Sakai,

1976 : 32 (pro parte) ; 1985 : 334. — GuiNOT, 1978 : 243 (pro parte)-, 1979 : 129 (pro parte). — SerEne &Vadon,

1981 : 121. — Kensley, 1981a : 37 (pro parte). — Abele & Felgenhauer, 1982 : 316. —Takeda & Tomida, 1984 :

43 . _ Williams, 1984 : 259. — Tomida, 1985 : 56. — Dai & Yang. 1986 : 30. — Schram, 1986 : 308. —

Wicksten, 1986 : 364. — Briggs, Fortf.y & Clarkson, 1988 : 199, 200. — Hendrickx, 1990 : 42. — Jamieson &

Tudge, 1990 : 348.

Tymoloidea - GUINOT, 1978 : 241-243. — Rice, 1981 : 1009. — Glaessner, 1980 : 171. — HENDRICKX, 1990 : 42. —

Jamieson & Tudge, 1990 : 348.

Cymonomidae - KENSLEY, 1981b : 60 {pro parte).

Tymolide - GLAESSNER & SECRETAN, 1987 : 11.

Source: MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

265

Clef de determination des sous-familles et des genres de CYCLODORIPPIDAE

(les genres presents dans l'Indo-Ouest-Pacifique sont en caractcres gras)

1. Abdomen femelle de six ou sept segments tres elargis par rapport k la’ largeur de la

carapace, bombes et avec les bords incurves vers le bas. PI 1 presents ou absents ; PI 2-5

s'articulant sur la face ventrale des segments abdominaux (fig. 5e-f). Abdomen male de 5

ou 7 segments. Largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire superieure ou infdrieure (chez Tymolus et

Corycodus) h la moitid de la largeur maximale de la carapace. Propode et dactyle des

pdrdiopodes 2 et 3 sans rangdes de soies ventrales et dorso-extemes.

. subfam. Cyclodorippinae (2)

— Abdomen femelle de six ou sept segments tres courts et dtroits par rapport a la largeur de

la carapace. PI 1 toujours presents, uniramds et vestigiaux, articules ventralement. PI 2-5

s'articulant sur les extrdmitds laterales des segments abdominaux (fig. 5a-d). Abdomen

male de 5 ou 6 segments. Largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire toujours supdrieure a la moitie

de la largeur maximale de la carapace. Propode et dactyle des pdrdiopodes 2 et 3 omes

chacun de deux rangdes de soies assez longues, l'une situde sur leur face ventrale, 1'autre

sur la face dorso-exteme. subfam. Xeinostominae (8)

2. Exopodite des Mxp3 pourvu d'un flagelle. 3

— Exopodite des Mxp3 denud de flagelle. 4

3. PI 1 absents chez la femelle. Exopodite des PI 2-5 foliace. Sternites thoraciques 6-7

contigus . Phyllotymolinum (p. 285)

— PI 1 presents, uniramds et vestigiaux. Exopodite des PI 2-5 comme d'ordinaire. Stemite

thoracique 7 chevauchent une partie du stemite 6. Genkaia (p. 280)

4. Antennes plus courtes que la moitie de la longueur maximale de la carapace. Article 2+3

des antennes valviforme . 5

— Antennes plus longues que la moitie de la longueur maximale de la carapace. Article 2+3

des antennes cylindrique . 6

5. Carapace subpentagonale, extremement renflee et epaisse. Abdomen femelle de 7 seg¬

ments. Doigt mobile des chdlipedes assez grele, arme sur la face interne d'une serie

d’dpines longues et aigues . Corycodus (p. 272)

— Carapace subcirculaire, peu renflde. Abdomen male de 5 segments, abdomen femelle de

6 segments. Doigt mobile des chdlipddes legerement aplati, ome sur la face interne de

soies courtes et denses . Clythrocerus

6. Ornementation de la face dorsale de la carapace plutot faible, constitude par des saillies

(latdrales, hepatiques et pterygostomiennes) et des nodosites protogastriques peu marqudes

. 7

— Ornementation de la face dorsale de la carapace trds accentude : surface regulidremcnt

recouverte de gros granules et d'epines a sommet tronque. Simodorippe

7. Largeur fronto-orbitaire nettement infdrieure h la moitid de la largeur maximale de la

carapace. Yeux rdtractiles, alignds dans un sens longitudinal par rapport h la longueur de la

carapace . Tymolus (p. 267)

— Largeur fronto-orbitaire superieure h la moitid de la largeur maximale de la carapace. Yeux

orientds dans un sens perpendiculaire h l'axe longitudinal de la carapace . Cyclodorippe

8. Front trds court avec une encoche mediane, ne ddpassant pas le niveau des dents

exorbitaires. Abdomen femelle de 7 segments. Ketamia (p. 300)

— Front prodminent, triangulaire ou semi-circulaire, sans encoche mddiane. Abdomen

femelle de 6 segments . 9

Source : MNHN, Paris

266

M. TAVARES

Fig. 2. — Les genres indo-ouest-pacifiques de la famille des Cyclodorippidae et des Cymonomidae (genre Cymonomus

exclu).

a-f : Vue dorsale dc la carapace, a, Tymolus japonicus Stimpson, 1858, 6 10,4 x 10,3 mm, Hakodate, Japon (USNM

45844) ; b, Corycodus disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910), localite imprecise (etiquettes melangdes. Cape Natal, Cape

Vidal, et Umhloti River) : 9 conservee & l'dtat sec (SAM) ; c, Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920, Afrique du Sud,

Cape Vidal, 144 m : 6 lectotype (abdomen et pattes detaches) 6.6 x 7,7 mm (BM 1928.12.1.195-196) ; d, Genkaia

keijii sp. nov., Nouvelle-Cal6donie, Lagon. st. 190, 22°02,1'S - 165°57,3‘E, 135-150 m : 9 holotype 3,9 x 4 mm

(MNHN-B 24619) ; e, Krangalangia rostrata (Ihlc, 1916), "Siboga\ st. 267, 5°54'S - 152°56,7’E : 9 paralectotype

5 mm de long (avec le bord lateral de la carapace endommage) (ZMA-De 100793) ; f, Kelamia depressa (Ihle, 1916),

" Siboga'\ st. 260, 5°36,5'S - 132°55,2’E,: 9 paralectotype 3 x 3,5 mm (ZMA-De 102973).

g-h : Vue d’ensemble. g. Phyllotymolinum crosnieri gen. nov., sp. nov., Nouvelle-Caledonie, MUSORSTOM 5,

st. DW 350, 19°34,00'S - l'58°35,30'E, 280 m : 9 paratype 5 x 6,2 mm (MNHN-B 24684); h, Elassopodus stellaius

gen. nov., sp. nov., Nouvelle-Caledonie, Biocal, st. DW 51, 23°05,27’S - 167°44,95’E, 700 m : 9 holotype 6,5 x

5,5 mm (MNHN-B 24620).

Source : MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

267

9. Front triloba se terminant par une avancee rostrale triangulaire tres procminente. Orbites

pcu profondcs, leurs bords superieur et inferieur mal delimitcs. Dactyle dcs P2 et P3

comprimd dorso-ventralement. Dernier segment abdominal foliace.

. Krangalangia (p. 294)

— Front semi-circulaire, bord6 par une rangee de pctites dents. Orbites profonddment

crcus6es, leurs bords superieur et inferieur bien delimitcs. Dactyle des P2 et P3 comprimd

latdralement. Dernier segment abdominal tres ctroit environ 3 fois plus long que large.

.. Xeinostoma (p. 288)

Sous-famille CYCLODOR1PPINAE Orlmann. 1892

Fig. 2-5

Cyclodorippidae Ortmann, 1892 : 552.

Cyclodorippinae - Tavares, 1992a : 514.

Description. — Largeur du bord fronlo-orbitaire superieure ou inferieure (chez Tymolus et Corycodus) a la

moitie de la largeur maximale de la carapace. Propode et dactyle des pereiopodes 2 et 3 omes de soies ordinaircs.

Abdomen femelle forme de six ou de sept segments, tous elargis par rapport a la carapace; dernier segment en

forme de calotte semi-circulaire. Chez la femelle, pldopodes 1 generalement absents ; plcopodes 2-5 articulds

ventralement et pourvus de longues soies. Abdomen male forme de cinq ou de sept segments.

Genre-type. — Cyclodorippe A. Milne Edwards, 1880.

GENRES I.nclus. — Tymolus Stimpson, 1858, Cyclodorippe A. Milne Edwards, 1880, Corycodus A. Milne

Edwards, 1880, Clythroeerus A. Milne Edwards & Bouvier, 1899, et Simodorippe Chace, 1940.

Distribution. — Les Cyclodorippinae englobent cinq genres, dont trois sont exclusivement am^ricains

( Cyclodorippe , Clythrocerus et Simodorippe). Corycodus est represente a la fois dans l'lndo-Ouest-Pacifique (qualre

especes) et dans l'oc6an Atlantique (une espece). Seul le genre Tymolus est entierement indo-ouest-pacifique

(fig. 3). Distribution bathym<5trique : 50-890 m.

Remarques. — Tavares (1992a) reconnait chez les Cyclodorippidae, deux lign6es evolutives distinctes, qui

s'expriment principalement par le type de protection de la ponte, et les distingue comme deux sous-familles : les

Cyclodorippinae Ortmann, 1892, et les Xeinostominae Tavares, 1992.

Chez les Cyclodorippinae, les segments abdominaux, assez calcifies, sont toujours tots bombes, avec les bords

incurves vers le bas, et le dernier segment (6+7) est en forme de calotte semi-circulaire. Cette sorte de chambrc

incubatrice semble compenser l'absence de la vraie cavite sterno-abdominale qui existe chez les Crabes vrais

Heterotremata Guinot, 1977, et Thoracotremata Guinot, 1977. Chez la femelle, on observe aussi une tendance vers

la reduction du nombre de pldopodes (le premier pteopode est toujours absent ; le pteopode du somite 5 peut

manquer), dc leur taille et de leur calcification.

Pour les caractcristiques de la deuxieme voie evolutive chez les Cyclodorippidae, voir ci-apr6s le chapitre

consacr6 a la sous-famille des Xeinostominae.

Genre TYMOLUS Stimpson, 1858

Tymolus Stimpson, 1858 : 163.

Tymolus - Ortmann, 1892 : 559. — Alcock, 1896 : 274. — Shikama, 1954 : 71. — Balss, 1957 : 1609. — Gordon,

1963: 53. — GLAESSNER, 1969 : R492. — Stevcic, 1971a : 75. — TaREDa , 1973b : 82. — Sakai, 1976 : 32. —

Guinot, 1978 : 243 ; 1979 : 129. — Abele & Felgenhauer 1982 : 316. — Takeda & Tomida, 1984 : 43. — Tomida,

1985 : 56. — Tavares, 1990 : 627 ; 1991b : 442 ; 1992a : 509 ; 1992c : 201.

268

M.TAVARES

Cyclodorippe {pro parte) - ORTMANN, 1892 : 559. — ALCOCK, 1896 : 274. — IHLE, 1916 : 128. — Sakai, 1976 : 32. —

Abele & Felgenhauer, 1982 : 316. — ABELE & KlM, 1986 : 39 (non Cyclodorippe A. Milne Edwards, 1880).

Cymonomops Alcock, 1894 : 406 [esp£cc-type par monotypie : Cymonomops glaucomma Alcock, 1894].

Cymonomops - Alcock, 1896 : 274, 286 ; 1905 : 572. — Grant, 1905 : 315.

Cyclodorippe ( Cyclortmannia ) Ihle, 1916 : 128 [cspfcce-type : Cyclodorippe uncifera Ortmann, 1892, par selection par

Tavares, 1991b : 442].

Description. — Carapace contour subcirculaire. Face dorsale de la carapace s6par6e des flancs par des limites

indistinctes. Front d6coup6 en quatre dents ou tronqud. Largeur fronto-orbitaire interieure h la moiti6 de celle,

maximale, de la carapace. Pddoncules oculaires rdtractiles, courts, orient6s longitudinalement par rapport & l'axe de

la carapace. Avancde de l'endostome en forme de gouttidre, plus dtroite vers 1'avant, atteignant le bord frontal de la

carapace. Exopodite des premiers ct deuxidmes maxillipddes avec un flagelle rdduit, celui des troisidmes

maxillipddes ddnud de flagelle. Dactyle des P2 et P3 comprimd dorsoventralement. Abdomen femelle formd de six

segments. Pldopodes articulds sur la face ventrale des segments 2-5. Abdomen male formd de cinq segments.

ESPkCE-TYPE. — Tymolus japonicus Stimpson, 1858, par monotypie. Genre masculin.

ESPfeCES INCLUSES. — Tymolus renferme six espdees actuelles : T. japonicus Stimpson, 1858 ; T. uncifer

(Ortmann, 1892); T. dromioides (Ortmann, 1892); T. truncatus (Ihle, 1916); T. similis (Grant, 1905); T brucei

Tavares, 1991, et trois espdees fossilcs, toutes du Miocene du Japon (Tavares. 1992b) : Tymolus kamadai t

Imaizumi, 1952 ; Tymolus ingens t Takeda & Tomida, 1984 ; et Tymolus itoigawai t Takeda & Tomida, 1984.

Distribution. — Genre enticement indo-ouest-pacifique, entre 50-890 m.

Fig. 3. — Distribution gdographique des genres de Cyclodorippidae et de Cymonomidac dans l’ocdan indo-ouest-pacifique

(& I'exclusion du genre Cymonomus): (D Corycodus t @Elassopodus gen. nov., ^ Genkaia, B Ketamia,

C> Krangalangia , g] Phyllotymolinum gen. nov., Q Tymolus , # Xeinostoma.

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

269

Fig. 4 a, c, e . — Bord frontal de la carapace : a, Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920, 12°40'S - 48°18’E, 9 5 x 5,5 mm

(MNHN-B 24596) ; c, Krangalangia rostrata (Ihle, 1916), Nouvelle-Guinee, " Siboga ", st. 267, 5°54’S - 152°56,7'E,

984 m, 9 paralectotype 5 mm de long (ZMA-De 100793) ; e, Ketamia depressa (Ihle, 1916), Nouvelle-Guinee,

"Siboga \ st. 260, 5°36,5’S - 132°55,2'E, 90 m, 9 paralectotype (ZMA-De 102973).

FIG. 4 b, d, f. — Vue ventrale de la region antdrieure et cadre buccal : b, X. eucheir (MNHN-B 24596) ; d, K. rostrata (ZMA-

De 100793) ; f, K. depressa (ZMA-De 102973).

Remarques. — Une clef de determination pour toutes les especes actuelles de Tymolus est donnee ci-dessous,

mais seulement deux espdces sont etudides ici : T. truncatus (Ihle. 1916), dont le matdriel-type est cgare, et

T. brucei Tavares, 1991, connu jusqu'ici seulement de la cote ouest d'Australie et recense pour la prcmidre fois au

Vietnam, aux Philippines et en Indonesie. Les quatre autres espdces du genre ont dte revues rdcemment par

Tavares (1991b; 1992c).

Source :

Fig. 5 a, c-e. — Face externe dc l'abdomen femelle : a, Krangalangia rostrala (Ihle, 1916), Nouvelle-Guinee, "Siboga”,

st. 267, 5°54'S - 152°56,7'E, 984 m, 9 paralectotype 5 mm de long (ZMA-De 100793) ; c, Kelamia depressa (Ihle,

1916), Nouvelle-Guinee, ", Siboga ", st. 260, 5°36,5’S - 132°55,2'E, 90 m, 9 paralectotype (ZMA-De 102.973) ;

d, Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920, 12°40'S - 48°18’E, 9 5 x 5,5 mm (MNHN-B 24596) ; e, Cyclodorippe

antennaria A. Milne Edwards, 1880, 23°02,5'S - 83°00'W, 9 6 x 6 mm (MNHN-B 13483).

Fig. 5 b, f. — Vue ventrale du dernier et de l'avant-dernier segment abdominal femelle : b, K. rostrala (ZMA-De 100793).

A noter le pleopodc articul£ sur l'extremite laterale du segment abdominal ; f, C. antennaria (MNHN-B 13483). On

notera le phfopode articuld sur la face ventrale du segment abdominal.

Clef de determination des especes actuelles du genre Tymolus

(lcs espkces traitees dans ce travail sont en caracteres gras)

1. Front d6coupe en quatre dents. 2

— Front tronque. T. truncatus

2. Saillies ptcrygostomiennes, hepatiques, antero-laterales et latcro-branchiales presentes ;

dents exorbitaires contigues avec les dents frontales extemes . 3

Source : MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMJDAF,

271

Pas de saillies plerygostomiennes ; saillics hepaliques, ani 6 ro-lal 6 rales el lalero-

branchiales (si presenles) en general faiblement marquees ; denis exorbilaircs non

contigues avec les denis frontales extemes. 4

3. Grand Tymolus. Saillies plerygostomiennes, hepaliques, anlero-lalerales el lalero-

branchiales plutot spatulees ; region fronio-orbiiaire moyenncmeni avancee ; distance cnire

la base de la saillic hepatique et la base dc la dent exorbitaire (du memc cole dc la carapace)

superieure a la longueur de la dent exorbitaire. j. japonicus

— Saillies ptdrygostomiennes, hepaliques, antdro-latcrales et latero-branchialcs assez

accus 6 cs ; region fronto-orbitaire tres avancee ; distance enlre la base de la saillie hepatique

et la base de la dent exorbitaire (du meme cote de la carapace) plus petite que la longueur dc

la dent exorbitaire . T.dromioides

4. Mcrus des P2 beaucoup plus long que l'ensemble carpe + propode + dactyle .

. T. brucei

— M 6 rus des P2 aussi long que l'ensemble carpe + propode + dactyle. 5

5. Saillies latero-branchiales plus pctites que les saillies antero-laterales ; saillies hcpatiques

a peine visibles ; carapace tres finement granuleuse et pcu setifere ; granulation de la face

exteme des Mxp3 faible . j uncifer

— Pas de saillies latero-branchiales ; saillies antero-laterales dirigees vers ravant, pointues ;

carapace granuleuse el setifere ; des granules spiniformcs sur la face exteme des Mxp3

. T. similis

Tymolus truncatus (Ihle, 1916)

Cyclodorippe ( Cyclortmannia) truncata Ihle, 1916 : 135, fig. 72-73.

Tymolus truncatus - Tavares, 1991b : 446.

Distribution. — Cette espece est connuc seulement de sa localite-type, cote ouest de Borneo (1°17,5’N -

118°53'E), ou elle a ete recoltee a 281 m dc profondeur.

Remarques. — Tymolus truncatus (Ihle, 1916) a ete originalement decrit dans le genre Cyclodorippe A. Milne

Edwards, 1880, puis place par Tavares (1991b) dans le genre Tymolus. Le genre Cyclodorippe a ete tres

longtcmps confondu avec Tymolus, jusqu'fc ce que Tavares (1991a) souligne les differences qui separent ces deux

genres. Comme nous l’avons deja mentionne, Cyclodorippe a ete redefini commc un genre strictcment americain,

tandis que toutes les csp£ces de Tymolus appartiennent h la faune indo-oucst-pacifique.

Tymolus truncatus n'est connu, encore actuellement. que par ses syntypes : deux males et trois femelles, qui

devraient se trouver dans la collection du Zoologisch Museum a Amsterdam. II n'a toutefois pas ete possible de les

y retrouver.

Tymolus brucei Tavares, 1991

Tymolus brucei Tavares, 1991 : 451.

MATfiRIEL EXAMINE. — Vietnam. "Orlik" : st. 2 (31), 305 111 : 5 <3,4 9, 4 9 ovigercs (MNHN-B 24622). — St. 4

(33), 300 m : 2 6 et 3 9 (MZUM). — St. 5 (34), 350 m : 1 6 (MZUM).

Philippines. "Albatross' : 12°25‘35 M N - 121°42T5"E, 305 m : 1 9 ovigere (USNM).

Indonesie. Karubar : st. CP 20, 768-810 m : 1 6 (MNHN-B 24626). — St. CC 21, 688-694 m : 1 9 (MNHN-B

24627). — St. CP 35, 390-502 m : 1 6 ,6 9, 1 9 ovigere. — St. CC 57, 603-622 m : 3 9 (MNHN-B 24628). —

St. CP 59, 405-399 m : 2 9 (MNHN-B 24629). — St. CP 62, 245-251 m : 4 d,4 9 (MNHN-B 24630). — St. CP 71,

477-480 m : 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 24631). — St. CP 73, 854-840 m : 1 9 (MNHN-B 24632). — St. CP 91, 884-890 m :

1 6 , 2 9 (MNHN-B 24633).

272

M. TAVARES

Australie : "Soela". Cruise 0184 : st. NWS-38, 458-456 m : 1 6 4 x 5 mm, holotype (NTM-Cr. 001179). —

St. NWS-57, 504-506 m : 1 9 5.5 x 6 mm. paratype (MNHN-B 24460). — St. NWS-60, 352-360 m : 1 6 (NTM-Cr

000949).

DISTRIBUTION. — Vietnam (14° (t 15°N - 109°42'E). Philippines (12°25'35"N-121°42'15"E), Indon6sie (05° H

09°S - 131° h 133°E) et Australie (18°52.2'S - 116°11.1’E). entre 245 et 890 m de profondeur.

Variations. — Le materiel rassembld par les navires "Albaiross ", "Siboga", "Orlik" et par l’expddition

Karubar, nous a permis d’etudier certains aspects des variations morphologiques chez cctte espSce. Nous avons

constatd des variations bien nettes en ce qui concerne l'ecartcment des dents rostrales (plus ou moins dirigdes vers

I'extcricur), le nombre et le developpement des epines qui ornent la region pt6rygostomienne et la marge interne du

carpe de PI. II n'est pas possible, pour I’instant, d'tStablir si les variations observees ont un rapport avec l'age des

specimens. Selon toute vraisemblance, il n'existe pas de dimorphisme sexuel chez T. brucei. Comme nous l’avons

indique (Tavares, 1991b). T. brucei se distingue des autres espies du genre surtout par le merus des P2 beaucoup

plus long que l'ensemble carpe + propode + dactylc. Ce caractere ne manifeste aucune variation dans l’ensemblc du

materiel examine.

Genre CORYCODUS A. Milne Edwards, 1880

Corycodus A. Milne Edwards, 1880 : 23.

Corycodus - ALCOCK, 1896 : 274. — A. MlLNE Edwards & BOUVIER, 1902 : 86. — IHLE, 1916a : 361 ; 1916b : 124. —

Stebbing, 1920 : 242. — Rathbun, 1937 : 101. — Barnard, 1950 : 393. — Balss, 1957 : 1609. — Powers, 1977 :

26. — GuiNOT, 1979 : 129. — Kensley, 1981a : 37. — Abele & Felgenhauer, 1982 : 316. — Tavares, 1991b :

626.

Nasinatalis Stebbing, 1910 : 340 [espece-type : Nasinatalis disjunclipes Stebbing, 1910, par monotypie).

Description. — Carapace 5 contour subpentagonal, trbs renfl 6 e, surtout au niveau des regions gastrique et

branchiales. Cephalothorax tres epais. Region cardiaque tres basse. Saillies antero-laterales de la carapace toujours

presentes. Limites entre la face dorsale et les flancs de la carapace assez nettes. Front semi-circulaire, a bord

denticuld. Largeur fronto-orbitaire bien inferieure a la moitie de celle, maximale, de la carapace. Orbiles

profondement creusees, a bords superieur et inferieur bien delimits. Pedoncules oculaires mobiles, courts, orientes

transversalement par rapport a l'axe de la carapace. Antennes beaucoup plus courtes que la moitie de la longueur

maximale de la carapace ; segment 2+3 valviforme. Avancee de l’endostome en forme de gouttiere. plus etroite vers

l’avant, atteignant le bord frontal de la carapace. Exopodite des premiers et deuxiemes maxillip&des normalement

flagelles, celui des iroisiemes maxillipedes sans flagelle. Troisiemes maxillipedes avec l'ischion et le merus bien

plus longs que larges ; palpe insdrd sur la face interne du merus. Chelipedes de longueur egale ; doigts assez greles,

arm 6 s d' 6 pincs longues et aigues. Pereiopodes 2 et 3 avec le propode et le dactyle ornes de soies courtes et peu

denses ; dactyle 16g£rement comprim 6 lat 6 ralement. Abdomen femelle forme de sept segments, tous assez 61argis,

sauf le dernier qui est triangulaire. Pleopodes articules sur la face ventrale des segments abdominaux 2 5 5,

normalement birames, pourvus de longues soies. Abdomen male forme de cinq segments. Sutures abdominales

5-6 et 6-7 parfois reconnaissables.

Esp 6 ce-TYPE. — Corycodus bullalus A. Milne Edwards, 1880, par monotypie. Genre masculin.

ESPfeCES INCLUSES . — Corycodus bullatus A. Milne Edwards, 1880 ; C. disjunclipes (Stebbing, 1910) ;

C. bouvieri Ihle, 1916 ; C. merweae sp. nov. et C. decorus sp. nov., decrites ci-apres.

Distribution. — Le genre Corycodus est represente a la fois dans l'lndo-Ouest-Pacifique, par quatre esp^ces

(C. disjunctipes y C. bouvieri , C. merweae et C. decorus ), et dans 1’ocean Atlantique, par une espece (C. bullatus ),

entre 113-620 m de profondeur.

Source : MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

273

Remarques. — Suite a la prdsente revision, le genre Corycodiis renferme cinq especes. Auparavant, Corycodus

en comprenait seulement deux : C. bullalus A. Milne Edwards, 1880, qui est l'esp&ce-type, et C. disjunctipes.

Une troisi&me, C. bouvieri , a ete decrite des Philippines (lies Sulu, "Siboga", st. 95, 5°43,5'N - 119°40'E) par

IHLE (1916a), puis consideree par IHLE lui-meme (1916b), comme synonyme de C. disjunctipes. Apr£s l’examen du

materiel-type des trois especes decrites auparavant dans le genre Corycodus , nous proposons la revalidation de

C. bouvieri.

Deux autres especes de Corycodus sont reconnues dans cette revision : Corycodus merweae sp. nov., etabli

pour un male et une femelle en provenance de 1’Afrique du Sud (32°14,9'S - 29°10,4'E), recoils entre 620-560 m

de profondeur, et Corycodus decorus sp. nov., cree pour deux femelles originates des cotes du Natal, Afriquc du

Sud.

Toutes les especes du genre Corycodus sont 6tudi6es ci-dessous, y compris la seule espece am6ricaine,

C. bullatus.

Clef de determination des especes du genre Corycodus

1. Carapace ornee d'epines tres fines et peu serrees. Distance entre la saillie antero-laterale de

la carapace et la dent exorbitaire correspondante, superieure a la largeur du bord fronto-

orbitaire. Saillies pterygostomiennes repr6sent£es chacune par une dent tres forte et aigue.

Longueur de l'exopodite des Mxp 3 d6passant de beaucoup le niveau de l'articulation

ischio-merale. Propode des chelipedes arme d'epines tres developp6es et aigues.

. C. merweae

— Carapace a relief mouvement6, om6e de tubercules forts et aigus, de granules peu serr6s,

fins et arrondis, ou de tubercules a sommel aplati. Distance entre la saillie ant6ro-lat£rale

de la carapace et la dent exorbitaire correspondante, nettement inferieure a la largeur du bord

fronto-orbitaire. Saillies pterygostomiennes absentcs. Exopodite des Mxp 3 d^passant a

peine le niveau de l'articulation entre l'ischion et le merus. Propode des chelipedes omc de

tubercules arrondis . 2

2. Carapace couverte de tubercules forts et aigus, plus developpes sur les regions frontale,

h£patiques et 6pibranchiales. Entre ces tubercules, des petits granules tres fins. Regions

gastrique, cardiaque et intestinale generalement tres orn^es. Front semi-circulaire, bord^ de

fortes dents. C. disjunctipes

— Carapace couverte de tubercules en forme de vesicule, de tubercules fins et arrondis, ou de

tubercules au sommet aplati. Regions gastrique, cardiaque et intestinale peu ou pas om6es.

Front semi-circulaire a omementation plutot discrete . 3

3. Front legerement dirig6 vers le bas, borde de tubercules v6siculaires. Dent exorbitaire peu

6 cartee de la dent frontale laterale correspondante. Regions pterygostomiennes recouvertcs

par des tubercules contigus, en forme de vesicule. Un creux, de dimension semblable a

celle de l’orbite, au-dessous de celle-ci, om6 a 1 'interieur de grains minuscules.

. C. decorus

— Front semi-circulaire, fortement incline vers lc bas, bord£ de tubercules discrets. Dent

exorbitaire tres ecartSe de la dent frontale laterale correspondante. Regions

pterygostomiennes orn£es de tubercules espaces. Aucun creux au-dessous de 1'orbite . 4

4. Carapace couverte de granules £pars, fins et arrondis, se d<$veloppant sur les regions

frontale, h^patiques et epibranchiales en petits tubercules, parfois aigus.

. C. bouvieri

— Carapace couverte d’excroissances en forme de batonnets, dont la plupart se terminent par

une etoile a nombre de pointes variable [six en general]. C. bullatus

274

M.TAVARES

Corycodus bullatus A. Milne Edwards, 1880

Fig. 6 a-c

Corycodus bullatus A. Milne Edwards, 1880 : 23.

Corycodus bullatus - A. MlLNE Edwards & Bouvier, 1902 : 86. — IHLE, 1916a : 361 ; 1916b : 124. — Ratiibun, 1937 :

103. — Powers, 1977 : 26.

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Caraibes. "Blake" : st. 101, 315-457 m : 1 9 4,5 x 8,5 mm, holotype (MCZ 6670).

Cuba : "Albatross", st. 2342, 23°10 , 39 ,, N - 82°20 , 21 ,, W, 361 m : 9 7 x 15 mm (USNM 18061).

Types. — Holotype : femelle 4,5 x 8,5 mm, carapace et pattes detachees.

LocalitE-TYPE. — Phare de Morro. (" Blake ", st. 101), 315-457 m.

Description. — Carapace couverte d'excroissances & extrdmitd aplatie dont quelques-unes se developpent de

maniere a ressembler a de petits batonnets. Ces excroissances tendent a disparaitre dans les parties mediane et

posterieure de la carapace ; elles sont tres grandes le long des bords anterieurs. Regions de la carapace h peine

marquees, a l'exception de la region cardiaque, petite et limitee par des sillons profonds, tr&s rapproches en avant et

Uts divergents en arriere. Bords antdro-latdraux de la carapace un peu plus longs que les postero-lateraux. Region

frontale fortement deprimee en son milieu. Nodosites protogastriques bien marquees. Saillies pterygostomiennes

absentes. Saillies antdro-laterales de la carapace prodminentes, omdes de petits batonnets. Distance entre celles-ci et

la dent exorbitaire (auvent) correspondante nettement inferieure a la largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire de la carapace.

Front semi-circulaire, bordd de fortes epines. Dent exorbitaire assez dcartee de la dent frontale laterale

correspondante. Pedoncules oculaires courts, a face dorsale gamie de petites epines. Cornee bien pigmentee. Merus

et exopodite des troisi&mes maxillip&des munis d'epines emoussees sur leur face externe ; exopodite depassant a

peine le niveau de l'articulation ischio-mdrale.

Distribution. — Mer des Caraibes (au large de la cote nord de Cuba), a 315-457 m de profondeur.

Remarques. — La femelle holotype a dte conservee a sec jusqu'en 1970, date a laquclle clle a ete mise en

alcool. Subsistent au Museum of Comparative Zoology, le cephalothorax, deux pattes ddtachees du corps, et le

troisteme maxillip&de droit.

Corycodus disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910)

Fig. 2 b, 6 d-f

Nasinatalis disjunctipes Stebbing, 1910 : 340.

Corycodus disjunctipes - Stebbing, 1920 : 242. — Barnard, 1950 : 393. — KENSLEY, 1978 : 250 ; 1981a : 37

Non Corycodus disjunctipes - IllLE, 1916b : 124 = C bouvieri Ihle, 1916.

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Afrique du Sud. Cape Natal, 113 m : 1 9 6 x 10 mm, lectotype k letat sec (SAM) ; 1 9 5 x

8 mm, paralectotype a letat sec (SAM) ; 1 9 paralectotype abimee (BM 1928.12.1:220). — Locality impr^cises

(etiquettes melangees : Cape Natal, Cape Vidal, et Umhloti River) : 5 6 et 11 9 conserves a letat sec (SAM).

Types. — Lectotype : femelle zi l'Stat sec conservee au South African Museum. Paralectotypes : une femelle a

l'6tat sec conserve au South African Museum et une femelle avec la carapace abimee conserve au The Natural

History Museum, & Londres (BM 1928.12.1:220).

Loc a LITE-TYPE. — Afrique du Sud, Cape Natal, 113 m.

Description. — Carapace couverte de tubercules serres, forts et aigus, plus developpes sur les regions frontale,

hepatiques, et dpibranchiales ; entre ceux-ci, des petits granules tr6s fins. Region frontale fortement deprimde en

son milieu. Bord lateral de la carapace borde de dents fortes, plus developpees au niveau de la region

mesobranchiale. Flancs munis de tubercules pointus, plus developpes sur la region pterygostomienne.

Source : MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DKCAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

275

Fig. 6 a-c. — Corycodus bullatus A. Milne Edwards, 1880, " Blake ", st. 101, 315^150 m : 9 holotype 4,5 x 8,5 mm (MCZ

6670) : a, vue d'ensemble de la carapace ; b, sternum thoracique ; c, face interne du troisieme maxillip&de.

Fig. 6 d-f. — Corycodus disjunctipes Stebbing, 1910, Cape Natal (Afrique du Sud), 113 m : 9 lectotype a letat sec, 6 x

10 mm (SAM) : d, bord frontal de la carapace ; e, face interne du chelipede ; f, face exteme du ch£lip£de.

Fossettes gastriques tres marquees. Nodosites protogastriques assez faibles. Region cardiaque ddlimitde

lateralement par un sillon peu profond. Saillic pterygostomienne absente. Saillie antdro-laterale de la carapace bien

developpde, omee de tubercules arrondis. Distance entre celle-ci et la dent exorbitaire (auvent) nettement inferieure a

276

M. TAVARES

la largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire de la carapace. Front semi-circulaire, borde de fortes dents. Dent exorbitaire peu

divergente de la dent frontale laterale. Face dorsale du p6doncule oculaire garnie de petites epines ; cornee

faiblement pigment^e. Ch61ipedes egaux ; face externe du merus, du carpe et du propode, ainsi que la face interne

du merus et du carpe, ornees de gros granules arrondis ; sur la face interne du propode, quelques dents aigues et tres

developp£es ; doigts assez greles et allonges, armes d'epines tres fortes et aigues ; entre celles-ci. de petites epines

et des tubercules spinuleux. Abdomen femelle assez gros par rapport h la carapace ; tergites abdominaux omes

d’amas de granules arrondis ; septieme segment remarquablement petit par rapport aux segments precedents.

Abdomen male de cinq segments, sutures abdominales 5-6 et 6-7 parfois reconnaissables.

Distribution. — Afrique du Sud : Cape Natal, peut-etre egalement Cape Vidal, et Umhloti River, 113 m.

Variations. — Le materiel 6tudie comprend 19 specimens (5 males et 14 femelles, y compris les types), dont

les dimensions de la carapace s'echelonnent de4x5&5x7 mm chez les males, et de 5 x 7 a 6 x 10 mm chez les

femelles.

Les variations individuelles sont pricipalement li6es h la taille des individus. Chez les femelles les plus petites,

les tubercules qui ornent la carapace sont moins developpes et peu denses. II en est de meme chez les petits males.

Remarques. — Stebbing (1910), a fonde sa description de C. disjunctipes sur trois femelles que nous avons

pu examiner. Comme nous l'avons dejci mentionn£, deux sont conserves au South African Museum et une au The

Natural History Museum, a Londres. Stebbing n'ayant pas designe d'holotype pour C. disjunctipes , nous avons

selectionne comme lectotype, en vertu de son etat de conservation beaucoup plus satisfaisant, Tun des deux

specimens deposes & Cape Town. Les deux autres femelles de Corycodus disjunctipes sont done les paralectotypes.

Corycodus bouvieri Ihle, 1916

Fig. 7 a-d

Corycodus bouvieri Ihle, 1916a : 362.

Corycodus disjunctipes - IHLE, 1916b : 124.

MATERIEL EXAMINfi. — Philippines. ” Siboga : st. 95, 5°43,5’N - 119°40'E, 522 m : 1 9 holotype (ZMA).

Types. — Holotype : femelle avec la carapace abimee (ZMA).

LocaLIT fi-TYPE. — Proximity des lies Sulu ("Siboga", st. 95, - 119°40'E).

Description. — Carapace couverte de granules peu semes, fins et arrondis, se developpant en petits tubercules,

parfois aigus, sur les regions frontale, hepatiques et 6pibranchiales. Regions gastrique, cardiaque et intestinale

pratiquement sans omementation ; region frontale fortement deprim^e en son milieu. Flancs parcourus horizontale-

ment par une s6rie de dents qui commencent au niveau de la region mdsobranchiale. Des tubercules arrondis assez

denses sur les regions ptdrygostomiennes. Nodosit6s protogastriques assez faibles. Saillies pterygostomiennes

absentes ; saillies ant^ro-laterales de la carapace bien nettes, ornees de petits granules. Distance entre celles-ci et la

dent exorbitaire (auvent) correspondante nettement inferieure a la largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire de la carapace.

Front semi-circulaire, fortement incline vers le bas, borde de petites dents. Dent exorbitaire tr&s 6cartee de la dent

frontale laterale correspondante. Face dorsale des pedoncules oculaires garnie de petites epines ; cornee faiblement

pigmentee, semblant degenerde. Troisi&mes maxillipMes avec le merus et Tischion ornes d'epines et de tubercules

moyennement forts sur leur face externe ; exopodite depassant un peu la suture entre ces deux articles. Ch61ipedes

de longueur egale ; face externe du merus, du carpe et du propode. ainsi que la face interne du merus et du carpe,

ornees de granules arrondis ; sur la face interne du propode quelques dents aigues ; doigts assez greles et allonges,

arm£s d'epines moyennement fortes et aigues ; entre celles-ci, de petites epines et des tubercules spinuleux.

P6reiopodes 2 et 3 similaires ; m£rus, carpe, propode et dactyle omes de tubercules fins.

Distribution. — Espece connue seulement de la localit6-type (5°43,5'N - 119°40'E), a 522 m de profondeur.

Source ; MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

277

Fig. 7. — Corycodus bouvieri Ihle, 1916, Philippines. " Siboga ", st. 95, 5°43,5'N - 119°40'E, 522 m : 9 holotype avec

la carapace abimee (ZMA) : a, bord frontal de la carapace ; b, vue detaillee de la cavite orbitaire montrant le segment

antennaire 2+3 valviforme (s.a.) ; c, sternum thoracique ; d, face externe du chelipede.

Remarques. — Ihle (1916a), a ddcrit Corycodus bouvieri d'apres une femelle rdcoltde par la " Siboga " (st. 95,

5°43,5’N - 119°40'E), puis, la meme annee (IHLE, 1916b), en sc basant uniquemcnt sur la description de

C. disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910), a mis en synonymic sa nouvelle espdce et celle de STEBBING. La demarche de

Ihle n'ayant jamais dtd remise en question par Ies auteurs ultdrieurs, C. bouvieri est demeurd dans la synonymic de

C. disjunctipes . En fait, ces deux espdces sont assez faciles h distingucr par l'omementation de la carapace,

beaucoup moins developpee chez C. bouvieri , par les regions gastrique, cardiaquc et intestinale pratiquement lisses,

et par les dents exorbitaires divergeant fortement de la dent frontale laterale correspondante. Par certains points,

rornementation de la carapace de C. bouvieri rappel le d’assez pres celle de C. bullatus.

Corycodus merweae sp. nov.

Fig. 8 a-c

Corycodus disjunctipes - KENSLEY, 1981b : 60. Non Corycodus disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910).

MATfiRIEL EXAMINE. — Afrique du Sud : R.V. " Meiring Naude" : st. SM 232, 32°14.9’S - 29°10,4’E, 620-560 m :

19 6x9 mm, holotype (SAM A17679), U 5 x 7,5 mm, paratype (SAM A17679).

278

M. TAVARES

Types. — Holotype : femelle 6x9 mm (SAM A17679, R.V. "Meiring Naude", st. SM 232, 25.6.1979).

L'autre specimen de la liste ci-dessus est le paratype.

Locality-type. — Afrique du Sud, 32°14,9'S - 29°10,4'E, 620-560 m.

Etymologie. — Cette espece est dedi6e h Michelle Van Der Merwe, conservateur au South African Museum,

toujours prete h apporter son aide lorsque des prets de materiel lui sont demands.

Fig. 8. — Corycodus merweae sp. nov., Afrique du Sud, R.9. "Meiring Naude " st. SM 232, 32°14,9’ S-29°10,4' E, 620-

560 m : 9 holotype 6x9 mm (SAM A17679) : a, vue d'ensemble de la carapace ; b, face externe du chelipede ;

c, sternum thoracique.

Description. — Carapace omee de granules emoussds assez clairsemes, un peu plus dvidents sur les regions

frontale, hdpatiques et epibranchiales. Omementation des regions gastrique, cardiaque et intestinale beaucoup moins

ddvdloppde. Region frontale fortement ddprimee en son milieu. Flancs parcourus horizontalement par une sdrie de

dents developpees qui commencent au niveau de la region mesobranchiale pour se rcduire brusquement au niveau de

la region pterygostomienne. En plus de cctte serie de dents, regions pterygostomiennes omees de tubercules aigus.

Nodositds protogastriques assez faiblcs. Saillies ptdrygostomiennes representees par une dent tres forte et aigue.

Saillies antdro-latdrales de la carapace tres pointues, omdes de petits granules. Distance entre celles-ci et la dent

exorbitaire (auvent) correspondante, supcricure h la largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire de la carapace. Front semi-

circulaire, bordd de fortes epines. Dents exorbitaires peu ecartdes de la dent frontale laterale correspondante. Face

dorsale des pddoncules oculaires garnie de petites Opines ; cornee complement d^gdndr^e, nc presentant aucune

trace de pigmentation. Merus et ischion des troisikmes maxillipedes munis d'6pines tres fortes sur leur face

Source ; MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

279

externe ; longueur de I'exopoditc dapassant de beaucoup le niveau de la suture entre le m6rus et l'ischion.

Chelip6des egaux ; face externe du merus et du carpe omee de granules arrondis ; propode (sur les faces externe et

supdrieure) et dactyle (surtout la face interne) armes d'epines tres fortes et aigues. Perdiopodes 2 et 3 similaires ;

merus et carpe omes de tubercules fins, ceux-ci presque absents sur le propode ; dactyle lisse, muni de soies

courtes. Pdrdiopodes 4 et 5 subdorsaux, similaires, courts ; merus, carpe et propode assez peu omementds, munis

de tras petits granules ; dactyle incurva, muni de quelques granules spinuleux sur la face prehensile. Tergites 2-7 de

l'abdomen femelle ornas de tubercules aigus ; premier tergite abdominal inerme ; septieme segment petit par

rapport aux precedents. Abdomen male de cinq segments, ornas de granules amoussas, moins visibles sur le

segment cinq.

Distribution. — Afrique du Sud (32°14,9'S - 29°10,4’E), a 620-560 m de profondeur.

Variations. — II existe vraisemblablement un dimorphisme sexuel chez C. merweae , en ce qui conceme le

renflement de la region cardiaque et romementation de la carapace. Chez les deux sexes, les regions frontale,

hapatique et dpibranchiales sont tras renfiaes, tandis que la region cardiaque Test peu chez la femelle et nettement

plus chez le male. Ainsi, chez la femelle, la region cardiaque parait beaucoup plus daprimae que chez le male par

rapport au reste de la carapace. Quant a l'ornementation de la carapace, elle est, chez la femelle, moins daveloppae

sur la face dorsale et les regions sous-hapatiques et ptarygostomiennes que chez le male. II nous parait peu

probable que ces variations soient en rapport avec la taille des spacimens, car les diffarenccs de proportion entre la

femelle holotype (6x9 mm) et le male paratype (5 x 7,5 mm) sont assez faibles.

Remarques. — Le matariel dacrit ci-dessus comme C. merweae avait ata identify par KENSLEY (1981 : 60) a

C. disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910).

C. merweae se sapare assez facilement des deux autres especes indo-ouest-pacifiques du genre, C. disjunctipes

(Stebbing, 1910) et C. bouvieri Ihle, 1916, par romementation assez discrete de la carapace (plus marquae chez les

deux autres especes), par la distance entre la saillie antaro-latarale et la dent exorbitaire (auvent) suparieure a la

largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire de la carapace (au lieu d'etre nettement infarieure), par le propode des chdlipedes

arma d'apines fortes et aigues (une telle ornementation n'existe pas chez les deux autres especes), par les saillies

ptarygostomiennes representees par une forte apine tr5s aigue (absente chez les deux autres especes), par la

longueur de I'exopodite des troisiemes maxillipedes qui dapasse de beaucoup la suture entre l'ischion et le marus

(au lieu de la dapasser & peine).

Corycodus decorus sp. nov.

Fig. 9 a-b

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Afrique du Sud. Cotes du Natal: 1 9 6 x 9 mm, holotype (SAM) ; 1 9 5x8 mm, paratype

(SAM).

Types. — Holotype : femelle 6x9 mm (SAM). L'autrc spacimen mentionna ci-dessus est le paratype. Jusqu'5

prasent, les deux femelles types avaient ata conservaes a l'atat sec ; apras les avoir raganaraes, nous les avons

remises dans l'alcool.

Locality-type. — Cotes du Natal (Afrique du Sud) avec certitude, mais on ne peut preciser s'il s'agit de Cape

Natal, de Cape Vidal ou de Umhloti River.

Les collections du South African Museum contienncnt un achantillon identifia a Corycodus disjunctipes ,

comportant trois dtiquettes (Cape Natal SAM-A 1456, Cape Vidal SAM-A 1609, et Umhloti River SAM-A 517 )

sans indication du nom du ddterminateur et qui n’a pas donnd lieu h une publication. II est manifeste que trois lots

ont ata maiangas. Cet echantillon comprend 20 spacimens, dont 5 males el 13 femelles sont identifiables a

C. disjunctipes , et deux femelles & 1'espece nouvellc, baptisae ici Corycodus decorus. II est impossible de daceler

l'appartenance gaographique exacte des divers spacimens.

Etymologie. — Du Latin decorat us , omementa, par allusion au type particular d'ornementation de la carapace.

280

M. TAVARES

Description. — Carapace couverte de tubcrcules serres, en forme de vdsicule, sur les regions frontale,

hdpatiques, mdsogastrique et branchiales ; regions gastrique, cardiaque, et intestinale a peine omdcs de quelques

granules arrondis epars ; regions ptdrygostomiennes recouvertes de tubercules vesiculaires serres qui deviennent

moins marquds et espaces vers l'arrifere des flancs de la carapace. Fossettes gastriques bien marquees. Nodosites

protogastriques a peine perceptibles. Saillies pterygostomiennes absentes. Saillies antero-laterales de la carapace

distinctes, complement recouvertes de petits tubercules vesiculaires. Distance entre la saillie antdro-latcrale et la

dent exorbitaire (auvent) correspondante nettement inferieure a la largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire de la carapace.

Front dirige vers le bas, borde de tubercules vesiculaires ; dents exorbitaires peu ecartees de la dent frontale latdrale

correspondante. Au-dessous de chaque orbite et de dimensions semblables a celle-ci, s'observe un creux orne a

l’intdrieur de grains minuscules. Comde moyennement pigmentee. Chdlipedes, pereiopodes et abdomen manquant.

Distribution. — Afrique du Sud, cotes du Natal. Distribution bathymetrique inconnue.

Remarques. — Cotycodus disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910) et C. decorus cohabitent en Afrique du Sud, sur la

cote du Natal. C. decorus se distingue aisement grace aux nombreux tubercules en forme de vdsicule qui couvrent

la majeure partie de la face dorsale de la carapace (regions frontale, hepatiques, mesogastrique, et branchiales) et les

regions pterygostomiennes, et aux creux situes au-dessous des orbites.

Fig. 9. — Corycodus decorus sp. nov., Afrique du Sud, cotes du Natal : 1 9 holotype 6x9 mm (SAM) : a. vue d'ensemble

de la carapace ; b, sternum thoracique incline pour montrer les derniers stemites. 6-8, stemites thoraciques ; cx3-cx5,

coxa des pereiopodes 3 a 5.

Genre GENKAIA Miyake & Takeda, 1970

Genkaia Miyake & Takeda, 1970 : 20.

Genkaia - Takeda, 1973a : 22 ; 1973b : 77 ; 1985 : 97. — Sakai, 1976 : 7.

Description. — Carapace h face dorsale assez plane, & contour subcircukure, plus large en arriere des saillies

latdro-branchiales. Saillies antdro-latdrales et latero-branchiales (les seules sur la carapace) bien reconnaissables.

Limites entre la face dorsale de la carapace et les flancs assez nettes. Region frontale peu deprimee en son milieu.

Front hexagonal, proeminent, se prolongeant par une avancee rostrale tr&s courte. Largeur fronto-orbitaire

superieure a la moitie de la largeur maximale de la carapace. Orbites assez profondes, avec les bords superieur et

inferieur bien ddlimitds. Pddoncules oculaires mobiles, courts, orientds transversalement par rapport & l'axe de la

carapace. Antcnnes robustes ; article 2+3 se prolongeant en une avancee exteme tres allongee, ddpassant de

Source: MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCI.ODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

281

beaucoup la longueur des articles suivants. Avanc6e de Tendostome trfcs courte ; bords lat6raux du cadre buccal

allonges et concaves, se prolongeant jusqu'au segment 2+3 de l’antenne. Troisiemes maxillipedes se coaptant

parfaitement avec le bord lateral du cadre buccal. Exopodites des trois paires de maxillip&les pourvus d'un flagelle

bien d6velopp£. Exopodite de Mxp3 avec Textrdmite effilee ; palpe articuld <n Tangle antfTo-exteme du merus, ses

articles 2 et 3 comprim^s dorso-ventralement. Abdomen femelle forme de sept segments, tous assez (Slargis.

PltSopodes 1 de la femelle vestigiaux, unirames, inserts sur la face ventrale du premier segment abdominal.

Septieme sternite thoracique femelle chevauchant une partie du stemite precedent. Stemites thoraciques contigus

chez le male. Abdomen male forme de sept segments.

EspfcCE-TYPE. — Genkaia gordonae Miyake & Takeda, 1970, par designation originale.

ESPfcCES INCLUSES. — Genkaia gordonae Miyake & Takeda, 1970, et Genkaia keijii sp. nov., decrite ci-apres.

DISTRIBUTION; — Genre indo-ouest-pacifique, entre 43 et 150 m de profondeur.

Remarques. — Miyake et Takeda (1970) ont rattachd le genre Genkaia a la famille des Dromiidae. Selon ces

deux auteurs (1970 : 19), Genkaia "is referable to the section Dromiacea on account of having first pleopods in

the female", et plus loin (1970 : 26) "the present new genus [ Genkaia ] is tentatively referred to the family

Dromiidae to which it seems to be more related rather than to the family Homolodromiidae in the general

formation of the carapace". Peu apres. Takeda (1973b : 77) laisse apparaitre ses incertitudes quant a la position

systematique du genre Genkaia : "Although the genera may represent a family distinct from the Dromiidae, they

remain in the original family [Dromiidae] due to that imperfect knowledege of the branchial formulae".

A notre avis, Genkaia appartient a la lignee cyclodoripoidienne. II en presente le sternum thoracique clargi chez

les femelles (un peu moins elargi chez les males), done incompletement recouvert par 1'abdomen ; les sternites 7-8

perpendiculaires par rapport aux stemites 4-6 ; les sillons stemaux du male et de la femelle assez nets ; les stemites

7-8 participant seuls & la formation de la cavite sterno-abdominale ; une structure du pleopode male ne differant pas

de celle des autres genres de la famille (PI 1 et PI 2 presque de la meme epaisseur ; PI 2 styliforme chez les

Dromiidae). Evoqu6 par Miyake et Takeda (1970) puis par Takeda (1985), Targumcnt selon lequel le pleopode du

premier segment abdominal serait absent chez les femelles des Cyclodorippidae, est inexact. Ce pleopode existe,

sous forme certes vestigiale mais toutefois tres distincte, chez les femelles des genres Xeinosioma , Krangalangia ,

et Ketamia.

Chez les Dromiidae, le sternum thoracique est dtroit et 1'abdomen replie le recouvre entierement; les stemites

4-6 participent a la formation de la cavite stemo-abdominale ; la forme du plastron est assez particuliere (sillons

stemaux 4 & 8, surtout le 7-8, fortement rejetes vers Tavant) et les sillons stemaux chez les males sont a peine

reconnaissables ; les pleopodcs males, assez uniformes, se distinguent bien de ceux des Cyclodorippidae (PI 1

beaucoup plus epais que PI 2, ce dernier particulierement effile).

Les Cyclodorippides des genres Genkaia et Phyllotymolinum gen. nov. offrent un appareil respiratoire de type

oxystome, mais les modifications subies par les appendices buccaux ne sont pas exactement les mcmes que cellcs

presentees par les autres genres de la famille. Une disposition oxystome n'est presente chez aucun des genres de

Dromiidae.

Clef de determination des especes du genre Genkaia

_ Distance entre la saillie latSro-branchiale de la carapace et la dent exorbitaire

correspondante aussi grande que la moitie de la largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire de la

carapace. Regions metabranchiales presque lisses. Doigts des chelipedes allonges (doigt

fixe orne de deux carfcnes longitudinales assez nettes sur chacune des faces interne et

externe ; doigt mobile avec une seule carene). Bord prehensile du doigt fixe arm£ de dents

menues. Face ventrale du propode du chdlipede avec une avanc^e bien ddveloppee et en

forme d'aile ; face ventrale du merus muni d’une bosse assez grosse . G . keijii

282

M. TAVARES

— Distance entre la saillie latdro-branchiale de la carapace et la dent exorbitaire correspon-

dante nettement moins grande que la moitie de la largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire. Regions

metabranchiales abondamment garnies de granules aplaties. Doigts des chdlipedes plutot

courts (la paire de carenes sur le doigt fixe et la carene impaire du doigt mobile tres peu

nettes). Bord prehensile du doigt fixe arme de dents triangulaires fortes et assez

d6veloppces. L'avancee aliforme de la face ventrale du propode des chelipedes

moyennement developpde ; pas de bosse (ni d'autre protuberance accentuee, seulement des

granules) sur la face ventrale du merus . G. gordonae

Genkaia gordonae Miyake & Takeda, 1970

Fig. 10 a-d

Genkaia gordonae Miyake & Takeda, 1970 : 20.

Genkaia gordonae - TAKEDA, 1973a : 23 ; 1985 : 97. — Sakai, 1976 : 7.

MATl-RIEL EXAMINE. — Japon. " Genkai " : st. 415, North of Fukue, Goto Is., 32°48,8'N - 128°48,65'E, 68 m : 1 6

3,7 x 3,8 mm (MSMT-Cr. 6531).

Okinawa : 26°30*N - 127°50'E, 61 m : 1 6 (USNM). — 26°30’N - 127°50,9'E, 45-49 m : 1 6 (USNM). — 26°30'N -

127°50,9'E, 61 m : 1 9 (USNM). — 26°30,9'N - 127°50,9'E, 55 m : 1 6 ,1 9 (USNM). — 26°30,9’N - 127°50,9’E,

58 m : 1 $ (USNM). — 26°30,9’N - 127°50,9*E, 64 m : 1 6 (USNM). — 26°30’N - 127°50,9’E, 52-58 m : 1 9 (USNM).

— 26°30'N - 127°50,9'E, 58 m : 1 9 (USNM). — 26°30’N - 127°50,9’E, 67 m : 1 6 (USNM). — 26°30.4'N - 127°52,6'E,

43 m : 1 9 (USNM). — 26°30’N - 127°50,9’E, 64 m : 1 9 ovigere (USNM). — 26°30,9'N - 127°50,9’E, 55 m : 1 9

(USNM). — 26°30,9’N - 127°50,9’E, 67 m : 1 6 juvenile (USNM). — 26°30,4’N - 127°52,6 , E, 52 m : 1 <5, 1 9 (USNM).

— 26°30'N - 127°50,9’E, 61 m : 1 6 (USNM). — 26°30’N - 127°50,9'E, 52 m : 1 9 ovigere (USNM).

Distribution. — Japon (Tsushima, nord-est de Kyushu ; Goto, nord de Fukue ), entre 68 et 100 m de

profondeur.

Remarques. — Miyake et Takeda (1970) ont etabli G. gordonae d’apr£s une femelle ovigere, r6colt£e au

Japon sur un fond de sable et de coquilles, et en ont fait une description detaillee. En 1985, Takeda a d£crit le male

et figurd la carapace, le troisiemc maxillipede, le chelipede, les pereiopodes et l'abdomen. Takeda n'ayant pas

illustre le plcopode male, ni precise certains details du chelipede et de la troisieme patte thoracique, nous donnons

ici une figure des ces appendices.

Les caracteres qui separent Genkaia gordonae de G. keijii sp. nov. sont mentionnes ci-apres.

Genkaia keijii sp. nov.

Fig. 2d, 11 a-e, 13 d

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Nouvelle-Caledonie. Lagon : st. 190, 135-150 m : 1 9 3,9 x 4 mm, holotype,

partiellement mutilee. Les P4 et P5 ainsi que les segments abdominaux 2-7 manquent (MNHN-B 24619).

TYPES. — Le seul specimen connu, la femelle mentionnde ci-dessus, est l'holotype.

LocaLITE-TYPE. — Nouvelle-Caledonie, baie de St. Vincent, 22°02,1'S - 165°57,3'E, 135 ^ 150 m.

Etymologie. — Espfcce dddide h Keiji Baba, professeur h TUniversit6 de Kumamoto, toujours pret a apporter

son aide lorsque des recherches de materiel japonais lui sont demandees.

Description. — Carapace couverte de granules aplatis, plus serrds sur la region frontale, tres espaces sur faire

centrale, et presque absents sur les regions metabranchiales. Fossettes gastriques trds peu marquees. Nodosit6s

protogastriques a peine reconnaissables. Regions cardiaque et gastrique ddlimit^es par un sillon profond. Saillies

Source :

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

283

FIG. 10. — Genkaia gordonae Miyake & Takeda. 1970, Japon, North of Fukue, Goto Is., "Genkai Maru", st. 415,

32°48,8’N - 128°48,65'E, 68 m : 6 3,7 x 3,8 mm (MSMT-Cr. 6531) : a, face externe du chelipede ; b, face externe du

troisifeme pereiopode ; c, premier pldopode sexuel <3 ; d, deuxieme pleopode sexuel 8 ■

hepatiques et antdro-latdrales (les seules sur la carapace) plutot spatulees, dirigees vers 1'avant, ornees de granules

aplalis. Face dorsale dcs pedoncules oculaires gamie de granules saillants et armde d'un lubercule proeminent

lui-memc granulcux et incurve vers la corn&:. Cornee bien pigmentee. Antennes avec l'avancee de l’article 2+3

munie d'epines aigues. Troisicmes maxillipedes tr6s pcu sdtiferes, avec toute leur face externe munie de granules

pointus assez peu espactSs. Chelipedes avec une orncmentation constituee par des bosses et des proeminences en

forme d’aile revetues, les unes et les autres, de granules contigus et arrondis. On observe une bosse trets saillante

sur la face ventrale du merus. tandis quc le propodc presente, ventralement, une avancde tr6s prononcee, en forme

d'aile et, sur sa face externe. deux bosses dlevees. Doigt fixe avec deux carenes assez Vendues le long de la face

interne et de la face externe. Doigt mobile dtroit par rapport au doigt fixe, avec une car6ne assez dtcndue le long de

ses faces interne et externe. P2 et P3 similaires, om6s de granules aplatis. Sternum thoracique et tergites

abdominaux gamis de granules arrondis.

Distribution. — Nouvelle-Caledonie. a 135-150 m de profondeur.

284

M. TAVARES

Fig. 11. — Genkaia keijii sp. nov., Nouvelle-Caledonie, LagON 3, st. 190, 22°02,1'S - 165°57,3'E, 135-150 m : 9

holotype 3,9 x 4 mm (MNHN-B 24619) : a, bord frontal de la carapace ; b, vue vcntrale de la region anterieure et cadre

buccal ; c, face exlerng de la pince du chelipede ; d, face cxterne de l’ensemble du chelipede ; e, face externc du

troisieme pereiopode.

Remarques. — Les caracteres par lesquels s’opposent Genkaia keijii et G. gordonae sont lcs suivants : chez la

nouvelle espece, l'extremite du rostre est faiblement dirigde vers le bas. tandis que chez G. gordonae la pointe du

rostre est fortement inclinde. Par ailleurs, chez G. keijii, la distance entre la saillie latero-branchiale de la carapace

et la dent cxorbitaire correspondante est aussi grande que la moitid de la largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire et les

Source ; MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCIDDORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

285

regions mdtabranchiales de la carapace sont presque lisses. Contrairement h l'espfcce dc la Nouvelle-Calddonie, chez

celle du Japon la distance entre la saillie latfro-branchiale de la carapace et la dent exorbitaire correspondante est

nettement inferieure a la moitie de la largeur du bord fronto-orbitaire et les regions m£tabranchiales sont

abondamment gamies de granules aplatis.

Genkaia keijii et G. gordonae se differencient aussi par la forme et par rornementation des chelipedes et des

troisiemes pereiopodes. La nouvelle esp£ce se caracterise par des chelipedes h doigts allonges (doigt fixe ome dc

deux carries longitudinales assez nettes, sur chacune des faces interne et externe ; doigt mobile avec une seule

carene) ; le bord prehensile du doigt fixe est arme de dents menues ; sur la face ventrale du propode il y a une

avancee bien d£veloppeeeten formed'aile. Le merus est muni dune bosse assezgrosse sur sa face ventrale.

Chez G. gordonae , les doigts fixe et mobile des chelipedes sont plus courts ; les carries qui les oment sont

orient6es de la meme fagon que celles dc G. keijii, mais tres peu nettes. Le bord prehensile du doigt fixe est arme

de dents triangulaires, fortes et assez developp<$es. Contrairement a ce qu'on trouve chez G. keijii , chez

G. gordonae l'avancee aliforme de la face ventrale du propode des chelipedes est moyennement developpee et il n'y

a pas de bosse (ni d'autre protuberance accentu<$e, seulement des granules) sur la face ventrale du m<$rus.

En ce qui conceme les troisiemes p6r£iopodes, G. keijii possede un propode presque 3,5 fois plus long que

haut, avec le bord superieur 16g&rement concave. Par contre, chez G. gordonae , le propode est moins de 2,5 fois

plus long que haut, avec le bord superieur d6coupe en deux structures aliformes : 1'une proximale et l'autre distale.

Chez I'espcce de la Nouvelle-Caledonie, le dactyle est faiblement ornemente, tandis que chez l'espfcce japonaise

celui-ci est abondamment garni de petites spinules.

Genre PHYLLOTYMOLINUM nov.

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace a face dorsale assez plane et a contour subcirculaire, sa plus grande largeur au niveau

des saillies antfcro-latfcrales. Saillies hepatiques et antero-Iatfcrales (les seules sur la carapace) bien rcconnaissables.

Limites entre la face dorsale de la carapace et les flancs assez nettes. Front subtriangulaire termine par une avancee

rostrale plus aigue. Region frontale deprimee en son milieu. Largeur fronto-orbitaire superieure a la moitifc de la

largeur maximale de la carapace. Orbites assez profondes, avec les bords superieur et inffcrieur bien delimites.

Pedoncules oculaires mobiles, courts, orientes transversalement par rapport a l'axe de la carapace. Antennes

remarquablement robustes, surtout Particle 2+3, qui est en forme d'auvent. Avancee dc l'endostome trfcs courte.

Bords lateraux du cadre buccal assez allonges, atteignant le segment 2+3 de 1'antenne. Exopodites des trois paires dc

maxillipfcdes pourvus d’un flagelle normal. Exopodite de Mxp3 avec I'extremite distalc assez (Stroite ; palpe articule

a Tangle antero-externe du merus, ses articles 2 et 3 comprimes dorso-ventralement. Sternites thoraciques 6-7

contigus aussi bien chez les males que chez les femelles. Abdomen femellc form6 de sept segments tr^s elargis ;

pl6opodes sur les segments abdominaux 2 a 5 ; exopodite de PI 2-PI 5 assez elargi, foliace, articule sur la face

ventrale des segment abdominaux. Abdomen male form£ de sept segments.

Etymologie. — Norn generique forme par la combinaison des mots grecs ,phyllon s feuille, et du nom neutre

tymolinum , par allusion aux pteopodes foliac£s dc la femelle. Genre neutre.

ESPfeCE-TYPE. — Phyllotymolinurn crosnieri sp. nov.

EspfcCES INCLUSES. — Phyllotymolinum crosnieri sp. nov., d&rite ci-aprfcs.

Distribution. — Genre indo-ouest-pacifique, trouve entre 205 et 370 m de profondeur.

Remarques. — Phyllotymolinum gen. nov. est cre6 ici pour une seule esp&ce, Phyllotymolinum crosnieri

sp. nov.. provenant dcs eaux profondes n£o-caledoniennes.

Le nouveau genre montre certaines affinitds avec le genre Genkaia , surtout en ce qui conceme l'aspect general de

la carapace, de la region buccale et de l'abdomen. Neanmoins. I'absence de pl(3opodes sur le premier segment

286

M.TAVARES

abdominal (premier pldopode present chez Genkaia ), l'exopodite des pleopodes 2-5 dlargis, foliace (exopoditc des

pldopodes normaux chez Genkaia) et les stemites Ihoracique 6-7 contigus chez les males comme chez les femelles

(scptteme stemite thoracique femelle surmontant une partie du stemile precedent chez Genkaia). sont autant de

traits qui distinguent les genres Phyllotymolinum et Genkaia.

Phyllotymolinum crosnieri sp. nov.

Fig. 2 g. 12 a-e

MATERIEL EXAMINE. —Nouvelle-Catedonie. Lagon : st. 500. 225 m : 1 6 (MNHN-B 24609).

Musorstom 4 : st. DW 163, 350 m : 1 <S (MNHN-B 24610). — St. CC 175, 370 m : 1 6 (MNHN-B 24611). —

St. DW 186, 205 m : 1 6 (MNHN-B 24612).

Musorstom 5 : st. DW 335, 315 m : 1 6 (MNHN-B 24613). — St. DW 336, 350 m : 1 9 (MNHN-B 24614). — St.

DW 353, 290 m : 1 6 (MNHN-B 24615) ; 1 9 (MNHN-B 24616). — St. DC 376, 280 m : 1 <3. 1 9 (USNM).

Smib 6 : st. DW 117, 280 m : 1 6 5,7 x 6,9 mm, holotype (MNHN-B 24617) ; 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 24618).

TYPES. — Holotype : male 5,7 x 6.9 mm (MNHN-B 24617, Smib 6. station DW 117). Les autres specimens

mentionnes ci-dessus sont les paratypes.

LocalitB-TYPE. — Nouvelle-Calcdonie, 18°59,4'S - 163°25,4'E, 280 m.

Etymologif.. — Espece dedide & Alain CROSNIER, Tun des principaux animateurs des campagnes MUSORSTOM.

Description. — Carapace regulierement couverte de granules arrondis et peu espaces. Fossettes gastriques peu

marquees. Nodositds protogastriques a peine reconnaissables. Regions cardiaque et gastrique delimitees par un

sillon assez peu profond. Saillies hepatiques et antdro-laterales (les seules sur la carapace) tres peu prononcees et

ornees de granules fins. Face dorsale des pedoncules oculaires gamie de granules arrondis et armee d'un tuberculc

preeminent, incurvd vers la comee et orne de granules. Cornee bien pigmentee. Segments antennaires (a

l'exception du flagelle) et article basal de l'antennule munis de granules arrondis et peu espacds. Troisiemes

maxillipedes tres peu setifdres, avec toute leur face exteme tapissee de granules arrondis. Chelipedes peu setiferes.

couvcrts de granules arrondis et contigus. P2 el P3 similaires, peu setiferes, faiblemment ornes. P4 et P5

cgalcment similaires et avec la memc omementation que les precedents. Sternum thoracique et segments

abdominaux males et femelles gamis de granules arrondis.

Distribution. — Nouvelle-Caledonie, de 205 a 370 m de profondeur.

Sous-Famille XEINOSTOMINAE Tavares, 1992

Xeinostominae Tavares, 1992a : 514.

DESCRIPTION. — Largeur fronto-orbitaire toujours sup^rieure & la moitie de la largcur maximale de la carapace.

Propode et dactyle des pereiopodes 2 et 3 omds chacun de deux rangees de soies assez longues : Tune situee sur la

face ventrale, et Tautre sur la face dorso-externe. Abdomen femelle forme de six ou de sept segments, tous

extremement <3troits (segments 6 et 7 distincts ou bien soud6s) formant une languctte allong6e. Chez la femelle,

pleopodes 1 vestigiaux, unirames, inseres sur la face ventrale du premier segment abdominal. Pldopodes 2-5

biram6s, articules sur l'extrtjmitc laterale des segment abdominaux 2 h 5 et pourvus de longues soies. Presence

d'une chambre incubatrice en forme de corbeille (voir les remarques ci-dessous). Abdomen male form6 de cinq

segments.

Genre-type. — Xeinostoma Stebbing, 1920.

GENRES INCLUS. — Xeinostoma Stebbing, 1920, Krangalangia Tavares, 1992, et Ketamia Tavares, 1992.

Source .

CRUSTACEA DECAPO DA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

287

Fig. 12.— Phyllotymolinum crosnieri sp. nov., Nouvelle-Caledonie, Smib 6, si. DW 117, 18°59,40'S - 163°25,40’E,

280 m : 6 holotype 5,7 x 6,9 mm (MNHN-B 24617) : a, bortl frontal de la carapace ; b, face externe des segments

abdominaux 1 a 7 ; c, vue ventrale de la region anterieure et cadre buccal ; d, face externe de la pince du chclipede. —

9 paratype (MNHN-B 24618) : e, pleopode du cinqui&me segment abdominal. A noter l'cxopodite du pleopode

foliacd.

Distribution. — Les Xeinoslominae sonl tous indo-ouesl-pacifiques. Ils onl did r6coltds enire 15 el 1223 m

de profondeur (fig. 2).

Remarques. — Contrairement aux Cyclodorippinae, les Xeinoslominae monirenl des modifications uniques

par rapport a ce que Ton connait chez les Crustaces Decapodcs Brachyoures. Chez la femellc, l'abdomen, qui

compte six ou sept segments hts courts et 6troits, ne forme qu'un ensemble reduit et peu calcifie. La premiere

paire de pleopodes. uniram6s et vestigiaux, s'articule normalement sur la face ventrale du premier segment

288

M. TAVARES

abdominal ; en revanche, les pleopodes 2-5, longs, cylindriques et bien calcifids, s'articulent non pas a la face

ventrale des segments abdominaux commc chez tous les Brachyoures, mais <i l'extremite latero-externe. Lcs

pldopodes 2-5 portent des soies trds longues ct plumeuses ; celles-ci, en se rejoignant plus ou moms

complement. forment une sorte de corbeille : c'est it celle-ci qu'incombe la protection des oeufs. Chez

Xeinostoma, ce mdcanisme de protection de la pontc atteint un degrd devolution encore plus perfectionnd : les

segments abdominaux relativement plats, ddcrivent, dans un plan horizontal, un large arc de cercle, avec lcs

pleopodes inseres dans leur prolongemcnt. Chez la femelle ovigere. l’abdomen rabat ses segments distaux vers le

thorax, la corbeille est fermde par des longues soies inserdes sur le bord postcricur du sternite 6 ct de la coxa de P3.

Genre XEINOSTOMA Stebbing, 1920

Xeinostoma Stebbing, 1920 : 243.

Xeinostoma - Barnard, 1950 : 395. - BaLSS. 1957 : 1609. - Sakai, 1976 : 34. - KENSLEY, 1981a : 37. - Abele &

FELGENHAUER, 1982 : 316. — Tavares, 1991a : 626 ; 1992a : 513.

Description. — Carapace a face dorsale plane et a contour subcirculaire. Saillies ant6ro-laterales presentes,

bien reconnaissables. Limites entre la face dorsale de la carapace et les flancs tres peu nettes. Front semi-circulaire,

^ contour denticule. Largeur fronto-orbitaire superieure h la moitid de la largeur maximale de la carapace. Orbites

profondement crcusees, d bords supdricur et infdrieur bien ddlimites. Pddoncules oculaires mobiles, courts, orientes

transversalement par rapport it l’axe de la carapace. Avancee de l’endostome en forme de gouttidre. plus etroitc vers

l’avant, n’atteignant pas le bord frontal de la carapace. Exopodite des premiers et deuxidmes maxillipedes

normalement flagclle. celui des troisidmes maxillipedes sans flagelle. Mxp3 avec l'ischion et le merus notablement

plus longs que larges ; palpe insdrd sur la face interne du merus. Propodc et dactylc des P2 et P3 omes, chacun, de

deux rangdes de soies assez longues cl tres sendcs. l'une situde sur la face ventrale, l'autre sur la lace dorso-exteme.

Dactyle des P2 et P3 comprime latcralement. Abdomen femelle forme de six segments, tous assez dtroits, surtout

le dernier qui est. en plus, trds allonge. Pldopodes 1 vestigiaux, unirames, inserds sur la face ventrale du premier

segment abdominal. Pldopodes 2-5 normalement biramds, articulds sur les exlrdmites latdro-extemes des segments

abdominaux 2 & 5 (et non sur leur face ventrale) et pourvus de trds longues soies. Abdomen male comptant cinq

segments.

EspfeCE-TYPE. — Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920, par monotypie. Genre ncutre.

ESPfeCES INCLUSES. — Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920 ; X. sakaii sp. nov. et X. richeri sp. nov.

DISTRIBUTION. — Genre indo-ouest-pacifique, entre 144 et 390 m de profondeur.

Remarques. — La diagnose du genre Xeinostoma par Stebbing en 1920, etait en grande partie fondee sur les

caractdres des appendices buccaux. La dccouverte dcs deux nouveaux genres apparentds a Xeinostoma, Krangalangia

et Ketamia, ddcrits ci-apres. montre que la definition gdndrique exige un amendement et le recours h d'autres

caractdres morphologiques que ceux mentionnds precedemment.

Xeinostoma n'etait jusqu'a prdsent connu que par son espdee-type, X. eucheir Stebbing, 1920. Deux nouvelles

especes. X. sakaii, du Japon ct des Philippines, et X. richeri, de Nouvelle-Calcdonie. sont decrites ci-dessous.

Clef de determination des especes du genre Xeinostoma

1. Regions frontale (sauf sur les bords) et mSsogastrique ainsi que l'aire autour de la region

metagastrique de la carapace inermes ; les autres regions ainsi que le sternum thoracique

orn£s de granules forts et emouss6s. Largeur maximale de la carapace nettement en arrive

des saillies ant6ro-lat6rales. Bord superieur des orbites 16g£rement oblique.

. Xeinostoma eucheir

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

289

— Regions frontale et mesogastrique ainsi que l’aire autour de la region mdtagastriquc de la

carapace couvertes de granules. Largeur maximale de la carapace au niveau des saillies

antero-latCales. Bord supdrieur des orbites plutot horizontal. 2

2. Carapace enticement couverte de granules fins, plus forts sur les regions frontale,

mesogastrique ainsi qu'autour de la region metagastrique. Sternum thoracique faiblement

ornd de granules fins . Xeinostoma sakaii

— Carapace enticement couverte par des granules forts, dmoussds et serres. Sternum

thoracique omd par de gros granules clairscmds, surtout au niveau des P3 .

. Xeinostoma richeri

Fig. 13 a-c, e-f. — Vue dorsale de la carapace : a, Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920, Afrique du Sud, Cape Vidal, 144 m,

6 lectotype, abdomen et pattes detaches, 6,6 x 7,7 mm (BM 1928.12.1.195-196) ; b .Xeinostoma richeri sp. nov..

Nouvelle-Caledonie, Musorstom 5, st. DW 274. 24°44,83’S - 159°41’E, 285 m, 6 paratype 8 x 7,5 mm (MNHN-B

24683) ; c, Xeinostoma sakaii sp. nov., Philippines, Musorstom 1, st. 51, 13°49.4'N - 120°04,2'E, 200-170 m, 9

paratype 5 x 5,5 mm (MNHN-B 24593) ; e, Krangalangia spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970), Australie occidentale, " Vytiatz'\

st. 4564, 820 m, 6 paratype 5 x 5,2 mm (MNHN-B24571) ; f, Krangalangia orstom sp nov., Nouvelle-Caledonie,

Musorstom 6, st. CP 438, 20°23’S - 166°20,10’E, 780 m, 6 paratype 6 x 6,5 mm (MNHN-B 24576).

FlG. 13 d. — Vue ventrale : Genkaia keijii sp. nov., Nouvelle-Caledonie, Lagon, st. 190, 22°02,rS - 165°57,3'E, 135-

150 m, 9 holotype 3,9 x 4 mm (MNHN-B 24619). On notera le septieme stemite thoracique chevauchant une partie

du stemite precedent.

290

M. TAVARES

Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920

Fig. 2 c, 4 a-b, 5 d, 13 a, 14 a

Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920 : 243.

Xeinostoma eucheir - Barnard, 1950 : 395. — Gordon, 1963 : 51. — Kensley, 1981a : 37.

Non Xeinostoma eucheir - Sakai, 1976 : 34 = X. sakaii sp. nov.

MAT&RIEL EXAMINfi. — Afrique du Sud. Cape Vidal, 144 m : 1 6, abdomen et pattes detaches, 6,6 x 7,7 mm,

lectotypc ; 1 9 5,2 x 6,1 mm, carapace tres abimee, abdomen et pattes detaches, paralectotype (BM 1928.12.1.195-

196).

Madagascar. — "Vauban" : chalutage, 150 m : 1 6 (MNHN-B 24594). — St. CH 84, 190-185 m : 1 9 (MNHN-B

24595). — Drague, 205-185 m : 1 6, 3 9 (MNHN-B 24596). — Dragage 2, 240 m : 2 6 5 x 5,5 mm (MNHN-B 24597).

Types. — Lectotype : male 6,6 x 7,7 mm, abdomen el pattes ddtaches (BM 1928.12.1.195-196).

Paralcctotypes : femelle 5,2 x 6,1 mm, carapace endommagee, pattes et abdomen ddtachds (BM 1928.12.1.195-

196), deux males h l’dtat sec et abimds, conserves au SAM (A 1608).

LOCALITfi-TYPE. — Afrique du Sud, Cape Vidal, 144 m.

Description. — Carapace presentant son maximum de largeur en arriere des saillies antero-lat^rales. Region

frontale granuleuse au voisigage des bords. Granulation envahissant les regions protogastrique, cardiaque,

intestinale, et metabranchiales; absente sur l'airc mediane de la region frontale, ainsi que sur les regions

mesogastrique, et mdsobranchiales. Region frontale assez deprimee en son milieu. Fossettes gastriques bien

marqudes. Regions cardiaque et gastrique delimitees par un sillon peu marque, qui se prolonge en une depression

assez nette vers les saillies antdro-latdrales. Flancs recouverts de granules forts et espacds. Saillies antero-laterales

(les seules sur la carapace) developpees, et omdes de granules. Dents exorbitaires proeminentes, omees de granules

arrondis. Face dorsale des pedoncules oculaires munie de quelques granules fins ; cornee pigmentee. Antennules

environ deux fois plus courtes que la carapace. Premier segment antennaire mobile ; flagelle remarquablement

long. Chelip&des robustes ; leur omementation constitute par des granules grossiers, parfois pointus ; pilosite plus

dtveloppte a rextremite et a la face interne des doigts ; carpe arme, sur la face interne, d’une Ires forte dent

triangulaire, elle-meme garnie de granules spinuleux ; sur la face exteme du propode, une bande transversale

inerme ; tiers proximal du doigt mobile faiblement granuleux. P2 similaires a P3, mais a dactyle plus fort. P4 et

P5 subdorsaux, similaires, courts, avec le dactyle incurvt.

DISTRIBUTION. — X. eucheir n'dtait connu jusqu’ici que de sa localite-type (Afrique du Sud, Cape Vidal) et du

Japon (au large de la baic de Mikawa et du canal de Kii). En fait, la presence de X. eucheir au Japon (Sakai. 1976)

doit etre regardee avec beaucoup de prudence : nous n'avons pas rtussi a retrouver les deux specimens de

Xeinostoma mentionnds par cet auteur mais, grace a 1’amabilite du conservateur du National Science Museum, a

Tokyo, nous avons pu ctudier un male et une femelle en provenance de Minabe, Kii Peninsula. Honshu, qui

s'averent appartenir a une autre espece, Xeinostoma sakaii sp. nov., dtcrite ci-dessous. On peut noter par ailleurs

que, sur les 107 especes de dccapodcs benthiques sud-africains rccensees a des profondeurs superieures h 200 m par

KENSLEY (1981a), seulement quatre sont communes avec le Japon (Galatheidae exclus). II cst done h peu pres

certain que les specimens de Xeinostoma mentionnts par Sakai, sous le nom d 'eucheir, etaient des X. sakaii.

Dans la presente revision, nous limitons les informations relatives a la distribution de X. eucheir aux seules

donnees obtenues a partir des collections etudiees. L'examen des recoltes faites a Madagascar par A. Crosnier,

nous permet d'etendre la distribution de X. eucheir vers Test. La distribution de X. eucheir est done restreinte a

l'ocdan Indien occidental: Afrique du Sud (Cape Vidal), Madagascar, entre 144 et 240 m de profondeur.

Variations. — L’examen du male et de la femelle types ainsi que celui des quatre males et des quatre femelles

en provenance de Madagascar, nous a perm is de faire quelques remarques sur la variation morphologique chez cette

espece. Ces variations conccmcnt romementation de la carapace et vraisemblablement n'ont pas de lien avec le

sexe. Jusqu'ici le genre Xeinostoma n'etait connu que par son espece-type, X. eucheir Stebbing. 1920. Stebbing

( 1920) a fonde sa description sur plusieurs specimens sans en preciser le nombre exact. Un male (abdomen et

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

291

Fig. 14. a, b. d. — Vue d’ensemble de la carapace : a .Xeinosloma eucheir Stebbing, 1920, Afrique du Sud, Cape Vidal,

144 m, 6 lectotype, abdomen et pattes detaches, 6,6 x 7,7 mm (BM 1928.12.1.195-196) ; b, Xeinosloma sakaii

sp. nov., Japon, Minabe, Kii Peninsula. Honshu, 6 holotype 10 x 11 mm (NSMT-Cr 9805) ; d, Xeinosloma richeri

sp. nov., Nouvelle-Caledonic. MUSORSTOM 4, st. DW 274, 24°44,83’S - 159 0 41'E, 285 m, 6 holotype 4,9 x 5,1 mm

(MNHN-B 24593).

Fig. 14 c-e. — Face exlerne du chelipede : c. Xeinostoma sakaii sp. nov. (NSMT-Cr 9805) ; e. Xeinostonia richeri sp.

nov. (MNHN-B 24593).

Source: MNHN , Paris

292

M. TAVARES

pattes detachts) et une femelle (carapace ires abimee, abdomen el patles detachtes) subsislent dans les collections

du Natural History Museum, a Londres. Deux syntypes males h l'ttat sec et abimes, sont deposes dans les

collections du South African Museum (A 1608), h Cape Town.

Grace h l’amabilite des conservateurs de ces deux institutions, nous avons pu obtenir, pour ttudc, le male et la

femelle syntypes conserves h Londres, et examiner une photographic, assez nette, des- syntypes males du South

African Museum. Stebbing n’ayant pas designe d'holotypc de X. eucheir, nous avons selectionne comme lecto-

type, en vertu de son 6tat de conservation beaucoup plus satisfaisant, le specimen male de la collection du Natural

History Museum. La femelle fragments conscrvee au Natural History Museum et les deux males a l'etat sec du

South African Museum sont done les paralectotypes.

Stebbing (1920) a mentionnt et donne une illustration dun abdomen male de six segments chez X. eucheir.

Grace a l'examen du mattriel-type, nous pouvons corriger l'observation de Stebbing : chez le lectotype male, ainsi

que chez les males en provenance de Madagascar, l'abdomen est constitute par cinq segments seulement et il en est

de meme pour les males des deux autres especes du genre.

Xeinostoma sakaii sp. nov.

Fig. 13c, 14 b-c

Xeinostoma eucheir - Sakai, 1976 : 34. — SerEne &VADON, 1981 : 119, 121. Non Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920.

Tymolus rostratus - SERENE, ROMIMOHTARTO & Moosa, 1974 : 18. Non Cyclodorippe (Cyclodorippe) rostrata Ihle, 1916.

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — Japon. Minabe, Kii Peninsula, Honshu : 1 <5 10 x 11 mm, holotype (NSMT-Cr 9805) ; 1 9

8x9 mm, paratype (NSMT-Cr 9805).

Osi Saki : ” Albatross " : st. 4893, 190 m : 1 6 (USNM).

Philippines. — MlJSORSTOM 1 : st. 51, 200-170 m : 1 9 5 x 5,5 mm, paratype (MNHN-B 13484).

TYPES. — Holotype : male 10x11 mm (NSMT-Cr 9805, Minabe, Kii Peninsula, Honshu). Les femelles de la

liste ci-dessus sont les paratypes.

Localit£-TYPE. — Minabe, Kii Peninsula, Honshu, Japon.

Etymologie. — Cette espece est dtdite au regrette Tune Sakai qui a entierement renouvelt nos connaissances

sur la faune carcinologique du Japon.

Description. — Carapace presentant son maximum de largeur au niveau des saillies antero-laterales. Face

dorsale de la carapace couverte de granules fins, plus forts sur les regions htpatiques et metabranchiale. Region

frontale assez dtprimee en son milieu. Fossettes gastriques peu marquees. Nodosites protogastriques peu saillantes.

Regions cardiaque et gastrique delimitees lateralement par un sillon profond. Saillies antero-laterales (les seules sur

la carapace) orntes de granules. Dents exorbitaires proeminentes, omtes de quelques granules. Face dorsale des

ptdoncules oculaires munie de petites epines. Corntc pigmentee. Antennules environ deux fois plus courtes que la

longueur de la carapace. Premier article antennaire mobile ; flagelle remarquablement long. Chelipedes robustes,

setiferes ; leur omementation constitute par des tpines tronqutes, surtout sur la face externe du propode et du doigt

mobile ; carpe garni, sur le cott interne, dune trts forte dent triangulaire, elle-meme omte, sur le dessus, de

granules spinuleux. P2 similaires a P3, mais a dactyle plus fort. P4 et P5 subdorsaux, similaires, courts, ornes de

quelques granules Ires fins et de soies courtes, a dactyle incurve.

DISTRIBUTION. — Japon (Minabe, Kii Peninsula, Honshu ; Osi Saki) et Philippines (13°49,4'N - 120°04,2’ E),

entre 170 et 200 m de profondeur.

Variations. — Xeinostoma sakaii prtsente dans romementation de la carapace quelques variations en liaison,

a notre avis, avec l'age. Chez les specimens japonais (male 10x11 mm et femelle 8x9 mm), les granules qui

ornent la carapace sont plus developpes, surtout sur les regions frontale et protogaslrique. La femelle des

Source: MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

293

Philippines (5 x 5,5 mm) possdde des granules nettement plus fins sur ces memes regions, mais distribuds de la

meme fagon que chez les specimens japonais.

Rf.marquf.s. Xeinostorm sakaii se distingue essentiellement de X. eucheir Stebbing par sa carapace moins

large, a bords plus regulierement convexes en arrierc des saillies antero-laterales ; par aillcurs, rorncmentation de la

carapace est moms accusee; toutefois les regions frontale et mcsogastrique portent des granules fins, alors que sur

ces regions ils sont absents chez X. eucheir.

Xeinostoma richeri sp. nov.

Fig. 13 b, 14 d-e

MATERIEL EXAMINE. — lies Chesterfield. Musorstom 5 : st. DW 274. 285 m : 1 6 4,9 x 5 1 mm holotvoe

(MNHN-B 24593). - St. CP 275. 285 m : 1 2 (MNHN-B 24594). - St. DW 277, 270 m:U MNHN-B 04595 ) !!

St. CP 288. 270 m : 1 6 (MNHN-B 24596). — St. CP 289, 273 m : 2 2 ovigferes (MNHN-B24597)

lies Loyaut6 . Musorstom 6 : st. DW 391. 390 m : 4 6 (MNHN-B 24598). — St. DW 397 380 m • 1 2 (MNHN-B

24599). - St. DW 399, 282 m : 1 «J (MNHN-B 24600). - St. DW 406, 373 m : 1 <J, 1 9 (USNM). - St. CP 419

28.3 m : 2 <3,2 9, 1 9 ovigere (MNHN-B 24601). — St. DW 451, 330 m : 1 9 (MNHN-B 2460'>) — St DW 453'

250m : 1 6 (MNHN-B 24603). — St. DW 479. 310 m : 1 2 (MNHN-B 24604). — St. DW 485, 350 m : 1 6 (MNHN-B

24605).

Types. — Holotype : male 4,9 x 5,1 mm (MNHN-B 24593, Musorstom 5, st. DW 274). Les autres

specimens de la liste ci-dessus sont les paratypes.

Locality-type. — lies Chesterfield, 24°44,83'S - 159°4rE, 285 m.

Etymologie. — Cette espdce est dediee h Bertrand Richer de Forges, ocdanographe biologiste de

TORSTOM, auquel nous devons une grande partie des recoltes faites en Nouvelle-Calddonie depuis une ddcennie.

Description. — Carapace prdsentant le maximum de largeur au niveau des saillies antero-laterales, celles-ci

sont situees dorsalement, a une petite distance du bord. Face dorsale de la carapace entidrement couverte de granules

assez forts. Region frontale assez deprimee en son milieu. Fossettes gastriques a peine visibles. Nodositds

protogastriques faibles. Regions cardiaque et gastrique delimitees lateralement par un sillon profond. Saillies

antero-laterales (les seules sur la carapace) omees de granules forts. Dents exorbitaires proeminentes, ornees de

nombreux granules arrondis. Face dorsale des pedoncules oculaires munie de petits granules spinuleux et de

quelques soies ; comde pigmentde. Antennules environ deux fois plus courtes que la carapace. Premier article

antennaire mobile ; articles 4 et 5 avec quelques granules pointus ; flagelle remarquablement long. Chelipddes

robustes ; leur ornementation constituec par de forts granules ; pilosite notablement developpde a l'extrdmite et a la

surface interne des doigts ; carpe arme, sur le cote interne, dune trds forte dent triangulaire, elle-meme omee sur le

dessus de granules spinuleux. P2 et P3 similaires. P2 ldgdrement plus courts ; mdrus faiblement setifdre ; carpe,

propode et dactyle gamis, sur toute leur surface, de soies assez courtes. Dactyle des P2 plus robuste que celui des

P3. P4 et P5 subdorsaux, similaires, courts, munis de soies trds courtes, a dactyle incurve. P5 seulement un peu

plus longs, & propode plus grele.

Distribution. — lies Chesterfield et Loyautd, de 250 & 390 m de profondeur.

Variations. — Chez X. richeri , le developpement et le nombre de granules sur la carapace prdsentent de

legdres variations. Chez certains individus (5 x 5 mm, ou moins), la granulation de la carapace, surtout au niveau

de la rdgion frontale, peut etre un peu plus developpee.

Remarques. — Meme si chez certains petits specimens de X. richeri , la granulation sur l'ensemble de la

carapace est un peu moins accusde, dans l'ensemble, rornementation de la carapace est, de loin, beaucoup plus

importante chez cette espece que chez X. eucheir et X. sakaii.

294

M. TAVARES

Genre KRANGALANGIA Tavares. 1992

Cyclodorippe (Cyclodorippe) Ihlc, 1916 : 128 (pro parte).

Cyclodorippe - Zarenkov, 1970 : 460. — Takeda & Moosa 1990 : 55 (pro parte).

Krangalangia Tavares, 1992a : 514.

Description. — Carapace & face dorsale plane et h contour subcirculaire. Limites entre la face dorsale ct les

flancs tres peu nettcs. Front large, muni de fortes dents h l'angle supcro-exteme ct se terminant par une avanc6e

rostrale tr6s proemincnle, triangulaire, gamie d'epines sur les cotes. Largeur fronto-orbitairc superieure a la moitie

de la largeur maximale dc la carapace. Orbites peu profondes, ^ bords supcrieur et inferieur mal ddlimites, surtout

ventralement. Pedoncules oculaires mobiles, courts, oricntes transversalement par rapport h l'axe de la carapace.

Avancee de l’endostome en forme de goutti6re, plus 6troite vers l'avant, n’atteignant pas tout a fait le bord frontal

de la carapace. Exopodite des premiers et deuxiemes maxillipedes avec un flagelle reduit ; celui des troisibmes

maxillipedes denue de flagelle. Propode et dactyle des P2 et P3 omes, chacun, dc deux rangdes de soies peu denses

mais assez longues : l'une situde sur la face vcntrale. l'autre sur la face dorso-externe. Dactyle des P2 et P3

comprime dorsoventralement. Abdomen femelle form£ de six segments assez 6troits par rapport a la largeur de la

carapace. Dernier segment abdominal foliace. Pleopodes 1 vestigiaux. unirames, inserts sur la face vcntrale du

premier segment abdominal. Pleopodes 2-5 normalement birames, pourvus de tr£s longues soies, articul6s a

l'extremit6 latcro-exteme des segments abdominaux 2 & 5 et non sur leur face ventrale. Abdomen male forme de

cinq segments.

ETYMOLOGIE. — Norn g6nerique d'aprfcs Krangalang, nom aborigine australien, qui signifie crabe. Genre :

f6minin.

ESPfcCE-TYPF. — Cyclodorippe ( Cyclodorippe ) rosiraia Ihle, 1916

ESPfeCES INCLUSES. — Krangalangia rosiraia (Ihlc, 1916); K. spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970); K. orstom sp. nov.

Distribution. — Genre entierement indo-ouest-pacifiquc, recoltiS entre 411 el 1223 m de profondcur.

Remarques. — Krangalangia a et 6 6tabli pour recevoir deux esp&ces dccrites originalement dans le genre

Cyclodorippe A. Milne Edwards, 1880 : Cyclodorippe (Cyclodorippe ) rosiraia Ihle, 1916, et Cyclodorippe spinosa

Zarenkov, 1970. Les ressemblances entre les genres Krangalangia et Cyclodorippe sont en fait superficielles.

Cyclodorippe appartient aux Cyclodorippinae et Krangalangia comme Xeinosloma, aux Xeinostominac, voir

Tavares (1991a. 1992a).

Les principaux caracteres qui differencicnt les genres Krangalangia, Cyclodorippe et Xeinosloma sont les

suivants :

1) chez Krangalangia, le front est 61argi, orne a Tangle supcrieur de dents pointues et se termine par une

avanc6e rostraie tres pro6mincnte, triangulaire, armee de dents sur son tiers distal, de chaque cotd (chez

Cyclodorippe. ainsi que chez Xeinosloma, le front est scmi-circulaire, borde par une rangee de petites dents);

2) chez Krangalangia. les orbites sont peu creusees, avec les bords inffTieur et superieur, surtout ce dernier,

assez mal delimitds (chez Cyclodorippe et chez Xeinosloma, les orbites sont assez profondes avec des bords

superieur et inferieur bien formes);

3) chez Krangalangia, le propode ct le dactyle des p6reiopodes 2 et 3 portent deux rangees de soies peu

nombreuses et trfes longues : Tune situee sur la face venlrale et l'autre sur la face dorso-externe (cette rang6c de

soies est trks foumie chez Xeinosloma, absente chez Cyclodorippe) ;

4) chez Krangalangia. Tavanc6c de Tendostome est beaucoup plus proche du bord frontal de la carapace que

chez les deux autres genres mentionmSs ci-dessus ;

5) chez Krangalangia, ainsi que chez Cyclodorippe, le dactyle des P2 et P3 est comprim6 dorso-

ventraiement (tandis que, chez les especes de Xeinosloma, le dactyle des P2 et P3 est comprime lateralement);

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

295

6) les femclles appartenant aux genres Krangalangia et Xeinostoma ont l'abdomcn constilue par six

segments assez etroits par rapport a la largeur de la carapace. Le dernier segment abdominal est foliace chez

Krangalangia et tr£s allonge chez Xeinostoma (fig. 5 a et d). Chez Cyclodorippe, dont 1'abdomen est egalement

divise en six segments, ceux-ci sont bcaucoup plus larges compares a la largeur dc la carapace; par ailleurs. le

dernier de ces segments est en forme de calotte semi-circulaire (fig. 5 e).

Mentionnons enlin que Krangalangia et Xeinostoma se rapprochent par le nombre et le type d'insertion des

pleopodes presents sur les segments abdominaux 1-5 : pleopodes 1 vestigiaux, uniram6s, inseres sur la face

ventrale du premier segment abdominal, pleopodes 2 a 5 normaux, articules sur les extr(3mites laterales des

segments abdominaux 2 a 5. En revanche, chez Cyclodorippe , les six segments abdominaux sont comme

d ordinaire : le premier segment est depourvu de pleopodes et il n'y a done que quatre paires de pleopodes, tous

inseres sur la face ventrale des segments 2 a 5.

Clef de determination des especes du genre Krangalangia

1. Avancee rostrale trfes courte et triangulaire, ornde dorsalemcnt de granules gros et trapus ..

. K. orstorn

— Avancee rostrale assez longue, omee dorsalement de petites opines. 2

2. Carapace couverte d'epines serrees, assez petites et aigues. Saillics antero-laterales tres

faibles ou absentes. Rostre long et etroit. Front jamais r6gulierement frange par une serie

de longues soies serrees. Pas d'epine proeminente sur 1'axe dcs troisi^me et quatrieme

segments abdominaux males. K. roslrata

— Carapace recouverte d'epines espacees, qui tendent h s'emousser sur la region posterieure.

Rostre long et moyennement etroit. Front parfois reguli^rement frange par une serie de

longues soies serrees. Saillies antero-laterales toujours distinctcs, quelquefois assez

developpees. Une epine assez proeminente, ou bien deux epines plus petites, sur I'axe des

troisi£me et quatrieme segments abdominaux males. K. spinosa

Krangalangia rostra la (Ihle, 1916)

Fig. 2 e, 4 c-d, 5 a-b , 15 a-b

Cyclodorippe (Cyclodorippe) roslrata Ihle, 1916 : 129.

Cyclodorippe roslrata - Takeda & Tomida, 1984 : 46.

Krangalangia roslrata - TavaRES, 1992a : 514.

Materiel EXAMINE. — Philippines. Musorstom 3 : st. CP 106, 668-640 m : 1 9 4,6 x 5,2 (MNHN-B 24592).

IndonSsie. "Siboga" : st. 267, 5°54'S - 132°56,7'E, 984 m : 1 9 5 mm de long (ZMA-De 100793). — St. 159,

0°59,1’S - 129°48,8’E, 411 m : 1 6 (ZMA-De 102971); 1 9 5 mm dc long, lectotype (ZMA-De 102971).

Karubar : st. DW 13, 393-417 m : 1 9 (MNHN-B 24634). — St. CC 21, 688-694 m: 1 <5,1 9 ovigere (MNHN-B

24635). — St. CP 38, 666-620 m : 1 9 ovigere (MNHN-B 24636).

Types. — Lectotype : femelle 5 mm de long (ZAM-De 102971). Le male (ZMA-De 102971) et la femelle

(ZMA-De 100793), mentionnds ci-dessus, sont les paralectotypes.

Locality-type. — Mer d'Halmahera (0°59,1'S - 129°48,8'E), 411 m.

Description. — Carapace couverte d'epines series, assez petites et aigues. Region frontale moderement

d^primde en son milieu. Flancs gamis d'epines pointues, plus developpees sur les regions pterygostomiennes.

Fossettes gastriques marquees. Nodositds protogastriques irbs faibles. Regions cardiaque et gastrique deiimitees

lateralement par un sillon assez peu profond ; entre elles, un sillon a peine marque. Saillies antero-laterales (les

Source:

296

M. TAVARES

seules sur la carapace) tfes faibles ou absentes. Front long et etroit. muni a l'angle supero-extcme de deux, parlois

trois ou quatre dents fortes et aigues (dent mediane toujours plus forte et longue); front se prolongcant en son

milieu par une avancee rostrale tres pointue, triangulaire, fegerement incurvee vers le haul, et armee sur chaque

cot6 de sa partic terminale de deux epines assez fortes et dirigees vers l'avant. Dents exorbitaircs tres prodminentes,

depourvues d'omements. Face dorsale des pedoncules oculaires garnie de pctites epines ; cornde faiblement

pigmentee, semblant degcneree. Antcnnules environ deux fois plus courtes que la carapace. Premier article

antennaire mobile. Mdrus des troisiemes maxillipddes fortement orne d'dpines sur sa face extemc. Chelipddes

egaux ; carpe. propode et dactyle omds de petits granules spinuleux sur leur face exteme ; sur le cotd interne du

carpe. une dent courte, triangulaire, elle-meme munie de petites Opines ; bord superieur du propode arme d'une

rangce d'dpines fortes et aigues, en nombre variable, incurvees vers l’extremitd du chdlipedc ; doigts assez allonges.

Pereiopodes 2 et 3 similaires ; mdrus. carpe et propode orncs de petites epines. Perciopodes 4 et 5 subdorsaux,

similaires, courts ; merus, carpe et propode a peu prds de la memc longueur, munis de petites epines ; dactyle

incurve, un peu moins de deux fois plus court que le propode.

Distribution. — Espece connue des Philippines et d’lndonesie, entre 411 et 984 m de profondeur.

Jusqu'a rdcemment, K. rostrata n'dtait connue que par son materiel-type. Cette espece a ete retrouvce lors des

rdcoltes effectuees dans la mer de Rorcs par le bateau japonais "Hakuho Maru" en 1985 (Takeda & Moosa,

1990). ainsi que dans la mer d'Arafura lors de l'cxpedition Karubar (1991). Krangalangia rostrata pouvait scmbler

alors confinee a l’lndonesie. Cependant, l’etude des collections faites lors de la campagne Musorstom 3 nous a

montre, depuis. que la distribution de K. rostrata s'dtend jusqu'aux Philippines.

Variations. — Les saillies antdro-laterales de la carapace sont absentes chez la femelle lectotype et le male

paralectotype ; chez la femelle paralectotype, elles sont 'a peine perceptibles. Chez tous les autres specimens

examines, ces saillies sont assez faibles. L'arrangemcnt des epines qui couvrent le dessus de la carapace est tres

homogene dans l'ensemble du materiel examine, toutefois ces epines sont legerement plus ddveloppees chez la

femelle en provenance des Philippines ; par ailleurs, le nombre et la taille des epines qui oment l'angle supero-

exteme du front et son avancee rostrale sont assez variables.

Remarques. — Krangalangia rostrata (Ihle, 1916) a dtd dderite originalement dans le genre Cyclodorippe

A. Milne Edwards. 1880, et ensuite transferee par Tavares (1992a) dans le genre Krangalangia Tavares. 1992.

lHLE(1916b) n'ayant pas designe d'holotype pour Cyclodorippe rostrata, nous avons selectionne comme lectotype

la femelle (ZAM-De 102971).

Krangalangia spinosa (Zarcnkov, 1970)

Fig. 13 e, 15 c-d

Cyclodorippe spinosa Zarcnkov, 1970 : 460.

Cyclodorippe spinosa - Takeda & Tomida 1984 : 46.

Cyclodorippe rostrata - Takeda & Moosa, 1990 : 55 (pro parte). Non Cyclodorippe rostrata Ihle, 1916.

Krangalangia spinosa - Tavares, 1992a : 514.

MATfiRIEL HXAMINfi. — Australie. Cote occidentale. " Vytiatz " : st. 4564, position inconnuc, 820 m:U5x

5,2 mm, 1 9 ovigere 5,2 x 5,9 mm, 1 9 5,9 x 6.5 mm, paratypes (MNHN-B 24571).

Cote orientate. Cidaris I : st. 5-3, 1107-1091 m : 1 6, 19 (QM-W15412). — St. 9-3, 1109-1110 m : 1 6 (QM-

W15410). — St. 11-3, 1103-1115 m : 3 9 (QM-W15414) ; 2 9 (MNHN-B 24637). — St. 15-3, 945 m : 1 9 (QM-

W15411). — St. 16-3, 1141-1102 m : 1 9 (QM-W15408). — St. 20-3, 1224-1223 m:U (MNHN-B 24638). —

St. 24-3, 1187-1200 m : 5 9 (QM-W15413). — St. 47-2, 503-479 m:U ( 49 (QM-15407).

Nouvelle-Caledonie. BlOCAL : st. CP 30, 1140 m: 1 d 6x 6,5 mm (MNHN-B 24588) ; 1 6 (MNHN-B 24589). —

St. DW 33, 675 m : 2 9 ovigfcres, 2 9 (MNHN-B 24577). — St. DW 36, 650 m : 1 9 (MNHN-B 24578). — St. DW 46,

570m : 2 d, 1 9 (USNM). — St. DW 51, 700 m : 2 d, 2 9 (MNHN-B 24579).

Musorstom 4 : st. CP 169, 600 m : 7 d, 6 9 ovig£res, 6 9 (MNHN-B 24580). — St. CP 170, 485 m : 1 d (MNHN-B

24581).

Source: MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPiDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

297

lies Chesterfield. Corail 2 : st. DE 13, 700 m : 1 3 (MNHN-B 24584) ; 2 3 , 1 9 (MNHN-B 24585). —

St. DE 14, 660 m : 6 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 24586). — St. DE 15, 590 m : 2 <3, 2 9 ovig&res, 3 9 (MNHN-B 24587).

Musorstom 5 : st. CP 323, 970 m : 1 3, 1 9 ovig&re, 5 9 (MNHN-B 24590). — St. CP 324, 970 m : 3 <3 , 3 9

ovigeres, 5 9 (MNHN-B 24591). — St. CP 324, 970 m : 1 3, 1 9 ovigere, 1 9 (USNM). — St. DW 313, 780-930 m :

1 3 (MNHN-B 24582). — St. CC 390, 745-825 m : 1 9 (MNHN-B 24583).

lies Wallis et Futuna. Musorstom 7 : st. CP 564, 1015-1020 m : 5 3. 7 9 ovigeres, 4 9 (MNHN-B 24684). —

St. CP 565, 900 m : 3 3.2 9 ovigeres. 1 9 (MNHN-B 24687). — St. CP 567, 1010-1020 m : 3 3.7 9 ovieferes 2 9

(MNHN-B 24686).

Fig. 15 a-b. — Krangalangia rostrala (Ihle, 1916), Nouvelle-Guinee, "Siboga", st. 159, 0°59,1’S - 129°48,8'E, 411 m, 9

lectotype 5 mm de long (ZMA-De 102971): a, bord frontal de la carapace ; b. face externe de la pince du chelipede.

Fig. 15 c-d. — Krangalangia spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970). Australie occidenlale, "Vylialz", st. 4564, 820 m, 3 paratypc 5

x 5,2 mm (MNHN-B 24571) : c, bord frontal de la carapace ; d, face externe de la pince du chelipede.

Fig 15 e-f — Krangalangia orstom sp. nov.. Nouvelle-Cal6donie. MUSORSTOM 6. st. CP 438, 20°23'S-166°20,10'E,

780 m, 3 holotype 6.2 x 6,5 mm (MNHN-B 24575) : e. bord frontal de la carapace ; f. face externe de la pince du

chelipede.

Source:

298

M. TAVARES

Types. — La serie-type de K. spinosa est compos<$e par trois males et cinq femelles, recoltes sur la cote ouest-

australienne (" Vytiatz ", st. 4564). L'holotype male, un male et trois femelles paratypes, sont conserves dans la

collection du Musee de Zoologie de l’Universite de Moscou. Les autres paratypes. un male et deux femelles, sont

conserves a Paris.

LoCAUTfi-TYPE. — Cote ouest d'Australie, 820 m. Aucunc autre indication n'a ete foumic par Zarenkov (1970)

h Toccasion de la description originale de cette espece, ou sur l'etiquette des paratypes que nous avons examines.

Description. — Carapace couverte, sur le dessus, d'epines espacees et emoussees. Region frontale deprimee en

son milieu. Flancs et regions ptdrygostomiennes tres spinuleux. Fossettes gastriques bien marquees. Nodosite

protogastrique mddiane obsolete, les autres tres faibles. Regions cardiaque et intestinale non separees par un sillon

et deiimitees latcralement par un sillon profond. Saillies antero-laterales (les seules sur la carapace) toujours

distinctes ; derriere elles, une epinc plus petite. Front large, arm£ sur Tangle supero-exteme de trois, parfois quatre,

epines developpees ((Spine mediane au moins deux fois plus longue que les epines laterales); front se prolongeant

par une avancee rostrale triangulaire, trfes pointue, incurvee vers le haut, bord(S d'epines de taille variable (plus

developpees h Textrcmit(S). Dents exorbitaires tres pro^minentes, droites, cylindriques, dirig^es vers le haut. Face

dorsale des pedoncules oculaires gamie de granules et de petites epines ; com6e faiblcmcnt pigmentee, semblant

d6g6neree. Antennules environ deux fois plus courtes que la carapace. Premier article antennaire mobile. M<Srus des

troisiemes maxillipedes fortement orne d'epines sur sa face extcmc. Chelipedes egaux, couverts de granules peu

accuses ; carpe avec une dent triangulaire, trks aigue et arm<Se d'epines pointues ; bord sup6rieur du propode et du

dactyle garni par une serie d'epines pro6minentcs, incurvees vers Textremite du chclipedc ; doigts courts.

P6r<Siopodes 2 et 3 similaires : merus, carpe et propode munis de nombrcux granules spinuleux. Perdiopodes 4 et 5

subdorsaux, similaires, courts, garnis de soies et de quelques granules spinuleux, h dactyle incurve.

DISTRIBUTION. — Cotes occidental et orientale (de 17°22'S a 18°10'S) d’Australie, iles Chesterfield, Nouvelle-

Caledonie et lies Wallis et Futuna, entre 479 et 1223 m de profondeur.

Variations. — Chez K. spinosa , Tornementation de la carapace et des appendices varie considerablement. Ces

variations sont relevees ci-dessous, selon Torigine des echantillons :

Australie Occident ale : trois paratypes ont ete examines (un male et deux femelles). La carapace et les

appendices ont un aspect spinuleux ; les epines qui ornent le front sont toujours bien developpees, mais leur

nombre est variable. Le front se prolonge par une avancee rostrale triangulaire, fortement incurvee vers le haut,

bordee par des Opines de taille variable. Le front est frange par une serie de soies eparses.

Australie orientale : 26 specimens ont eie examines (5 males et 21 femelles, dont quelques-unes ovig£res).

Dans le materiel de cette region, dominent les individus a carapace et appendices dotes dune omementadon moins

accus^e. Les Opines qui ornent le front sont moyennement developpees ; Tavancee rostrale est h peine incurvde vers

le haut et elle munie d'epines a peine perceptibles. Le front est frang£ par une s(3rie de soies peu denses.

Iles Chesterfield , Nouvelle-Calidonie et iles Wallis et Futuna : 81 specimens ont ete examines (38 males et 43

femelles, dont quelques-unes ovigeres), parmi lesquels dominent les individus a carapace et appendices d’aspect

spinuleux. Les epines qui ornent le front sont toujours bien developpees, mais leur nombre est variable. L'avancee

rostrale fortement incurvee vers le haut, est armee d’epines aigues. Le front est frange par une serie de soies peu

senses. Chez la plupart des males, il y a une epine assez proeminente, ou bien deux epines plus petites, sur l'axe

des troisieme et quatrieme segments abdominaux.

Une partie des specimens en provenance de Nouvelle-Caiedonie (4 males et 19 femelles, dont quelques-unes

ovigeres) presentent un front regulierement frange par une serie dense de longues soies.

Remarques. — K. spinosa , a ete originalement decrite dans le genre Cyclodorippe A. Milne Edwards, 1880, et

a ensuite ete transferee par Tavares (1992a) dans le genre Krangalangia Tavares, 1992.

Au cours d'une etude des crabes recoltes dans la mer de Flores, Takeda et MOOSA (1990) ont rattache trois

males et trois femelles ovigeres de K . rostrata (Ihle, 1916) au genre Cyclodorippe. Se basant seulement sur les

descriptions de K. rostrata et de K. spinosa , ces deux auteurs ont propose la mise en synonymie de ces deux

Source ;

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

299

especes : "Considering such a variability of the armature, it may have been inevitable that the epibranchial spine

[saillie antcro-lat£rale de la carapace] was not mentioned in the original description of C. rostrata , which was based

on one male and two females. Only a difference between these two species is the presence or absence of the

epibranchial spine, and it is very difficult to find other distinguishing characters."

Nous avons eu entre les mains lc materiel-type de ces deux especes, ainsi que d’autres echantillons, assez riches,

provenant de localites divcrses. L'examen de l'ensemble de cc materiel, nous a pcrmis d'etudier les variations

morphologiques chez K. rostrata et K. spinosa et de pr6ciser les caracteres qui les distinguent.

Chez K. spinosa , romementation de la carapace est variable (voir ci-dessus), mais bien differente de celle de

K. rostrata ; les flancs de la carapace, surtout sur la region pterygostomicnne et les appendices ont un aspect plus

spinuleux. Par contre, les epines qui recouvrent le dessus de la carapace sont espacees et emoussees (elles sont

series, assez petites et aigues, chez K. rostrata) ; les saillies antero-laterales sont toujours dislinctes ; elles sont

precedees d’une epine plus petite (inexistante chez K. rostrata) ; l'avancee rostrale est plus large a la base ; le

nombre d'epines qui omcnt le rostre est variable, mais celles-ci sont souvent plus developpees que chez K. rostrata.

Chez K, spinosa , le front est, en general, rdguli^rement frange par une s6rie de longues soies series et I'axe des

troisifcme et quatri£me segments abdominaux males est arme dune 6pine assez proeminente, ou bien de deux 6pincs

plus petites (inexistantes chez K. rostrata).

Krangalangia orstom sp nov.

Fig. 13 f, 15 e-f

MATERIEL EXAMINfi. — lies Lovaute. Musorstom 6 : st. CP 438, 780 m : 1 <3 6,2 x 6,5 mm, holotype (MNHN-B

24575) ; 2 <3 et 1 9 ovig^re 5,2 x 5,8 mm (MNHN-B 24576).

lies Wallis et Futuna. Musorstom 7 : st. DW 527, 540-560 m : 3 <3 (MNHN-B 24694). — St. DW 540, 700 m :

1 <3,2 9 (MNHN-B 24691). — St. CP 552, 786-800 m : 3 9 ovigcres (MNHN-B 24689). — St. DW 560, 697-702 m :

1 d, 1 9, 19 ovigere (MNHN-B 24688). — St. DW 586, 510-600 m : 1 6 (MNHN-B 24693). — St. DW 626, 597-

600 m : 1 <3 (MNHN-B 24685). — St. CP 627, 597-600 m : 2 <3, 1 9 (MNHN-B 24690). — St. DW 631, 600 m : 2 <3

(MNHN-B 24692).

Types. — Holotype : male 6,2 x 6,5 mm (MNHN-B 24575, Musorstom 6, st. CP 438). Les autres

specimens de la liste ci-dessus sont les paratypes.

LocalitE-TYPE. — lies Loyaute, 20°23'S - 166°20,10'E, 780 m.

Etymologie. — Espece dedtee a l'ORSTOM (Institut Frangais de Recherche Scientifique pour le Develop-

pement en Cooperation) qui realise le programme d’etude de la faune lagonaire (Lagon) et bathyale de Nouvelle-

Caledonie (Musorstom) en cooperation avec lc Museum national d'Histoire naturelle.

Description. — Carapace couverte de forts granules surtout dans la region anterieure. Flancs garnis d’epines

incurvees (regions pt£rygostomiennes) et de granules fins (parties anterieures). Fossettes gastriques peu visibles.

Nodositds protogastriques tres faibles. Regions cardiaque et gastrique d61imit£es lat6ralcment par un sillon assez

faible ; entre ces deux regions un sillon un peu plus marque. Aucune saillie sur la carapace, a l’exception des

saillies ant£ro-lat6rales. Front large, avec Tangle superieur muni de granules tres forts ; front se prolongeant en son

milieu par une avancee rostrale triangulairc, courte, elle-meme orn6e de granules forts. Dents exorbitaires bien

developpees, couvertes de granules. Face dorsale des p^doncules oculaires poss^dant quelques granules aigus ;

corn£e bien nette, peu pigmentee. Antennules environ deux fois plus courtes que la carapace. Premier article

antennaire mobile. M£rus des troisiemes maxillipedes onie de granules aigus sur sa face externe. Chelipedes

cgaux ; carpe, propodc et dactyle munis de gros granules sur leur face externe, surtout sur celle du propode et du

doigt mobile ; sur la face interne du carpe, une dent aigue, courte et triangulaire. Pereiopodes 2 et 3 similaires ;

merus, carpe et propode, surtout ces deux demiers, munis de granules pointus. Perdiopodes 4 et 5 subdorsaux,

similaires, courts, & dactyle incurv6. P5 un peu plus longs que les P4, tous munis de soies courtes.

Distribution. — lies Loyaute, Wallis et Futuna, entre 510 et 800 m de profondeur.

300

M. TAVARES

Remarques. — Krangalangia orstom se distingue assez facilement des deux autres especes du genre par les

granules gros et trapus qui oment regulierement le bord fronto-orbitaire de la carapace, ainsi que par 1'avancee

rostrale nettement plus courte que chez les autres especes.

Les fcmelles ovigeres portent 32 reufs en moyenne, de 0,6 mm de diametre chacun.

Genre KETAMIA Tavares, 1992

Cyclodorippe (Cyclodorippe) Ihle, 1916 : 128 (pro parte).

Ketamia Tavares, 1992a : 514.

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace h contour subrectangulaire ou subcirculaire, a peine plus large que longue. Limites

entre la face dorsale de la carapace et les flancs assez nettes. Front tr£s court, triangulaire, presentant une encoche

m£diane a sommet deprime. Largeur fronto-orbitaire superieure a la moitie de la largeur maximale de la carapace.

Orbites assez profondes, avec les bords sup£rieur et inferieur bien delimites. Pedoncules oculaires mobiles, orients

transversalement par rapport h l'axe de la carapace. Avancde de l’endostome en forme de gouttikre, plus 6troite vers

l'avant, Uts allongee, generalement depassant de beaucoup le bord frontal de la carapace et visible en vue dorsale.

Exopodite des premiers et deuxiemes maxillipedes pourvu dun flagelle normal; celui des troisiemes maxillipedes

denue de flagelle. Propode et dactyle des P2 et P3 orn<$s, chacun, de deux rangees de nombreuses soies tr6s

longues: l'une situde sur la face ventralc, l'autre sur la face dorso-exteme ; dactyle comprim£ latdralement.

Abdomen femelle formd de sept segments, tous assez etroits, notamment le dernier qui est en plus tits allong6.

Pleopodes articules sur les segments abdominaux 1 a 5. Pleopode 1 vestigial, uniramd, insere sur la face ventrale

du premier segment abdominal ; pleopodes 2-5 normaux, pourvus de Uts longues soies, articules aux extremes

lat^ro-externes des segment abdominaux 2 b 5 et non sur leur face ventrale. Abdomen male form6 de cinq

segments.

Etymologie. — D'apr&s Ketam, nom indonesien pour crabe. Genre : feminin.

ESPfcCE-TYPE. — Cyclodorippe ( Cyclodorippe) depressa Ihle, 1916.

ESPfeCES INCLUSES. — Ketamia depressa (Ihle, 1916) ; K. handokoi sp. nov. ; K. limatula sp. nov. ;

K. proximo sp. nov.

Distribution. — Genre entierement indo-oucst-pacifique, trouve entre 15 et 440 m de profondeur.

Remarques. — Ketamia Tavares a ete etabli pour abriter une espece decrite a l'origine dans le genre

Cyclodorippe A. Milne Edwards, 1880 : Cyclodorippe (Cyclodorippe ) depressa Ihle, 1916. Les rcssemblances entre

les genres Ketamia et Cyclodorippe ne sont que superficielles. Par la morphologie de l'abdomen femelle, le

nouveau genre se place au voisinage des genre Xeinostoma Stebbing et Krangalangia Tavares.

Les principals differences entre ces trois genres sont les suivantes :

1) chez Ketamia, le front est Uts court, triangulaire et prtsente une encoche mediane (chez Krangalangia , le

front se termine par une avanc6e rostrale Uts proeminente, triangulaire ; chez Xeinostoma , le front h contour semi-

circulaire, depasse de beaucoup le niveau des dents exorbitaires);

2) chez Ketamia , 1’avancee de l'endostome est Uts allong6e et, gdneralement, ddpasse de beaucoup le bord

frontal de la carapace, si bien que, dans certains cas, elle est visible en vue dorsale (chez Krangalangia comme chez

Xeinostoma , l'avancde de l’endostome ne depasse jamais le bord frontal de la carapace et elle n'est done pas visible

dorsalement).

Ketamia , Xeinostoma et Krangalangia se rapprochent par la presence d'un abdomen constitu6 de segments assez

etroits ainsi que par le nombre et le type d'insertion des pleopodes femellcs, presents sur les segments abdominaux

de 1 & 5 : PI 1 vestigiaux, unirames, inseres sur la face ventrale du premier segment abdominal; PI 2-5 normaux,

articulds aux exutmit^s lat£ro-extemes des segments abdominaux 2 a 5. Quant au nombre de segments abdomi¬

naux de la femelle, il est de 7 chez Ketamia et de 6 chez Xeinostoma et Krangalangia. Le dernier segment

abdominal est semblable chez les femelles de Ketamia et de Xeinostoma.

Source:

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

301

Clef de determination des especes du genre Ketamia

1. Carapace subrectangulaire. Endostome s'allongeant jusqu'& d£passer netiement le bord

frontal de la carapace. Abdomen male form6 de 5 segments . 2

— Carapace subcirculaire. Endostome ne depassant pas lc bord frontal de la carapace.

Abdomen male forme de 6 segments . Ketamia handokoi

2. Carapace et sternum thoracique omes de granules ou d'epines . 3

— Carapace et sternum thoracique inermes. Ketamia lima tula

3. Omementation de la carapace et de ses appendices moyennement developpee, surtout sur

les regions pterygostomiennes. Saillies antero-laterales de la carapace obsoletes. Face

externe du propode des chelipedcs sans rangee longitudinale de gros tubercules.

. Ketamia proximo

— Omementation de la carapace et de ses appendices peu ddveloppee, surtout sur les regions

pterygostomiennes. Saillies antero-laterales de la carapace plutot pro&mnentes. Face

externe du propode des cheiipedes avec une rangee longitudinale de 10 gros tubercules.

. Ketamia depressa

Ketamia depressa (Ihle, 1916)

Fig. 2 f, 4 e-f, 5 c, 16 a-c

Cyclodorippe (Cyclodorippe) depressa Ihle, 1916 : 131.

Cyclodorippe depressa - Takeda & Tomida 1984 : 46.

Ketamia depressa - Tavares, 1992a : 514.

Materiel EXAMINE. — Philippines. " Siboga" : st. 105, Tie Sulu, 6°8'N - 121°19'E, 275 m : 1 d 4 x 4,3 mm,

lectotype (ZMA-Dc 102972) ; 2 <5, paralectotypes (ZMA-De 102972).

Musorstom 2 : st. DR 33, 137-130 m : 1 d, 1 9 (MNHN-B 24682).

Indonesie. " Siboga " : st. 260, lies Kei, 5°36,5’S - 132°55,2'E, 90 m : 1 9, paralectotype (ZMA-Dc 102973). — St.

289, Timor, 9°00,3’S - 126°24,5’E, 112 m : 1 d. paralectotype (ZMA-De 102974). — St. 305, lie Flores, 113 m : 1 d,

paralectotype (ZMA-De 102975).

lies Chesterfield. Musorstom 5 : st. DW 274, 285 m : 1 d (MNHN-B 24601). — St. DW 302, 345-360 m : 1 9

(MNHN-B 24602). — St. DW 304, 385420 m : 1 d (MNHN-B 24603).

Nouvelle-Caledonie. Biocal : st. DW 44, 440 m : 1 d 4,4 x 4,6 mm (MNHN-B 24599) ; 3 d (MNHN-B 24600);

2 d (USNM).

lies Loyaut6. Musorstom 6 : st. DW 480, 380 m : 1 d (MNHN-B 24604).

Types. — Lectotype : male 4 x 4,3 mm (ZMA-De 100972). Paralectotypes : 2 mfdes (ZMA-Dc 102972),

1 femelle (ZAM-De 102973), 1 male (ZMA-De 102974), 1 male (ZMA-De 102975).

LocalitE-TYPE. — Philippines, lie Sulu ("Siboga" : st. 105,6°8’N - 121°19*E), 275 m.

DESCRIPTION. —Carapace omee de granules, plus importants sur les regions hepalique, protogastrique,

6pibranchiales et metabranchiales. Region frontale peu deprimee en son milieu. Flancs tegerement s6tifcres, garnis

de quelques granules. Fossettes gastriques h peine visibles. Nodosites protogastriques bien nettes. Regions

cardiaque et gastrique delimitees par un sillon peu profond. Saillies antero-laterales (les seules sur la carapace)

moyennement developpees. Dents fronto-orbitaires proeminentes. Face dorsale des pedoncules oculaires omee de

petits granules. Corn6e pigmentee. Antennules environ deux fois plus courtes que la carapace ; flagelle

remarquablement long. Premier article antennaire mobile. Ischion et merus des troisiemes maxillipedes peu

s^tiferes ; m£rus faiblement orne sur sa face externe. Chelip£des egaux. robustes, orn6s de forts granules, avec une

pilosite plus developpee h l'extr^mite des doigts ; face exteme du propode avec une rangee longitudinale de 10 gros

tubercules, doigts effiles. Pereiopodes 2 et 3 similaires ; m<$rus, carpe et propode ornes de quelques granules tres

302

M. TAVARES

petits sur leur face dorsale. P6reiopodes 4 et 5 subdorsaux, similaires, courts ; merus, carpe et propodc munis de

granules tr6s fins ; dactyle arque.

DISTRIBUTION. — Philippines et Indonesie (Timor, Tie de Flores, Ties Kei), entre 90 et 275 m de profondcur.

Variations. — Les specimens neo-cal6doniens se distinguent de ceux de Philippines et d'Indonesie par les

saillies antero-latdrales de la carapace Irks pcu developpees (moyennement ddveloppees chez les specimens des

Philippines et d’Indonesie); par le merus de Mxp3 ome de granules spinuleux sur la face extcme (faiblement orne

chez les autres) ; et par romementation des merus, carpe et propode de P2 & P5 legerement plus marqude chez le

materiel neo-caledonien.

Remarques. — Ihle (1916b) n'ayant pas ddsigne d'holotype pour Cyclodorippe depressa , nous avons selec-

tionne comnie lectotype l'un des trois males syntypes (ZMA-De 102972).

FlG. 16. — Kelamia depressa (Ihle, 1916), Philippines, " Siboga", st. 105, 6°08’N - 121°19'E, 275 m, <5 lectotype 4 x

4,3 mm (ZMA-De 102.972) : a, vue d’ensemble de la carapace ; b, face exteme de la pince du chclipede ; c, sternum

thoracique.

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCIODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

303

Ketamia handokoi sp. nov.

Fig. 17 a-c

B 2468lf RIEL EXAMINf - _ Indor,<fsie ' KaRUBAR : st. CP 15. ties Kei, 214-221 m : 1 6 10 x 11 mm. holo.ype (MNHN-

TYPES. — Hololypc : male 10 x 11 mm (MNHN-B 24681).

LocALITfi-TYPE. — Indon6sie : lies Kei (05°17.38'S - 132°41,07'E).

Etymologie. — Espece dtdiee au Lieutenant-Colonel Handoko, commandant du navire "Banina Jayci r lors de

la mission franco-indonesienne Karubar (1991)

Descripiion. Carapace ornee d’tpines courtes, plus dtvelopptes sur les regions pterygostomiennes et sur les

flancs dc la carapace. Region frontale assez deprimee en son milieu. Flancs tres setiferes. Fossettes gastriques bicn

marquees. Nodosites protogastriques peu accuses. Regions cardiaque et gastrique delimifees par un sillon assez

profond. Saillies antero-laterales (les seules sur la carapace) saillantes, armees dc petites epines. Dents fronto-

orbitaires protminentes. Face dorsale des pedoncules oculaires completement lisse ; comee bien pigmentee, facctles

normales. Face exteme des Mxp3 recouverte d'epines courtes et pointues, surtout sur le rrferus. Omementation des

chelipedes constitute par des tubercules aigus ; pilosite assez dtveloppte, surtout sur les doigts. Pereiopodes 2 et 3

similaires, setiferes ; mtrus, carpc et propode munis sur leur face inferieure de quelques granules tits fins ; dactyle

completement lisse. Pereiopodes 4 et 5 similaires. setiferes, omes de granules tfes fins. Abdomen du male forme

de 6 segments ; une suture assez faible entre les segments 5 et 6.

Distribution. — Cette esptce n'est connuc actuellement que de sa localife-type : Indonesie, lies Kei, a 214-

221 m de profondeur.

Ketamia limatula sp. nov.

Fig. 18 a-c

Materiel EXAMINE. — Indonesie. lies Moluques (Amboine), SERtNE coll., dragage, 15-20 m : 1 6 5,2 x 5 mm

holotype (MNHN-B 24607) ; 1 6 (MNHN-B 24608) ; 1 9 ovigere (MNHN-B 24608).

Types. — Holotype : male 5,2 x 5 mm (MNHN-B 24607, Ties Moluques, Amboine). Les autres specimens

mentionnts ci-dessus sont les paratypes.

Locality-type. — Indonesie, lies Moluques (Amboine), 15-20 m.

ETYMOLOGIE. — Norn specifique life du latin limatulus , poli, passt a la lime, par allusion a la surface dc la

carapace et du sternum thoracique denue de granules ou d’epines.

Description. — Carapace completement dtnuee de granules ou d'epines, regulieremcnt recouverte de soies

assez courtes et avec des bords lateraux omts de quelques soies tres longues. Rdgion frontale deprimee en son

milieu. Flancs lisses, peu setiferes. Fossettes gastriques bicn marquees. Nodosites protogastriques a peine visibles.

Saillies anfero-latdrales (les seules sur la carapace) tres peu prononcees. Regions cardiaque et gastrique delimifees

par un sillon assez peu profond. Dents fronto-orbitaires prodminentes. Face dorsale des pedoncules oculaires lisse ;

cornce pigmentee. Antennules environ deux fois plus courtes que la carapace ; flagelle rcmarquablement long.

Premier article antennaire mobile. Ischion et merus des troisiemes maxillip6des s6tiferes ; aucune autre

omementation h leur surface. Chdlipedes sdtiferes, leur omementation constitute par des granules fins ; pilosite

plus developpte a 1'extrtmite des doigts qui sont effiles. Pertiopodes 2 el 3 similaires, stiiferes ; aucun granule ni

epine ^ leur surface. Pereiopodes 4 et 5 similaires, courts, a dactyle incurve.

Distribution. — Cette esptce n'est connue actuellement que dc sa localife-type : Indonesie. ties Moluques

(Amboine), a 15-20 m de profondeur.

304

M. TAVARES

Remarques. — Ketamia limatula est la seule espece de la famille des Cyclodorippidae connuc dcs eaux

littorales (15 ^ 20 m), la grande majorite ayant dte rccensee a des profondcurs superieures h 135 m.

K. limatula se distingue tr5s facilement des autes cspeces du genre par sa carapace et son sternum thoracique

completement lisses, couverts seulement de soies.

Fig. 17. — Ketamia handokoi sp. nov., Indon6sie, Karubar st. CP 15, 05°17'38"S- 132 o 41'07" E, 214-221 m,

6 holotype 10 x 11 mm (MNHN-B 24681) : a, vue d’ensemble. La pilositc n'est pas representee ; b. face externe des

segments abdominaux. La pilosit^ n'est pas representee du cote droit. On notera une suture assez faible entre les

segments 5 et 6 ; c, face exteme de la pince du chelipede.

Source : MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

305

Fig. 18. — Kelamia limatula sp. nov., Indonesie, lies Moluques, Amboine, dragage 15-20 m, 6 holotype 5,2 x 5 mm

(MNHN-B 24607) : a, vue d'ensemble de la carapace ; b, face externe de la pince du chelipede ; c, sternum thoracique.

A noter le bord ant^rieur de la cavite sterno-abdominale tronque.

Ketamia proximo sp. nov.

Fig. 19 a-b

Materiel EXAMINE. — Madagascar. " Vaubari' : cote ouest, vers 18°50'S, dragage, 90-140 m : 1 9 4,6 x 4,9 mm,

holotype (MNHN-B 24605) ; 1 9 (MNHN-B 24606).

Types. — Holotype :.femelle 4,6 x 4,9 mm (MNHN-B 24605). L'autre femelle mentionn^e ci-dessus est le

paratype.

LocalitE-TYPE. — Madagascar, cote ouest, vers 18°50'S, 90-140 m.

Etymologie. — Norn specifique tire du latin proximus , le plus pres, par allusion h 1'aspect de cette esp£ce qui

est proche de celui de K. depressa.

Source:

306

M. TAVARES

Description. — Carapace omee d'epincs aigues sur les regions hcpatiques et dc granules sur les regions

branchiales. Granulation beaucoup moins importante sur la partie centrale de la carapace. Region frontale deprimde

en son milieu. Flancs et regions ptdrygostomienncs faiblement s6tiferes, recouverts de fins granules ; regions

sous-hepatiques garnies de quelques petitcs Opines. Fossetles gastriques bien marquees. Nodosites protogastriqucs

nettes. Regions cardiaque et gastrique delimitccs par un sillon profond. Saillies antero-laterales (les seules sur la

carapace) assez faibles. Dents fronto-orbitaires proeminentes. Face dorsale des pcdoncules oculaires garnie dc petits

granules. Comde pigmentee. Ischion et mcrus des troisicmes maxillipedcs omes dc granules spinulcux. Chelipcdes

sen feres, omes dc nombreuses cpines emoussdes ; pilosite plus developpcc a l'extremitc des doigLs qui sont effiles.

Pereiopodcs 2 et 3 similaires ; merus. carpe et propode setiieres, munis de petiles Opines ; dactyle lisse, setifere.

Pereiopodes 4 et 5 similaires, courts ; mcrus, carpe et propode tres peu omementes ; dactyle incurve.

Distribution. — Madagascar. ii 90-140 m de profondeur.

Fig. 19. — Ketamia proximo sp. nov., Madagascar. "Vauban", vers 18°50'S, 90-140 m, 9 holotype 4,6 x 4.9 mm

(MNHN-B 24605) : a, vue d'enscmble de la carapace ; b, face externe de la pince du chelipede.

Famille des CYMONOMIDAE Bouvier, 1897

Cymonomae Bouvier, 1897 : 7

Cymonomae - A. Milne Edwards & Bouvier. 1899 : 16, 17 ; 1902 : 74. — Ihle, 1916 b : 116, 118. — Bouvier 1940 ■

195, 196. — Barnard, 1950 : 38. — Gordon, 1963 : 57.

Cymonomidae - Glaessner, 1969 : 627. — Garth & Haig, 1970 : 6, 7. — Del Solar, 1972 : 16. — Wright & Collin,

1972 : 33. — Griffin & Brown. 1976 : 251. — Manning & Holthuis, 1981 : 28. — Abele & Felgenhauer. 1982 :

316. — Ingle, 1980 : 82. — Kensley, 1981b : 60. — Abele & Kim 1986 : 39. — Schram. 1986 : 307. — Soto

1986 : 16. — Tavares, 1991a : 635.

Donppidae - Rathbun, 1937 : 75 {pro parte). — Chace. 1940 : 10 (pro parte). — Barnard, 1950 : 387 (pro parte). —

MONOD, 1956 : 84 (pro parte). — Zariquiey Alvarez, 1968 : 309 (pro parte).

Dorippinae - Sakai, 1965 : 18.

Tymohdae - GuiNOT, 1979 : 174. — Kensley, 1981a : 37 {jno parte). — Van Dover, 1982 : 211 (pro parte). — Van

Dover, Factor & Gore, 1982 : 50 (pro parte). — Wear & Fielder, 1985 : 24.

Tymolinae - Balss, 1922 : 116 (pro parte) ; 1957 : 1609 (pro parte).

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAIODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

307

Clef de determination des genres de CYMONOMIDAE

(les genres presents dans rindo-Ouest-Pacifique sont en caracteres gras)

1. Pedoncules oculaires et antennules non caches sous le rostre. Merus des Mxp3 irts

saillant en avant; palpe articuld sur sa face interne. P2 et P3 greles et assez allonges par

rapport a la carapace . Cymonomus

— Pedoncules oculaires et antennules recouverts par lc rostre. Merus des Mxp3 normal ;

palpe articuld it son extremity P2 et P3 plutot courts et robustes. 2

2. Pedoncules oculaires mobiles. P4 et P5 courts, mais constitues par les six articles

habituels (coxa, ischion. merus, carpe, propode, dactyle) . Cymopolus

— Pedoncules oculaires soudes au rostre. P4 et P5 vestigiaux, ne comptant qu'un seul article

. Elassopodus

Genre ELASSOPODUS nov.

Description. — Carapace epaisse, a peine plus longue que large. Rostre assez large, se prolongeant par deux

fortes epines. Bord fronto-orbitaire beaucoup plus court que la moitie de la largeur maximale de la carapace.

Pedoncules oculaires soudes a la carapace, recouverts par celle-ci. Antennules totalcment repliees sous le front.

Merus des troisiemes maxillipedes comme d'ordinaire ; palpe articuld sur son extremite. Exopodite des

maxillipedes 1-3 possedant un flagelle normalement ddveloppe. Chelipedes egaux, un peu plus robustes que les

P2, garnis d'dpines de toutes tailles ; doigts extremement greles. P2 et P3 plutot courts et robustes, tr6s

ornementes ; dactyle assez arque, un peu plus long que Particle precedent. P4 et P5 vestigiaux, ne comptant qu'un

seul article, qui est assez peu mobile. Abdomen femelle formd de sept segments, muni de quatre paires de

pleopodes (sur les segments 2, 3, 4, et 5). Abdomen male forme de six segments.

Etymologie. — Norn generique forme par la combinaison des mots grecs, elasson , moindre, podion, pied.

Genre masculin.

ESPfcCE-TYPE. — Elassopodus stellatus sp. nov.

EspfcCES INCLUSES. — Elassopodus stellatus sp. nov.

Distribution. — Genre indo-ouest-pacifique, trouve a 700 m de profondeur.

Remarques. — Elassopodus gen. nov. est remarquable par ses P4 et P5 vestigiaux. Chez les Brachyoures, P4

et P5 peuvent etre reduits a des degres divers ou memc absents (cas des P5 chez les Hexapodidae) (cf. Guinot,

1990 : 589), mais aucun cas de reduction extreme a savoir la presence d'un seul et unique article comme celui

constate chez le genre Elassopodus n'a jamais etc signale. Comme nous l'avons dej^ mentione, la presente revision

n'est qu'une etude preliminaire de la morphologie des Cyclodorippoidea. Les traits de la morphologie tr6s

particuliere du genre Elassopodus seront etudies avec plus de details dans un travail sur la morphologie et les

affinites des Cyclodorippoidea.

Elassopodus stellatus sp. nov.

Fig. 2 h, 20 a-b

MATERIEL EXAMINE — Nouvelle-Caledonie. BlOCAL : st. DW 51, 700 m : 1 9 6,5 x 5,5 mm, holotype (MNHN-

B 24620).

Chalcal 2 : st. DW 72, 527 m : 1 d, 2 9 (MNHN-B 24621).

Types. _Holotype : femelle 6,5 x 5,5 mm (MNHN-B 24620). Les trois autres specimens de la liste ci-dessus

sont les paratypes.

308

M. TAVARES

Locality-type. — Nouvelle-Calddonie, Biocal, st. 51, 23°05,27’S - 167 0 44,95*E, 700 m.

Etymologie. — Nom de I'cspfcce tir^ du latin stellatus , 6toile, par allusion aux epines du corps, dont le

sommet esl en forme d'etoile.

Description. — Carapace gamie d'epines de toutes tallies, dont certaines se terminent par une sorte d'etoile, a

pointes en nombre variable. II en est de meme pour Tornementation des pereiopodes et de 1'abdomen. Pedoncules

oculaires garnis d'epines emoussdes. Comde complement degendree, sans facettes et sans trace de pigment.

Antennes plus courtes de moitid que les antennules. Antennules assez courtes, avec Particle basal muni de tuber-

cules tronquds. Mxp3 armes d'epines et de tubercules sur leur face exteme ; merus decoupd irrdgulidrement.

Chelipedes garnis d'epines de toute taille ; carpe avec deux epines remarquablement longues sur la face dorsale ;

doigts cylindriques. P2 et P3 omds d'epines et de tubercules ; dactyle arque, avec quelques soies et de petites epines

sur la face ventrale.

Distribution. — Nouvelle-Caledonie, & 700 m de profondeur.

Fig. 20. — Elassopodus stellatus sp. nov., Nouvelle-Caledonie, Biocal , st. DW 51, 23°05,27’S - 167°44’,95 , E, 700 m,

9 holotype 6,5 x 5,5 mm (MNHN-B 24620) : a, vue dorsale de la region postdrieure du corps : cr, carapace ; abl-ab2

segments abdominaux 1 et 2 ; pi, region exposce du pleurite 6 ; cx3, coxa du troisieme perdiopode ; p4, p5,

pereiopodes 4 et 5 ; b, face externe de la pince du ch61ipede.

REMERQEMENTS

Cette dtude a largement bdndficie des u-^s belles collections qui nous ont 6t6 confides par Alain Crosnier

(OR wSTOM). Sans ce materiel, notre revision des Cyclodorippoidea indo-ouest-pacifiques n'aurait jamais pu etre

mende & bien. II nous a aussi pretd son concours en effectuant une lecture critique du manuscrit et en y apportant

des suggestions. Nous lui en sommes particulifcrement reconnaissant.

Alexander J. Bruce (Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Science, Darwin); Paul F. Clark (The Natural

History Museum, London); Peter Davie (Queensland Museum, South Brisbane); Ardis B. Johnston (Museum of

Comparative Zoology, Massachusetts) ; Rafael Lemaitre (Smithsonian Institution, Washington) ; Raymond B.

Source ; MNHN. Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCIDDORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

309

Manning (Smithsonian Institution, Washington); Dirk PLATVOET (Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam); Vasily A.

Spiridonov (Mus6e Zoologique de 1'University de Moscou) ; Masatsune Takf.da (National Science Museum,

Tokyo) et Michelle G. Van Der Merwe (South African Museum, Cape Town), nous ont aimablcment envoyd des

specimens de Cyclodorippoidea conserves dans leurs institutions. Paul CLARK et Raymond Manning nous ont

accueilli et donnd toutes les possibility de travail lors de scours que nous avons effectuds dans leurs institutions.

Michele DE Saint Laurent (Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris) a relu, it deux reprises, avec beaucoup

d attention notre manuscrit et nous a fait profiter de ses critiques particulidrement constructives, nous dvitant

certaines erreurs.

Tout au long de ce travail, les discussions avec Jacques Forest (Musdum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris)

nous ont dte d'un grand secours.

Keiji Baba (Kumamoto University, Japon) nous a apportd son aide pour nos recherches afin de localiser du

materiel japonais dtudid par le regrette Tune Sakai.

Danidle DONDON (Museum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris) nous a traduit en frangais l'article de Zarenkov

( 1970), public cn russe. Christine Rollard. Jacques RebiEreci Josette Semblat, tous du Laboratoire de Zoologie

(Arthropodes) du Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, a Paris, nous ont aidd dans divers domaines. La figure 17

est due h Maurice Gaillard, ancien dessinateur du Museum.

Le CNPq (Conseil Brdsilien pour la Recherche Scientifique) et le Museum national d'Histoire naturelle h Paris

ont finance cette recherche (CNPq dossier n° 202252/89.2).

Ce travail a et6 mend sous la direction scientifique de Daniele Guinot (Museum national d'Histoire naturelle,

Paris), dans le cadre de notre These de Doclorat.

A tous nous adressons nos trds sinceres remerciements.

REFERENCES BIBLIOGRAPHIQUES

ARELE, L. G. & Felgenhauer, B. E., 1982. — Decapoda : 296-326, fig. n. n. In : S. P. Parker (ed.). Synopsis and

Classification of Living Organisms. MacGraw-Hill Book Company.

ABELE, L. G. & KlM, W., 1986. — An illustrated guide to the marine decapod crustaceans of Florida. Tech. Ser Fla St

Univ., 8 (1). pt 1 : 1-326 ; pt 2 : 327-760.

Alcock, A., 1894. — Natural History Notes from H. M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer "Investigator". Ser. II., N° 1. On

the Results of Deep-Sea Dredging during the Season of 1890-1891. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist ., (6) 13 : 225-245, 321-334,

400-411.

ALCOCK, A., 1896. — Materials for a Carcinological Fauna of India. N°2. The Brachyura Oxystomata. J. Asiat. Soc.

Beng., 65 (2) : 134-296, pi. 6-8.

ALCOCK, A., 1905. — Natural History Notes from the Royal Indian Marine Surveying Ship "Investigator", Captain T. H.

Heming, R. N., Commanding. Ser. III., N° 9. On a new species of the dorippoid genus Cymonomus from the Andaman

Sea, considered with reference to the distribution of the Dorippidae; with some remarks on the allied genus

Cymonomops. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (7) 15 : 565-577, fig. 1, la, lb, pi. 1.

Balss, H., 1922. — Ostasiatische Decapoden. III. Die Dromiaceen, Oxystomen und Parthenopiden. Arch. Nalurgesch.,

88A (3) : 104-140.

Balss, H., 1957. — Decapoda. In : Dr H. G. BRONNS, Klasscn und Ordnungen des Tierreichs. Fiinfter Band. I. Abteilung, 7.

Buch, 12. Lief. Leipzig, : 1505-1672, fig. 1131-1199.

Barnard, K. H., 1950. — bescriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea (Crabs and Shrimps). Ann. S. Afr.

Mus ., 38 : 1-837, fig. 1-154.

Bouvier, E.-L., 1897. — Sur la classification, les origines et la distribution des Crabes de la famille des Dorippidds. Bull.

Soc. philomath. Paris , (8) 9, 1896 (1897) : 54-70.

Bouvier. E.-L., 1940. — Decapodes marcheurs. In : Faune de France, 37 : 1-404, fig. 1-222, pi. 1-14.

310

M. TAVARES

Briggs, D. E. G., Fortey. R. A. & Clarkson, E. N. K., 1988. — Extinction and the fossil record of the arthropods. 9. In :

G. Larwood (ed.). Extinction and survival in the fossil record. Syst. Ass. Spec., 34 : 171-209, fig. 1-12.

CllACE, F. A., 1940. — Reports on the scientific results of the "Atlantis" Expedition to the West Indies, under the joint

auspices of the University of Havana and Havard University. The Brachyuran Crabs. Torreiq, 4 : 3-67, fig. n. n.

COLLINS, S. H. & MORRIS, S. F., 1976. — Tertiary and Pleistocene Crabs from Barbados and Trinidad. Paleontology , 19

(1) : 107-131, pi. 17-30.

Crosnier, A. & Jouannic, C., 1973. — Note d'information sur les prospections de la pente continentale malgache

effectu6es par le N. O. "Vauban". Bathym6trie - S&iimentologie - Peche au chalut. Doc. scient. Centre ORSTOM Nosy

Be, (42) : 1-18, pi. 1-3, tabl. 1-2, cartes.

Dai, A.-Y & Yang, S., 1991. — Crabs of the China Seas. China Ocean Press, Beijing : 1-682, fig. 1-295, pi. 1-74.

Del Solar, E. M., 1972. — Addenda al catalago de Crustaceos del Peru. Inf. Inst. Mar Peru - Callao, 38 : 1-21.

FOREST, J., 1981. — Compte rendu et remarques generates. In : Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM I.- Philippines (18-

28 mars 1976), 1 (1). Mem. ORSTOM, (91) : 9-50, fig. 1-5, tabl. 1. (Texte bilingue fransais-anglais).

FOREST, J., 1986. — La campagne MUSORSTOM II (1980). Compte rendu et liste des stations. In : J. FOREST (ed.), Resultats

des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. — Philippines (1980), 2 (1). Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., (A), 133 : 9-30, fig. 1-2.

FOREST, J., 1989. — Compte rendu de la campagne MUSORSTOM III aux Philippines (31 mai-7 juin 1985). In : J. FOREST

(ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, 4 (1). Mini. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., (A), 143 : 9-23.

GARTH, J. S. & Haig, J., 1970. — Decapoda Crustacea (Anomura and Brachyura) of the Peru-Chile Trench. In : Scientific

Results of the Southeast Pacific Expedition. Anton Bruun Report, (6) : 1-20, pi. 1-3, 1 tabl.

Garth, J. S., 1991. — Taxonomy, Distribution, and Ecology of Galapagos Brachyura In : Galapagos Marine

Invertebrates, M. J. JAMES, ed.. Plenum Publishing Corporation, New York : 123-145, tabl. 2.

Glaessner, M. F., 1969. — Decapoda : R399-R533, R626-R628, fig. 217-340. In : R. C. MOORE, Treatise on

Invertebrate Paleontology, Part R, Arthropoda 4 (2). Geol. Soc. America and Univ. of Kansas Press.

GLAESSNER, M. F., 1980. — New Cretaceous and Tertiary Crabs (Crustacea : Brachyura) from Australia and New Zealand.

Trans. N. Z. R. Soc. Aust., 104 (6) : 171-192, fig. 1-22.

Glaessner, M. F. & Secretan, S., 1987. — Crabes (Crustacea , Brachyura) de l'Eocene du Sulaiman Range (Pakistan).

Annl. Paleonl. (Vert.-Invert.), 73 (4) : 273-288, fig. 1, pi. 1-2.

Gordon, I., 1963. — On the relationship of Dromiacea, Tymolinae and Raninidae to the Brachyura. In : H. B.

Whittington & w. D. I. Rolfe (eds), Phylogeny and Evolution of Crustacea. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv., spec.

Publ. : 51-57, fig. 10-14.

Grant, F. E., 1905. — Crustacea dredged off Port Jackson in deep water. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W, 30 : 312-324, pi. 10-

11.

GRIFFIN, D. J. G., & Brown, D. E., 1976. — Deepwater Decapod Crustacea from eastern Australia : Brachyuran Crabs. Rec.

Aust. Mus., 30 : 248-271, fig. 1-10.

Guinot, D., 1977. — Propositions pour une nouvelle classification des Crustaces Decapodes Brachyoures. C. r. hebd.

Seanc. Acad. Sci. Paris, serie D, 285 : 1049-1052.

GuiNOT, D., 1978. — Principes dune classification evolutive des Crustac<$s DtScapodes Brachyoures. Bull. biol. Fr. Belg.,

n. s., 112 (3) : 211-292, fig. 1-3, 1 tabl.

GUINOT, D., 1979. — Donnecs nouvelles sur la morphologie, la phylogenese et la taxonomic des Crustaces Decapodes

Brachyoures. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, n. s., scr. A, Zool., 112 : 1-354, fig. 1-70, pi. 1-27, tabl. 1-5.

GUINOT, D., 1991. — £tablissement de la famille des Poupiniidae pour Poupinia hirsuta gen. nov. sp. nov. de Polynesie

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura, Homoloidea). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, 4° ser., 12, sect. A, 1990 (1991),

(3-4) : 577-605, fig.1-12, pi. 1-3.

HENDRICKX, M. E., 1990. — The stomatopod and decapod crustaceans collected during the EVAYTEC II cruise in the

Central Gulf of California, Mexico, with the description of a new species of Plesionika Bate (Caridea : Pandalidae).

Rev. Biol. Trop.. 38 (1) : 35-53, fig. 1-6.

Source : MNHN. Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

311

IllLE, J. E. W„ 1916a. — Uber einige von der Siboga-Expedition gesammelte Tiefsec-Brachyuren aus der Familic der

Dorippidae und lhre geographische Verbreilung. Zool. Anz., 46 : 359-363.

lHL Monogr W 39b\ 916 97 T58 >1 fig )e 39 , 7 > 7 a BrachyUra der Siboga Ex P edilion - n - Oxystomata. Dorippidae. Siboga-Exped.,

Ingle, R. W 1980. — British Crabs. British Museum (Natural History). Oxford Univ. Press, Inc., New York • 1-2^2 fie

1-111, pi. 1-34. ' 6 '

Jamieson, B. G. M. & Tudge, C. C., 1990. — Dorippids are Heterotremata : evidence from ultrastructure of the

spermatMoa of Neodorippe astuta (Dorippidae) and Portunus pelagicus (Portunidac) Brachyura : Decapoda. Mar Biol

106 : 347-354, fig. 1-2.

Kensley, B. F., 1978. Decapod crustaceans collected in southern African waters by the Th. Mortensen Java-South

Africa Expedition (Crustacea, Decapoda). Steenstrupia, 4 (21) : 249-261, fig. 1 - 5 .

KENSLEY, B. F.. 1981a. — On the Zoogeography of Southern African Decapod Crustacea, with a Distributional Checklist

of the Species. Smithson. Contrib. Zool.. (338) : 1-64, fig. 1-4, tabl. 1-2.

KENSLEY, B. F., 1981b. — The South African Museum's Meiring Naude cruises. Part. 12. Crustacea Decapoda of the 1977

1978, 1979 Cruises. Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 83 (4) : 49-78, fig. 1-11.

Lemaitre, R„ 1984. - Decapod crustaceans from Cay Sal Bank, Bahamas, with notes on their zoogeographic affinities

J. Crust. Biol., 4 (3) : 425-447, fig. 1-9.

LEvi, C„ 1986. — Biocal. Compte rendu de la campagne effectuee h bord du N. O. "Jean Charcot" du 9 aout au 10

septembre 1985. Rapp. 1FREMER PIROCEAN CNRS. 40 p. mimco.

Manning, R. B. & Holthuis. L. B„ 1981. — West African Brachyuran Crabs (Crustacea : Decapoda). Smithson. Contrib.

Zool ., (306) : i-xiii + 1-379, fig. 1-88.

Milne Edwards, A., 1880. — guides preliminaires sur les Crustac6s, lerc Partie. In : Reports on the Results of Dredging

under the Supervision of Alexander Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico, and in the Caribbean Sea, 1877, 1878, 1879, by

the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake", Lieut-Commander C. D. Sigsbee, U.S.N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett,

U.S.N., Commanding. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool.Harv ., 8 (1) : 1-68, pi. 1-2.

Milne Edwards, A. & Bouvier, E.-L., 1899. — Crustaces Decapodes provenant des campagnes de 1' "Hirondelle"

(supplement) el de la "Princesse-Alice" (1891-1897). Brachyoures et Anomoures. Result. Camp, sclent. Prince Albert

Ier Monaco, fasc. 13 : 1-106, pi. 1-4.

Milne Edwards, A. & BOUVIER, E.-L., 1902. — Reports on the results of the dredging, under the supervision of Alexander

Agassiz, in the Gulf of Mexico (1877-1878), in the Caribbean Sea (1878-79), and along the Atlantic Coast of the

United States (1880), by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer "Blake”. XXXIX. Les Dromiaces et Oxystomes. Mem Mus

comp. Zool. Harv., 21 (1) : 1-127, pi. 1-25.

Miyake, S. & Takeda, M., 1970. — A remarkable species of the Dromiacea (Crustacea Decapoda) from the Tsushina

Islands, Japan. OHMU, 3 : 19-28, fig. 1-2.

Monod. T., 1956. — Hippidea et Brachyura ouest-africans. Mem. IF AN, (45) : 1-674, fig. 1-884, tabl. 1-10.

Ortmann, A., 1892. — Die Decapoden-Krebse des Strassburger Museums. V. Theil. Die Abteilungen Hippidea, Dromiidca

und Oxystomata. Zool. Jb ., 6 : 532-588, pi. 26.

Powers, L. W., 1977. — A Catalog and Bibliography to the Crabs (Brachyura) of the Gulf of Mexico. Contr. Mar. Sci.

(Suppl.), Port Aransas, Texas, 20 : 1-190.

Rathbun, M. J., 1937. — The oxystomatous and allied crabs of America. Bull. U. S. natn. Mus., 166 : i-vi + 1-278, fig.

1-47, pi. 1-86, tabl. 1-87.

Rice, A., 1981. — The megalopa stage in brachyuran crabs. The Podotremata Guinot. J. nat. Hist., 15 (6) : 1003-1011,

fig. 1-3.

RICHER DE FORGES, B., 1986. — La campagne MUSORSTOM IV en Nouvelle Caledonie. Mission du N. O. "Vauban". Rapp,

scienl. tech. Cent. Noumea (Oceanogr.) ORSTOM, (38) : 1-31.

RICHER DEFORCES, B., 1991. — Les fonds meubles des lagons de Nouvellc-Caledonie : gencralites et echantillonnages par

dragages. In : B. Richer de Forges (ed.), Le benthos des fonds meubles des lagons de Nouvelle-Caledonie. ORSTOM,

Etudes et Theses : 8-148, fig. 1-21, 71 cartes.

312 M. TAVARES

Richer de Forges, B., Laboute, P. & Menou. J. U 1986. — La campagnc Musorstom V aux Ties Chesterfield, N. O.

"Coriolis", 5-24 octobre 1986. Rapp. sci. tech. Cent. Noumea (Oceanogr.) ORSTOM, (41) : 1-31.

Richer de Forges, B„ Grandperrin. R. & Laboute, P.. 1987. — La campagnc Chalcal II sur les guyots de la ride de

Norfolk (N. O. "Coriolis", 26 octobre-ler novembre 1986). Rapp. sci. tech., Sci. Mer, Biol, mar., ORSTOM,

Noumea, (42) : 1-31.

Richer de Forges, B., Chevillon, C., Laboute, P., Bargibant, G., Menou, J. L. & Tirard, P., 1988. — La campagne

CORAIL 2 sur le plateau des Ties Chesterfield (N. O. "Coriolis" et N. O. "Alis", 18 juillet au 6 aout 1988). Rapp. sci.

tech., Sci. Mer, Biol, mar., ORSTOM, Noumea, (50) : 1-68.

Richer de Forges, B. & Laboute, P., 1989. — La campagne Musorstom VI sur la ride des Ties Loyaute (N. O. "Alis", du

12 au 26 fevrier 1989). Rapp. sci. tech. Sci. Mer, Biol, mar., ORSTOM Noumea, (51) : 1-38.

Rodriguez, G., 1980. — Los crustaceos decapodos de Venezuela. Instituto Venezolano de Investigaciones Cientificas,

Caracas : 1-494, fig. 1-119, pi. 1-70.

Sakai. T., 1965. —The Crabs of Sag ami Bay. Biological Laboratory Imperial Household. Maruzen Co., Tokyo : i-xvi +

1-206 (en anglais) ; 1-92 (en japonais) ; bibliographic et index, 1-32 ; pi. 1-100.

Sakai, T., 1976. — Crabs of Japan and the Adjacent Seas. Tokyo, Kodansha Ldt, 3 vol. : i-xxix + 1-773, fig. 1-379 (en

anglais), 1-461 (en japonais); 1-16, pi. 1-251.

Schmitt, W. L., 1921. — The marine decapod Crustacea of California with special reference to the decapod Crustacea

collected by the United States Bureau of Fisheries Steamer "Albatross" in connection with the biological survey of

San Francisco Bay during the years 1912-1913 (published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian

Institution of the United States Commissioner of Fisheries). Univ. Calif. Pubis. Zool., 23 : 1-470, fig. 1-165, pi. 1-

50.

SCHRAM, F. R., 1986. — Crustacea. Oxford University Press, Oxford : i-xii + 1-606, fig. 1-44, tabl. 1-44.

Serene, R., ROMIMOHTARTO, K. & MOOSA, M. K., 1974. — The Hippidea and Brachyura collected by the Rumphius

Expedition I .In : Report on the Rumphius Expedition I (January - February 1, 1973). Oseanologi Indon., 1 : 17-26.

SERfeNE, R. & Vadon, C., 1981. — Crustaces Decapodes : Brachyoures. Liste pnHiminaire, description de formes

nouvelles et remarques taxonomiques. In : Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. I - Philippines (18-28 mars 1976), 1

(5). Mem. ORSTOM , (91) : 117-140, fig. 1-3, pi. 1-4.

Shikama, T., 1964. — Index Fossils of Japan. Asakurashoten, Tokyo : 1-287.

Soto, L. A., 1986. — Deep-water Brachyuran crabs of the straits of Florida (Crustacea Decapoda). An. Inst. Cienc. Mar

Limnol. Univ. natn. Auton. Mexico , 13 (1) : 1-68, fig. 1-34.

Stebbing, T. R. R., 1910. — General Catalogue of South African Crustacea (Part V. of S. A. Crustacea, for the Marine

Investigations in South Africa). Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 6 : 281-593, pi. 15-22.

Stebbing, T. R. R., 1920. — South African Crustacea (Part X of S. A. Crustacea, for the Marine Investigations of South

Africa). Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 17 (4) : 231-272, pi. 18-27.

Stevcic, Z., 1971a. — Systematic position of the family Tymolidae (Decapoda, Brachyura). Arhiv Biol. Nauka, 21 (1-4),

1969 (1971) : 71-80.

Stevcic, Z., 1971b. — The main features of Brachyuran evolution. Syst. Zool., 20 : 331-340.

STEVCIC, Z., 1971c. — The pathways of brachyuran evolution. In : Zbornik referata sa I simpozijuma biosistematicara

Jugoslavije (Proc. 1st Symposium Biosystematists of Yugoslavia), Sarajevo : 187-193.

STIMPSON, W., 1858. — Prodromus description^ animalium evertebratorum, quae in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum

Septentrionalem, a Republica Federata missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rodgers Ducibus, observavit et

descripsit W. Stimpson. Pars VI. Crustacea Oxystomata. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad., 10 : 159-163 [57-61].

Takeda, M., 1973a. — Report on the Crabs from the Sea around the Tsushima Islands Collected by the Research Vessel

"Genkai" for the Trustees of the National Science Museum, Tokyo. Bull. Lib. Arts Sci. Course, Nihon Univ. Sch.

Med., 1 : 17-68, fig. 1-5, tabl. 1-3.

Takeda, M., 1973b. — Studies on the Crustacea Brachyura of the Palau Islands. I. Dromiidae, Dynomenidae, Calappidae,

Leucosiidae, Hymenosomatidae, Majidae and Parthenopidae. Bull. Lib. Arts Sci. Course, Nihon Univ. Sch. Med., 1 :

75-126, fig. 1-6, pi. 3.

Source ; MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE

313

Takeda, M., 1981. — A new crab of the genus Cymonomus (Crustacea : Brachyura) from off Boso Peninsula, central

Japan. Res. Crust., 11 : 36-39, fig. 1-2.

Takeda, M., 1985. — Record of a male of Genkaia gordonae Miyake and Takeda from Japan (Crustacea : Decapoda :

Brachyura). Special Publication of the Mukaishima Marine Biological Station (Hiroshima University) * 97-100

fig. 1-3.

Takeda, M. & Miyake, S., 1970. — Crabs from the East China Sea. IV. Gymnopleura, Dromiacea and Oxystomata. J. Fac.

Agric. Kyushu Univ ., 16 (3) : 193-235, fig. 1-4, pi. 1.

Takeda, M. & Tomida, S., 1984. — Two new fossil crabs of the Tymolidae from the Miocene Mizunami Group, Central

Japan. Bull. Mizunami Fossil Mus ., 11 : 3949, fig. 1, pi. 13, tabl. 1.

Takeda, M. & Moosa, M. K., 1990. — A small collection of deep-sea crabs from the Floras Sea. Indo-Malay. Zool., 6 :

53-72, fig. 1-4, pi. 1-2.

Tavares, M. S., 1991a. — Especes nouvelles de Cyclodorippoidea Ortmann et remarques sur les genres Tymolus

Stimpson et Cyclodorippe A. Milne Edwards (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris x (4),

12, sect. A, 1990 (1991), (3-4) : 623-648, fig. 1-11.

Tavares, M. S., 1991b. — Revision preliminaire du genre Tymolus Stimpson, avec la description de Tymolus brucei sp.

nov. d'Australie occidentale (Crustacea, Brachyura, Cyclodorippoidea). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris x (4), 13,

sect. A, (3-4) : 439-456, fig. 1-10.

Tavares, M. S., 1992a. — Tendances dvolutives chez les Crabes primitifs, avec la description dun nouveau type de

chambre incubatrice (Crustacea, Decapoda : Cyclodorippinae Ortmann, 1892, et Xeinostominae subfam. nov.). C. r.

hebd. Seanc. Acad. Sci. Paris , sdrie III, 312 : 509-514, fig. 1-2.

Tavares, M. S., 1992b. — Sur la position systematique du genre fiocdne americain Falconoplax Van Straelen, 1933

(Crustacea Decapoda Brachyura). Ann. Paleontol., 78 (2) : 73-81, fig. 1-2.

Tavares, M. S., 1992c. — Revalidation de Tymolus dromioides (Ortmann, 1892) (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura,

Cyclodorippidae). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris , (4), 14, sect. A, (1) : 201-207, fig. 1-3.

Tomida, S., 1985. — Decapod Crustacean Fauna of the Miocene Mizunami Group, in the Mizunami City and its environs,

Gifu Prefecture. Ronsou Chukyo Junior College , 16 (1) : 53-67, fig. 1-3 (en japonais).

Van Dover, C. L., 1982. — Reduction of maxillary endites in larval Anomura and Brachyura. Crustaceana , 43 (2): 211-

215, fig. 1, tabl. 1.

Van Dover, C. L., Factor, J. R. & GORE, R. H., 1982. — Developmental Patterns of Larval Scaphognathites : an aid to

the classification of Anomuran and Brachyuran Crustacea. J. Crust. Biol., 2 (1) : 48-53, fig. 1-2, tabl. 1.

Wear, R. G. & FlELDERD, R., 1985. — The Marine Fauna of New Zealand : Larvae of the Brachyura (Crustacea Decapoda).

Mem. N. Z. oceanogr. Inst., 92 : 1-90, fig. 1-200, tabl. 1.

WiCKSTEN, M. K., 1986. — Carrying behavior in Brachyuran crabs. J. Crust. Biol., 6 (3): 364-369, fig. 1.

Williams, A. B., 1984. — Shrimps, Lobsters and Crabs of the Atlantic coast of the eastern United States, Maine to

Florida. Smiths. Inst. Press, Washington D. C : i-xviii + 1-550, fig. 1-380.

Williams, A. B., McCloskey. L. R. & Gray, I. E., 1968. — New records of brachyuran decapod Crustaceans from the

continental shelf off North Carolina, U.S.A. Crustaceana, 15 (1) : 41-66, fig. 1-16.

Wright. C. W. & Collins, J. S. H., 1972. — British Cretaceous crabs. In : Paleontolographical Society Monographs,

London : 1-114, pi. 1-22.

Zarenkov, N. A., 1970. — A new deep-water species of crabs from the genus Cyclodorippe (Dorippidae). Zool. Zh., 49 :

460-462, 1 fig.

ZARIQUIEY Alvarez, R., 1968. — Iberian decapod Crustacea. Invest. Pesq., 32 : i-xv + 1-510, fig. 1-164.

II ATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10— RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10— RESUL

of New

Crustacea Decapoda : Dorippidae

Caledonia, Indonesia and the Philippines

CHEN Huilian (H. L. CHEN)

Instilute of Oceanology, Academia Sinica

7 Nan-Hai Road, Qingdao 266071

People’s Republic of China.

ABSTRACT

Dorippidae material collected by several French expeditions (MUSORSTOM 3-6, Chalcal 1, Biocal, BlOGEOCAL) from

1980 to 1989, a French Indonesian cruise (CORINDON 2) in 1980 and the Mariel KING MEMORIAL EXPEDITION in 1970 off

the Philippines, Indonesia, Chesterfield Islands and New Caledonia yielded a total of 24 species (including 2 uncertain

species) belonging to 2 subfamilies and 3 genera. Twelve species are new and 10 species are first records from New

Caledonia.

RESUME

Crustacea Decapoda : Dorripidae de Nouvelle-Caledonie, d'lndonesie et des Philippines.

Les Dorippidae r^coltes par diverses expeditions fransaises (MUSORSTOM 3-6, Ciialcal 1, Biocal et BlOGEOCAL) dc

1980 & 1989, une expedition franco-indoncsienne (CORINDON 2) en 1980 et la Mariel KING MEMORIAL EXPEDITION en

1970 dans les eaux des Philippines, de l'Indon6sie, des ties Chesterfield et de la Nouvelle-Caledonie, comprennent

24 especes appartenant k 3 genres. Douze especes sont nouvelles pour la Science et 10 n’avaient jamais etc signalees en

Nouvelle-Caledonie.

INTRODUCTION

This report is based on the collections obtained during various expeditions made by French research vessels to

the Philippines (MUSORSTOM 3. 1980), Indonesia (CORINDON 2, 1986). Chesterfield Islands (Chalcal 1, 1984;

Musorstom 5, 1986) and New Caledonia (LAGON. 1984-1989; Biocal, 1985; MUSORSTOM 4. 1985; Biogeocal.

1987; Musorstom 6,1989).

Chen Huilian (H. L. Chen), 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : Dorippidae of New Caledonia, Indonesia and the

Philippines. In : A. CROSNIER (cd.). Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus. naln. Hist. nat..

156 : 315-345. Paris ISBN 2-85653-206-3.

Contribution n°2031 Institute of Oceanology, Academia Simca, Qingdao. China.

316

H. L CHEN

Also included are collections made in Indonesia by the Mariel KING MEMORIAL expedition in 1970.

Cruise details and station data, with the exception of that of the Mariel king memorial expedition for which,

to our knowledge, no report has been published, may be found in : Forest (1989) - Musorstom 3; Moosa (1985)

- Corindon 2; Richer deForges (1991) - Lagon; Richer deForges (1990) remaining expeditions.

Twenty-four species (including 2 uncertain species) belonging to 2 subfamilies-and 3 genera have been

identified, of which 12 new species are described, and 10 species (marked with an asterisk in the accompanying

list) are reported for the first time from New Caledonia.

Twenty-three species belonging to 2 genera of Ethusinae ( Ethusina and Ethusa) were from shallow and deep

waters. The species of Ethusina were taken from the deep sea at depths between 970 and 2950 m and the species of

Ethusa from the shallow waters of the continental shelf and slope from 21 to 790 m. One species, Dorippoides

facchino, of the subfamily Dorippinae, was obtained at a depth of 25 m.

LIST OF SPECIES

(New species are in bold)

Subfamily DORIPPINAE MacLeay, 1838

Dorippoides facchino (Herbst, 1785)

Subfamily ETHUSINAE Guinot, 1977

Ethusa crosnieri sp. nov.

Ethusa curvipes sp. nov.

Ethusa furca sp. nov.

^Ethusa granulosa Ihle, 1916

* Ethusa indica Alcock, 1894

* Ethusa izuensis Sakai, 1937

*Ethusa latidactylus (Parisi, 1914)

Ethusa magnipalmata sp. nov.

Ethusa major sp. nov.

Ethusa makasarica sp. nov.

*Ethusa minuta Sakai, 1937

Ethusa obliquidens sp. nov.

Ethusa parapygmaea sp. nov.

* Ethusa pygmaea Alcock, 1894

*Ethusa sexdentata (Stimpson, 1858)

Ethusa sp.

Ethusina brevidentata sp. nov.

* Ethusina desciscens Alcock, 1896

Ethusina dilobotus sp. nov.

Ethusina paralongipes sp. nov.

Ethusina pubescens sp. nov.

* Ethusina robusta Miers, 1886

Ethusina sp.

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT

Subfamily DORIPPINAE MacLeay, 1838

Genus DORIPPOIDES Serene & Romimohtarto, 1969

Dorippoides facchino (Herbst, 1785)

Fig. 1

Cancer facchino Herbst, 1785 : 190, pi. II, fig. 68.

Dorripe facchino - Bose, 1802 : 208 (not seen).

Dorripe (Dorippoides) facchino - SERfcNE & Romimohtarto, 1969 : 4, 8, figs 2, 6, 11, 16A-D, pis 1C, 3D. — Dai

& Yang, 1991 : 51-52, fig. 22, pi. 5(3).

Dorippoides facchino - Holthuis & Manning, 1985 : 304; 1990 : 49-66, figs 19-25. — Chen, 1986b : 121, 139, fig. 3

(14-16); 1987 : 679.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. Corindon 2 : st. CH 203, 01°09'S, 117°08'E, 25 m, 30.10.1980 : 2 juv.

11.0 x 14.0 mm, 7.0 x 8.0 mm (MNHN-B 19072).

Remarks. — Only two juvenile females were collected. The posterior borders of the meri, carpi and propodi of

the second and third pereiopods (P2 and P3) are bare and hairless. The carapace of adults is usually more than

12 mm and bears dense setae on full grown specimens.

Source: MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

317

Fig. 1. — Dorippoides facchino (Herbs!. 1785), juv. 9 7.0 x 8.0 mm (MNHN-B 19072) : a. carapace; b, ihird pereiopod.

Dis i ribution. — India. Sri Lanka, Burma. Thailand. Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia, (he Philippines,

Vietnam and China (the northernmost to Ningbo, 29°53'N, 121°33'E, Zhejiang Province), at depths of 6-69 m.

Subfamily ETHUSINAE Guinot, 1977

Genus ETHUSA Roux, 1830

Key to Indo-West Pacific species of the genus Ethusa

(Species studied in this paper are in bold)

1. Carapace as long as broad or broader than long, notches of front shallow and rounded.

. E. latidactylus (Parisi, 1914)

— Carapace longer than broad . 2

2. Outer borders of exorbital teeth converging inwards. 3

— Outer borders of exorbital teeth straight or swollen .4

3. Carapace with indistinct fine granules and hairs, fingers of female chclipeds without teeth

. E. obliquidens sp. nov.

— Carapace with distinct granules, no hair, fingers of female chclipeds with teeth.

. E.forestiC hen, 1985

4. Front divided into 2 teeth and 2 lobes . 5

— Front divided into 4 teeth . 6

5. Lateral borders of carapace almost straight . E. furca sp. nov.

— Lateral borders of carapace moderately swollen. E. sp.

6. Exorbital teeth of male adult reaching beyond frontal teeth. 7

— Exorbital teeth of male adult only reaching to bases or tips of frontal teeth. 9

7. Second and third pereiopods very long. E. somalica Doflein, 1904

— Second and third pereiopods moderately long. 8

8. Fingers of chclipeds with teeth. E. indica Alcock, 1894

— Fingers of chelipeds without tooth. E. crosnieri sp. nov.

9. Large species (length of carapace of adults more than 15 mm) . 10

— Small species (length of carapace of adults less than 15 mm) . 12

318

H. L. CHEN

10. Lateral borders of carapace straight, carapace granulated. E. orientalis Miers. 1886

— Lateral borders of carapace slightly swollen. 11

11. Carapace smooth. E. sexdentata (Stimpson, 1858)

— Carapace with short hairs and fine granules. E. major sp. nov.

12. Exorbital teeth thin and sharp. 13

— Exorbital teeth relatively thick. 14

13. Cardiac region of carapace with 2 lobes, exorbital and frontal teeth small.

. E. haiwaiiensis Rathbun. 1906

— Cardiac region of carapace without lobe, cxorbital and frontal teeth large.

. E. quadrata Sakai, 1937

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20 .

21 .

22 .

23.

24.

Male adult cheliped unequal. 1 ^

Male adult cheliped equal.

Tips of exorbital teeth directed forwards. 1 6

Tips of exorbital teeth directed outwards. 17

Carapace with pubescence and fine granules, frontal and exorbital teeth long.

. E. makasarica sp. nov.

Carapace without hairs and with fine granules, frontal and exorbital teeth short.

. E. granulosa Ihle, 1916

Carapace with short hairs. % hirsuta McArdle, 1900

Carapace with fine granules. * ®

Notches of median and lateral frontal teeth relatively shallow, frontal teeth very small....

. E. magnipalmata sp. nov.

Notches of median and lateral frontal teeth relatively deep.. 1 9

First segment of male abdomen as long as second. E. pygmaea Alcock, 1894

First segment of male abdomen longer than second. E. parapygmaea sp. nov.

Palm of adult cheliped moderatey swollen

Palm of adult chelipeds very swollen.

Fingers of male chelipeds with small teeth, palm with granules... E. curvipes sp. nov.

Fingers of male chelipeds without tooth, palm smooth. E. zurslrasseni Doflein, 1904

Second and third pereiopods naked. tninuta Sakai, 1937

Second and third pereiopods with hairs. 2 3

Palm of male chelipeds smooth. E. madagascariensis Chen, 1987

Palm of male chelipeds with granules. 2 4

Movable finger with one large tooth or several obtuse teeth, cutting edges of fingers not

gaping when closed. izuensis Sakai, 1937

Movable finger with 2 small teeth, cutting edges of fingers gaping when closed.

. E. sinespina Kensley, 1969

Remarks. — Hereafter some informations are given on the distribution of the species cited in the key and not

studied in this paper:

Ethusa foresti Chen, 1985, is known only from the Philippines (14°00.9’N, 14°01.9’E) between 185-205 m

(Chen, 1985a).

Ethusa hawaiiensis Rathbun, 1906, is known only from Hawaiian Islands between 97-386 m (Rathbun,

1906).

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

319

Ethusa hirsuta McArdle, 1900, has been found from Sri Lanka and Indonesia between 112-216 m

(MacGilchrist, 1905; IHLE, 1916).

Elhu ™” iada Zascariens/s Chen, 1987, has been found only from the N. W. Coast of Madagascar at 150 m

(CHEN, 1987).

E, huso orientalis Micrs, 1886, has been found only from Fiji Islands (19°09.32'S, 179°41.55'E) at 567 m

(Miers. 1886).

Ethusa quadrata Sakai, 1937. has been found from Japan, the Philippines, South China Sea and East China Sea

between 35-209 m (Sakai, 1937, 1965, 1976; Chen. 1986a. 1986b).

Ethusa sine spina Kensley, 1969. is known from Natal (South Africa) and the N. W. Coast of Madagascar

between 138-370 m (Kensley, 1969; Chen, 1987).

E thusa somalica Doflein, 1904, has been found only from Somaliland (2°58 5'N 46°50 8'E) at 132 m

(DOFLEIN, 1904).

Ethusa zurstrasseni Doflein. 1904, has been found only from Somaliland (0°29 3'S 42°47 6'E) at 977 m

(Doflein. 1904).

Ethusa crosnieri sp. nov.

Fig. 2

Fig. 2. — Ethusa crosnieri sp. nov., 6 holotypc 6.9 x 6.8 mm (MNHN-B 19063); 9 allotype 8.9 x 10.0 mm (MPHN-B

19068) : a, male carapace; b, female carapace; c, male cheliped; d, female cheliped; e, male abdomen; f. female

abdomen; g, male anterior sternal shield; h, male first pleopod; i, male second pleopod.

320

H. L. CHEN

MATERIAI EXAMINED AND TYPES. — Chesterfield Islands. Musorstom 5 : st. DW 256. 25°18.0S. !59 0 52E,

290-300 m. 07.10.1986 : 1 9, allotype, broken. 8.9 x 10.0 mm (MNHN-B 19068); 1 3 ^

at IOAS). - St. DW 296, 23'12.61'S, 25°36.27'E, 178 m. 11.10.1986 : 1 d holotype, 6 - ^ g N - B 19063) -

— St. DW 298, 22°00'S, 159°22.00'E, 320 m. 11.10.1986 : 1 6. paratype, 7.3 x 7.0 mm (MNHN-B 19065).

Description. _Carapace longer than broad, covered wilh dense fine granules and short pubescence. Regions

and grooves well marked : prologastric, mesogastric. cardiac and epibranchial regions convex Frontal border

divided into 4 teeth by a V-shaped and two broad U-shaped notches. Exorbital teeth very long and directed outward,

the tip distinctly reaching beyond the frontal teeth.

Chelipeds equal in both sexes, covered with fine granules except on fingers. Palm slender, about 1.5 times as

long as high. Movable finger slightly shorter than immovable finger; cutting edges of both sexes without teeth

but in female the gap larger than that of male when closed.

Third pereiopods the longest. Second pereiopods relatively shorter. Merus of P3 about 6 times as long as hig ,

propodus of P3 being 5 times. Last two legs short, meri cyclindrical. Merus of P4 slighdy higher than that of P..

Distal part of propodi with some setae. „ . .

Male abdomen of 5 segments (3rd-5th fused). First segment large, less than twice as long as second; third

segment more convex on both sides. Sixth segment broader than long. Telson triangular.

Basal three fifths of male first plcopods stout, distal two fifths very slender, having a protuberance near the tip,

its surface with spines. Second pleopods shorter than first, distal part relatively long and thin.

ETYMOLOGY. — This species is named in honor of Alain CROSNIER who provided the material for this study

and who has kindly helped me in many ways.

Remarks. — This new species resembles Eihusa minuta Sakai. 1937, of Japan. It can be distinguished by its

exorbital teeth distinctly reaching beyond the frontal teeth, lateral frontal notches shallow, larger palm not

swollen, cutting edges of fingers without teeth and distal two-fifths of first pleopod very slender.

Distribution. — Chesterfield Islands, in depths between 290 and 320 m.

Ethusa curvipes sp. nov.

Fig. 3

Material examined and types.— New Caledonia. Musorstom

600 m, 17.09.1985 : 1 8, holotype, 5.7 x 5.4 mm (MNHN-B 22253).

SMIB 6 : st. DW 126. 18°59.rS. 163°32.7'E, 320-330 m. 3.03.1990 :

: st. CP 169. 18°54.03'S, 163°11.20’E,

<3, paratype, 5.0 x 4.8 mm (MNHN-B

22427).

Description. — Carapace longer than broad, surface covered with closely set fine granules and pubescence.

Regions and grooves being very distinct : prologastric, mesogastric, cardiac, meso- and metabranchial regions

more convex than other regions. Metagastric region depressed, urogastric region Bat. Frontal border divided into 4

teeth by a V-shaped and two broad U-shaped notches. Exorbital teeth long and acute, falling short of trontal teeth.

Eyestalks slender and movable. Anterolateral borders convex outward near distal end of branchial groove.

Chelipeds of male of equal size, about 1.5 times as long as carapace. Merus with rather long hairs at borders,

basal half broad and distal half gradually narrower, but surface smooth and glossy. Carpus convex, inner surface

smooth and outer surface with fine granules. Palm 1.5 times as long as high, inner surface smooth, upper part of

outer surface with acute granules. Fingers as long as palm; cutting edges with 3-5 teeth.

Merus of second and third legs about 5.5 times as long as high. Propodus of P3 slightly more than 4 times

longer than high, that of P2, 3.5 times longer than high. Borders of ischium, men and carpi of P2 and P3 bearing

acute granules.

Male abdomen consisting of 5 segments (3rd-5th fused). First segment twice as long as second. Third convex

on both sides. Sixth segment 1.6 times as broad as long. Telson bluntly triangular.

Male first pleopods stout, gradually narrower from base to 3/4, distal 1/4 slender and bent outwardly.

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

321

ETYMOLOGY. — The name is formed by a combination of the Latin curvatus, bent, and pes, foot, in reference

to the shape of the first pleopods

Remarks. — This new species closely resembles Ethusa sinespina Kensley. 1969, but the shape of fingers

and palm in the male chelipeds and also the male pleopods differ completely.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, in depths between 320 and 600 m.

Fig. 3. — Ethusa curvipes sp. nov., <5 holotype 5.7 x 5.4 mm (MNHN-B 22253) : a, carapace; b, cheliped; c, abdomen;

d, anterior sternal shield; e, first pleopod; f, second pleopod.

Ethusa furca sp. nov.

Fig. 4

MATERIAL EXAMINED AND TYPES. — New Caledonia. Musorstom 4 : St. DW 162, 18°35.0’S, 163°10.3’E, 525 m,

16.09.1985 : 1 <3, paratype, broken (MNHN-B 18403).

MUSORSTOM 5 : st. CP 324, 21°15.01'S, 157°51.33’E, 970 m, 14.10.1986 : 1 <3, paratype. 4.7 x 4.0 mm (kept at

IOAS).

Musorstom 6 : st. DW 485, 21°23.48'S, 167°59.33'E, 350 m, 23.02.1989 : 1 8. holotype, 6.0 x 5.1 mm (MNHN-B

21521).

DESCRIPTION._Carapace slightly longer than broad, dorsal surface smooth. Cervical, branchial grooves and

regions poorly marked : protogastric, mesogastric and branchial regions slighdy raised but cardiac region lower

than branchial one. Frontal region swollen, its anterior border divided into 4 teeth : the median ones broad and

large, lateral teeth slender and small. Exorbital teeth short and acute, borders thin, and the tip slightly projecting

upwards and sidewards.

Chelipeds symmetrical or if asymmetrical, the right one larger than left, surface smooth. Larger palm 1.6

times as long as high, cutting edges of fingers without teeth. Smaller palm slender, cutting edges of fingers of the

smaller cheliped also without teeth.

322

H. L. CHEN

Third pereiopods the longest, meri 5.5 times as long as high and propodi 4 times longer than high. Meri of P4

shorter than that of P5.

Male abdomen with 5 segments (3rd-5th somites fused). First segment transversely rectangular, second

segment slightly broader and shorter than the first. Third with broad groove in the middle of base and both sides

slightly raised. Sixth segment 1.6 times as broad as long, with converging lateral sides. Telson roundly triangular.

Male first pleopods stout, distal part gradually narrowed, with some hairs; tip forked. Second pleopods slender;

tip forked.

FlG. 4 — Ethusa furca sp. nov., 6 holotypc 6.0 x 5.1 mm (MNHN-B 21521) : a, carapace; b-c, chelipeds; d. third

pereiopod; e, last pereiopod (another specimen); f. abdomen; g-i, first pleopod; j-k, second pleopod.

Etymology. — The name is from the Latin furca , fork, in reference to the tip of the first and second pleopods.

Remarks. — This new species is closely allied to Ethusa quadrata Sakai, 1937, but it may be distinguished

from the latter species by having small and short exorbital teeth, frontal borders cut into 2 teeth and 2 lobes, larger

palm cheliped not so swollen and rather long, the tips of second pleopods with 2 lobes and the telson of male

abdomen roundly triangular.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, in depths between 350 and 970 m.

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

323

Ethusa granulosa Ihlc, 1916

Fig. 5

Ethusa granulosa Ihlc, 1916 : 143-145, lext-fig. 76. — SERfcNE, 1968 : 40.

Material EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. MUSORSTOM 4 : st. CP 157, 18°52.5'S, 163°16.9’E, 575 m, 15.09.

1985 : 1 8 9.0 x 8.4 mm (MNHN-B 18419). — Si. CC 175, 18°59.3'S, 163°17.5’E, 370 m, 17.09.1985 : 1 <5 9.4 x

8.8 mm (MNHN-B 19082). — St. DW 197, 18°51.3’S, 163°21.0'E, 560 m, 20.09.1985 : 3 6 6.4 x 6.0 mm, 7.2 x

6.8 mm, 8.3 x 7.9 mm (MNHN-B 22252; 1 6 kepi at IOAS).

Supplementary description. — Male chelipeds symmetrical or asymmetrical (right larger than left), surface

with fine granules. Larger cheliped with palm 1.25 times as long as high; fingers shorter than palm; cutting edges

without teeth. Smaller cheliped slender, palm 1.4 times as long as high; cutting edges of fingers also without

teeth.

Male abdomen consisting of 5 segments (3rd-5th fused). First segment much longer, second linear, third

convex on both sides, the middle depressed. Sixth segment more or less rectangular, 1.8 times as broad as long.

Telson bluntly triangular.

Distribution. — Indonesia and New Caledonia, in depths between 370 and 575 m.

Fig. 5. - Ethusa granulosa Ihle, 1916, <J 9.4 x 8.8 mm (MNHN-B 19082) : a. carapace; b-c. chel.peds; d, abdomen;

e. anterior slernal shield; f-h. firsl plcopod; i. second pleopod.

324

H. L. CHEN

Ethusa indica Alcock, 1894

Eihusa indica Alcock, 1894 : 405; 1896 : 283. — ALCOCK & Anderson. 1895 : pi. 14, fig. 2. — IHLE, 1916 : 136. —

Sakai, 1965 : 24, pi. 11, fig. 4; 1976 : 64-65, text-fig. 27. — SerEne, 1968 ; 40. — Chen, 1986a : 189, figs 8-9,

pi. I, fig. 1, pi. II, fig. 5; 1986b : 128, fig. 10 (45-49). — Dai & Yang, 1991 : 59-60, fig. 27 (3-4), pi. 6 (4).

Ethusa gracilipes - SERfcNE & Loiiavanijaya. 1973 : 35-36, figs 56-59. pi. 14, fig. c-d [Not Ethusa (Ethusina) gracilipes

Miers, 1886].

Ethusa serenei Sakai, 1983 : 4-5.

Ethusina gracilipes - SERfcNE & Vadon, 1981 : 119, 121 [Not Ethusa (Ethusina) gracilipes Miers, 1886].

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. CORINDON 2 : st. CH 201, 01°l l'S, 111°06'E, 21 m, 30.10.1980 : 1 9 6.9 x

7.0 mm (MNHN-B 19074). — St. CH 217, 00°38'S, 117°59'E, 470 m, 1.11.1980 : 1 ovig. 9 8.9 x 9.0 mm (MNHN-B

19076). — St. CH 240, 00°37’S, 119°33’E, 675 m, 5.11.1980 : 1 9 9.0 x 9.4 mm (MNHN-B 19075). — St. CH 280,

01°59'S, 119°10'E, 715-800 m, 8.11.1980 : 6 <5 6.8 x 6.5 - 9.5 x 10.0 mm; 7 9 7.0 x 7.7 - 9.5 x 10.0 mm (MNHN-B

19069).

New Caledonia. BiOOEOCAL : st. CP 232, 21°33.81’S, 166°27.07’E, 760-790 m, 12.04.1987 : 2 6 10.0 x

10.1 mm, 12.0 x 13.0 mm; 1 ovig. 9 13.8 x 14.9 mm (MNHN-B 19098).

Musorstom 6 : st. CP 438, 20°23 , S, 166°20.10'E, 780 m, 18.02.1989 : 1 9 9.1 x 9.5 mm (MNHN-B 21522).

Remarks. — Of 8 male specimens examined, there were 6 males with unequal chelipeds, the right chelipcds

being much larger than the left ones.

In the present material this species was found in depths between 470 and 790 m, except one female which was

collected at 21 m from Makasar, Indonesia. Previous reports in the literature give a range of 30-1315 m.

Distribution. — Maidive Islands. Andaman Sea, Laccadive Sea, Sri Lanka, Indonesia, the Philippines, Japan,

East China Sea and South China Sea, in depths between 21 and 1315 m.

Ethusa izuensis Sakai. 1937

Ethusa izuensis Sakai, 1937 : 80, lext-fig. 4; 1965 : 23, pi. 12, figs 1-2. — SERfcNE, 1968 : 40. — Takeda & Miyake,

1972a : 67. — Sakai, 1976 : 66, text-figs 26d, 29. — SERfcNE & Vadon, 1981 : 119-121. — Chen, 1986a : 193-194,

figs 11-12, pi. 1, fig. 2; 1986b : 131, fig. 12 (59-61). — Dai & Yang, 1991 : 58, 60, fig. 27 (5-6), pi. 6 (5).

Material EXAMINED. — Philipines. Musorstom 3 : st. CP 97, I4°00'N, 120°18'E, 189-194 m, 31.05.1985 :

1 6 6.6 x 6.3 mm (MNHN-B 18278).

New Caledonia. Dredge, 22°40.5’S, 167°10.3’E, 200-350 m, 10.10.1986 : 2 9 7.0 x 6.9 mm, 8.3 x 8.1 mm

(MNHN-B 19095).

Distinctive features. — Carapace covered with granules and pubescence. Each region slightly convex. Front

divided into 4 teeth by a deep V-shaped and two shallow, short U-shaped notches. Base of exorbital teeth broad, not

needle-like. Legs covered with soft hairs.

Distribution. — Japan, the Philippines, New Caledonia, South China Sea and East China Sea, in depths

between 30 and 350 m.

Ethusa latidactylus (Parisi, 1914)

Fig. 6

Ethusina latidactylus Parisi, 1914 : 28, pi. 13, fig. 1.

Ethusa latidactyla - IHLE, 1916 : 139, text-figs 74-75. — Sakai, 1937 : 78, text-fig. lb; 1965 : 23, pi. 11, fig. 3. —

SERfcNE, 1968 : 40. — Sakai, 1976 : 64, pi. 23, fig. 2, text-fig. 26b. — CHEN, 1986a : 186-189, fig. 7; 1986b : 127-

128, fig. 9 (41-44).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. CORINDON 2: st. CH 273, 01°56’S, 119°16'E, 220-180 m, 7.11.1980 : 1 9

13.0 x 14.6 mm (MNHN-B 19073).

Source: MNHN. Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

325

FIG. 6. — Elhusa latidactylus (Parisi, 1914), 9 13.0 x 14.0 mm (MNHN-B 19073) : a, carapace ; b, abdomen.

Remarks. — This species differs from its congeners by its carapace being distinctly broader than long, the

floors of frontal notches and orbits being round, the middle of the cardiac region having some longitudinally

arranged granules and the body being almost entirely covered with short pubescence.

Distribution. — South China Sea, Indonesia, Japan and the Philippines, in depths between 50 and 209 m.

Ethusa magnipalmata sp. nov.

Fig. 7

MATERIAL EXAMINED AND TYPES. — New Caledonia. Biogeocal : st. DW 289, 20°36.35’S, 167 o 00.31'E, 830-

840 m, 27.04.1987 : U, holotype, 12.4 x 12.1 mm (MNHN-B 21524).

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace slightly longer than broad, dorsal surface finely granular. Granules of frontal borders

and metabranchial region laterally more numerous and larger than others. Regions distinct : protogastric and

mesogastric regions slightly convex, cardiac, and metabranchial regions more convex. Four frontal teeth short,

lateral notch of front, broad and oblique. Exorbital teeth broader at base, the tip produced into a spine. Exorbital

teeth reaching to the base of frontal teeth.

Male chelipeds very unequal, right cheliped much larger than left. Larger palm 1.34 times as long as high;

fingers shorter than palm; cutting edges of fingers without teeth and almost without gap when closed. Smaller

palm slender, slightly longer than fingers, about twice as long as high; cutting edges of fingers also without teeth

but with small gap when closed.

Third pereiopods the longest, merus of P3 5.5 times longer than high, that of P2, 4.73 times. Propodus of P3

about 4 times as long as high, that of P2, 3.5 times. Last two legs (except dactyli) bearing fine granules. Distal

half of propodus bearing a tuft of setae and dactyli with some hairs at borders.

Male abdomen consisting of 5 segments (3rd-5th fused). First segment about 1.3 times as long as second.

Third convex on both sides, the middle depressed. Sixth segment 1.5 times as broad as long. Telson bluntly

triangular.

Male first pleopods stout. Distal 1/5 knife-shaped, with some spines. Second pleopods slender, basal half

slightly inflated, distal half laminated; tip curved.

ETYMOLOGY._The name is formed by a combination of the Latin magnus, large, and palnui, palm, in

reference to the larger palm of the cheliped.

Remarks. _This new species is closely related to Ethusa sexdentata Stimpson, 1858, but the latter has a

larger body, a slightly smoother carapace surface and a more convex anterior sternal shield.

326

H. L. CHEN

Distribution. — New Caledonia, in depths between 830 and 840 m.

FlG. 7. — Elhusa magnipalmata sp. nov., 6 holotype 12.4 x 12.1 mm (MNHN-B 21524) : a, carapace; b-c, chelipeds;

d, abdomen; e, first pleopod; f, second pleopod.

Ethusa major sp. nov.

Fig. 8

MATERIAL EXAMINED AND TYPES. — New Caledonia. Musorstom 6 : st. DW 413, 20°40.10'S, 167°03.50'E,

463 m, 15.02.1989 : 1 9, holotype, 17.9 x 17.5 mm (MNHN-B 21520); 1 9, paratype, 16.5 x 16.1 mm (MNHN-B

22257).

Description. — Carapace rough with very indistinct fine granules, pubescence and sparse short hairs. Regions

slightly convex, grooves very distinct: branchiogastric and branchiocardiac grooves deep and narrow, but cervical

and branchial grooves broad and shallow. Front with 4 small teeth, separated by a V-shaped and 2 obliquely

U-shaped notches : the tip of median frontal teeth directed outward, that of lateral frontal teeth directed torward.

Exorbital teeth stout, base much broader, with acute tip. Orbit large, eyestalks slender, movable, cornea small;

exorbital and frontal borders with dense hairs.

Female chelipeds symmetrical. Merus slightly curved, 2.9 times as long as high, raised ridge with pubescence

and short hairs on dorsal border, inner face laterally depressed, outer face convex. Carpus small and smooth. Palm

slightly swollen, 1.3 times longer than high, movable finger longer than palm. Cutting edges without teeth.

Dactyli, propodi, carpi and distal half of meri of P2 and P3 bearing pubescence, the rest smooth, bare. Third

legs longest; meri 5.5 times as long as high; propodi 4 times longer than high, and P2 rather short. Last two legs

fringed with pubescence and short setae, their meri about 3.5 times longer than high; propodi slightly longer than

carpi; dactyli claw-shaped.

Source: MNHN. Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

327

Female abdomen consisting of 7 segments. The first longer than the second, the second to fifth with a

transverse ridge. Anterior sternal shield slightly convex and densely granular.

Etymology. — The name is from the Latin major, in reference to the large body size.

Remarks. — This new species is very similar to Ethusa orientalis Miers, 1886, in the shape of the carapace,

but may be easily distinguished from it by the carapace being entirely covered with pubescence, sparse short setae,

and indistinct fine granules.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, at a depth of 463 m.

Fig. 8. — Ethusa major sp. nov., 9 holotype 17.9 x 17.5 mm (MNHN-B 21520) : a. carapace; b, chelipcd; c, last

pereiopod; d, abdomen; e, anterior sternal shield.

Ethusa makasarica sp. nov.

Fig. 9

Ethusa hirsuta - CHEN, 1987 : 685-686, pi. IF (Not McArdle, 1900).

Material EXAMINED AND TYPES. — Indonesia. Corindon 2 : st. CH 276, 01°55’S, 119°13.8'E, 395-456 m. 8.11.

1980 : 1 d, holotype, 7.9 x 7.6 mm (MNHN-B 19071); 1 9, allotype, 8.0 x 7.7 mm (MNHN-B 22251).

Description. _Carapace covered with pubescence, surface rough, with some fine granules especially on

gastric and cardiac regions. Regions poorly marked but branchial regions swollen. Branchial groove more distinct

than cervical groove. Anterolateral borders behind exorbital teeth depressed. Frontal and orbital borders bearing

rather long and soft hairs. Four subequal teeth : median teeth broader than lateral teeth. Exorbital teeth long and

acute, needle-like, almost reaching to the tips of frontal teeth.

328

H. L. CHEN

Male chelipeds very unequal (right much larger than left). Meri stout and pubescent, its dorsal border with

sharp edge. Larger palm swollen, 1.1 times as long as high and 1.3 times as long as fingers. Fingers short;

cutting edges without teeth.

Third pereiopods the longest. Meri of P2 and P3 being 3.5-4.0 times as long as high, propodi of P2 and P3,

2.27-2.26 times as long as high and carpi as long as propodi. Dactyli very long, as long as combined length of

carpi and propodi. Last two legs short, with dense pubescence, meri about 3.2 times as long as broad.

Fig. 9. —Ethusa makasarica sp. nov., <3 holotype 7.9 x 7.6 mm (MNHN-B 19071); 9 allotype 8.0 x 7.7 mm (MNHN-B

22251) : a, male carapace; b-c, male chelipeds; d, female cheliped; e, male abdomen; f, female abdomen; g-h, male

first and second pleopods; i, male anterior sternal shield.

Male abdomen consisting of 5 segments (3rd-5th fused): the first segment much larger than second, both sides

of third segment very much raised. Sixth segment broader than long, telson triangular, slightly broader than long.

Female abdomen with 7 segments : first to fourth segments subequal in length, fifth as long as sixth. Telson

broader than long.

Male first pleopods moderately stout, gradually narrower from base to tip, curved in middle; tip blunt with

some spines. Second pleopods slender and curved, slightly longer than the first.

Etymology. — The species is named after the place where it has been collected, Makasar Strait.

Remarks. — This new species is similar to Ethusa hirsuta McArdle, 1900, but they can be distinguished

easily as shown in Table 1.

Source ; MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

329

E. hirsuta

E. makasarica

l. - Carapace

hirsute and not granular

pubescent and granular

2. - Exorbital teeth

short, falling short of front and

directed outwards

long, almost reaching to front and

directed forwards

3. - Larger palm

1.57 times longer than finger and

1.2 times as long as high

1.3 times longer than finger and

1.1 times as long as high

4. - Smaller finger

as long as palm

longer than palm

5. - Meri of P2 and P3

relatively longer, 4.5-5 times as

long as high

relatively shorter, 3.5-4 times as

long as high

6. - Meri of P4 and P5

4.0-4.4 times as long as high

about 3.2 times as long as high

Tablf. 1. — Main differences between Ethusa hirsula and E. makasarica.

Distribution. — Indonesia, in depths between 395 and 456 m.

Ethusa minuta Sakai, 1937

Fig. 10

Ethusa minuta Sakai, 1937 : 81, pi. 11, fig. 2; 1965 : 23, pi. 11, fig. 4. — Takeda & Miyake. 1972 : 68. — Chen, 1986a

: 193-194, figs 11-12, pi. 1, fig. 2; 1986b : 131-133, figs 12 (55-58). — Dai & Yang, 1991 : 58, fig. 27 (1-2), pi. 6

(3).

Material EXAMINED. — Indonesia Moluccas. Mariel king memorial expedition. 1970 : Si. AHI/H4, 3°36'S,

128°24'E, 110-115 in. 31.05.1970 : 1 juv. $ 4.1 x 3.9 mm (MNHN-B 19083). — Si. CPI/H4. 3°15’S, 128°8'E, 42-49 m,

1.06.1970 : 1 juv. 9 3.9 x 3.7 mm (MNHN-B 19086). — Si. CPII/H8-9, approx. 1 mile S of Tg Tutuhuhur, Piru Bay, 27-

64 m. 2.06.1970 : 1 juv. 9 4.1 x 3.9 mm (MNHN-B 19087). — Si. KRVII/H3, 5°32’S, 132°46’E, 32-37 m. 11.06.1970 :

1 d 4.2 x 4.0 mm (MNHN-B 19085). — St. AWI/H 11-12, 5°30'S, 134°12'E, 73-91 m. 15.06.1970 : 1 juv. 9 5.0 x

5.0 mm (MNHN-B 19084).

Chesterfield Islands. Chalcal 1 : st. D 10, 20°36.09'S, 16r05.82'E. 87 m, 15.07.1984 : 2 d 4.8 x 4.5 mm,

4.5 x 4.3 mm (MNHN-B 19066). — St. D 23, 19°12.9’S, 158°36’E, 63 m. 17.07.1984 : 1 juv. 9 4.5 x 4.0 mm (MNHN-

19064).

New Caledonia. Lagon : st. 244, 22°25'S, 167°00'E, 47 m, 23.10.1984 : 1 9 6.4 x 6.3 mm (MNHN-B 21350).

Si. 324, 22°24'S, 167°03'E, 39 m. 28.11.1984 : 1 9 6.9 x 6.9 mm (MNHN-B 21353). — St. 350, 22°38’S, I66°57’E,

67 m, 29.11.1984 : 1 9 6.1 x 6.0 mm (MNHN-B 21351). — St. 384, 22°34'S, 167°1 I E, 70 m. 22.01.1985 : 4 d 4.2 x

4.1 mm, 4.6 x 4.3 mm, 4.7 x 4.5 mm, 5.2 x 4.9 mm; 3 9 4.8 x 4.6 mm, 6.0 x 6.0 mm, 6.5 x 6.2 mm (MNHN-B 19094) .

— St. 403, 22°35'S, 167°18'E, 45 m, 23.01.1985 : 2 9 6.3 x 6.2 mm, 6.7 x 6.4 mm (MNHN-B 19088). — St. 413,

22°39'S, 167°17'E, 40-60 m, 24.01.1985 : 1 d 4.1 x 3.8 mm (MNHN-B 19093). — St. 580, 22°44'S. 167°19'E, 95-

100 m, 17.07.1985 : 2 <5 4.3 x 4.0 mm ; 4.5 x 4.1 mm (MNHN-B 21352). — St. 598, 22°19.1'S, 167°06.2'E. 73-75 m,

5.08.1986 : 1 9 5.0 x 4.8 mm (MNHN-B 21532). — St. 603, 22°15.8'S, 167°04.8'E. 78-80 m, 5.08.1986 : 2 d 4.0 x

3.9 mm, 4.1 x 3.9 mm; 1 ovig. 9 5.2 x 5.1 mm; 1 juv. 9 3.8 x 3.5 mm (MNHN-B 21529); 1 9 5.3 x 5.0 mm (MNHN-B

21527). — St. 626, 21 0 57.9'S, 166°52.5’E. 47-48 m. 6.08.1986 : 1 d 4.7 x 4.6 mm; 1 9 4.9 x 4.8 mm (MNHN-B

21530). — St. 644, 2r52.1'S, 166°41.2'E, 45-48 m, 7.08.1986 : 1 d 5.1 x 4.8 mm (MNHN-B 21526). — St. 650,

21°49.3'S, 166°37.7'E. 50 m, 7.08.1986 : 1 <5 4.8 x 4.3 mm (MNHN-B 21531). — St. 682, 21°33.7'S, 166°18.6'E, 36-

37 m, 9.08.1986 : 1 juv. 9 4.0 x 3.8 mm (MNHN-B 21525). — St. 702. 21°26.7'S, 166°08.2'E, 37 m. 10.08.1986 :

1 d 4.5 x 4.0 mm; 1 9 4.9 x 4.8 mm (MNHN-B 21528).

Musorstom 4 : st. DW 149, 19°07.6’S, 163°22.7'E, 165 m, 14.09.1985 : 1 spec, (broken), 5.3 x 5.0 mm (MNHN-B

19080). — St. DW 151, 19°07'S, 163°22'E, 200 m. 14.09.1985 : 1 juv. d 4.2 x 4.0 mm (MNHN-B 19081). —

St. DW 231, 22°33.7'S, 167°10.5'E, 75 m, 1.10.1985 : 2 d 3.9 x 3.5 mm, 4.2 x 4.0 mm; 1 ovig. 9 5.4 x 5.3 mm; 1 9

5.5 x 5.3 mm; 1 juv. d 3.8 x 3.3 mm (MNHN-B 19079).

Source: MNHN, Paris

330

H. L. CHEN

Distinctive features. — Carapace covered with granules. Regions and grooves distinctly defined :

protogastric region more convex than metagastric region. Front divided into 4 acute teeth. Exorbital teeth long and

acute, needle-like. Meri of chclipcds fringed with some long hairs, the other segments as well as P2 and P3 being

smooth and naked.

Remarks. — Forty-one specimens were collected.

Distribution. — East China Sea, Coral Sea, New Caledonia, Indonesia and Japan, in depths between 30 and

200 m.

Fig. 10. — Ethusa minuta Sakai, 1937, <3 4.7 x 4.6 mm; 9 4.9 x 4.8 mm (MNHN-B 21530) : a, male carapace; b, male

cheliped; c, male third pereiopod; d, male abdomen; e, female abdomen; f. male first and second pleopods.

Ethusa obliquidens sp. nov.

Fig. 11

MATERIAL EXAMINED AND TYPES. — New Caledonia. Musorstom 4 : st. 197, 18°51.3'E, 163°21.9’E, 550 m,

20.09.1985 : 1 6, holotypc, 8.9 x 8.6 mm (MNHN-B 22429); 1 9, allotype, 10.1 x 9.8 mm (kept at IOAS). — St. 198,

18°49.4'S, 163°18.8’E, 585 m, 20.09.1985 : 1 9, paratype, 9.5 x 9.0 mm (MNHN-B 18421). — St. 169, 18°54.3‘S,

163°11.2'E, 590 m, 17.09.1985 : 2 9, paratypes, 11.3 x 11.0 mm, 11.5 x 11.1 mm (MNHN-B 18418).

Description. — Carapace longer than broad, covered with fine granules and sparse hairs anteriorly. Regions

and grooves distinctly defined. Front consisting of 4 teeth : each tooth small, the tip produced into a spine (that of

male slightly blunt). Exorbital teeth stout, broad at base, border inwardly oblique, forming the distal 1/4 of lateral

borders of carapace convergent inwardly, narrower than basal 3/4 of lateral borders.

Middle of ischium of third maxillipeds with deep longitudinal groove.

Chelipeds symmetrical in both sexes. Surface with fine granules (except fingers) but hairless. Male palm 1.6

Source : MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

331

times as long as high. Fingers broken in male; cutting edges of fingers in female without teeth.

Second and third pereiopods bearing fine granules, hairless. Third pereiopods the longest; meri 4.7 times as

long as high and propodi 3 times longer than high. Last two legs short, meri cylindrical, 3-3.5 times longer than

high. Dactyli short and clawed.

Male abdomen consisting of 5 segments (3rd-5th fused): the first segment long, 3 times as long as second, the

middle portion of third segment depressed, the lateral portion raised. Sixth segment 1.8 times as broad as long.

Telson broadly triangular, broader than long.

Male first pleopods stout, basal half stouter than distal one, gradually narrowed, tip bluntly rounded, with some

spines and hairs. Second pleopods slender, distal end curved.

Fig. 11. — Ethusa obliquidens sp. nov., 6 holotype 8.9 x 8.6 mm (MNHN-B 18420); 9 allotype 11.3 x 11.0 mm

(MNHN-B 18418) : a, male carapace; b, female carapace; c. male cheliped ; d, female cheliped; e, male abdomen;

f, female abdomen; g, male first pleopod; h-i. male second pleopod.

Etymology. _The name is formed by a combination of the Latin obliquus, oblique, and dens, tooth, in

reference to the shape of the exorbital teeth.

332

H.L. CHEN

Remarks. — This new species may easily be distinguished from Ethusa granulosa Ihlc, 1916, in that the

carapace is covered with much finer granules and sparse short hairs, the exorbital teeth are oblique, not straight,

forming the distal 1/4 of lateral border of the carapace which is convergent inwardly (more distinctly in female than

in male), and in the men of the fourth legs being relatively short.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, in depths between 550 and 590 m.

Ethusa parapygmaea sp. nov.

Fig. 12

MATERIAL EXAMINED AND TYPE. — New Caledonia. Chalcal 2 : st. DW 73, 24°39.9'S, 168°38.1'E, 573 m,

29.10.1986 : 1 <3, holotype, 6.1 x 5.5 mm (MNHN-B 19092).

Description. — Carapace covered with closely fine granules. Regions and grooves distinct : protogastric,

mesogastric and metabranchial regions more convex than others. Front strongly convex and thick, frontal-orbital

region depressed. Frontal border divided into 4 teeth by three broad V-shaped notches. Exorbital teeth thin and

short, with tip directed upward. Eyestalks median in size and movable.

Male chelipeds very unequal : larger cheliped 1.6 times as long as carapace. Palm thick, 1.5 times longer than

high. Fingers short, cutting edges without teeth.

Second and third pereiopods 2.7 times as long as carapace. Merus of P3 about 4 times as long as high.

Dactylus longer than propodus. Last two legs short and small; meri cyclindrical, about 4-4.5 times as long as

high. Propodi with short hairs. Dactyli short and clawed.

Male abdomen with 5 segments (3rd-5th fused). First two segments of subequal length, third slightly convex

on both sides. Telson bluntly triangular. Abdomen and thoracic stemites with granules.

Male first pleopods stout, with a foot-shaped tip and some spines. Second pleopods slender, longer than first.

FlG. 12. — Ethusa parapygmaea sp. nov., 6 holotype 6.1 x 5.5 mm (MNHN-B 19092) : a, carapace; b, chelipeds;

c, abdomen; d, male anterior sternal shield; e, first pleopod; f, second plcopod.

Source : MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

333

Etymology. — From the Greek, para, meaning near, to denote the resemblance of this species to E. pygmaea

Alcock, 1894.

Remarks. — This new species is very similar to Ethusa pygmaea Alcock. 1894. but the latter species has

U-shaped notches between the median frontal teeth as well as the lateral teeth, a larger palm which is slightly

longer and more swollen, and a tubercle at the distal 1/4 of the first pleopods.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, at a depth of 573 m.

Ethusa pygmaea Alcock, 1894

Fig. 13

Ethusa pygmaea Alcock, 1894 : 405; 1896 : 284. — ALCOCK & ANDERSON, 1895 : pi. 14, fig.5. — IHLE, 1916 : 141-142.

— SERkNE, 1968 : 40.

Fig. 13. — Ethusa pygmaea Alcock, 1894, 6 6.0 x 5.6 mm (MNHN-B 19089); 9 7.0 x 6.8 mm (IOAS) : a. male carapace;

b, female carapace; c, male larger cheliped; d, male abdomen; e, female abdomen; f, male first pleopod; g, male

second pleopod.

Source . MNHN , Paris

334

H.L CHEN

Supplementary DESCRIPTION. —Carapace longer than broad, surlace with closely set line granules. Regions

and grooves indistinct. Protogastric, cardiac and metabranchial regions slightly convex. Fron' strongly convex

divided into 4 teeth by a V- and two U-shaped notches. Exorbital teeth of male only reaching to base ol frontal

teeth and (hat of female almost reaching to tip of frontal teeth. Eyestalks relatively stout, cornea rather large

Male chelipeds symmetrical or asymmetrical. Larger palm rather swollen. 1.3 times as long as high, fingers

shorter than palm; cutting edges without teeth and with very small gap when closed. Smaller palm slender

1.6 times as long as high and as long as finger; cutting edges of fingers also without teeth and with very small

gap when closed. , , . . .

Second and third pereiopods slender. P3 the longest. Mcrus of P3 more than 5 times as long as high; propodus

5 limes as long as high, dactyli slightly longer than propodi. Except dactyli. surface with fine granules, those at

the edge being more distinct than those on the surface. .

Last two legs, except dactyli. with fine granules, posterior part of propodi with short hairs. Ischium ot P5

longer than that of P4. , _ ,

Male abdomen consisting of 5 segments (3rd-5th fused). First segment as long as second. Telson bluntly

triangular. ... r .u

Male first pleopods stout, slightly curved near middle, distal 1/4 with a tubercle, its inner surface with some

oblique rows of spines, tip bluntly rounded with some spines. Second pleopods slender and thin.

Distribution. — Andaman Sea. Indonesia and New Caledonia, in depths between 69 and 675 m.

Fig. 14. — Ethusa sexdentaia (Stimpson. 1858). 9 17.0 x 16.8 mm (MNHN-B 18929) : a. carapace; b. cheliped; c. last

pereiopod; cl. abdomen; e. anterior sternal shield.

Source : MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

335

Ethusa sexdentata (Slimpson. 1858)

Fig. 14

Dorippe sexdentata Slimpson, 1858 : 163.

Ethusa sexdentata - Stimpson, 1907 : 168, pi. 19. fig. 4. — Balss, 1922 : 120. — Yokoya. 1933 : 109. — Sakai, 1937 :

77, pi. 11, fig. 1 , texl-figs la. 2; 1965 : 22, pi. 11, fig. 2; 1976 : 63-64, pi. 23, fig. 1, text-figs 26a. — Chen,

1986a: 185-186, figs 5-6; 1986b : 126-127, fig. 8 (36-40).

Ethusa andamanica Alcock, 1894 : 405; 1896 : 254. — ALCOCK & ANDERSON, 1895, pi. 14, fig, 8. — DOFLEIN. 1904 : 27,

pi. 13, figs 7-8. — BOUVIF.R, 1906 : 482. — Parisi. 1914 : 302, text-figs 3-4.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 3 : st. CP 143, 11°29'N, 124°1 l'E. 205-214 m, 07 06 1985 -

2 2 12.6 x 12.4 mm, 17.0 x 16.8 mm (MNHN-B 18929).

Distribution, — South China Sea and Easl China Sea, Japan, Indonesia, the Philippines. Andaman Sea and

Nicobar Islands, in depths between 30 and 550 m.

Ethusa sp.

Fig. 15

Material EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Biocal : st. CP 75, 22°19'S, 167°23’E, 825-860 m : 1 juv. V 6 0 x

5.8 mm (MNHN-B 18405).

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace slightly longer than broad, surface smooth and flat, with regions poorly marked, and

branchial groove distinct. Frontal border cut into 2 lobes and 2 sharp teeth. Exorbital teeth short and sharp.

Eyestalks short and movable.

Chelipeds almost twice as long as carapace. Merus curved, 5.7 times as long as high. Palm slightly swollen

and smooth, almost as long as high. Fingers longer than palm; cutting edges without teeth. Meri of P2 and P5

about 7-8 times as long as high.

Fig. 15. — Ethusa sp., juv. 2 6.0 x 5.8 mm (MNHN-B 18405) : a. carapace; b, cheliped; c. third pereiopod; d. last

pereiopod.

336

II. L. CHEN

Remarks. _Only one juvenile incomplete female was obtained. The features of the carapace and all legs are

very similar to Ethusina challengeri (Miers, 1886). but by other characters, it belongs to the genus Ethusa.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, at a depth between 825 and 860 m.

Genus ETHUSINA Smith. 1884

Key to the Indo-West Pacific species of the genus Ethusina

(Species studied in this paper are in bold)

1. Exorbital teeth very short. L

— Exorbital teeth long . 5

2. Carapace about as broad as long, cervical and cardio-branchial grooves very indistinctly

defined, lateral borders nearly straight. E. challengeri Miers, 1886

— Carapace longer than broad. 3

3. Lateral borders of carapace very swollen, surface with sharp granules.

. E. brevidentata sp. nov.

— Lateral borders of carapace slightly swollen . 4

4. Exorbital teeth directed outwards. E. dofleini Ihle, 1916

— Exorbital teeth directed forwards . E. sp.

5. Exorbital teeth nearly reaching to tips of frontal teeth. 6

— Exorbital teeth only reaching to base of frontal teeth . 10

6. Branchial grooves distinct . 7

— Branchial groove indistinct. ®

7. Merus of third pereiopods more than 10 times as long as high.

. E. longipes Chen, 1987

— Merus of third pereiopods less than 10 times as long as high.

. E. investigator Alcock, 1896

8. Telson of male abdomen semi-rounded. E. gracilipes Miers, 1886

— Telson of male abdomen bluntly triangular. E. paralongipes sp. nov.

9. Cervical and branchial grooves distinct, 4 frontal teeth equal .. E. robusta Miers, 1886

— Cervical and branchial grooves indistinct, 4 frontal teeth unequal . 10

10. Carapace with hairs and fine granules. E. pubescens sp. nov.

— Carapace only with fine granules . 11

11. Notches of median and lateral frontal teeth narrow. E. desciscens Alcock, 1896

— Notches of median and lateral frontal teeth broad. E. dilobotus sp. nov.

Remarks. — Hereafter some informations are given on the distribution of the species cited in the key and not

studied in this paper:

Ethusina challengeri Miers, 1886, is known only from off Japan (34°37'N, 140°32'E) at 3419 m (MIERS,

1886).

Ethusina dofleini Ihle, 1916, is known only from Indonesia (5°26'S, 121°18'E) at 1944 m (BILE, 1916).

Ethusina gracilipes has been found near the Philippines (12°21'N, 122°15'E) and in the Arafura Sea (5°41 S,

134°04.30'E) between 1280-1463 m (MIERS, 1886).

Source . MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

337

Ethusina investigator Alcock, 1896. is known from India (Bay of Bengal), Laccadive Sea, Indonesia and East

China Sea between 1115-2394 m (Alcock. 1896; Chen. 1986b).

Ethusina brevidentata sp. nov.

Fig. 16

MATERIAL EXAMINED AND TYPES. — New Caledonia. BlOCAL : st. CP 72, 22°10'S, 167°33'E. 2100 m. 04.09.

1985 : 1 9, allotype, 10.2 x 10.1 mm (MNHN-B 18401); 1 <5. paratype, 9.1 x 9.0 mm (kept at IOAS).

Biogeocal : st. CP 272, 21°00.04'S, 166°56.94'E, 1615-1710 m, 20.04.1987 : 1 immature 6, paratype, 5.6 x

5.3 mm (MNHN-B 19096). — St. CP 283, 21°22.25'S. 166°31.07'E, 2370-2375 m, 26.04.1987 : 1 <J, holotype, 8.8 x

8.3 mm (MNHN-B 19099).

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace longer than broad, dorsal surface with sharp granule. Urogastric. cardiac and

branchial regions more distinct than others. Branchial groove more distinct than cervical one. Front convex and

separated into 4 teeth : median teeth broad and triangular, lateral teeth narrow and small, their borders with sharp

granules. Exorbital teeth short and small, the tip directed forward and outward. Eyestalks immobile, eyes visible in

dorsal view.

Chelipeds symmetrical in both sexes, length about 1.6 times as long as carapace. Merus about 3 times as long

as high. Surface of merus and carpus with fine granules. Palm smooth, shorter than fingers. Cutting edge of

fingers with small teeth.

Second and third pereiopods very long and slender, the latter longer than the former, merus of P3 about

6.7-7 limes as long as high, with fine granules. Carpus and propodus long with indistinct granules. Propodus of

P3 about 5.3 times longer than high. Dactylus longer than propodus, naked. Each somite of last two legs (exept

dactyli) with fine granules.

Male abdomen consisting of 5 segments (3rd-5th fused). First about as long as second, third convex on both

sides. Sixth segment twice as broad as long, the middle of its distal part concave, lateral part angularly convex.

Telson bluntly triangular, broader than long.

Male first pleopods short, stout and curved, the tip not narrow. Second plcopods longer than first and distal half

lamelliform.

ETYMOLOGY. — The name is formed by a combination of the Latin brevis, short, and dens, tooth, in reference

to the length of the exorbital teeth.

Remarks. — This new species differs from Ethusina dofleini Ihle, 1916, by its carapace having sharp

granules; its lateral borders being arched; exorbital teeth being directed forward and outward; telson being broader

than long; and meri of P2 and P3 being about 7 times as long as high.

Distribu tion. — New Caledonia in depths between 1615 and 2375 m.

Ethusina desciscens Alcock, 1896

Ethusina desciscens Alcock, 1896 : 286. — Alcock & McArdle, 1903, pi. 62, figs 2. 2a. — CHEN, 1986a : 197,

figs 15-16, pi. I, figs 4-5; 1986b : 136. figs 71-73; 1987 : 689-690. fig. 7, pi. II F.

Ethusina gracilipes - IHLE. 1916 : 147. fig. 77 (Not Miers. 1886).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. —Indonesia. Corindon 2 : st. CH 220, 0°13.6'S, 118°12.3'E, 2350 m, 2.11.1980 : 1 9

10.0 x 10.0 mm (MNHN-B 19077). - St. CH 231. 0°04.9'N. 1!9°47.8'E, 1080-980 m. 4.11.1980 ; 2 9 8.0 x 8.0 mm.

8.5 x 8.5 mm (MNHN-B 19070).

Remarks. _Three female specimens were collected from depths of 980-2950 m. Lateral teeth of front longer

than median teeth, with tip directed outward. Second to fifth legs relatively longer and slender. Merus of P3 about

7.6 times longer than broad, of P5 about 6 times.

338

H. L. CHEN

Distribution. — Madagascar. Laccadive Sea. Andaman Sea. Ihe Philippines, Indonesia, South China Sea and

East China Sea. in depths between 485 and 2350 m.

Fig. 16. — Ethusina brevideniata sp. nov., <5 holotype 8.8 x 8.3 mm (MNHN-B 19099); $ allotype 10.2 x 10J mm

(MNHN-B 18401) : a, male carapace; b, female carapace; c, male cheliped; d, female chelipcd; e, male abdomen;

f, female abdomen; g, male first and second pleopods; h-i, male first pleopod; j. male second pleopod.

Ethusina dilobotus sp. nov.

Fig. 17

MATERIAL EXAMINED AND TYPE. — New Caledonia. BlOCAL : st. CP 62, 24°19'S, 167°49’E, 1395-1410 m,

02.09.1985 : 1 <3, holotype, 9.2 x 9.0 mm (MNHN-B 22428).

Source: MNHN. Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

339

Description. — Carapace of male slightly longer than broad, as long as broad in female, dorsal surface with

fine granules. Cervical and branchial grooves obscure. Posterior part of gastric region, cardiac and branchial regions

slightly convex with distinct grooves. Median frontal teeth sharp and long, about twice as long as lateral frontal

teeth, its tip directed obliquely outward.

Only left cheliped still existing, surface smooth. Palm longer than high but shorter than fingers. Cutting edges

of fingers with indistinct teeth.

Second and third pereiopods long, smooth and naked. Third pereiopods the longest. Meri of P2 and P3 about 7-

7.3 times as long as high. Propodus of P3 about 5.8 times as long as high. Last two pereiopods short; meri about

6 times longer than high, carpi and propodi covered with dense, short hairs.

Male abdomen consisting of 5 segments (3rd-5th fused). First longer than second. Sixth segment rectangular,

about times as broad as long. Telson bluntly triangular.

Male first pleopods stout, slightly shorter than second; tip with two lobes.

ETYMOLOGY. — The name is from a combination of the Greek di, two, and lobotes, lobate, in reference to the

two lobes at the tip of the male first pleopods.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, at a depth between 1395 and 1410 m.

Fig. 17. — Ethusina dilobotus sp. nov., 6 holotype 9.2 x 9.0 mm (MNHN-B 22428) : a, carapace; b, cheliped;

c, abdomen; d-f, first pleopod; g-h, second pleopod.

Ethusina paralongipes sp. nov.

Fig. 18

MATERIAL EXAMINED AND TYPES.— New Caledonia. Musorstom 5 : St. CP 324, 21°15.0LS, 157°51.33'E,

970 m, 14.10.1986 : 1 <3 , holotype, 6.2 x 6.0 mm (MNHN-B 22254); 1 9, allotype, 8.1 x 8.0 mm (MNHN-B 22255).

Source:

340

H. L. CHEN

Description. — Carapace slightly longer than broad, dorsal surface covered with short pubescence. Region

indistinct: protogastric and branchial regions slightly convex. Frontal border divided into 4 subequal and straight

teeth by 3 notches. Exorbital teeth long and slender, the tip reaching to middle of lateral frontal teeth and directed

obliquely outward. Eyestalks immobile, cornea extended out to the exorbital teeth and visible in dorsal view.

Chelipeds equal in both sexes. Surface smooth, slightly longer than carapace. Palm 1.5 times as long as high

but shorter than fingers. Cutting edges of fingers with indistinct teeth.

Second and third pereiopods very slender and long. Third pereiopods the longest. Mcrus of P3 8 times as long

as high and propodus 5 times longer than high. Last two pereiopods short and slender, with short pubescence.

Male abdomen with 5 segments (3rd-5th fused). First segment long, about 2.3 times as long as broad. Sixth

segment broader than long. Telson triangular, longer than broad.

Male first pleopods stout, slightly curved, with a produced tip. Second pleopods longer than first, with a tip

produced into a spine.

ETYMOLOGY. — From the Greek, para, meaning near, to denote the resemblance of this species to E. longipes

Chen. 1987.

FIG. 18. — Ethusina paralongipes sp. nov., <J holotype 6.2 x 6.0 mm (MNHN-B 22254) : a. carapace; b. cheliped;

c, abdomen; d, first pleopod; e. second pleopod.

Source . MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAE

341

Remarks. — This new species is very similar to Ethusina longipes Chen, 1987, in the size and shape of the

carapace, but may be easily distinguished from it by the 4 subequal frontal teeth and slightly longer exorbital

teeth, merus of P3 about 8 times as long as high and male pleopods relatively longer and differently shaped as

figured.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, at a depth of 970 m.

Ethusina pubescens sp. nov.

Fig. 19

Material EXAMINED AND TYPES.— New Caledonia. Musorstom 5 : st. CP 323, 21°18.52’S, 157°57.62’E,

970 m, 14.10.1986 : 1 <?, holotype, 10.1 x 10.0 mm (MNHN-B 19060); 1 <$, paratype, 10.0 x 10.0 mm (MNHN-B

22256). — St. CP 324, 21°15.01’S, 157°51.33’E, 970 m, 14.10.1986 : 2 d, paratypes, 10.0 x 10.0 mm, 10.1 x

10.0 mm (MNHN-B 19061, 1 6 kept at IOAS).

Description. — Carapace as long as broad, dorsal surface covered with very fine granules and sparsely covered

with short pubescence. Grooves and regions distinct. Middle of lateral borders of carapace depressed. Frontal border

divided into 4 equal teeth. Exorbital teeth sharp and rather large, its lip reaching to the middle of lateral frontal

teeth. Eyestalks immobile, cornea small, concealed under the exorbital teeth.

Chelipeds symmetrical or almost symmetrical. Meri and carpi armed with very fine granules. Palm and fingers

smooth. Middle part of palm swollen, 1.3 times as long as high. Cutting edges of fingers without teeth or with

indistinct teeth.

Fig. 19. — Ethusina pubescens sp. nov., 6 holotype 10.1 x 10.0 mm (MNHN-B 19060) : a, carapace; b, cheliped;

c, abdomen; d. first pleopod; e, second pleopod.

342

H.L CHEN

Second and third pereiopods long and slender. Merus of P2 about 7 times as long as high, that of P3,

7.4 times. Palm of P3 more than 5 times as long as high. Last two legs short, except dactyli, each somite bearing

very fine granules and sparse short pubescence, claw-shaped dactyli short.

Male abdomen 3rd to 5th segments fused. First segment longer than broad. Middle of third segment slightly

convex. Sixth segment almost twice as broad as long. Telson broadly triangular.

Male first pleopods stout and large, distal 2/5 narrower than basal 3/5, with a foot-shaped tip.

Etymology. — The name is from the Latin pubescens , pubescent, in reference to the ornamentation of the

carapace.

Remarks. — This new species resembles Ethusina dilobotus sp. nov. but it can be distinguished from the

latter by the carapace bearing sparse short pubescence, merus and carpus of cheliped covered with fine granules,

each segment of P2 and P3 with indistinct fine granules except dactylus, telson in male abdomen broadly

triangular. In the latter species, the carapace is hairless, P2 and P3 very smooth, telson in male abdomen bluntly

triangular and male first pleopods have two lobes at tip.

Distribution. — New Caledonia at a depth of 970 m.

Ethusina robusta Miers, 1886

Ethusa ( Ethusina ) var. robusta Miers, 1886 : 333, pi. 29, fig. 2a-b.

Ethusina gracilipes robusta - SERENE, 1968 : 40.

Ethusina robusta - CHEN, 1986b : 133, fig. 13 (62-66).

Material EXAMINED. — Philippines. Estase 2 : St. CP 02. 14°05.28'N, 120°02.17’E, 1960-1980 m, 14.11.

1984 : 1 9 12.0 x 12.0 mm (MNHN-B 19078).

New Caledonia. MUSORSTOM 5 : st. CP 323, 21°18.52’S, 157°57.62'E, 970 m, 14.10.1986 : 2 9 12.8 x 13.0 mm,

13.6 x 14.0 mm (MNHN-B 19062).

BlOGEOCAL : st. CP 317, 20°48.12’S, 166°53.16'E, 1620-1630 m : 1 9 10.1 x 10.2 mm (MNHN-B 19097).

Remarks. — This species is very similar to Ethusina desciscens Alcock, 1986, in the shape of the carapace

and legs, but may be distinguished by the following characters : the front divided into 4 teeth by a V-shaped and

2 U-shaped notches : the tips of median teeth directed forward, not laterally; second to fifth legs rather broad, merus

of P3 about 4.4 times as long as high, and that of P5 about 6.3 times as long as high.

Distribution. — Indonesia, the Philippines, New Caledonia and East China Sea, in depths between 1350 and

2606 m.

Ethusina sp.

Fig. 20

Material EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Biocal : st. CP 57, 23°44’S, 166°58’E, 1490-1620 mild immature,

5.8 x 5.2 mm (MNHN-B 18404).

Description. — Carapace longer than broad, surface with pubescence but without granules. Regions and

grooves distinct. Frontal border divided into 4 teeth by one broad and two small V-shaped notches : median teeth

low and triangular, lateral ones small and slender. Exorbital teeth slightly larger than frontal teeth. Eyestalks stout,

immobile, cornea large and visible in dorsal view.

Only right cheliped still existing. Merus 3 times as long as high. Palm not swollen. Fingers longer than

palm; cutting edges with indistinct teeth.

Source : MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAF.

343

Second and third perciopods very long, smooth and naked. Merus of P3 about 9 times as long as high,

propodus 7.5 times as long as high. Last two perciopods short, longer than cheliped, with sparse hairs on both

borders.

Male abdomen of 5 segments (3rd-5th fused): anterior two subequal. Telson bluntly triangular.

Male pleopods 1 and 2 as figured.

Remarks. — Although this immature specimen is not yet identified it has some definite characters which

differ from those of its congeners. In my opinion, it may be new.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, at a depth between 1490 and 1620 m.

Fig. 20. — Ethusina sp., immature 6 5.8 x 5.2 mm (MNHN-B 18404) : a, carapace; b, abdomen; c, first pleopod;

d, second pleopod.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am very grateful to Dr Alain Crosnier, ORSTOM and Musdum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, for

providing the material for this study and reviewing the manuscript; to Dr B. Richer de Forges. ORSTOM

Noumea, New Caledonia, for collecting many specimens; to Prof. J. Y. Liu, Institute of Oceanology, Academia

Sinica, Qingdao, for reading the manuscript; to Mrs Liang YOPING, Marine Product Museum, Qingdao, for

drawing most of the figures.

Source MNHN , Paris

344

H. L. CHEN

LITERATURE CITED

ALCOCK, A., 1894. — Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer «Investigator». Ser. II, N°l. On the

Results of Deep-sea Dredging during the Season of 1890-1891. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) 13 : 225-245, 321-334,

400-411.

ALCOCK, A., 1896. — Materials for Carcinological Fauna of India. N°2. The Brachyura Oxystomata. J. Asiat. Soc. Beng .,

65 (2) : 134-296, pis 6-8.

Alcock, A. & Anderson, A. S. R., 1895. — Crustacea. Part III. Illustrations of the Zoology of Royal Indian Marine

Surveying Steamer «lnvestigator» under the command of Commander A. Carpenter, R.N., D.S.O., of the Late

Commander R.F. Hoskyn, R.N., and of Commander C.F. Oldham, R.N., Calcutta, pis 9-15.

ALCOCK, A. & McArdle, A. F., 1903. — Crustacea. Part. X. Illustrations of Zoology of Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship

«Investigator» under the command of Commander T.H. Heming, R.N., Calcutta, pis 56-67.

Bouvier. E. L., 1906. — Sur une nouvelle collection de Crustaces Decapodes rapportes du Japon par M. Harmand. Bull.

Mus. naln. Hist, nat., Paris, 12 (7) : 480-485.

CHEN, H., 1986a. — Decapod Crustacea : Dorippidac. In : Resultats des Campagncs MUSORSTOM I el II. - Philippines

(1976, 1980), vol. 2 (5). Mem. Mus. naln. Hist, nat., (A), 133 (5), 1985(1986) : 179-203, figs 1-6, pis 1-2.

CHEN, H., 1986b. — Studies on the Dorippidac (Crustacea, Brachyura) of Chinese waters. Trans. Chin, crust. Soc., (1) :

118-139, figs 1-15 (In Chinese with English summary).

Chen, H., 1987. — Dorippidae (Crustacea Decapoda Brachyura) collected in Madagascar waters. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist,

nat., Paris, 4e Ser., 9, sect. A, (3) : 677-693, figs 1-7, pis 1-2.

Dai AlYUN & Yang Sii.IANG, 1991. — Crabs of the China Seas. China Ocean Press, Beijing and Springer-Verlag, Berlin

Heidelberg New York Tokyo : i-xxi + 1-682, text-figs 1-295, pis 1-74.

DOFLEIN, F., 1904. — Brachyura. In : Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Ticefsee-Exped. «Valdivia», 1898-1899, Jena, 6 : i-xiv + 1-314,

figs 1-68, atlas 58 pi.

Forest, J., 1989. — Compte rendu de la Campagne MUSORSTOM 3 aux Philippines (31 mai-7 juin 1985). In : J. FOREST

(ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, vol. 4(1). Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., (A), 143 : 9-23, fig. 1-2.

Herbst. J. F. W., 1782-1804. — Versuch einer Naturgeschichte der Krabben und Krebse, nebst einer systematischen

Beschreibung ihrer verschiedenen Artcn. Berlin und Stralsund. 3 Vol., 274 + 226 + 216 p., 72 pis.

Holthuis, L. B. & Manning, R. B., 1985. — Neodorippe Serene and Romimohtarto, 1969 (Crustacea, Decapoda) :

Proposed designation of a type Species. Z. N. (S.) 2467. Bull. Zool. Norn., 42 (3) : 304-305.

HOLTHUIS, L. B. & Manning, R. B., 1990. — Crabs of the Subfamily Dorippinae MacLcay, 1838, from the Indo-Wcst

Pacific Region (Crustacea : Decapoda : Dorippidae). Res. Crust., Special n° 3 : i-iii + 1-151, figs 1-58, 1 frontisp.

IHLE, J. E. W., 1916. — Die Decapoda Brachyura der Siboga-Expedition. II. Oxystomata, Dorippidae. Siboga-Exped.,

39b 1 , livr. 78 : 97-158, figs 39-77.

KENSLEY, B. F., 1969. — Decapod Crustacea from the South-West Indian Ocean. Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 52 (7) : 149-181,

figs 1-16.

MacGilchrist, A. C., 1905. — Natural History Notes from the R.I.M.S. Investigator, Capt. T. H. Heming, R. N. (retired),

commanding. Ser. Ill, N°6. An Account of the new and some of the rarer Decapod Crustacea obtained during the

Surveying Seasons 1901-1904. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (7), 15 (87) : 233-268.

McArdle, A. F., 1900-1901. — Natural History Notes from R.I.M.S.S. «Investigator». Ser. Ill, N° 4. Some results of the

dredging season, 1899-1900. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (7), 6 : 471-478.

MlERS, E. J., 1886. — Report on the Brachyura Collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the Years 1873-76. In : Report of

the scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger". Zoology, 17, London, Edinburgh and Dublin : 1 -L +

1-362, 29 pis.

Moosa, M. K., 1985. — Report on the CORINDON Cruises. Mar. Res. Indonesia, (24), 1984 (1985) : 1-6, figs 1-2,

tabls 1-2.

Parisi, B., 1914. — I Decapodi giapponesi del Museo di Milano. I. Oxystomata. Atti. Soc. ital. Sci. nat., 53 : 282-311,

figs 1-5, pis 11-13.

Source : MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : DORIPPIDAF.

345

Rathbun, M. J„ 1906. — The Brachyura and Macrura of the Hawaiian Islands. Bull. U. S. Fish Commn 23 (3) 1903

(1906) : 827-930 + i-viii, figs 1-79, pis 1-24.

Rioter DE Forges, B.. 1990. — Les campagnes d'exploration de la faune bathyale dans la zone dconomique de la

Nouvelle-Caledonie. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, vol. 6 (1). Mem. Mus. naln. Hist,

nat (A), 145 : 9-54.

Rioter de Forges, B„ 1991. — Les fonds meubles des lagons de Nouvelle-Caledonie : generaliles et echantillonnages par

dragages. In : B. Richer de Forges (ed.), Le Benthos des fonds meubles des lagons de Nouvelle-Caledonie. Vol 1

Etudes et Thfeses ORSTOM : 7-148, figs 1-13.

Sakai. T„ 1937. — Studies on the Crabs of Japan. II. Oxystomata. Sci. Rep. Tokyo Bunrika Daig. (B) 3, Sunni 2 - 67-

192, figs 1-45, pis 10-19.

Sakai, T„ 1965. — The Crabs of Sagami Bay collected by His Majesty the Emperor of Japan, Tokyo, Maruzen Co., : i-xvi

+ 1-206, figs 1-27 (English text), pis 1-100 : 1-92 (Japanese text) : 1-26 (references and English index), 27-32

(Japanese index), 1 map.

Sakai, T., 1976. — Crabs of Japan and the Adjacent Seas. Tokyo, Kodansha Ltd., In 3 volumes : (I) English text, xxxix

+ 773 p., figs 1-379. (2) Plates volume, 16 p., pis 1-251. (3) Japanese text, 461 p., figs 1-2.

Sakai, T., 1983. — Description of New Genera and Species of Japanese Crabs, Together with Systematically and

Biogeographically Interesting Species. Res. Crust., (12) : 1-44, pis 1-8.

SERfcNE, R., 1968. — The Brachyura of the Indo-West Pacific Region. In : Prodromus for a Check List of the (non-

planctonic) Marine Fauna of Southeast Asia. UNESCO. Singapore, Special Publication 1, Fauna III Cc3 : 33-112.

Serene, R. & Lohavanijaya, P., 1973. — The Brachyura (Crustacea : Dccapoda) collected by the Naga Expedition,

including a review of Homolidae. In : Scientific Results of Marine Investigator of South China Sea and the Gulf of

Thailand 1959-1961. Naga Rep., 4 (4) : 1-187, figs 1-186, pis 1-21, 1 carte.

SERfcNE R. & VADON, C., 1981. — Crustaces Decapodes : Brachyoures. Lisle preliminaire, description de formes nouvelles

et remarques taxonomiques. In : Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, I - Philippines (18-28 mars 1976), vol. 1 (5)

Mem. ORSTOM, 91 : 117-140, figs 1-3, pis 1-4.

Stimpson, T., 1858. — Prodromus description^ animalium evertebratorum, quae in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum

Septentrionalem, a Republica Federata missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rodgers ducibus, observavit et

descripsit W. Stimpson. Pars VI. Crustacea Oxystomata. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad., 10 : 159-163 [57-61J.

STIMPSON, T., 1907. — Report on the Crustacea (Brachyura and Anomura) collected by the North Pacific Exploring

Expedition, 1853-1856. Smithson, misc. Colins. 49 (1717) : 1-240, pis 1-26.

Takeda, M. & MlYAKE, S., 1972. — New Crabs from the Sea around the Tsushima Islands. Bull. naln. Sci. Mus. Tokyo,

15 (2) : 253-265, figs 1-5.

Yokoya, Y., 1933. —On the Distribution of Decapod Crustaceans inhabiting the Continental Shelf around Japan,

chiefly based upon the Materials collected by S.S. Soyo Maru, during the Year 1923-1930. J. Coll. Agric. Tokyo, 12

(1) : 1-226, figs 1-71.

L1 vTS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10- RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10- RESUL

Crustacea Decapoda : A revision of the genus

Mursia Desmarest, 1823 (Calappidae)

Bella S. GAUL

National Institute of Oceanography

P.O.B. 8030, Haifa, Israel

ABSTRACT

The collections of the deep water calappid crab genus Mursia at the Museum national d’Histoire naturelle, assembled

between 1971 and 1991 off Madagascar, the Philippines and New Caledonia, have been studied, in addition to material

sought from other collections. Fifteen species have been identified, of which four are new : M. africana, M. danigoi,

M.flamma and M. musorstomia. The allied genus Platymera , formerly submerged within Mursia , is reinstated as a

distinct genus. All taxa are described, photographed and illustrated, and a key to their identification is provided.

RESUME

Crustacea Decapoda : Revision du genre Mursia Desmarest, 1823 (Calappidae).

Les collections de Calappidae du genre Mursia se trouvant au Museum national d’Histoire naturelle, recollecs entre

1971 et 1991 au large de Madagascar, des Philippines et de la Nouvelle-Caledonie, out ete etudiees ainsi que diverses

autres. Quinze especes ont ete identifies dont quatre sont nouvelles : M. africana, M. danigoi, M. flanmia et

M. musorstomia. Lc genre proche Platymera, autrefois mis en synonymie avec Mursia , est itabli. Toutes les espfcces

sont decrites et figures et une cle pour leur identification est proposee.

INTRODUCTION

The Institut Frangais de Recherche Scientifique pour le Ddveloppement en Cooperation (ORSTOM) and the

Musdum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, have carried out a series of cruises in the Indo-West Pacific Ocean.

These resulted in extensive collections of specimens belonging to the deep water calappid crab genus Mursia

Desmarest, 1823.

A study of the material at the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, and collections made available by

The Natural History Museum, London (BM), Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum, Leiden (NNM), South

Gaul, B. S., 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : A revision of the genus Mursia Desmarest. 1823 (Calappidae). In :

A. CROSNIER (cd.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus. natn Hist, nat., 156 : 347-379. Paris

ISBN 2-85653-206-3.

348

B. GAI.IL

African Museum, Capetown (SAM), and the National Museum of Natural History. Washington (USNM) have

allowed re-examination of most type specimens and much of the published material.

Although Mur si a has been known since 1823, the relative rarity and superficial resemblances of its species

have caused taxonomic confusion. Mursia crisliala H. Milne Edwards, 1837, whose illustration was first published

by DF.SMAREST (1825) as 'Mursie mains-en-cretc', was also described as Cryptosoma orientis (Adams & White,

1848). Similarly, Mursia armata de Haan, 1837, was rcdcscribed as Thealia acanthophora Lucas, 1839. On the

other hand, Alcock (1899a) suggested that the closely allied genus Platymera H. Milne Edwards, 1837. is

synonymous with Mursia. DOFLEIN (1904 : 37) elevated to specific rank five of the six "formen" of M. armata,

explaining : "ihre Verschiedenhciten sind aber so gering, das sie nicht zur Aufstellung von oesonderen Arten

genbigen." This course was upheld by IlILF. (1918) : "Mit Rccht hat DOFI.EIN M. armata, curtispina, aspera,

bicrislimana and hawaiiensis als eine Art zusammengefasst, welche cr dann in mehrere Unterarten zer legt. Als

Unterarten von M. armata durfen win auch M. spinimanus Rathbun, welche sich M. armata bicristimana

anschliesst, und M. armata trispinosa Parisi betrachlen." The superficial resemblance and seeming intergradation of

the species has also engendered equivocating statements. Grindley (1961 : 133) stated : "This form [M. armata

curtispina) is strikingly distinct from the typical form of M. armata. but is now regarded as a subspecies.

M. aspera is relegated to the synonymy, despite its characteristic appearance." Thus Sakai (1965) wrote

disconcertingly : "With regard to the Indo-Pacific species, some confusion may be taken into consideration, as far

as synonymy and validity are concerned."

The present study includes descriptions of four new species : M. africana, M. danigoi, M. ftamma and

M. musorstomia. Descriptive and distributional information is given here as well as detailed references to

literature. Some material, notably that of Sakai, was unavailable for examination, so that unequivocal

identifications were sometimes impossible. All the laxa have been illustrated and photographed, and a key is

proposed for their identification.

Measurements given refer to the carapace length (cl), carapace width excluding lateral spines (cw) and carapace

width including lateral spines (mew).

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT

Genus MURSIA Desmarest, 1823

Mursia Desmarest. 1823 : 231. — Desmarbst, 1825 : 108. — Latreillf., 1829 : 39. — H. Milne Edwards, 1837a : 54;

1837b : 109. — de Haan, 1837 : 68. — Lucas, 1840 : 108. — Dana, 1852 ; 391. — Miers, 1886 : 290. —

Ortmann, 1892 : 564. — Alcock, 1896 ; 146. — Doflein, 1904 : 36. — Stebbing, 1910 : 334. — Ihle, 1918 : 179,

300, 307. — Rathbun, 1937 : 215. — Sakai, 1937 : 85; 1965 : 51; 1976 : 134. — Barnard. 1950 : 353. —

GUINOT-DUMORTIER & DUMORTIER, 1960 : 139.

Thealia Lucas, 1839 : 577.

TYPE SPECIES. — Mursia cristiata, H. Milne Edwards, 1837.

Diagnosis. — Carapace subcircular to transversely ovate, convex, granulate, regions undefined, ridges

tuberculate. Front wider than orbit, trilobate, median lobe projecting. Anterolateral margin arcuate, tuberculate.

Posterolateral margin sharply convergent, carinate. Lateral spine well developed. Eyes filling orbit, eyestalk short,

granulate, setose, cornea large. Orbital margins with long plumose setae. Supraorbital margin with one or two

fissures. Inner orbital tooth separated from outer orbital margin by wide hiatus opening into oblique subhcpatic

canal. Subhepatic region minutely granulate. Third maxilliped not covering anterior part of buccal cavity, ischium

of endopod with granulate row distally forming stridulating organ when rasped against milled ridge on dactylus of

chela. Chelipeds massive, subequai. Merus distally spinose. External surface of chela swollen, granulose. upper

margin crested, dentate; internal surface setose near lower margin; lower margin serrate. Larger dactylus with

molariform tooth proximally fitting into cup-like depression. Pereiopods large, laterally compressed, dactyli long,

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MU RSI A

349

styliform. Male abdomen five-segmented, tapering, prominent trilobate carina on second segment. First male

pleopod stout, tapering, distally spinulose. Second male pleopod long, slender, distally cornute.

Remarks. — Desmarest (1823 : 231) described Mursia in a footnote in the 'Dictionnaire des Sciences

naturelles' as "se rapproche beaucoup des hepates par la forme generate du corps et par la compression des mains,

mais qui en differe en ce que ses pieds-machoires exterieurs ont, comme ceux des crabes, leur troisteme article

court, presque carre et echancrd interieurement". That same note appeared two years later (DESMAREST, 1825)

accompanied by a figure (pi. 9 fig. 3) of 'Mursie Mains-en-Crete', clearly identifiable as Mursia cristiata H. Milne

Edwards, 1837. Thealia , erected by Lucas (1839 : 579) has, in his own words "beaucoup d'analogie avec les

Mursia " - so much so that MlERS (1886) and subsequent authors considered it a junior synonym of Mursia .

We recognize as valid the following species : M. africana sp. nov.; M. armata de Haan, 1837; M. aspera

Alcock, 1899; M. australiensis Campbell, 1971; M. bicristimana Alcock & Anderson, 1894; M. cristiata

H. Milne Edwards, 1837; M. curtispina Miers, 1886; M . danigoi sp. nov.; M.flamma sp. nov.; M. hawaiietisis

Rathbun, 1893; M . mcdowelli Manning & Chace, 1990; M. microspina Davie & Short, 1989; M. musorstomia

sp. nov.; M. spinimanus Rathbun, 1906; M. trispinosa Parisi, 1914.

Key to Mursia species

1. Internal surface of cheliped dactylus irregularly granulate; carina on second abdominal

segment entire . Platymera gaudichaudii

— Internal surface of cheliped dactylus with a milled ridge; carina on second abdominal

segment trilobate. Mursia 2

2. Posterior margin of carapace arcuate, entire; suborbital tooth subquadrate; front pointed ..

. M. cristiata

— Posterior margin bi- or trilobate; suborbital tooth triangular; front trilobate. 3

3. Lateral spine of carapace less than 0.07 carapace width. 4

— Lateral spine of carapace more than 0.07 carapace width. 7

4. Conical tubercles on external surface of cheliped and carpus of fourth pereiopod.

. M. aspera

— No conical tubercles on external surface of cheliped and carpus of fourth pereiopod. 5

5. Posterior margin distinctly trilobed. M. flamma sp. nov.

— Median lobe on posterior margin indistinct or missing . 6

6. Carapace coarsely granulose, lateral spine upeurved, inferior proximal tubercle on external

surface of chela conical, second male pleopod crook-shaped distally (fig. 6h) .

. M. microspina

— Carapace finely granulose, lateral spine straight, inferior proximal tubercle on external

surface of chela keel-like, second male pleopod beta-shaped distally (fig. 6d).

. M. hawaiiensis

7. Lateral spine massive, over one third carapace width, posterior margin bearing two

cylindrical lobes, second male pleopod distally looped (fig. 3c). M. armata

— Lateral spine slender, less than one third carapace width, lobes on posterior margin not

cylindrical, second male pleopod different . 8

8. Posterior margin bilobed . 9

— Posterior margin trilobed . 10

9. Supraorbital margin bifissured, distalmost spine on merus of cheliped longer than lateral

spine, external surface of fourth ambulatory merus granulose, second male pleopod distally

curved (fig. 10a) .M. musorstomia sp. nov.

350

B. GALIL

— Supraorbital margin unifissured, distalmost spine on merus of cheliped shorter than

lateral spine, external surface of fourth ambulatory merus smooth, second male pleopod

distally hook-like, tip upeurved (fig. lOh) . M. trispinosa

10. Supraorbital margin bifissured . M. mcdowelli

— Supraorbital margin unifissured . **

11. Lower margin of chela minutely serrate . 1 2

— Lower margin of chela prominently serrate. 1 ^

12. Cheliped merus trispinose, distalmost spine longer than lateral spine, second male

pleopod sinuous (fig. 3e) . M. australiensis

— Cheliped merus quadrispinose, distalmost spine shorter than lateral spine, second male

pleopod distally coiled (fig. 3j). M. bicristimana

13. Lobes on posterior margin indistinct, nearly effaced, second male pleopod crook-shaped

(fjg 3 a ) . M. africana sp. nov.

— Lobes on posterior margin distinct, triangular, second male pleopod different. 14

14. Carapace minutely granulate. M. spinimanus

— Carapace prominently granulate . * 5

15. Anterolateral margins indistinctly denticulate, three tubercles in inferior row externally on

c h c j a . M. curtispina

— Anterolateral margins distinctly dentate, more than three tubercles in inferior row

externally on chela. M. danigoi sp. nov.

Mursia africana sp. nov.

Fig. 1 a, 2 a-b, 3 a-b

Mursia armata - Barnard, 1950 : 356, fig. 67g. Non de Haan, 1837.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Kenya, 3°08'S, 40°20.5’E, 250-255 m, 5 September 1974, coll. A. J . Bruce : 1 6,

holotype, cl 30.8, cw 38.8, mew 56.7 (NNM).

Portuguese East Africa, 26°03*S, 33°04’E, 290 m, 1924, coll. GILCHRIST, id. Barnard : 1 6 juv., paratype,

cl 20.1, cw 24.5, mew 34.8; 1 9 juv., paratype, cl 17.8, cw 20.9, mew 27.5 (SAM A6794).

Type locality. — Kenya, 3°08'S. 40°20.5 I E.

Description. — Carapace 1.25 wide as long, surface coarsely granulate. Radial tubercles granulate. Front with

rounded median lobe projecting beyond lateral lobes. Supraorbital margin unifissured. Anterolateral margin with

nine small triangular teeth. Lateral spine 0.2 carapace width, granular. Posterolateral margin beaded, sinuous.

Posterior margin minutely beaded, with flattened, nearly elfaced lobes. Merus of cheliped bispinose, distal spine

twice as long as proximal spine. External surface of palm with nine tubercles in three oblique rows and three

tubercles near base of serrate upper crest. Proximal tubercle in lowest row acuminate, keel-like, median and distal

tubercles smaller, triangulate. Lower margin strongly serrate, teeth smaller proximally. Dactylus basally granulose

on exterior surface. Upper margin of pereiopodal meri minutely granulose, as well as external surface of fourth

ambulatory merus. Upper margin of propodi unicristate. Lobes of abdominal crest coequal. Second male pleopod

distally crook-slnped, tip slightly outcurvcd.

Color. - "As preserved, pinkish, a bright red spot on inner surface of hand of both chelipeds at insertion of

finger" (Barnard, 1950).

Source : MNHN. Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MURS/A

351

Fig. 1. — Dorsal view : a. Mursia africana sp. nov., 6, holotype, cl 30.8 mm, Kenya, 250 m (NNM). — b, Mursia armala

de Haan, 1837, 6 cl 30.1 mm, Viet Nam, 145 m (MNHN-B 16325). — c, Mursia aspera Alcock, 1899, 9 cl 54.6 mm,

Madagascar (MNHN-B 24352). — d, Mursia australiensis Campbell, 1971, 9 ovigerous cl 14.6 mm. New Caledonia,

315-320 m (MNHN-B 24369). — e, Mursia danigoi sp. nov., 6 , holotype, cl 45 mm, Philippines, 143-178 m

(MNHN-B 22369). — f, Mursia bicristimana Alcock & Anderson, 1894, <5. syntype, cl 19.1 mm, Nicobar Ids. 124-

271 m (BM 1898.8.26.3).

ETYMOLOGY. — The specific name refers to the occurence of the species off the African coast.

REMARKS. — M. africana resembles both M. mcdowelli and M. bicristimana in carapace shape and

granulosity. M. mcdowelli differs from M. africana in its shorter lateral spine, bifissured supraorbital margin and

beta-shaped second male pleopod. M. bicristimana differs from M. africana in its quadrispinose chelipcd merus and

Source : MNHN. Paris

352

B. GALIL

distally curled second male pleopod. M. africana and M. microspina both possess a crook-shaped second male

pleopod. However, the latter is easily distinguished from M. africana by its minute lateral spine.

Distribution. — Kenya, Mozambique; 250-290 m.

Mursia armata de Haan, 1837

Fig. 1 b, 2 c-d, 3 c-d

Mursia armata de Haan, 1837 : 70 (list), pi. 19 fig. 2; 1839 : 73. — ORTMANN, 1892 : 564 (part). — Doflein, 1902 : 653;

1904 : 36. — Parisi, 1914 : 290. — Ihle, 1918 : 179. — Gordon, 1931 : 527 (list). — Andr£, 1931 : 641. —

Yokoya, 1933 : 114. — Sakai, 1937 : 85, pi. 11 fig. 3; 1965 : 51, pi. 20 fig. 4; 1976 : 135, pi. 43 fig. 2. — SHEN,

1940 : 214. — Uchida, 1949 : 723, fig. 2091. — Guinot-Dumortier & Dumortier, 1960 : 139, fig. 19a-b . —

Serene, 1968 : 41 (list). — Kim, 1970 : 11, pi. 2 fig. 1. — Takeda, 1978 : 34; 1979 : 153 (list). — Miyake, 1983 :

23, 199, pi. 8 fig. 3. — Dai & Yang, 1991 : 107, text-fig. 53, pi. 12 fig. 2.

Thealia acanthophora Lucas, 1839 : 579, pi. 21 figs 1-3.

Mursia armata tipica Doflein, 1904 : 40, pi. 17 fig. 1, pi. 18 fig. 2. — Balss, 1922 : 124. — Sakai, 1934 : 284; 1936 :

47, pi. 7 fig. 1.

Not Mursia armata - Barnard, 1950 : 356, fig. 67g. — KENSLEY, 1981a : 38 (list); 1981b : 60 (list) ( = M. africana sp.

nov.).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Japan. 1825-1834, coll. H. Burger : 1 9 cl 27.4, lectotype (NNM 38154); 2 (5,4 9,

paralectotypes (NNM 38155). — Near Tokyo, 1906, coll. J. Harmand : 1 juv. (MNHN-B 24350). — Amakusa, off

Tomioka, 60-70 m, August 1983, coll. K. Harada : 2 6 cl 22.1, 22.6, cw 27.5, 28.0, mew 50.0 (NNM 38192). —

Misaki, 1930, id. M. J. Rathbun : 1 6 cl 30.1, cw 36.9 (USNM 63691).

Hong Kong. Coll. Barnes: 2 6 , cl 25.0, 28.3, cw 30.3, 35.9, mew 53.8, 61.2; 1 9 cl 25.0, cw 30.7, mew 52.6

(BM 1930.12.2.34-36). — vie. Hong Kong, 21°53’N, 115 0 51'E, 113 m, 4 November 1908 : 1 9 cl 26, cw 31.4,

mew 54.7 (USNM).

Viet Nam. Coll. A. KREMPF : 1 9 cl 33.2, cw 41.7, mew 74.3 (MNHN-B 16324). — " De Lanessan\ 145 m,

30 September 1925, coll. A. Krempf : 1 6 cl 30.1, cw 38.6, mew 69.5 (MNHN-B 16325).

New Caledonia. Off Thio, trap, 260 m, 21. June 1986 : 1 juv. cl 19.5, cw 24,0 (MNHN-B 24351).

TYPE LOCAIJTY. — Japan (DE Haan, 1837).

Description. — Carapace about 1.2 wide as long, surface covered with close spaced flattened granules

anteriorly, well-spaced, rounded granules posteriorly. Radial tubercles prominent, median row laterally bordered by

deep grooves. Front with slightly rounded lateral lobes and triangular rostrum. Supraorbital margin unifissured.

Suborbital sinus v-shaped, suborbital tooth triangular. Anterolateral margins with seven rounded, nearly effaced

teeth. Lateral spine massive, over one third carapace width, minutely granulate. Posterolateral margin oblique,

beaded, angled medially. Posterior margin beaded, lateral processes stout, cylindrical. Merus of cheliped bispinose,

distal spine much longer than proximal. Carpus with nearly effaced granules. Upper margin of palm set with eight

teeth. External surface of palm with large, rounded tubercles in three diagonal rows and three more at base of

palmar crest, lowest row with median tubercle largest. Lower margin of palm serrate, teeth diminishing in size

proximally. Dactylus basally granulate on anterior margin. Upper margins of pereiopodal meri granulose, meri,

propodi nearly smooth; fourth pereiopodal meri distinctly granulose on external surface. Abdominal crest with

finely granulate margin, rounded lateral lobes widely separated from trapezoid median lobe. Second male pleopod

distally looped, its tip incurved.

Color. - Carapace tubercles orange-red; internal palmar surface near dactylar base with deep-orange patch

(Sakai, 1936, pi. 7 fig. 11).

Remarks. — M. armata alone among its congeners possesses long, stout, straight lateral spines, two

cylindrical protuberances on posterior margin and distally looped second male pleopod.

M. armata was listed and drawn by DE Ha AN (1837), and later described by him (1839), unbeknown to LUCAS

(1839). who described it, that same year, as Thealia acanthophora. Though clearly distinct, M. armata was merged

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MV RSI A

353

with other species (Ortmann, 1892; IHLE, 1918), so that some authors found it necessary to reestablish it as M.

armata lypica (DOFLEIN, 1904; Balss, 1922; Sakai, 1934,1935).

Distribution. — Hong Kong, Indochina, Korea, Japan, New Caledonia; 60-260 m.

Fig. 2. — Cheliped, external and ventral views : a-b, Mur si a africana sp. nov., <5, holotype, cl 30.8 mm, Kenya, 250 m

(NNM). — c-d, Mursia armata de Haan, 1837, 6 cl 30.1 mm, Viet Nam, 145 m (MNHN-B 16325). — e-f, Mursia

aspera Alcock, 1899, 9 cl 54.6 mm, Madagascar (MNHN-B 24352). — g-h, Mursia australiensis Campbell, 1971, 9

ovigerous cl 14.6 mm, New Caledonia, 315-320 m (MNHN-B 24369)

354

B. GA1.IL

Fig. 3. — Second pleopod male with enlargement of distal part : a-b, Mursia africana sp. nov., 6 , holotype, cl 30.8 mm,

Kenya, 250 m (NNM). — c-d. Mursia armata de Haan, 1837, 6 cl 30.1 mm, Viet Nam, 145 m (MNHN-B 16325). —

e-f, Mursia australiensis Campbell, 1971, 6 cl 11.9 mm. New Caledonia, 300 m (MNHN-B 24355). — g-i, Mursia

danigoi sp. nov., 6 . holotype, cl 45 mm, Philippines, 143-178 m (MNHN-B 22369). —j-k, Mursia bicrislimana

Alcock & Anderson, 1894, d, syntype, cl 19.1 mm, Nicobar Islands, 124-271 m (BM 1898.8.26.3).

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MU RSI A

355

Mursia aspera Alcock, 1899

Fig. 1 c, 2 e-f

Mursia aspera Alcock, 1899a : 24; 1899b, pi. 40 fig. 2. — SerEne, 1968 • 41 (list)

Nol Mursia aspera - Miyake, 1983 : 24. 199, pi. 8 fig. 5 ( = M. auslraliensis Campbell 1971 ’)

Not Mursia aspera - Baba, 1986 : 221, pi. 165 ( = M. microspina Davie & Short 1989)

Not Mursia aspera - Sakai, 1965 : 54, textfig 8c-c’; 1976 : 138, textfig. 74c-c\ pi. 42 fig. 2. - Zarbnkov 1990 • 220

(MNHN T B I 243 L 52) XAMINED ‘ ~ Madagascar " Va '‘ han "- w «t coast, coll. A. Crosnier : 1 9 cl 54.6, cw 68.2. mew 73.3

150 ~ 210 "• 20 °“ ober 1987 ; 2 5 d 30 - 4 ' 53A “«*

Type locality. — Maldives (Alcock, 1899a).

Description. — Carapace strongly convex, about 1.2 wide as long, surface closely covered with conical

tubercles, smaller anteriorly. Radial tubercles only slightly enlarged. Front with lateral teeth more prominent than

median. Supraorbital margin unifissured. Anterolateral margins setose, with eleven small granular tubercules.

Lateral spine minute, less than 0.04 carapace width, granulate. Posterolateral margin oblique, beaded, medially

angled. Posterior margin with three acuminate denticles of nearly equal size. Outer surface of chelipcds covered

with acuminate granules and tubercles. Merus of cheliped with four spines increasing in size distally. Palm crested

with nine granulate lobes. Lower margin prominently spinose. Posterior surface of fourth pereiopodal merus

covered with conical tubercles, as well as upper and lower margins of pereiopodal meri. Upper margin of first and

second pereiopodal carpi with three rows of conical tubercles, third with two rows, fourth with single row.

Abdominal crest with granulate lateral lobes widely separated from irregularly luberculate median lobe.

Color. - Carapace bone colored with coral-pink patches on hepatic, mesogaslric and branchial regions. Inner

palmar face with large, coral-colored patch, at base of dactylus. Ambulatory legs pale coral.

Remarks. — The rarity of M. aspera was probably the reason that, despite ALCOCK's clear description (1899a)

and illustration (1899b), it has been submerged as a junior synonym of M. armaia curiispina by Doflein (1904)

and Ihle (1918). The specimens described and depicted by Sakai (1965. 1976) differ from M. aspera in having

more prominent medial tubercles on the external surface of the chela and a longer lateral spine. Miyake (1983)

described a specimen with an even longer lateral spine and a thin, elongate spine distally on the merus of the

cheliped, quite similar to M. auslraliensis Campbell. 1971. The specimen depicted by Baba (1986) is

M. microspina Davie & Shorl. 1989, which indeed closely resembles M. aspera in having a short lateral spine.

However, M. aspera differs from M. microspina in having evenly sized frontal denticles, acuminate lubercles

externally on cheliped. four spines distally on cheliped merus. lower margin of palm prominently spinose as well

as granulate ambulatory legs. Zarenkovs (1990) specimens differ from M. aspera in lacking prominent conii on

carapace, external surface of chela and on upper margins of pereiopodal meri.

Distribution. — Madagascar. Seychelles. Maldives; 150-384 m.

Mursia australiensis Campbell. 1971

Fig. 1 d, 2 g-h, 3 e-f, 11

Mursia armaia - Whitelegge, 1900 : 160. Non de Haan, 1837.

Mursia auslraliensis Campbell, 1971 : 31, pi. 2a-b, fig. 1.

? Mursia aspera - Miyake, 1983 : 24, 199, pi. 8 fig. 5.

356

B. GALIL

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Australia. Off New South Wales coast. August 1929. coll, and id. M. Ward : 2 6, cl 23.6,

24.4, cw 27.5. 27.6, mew 39.5. 40.9 (USNM 63715).

New Caledonia. Musorstom 5 : stn 252, 25°08.53'S. 159°55.H'E, 300-310 m, 7 October 1986 : 1 9 ovigerous,

cl 13.7, cw 15.4, mew 20.9 (MNHN-B 24353). — Stn 255, 25°15.40’S, 159°54.80'E. 280-295 m, 7 October 1986 :

1 <$, cl 15.7, cw 18.1, mew 27.7 (MNHN-B 24354). — Stn 261, 25°26.58'S, 159°45.88'E, 300 nr, 8 October 1986 :

1 s ', cl 11.9, cw 19.5, mew 30.3 (tip broken); 1 9, cl 14.3, cw 16.4, mew 24.9 (MNHN-B 24355).-Stn 263,

25°21.30'S, 159°46.44'E, 255-150 m, 8 October 1986 : 1 9, cl 14.3, cw 16.2, mew 22.8 (MNHN-B 24356). — Stn 265,

25°21.10’S, 159°45.20'E, 190-260 m, 8 October 1986 : 3 juv. (MNHN-B 24357). — Stn 266, 25°20.20'S, 159°45.70'E,

240 m. 8 October 1986 : 1 6, cl 12.8, cw 15.3, mew 21.3; 1 9, cl 14.8, cw 16.1, mew 23.8; 2 juv. (MNHN-B 24358).

— Stn 267, 25°23.60'S, 159°47.20'E, 285 m, 8 October 1986 : 1 9, cl 13.5, cw 15.4, mew 24.3 (MNHN-B 24359). —

Stn 269, 24°47.0'S, 159°37.30’E, 270-250 m, 9 October 1986 : 1 juv., cl 6.6 (MNHN-B 24360). — Stn 274,

24°44.83'S, 159°41.00'E, 285 m, 9 October 1986 ; 1 <5, cl 13.8. cw 15.5 (MNHN-B 24361). — Stn 275, 24°46.60'S,

159°40.30'E, 285 m, 9 October 1986 : 1 9 , cl 14.4, cw 16.3, mew 22.8; 5 juv. (MNHN-B 24363). — Stn 276,

24°48.90'S. 159°40.90'E, 269-258 m. 9 October 1986 : 3 6 , cl 12.9-14.5; 2 9, cl 13.5, 13.7 (MNHN-B 24362). — Stn

281, 24°10.54'S, 159°34.32'E, 272 m, 10 October 1986 ; 1 9, cl 11.8, cw 13.2, mew 17.4 (MNHN-B 24364). — Stn

282, 24°11.55'S, 159°32.22'E, 226-230 m, 10 October 1986 : 3 juv., cl 6.3-10 (MNHN-B 24365). — Stn 284,

24°09.96'S, 159°33.49'E, 225-230 m, 10 October 1986 : 1 6 , cl 10.6, cw 11.9, mew 16.4 (MNHN-B 24366). — Stn

285, 24°09.35'S, 159°34.04’E, 245-255 m. 10 October 1986 : 1 <3, cl 12.8, cw 14.9, mew 22.1 (MNHN-B 24367). —

Stn 289, 24°01.50'S, 159°38.40'E, 273 m, 10 October 1986 : 1 6 , cl 14.6, cw 16.3, mew 25.4; 1 9, cl 13.3, cw 15.0,

mew 20.7 (MNHN-B 24368). — Stn 312, 22°17.20’S, 159°24.80'E, 315-320 m, 12 October 1986 : 1 9 ovigerous,

cl 14.6, cw 16.6, mew 22.6 (MNHN-B 24369).

Type locality. — Cape Moreton, Queensland, Australia (Campbell, 1971).

Description. — Carapace 1.1 wide as long, surface closely covered with granules. Radial tubcrcules

prominent. Median frontal lobe triangular, projecting beyond rounded lateral lobes. Supraorbital margin

unifissured. Suborbital sinus v-shaped suborbital tooth triangular pointing distad. Anterolateral margins

indistinctly cristate, with ten minute teeth diminishing in size posteriorly. Lateral spine one quarter carapace

width, minutely granulate, curved upwards. Posterolateral margins beaded, angled medially. Posterior margin with

lateral teeth projecting further than median lobe. Chelipeds externally granulate. Merus of cheliped trispinose,

distal spine largest, nearly as long as lateral spine. Outer surface of chela with nine tubercles in three oblique rows

and three tubercles near base of serrate upper crest, lowest row with proximal tubercle acuminate, prominent,

median and distal tubercles smaller, rounded. Lower margin minutely serrate, teeth smaller proximally. Dactylus

minutely granulate proximally on anterior margin. Upper margin of pereiopods nearly rounded, minutely

granulate. Abdominal crest with flattened, subequal, rounded lobes. Cornute distal portion of second male pleopod

sinuous, tip outcurved.

Color (in alcohol). - Carapace buff with irregular pink spots. Meral and anterolateral spines red distally. Inner

palmar face with small, red patch at base of dactylus. Four red dots on distal margin of buccal cavity.

Remarks. — M. australiensis differs from its congeners in having the distal portion of the second male

pleopod sinuous with tip curved distad.

Distribution. — Australia, New Caledonia, ? Japan; 40-320 m.

Mursia bicristimana Alcock & Anderson, 1894

Fig. 1 f, 3 j-k, 5 c-d

Mursia bicristimana Alcock & Anderson, 1894 : 179. — Al.COCK, 1896 : 150; 1899a : 23; 1899b. pi. 3 fig. 3. — ALCOCK

& Anderson. 1896, pi. 24 fig. 5. — ANDERSON, 1897 : 103. — Laurie, 1906 ; 355. — Lloyd. 1907 : 6. — Barnard.

1926 : 120. — SERfiNE, 1968 : 41 (list).

Mursia armata bicristimana - DOFLEIN, 1904 : 41, pi. 17 fig. 3, pi. 18 fig. 4.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indian Ocean. H°14.30'N, 74°57.15'E, 124-271 m, pres. Indian Museum :1c?-

cl 19.1, cw 24.1, mew 32.4. Syntype. (BM 1898.8.26.3). — Stn AB-22B, 31 July 1963, coll. "Anton Brunn" : 2 <3,

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MURSIA

357

cl 18.9, 44.3, cw 23.8, 58.8, mew 30.9, 74.7; 1 9, cl 27.2, cw 34.9, mew 46.1 (USNM). — Ceylon, coll. HERDMAN :

1 d cl 11.9, cw 21.1, mew 28.0 (BM 1907.5.22). — Gulf of Manaar, coll. Herdman : 1 9 ovigerous, cl 11.8, cw 20.5,

mew 25.4 (BM 1934.1.16.23).

Type locality. — Gulf of Manaar (Alcock & Anderson, 1894).

Description. — Carapace about 1.2 long as wide, coarsely granulate, granules smaller anteriorly. Radial

tubercules minutely granulate, prominent. Lateral frontal lobes rounded, effaced, median lobe triangular,

projecting. Supraorbital margin unifissured, suborbital sinus v-shaped. Suborbital tooth triangular, pointing

distad. Anterolateral margin with nine tuberculate teeth, largest medially. Lateral spine less than one fifth carapace

width, granulate. Posterolateral margin beaded, sinuous. Posterior margin with laminar lobes, lateral lobes

projecting beyond median. External surface of chelipeds granulose. Merus quadrispinose, distal spine largest.

External surface of palm with two longitudinal rows of three granulate tubercles and with granular ridge, unevenly

trilobate, with proximal lobe most prominent, triangulate distad, median lobe broadly rounded, distal lobe

smallest, obtuse. Lower margin minutely serrate. Dactylus granulose on external surface. Margins of pcreiopodal

carpi minutely granulate as well as external surface of last pair. Upper margin of meri with three granulate costae,

but for last which is bicristate. Abdominal crest with rounded, subequal lobes. Second male pleopod distally

coiled.

Color . - "Salmon-pink" (Alcock & Anderson, 1894 : 179); "upper surface of leg and carapace pale bluish-

white studded with orange red granules, lower surface white; fingers of chelipeds white, inner surface of merus of

chelipeds deep orange" (Anderson, 1897 : 103).

Remarks. — M. bicristimana was well described and illustrated by Alcock and Anderson (1894), Alcock

( 1899) and Doflein(1904).

M. bicristimana alone among its congeners possesses a corkscrew-shaped second male pleopod.

Distribution. — Sri Lanka, Nicobar Islands; 260-732 m.

Mursia cristiata H. Milne Edwards, 1837

Fig. 4 a, 5 e-f, 6 a-c

Mursia Desmarest, 1823 : 231; 1825 : 108.

Mursie Mains-en-crete - Desmarest, 1825, pi. 9 fig. 3.

Mursie en Crete - Latreille, 1831 : 352.

Mursia cristiata H. Milne Edwards, 1837b : 109.

Mursia cristimanus de Haan, 1837 : 70. — Stebbing, 1900 : 22; 1910 : 334. — Doflein, 1901 : 136. — Barnard,

1950 : 354, fig. 67a-f. — Macpherson, 1983 : 18, figs 8, 9a-f. — Manning & Chace, 1990 : 46, 76, 77.

Mursia cristimana - DE Haan, 1837 : pi. E; 1839 : 73. — KRAUSS, 1843 : 52. — MlERS, 1886 : 291. — DOFLEIN, 1904 :

38, pi. 16, figs 5-12, pi. 18 fig. 1. — STEBBING, 1914 : 272, 307. — Odhner, 1923 : 26. — GuiNOT-DUMORTlER &

DiJMORTIER, 1960 : 139. — Ser£ne, 1968 : 41 (list). — Kensley, 1981a : 38 (list).

Mursia cristata - H. MlLNE Edwards, 1840 : 17 (explication des planches); 1843, pi. 13 fig. 1-la. — LUCAS, 1840 : 108,

pi. 8 fig. 1. — Studer, 1883 : 15. — Ortmann, 1894 : 35.

Mursie custata - H. Milne Edwards, 1840 : 627 (index).

Mursica cristata - H. MlLNE Edwards, 1843 : pi. 13 fig. 1-la.

Cryptosoma orient is Adams & White, 1848 : 62, pi. 13 fig. 4.

Material EXAMINED. — South Africa. Cape Province, coll. H. B. van HORSTOCK : 1 d, cl 27.5, cw 30.0,

mew 34.8. Holotype. del. de Haan (NNM 38213). — Coll. Stebbing : 1 <5, cl 22.3, cw 23.8 (BM 1928.12.1.197). —

Simon's Bay, 9-33 m, coll. HMS " Challenger" : 1 d, cl 27.4, cw 30.4, mew 36.2 (BM 1884.31). — Sea Point,

nr Capetown, coll. HMS " Challenger" : I 9, cl 20.1, cw 21.8, mew 25.3 (BM 1884.31). — Agulhas Bank, stn 142,

35°'0'S, 18°37’E, 274 m, coll. HMS " Challenger " : 1 d, cl 21.3, cw 22.4, mew 26.5; 2 9, cl 15.3, 19.0, cw 15.3, 19.3,

mew 20.3, 23.1 (BM 1884.31). — False Bay, coll. STEBBING : 1 d, cl 29.1. cw 31.8 (BM 1928.12.1.198). — Jeffrey's

Bay, 28 April 1961, coll. Gras : 1 d, cl 29.7, cw 32.4, mew 37.2 (NNM 16821). — Durban, coll. Stebbing : 1 d,

358

B. GAI.IL

cl 27.6, cw 30.0, mew 35.2 (BM 1928.12.1.206). — 29°07.24'S, 15°26.06’E, 183 m, 31 July 1986 : 4 d, cl 25.6-30.5,

cw 27.9-33.2, mew 31.6-39.3; 1 9, cl 26.0, cw 28.2, mew 32.8 (USNM 237561).

TYPE LOCALITY. — South Africa, Cape Province (DE Haan, 1837).

Description. — Carapace nearly as long as wide, granulate, ridges coarsely tuberculate, mesogastric tubercles

largest, most prominent. Front ogival. Inner and outer orbital angles prominent. Supraorbital margin bifissured.

Fig. 4. —Dorsal view : a,Mursia cristiata H. Milne Edwards, 1837, d cl 27.4 mm. South Africa, Simon's Bay, 9-33 m

(BM 1884.31). — b y Mursia curtispina Miers, 1886, 9, holotype, cl 29.5 mm, Fiji Ids, 576 m (BM 1884.31). —

c ,Mursia hawaiiensis Rathbun, 1893, d cl 22.9 mm, Hawaiian Ids, 386-463 m (USNM 29903). — d , Mursta

mcdowelli Manning & Chace, 1990, d, holotype, cl 37.5 mm, Ascension Id., 120-150 m (USNM 221893). —

e, Mursia microspina Davie & Short, 1989, <5 cl 24.5 mm. New Caledonia, 385-420 m (MNHN-B 24392). —

f , Mursia musorstomia sp. nov., d, holotype, cl 19.7 mm. New Caledonia, 475 m (MNHN-B 24396).

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MU RSI A

359

Suborbital sinus v-shapcd, suborbital tooth quadrate, pointing distad. Anterolateral margins cristate, prominently

tuberculate, tubercles diminishing in size posteriorly. Lateral spine less than 0.1 carapace width, minutely

granulate, curving upwards. Posterolateral margins beaded, nearly straight. Posterior margin arcuate, evenly beaded.

Chelipeds externally granulate. Merus of cheliped trispinose, distal spine largest, longer than lateral spine. Outer

surface of chela with nine conical tubercles in three oblique rows and three tubercles near base of serrate upper

crest, lower row with proximal tubercle acuminate, somewhat curved, median and distal tubercles smaller, rounded.

Lower margin distinctly serrate, teeth smaller proximally. Dactylus minutely granulate proximally on anterior

margin. Upper margin of pereiopods slightly beaded, granulate. Abdominal crest with flattened, subequal, rounded

lobes. Cornute distal portion of second male pleopod resembling the Greek letter beta.

Color. - Carapace buff with dark red spots on radial tubercles, cheliped carpus and palmar crest.

Remarks. — M. cristiata differs from its congeners in having an ogival front, evenly beaded posterior margin

and a subquadrate suborbital tooth.

It was the first species of the genus to be figured (Desmarest, 1823) and described (H. Milne Edwards,

1837). However, its name fell prey to repeated misspellings and typographical errors, beginning with H. Mjlne

Edwards who provided four different spellings. The specific name itself. M. cristiata (H. Milne Edwards. 1837),

is evidently a misspelling as in subsequent publications H. MILNE Edwards named it cristata (1840; 1843), but

also Mursie custata (1840, index) and Mursica cristata (1843, pi. 13). In addition, DE Haan supplied us with two

versions : M. cristimanus (1837 : 70) and M. cristimana (1837, pi. E; 1839 : 73).

Distribution. — Southern Africa, from Natal to Namibia; ? St. Helena Id. (Doflein, 1900); 9-304 m

Mursia curtispina Miers, 1886

Fig. 4 b, 5 g-h

Mursia curtispina Miers, 1886 : 291, pi. 29 fig. 2.

Mursia armata curtispina - DOFLEIN, 1904 : 40, pi. 17 fig. 2, pi. 18 fig. 3.

Not Mursia armata curtispina - Yokoya, 1933 : 115. — Sakai, 1936 : 48, pi. 7 fig. 3; 1937 : 87, pi. 11 fig. 4

( = M. trispinosa Parisi, 1914).

Not Mursia curtispina - Sakai, 1965 : 52, textfig. 8a-a', pi. 21 fig. 2; 1976: 136, textfig. 74a-a'. pi. 43 fig. 1. — Takeda

& Koyama, 1974 : 105.

Material EXAMINED. — Fiji Ids. "Challenge r": stn 173, 19°09.35’S, 179°41.50'E, 576 m : 1 9 , cl 29.5,

cw 34.0. Holotype (BM 1884.31).

Type locality. — Fiji (Miers. 1886).

Description. — Carapace 1.15 wide as long, surface closely granulate. Radial tubercles minutely granulate.

Front with rounded median lobe projecting beyond lateral lobes. Supraorbital margin unifissured. Anterolateral

margin with nine, nearly effaced, granulate teeth. Lateral spine about 0.2 carapace width, granular. Posterolateral

margin beaded, sinuous. Posterior margin minutely beaded, with sharply triangular lateral teeth and a small median

tooth. Merus of cheliped trispinose, distalmost spine as long as lateral spine. External surface of palm with nine

tubercles in three oblique rows and three tubercles near base of serrate upper crest. Lowest row with proximal

tubercle acuminate, triangular, median and distal tubercles smaller, rounded. Lower margin strongly serrate, teeth

smaller proximally. Dactylus basally granulose on exterior surface. Upper margin of pcreiopodal meri minutely

granulose, as well as external surface of fourth pereiopodal merus. Upper margin of propodi unicristate. Median

lobe of abdominal crest wider than lateral lobes, slightly emarginate.

Color. - "(in spirit) yellowish-brown, inclining to pink on chelipedes; the apices of the dactyli of the

ambulatory legs are brown-pink, and a patch of the same colour ornaments the inner surface of the palms of the

chelipedes." (MIERS, 1886).

360

B. GAUL

Remarks. — Miers (1886) described and depicted M. curtispina quite clearly but later authors sought to

synonymize M. curtispina with M. armata (ORTMANN, 1892), later making it a subspecies of M. armata (DOFLEIN,

1904; Ihle, 1918; Balss, 1922). The species described and depicted by Sakai (1965, 1976) differs from

M. curtispina in having longer spines laterally on carapace and distally on cheliped merus, in the form of inferior

tubercles externally on palm and in the shape of the color patch on inner palmar face.

Distribution. — Fiji, Indonesia; 470-576 m.

Mursia danigoi sp. nov.

Fig. 1 e, 3 g-i, 5 a-b

MATERIAL EXAMINED AND TYPES. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 58, 13°58.0'N, 120°13.7'E, 143-178 m, 26

March 1976 : 1 6 , cl 45, cw 55, mew 71 (MNHN-B 22369). Holotype. — Stn 58, 13°58.0'N, 120°13.7’E, 143-178 m,

26 March 1976 : 1 <5, cl 44.6, cw 55.2, mew 71; 1 9, cl 26.5, cw 31.7, mew 43 (MNHN-B 22371). Paratypes. — Stn 71,

14°09.3'N, 120°26.2'E, 174-204 m, 28 March 1976 : 1 9, cl 37.8, cw 45.2, mew 60.2 (MNHN-B 22368).

Musorstom 2 : stn 59, 14°00’N, 120°17'E, 186-190 m, 28 November 1980 : 1 <5, cl 46.1, cw 56.5, mew 75.4; 2 9

juv., cl 27.3, 13.3, cw 32, mew 45.1 (MNHN-B 22366).

Musorstom 3 : stn 88, 14°0rN, 120°17'E, 183-187 m, 31 May 1985 : 1 9, cl 37.1, cw 44.2, mew 56.9 (MNHN-B

22367).

Description. — Carapace 1.2 wide as long, surface granulose. Radial tubercules prominent, minutely

granulate. Median frontal lobe triangular, projecting beyond triangulate lateral lobes. Supraorbital margin

unifissured. Suborbital sinus v-shaped, suborbital tooth triangulate pointing distad. Anterolateral margins

distinctly dentate, teeth diminishing in size anteriorly, posteriorly. Lateral spine reaching one seventh carapace

width, minutely granulate, curved upwards. Posterolateral margins beaded, angled medially. Posterior margin with

lateral teeth, triangular, flattened, projecting further than median lobe. Chelipeds externally granulate. Merus of

cheliped quadrispinose, distal spine largest, half as long as lateral spine. Outer surface of chela with nine tubercles

in three oblique rows and two tubercles near base of serrate upper crest; lowest row with proximal tubercle

acuminate, keel-like, median and distal tubercles rounded, with subsidiary denticles between teeth. Lower margin

prominently serrate, teeth smaller proximally. Dactylus minutely granulate proximally on anterior margin. Upper

margin of pereiopods nearly rounded, minutely granulate. Abdominal crest with flattened lobes, median lobe

subquadrate, lateral lobes rounded. Comute distal portion of second male pleopod somewhat beta-shaped.

Color (in alcohol). - Inner palmar face with elongate vertical red patch at base of dactylus. Four red dots on

distal margin of buccal cavity.

ETYMOLOGY. — The specific name was chosen in recognition of the valuable assistance extended during several

of the Musorstom cruises by Adolphe Danigo, engineer on the research vessels "Vauban " and "Alis”.

REMARKS. — M. danigoi sp. nov. resembles M. africana, M. mcdowelli and M. spinimanus in general body

shape, however it is easily distinguished from each. M. africana differs in having a bispinose merus of cheliped and

hook-shaped second male pleopod. A/, mcdowelli differs in having a bifissured supraorbital margin, trispinose

merus of cheliped and coarse granulation of carapace and chelipeds. M. spinimanus differs in having a wider

carapace, longer lateral carapace spine, minute anterolateral teeth and fine granulation on the carapace and chelipeds.

DISTRIBUTION. — Known only from the type locality, Philippines; 143-204 m.

Fig. 5. — Cheliped, external and ventral views : a-b, Mursia danigoi sp. nov., 6 , holotype, cl 45 mm, Philippines, 143-

178 m (MNHN-B 22369). — c-d, Mursia bicritimana Alcock & Anderson, 1894, <3, syntype, cl 19.1 mm, Nicobar

Ids, 124-271 m (BM 1898.8.26.3). — e-f, Mursia cristiata H. Milne Edwards, 1837, 6 cl 27.4 mm, South Africa,

Simon's Bay, 9-33 m (BM 1884.31). — g-h, Mursia curtispina Miers, 1886, 9, holotype, cl 29.5 mm, Fiji Ids,

576 m (BM 1884.31).

Source: MNHN Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MU RSI A

361

Source. MNHN. Paris

362

B. GAUL

Fig 6 — Second pleopod male with enlargement of distal part : a-c, Mursia cristiaia H. Milne Edwards, 1837,

6 cl 27.4 mm. South Africa. Simon's Bay, 9-33 m (BM 1884.31). - d-e, Mursia havens,s Rathbun, 893.

<3 cl 22.9 mm, Hawaiian Ids. 386-463 m (USNM 29903). - f-g, Murs.a mcdowellt Manning &. Chace, 1990.

<3 , holotype, cl 37.5 mm. Ascension Id., 120-150 m (USNM 221893). - h-i, Mursia nucrospina Davie & Short,

1989, 6 cl 24.5 mm. New Caledonia, 385-420 m (MNHN-B 24390).

Mursia flamma sp. nov.

Fig. 7 a, 9 a-b, 10 c-d

Mursia armata curtispina - GRINDLEY 1961 : 132, fig. 4.

Mursia curtispina - SanKARANKUTTY & SUBRAMANIAN, 1976 : 21.

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MURSIA

363

Material EXAMINED AND TYPES. — Madagascar. " Vauban stn 8, 12°43'S, 48°14'E, 370 m, 14 April 1971 • 1 6

cl 57.9. cw 68.2, mew 76.6. Holotype; 1 juv., cl 32.1, cw 37.6 (MNHN-B 24371). — Stn 4, 12°52’S, 48°10'E 400-

410 m. 4 March 1971 : 1 juv.. cl 20.8. cw 25.1 (MNHN-B 24370). — Stn 10, 12°43'S, 48°15'E, 348-360 m. 14 April

1971 : 3 9, cl 48.3-66.7, cw 48.6-68.6, mew 48.6-68.6 (MNHN-B 24373). — Stn 23, 12°42.9’S, 48°12.TE, 445-

455 m. 12 September 1972 : 1 6 , cl 32.7, cw 38.3 (MNHN-B 24375). — Stn 31, 12°34.1'S, 48°18.3’E 310-320 m

13 September 1972 : 1 d, cl 15.6, cw 17.9, mew 24.3; 2 juv., cl 16.3, 30.3, cw 18.7, 35.5, mew 25.7 45 5 (MNHN-B

24411).

"FAO 60": stn 73/43, 15°19’S, 46°15'E, 370 m, 11 May 1973 ; 1 2, cl 48.7, cw 56.2, mew 67.7 (MNHN-B ^4377)

"Mascareignes 111" : stn 1. 22°12.3'S, 43°08.2'E. 300-320 m, 20 December 1985 : 4 9, cl 44.1-50 4 cw 50 6-58 7

mew 50.4-69.3 (MNHN-B 24378). — Stn 2. 22°20.5'S, 43°06'E. 400 m, 20 December 1985 : 2 d , cl 57.6. 53.9^

cw 68.6, 64.2, mew 78.8, 74.2; 1 juv., cl 21.9, cw 25.8 (MNHN-B 24379). — Stn 3, 22°27.3'S, 43°07'E, 35 m

20 December 1985 : 1 6 , cl 55.7, cw 65.2, mew 74.8 (MNHN-B 24380) . — Stn 4, 22°19.2'S, 43°06.8'E, 400-410 m!

20 December 1985 : I 6 . cl 24.2. cw 28.3, mew 38.7; 1 9, cl 23.2, cw 27.0. mew 34.9 (MNHN-B 24381). — Stn 6^

22° 17.3 S, 43°04.3'E, 425450 m, 21 December 1985 : 1 juv., cl 23.1, cw 26.8, mew 38.0 (MNHN-B 24382). — Stn 13,

22°17.8’S, 43°04.8’E, 425 m, 23 December 1985: 1 6 , cl 55.9, cw 65.3, mew 74.9 (MNHN-B 24479). — Sin 15,

22°25.2'S, 43°05'E, 425-460 m, 1 January 1986 : 1 9, cl 46.7, cw 53.9, mew 64.2; 1 juv., cl 33.6. cw 40.2, mew 51 0

(MNHN-B 24383). — Stn 45. 22°25.6'S, 43°05.3 , E, 475-510 m, 23 January 1986 : 1 9, cl 47.2 cw 55 1 mew 63 0

(MNHN-B 24384). — Stn 57, 22°26’S, 43°05.8'E, 460 m, 17 October 1986 : 2 juv., cl 31.5, 33 6 cw 36 9 39 5

mew 47.1, 51.7 (MNHN-B 24385). — Stn 69, 22°21.9’S. 43°04.8'E, 350-420 m, 21 October 1986 : 1 d . ci 50.U

cw 65.3, mew 73.9; 1 9, cl 46.6, cw 54.3, mew 63.6 (MNHN-B 24386). — Stn 117. 22°15'S. 43°06 5'E 370 m

28 November 1986 : 1 juv.. cl 25, cw 29.9, mew 36.6 (MNHN-B 24387).

South Africa. Off Natal, between Durban and Tugela mouth, October 1960, coll. P. A. CLANCF.Y Id cl 58 3

cw 70.7, mew 79.7 (SAM A. 10582).

Type locality. — Madagascar.

Description. — Carapace 1.2 wide as long, surface distinctly granulate. Radial tubercles prominent, granulate.

Front with triangular median lobe projecting beyond lateral lobes. Supraorbital margin unifissured. Anterolateral

margin with nine, nearly effaced, granulate teeth. Lateral spine short, about 0.07 carapace width, granular.

Posterolateral margin beaded, sinuous. Posterior margin with sharply triangular teeth. Merus of cheliped

trispinose, distalmost spine as long as lateral spine. External surface of palm with nine tubercles in three oblique

rows and three tubercles near base of serrate upper crest. Lowest row with proximal tubercle slender, acuminate,

median and distal tubercles thickset, triangular. Lower margin strongly serrate, teeth smaller proximally. Dactylus

basally granulose on exterior surface. Upper margin of pereiopodal meri, carpi distinctly granulose. Upper margin

of propodi unicristate. Median lobe of abdominal crest wider than lateral lobes, slightly emarginate. Second male

pleopod distally crook-shaped, tip slightly outcurved.

Etymology. — The specific name is from the Latin and refers to Grindley's specimen which was painted a

flame-red, presumably imitating its natural hues.

Remarks. — M. flamma closely resembles M . curtispina in carapace shape, however it differs from it in

having a shorter lateral spine on carapace and distal spine on cheliped merus, and distinctly granulose meri and

carpi of pereiopods.

Distribution. — Tanzania, South Africa. Madagascar; 35-510 m.

Mursia hawaiiensis Rathbun, 1893

Fig. 4 c, 6 d-e, 8 a-b

Mursia hawaiiensis Rathbun, 1893 : 252; 1906 : 887, pi. 18, figs 3-4. — Takeda & Koyama, 1974 : 105.

Mursia armata hawaiiensis - DOFLEIN, 1904 : 41.

Nol Mursia armata hawaiiensis - IllLE, 1918 : 180.

Not Mursia curtispina hawaiiensis - Sakai, 1965 : 54, texlfigs 8d-d'.

Nol Mursia hawaiiensis - Sakai, 1976 : 137, textfigs 74d-d', pi. 42 fig. 1. — Miyake, 1983 : 199 (list).

364

B. GAUL

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Hawaiian Ids. "Albatross", stn 3472, Kaiwi Channel, 21°12'N, 157°49'W. 540 m,

4 December 1891 : 1 <5 . cl 29.1, cw 36.2, mew 38.7 (USNM 17515). Holotype. - Sin 3810, Ohau Id., off Honolulu

Light, 386-463 m, 27 March 1902 : 1 <J, cl 22.9, cw 28.4, mew 30.6 (USNM 29903). — Sin 3919, Ohau Id., off

Diamond Head, 470-402 m, 6 May 1902 : 1 6. cl 29.6, cw 36.3, mew 39.5; 1 9 , cl 29.1, cw 36.2 mew 39.3

(USNM 29905). — Stn 4081, Maui Id., off Puniawa Point, 370-402 m, 21 July 1902 ; 1 9 juv., cl 22.5, cw -1.0.

mew 30.6 (USNM 29910). — Sin 4114, Ohau Id., off Kahuku Point, 282-357 m, 25 July 1902 : 1 6 , cl 32.2, cw 39.8,

mew 43 6; 1 iuv., cl 16.3 (USNM 29911). — Stn 4115, Ohau Id., off Kahuku Point, 357-441 m, 25 July 1902 ; 1 <3,

cl 34.3, cw 42.7. mew 46.9; 1 9. cl 28.7, cw 35.0, mew 37.9 (USNM 29912). — Stn 4116, Ohau Id., off Kahuku Point,

441-516 m 25 July 1902 : 2 9 , cl 28.5, 35.9, cw 29.4, 38.2, mew 36.0, 38.6 (USNM 29913). — Stn 4121, Ohau Id.,

off Kahuku Point, 395-459 m. 25 July 1902 : broken shell (USNM 29915). — Stn 4122, Ohau Id., off Barbers Point,

351-644 m 26 July 1902 : 1 6 , cl 26.6, cw 32.6, mew 36.3; 1 9 , cl 29.3, cw 36.0, mew 38.1 (USNM 29916). —

Stn 4130, Kauai Id., off Hanamaulu warehouse. 518-565 m, July 1902 : 2 9 , cl 30.6. 37.1. cw 37.8. 40.0, mew 39.6,

41.4 (USNM 29917). . w , „

Polynesia. Paumotu Archipelago, Rahiroa Atoll, 1252 m, 24 September 1899, id. M. J. Rathbun : 1 6 yg,

cl 21.7, cw 26.4, mew 30.6 (USNM 6907).

N.E. Pacific Ocean. ” Prof . Stockman'\ cruise 18, stn 1920, 25°44.04’S, 85°24.93’W, 220 m, trap, coll. N.

ZARENKOV : 2 9, cl 30.4, 45.8, cw 36.1, 48.1, mew 40.7, 53.9 (information possibly inaccurate).

Type locality. — Hawaiian Islands (Rathbun 1893).

Description. — Carapace 1.2 wide as long, surface closely covered with minute granules. Radial tubercles

indistinct. Median frontal lobe projecting forward beyond rounded lateral lobes. Supraorbital margin unifissured.

Suborbital sinus v-shaped, suborbital tooth triangular, apex pointing inward. Anterolateral margins cristate,

tubercles indistinct. Lateral spine short, about 0.04 carapace width, minutely granulate, curved upwards.

Posterolateral margin beaded, sinuous. Lateral lobes of posterior margin triangular, flattened, upeurved. Chelipeds

externally granulate. Merus of cheliped trispinosc. Outer surface of chela with nine tubercles in three oblique rows

and three tubercles near base of serrate upper crest, lowest row with proximal tubercle acuminate, keel-shaped;

median, distal tubercles elongate, crested. Lower margin serrate, teeth smaller proximally. Dactylus minutely

granulate on anterior margin. Upper margin of pereiopodal meri nearly rounded, granulate. Abdominal crest deeply

cut, median lobe widest. Comute distal portion of second male pleopod somewhat beta-shaped.

Color (in alcohol). - "tinges of red on the carapace and chelipeds and an elongated patch of red on the inner

surface of the hand, near the dactyl" (Rathbun, 1893).

Remarks. — M. aspera, M. microspina, M.flamma and M. hawaiiensis alone among their congeners possess

a lateral spine shorter than 0.07 carapace width. M. aspera differs from the rest in having conical tubercles on

external surface of chelipeds and on upper margin of pereiopodal meri. M. hawaiiensis differs from M. microspina

in having nearly effaced granules on carapace, median lobe of abdominal crest wider than lateral lobes and second

male pleopod beta-shaped distally and from M.flamma in lacking median lobe on posterior margin of carapace.

IHLE (1918) specimen differs from M. hawaiiensis in the number ol tubercular radial lines on carapace and

number of spines on ischium. The species described and depicted by Sakai (1965, 1976) differs from

M. hawaiiensis in having the second male pleopod crook-shaped, in the form of the inferior tubercles externally

on palm and in the prominent radial tubercles on carapace. Miyake (1983) tollowed Sakai's list.

Distribution. — Hawaiian Islands, Paumotu Archipelago, East Pacific (W of San Felix Id, 25°44.04’S,

85°24.93'W); 97-1252 m.

Mursia mcdowelli Manning & Chace, 1990

Fig. 4 d, 6 f-g, 8 c-d

Mursia mcdowelli Manning & Chace, 1990 : 45, figs 26-27.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — South Atlantic Ocean : Ascension Id., off Georgetown Pierhead, 120-150 m, March

1980, coll. M. McDowell : 1 d, cl 37.5, cw 47.3, mew 60.4 (USNM 221893). Holotype.

Source : MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MU RSI A

365

Description. — Carapace 1.25 wide as long, surface covered with granules, smaller and more closely set

posteriorly. Radial tubercules distinct. Median frontal lobe acuminate, projecting forward beyond lateral lobes.

Supraorbital margin bifissured. Suborbital sinus v-shaped. suborbital tooth triangular, apex pointing inward.

Anterolateral margins cristate, irregularly granulate. Lateral spine 0.14 carapace width, minutely granulate,

straight. Posterolateral margin beaded, sinuous. Lateral lobes of posterior margin rounded, projecting beyond

median lobe. Chelipeds externally with conic granules. Merus of cheliped trispinose, distal spine as long as lateral

spine. External surface of chela with tubercles in three oblique rows, median ridge granulose, unidentatc

proximally, interrupted distally. Palmar crest deeply serrate. Lower margin serrulate, teeth smaller proximally.

Dactylus minutely granulate proximally on anterior margin. Upper margin of pereiopodal carpi nearly rounded,

granulate. Abdominal crest with wide median lobe. Comute distal portion of second male pleopod shaped like the

Greek letter beta.

Remarks. — Among their congeners only M. mcdowelli and M. bicristimana possess a granulose median

ridge proximally on external surface of chela. However, M. mcdowelli differs from M. bicristimana in having a

bifissured supraorbital margin, smaller granules posteriorly on carapace and a beta-shaped second male pleopod.

DISTRIBUTION. — Known only from the type locality. Ascension Island, South Atlantic Ocean (Manning &

Chace, 1990); 120-150 m.

Mursia microspina Davie & Short, 1989

Fig. 4 e, 6 h-i, 8 e-f, 12

Mursia microspina Davie & Short, 1989 : 172, figs 9a-g, 10.

Mursia aspera - Baba, 1986 : 221, pi. 165.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. MUSORSTOM 5 : stn 273, 24°43.02'S, 159°43.26’E, 290 m, 9 October

1986 : 1 9, cl 23.1, cw 25.5, mew 28.1 (MNHN-B 24388). — Stn 299, 22°47.70'S, 159°23.70'E, 360-390 m,

11 October 1986 : 1 6 , cl 19.7, cw 22.1, mew 25.7 (MNHN-B 24389). — Stn 304, 22°10.34 , S, 159 0 25.5fE, 385-420

m, 12 October 1986 : 1 <3, cl 24.5, cw 27.8, mew 30.5 (MNHN-B 22372).

Smib 6 : stn 124, 18°56.0'S, 163°24.5'E, 360-405 m, 3 March 1991 : 1 9, cl 25.1, cw 28.5, mew 30.2 (MNHN-B

22373).

Loyalty Islands. MUSORSTOM 6 : stn 457, 21°00’S, 167°28.71 ’E, 353 m, 20 February 1989 : 1 juv., cl 11.2,

cw 12.2, mew 13.0 (MNHN-B 24391). — Stn 464, 21°02.30'S, 167°31.60’E, 430 m, 21 February 1989 : 1 9, cl 30.9,

cw 35.5, mew 39.2 (MNHN-B 24392). — Stn 480, 21°08.50’S, 167°55.98’E, 380 m, 22 February 1989 : 1 juv., cl 9.5

(MNHN-B 24393).

Type locality. — Southeast Queensland (Davie & Short, 1989).

Description. — Carapace 1.1 wide as long, surface closely covered with granules, effaced anteriorly. Radial

tubercles distinct. Median frontal lobe projecting forward beyond lateral lobes. Supraorbital margin unifissured.

Suborbital sinus v-shaped. suborbital tooth triangular, apex pointing inward. Anterolateral margins cristate,

indistinctly tuberculate. Lateral spine short, 0.05 carapace width, minutely granulate, curved upwards.

Posterolateral margin beaded, angled medially. Lateral lobes of posterior margin triangular, curved, median lobe

nearly indistinct. Chelipeds externally granulate. Merus of cheliped trispinose. distal spine longer than lateral

spine. Outer surface of chela with nine tubercles in three oblique rows and three tubercles near base of serrate upper

crest, lowermost row with proximal tubercle acuminate. Lower margin minutely serrate. Dactylus minutely

granulate proximally on anterior margin. Upper margin of pereiopodal carpi nearly rounded, not granulate.

Abdominal crest deeply cut, lobes rounded. Cornute distal portion of second male pleopod crook-shaped, tip

outcurved.

Color (in alcohol). - Branchial regions tinged red. Distal margin of buccal cavity with two red spots. Chelipeds

pale coral, fingers white. Inner palmar face with a large oculus-shapcd coral-colored patch.

366

B. GAUL

FlG. 7. — Dorsal view : a, Mursia flamma sp. nov., 6, cl 57.9 mm, holotype, Madagascar, 370 m (MNHN-B 24371). —

b, Mursia spinimanus Rathbun, 1906, 6 , holotype, cl 35.8 mm, Hawaiian Ids, 232 m (USNM 29922). — c, Mursia

trispinosa Parisi, 1914, 6 cl 42.5 mm, Philippines, 170 m (MNHN-B 24428). — d, Platymera gaudichaudii H. Milne

Edwards, 1837, 6 cl 45.9 mm, Mexico (MNHN-B 88).

Remarks. — M. microspina bears resemblance to M. hawaiiensis in having a short lateral spine but differs in

having a more prominent granulation on carapace, lobes of abdominal crest rounded, coequal and distal portion of

second male pleopod crook-shaped.

Distribution. — Australia, New Caledonia, Japan; 200-420 m.

Mursia musorstomia sp. nov.

Fig. 4 f, 8 g-h, 10 a-b, 13

MATERIAL EXAMINED AND TYPES. — New Caledonia. Musorstom 4 : stn 179, 18°56.6'S, 163°13.7’E, 475 m, 18

September 1985 : 1 6, cl 19.7, cw 23.5, mew 29.0 (MNHN-B 22374) Holotype; 1 9 , cl 18.0, cw 21.2, mew 25.1

(MNHN-B 24396) Paratype. — Stn 170, 18°57.0’S, 163°12.6’E, 480 m, 17 September 1985 : 1 9, cl 19.7, cw 23.3,

mew 27.6 (MNHN-B 24394). — Stn 171, 18°57.8’S, 163°14.0’E, 425 m, 17 September 1985 : 1 9, cl 18.4, cw 21.7,

mew 25.5; 1 juv. (MNHN-B 24395). — Stn 201, 18°35.8’S, 163°13.9’E, 490 m, 20 September 1985 : 1 9 . cl 19.0,

cw 22.7, mew 28.5 (MNHN-B 24397). — Stn 236, 22°11.3’S, 167°15’E, 495-550 m, 2 October 1985 : 1 9, cl 19.2,

cw 21.9, mew 25.8; 1 juv. (MNHN-B 24398). — Stn 239, 22°14.8’S, 167°15.7’E, 470-475 m, 2 October 1985 : 1 9,

cl 19.2, cw 21.9, mew 25.8 (MNHN-B 24399). — Stn 241, 22°09.0’S, 167°12.2 , E, 470-480 m, 3 October 1985 : 1 9,

cl 12.7, cw 15.4, mew 20.4 (MNHN-B 24400). — Stn 247, 22°09'S, 167°13.3’E, 435- 460 m, 4 October 1985 : 1 <5,

cl 14.4, cw 17.1, mew 22.2 (MNHN-B 24401).

Musorstom 5 : stn 380, 19°37.70’S, 158°43.90'E, 555-570 m, 21 October 1986 : 1 9, cl 20.4, cw 23.8, mew 28.6

(MNHN-B 24402).

Chesterfield Islands. Corail 2 : stn 16, 20°47.75’S, 160°55.87’E, 500 m, 21 July 1988 : 1 9, cl 19.3, cw 22.5,

mew 28.4 (MNHN).

Loyalty Islands. MUSORSTOM 6 : stn 411, 20°40.65’S, 167°03.35’E, 424 m, 15 February 1989 : 1 9, cl 17.5

(MNHN-B 24403). — Stn 413, 20°40.10 , S, 167°03.50’E, 463 m, 15 February 1989 : 1 6 , cl 18.4, cw 21.7, mew 25.8;

Source : MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MU RSI A

367

FiG. 8. — Cheliped, external and ventral views : a-b, Mursia hawaiiensis Rathbun, 1893, <5 cl 22.9 mm, Hawaiian Ids,

386-463 m (USNM 29903). — c-d, Mursia mcdowelli Manning & Chace, 1990, <3, hololype, cl 37.5 mm, Ascension

Id., 120-150 m (USNM 221893). — e-f, Mursia microspina Davie & Short, 1989, 6 cl 24.5 mm. New Caledonia,

385-420 m (MNHN-B 24392). — g-h, Mursia musorstomia sp. nov„ <3, holotype, cl 19.7 mm. New Caledonia,

475 m (MNHN-B 24396).

1 9, cl 16.6, cw 20.0, mew 23.9; 3 juv. (MNHN-B 24404). — Stn 415, 20°40.20'S, 167°03.50’E, 461 m, 15 February

1989 : 2 d, cl 19.2, 22.0, cw 22.7, 26.4, mew 27.3, 34.7; 2 9, cl 15.5, 16.1, cw 18.5, 19.1, mew 22.6, 22.9 (MNHN-B

24405). — Stn 428, 20°23.54'S, 166°12.57 , E, 420 m, 17 February 1989 : 2 <3, cl 19.4, 21.1, cw 23.5, 25.1, mew 29.2,

31.3; 3 9, cl 18.0-18.1, cw 21.4-22.1 (MNHN-B 24406). — Stn 464, 21°02.30’S, 167°31.60’E, 430 m, 21 February

Source:

368

B. GALIL

1989 : 1 <5, cl 20.6, cw 24.9, mew 30.02 (MNHN-B 24407). — Stn 465, 21°03.55'S, 167°32.25’E, 480 m, 21 February

1989 : 1 d. cl 17.2, cw 21.6, mew 26.6; 1 9, cl 18.8, cw 22.0, mew 26.5 (MNHN-B 24408). — Stn 467, 21°05.13’S,

167°32.1 l’E. 575 m, 21 February 1989 : 1 9, cl 19.3, cw 22.8, mew 27.6 (MNHN-B 24409).

Description. — Carapace 1.2 wide as long, surface densely setose, granulose. Radial tubercles prominent.

Median frontal lobe triangular, projecting beyond lateral lobes. Supraorbital margin bifissured. Suborbital sinus

wide, U-shaped, suborbital tooth triangular, apex pointing inward. Anterolateral margins cristate, with ten

granulose teeth, diminishing in size posteriorly. Lateral spine 0.1 carapace width, minutely granulate, curved

upwards. Posterolateral margin beaded, angled medially. Lateral lobes of posterior margin triangular, laminar,

curved. Chelipeds externally granulose, setose. Merus of cheiiped trispinose, distal spine longer than lateral spine.

Outer surface of chela set with nine tubercles in three oblique rows and three tubercles near base of serrate upper

crest, tubercles in lowest row laminar, proximalmost triangular, keel-like, distalmost smallest, rounded. Lower

margin serrate, teeth smaller proximally. Dactylus minutely granulate proximally on anterior margin. Upper

margin of pereiopodal carpi crested, granulate. Abdominal crest with rounded lateral lobes, subquadrate median

lobe. Comute distal portion of second male pleopod curved, hook-shaped.

Color (in alcohol). - Two red spots on distal margin of buccal area. Small red spot on inner palm near dactylar

base.

Etymology. — The specific name is derived from the expedition acronym - Musorstom.

Remarks. — Superficially resembling M. australiensis in its rounded, granulose carapace and elongate distal

spine on cheiiped merus, M. musorstomia is easily distinguished by its setose carapace, shorter lateral spines,

bifissured suborbital margins, granulate last ambulatory men and hook-shaped second male pleopod.

Distribution. — Known only from the type locality, New Caledonia; 420-575 m.

Mursia spinimanus Rathbun, 1906

Fig. 7 b, 9 c-d, 10 e-g

Mursia spinimanus Rathbun, 1906 : 888, pi. 16 fig. 1. — Sakai, 1965 : 51 (list).

Not Mursia spinimanus - RaTHBUN, 1911 : 198, pi. 15 fig. 3.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Hawaiian Islands. " Albatross" : stn 3856, Pailolo Channel, between Molokai and

Maui, 232 m, 9 April 1902 : 1 6 , cl 35.8, cw 46.4, mew 65.7, Holotype; 1 9, cl 27.6, cw 34.2, mew 46.6, Paratypc

(USNM 29922). — Stn 3811, Ohau Id., off Honolulu Lt., 435-461 m, 27 March 1902 : 1 6 yg, cl 18.8, cw 23.5,

mew 32.9 (USNM 29919).

Type locality. — Pailolo Channel, Hawaiian Islands (Rathbun, 1906).

Description. — Carapace 1.3 wide as long, surface minutely granulate. Radial tubercules indistinct. Median

frontal lobe triangular, projecting forward beyond rounded lateral lobes. Supraorbital margin unifissured.

Suborbital sinus v-shaped, suborbital tooth triangular, apex pointing inward. Anterolateral margins cristate, with

ten minute teeth. Lateral spine one fifth carapace width, minutely granulate, slanting upwards. Posterolateral

margin beaded, sinuous. Lateral lobes of posterior margin triangular, laminar, upeurved. Chelipeds externally

granulate. Merus of cheiiped trispinose, distal spine largest. Outer surface of chela closely granulate, with nine

tubercles in three oblique rows and three tubercles near base of serrate upper crest, proximal tubercle in lowest row

acuminate, keel-like, median tubercle crested. Lower margin serrate, teeth smaller proximally. Dactylus granulate

proximally on anterior margin. Upper margin of pereiopodal carpi rounded, minutely granulate. Abdominal crest

deeply cut, median lobe quadrate. Comute tip of second male pleopod beta-shaped.

Remarks. — M. spinimanus resembles M. hawaiiensis in having a minutely granulate carapace with

indistinct radial tubercles, minutely dentate, cristate anterolateral margins and a keel-like tubercle proximally on

Source: MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MU RSI A

369

outer surface of chela. However, it is easily distinguished by its much longer lateral spines on carapace and distally

on mcrus of cheliped and in having three triangular lobes on posterior margin of carapace.

Fig. 9. — Cheliped, external and ventral views : a-b, Mursia flamma sp. nov., 6, holotype, cl 57.9 mm, Madagascar,

370 m (MNHN-B 24371). — c-d, Mursia spinimanus Rathbun, 1906, d. holotype. cl 35.8 mm, Hawaiian Ids, 232 m

(USNM 29922). — e-f, Mursia trispinosa Parisi, 1914, d cl 42.5 mm, Philippines, 170-174 m (MNHN-B 24428).

— g-h, Platymera gaudichaudii H. Milne Edwards, 1837, d cl 45.9 mm, Mexico (MNHN-B 88).

Source ;

370

B. GAUL

The species described and depicted by RATHBUN (1911) differs from M. spinimanus in having a rugose carapace

with more prominent radial tubercles, backwards slanting lateral spines and quadnspinose chelipcd merus.

Distribution. — Hawaiian Islands; 95-461 m.

Mursia trispinosa Parisi, 1914

Fig. 7 c, 9 e-f, 10 h-i

Mursia armata trispinosa Parisi, 1914 : 290, pi. 12. ^

Mursia armata curtispina - Sakai, 1936 : 48, pi. 7 fig 3; 1937 : 87 (part), p . ig. ■ on i > •

Mursia curtispina trispinosa - Sakai. 1965 : 53. textf.g. 8a-a'. pi. 21 fig- 2. - KlM & Park. 1972 . 5/. textt.g.

Mursia tUfpinosa - Takeda & Koyama. 1974 : 105. - Saka.. 1976 : 137. tex.fig. 74b-b'. pi. 43 fig. 4. - Miyake.

1983 : 24, pi. 8 fig. 6. — Dang et al„ 1986 : 204.

MATFRIAL EXAMINED -Japan. M.e Prefecture. Kii. 1978-1979. coll. M. Yamashita : 1 6, cl 38.5 cw 46.0,

mew 64.4 (NMM 32070). - Shikoku Id.. Tosa Bay. April 1961 icT T. SAKAIId.cl 41 cw , me w 68 (BMNH

1961 6 5 23) - November 1965. id. T. Sakai : 1 <3. cl 43.5, cw 51.9. mew 73.0 (USNM 268057). — Misaki. id.

210-187 b 20 ^7, cw 527.

SKS <mn m ™V^, 3> 2 i «:

1 iuv (MNHN-B ->4416). — Stn 63. 14°00.8'N, 120°15.8'E. 191-195 m, 27 March 1976 1 3 , cl 21.4. cw a.1, i * •

cS cw 43.3, mew 65.0 (MNHN-B 24417). - Sin 65. 14°00'N. 120’19.2'E. 202-194 m. 27 March 1976 .1 2.

Cl 3 Musorstom 2 CW stn 2 ’l 6 14WN B 120°19'E. 188-198 m. 20 November 1980 : 1 9. cl 37^5 cw 44^6. mew 65 5

(MNHN-B 24419). — Stn 2. 14°01'N, 120°17.1'E. 184-186 m. 20 November 1980 : 2 juv. (MNHN-B _44 0y — Stn 10.

14°00 l'N 120°18 5'E 188-195 m, 21 November 1980 : 5 <3 . cl 11.8-24.0. cw 13.8--9.5, mew ~ • - • •

dP 0 36 8 cw 140-44 3 . mew 20.5-64.7 (MNHN-B 24421). - Stn 18. 14WN. 120 » 18 ^E, 188-195 n,.

•>2 November 1980 : 6 6 . cl 16.7-42.8. cw 19.9-53.5, mew 30.8-81.0; 5 2, cl 11.5-38.9, cw 13.5-47.2, mew 0.0-

71 3 . 2 iuv. (MNHN-B 24422). — Stn 19, 14°00.5'N, 120°16.5'E. 189-192 m, 22 November 1980 .1 3, cl 16.5,

CW 19 7 J mew 79 1 - 2 2, cl 12.3. 35.8. cw 14.4. 43.3. mew 20.8, 65.2 (MNHN-B 24423). — Stn -0. 14 0 .9 ,

nn o,o I’F ,ot 1 8 5 m 27 November '980 : 2 6 , cl 26.9, 42.8, cw 31.3. 52.4, mew 47.6. 76.4; 4 2. cl 17-3-37.2,

(MNHN-B 24424). - SB HjtW

iosn . I a ri 77 8 CW 41 6 mew 63 5' 7 9. cl 18.7-37.7. cw 22.0-45.5, mew 34.5-67.1 (MNHN-B 2442b). — itn

75 13°7 7 < 9 : n 121 °"l 1 -6’E, 160-198 m. 24 November 1980 : 1 9 . cl 30.4. cw 36.7. mew 55.0 (NWHN-B 24426). — Stn

51 17°59 3'N 120° 16 4'E 170-187 m, 27 November 1980 ; 2 <3. cl 17.5. 33.9, cw 20.6. 40.8, mew (broken), 62.3,

5Y ci ?6 4 cl 43 9 mew 65.7 (MNHN-B 24427). _ Stn 54. 13‘59.5'N. 120°09.3'E, 170-174 m 27 November

1980 • 1 6, cl 42.5. cw 52.3. mew 77.5; 1 2. cl 24.5. cw 29.0. mew 39.4 (MNHN-B 24428). — Stn 6 14 0 . ^

120°17'E. 186-189 m. 29 November 1980 : 2 2. cl 34.6, 35.3, cw 42.0, 42.3, mew 64.0, 64.6, 2 juv. (MNHI -

74499 ) _ Stn 64. 14°01.5'N, 120°18.9'E, 191-195 m, 29 November 1980 : 1 <S, cl 17 3, cw-0.9; mc ™ ^23 3 ’

n 8-37.9, cw 21.6-45.5, mew 32.3-67.2 (MNHN-B 24430). - Stn 68, 14-01.9'N 120‘18.8’E

November 1980 : 1 3. cl 23.8, cw 29.4. mew 43.2; 4 9 cl 33.2-36.1, cw 39.8-43.5 mew 5 9 (broken) ^3 ^8

fMNHN-B 74431) — Stn 72, 14°00.LN. 120°17.8'E, 189-197 m, 30 November 1980 : 2 <3 , cl 32.5-45.6, cw

^70 mew 59 8-84 9- 5 2 cl 36.3-38.2. cw 44.9-45.7, mew 64.9-70.7; 4 juv. (MNHN-B 24432).

MUSORSTOM 3 stn 86, 14’00.4'N, 120°17.8'E. 187-192 m, 31 May 1985 : 2 <J cl 12 5 33.4 cw 14 4 4L0.

mew 71 4 67 7 (MNHN-B 24433). - Stn 88. 14°00.5’N. 120°17.4'E, 183-187 m, 31 May 1985 : 11 juv. (MNHN-

B 74434) - Stn 90 14°00.1'N. 120’18.6'E. 195 m, 31 May .985 : 2 2. cl 9.2, 35 J ew 10.7. 43.7 mew 15 7 60 1

(MNHN-B 24435). - Stn 91. 14°00.1'N, 120°17.8'E. 190-203 m 31 May 1985; 2 9 . cl 34_4 34.6 cw 41. 42.2.

^1 l 20 '.J U 8 'E. 189-194 m,’ 1 June '.985 !

I June 1985 • 1 iuv (MNHN-B 24439). — Stn 100. 14WN, 120°17.6'E, 189-199 m, 1 June 1985 1 6 . cl 45 7,

cl 56.8 Tew 82 9;' 2 2 cl 24.7, 36 2. cw 30.4, 42.7. mew 44.4, 64.6; 3 juv. (MNHN-B 24440). - Stn 103.

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MU RSI A

371

14°00.4’N, 120°18.15'E, 193-200 m, 1 June 1985 : 1 9, cl 35.8, cw 43.1, mew 64.5 (MNHN-B 24441). — Stn 109,

14°00.2'N. 120°17.6'E, 190-198 m, 2 June 1985 : 2 d, cl 43.7, 44.3, cw 54.4, 54.6, mew 77.3, 82.2 (MNHN-B 24442).

" Albatross" : stn 5278, Malavatuan Id., nr Luzon, 14°00.10'N, 120°17.15’E, 187 m, 17 July 1908 : 1 9 ovig.,

cl 34.6, cw 41.8, mew 63.0; 1 9, cl 34.2, cw 41.0, mew 60.3 (parasitized) (USNM).

New Caledonia. Smib 6 : stn 114, 19°01.2’S, 163°28.8'E, 355-265 m, 2 March 1991 : 1 9 , cl 33.2, cw 39.2,

mew 50.5 (tips broken) (MNHN-B 22375).

Loyalty Islands. Musorstom 6 : stn 421, 20°26.27’S, 166°40.17'E, 245 m, 16 February 1989 : 1 9 , cl 32.9,

cw 39.1, mew 56.0 (MNHN-B 24483).

TYPE LOCALITY. — Sagami Bay, Japan (Parisi. 1914).

Description. — Carapace 1.2 wide as long, surface granulate, granules diminishing in size anteriorly,

posteriorly. Radial tubercules distinct. Median frontal lobe triangular, projecting forward beyond rounded lateral

lobes. Supraorbital margin unifissured. Suborbital sinus v-shaped, suborbital tooth triangular, apex pointing

inward. Anterolateral margins cristate, with ten nearly effaced, rounded teeth. Lateral spine 0.2 carapace width,

minutely granulate, curved upwards. Posterolateral margin beaded, sinuous. Lateral lobes of posterior margin

triangular, laminar, upeurved. Merus of cheliped trispinose, distal spine largest. Outer surface of chela closely

granulate, with nine tubercles in three oblique rows and three tubercles near base of serrate upper crest, tubercles in

lower row large, triangular, distalmost largest. Lower margin serrate, teeth smaller proximally. Dactylus granulate

proximally on anterior margin. Upper margin of pereiopodal meri rounded, minutely granulate. Abdominal crest

deeply cut, median lobe quadrate. Second male pleopod hook-shaped distally, tip upeurved.

Color. - Carapace and chelipeds orange-red, tubercles buff colored. Lateral spine on carapace and distalmost

mcral spine on cheliped dark red. Ambulatory legs pale coral. Interior palmar surface, near dactylar base with small

red spot.

Remarks. — M. trispinosa was described by Parisi (1914) as M . armata trispinosa , differing from M. armata

in having three robust, aequidistant, triangular teeth on lower external surface of chela and shorter lateral spines on

carapace. Sakai's illustrations of M. armata curtispina (1936, 1937) are identical with Parises depiction, as indeed

Sakai acknowledged in later publications (1965, 1976).

Distribution. — Korea, Japan, East China Sea, Philippines, New Caledonia; 70-355 m.

Genus PLATYMERA H. Milne Edwards, 1837

Platymera H. Milne Edwards, 1837b : 107. — Lucas, 1840 : 109. — Milne Edwards & Lucas, 1844 : 28. — Alcock,

i899a : 24. — Holmes, 1900 : 98. — Rathbun, 1906 : 888.

TYPE SPECIES. — Platymera gaudichaudii, H. Milne Edwards, 1837, by monotypy.

DIAGNOSIS. — Carapace transversely oval, convex, regions poorly marked. Front as wide as orbit, tridentate.

Anterolateral margin arcuate, carinate, dentate. Posterolateral margin sinuously diagonal, carinate. Posterior margin

entire. Lateral spine well developed. Eye with stout calcareous stalk, hemispherical cornea. Antennules fold

obliquely into subfrontal grooves. Basal article of antennae cylindrical, lying between antcnnular groove and

quadrate suborbital tooth. Supraorbital margin fissured, setose. Suborbital margin medially interrupted by sinus

opening unto obliquely set subhepatic canal. External maxilliped granulate, not reaching to anterior margin of

buccal frame. Exognath columnar, its internal margin with small tooth. Ischium of endognath parallelogram, its

internal margin dentate; merus deeply excavate at internal distal angle; endognathal palp triarticulate, setose, its

basal segment fitting into meral excavation. Chelipeds massive, nearly equal. Merus anteriorly bispinose. Upper

margin of palm crested, dentate. External surface of palm with a prominent ridge above cristate, granulate lower

margin. Internal surface of dactylus granulose. Larger dactylus with proximal tooth fitting unto molariform

process on immovable finger. Perciopods long, laterally compressed, dactyls styliform. Sternum, near base of

372

B. GAUL

chelipcds, bearing a prominent triangular projection. Male abdomen five segmented, second abdominal segment

prominently carinate. First male pleopod short, outcurved. tapering distally. Second male pleopod long, slender,

distally comute.

Fig. 10. — Second pleopod male with enlargement of distal part : a-b, Mursia musorstomia sp. nov„ <? , holotype,

cl 19.7 mm. New Caledonia, 475 m (MNHN-B 24396). — c-d, Mursia flamma sp. nov., 8, holotype, cl 57.9 mm,

Madagascar, 370 m (MNHN-B 24371). — e-g. Mursia spinimanus Rathbun, 1906, 8 , holotype, cl 35.8 mm,

Hawaiian Ids, 232 m (USNM 29922). — h-i, Mursia irispinosa (Parisi, 1914), 8 cl 42.5 mm, Philippines, 170 m

(MNHN-B 24428). — j-k, Platymera gaudichii H. Milne Edwards, 1837, <3 cl 29.6 mm Mexico, (MNHN-B 20859).

Source: MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MU RSI A

373

Remarks. — H. Milne Edwards (1837b : 107) erected Platymera for a single specimen collected in Chile,

which he described as "un crustac6 tr&s remarquable qui lie entre eux les Calappes et les Mursies". Alcock

( 1899a), discussing M. bicristimana , wrote "a comparison of this species (M. bicristimana) with specimens of

M. armata and Platymera gaudichaudii leads to the belief that all three are congeneric". Rathbun (1906)

concurred : "I agree with Maj. ALCOCK that Platymera should be united with Mursia” 9 and it was thus accepted by

subsequent authors. Platymera, though closely allied to Mursia , differs from it in having the abdominal carina

undivided into three lobes, a unidentate carinate ridge on the external surface of the palm, the third maxilliped

merus deeply excavate anteriorly and lacking the stridulating organ formed by the dactylar milled ridge of the chela

and the beaded row anteriorly on ischium of third maxilliped. Examination of these features led to reevaluation of

its status - Platymera is herein reinstated as a distinct genus.

Platymera gaudichaudii H. Milne Edwards, 1837

Fig. 7 d, 9 g-h, 10 j-k

Platymera gaudichaudii H. Milne Edwards, 1837b : 108. — Lucas, 1840 : 109. — H. MlLNE Edwards & Lucas. 1842,

pi. 13 fig 1; 1844 : 28. — White. 1847 : 45. — Nicolet, 1849 : 172. — Cunningham. 1871 : 493. — Rathbun,

1898 : 610; 1904 : 170; 1910 : 593. — Cano, 1889a : 94; 1889b : 250. — Faxon, 1895 : 32. — Holmes, 1900 : 99.

— Rathbun, 1904 : 170; 1910 : 593.

Platymera gaudichaudi - MlERS, 1881 : 71. — Ortmann, 1892 : 563. — Lenz, 1902 : 750. — Porter, 1906 : 132; 1921 :

422, pi. 38; 1925 : 318; 1936a : 153; 1936b : 338.

Platymera californiensis Rathbun, 1893 : 253.

Mursia gaudichaudii - WEYMOUTH, 1910 : 19. — SCHMITT, 1921 : 190, textfig. 118. — Crane, 1937 : 99. — Rathbun,

1937 : 220, pi. 66 figs 1-3, pi. 67 figs 1-6. — Garth, 1946 : 361, pi. 62 figs 3-4; 1966 : 13. — Haig, 1968 : 24.

Mursia gaudichaudi - PORTER, 1940a : 146; 1940b : 312; 1941 : 459. — Garth, 1957 : 16.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — United States. M California ". San Clemente Id., 35°25’N, 119°09'W, 91-110 m, 6 May

1976, id. M. Wicksten : 1 <3, cl 50.3, cw 72.7, mew 94.7; 1 juv., cl 15.0 (USNM 170405).

Mexico. Sinaloa, off Punta Piaxtla, 16 January 1982, coll. Estacion Mazatlan UNAM : 2 6 cl 28.5, 29.8, cw 43.0,

43.5, mew 56.6, 57.7 (MNHN-B 20859).

Panama. Gulf of Tanama, "Pillsbury'\ stn 513, 7°40.9'N, 79°42’W, 4 May 1967 : 3 8 , cl 42-63; 18 juv. (NNM

23547). — Stn 515, 8°00.4'N, 79°40.8'W, 4 May 1967 : 1 6 , cl 45.6; 8 juv. (NNM 25369). — Stn 531, 8°25.5'N,

79°10.7'W, 6 May 1967 : 3 <5, cl 38-49 (NNM 23544).

Peru. San Lorenzo Id., nr Callao, 10 March 1952, coll. W. R. Weyrauch : 1 9, cl 28.9 (NNM 11061).

Chile. Coll. M. Gay : 1 <5, cl 62.9, cw 92.4, mew 119.7 (MNHN-B 87). — Coll. M. Gaudichaud : 1 <5, cl 72.4, cw

112.7, mew 135.8 (MNHN-B 3989); 1 9, cl 68, cw 95, mew 116 (MNHN-B 85); 1 d , cl 45.9, cw 70.0, mew 90.4

(MNHN-B 88). — Coll. M. FONTAINIER : 1 d, cl 62.7 (MNHN-B 86) (labelled Chine). — Valparaiso, coll.

M. Gaudichaud : 1 d, cl 14.6, cw 20.7, mew 31.6 (MNHN-B 91); 2 9, cl 19.4, 20.0, cw 27.3, 27.9 (MNHN); 2 juv.

(MNHN-B 90). — 1878, id. H. MlLNE Edwards : 1 d (NNM). — Valparaiso, 22 January 1956 : 1 9, cl 41 (NNM 15622).

— 200-300 m, July 1963, id. J. Garth : 5 9, 19.6-41.1, cw 28.9-59.8, mew 40.5-broken (USNM 156201).

Type locality. — Chile (H. Milne Edwards, 1837).

Description. — Carapace 1.4-1.5 wide as long, shagreened, with seven nearly obsolescent radial ridges,

bearing tubercles in juvenile specimens. Front, minutely granulate, lateral lobes triangular, divergent, projecting

forward of rostrum. Anterolateral margins carinate, scalloped, with fifteen minute teeth. Lateral spine granulate,

nearly one seventh carapace width, longer in young specimens. Posterolateral margin prominently carinate,

granulate. Posterior margin minutely beaded. Supraorbital margin barely fissured, granulate. Suborbital tooth

subquadrate, its anterior margin granulate, oblique. Subhepatic and pterygostomial regions granulate, densely

setose. Proximal meral spine small, distal spine acuminate. External surface of carpus granulate, with beaded

carinae proximally and three equidistant tubercles medially. External surface of palm granulate. Crest with six

distad granular teeth. Medially on palm row of nearly effaced tubercles. Above lower margin a prominent

granulous ridge, proximally unidentate. Lower margin beaded, crested. Dactylus granulate both on exterior and

interior surfaces, with granulate crest anteriorly. Pereiopods with superior margin of meri granular, carpi and

374

B. GAI.IL

propodi bicristate. beaded, daclyls carinate. First male pleopod densely spinose. Second male plcopod distally

looped.

Color. - "Rougeatrc" (H. Milne Edwards, 1837b). "Broccoli brown with spines and tubercles ochraceous.

Hands lighter than carapace, lower margin white" (Schmitt, 1921).

Remarks. — Rathbun (1893) established P. californiensis for specimens collected off the coast of California,

differing only in insignificant details from H. MlLNE-EDWARDS & Lucas' not entirely accurate figure (1844).

However. Rathbun later (1937) recognized its similarity to P. gaudichaudii and placed californiensis as its junior

synonym.

Distribution. — Along the West coast of America from the Farrallone Islands, California to Chile; 22-

399 m.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am deeply thankful to A. CROSNIER for the invitation to come and study the ORSTOM material at the

Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris and for bearing graciously repeated delays in submission of the

resulting manuscript. The visit to Paris was generously supported by an ORSTOM grant. Additional material was

obtained from P. Clark (BMNH), L. B. Holthuis (NNM) and R. B. Manning (USNM), who loaned me valuable

specimens from their collections. I am indebted to L. B. HOLTHUIS for his instructive comments on the synonymy

of M. cristiata and to R. B. Manning and P. Davie for painstakingly reviewing this manuscript.

REFERENCES

ADAMS, A., & A. WHITE, 1848. — Crustacea. In : A. Adams, The Zoology of the voyage of H.MS. Samarang . . . under

the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher during the years 1843-1846. London : i-viii + 1-66, pis 1-13.

ALCOCK, A., 1896. — Materials for a carcinological Fauna of India. No. 2. The Brachyura Oxystoma. J. Asiat. Soc.

Bengal, 65 (2) : 134-296, pis 6-8.

ALCOCK, A., 1899a. — An account of the Deep-Sea Brachyura collected by the Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship

"Investigator". 85 p., pis 1-4.

ALCOCK, A., 1899b. — Crustacea. Part VII. In: Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship

Investigator, under the command of Commander T.H. Heming, R.N. Calcutta, pis 36-45.

ALCOCK, A., & ANDERSON, A. R. S., 1894. — An Account of a Recent Collection of Deep Sea Crustacea from the Bay of

Bengal and Laccadive Sea. Natural History Notes from the H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer "Investigator",

Commander C.F. Oldham, R.N., commanding. Series II, No 14. J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 63, pt 2 (3) : 141-185, pi. 9.

ALCOCK, A., & ANDERSON. A. R. S., 1896. — Crustacea. Part IV. In : Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal Indian

Marine Surveying Steamer Investigator, under the command of Commander C. F. Oldham, R.N. Calcutta, pis 16-27.

ANDERSON, A. R. S., 1897. — An Account of the deep sea Crustacea collected during the season 1894-95. Natural History

notes from the R.I.M. Survey Steamer "Investigator", Commander C.F. Oldham, R.N., commanding. Series II, No.

21.7. Asiat. Soc. Bengal , 65, pt 2 (1-4), 1896 (1897) : 88-106.

ANDRfc, M., 1931. — Crustaces D£capodes provenant de 1'Institut Oceanographique de Nha-Trang (Annam). Bull. Mus.

natn. Hist, nat., Paris , (2), 3 (7) : 638-650.

Baba, K., 1986. — In : Baba, K., K.I. Hayashi & M. Toriyama. Decapod Crustaceans from Continental Shelf and Slope

around Japan. The Intensive Research of Unexploited Fishery Resources on Continental Slopes. Japan Fish. Res.

Conserv. Ass. Tokyo : 1-336, figs 1-22, pis 1-176. (Japanese and English text).

Balss, H., 1922. — Ostasiatische Decapoden. III. Die Dromiaceen, Oxystomen und Parthenopiden. Arch. Naturgesch.,

88 A (3) : 104-140, figs 1-9.

Source . MNHN , Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA :THE GENUS MU RSI A

375

Barnard, K. H., 1926. — Report on a Collection of Crustacea from Portuguese East Africa. Trans. R. Soc. S. Afr ., 13,

pt 2 : 119-129, pis 10, 11.

Barnard, K. H., 1950. — Descriptive Catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea (Crabs and Shrimps). Ann. S. Afr.

Mus., 38 : 1-837, figs 1-154.

CAMPBELL, B. M., 1971. — New records and new species of crabs (Crustacea: Brachyura) trawled off southern Queensland:

Dromiacea, Homolidea, Gymnopleura, Corystoidea and Oxystomata. Mem. Qd Mus., 16 (1) : 2748, pis 2-3.

Cano, G., 1889a. — Crostacei Brachiuri ed Anomuri raccolti nel viaggo della Vettor Pisani intorno al globo. Studio

preliminaire. Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, (1), 3 : 79-105.

Cano, G., 1889b. — Viaggo della R. Corvetta Vettor Pisani attorno al globo. Crostacei Brachiuri ed Anomuri. Boll. Soc.

Nat. Napoli, (1), 3 : 169-268, pi. 7.

Crane, J. 1937. — The Tempelton Crocker Expedition. III. Brachygnathous Crabs from the Gulf of California and the

West Coast of Lower California. Zoologica N. Y ., 22, pt 1 (3) : 47-78, pis 1-8.

Cunningham. R. O., 1871. — Notes on the Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes, Mollusca, and Crustacea obtained during the

voyage of H.M.S. " Nassau" in the years 1866-69. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 27 (4) : 465-502, pis 58-59.

Dai. A., & Yang. S., 1991. — Crabs of the China seas. China Ocean Press, Beijing and Springer-Verlag, Berlin : i-xxi, 1-

682, 74 pis.

Dana, J. D., 1852. — Crustacea. In : United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841,

1842, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Philadelphia, C. Sherman, 13, pt 1, viii + 685 p.

Dang, Y., Chen, Y., Wang, F., & Li, Z., 1986. — Preliminary report on Crustacea in east China Sea. Trans. Chi. crust.

Soc., 1 : 202-205.

Davie, P. J. ,& SHORT, J.W., 1989. — Deepwater Brachyura (Crustacea : Decapoda) from southern Queensland, Australia

with descriptions of four new species. Mem. Qd Mus. 27 (2) : 157-187.

DesmaREST, A. G., 1823. — Crustaces Malacostraces. In : Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles. F. G. Levrault et Le

Normant, Strasbourg & Paris. 28 : 138-425, atlas, vol. 4, pis 1-58.

Desmarest, A. G., 1825. — Considerations generates sur la classe des Crustaces, et description des esp&ces de ces

animaux qui vivent dans la mer, sur les cotes, ou dans les eaux douces de la France. F. G. Levrault, Paris, xix + 446 p.,

pis 1-56, 5 tbls.

DOFLEIN, F., 1901. — Weitere Mitteilungen uber dekapode Crustaceen der k. bayerischen Staatssammlungen. Sher. bayer.

Akad. Wiss., 30, 1900 (1901) : 125-145.

DOFLEIN, F., 1902. — Ostasiatische Dekapoden. Abh. Bayer. Ak. Wiss., 21 : 613-670, pis 1-6.

DOFLEIN, F., 1904. — Brachyura. In : Wiss. Ergebn. dt. Tiefsee-Exped. "Valdivia", 6, xiv + 314 p., atlas, pis 1-58.

Faxon, W., 1895. — The Stalk-eyed Crustacea. In : Reports on an Exploration off the West Coasts of Mexico, Central

and South America, and off the Galapagos Islands, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish Commission

Steamer "Albatross", during 1891, Lieut.-Commander Z.L. Tanner, U.S.N., commanding. XV. Mem. Mus. comp.

Zool. Harv.y 18 : 1-292, pis A-K & 1-57.

Garth, J. S., 1946. — Littoral brachyuran fauna of the Galapagos Archipelago. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped ., 5 (10) : i-iv,

341-601, pis 49-87.

Garth, J. S., 1957. — The Crustacea Decapoda Brachyura of Chile. In : Reports of the Lund University Chile Expedition

1948-52. 29. Acta Univ. Lund, (2), 53 (7) : 1-128, pis 14.

Garth, J. S., 1966. — Oxystomatous and Allied Crabs from the West Coast of Tropical America. In : Eastern Pacific

Expedition of the New York Zoological Society. XLVI. Zoologica N. Y., 51 (1) : 1-16.

Gordon, I., 1931. — Brachyura from the coasts of China. J. Linn. Soc., Zool., 37 (254) : 525-558.

GRINDLEY, J. R., 1961. — On some Crabs Trawled off the Natal Coast. Durban Mus. Novit., 6 (10) : 127-134.

Guinot-Dumortier, D., & Dumortier. B., 1960. — La stridulation chez les crabes. Crustaceana, 1 (2): 117-155.

Ha AN, W. DE, 1833-1850. — Crustacea. In : P.F. van Siebold, Fauna Japonica, sive Descriptio animalium, quae in itinere

per Japoniam, jussu et auspiciis superiorum. qui summun in India Batava Imperium tenenL suscepto, annis 1823-1830

collegit, notis, observationibus et adumbrationibus illustravit. Lugduni Batavorum, fasc. 1-8 : i-xvii + i-xxxi + 1-

243, pis 1-55, A-J, L-Q, circ., pi. 2.

376

B. GAUL

Haig. J., 1968. — A report on anomuran and brachyuran crabs collected in Peru during cruise 12 of R/V Anton Bruun.

Crustaceana, 15 (1) : 19-30.

Holmes, S. J., 1900. — Synopsis of California stalk-eyed Crustacea. Occ. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci., 7 : 1-262, pis 1-4.

Ihle, J. E. W., 1918. — Die Decapoda Brachyura der Siboga-Expedition. III. Oxystomata : Calappidae, Leucosiidae,

Raninidae. Siboga Exped. Monogr. 39b2 : 159-322, figs 78-148.

KENSLEY, B. F., 1981a. — On the Zoogeography of Southern African Decapod Crustacea, with a Distributional Checklist

of the Species. Smithson. Contrib. Zool ., (338) : i-iv + 1-64.

KENSLEY, B. F., 1981b. — The South African Museum's "Meiring Naude" Cruises, part 12. Crustacea Decapoda of the

1977, 1978, 1979 Cruises. Ann. S. Afr. Mus ., 83 (4) : 49-78, fig. 1-11.

KlM, H. S., 1970. — A checklist of the Anomura and Brachyura (Crustacea, Decapoda) of Korea. Seoul Univ. J.. Biol.

Agnc. (Serie B), 21 : 1-34, pis 1-5.

KlM, H. S., & Park. K.B., 1972. — New Records of Ten Brachyuran Species (Crustacea, Decapoda) from Korea. Kor. J.

Zool., 15 (2) : 57-69, pi. 1.

KraUSS, C. F. F., 1843. — Die Sudafrikanischen Crustaceen. Eine Zusammenstellung aller bckannten Malacostraca,

Bemerkungen uber deren Lebensweise und geographische Verbreitung, nebst Beschreibung und Abbildung mehrerer

neuen Arten. Stuttgart. 68 p., pis 1-4.

LATREILLE, M., 1829. — Les Crustaces, les Arachnides et les Insectes, distributes en families naturelles, ouvrage formant

les tomes 4 et 5 de celui de M. le Baron Cuvier sur le Regne Animal (deuxieme edition). 2 vol. Paris. Volume 1, xxxii +

584 p.

Latreille, M., 1831. — Cours d'entomologie, ou de l’histoire naturelle des Crustaces, des Arachnides, des Myriapodes et

des Insectes. Exposition methodiquc des ordres, des families et des genres des trois premieres classes. Paris, xiii + 568

p., atlas 26 pp., 24 pis.

LAURIE, R. D., 1906. — Report on the Brachyura collected by Professor Herdmann, at Ceylon in 1902. In : W.A.

Herdman, Report to the Government of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar. With

supplementary Reports upon the Marine Biology of Ceylon by others Naturalists. Part. V, suppl. Rep. 40 : 349-432,

pis 1-2.

LENZ, H., 1902. — Die Crustaceen der Sainmlung Plate (Decapoda und Stomatopoda). In : Plate, Fauna Chilensis, vol. 2,

pt 3. Zool. Jb., Suppl., 5 : 731-772, pi. 23.

Lloyd, R. E., 1907. — Contributions to the Fauna of the Arabian Sea, with descriptions of new Fishes and Crustacea.

Rec. Indian Mus., 1 : 1-12.

LUCAS, P. H., 1839. — Observations sur un nouveau genre de Crustaces de l'Ordre des decapodes brachyures. Ann. Soc.

ent. Fr., 8 : 573-581.

Lucas, P. H.. 1840. — Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces, des Arachnides et des Myriapodes. Paris. 1-600 p., pis 1-46.

MaCPHERSON, E., 1983. — Crustaceos Decapodos capturados en las costas de Namibia. Res. Exped. cient. Inv. Pesq.,

Supl., (11) : 3-80.

MANNING, R. B., & Chace,, F. A.. 1990. — Decapod and Stomatopod Crustacea from Ascension Island, South Atlantic

Ocean. Smithson. Contrib. Zool., (503), v + 91 p.

MlERS, E. J., 1881. — Crustacea. In : Account of the Zoological Collections made during the Survey of H.M.S. "Alert” in

the Straits of Magellan and on the Coast of Patagonia. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., : 61-79, pi. 7.

MlERS, E. J., 1886. — Report on the Brachyura Collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the Years 1873-1876. In : Report

on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the Years 1873-76, Zool., 17, London, Edinburg

and Dublin : L + 362 p., pis 1-29.

Milne Edwards, H., 1837a. — Les Crustaces. In : G. Cuvier, Le R£gne Animal distribud d’apres son organisation, pour

servir de base k l'histoire naturelle des animaux et d'introduction a l'anatomie comparee. Paris, 278 p., atlas, pis 1-80.

MlLNE Edwards. H., 1837b. — Histoire naturelle des Crustaces, comprenant l'anatomie, la physiologie et la

classification de ces animaux. Paris, II, 532 p. Atlas [1834, 1837, 1840], 32 p., pis 1-14, 14 bis, 15-25, 25 bis, 26-

42.

MlLNE Edwards, H., & LUCAS, H., 1842-1844. — Crustaces. In : A. d'Orbigny, Voyage dans l'Amerique meridionale dans

le cours des annees 1826-1833. Paris, 6 (1) : 1-39; atlas : 1-9, pis 1-17.

Source: MNHN. Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MU RSI A

377

Miyake, S., 1983. — Brachyura. II. Japanese crustacean decapods and stomatopods in color. Hoikusha, Tokyo : 1-277,

pis 1-64. (in Japanese).

NICOLET, H., 1849. — Crustaceos. In : C. Gay, Historia fisica y politica de Chile segun documentos adquiridos en esla

republica durante doce aiios de residcncia en ella y publicada bajo los auspicios del supremo gobierno. Paris and

Santiago. Zoologia, 3 : 115-318, 4 pis.

ODHNER, T., 1923. — Marine Crustacea Podophthalmata aus Angola und Siidafrika gesammelt von H. Skoog 1912.

Goteborgs K. vetensk.-o. ViiterhSammh. Handle (4), 27 (5) : 1-39, pis 1-2.

ORTMANN, A. E., 1892. — Die Decapoden-Krebse des Strassburger Museums. V. Theil. Die Abtheilungen Hippidea,

Dromiidea, und Oxystomata. Zool. Jb., (Syst.), 6 : 532-588, pi. 26.

Ortmann, A. E., 1894. — Crustaceen. In : Richard Semon, Zoologische Forschungsreisen in Australien und dem

Malayischen Archipel. Denkschr. med.-naturw. Ges. Jena , 8 : 1-80, pis 1-3.

PaRISI, B., 1914. — I Decapodi giapponesi del Museo di Milano. I. Oxystomata. Alii Soc. ital. Sci. nat ., 53 : 282-311,

pis 11-13.

PORTER, C. E., 1906. — Materiales para la fauna carcinologica de Chile. V. Sobre algunos Crustaceos de Los Vilos. Revta

chil. Hist, nat., 10 : 128-138, figs 16-17, pis 11-12.

PORTER, C. E., 1921. — Materiales para la fauna carcinolojica de Chile. XVI. Familia Calappidae. Revta chil. Hist, nat.,

25 : 420-425, pi. 38.

PORTER, C. E., 1925. — Carcinologia Chilena. Sobre algunos Malacostraccos de la bahia de Taltal. Revta chil. Hist, nat.,

29 : 315-321, pi. 8.

PORTER, C. E., 1936a. — Carcinologia Chilena. Enumeracion metodica de los Crustaceos podoftalmos de la bahia de

Talcahuano. Conuin. Mus. Concepcion , 1 : 150-154.

Porter, C. E., 1936b. — Carcinologia Chilena. XXVII. Enumeracidn metodica de los Crustaceos podoftalmos de la bahia

de Talcahuano. Revta chil. Hist, nat., 40 : 336-339.

Porter, C. E., 1940a. — Algunos Crustaceos de la costa de Antofagasta. Revta chil. Hist, nat, 44 : 145-147.

PORTER, C. E., 1940b. — Algunos Crustaceos de la costa de Antofagasta. Revta Univ. Santiago, 25 (3) : 311-313.

PORTER, C. E., 1941. — Algunos Crustaceos de la costa de Antofagasta. Boln Mus. Hist. nat. "Javier Prado", 5 : 458-460.

RatHBUN, M. J., 1893. — Scientific Results of Explorations by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross. XXIV.

Descriptions of new genera and species of Crabs from the West Coast of North America and the Sandwich Islands.

Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 16 (933) : 223-260.

RatHBUN. M. J., 1898. — The Brachyura collected by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross on the voyage from

Norfolk, Virginia, to San Francisco, California, 1887-1888. Proc. U.S. natn. Mus., 21 (1162) : 567-616, pis 41-44.

RATHBUN, M. J., 1904. — Decapod crustaceans of the northwest coast of North America. In : Harriman Alaska Exped.,

10 : 1-210, pis 1-10.

RATHBUN, M. J., 1906. — The Brachyura and Macrura of the Hawaiian Islands. Bull. U.S. Fish Commn, 23 (3), 1903

(1906) : 827-930 + i-viii, pis 1-24.

RatHBUN, M.J ., 1910. — The stalk-eyed Crustacea of Peru and the adjacent coast. Proc. U.S. natn Mus., 38 (1766) : 531 -

620, pis 36-56.

RATHBUN, M. J., 1911. — Marine Brachyura. In : The Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905 under the

Leadership of Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner. Vol. Ill (XI). Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., (Zool.), (2), 14 (2) : 191-261, pis 15-

20.

RATHBUN, M. J., 1937. — The Oxystomatous and allied crabs of America. Bull. U.S. natn Mus. (166) : i-vi + 1-278,

pis 1-86.

Sakai, T., 1934. — Brachyura from the Coast of Kyusyu, Japan. Sci. Rep. Tokyo Bunrika Daig., Section B, 1 (25) : 281-

330, figs 1-26, pis 17-18.

Sakai, T., 1936. — Crabs of Japan : 66 plates in life colours with descriptions. Tokyo, Sanseido, 1935 (1936) : 1-239,

pis 1-66.

Sakai. T., 1937. — Studies on the crabs of Japan. II. Oxystomata. Sci. Rep. Tokyo Bunrika Daig., Section B, 3 : 67-192,

pis 10-19.

378

B. GALIL

Sakai, T., 1965. — The crabs of Sagami Bay collected by His Majesty the Emperor of Japan. Tokyo, Maruzen Co.

English text, xvi + 206 p.; Japanese text, 92 p.; Bibliography and Index, 32 p.; figs 1-27. pis 1-100.

Sakai, T., 1976. — Crabs of Japan and the adjacent seas. Tokyo, Kodansha Ltd., [In 3 volumes : (1) English text, xxxix +

773 p., figs.. 1-379. (2) Plates volume, 16 p., pis 1-251. (3) Japanese text, 461 p., figs 1-2J.

Sankarankutty, C., & SUBRAMANIAN, S., 1976. — Taxonomic notes on Crustacea Decapoda collected by deep-sea

trawling off Dar es Salaam. Univ. Sci. J. Dar es Salaam , 2 (2) : 17-24.

Schmitt, W. L., 1921. — The Marine Decapod Crustacea of California with special reference to the Decapod Crustacea

collected by the United States Bureau of Fisheries Steamer Albatross in connection with the Biological Survey of San

Francisco Bay during the Years 1912-1913. Univ. Calif. Pubis Zool., (23) : 1-469, pis 1-50.

SerEne, R., 1968. — The Brachyura of the Indo-West Pacific region. In : Prodromus for a Check List of the (non-

planctonic) Marine Fauna of Southeast Asia. Unesco Singapore, Special publication N° 1, Fauna IIICc3 : 33-112.

SHEN, C. J., 1940. — The Brachyuran fauna of HongKong. J. HongKong Fish. Res. Sin , 1 (2) : 211-242.

Stebbing, T. R. R., 1900. — South African Crustacea, Cape of Good Hope (for the Marine Investigations in South Africa).

Dept. of. Agriculture : 1-66, pis 1-4.

Stebbing, T. R. R.. 1910. — General Catalogue of South African Crustacea (Part V. of S.A. Crustacea, for the Marine

Investigations in South Africa). Ann. S. Afr. Mus ., 6 : 281-593, pis 15-22 [41-48].

STEBBING, T. R. R., 1914. — Stalk-eyed Crustacea Malacostraca of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Trans. R.

Soc. Edinb. y 50, part 2 (9) : 253-307, pis 23-32.

STUDER. T., 1883. — Vcrzeichniss der Crustaceen, welche wahrend der Reisc S.M.S. Gazelle an der Westkliste von Afrika,

Ascension und dem Cap der guten Hoffnung gesammelten wurden. Abh. K. Akad. Wiss. Perl. (2), 1882 (1883) : 1-32,

pis 1-2.

TaKEDA, M., 1978. — Brachyura. In : Kikuchi, T., & S. Miyake, eds. Fauna and Flora of the Sea around the Amakusa

Marine Biological Laboratory. Part II. Decapod Crustacea. Contrib. Amakusa mar. biol. Lab. Kyushu Univ., (245) :

32-45.

TaKEDA, M., 1979. — Systematic and biogeographic Notes on the crabs obtained by Dredging at the Sea around Cape

Shionomisaki, Kii Peninsula. Mems natn. Sci. Mus., Tokyo, 12 : 151-157 (in Japanese with English summary).

Takeda. M., & Koyama, Y., 1974. — On some rare crabs from Kii Province. Res. Crust., 6 : 103-121, pis 10-12.

UciUDA, S., 1949. — Illustrated Encyclopedia of the fauna of Japan (Exclusive of Insects). Tokyo, 1898 p., tigs 1-5213

(in Japanese).

WEYMOUTH, F. W., 1910. — Synopsis of the true crabs (Brachyura) of Monterey Bay, California. Publ. Leland Standford

Univ., Univ. Ser., (4) : 1-64, pis 1-14.

White, A., 1847. — List of the specimens of Crustacea in the collections of the British Museum. London, viii + 143 p.

WHITELEGGE, T., 1900. — Crustacea, Part I. Scientific Results of the Trawling Expedition of H.M.C.S. Thetis off the

coast of New South Wales in February and March, 1898. Mem. Aust. Mus., 4 : 135-199, pis 33-35.

YOKOYA, Y., 1933. — On the Distribution of decapod Crustaceans inhabiting the Continental Shelf around Japan, chiefly

based on the materials collected by S.S. Soyo-Maru, during the Year 1923-1930. J. Coll. Agric. Tokyo, 12 (1) :

1-226.

ZARENKOV, N. A., 1990. — Plankton and benthos from the Nazca and Sala-Y-Gomez submarine ridges. Irans. Shir. Inst.

Ocean., 124 : 218-244 (in Rusian).

LfiGENDE DE LA PLANCHE EN COULEURS

Fig. 11. — Mursia australiensis Campbell, 1971. New Caledonia, MUSORSTOM 5, stn 261, 25°26.58'S, 159°45.88'E,

300 m. Photograph P. LABOUTE. ORSTOM.

Fig. 12. —Mursia microspina Davie & Short, 1989. New Caledonia, MUSORSTOM 5, stn 304, 22°10.34'S, 159°25.51'E,

385-400 m. Photograph P. Laboute ORSTOM.

Fig. 13. —Mursia musorstomia sp. nov. Loyalty Island, MUSORSTOM 6, stn 415, 20°40.32'S, 167°03.50'E, 461 m.

Photograph P. Laboute ORSTOM.

Source : MNHN, Paris

CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : THE GENUS MU RSI A

379

Source: MNHN , Paris

fA S DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10— RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10- RESULT

Crustacea Decapoda : Munida

1858, and related species

japonica Stimpson,

(Galatheidae)

Enrique MACPHERSON

Instituto de Ciencias del Mar. CSIC

Pasco Nacional s/n

08039 Barcelona, Spain

Keiji BABA

Kumamoto University, Faculty of Education

2-40-1 Kurokami

Kumamoto 860, Japan

ABSTRACT

In order to clarify the systematic status of Munida japonica Stimpson, 1858, which has been mixed with several other

species constituting a complex, a neotype of this species from Kagoshima, Japan, is selected and described. Examination

of the type materials of M. heteracanlha Ortmann, 1892, M. semoni Ortmann, 1894 (previously merged with

M. heteracanlha) and M. honshuensis Benedict, 1902 (previously considered synonymous with M. japonica), discloses

that they are valid species. Comparison of these species with numerous specimens from the Philippines, Indonesia,

Japan, and the western Indian Ocean yields 13 new relatives species to be described.

RESUME

Crustacea Decapoda : Munida japonica Stimpson, 1858, et les especes apparentees

(Galatheidae)

Afin de clarifier la position systematique de Munida japonica Stimpson, 1858, qui a et 6 confondue avec plusieurs

autres especes formant un complexe, un neotype de cette espdee, en provenance de Kagoshima au Japon, est designe et

decrit. L'examen des types de M. heteracanlha Ortmann, 1892, de M. semoni Ortmann, 1894 (precedemment mise en

synonymie avec M. heteracanlha) et de M. honshuensis Benedict, 1902 (precedemment considerec comme synonyme de

M. japonica ), montre que toutes ces esp&ces sont valides. La comparaison de ces diverses especes avec de nombreux

specimens r6colt£s aux Philippines, en Indonesia au Japon et dans l'occan Indien occidental, conduit a la description de

13 especes nouvelles, proches des precedentes.

MACPHERSON, E. & Baba, K., 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : Munida japonica Stimpson, 1858, and related species

(Galatheidae). In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus. naln. Hist, nal .,

156 : 381-420. Paris ISBN 2-85653-206-3.

382

E. MACPIIERSON & K. BABA

INTRODUCTION

The genus Munida Leach is represented in the Indo-West Pacific region by about 50 species (Baba, 1988;

1990). Differences among the species arc often so slight and some of the distinct characters are often so variable

that confusion has appeared in determination of the species (see below). One of the most unwieldy species may be

M. japonica Stimpson, 1858 (see Balss, 1913; Yanagita, 1943; Miyake & Baba, 1967; Haig. 1973; Baba,

1988), which is believed to occur most commonly in Japanese waters, ranging from the eastern Indian Ocean

including the Red Sea eastward to the Bonin Islands, via the Indo-Malayan region. This species was described first

by Stimpson (1858) from one male collected in Kagoshima Bay, Japan, in 36 m, subsequently by Miers (1879)

in Korea Strait, Ortmann (1892) in Sagami Bay, Japan, Borradaile (1900) in New Britain, DOFLEIN (1902) in

Sagami Bay, DE Man (1902) in Halmahera, STIMPSON (1907) in Kagoshima Bay, Balss (1913) in Japan and

Taiwan (as Munida japonica typica ), Balss (1915) in the Red Sea, Parisi (1917) in Sagami Bay, Laurie (1926)

in Providence and Mauritius Islands, Yokoya (1933) and Yanagita (1943) in several localities of Japan, MELIN

(1939) in the Bonin Islands, TIRMIZI (1966) in the Red Sea and Zanzibar, Miyake and Baba (1967) in the East

China Sea, Lewinsoiin (1969) in the Red Sea, KIM (1973) in Korea, Haig (1973, 1974) in Western Australia,

Miyake (1982) and Baba (in Baba et al ., 1986) in Japan, Turkay (1986) in the Red Sea, Baba (1988) in the

Philippines and Indonesia, and Baba (1990) in Madagascar. In the meanwhile, Munida honshuensis described by

Benedict (1902) off Honshu, Japan, was merged with M. japonica (see Balss, 1913; Baba, 1988).

One of the closest relatives of M. japonica seemed to be M. heteracantha Ortmann which was described from

one male and one female taken in Kadsiyama (= ? Kalsuyama) and Sagami Bay, respectively (Ortmann. 1892).

The species was subsequently reported by the following authors : DOFLEIN (1902) without locality, Balss (1913)

(as Munida japonica var. heteracantha) and Yanagita (1943) (as Munida japonica heteracantha ), in several

localities of Japan, MELIN (1939) in the Bonin Islands (as Munida japonica var. heteracantha ), Baba (1969) in the

East China Sea, and Baba (1988) in the Philippines.

Munida sagamiensis Doflein, 1902, described from Sagami Bay, has been synonymized with M. heteracantha

(see Balss, 1913; Baba, 1988). Also merged with that species was M. semoni Ortmann. 1894, from Ambon,

Indonesia (Baba. 1988).

Munida japonica and M. heteracantha belong to the group of species which have the lateral margin of the

carapace with five spines behind the cervical groove, the eyes large, the epigastric region with row of 10-14

spines, the mcrus of the third maxilliped with two or more spines on the flexor margin, the third abdominal

segment unarmed, the chelipeds relatively long and slender (more than twice the postorbital carapace length), and

the male gonopods present on the first and second abdominal segments. Also referred to this group is M. inornata

Henderson, 1885. previously known from off the Admiralty Islands. Munida compressa Baba, 1988, M. mililaris

Henderson, 1885 and M. curvirostris Henderson, 1885 ( =M . andamanica Alcock, 1894) seem to be other relatives,

but apparently differ from this group in the short and massive chelipeds (see Baba, 1988, 1990; Baba &

Macpherson. 1991).

Munida japonica is usually distinguished from M. heteracantha by the presence of the distal spine on the

extensor margin of the mcrus of the third maxilliped (Baba, 1988), whereas some authors believed this difference

to be of subspecific importance (Balss, 1913; Yanagita. 1943). The previous species definition, supported

recently by Baba (1988), may allow wide morphological variations, for instance, the second abdominal segments

unarmed or armed with a few to about 10 spines, the supraocular spines ranging from very short to well developed,

the walking legs from slender to stout, especially the dactylus, and the extensor margin of the merus of the third

maxilliped bearing a prominent, moderate, or sometimes reduced spine distally, and sexual maturity attained from a

small to good size (Miyake & Baba, 1967; Haig, 1973; Baba, 1988). According to Turkay (1986), however,

there is a difference in colour pattern between specimens from Japan and the Red Sea. Very recently. Baba and

Macpherson (1991) pointed out the possibility that several species have been mixed up under M. japonica

(therein called the M. japonica complex), suggesting the necessity of a revision of the material reported by the

previous authors under M. japonica.

Considering this controversy in this paper, we examine selected material from the collections of Musorstom

1,2, 3 and Corindon cruises made in the Philippines and Indonesia respectively, and all or part of the material of

M. japonica reported from the East China Sea (Miyake & Baba, 1967), the Red Sea (Turkay, 1986), and

Source ; MNHN, Paris

MUNIDA JAPONIC A AND ITS RELATIVES

383

Madagascar (Baba, 1990). In addition, specimens from Japan were sorted out from the collection of the Museum

national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris. Michael TOrkay kindly selected material for us from the collection of the

Senckenberg Museum, from Japan, the Red Sea and the Gulf of Aden. At our request, Kyoichiro Ueda of

Kitakyushu Museum of Natural History, kindly arranged a loan of material from the collection under his care,

which was recently transferred from Kyushu University Zoological Laboratory. Unfortunately, no specimen of M.

japonica from the type-locality (Kagoshima. Japan) was found to exist in any institution. Then, at our request,

great efforts were made by Hiroshi Suzuki of Kagoshima University to collect specimens from the type-locality;

however, the substrates of Kagoshima Bay have been changed since 1858, so it seemed impossible to obtain

topotypic material. He sent us three lots of four specimens of “A/. japonica ” collected from three different

locations off Makura-zaki near Kagoshima Bay.

We propose here the selection of a neotype, since the type of M. japonica was lost during the great fire of

Chicago in 1871 (Evans, 1967). The three lots made available by H. Suzuki, however, prove to comprise three

different, closely related species; one of them is chosen as the neotype of M. japonica (see below), one is referable

to M . honshuensis , and the remaining one is described as M. agave sp. nov. (see below). We also examined the

type materials of M. heteracantha, M. semoni and M. honshuensis. As will be discussed below, these three species

proved to be valid species. Unfortunately, since most of the specimens of M. japonica reported by previous

workers are unidentifiable from their descriptions and figures, their systematic status remain unresolved. The

material from Madagascar reported by Baba (1990) as M. japonica is divided into two new species (A/. sphinx and

M. limula) and the " Valdivia " and "Sonne" material reported by Turkay (1986) from the Red Sea is referred to

M. dispar sp. nov.

The type material of another problematic species, M. sagamiensis , seems to have been lost (M. Turkay, pers.

comm.). According to the description made by Doflein (1902), this species has the rostrum very short (less than

one-third the remaining carapace length), the second abdominal segment with dorsal spines and the merus of the

third maxilliped with only one spine on the flexor margin. These characters seem to support BALSS (1913) that

M. sagamiensis be merged with M. heteracantha , but the systematic status of this species remains unresolved.

The Philippine and Japanese material of M. exigua Baba. 1988, is now synonymized with M. heteracantha , and the

Philippine material identified as M. heteracantha by Baba (1988) is referred to M. oritea sp. nov. (see below).

Several characters used to distinguish species of the genus Muni da (e.g. spination of the abdominal segments,

size of the distal spine on the extensor margin of the merus of the third maxilliped) vary (Rice & de Saint

Laurent, 1986) so they should be treated carefully. As shown in this paper, presence or absence of spines on the

second abdominal segment proves to be relatively constant in most species. However, in several species, the two

spines on each lateral part of the anterior ridge are variably present or absent. In those species having spines, the

spines are consistently present, either all along the anterior ridge (e.g. M. melite sp. nov.. M. nesaea sp. nov.), in

the middle (e.g. M. inornata Henderson) or on the lateral part of the ridge (e.g. M. pherusa sp. nov.), only their

number being subject to variation. Considering these problems, the presence of dorsal spines on the second

abdominal segment is carefully taken into consideration and used only to separate close species.

We discuss here 18 species including 13 new species. The differences among them are often so slight that all

the species other than the previously misunderstood species (M. heteracantha, M. honshuensis, M. japonica and

M. semoni) are defined by only a diagnosis in order to avoid a repetitious description. Most of the characters for

the species are apparent from the accompanying figures.

Species are arranged alphabetically. Measurements given in this paper refer to the postorbital carapace length.

The rostrum is measured from its tip to the level of the sinus formed by the rostrum and supraocular spine. The

materials studied are deposited in the collections of the following institutions :

KU : Kagoshima University, Kagoshima.

MNHN : Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris.

SAM : South African Museum, Cape Town.

SM : Mus6e Zoologique, Strasbourg.

SMF : Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt a. M.

USNM : National Museum of Natural History (Smithsonian Institution). Washington, D.C.

ZLKU : Kitakyushu Museum of Natural History, Kitakyushu (material transferred from Zoological Laboratory,

Kyushu University, Fukuoka; registration numbers unchanged).

384

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

LIST OF STATIONS

Most of the species of Muni da here treated have been collected at the stations of MUSORSTOM 1, 2 and 3 and

Corindon 2 cruises listed below.

The gear used at each station is indicated by two capital letters. CP = Beam Trawl; CC = Otter Trawl; DR =

Rectangular Dredge: DG = Geological Dredge.

MUSORSTOM 1. Philippines.

Station CP 5. — 19.03.1976. 14°01.5'N, 120°23.5'E, 200-215 m ; M. heteracantha. M. philippinensis.

Station CP 9. — 19.03.1976. 14°01.8'N. 120°17.6'E, 150-194 m : M. heteracantha, M. philippinensis,

M. nesaea.

Station CP 10. — 19.03.1976. 13°59.8'N. 120°18.2’E, 187-205 m : M. heteracantha, M. nesaea.

Station CC 11. — 20.03.1976, 13°59.8'N, 120°23.7'E. 217-230 m : M. oritea.

Station DR 14. — 20.03.1976. 14°00.2'N, 120°17.2'E, 190 m : M. philippinensis.

Station CP 18. — 21.03.1976. 13°56.3'N, 120°17.2'E. 150-159 m : M. philippinensis.

Station CP 20. — 21.03.1976. 13°59.2'N. 120°20.3'E. 208-222 m : M. heteracantha. M. oritea.

Station CP 21. — 21.03.1976. 14°01.0'N, 120°22.8'E. 174-223 m : M. oritea.

Station CP 24. — 22.03.1976. 14°00.0'N, 120°18.2’E, 189-209 m : M. heteracantha. M. nesaea.

Station CP 25. — 22.03.1976, 14°02.7'N, 120°20.3'E, 191-200 m : M. heteracantha, M. nesaea.

Station CP 26. — 22.0.3.1976. 14°00.9'N, 120°16.8'E, 189 m : M. oritea.

Station CP 27. — 22.03.1976. 13°59.8'N, 120°18.6'E. 188-192 m : M. philippinensis.

Station CP 30. — 22.03.1976, 14°01.3'N, 120°13.5’E. 177-186 m : M. heteracantha.

Station CP 31. — 22.03.1976, 14°00.0'N, 120°16.0'E, 187-195 m : M. heteracantha, M. philippinensis.

Station CP 32. — 23.03.1976, 14°02.2'N. 120°17.7'E, 184-193 m : M. heteracantha.

Station CP 34. — 23.03.1976. 14°01.0'N. 120°15.8'E, 188-191 m : M. philippinensis.

Station CP 35. — 23.03.1976, 13°59.0'N. 120°18.5'E, 186-187 m : M. philippinensis.

Station CP 36. — 23.03.1976, 14°01.2'N. 120°20.2'E, 187-210 m : M. nesaea, M. philippinensis.

Station CP 40. — 24.03.1976. 13°57.4'N. 120°27.8'E. 265-287 m : M. oritea.

Station CP 51. — 25.03.1976. 13°49.4'N. 120°04.2'E, 170-200 m : M. melite. M.japonica.

Station CP 57. — 26.03.1976, 13°53.1'N. 120°13.2'E. 96-107 m : M. pherusa.

Station CP 62. — 27.03.1976. 13°59.5'N. 120°15.6’E, 179-194 m : M. heteracantha, M. philippinensis.

Station CP 63. — 27.03.1976. 14°00.8'N. 120°15.8'E, 191-195 m : M.japonica, M. philippinensis, M. laevis,

M. nesaea.

Station CC 64. — 27.03.1976. 14°00.5'N, 120°16.3'E, 194-195 m : M. heteracantha, M. philippinensis.

Station CC 68. — 27.03.1976, 14°00.8'N. 120°17.4'E. 183-199 m : M. heteracantha.

Station CP 71. — 28.03.1976. 14°09.3’N, 120°26.2'E. 174-204 m : M. heteracantha, M. laevis.

MUSORSTOM 2. Philippines.

Station CP 1. — 20.11.1980. 14°00.3'N. 120°19.3'E. 188-198 m ; M. philippinensis.

Station CP 2. — 20.11.1980, 14°01.0’N. 120°17.rE. 184-186 m ; M. philippinensis.

Station CP 6. — 20.11.1980, 13°56.5'N, 120°20.7'E. 136-152 m : M. pherusa.

Station CP 10. — 21.11.1980, 14°00.1'N, 120°18.5'E, 188-195 m : M. heteracantha, M. philippinensis.

Station CP 11. — 21.11.1980. 14°00.4'N. 120°19.7'E. 194-196 m : M. philippinensis.

Station CP 13. — 21.11.1980. 14°00.5'N. 120°20.7'E, 193-200 m ; M. heteracantha.

Station CP 26. — 23.11.1980. 13°49.6'N, 120°51.0'E, 95-100 m : M. oritea.

Station DG 32. — 24.11.1980, 13°40.5’N, 120°53.9'E. 192-220 m : M. japonica.

Station DR 33. — 24.11.1980, 13°32.3'N, 121°07.5'E, 130-137 m : M. agave.

Station CP 51. — 27.11.1980, 13°59.2'N. 120°16.4'E. 170-187 m : M. philippinensis, M. agave.

Station CP 62. — 29.11.1980. 14°00.4'N, 120°17.0'E, 186-189 m : M. philippinensis.

Station CP 63. — 29.11.1980, 14°07.3'N, 120°15.0'E, 215-230 m : M. laevis, M. philippinensis.

MUNIDA JAPONICA AND ITS RELATIVES

385

Station CP 64. — 29.11.1980. 14°01.5'N, 120°18.9’E. 191-195 m : M. nesaea.

Station CP 67. — 29.11.1980, 14°00.1'N, 120°18.5'E, 193-199 m : M. nesaea, M. philippinensis.

Station CP 68. — 29.11.1980, 14°01.9’N, 120°18.8’E, 195-199 m : M. heieracamha, M. philippinensis

Station CP 71. — 30.11.1980, 14°00.1'N, 120°17.8’E, 189-197 m : M. philippinensis.

Station CP 72. — 30.11.1980, 14°00.7'N, 120°19.4'E, 182-197 m : M. philippinensis.

Station CP 75. — 01.12.1980, 13°50.5'N. 120°30.3'E, 300-330 m : M. oritea.

Station CP 80. — 01.12.1980, 13°45.rN. 120°37.7'E, 178-205 m : M. philippinensis, M. nesaea.

Station CP 83. — 02.12.1980, 13°55.2’N, 120°30.5’E, 318-320 m : M. oritea.

Musorstom 3. Philippines.

Station CP 87. — 31.05.1985, 14°00.6'N, 120°19.6'E. 191-197 m : M. heteracantha, A i. philippinensis

Station CP 92. — 31.05.1985. 14°03.0'N, 120°11.5'E. 224 m : M. oritea.

Station CP 97. — 01.06.1985. 14°00.7W. 120°18.8'E, 189-194 m : M. heteracantha.

Station CP 98. — 01.06.1985, 14°00.2'N, 120°17.9'E, 194-195 m : M. nesaea.

Station CP 99. — 01.06.1985, 14°01.0'N, 120°19.5 , E, 196-204 m : M. heteracantha.

Station CP 101. — 01.06.1985, 14°00.15'N, 120°19.25'E, 194-196 m : M. heteracantha, M. philippinensis.

Station CP 103. — 01.06.1985, 14°00.4’N, 120°18.15'E, 193-200 m : M. heteracantha, M. philippinensis

M. nesaea.

Station CP 108. — 02.06.1985. 14°01.1'N, 120°17.9'E, 188-195 m : M. philippinensis.

Station CP 116. — 03.06.1985, 12°32.2’N, 120°46.4'E, 804-812 m : M. nesaea.

Station CP 120. — 03.06.1985, 12°05.6'N, 121°15.6'E, 219-220 m : M. philippinensis.

Station CP 121. — 03.06.1985. 12°08.3'N, 121°17.3'E, 73-84 m : M. pherusa.

Station DR 130. — 05.06.1985, 11°36.7’N, 121°43.5'E, 178-195 m : M. laevis, M. philippinensis.

Station CP 133. — 05.06.1985, 11°57.8'N. 121°52.25'E, 334-390 m : M. caesura.

Station CP 134. — 05.06.1985, 12°01.1'N, 121°57.3'E, 92-95 m : M. agave.

Station CP 143. — 07.06.1985, 11°28.3'N, 124°11.6'E, 205-214 m : M. oritea.

CORINDON 2. Indonesia.

Station 206. — 30.10.1980, 01°05.0'S. 117°45.2'E, 79-85 m : M. pherusa.

Station 215. — 10.11.1980. 00°39.5'N, 117°52.3'E, 93 m : M. sphinx.

Station 267. — 07.11.1980, 01°56.6'S. 119°16.7'E, 134-186 m : M. heteracantha.

Station 271. — 07.11.1980, 01°57.8'S, 119°15.0'E, 215 m : M. striola.

Station 273. — 07.11.1980, 01°56.0’S, 119°16.0'E. 180-220 m : M. sphinx.

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT

Key to Munida japonica and its relatives

1. Lateral parts of seventh thoracic stemite with numerous granules.2

— Lateral parts of seventh thoracic sternite without granules. 4

2. Distal spines of antennular basal segment subequal. Merus of third maxilliped unarmed

on extensor margin . M. heteracantha

— Distomesial spine of antennular basal segment longer than distolateral spine. Merus of

third maxilliped with distal spine on extensor margin . 3

3. Distomesial spine of antennal basal segment distinctly overreaching third antennal

segment . M. honshuensis

— Distomesial spine of antennal basal segment only slightly overreaching second antennal

segment . M. lint u la

4. Distal spines of antennular basal segment unequal in size. 5

— Distal spines of antennular basal segment subequal. 6

Source: MNHN, Paris

386

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

5. Distomesial spine of antennular basal segment shorter than distolateral spine.

. M. dispar

— Distomesial spine of antennular basal segment longer than distolateral spine.

. M. agave

6. Merus of third maxilliped unarmed on extensor margin. 7

— Merus of third maxilliped with distal spine on extensor margin. 9

7. Distomesial spine of basal antennal segment only slightly overreaching second antennal

segment; sternal plastron feebly strigose. M. semoni

— Distomesial spine of antennal basal segment distinctly overreaching third antennal

segment; sternal plastron very strigose. 8

8. Dactylus of walking legs with spinules along ventral margin, unarmed on distal fourth

of its length. oritea

— Dactylus of walking legs unarmed on distal half of ventral margin. M. striola

9. Fourth to seventh thoracic sternites with numerous striae (Fig. 16). 10

— Few striae in the fourth and fifth thoracic sternites (Fig. 9). 14

10. Second abdominal segment with 2 median dorsal spines. M. philippinensis

— Second abdominal segment usually unarmed or with 4-9 dorsal spines. 1 1

11. Distomesial spine of antennal basal segment not reaching end of third antennal segment

.12

— Distomesial spine of antennal basal segment distinctly overreaching third antennal

segment. 13

12. Second abdominal segment unarmed. Third thoracic stemite as wide as anterior margin of

following sternite . pherusa

— Second abdominal segment with 6-8 dorsal spines. Third thoracic stemite wider than

anterior margin of following stemite . M. nesaea

13. Posterior stria on carapace interrupted by median scale on intestinal region. Merus of

third maxilliped with short distal spine on extensor margin. Second abdominal segment

unarmed. caesura

— Posterior stria on carapace uninterrupted in intestinal region. Merus of third maxilliped

with well-developed distal spine on extensor margin. Second abdominal segment usually

with 6 spines . M. eudora

14. Second abdominal segment with 2 median dorsal spines. M. inornata

— Second abdominal segment usually unarmed or with 4-9 dorsal spines. 1 5

15. Distomesial spine of basal antennal segment distinctly overreaching third antennal

segment. 16

— Distomesial spine of basal antennal segment not reaching third antennal segment. 17

16. Second abdominal segment with 8 dorsal spines. Posteriormost stria of carapace

interrupted on intestinal region. M* tnelite

— Second abdominal segment with 2 dorsal spines on each side. Posteriormost stria of

carapace uninterrupted. M . japonic a

17. Movable finger of cheliped with a few spines between basal and distal spines on mesial

margin. Second abdominal segment with 5-9 dorsal spines. M. sphinx

— Movable finger of chelipeds without spines between basal and distal spines on mesial

margin. Second abdominal segment unarmed. M. laevis

Source : MNHN, Paris

MUN/DA JAPON/CA AND ITS RELATIVES

387

Munida agave sp. nov.

Figs 1-2

Material EXAMINED. — Japan. Off Makura-zaki, Kagoshima Pref., 31°11.6'N, 130°26.4’E, 89 m : 1 6 8.6 mm;

1 ov. 9 7.8 mm (KU).

Philippines. Musorstom 2 : stn 33, 130-137 m : 1 6 4.9 mm; 4 ov. 9 5.3-S.9 mm; 2 9 3.7, 4.9 mm; 2 juv. 3.4,

3.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 2291 and 3221). — Stn 51, 170-187 m : 1 6 11.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 2290).

Musorstom 3 : stn 134, 92-95 m : 11 6 7.6-12.7 mm; 4 ov. 9 8.2-9.4 mm; 7 9 5.6-9.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2292 and

USNM).

Fig. 1. — Munida agave sp. nov., holotype ov. 9 8.6 mm, from the Philippines, MUSORSTOM 2, Stn 33, 130-137 m

(MNHN-Ga 3221) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing

antennular and antennal peduncles; d, endopod of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal view;

f, right first walking leg, lateral view.

Source: MNHN . Paris

388

E. MACPHERSON & K BABA

Types. — One of the ovigerous females (8.6 mm) from Musorstom 2 : stn 33 (MNHN-Ga 3221) is selected

as the holotype. The other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — The name refers to one of the Nereids of the Greek mythology (Agave).

DESCRIPTION. — Front margins of carapace somewhat oblique. Posteriormost main stria not interrupted.

Thoracic stemites with some arcuate striae; lateral parts of seventh sternite without granules. Second abdominal

segment with row of 3 pairs of spines on anterior ridge, but rarely median 2 pairs absent; second to fourth

segments with several uninterrupted striae. Eyes moderately large. Basal segment of antennule (terminal spines

excluded) slightly overreaching comeae, distomesial spine longer than distolateral. First antennal segment with

distomesial spine, slightly overreaching second segment; second segment with distomesial spine overreaching

antennal peduncle. Extensor margin of merus of third maxilliped with sharp distal spine. Cheliped having fixed

finger with 4 lateral spines including subterminal one; movable finger mesially with 1 medium-sized basal and 4

other spines on proximal half. Dactylus of walking legs with movable small spines along ventral margin, distal

third unarmed.

Remarks. — The supraocular spines usually overreach the comeae, except in the smallest juvenile specimen

(3.4 mm carapace length) in which the second abdominal segment is unarmed. The male from Musorstom 2, stn

51 (Fig. 2), differs from the others in the antennular basal segment distinctly overreaching the corneae, the

posteriormost dorsal stria of the carapace interrupted in the intestinal region, the second abdominal segment

unarmed, and the stemites bearing few striae. However, this specimen is referred to M. agave for the time being

until more specimens become available.

The closest relative of this species seems to be Munida dispar sp. nov. from the Red Sea, both having the

antennular basal segment with unequal-sized terminal spines. The species are readily distinguished by the size of

the terminal spines on the basal antennular segment : the lateral terminal one is larger in M. dispar , shorter in

M. agave.

Size. — Males, 4.9-12.7 mm; females, 3.7-9.7 mm; ovigerous females from 5.3 mm.

Distribution. —Japan and the Philippines, in 89-187 m.

Munida caesura sp. nov.

Fig. 3

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Japan. North of Kyushu, 14.04.1934, coll. H. IKEDA and K. YASUMOTO : 1 ov. 9 9.4 mm.

(ZLKU 4324). —Tosa Bay, 250-300 m. 3-14.11.1963, coll. K. Sakai : 9 6 6.2-12.8 mm; 2 9 8.0, 8.4 mm (MNHN-Ga

1066, 1068, 1069, 1071, 2329 and USNM). — Tosa Bay, 1.05.1964, coll. K. Sakai : 2 6 11.6, 13.0 mm; 1 ov. 9

11.2 mm (SMF 21170).

Philippines. Musorstom 3 : stn 133, 334-390 m: 1 9 10.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2328).

Types. — One of the males (10.7 mm) from Tosa Bay (MNHN-Ga 2329) is selected as the holotype. The

other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — Derived from the Latin caesura , pause, break, referring to the interruption in the posteriormost

dorsal stria of the carapace.

DESCRIPTION. — Front margins of carapace somewhat oblique. Posteriormost principal stria interrupted on

intestinal region with one scale. Sternum with numerous arcuate striae; no granules on lateral parts of seventh

sternite. Abdominal segments unarmed, second to fourth segments with several striae. Eyes large. Basal antennular

segment (terminal spines excluded) not overreaching corneae; 2 terminal spines subequal in size. First antennal

segment with strong distomesial spine overreaching third segment; second segment with long distomesial spine

overreaching antennal peduncle. Extensor margin of merus of third maxilliped with small distal spine. Cheliped

Source : MNHN, Paris

MUNI DA JAP0N1CA AND ITS RELATIVES

389

having fixed finger with several spines along lateral border; movable finger with 4 mesial spines : 3 on proximal

half of length and 1 subterminal. Dactylus of walking legs with movable small spines along ventral margin, but

unarmed on distal fourth.

Remarks. — In the specimen from the Philippines (MNHN-Ga 2328), the secondary striae are more numerous

and the mesial spine of the basal antennal segment distinctly overreaches the third antennal segment.

Munida caesura is close to M. eudora sp. nov. from the Red Sea. Their relationships are discussed below under

“Remarks” of the latter.

Size. — Males, 6.2-13.0 mm; females, 8.0-11.2 mm; ovigerous females from 9.4 mm.

DISTRIBUTION. — Japan from Tosa Bay and north of Kyushu, and the Philippines, in 250-390 m.

2mm

Fig. 2. — Munida agave sp. nov., paratype 6 11.1 mm, from the Philippines, MUSORSTOM 2, Stn 51, 170-187 m

(MNHN-Ga 2290) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing

antennular and antennal peduncles; d, merus and distal part of ischium of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right

cheliped, dorsal view; f, right first walking leg, lateral view.

390 E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

Fig. 3. — Mum da caesura sp. nov., holotype 6 10.7 mm, from Tosa Bay, Japan, 250-300 m (MNHN-Ga 2329) :

a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and antennal

peduncles; d, endopod of right third maxillipcd, lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal view; f, right first walking leg,

lateral view; g, dactylus, right first walking leg.

Munida dispar sp. nov.

Fig. 4

Munida japonica - TOrkay, 1986 : 130. Not M. japonica Stimpson, 1858.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Red Sea. "Sonne 11 : stn 203, 20°52.5’N. 37°25.2’E, 490-588 m, 17.10.1977 : 2 6 5.3,

6.0 mm; 3 9 4.5-9.2 mm (SMF 21162, 21168).

Source: MNHN, Paris

MUNIDA JAPONICA AND ITS RELATIVES

391

" Valdivia" : stn 238, 21°22'N, 39°04’E, 363-383 m, 17.04.1979 : 1 ov. 9 9.6 mm; 1 9 6.8 mm (SMF 21163). —

Stn 245, 26°54.6'N, 35°27.2'E, 542-547 m, 10.03.1981 : 2 6 6.6, 7.8 mm; 1 ov. 9 8.0 mm; 1 9 7.4 mm (SMF

21164).

"Meteor" : stn 84, 22°52.7’N, 37°03.4’E, 880-884 m, 07.02.1987 : 1 9 5.3 mm (SMF 21165). — Stn 96, 22°04.2‘N,

37°10’E, 600 m, 09.02.1987 : 2 6 5.5, 7.2 mm; 4 ov. 9 6.3-6.6 mm; 1 9 7.1 mm (SMF 21166). — Stn 99, 22°08.4’N,

37°28.9’E, 827-863 m, 09.02.1987 : 1 ov. 9 6.8 mm; 2 9 6.3, 6.6 mm (SMF 21167). — Stn 148, 19°43.3’N,

37°40.5’E, 517-583 m, 20.02.1987 : 1 <5 8.1 mm (SMF).

Types. — One of the females (9.2 mm) from "Sonne", stn 203 (SMF 21168), is selected as the holotype. The

other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — The Latin dispar, dissimilar, alludes to the different size of the distal spines of the basal

antennular segment.

DESCRIPTION. — Front margins of carapace somewhat oblique. Posteriormost principal stria not interrupted on

intestinal region. Fourth thoracic sternite with some arcuate striae; fifth to seventh stemites without striae and

granules. Second abdominal segment with row of 6 spines on anterior ridge. Second to fourth segments each with

several transverse uninterrupted striae. Eyes large. Basal segment of antennule (terminal spines excluded)

overreaching comeae, distomesial spine shorter than distolateral. First antennal segment with distomesial spine

overreaching second segment; second segment with distomesial spine overreaching antennal peduncle. Extensor

border of merus of third maxilliped with small but distinct distal spine. Cheliped having fixed finger with row of

dorsolateral spines; movable finger mesially with 3 spines on proximal half and 1 subterminal spine. Dactylus of

walking legs with movable small spines along ventral margin, distal fourth unarmed.

Remarks. — Munida dispar is closely related to M. agave sp. nov. described above from Japan and the

Philippines. Their relationships are discussed under “Remarks” of the latter.

Size. — Males, 5.3-8.1 mm; females, 5.3-9.6 mm; ovigerous females from 6.8 mm.

Distribution. — Red Sea, in 363-884 m.

Munida eudora sp. nov.

Fig. 5

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Red Sea. "Meteor" : stn 230 (KD1), 12°43.7’N, 43°15’E, 228-235 m, 5.03.1987 : 29 <3

4.0-9.0 mm; 1 ov. 9 8.2 mm; 31 9 4.5-7.9 mm (SMF 21171, 21172). — Stn 230 (KD2), 12°43.5'N, 43°14.8’E, 214-

237 m, 5.03.1987 : 2 d 5.7, 7.8 mm; 1 9 7.8 mm (SMF 21173). — Stn 232, 12°36.8’N, 43°15.7’E, 276-296 m,

6.03.1987 : 1 9 5.3 mm (SMF 21174).

TYPES. — One of the females (7.5 mm) from "Meteor", stn 230 (KD1) (SMF 21171), is selected as the

holotype. The other specimens are paratypes.

ETYMOLOGY. — The name refers to one of the Nereids of the Greek mythology (Eudora).

DESCRIPTION. — Front margins of carapace nearly transverse. Posteriormost principal stria not interrupted.

Thoracic sternites with numerous arcuate striae; no granules on lateral parts of seventh sternite. Second to fourth

abdominal segments with several transverse uninterrupted striae; row of 3 pairs (one median and 2 lateral) of spines

on anterior ridge of second segment, median pair occasionally absent, or rarely (only in 1 specimen) all of these

obsolescent. Eyes large. Basal antennular segment (distal spines excluded) slightly overreaching corneae; 2

terminal spines subequal in size. First antennal segment with long distomesial spine slightly overreaching

antennal peduncle; second segment with long distomesial spine overreaching antennal peduncle. Extensor margin

of merus of third maxilliped with prominent distal spine accompanied by small spine at its base. Fixed finger of

cheliped with row of dorsal spines near lateral border; movable finger with row of 5 spines along whole mesial

border. Dactylus of walking legs with row of movable spines along ventral margin, but unarmed on distill fourth.

392

E MACPHERSON & K. BABA

Fig. 4. — Munida dispar sp. nov., holotype 9 9.2 mm, from the Red Sea, "Valdivia", Stn 203, 490-588 m (SMF 21168) :

a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and antennal

peduncles; d, merus and distal part of ischium of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal view;

f, right first walking leg, lateral view.

REMARKS. — Munida eudora is closely related to M. caesura sp. nov. described above from Japan and the

Philippines in the antennular basal segment bearing equal sized terminal spines, the merus of the third maxilliped

bearing a distal spine on the extensor margin, and the sternum bearing numerous striae, but they are distinguished

by the following :

— The posteriormost stria of the carapace is interrupted in the intestinal region by a distinct scale in

M. caesura , uninterrupted in M. eudora.

Source: MNHN, Paris

MUNIDA JAPONICA AND ITS RELATIVES

393

The front margin is somewhat oblique in M. caesura , transverse in M. eudora.

The second abdominal segment is unarmed in M. caesura , armed with four or more spines in M. eudora.

The merus of the third maxilliped has the distal spine of flexor border relatively much shorter in M. caesura

than in M. eudora.

Size. — Males, 4.0-9.0 mm; females, 4.5-8.2 mm; ovigerous female, 8.2 mm.

Distribution. — South of the Red Sea, in 214-296 m.

Munida heteracantha Ortmann, 1892

Fig. 6

Munida heteracantha Ortmann, 1892 : 255, pi. 11, figs 12, 12i, 12k.

Munida exigua Baba, 1988 : 83 (key), 98, fig. 36.

Not Munida heteracantha - Baba. 1988 : 104, fig. 38 (= Munida oritea sp. nov.).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Japan. Sagami Bay : 1 ov. 9 7.3 mm, lectotype (herein selected) (SM). — Kami-

Kawaguchi, Kochi Prefecture, 33°01.7’N, 133°02.3’E, 120 m, 29.10.1979, coll. d. TOrkay : 1 6 9.5 mm (SMF 21160)

Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 5, 200-215 m : 1 9 6.0 mm, (MNHN-Ga 3231). — Stn 9, 180-194 m : 4 6 5.0-

7.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2271). — Stn 10, 187-205 m : 1 9 4.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2272). — Stn 20, 208-222 m : 1 ov. 9

5.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2273). — Stn 24, 189-209 m : 2 6 6.1, 8.5 mm; 1 9 8.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2274). — Stn 25, 191-

200 m : 4 6 5.4-8.2 mm; 4 9 4.3-5.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2275). — Stn 30, 177-186 m : 2 6 5.6, 7.7 mm; 1 ov 9

6.3 mm; 1 9 5.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2276). — Stn 31, 187-195 m : 2 6 5.3, 8.2 mm; 1 ov. 9 6.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2277).

— Stn 32, 184-193 m : 2 6 4.5, 5.9 mm; 2 ov. 9 6.0, 7.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2278). — Stn 62, 179-194 m : 1 6 7.6 mm

(MNHN-Ga 2279). — Stn 64, 194-195 m : 1 6 6.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2280). — Stn 68, 195-198 m : 1 6 5.0 mm (MNHN-

Ga 3232). — Stn 71, 174-204 m : 1 6 6.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 2281).

MUSORSTOM 2 : stn 10, 188-195 m : 1 6 6.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2282). — Stn 13, 193-200 m : 1 ov. 9 8.0 mm (MNHN-

Ga 2283).

Musorstom 3 : stn 87, 191-197 m : 2 6 6.9, 8.7 mm; 1 ov. 9 6.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2284). — Stn 97, 189-194 m : 1

9 6.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2285). — Stn 99, 196-204 m : 3 6 7.7-8.9 mm; 1 ov. 9 8.0 mm; 1 9 7.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2286).

— Stn 101, 194-196 m : 2 6 7.8, 8.9 mm; 1 ov. 9 6.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2287). — Stn 103, 193-200 m : 2 6 7.8, 8.5 mm

(MNHN-Ga 2288).

Indonesia. Corindon 2 : stn 267, 134-186 m : 1 6 5.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2289).

Description. — (Lectotype). Carapace, excluding rostrum, slightly longer than wide. Transverse ridges mostly

interrupted. Secondary striae present. Gastric region with row of 11 epigastric spines, largest spines directly behind

supraocular spines. Small parahepatic and postcervical spines on each side.

Front margins somewhat oblique. Lateral margins slightly convex, bearing 4 spines in front of, and 5 spines

behind cervical groove. First spine well developed, situated on anterolateral angle, not overreaching level of sinus

between rostrum and supraocular spine; second and fourth very small, third larger than second but much smaller

than first. Spines behind cervical groove subequal in size.

Rostrum spiniform, half as long as remaining carapace, slightly sinuous in profile and horizontal. Supraocular

spines very short, not reaching end of comeae. slightly convergent and directed upwards.

Fourth thoracic sternite with some arcuate striae; fifth and sixth stemites without striae; lateral parts of seventh

stemite with distinct granules.

Second abdominal segment with row of 7 spines on anterior ridge. Second and third segments each with

3 transverse striae, 2 anterior striae uninterrupted, third stria less conspicuous and interrupted medially on third

segment. Fourth segment with 2 uninterrupted striae, fifth with one such stria.

Eyes moderately large, maximum comeal diameter about one-third distance between bases of anterolateral

spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) about one-quarter carapace length, elongate, ending at level

of comeae, with 2 subequal terminal and 2 lateral spines, proximal of latter short, located at midlength of segment,

distal long, reaching end of terminal spines.

394

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

1mm

Fig. 5. —Munida eudora sp. nov., holotype 9 7.5 mm, from the Red Sea, "Meteor”, Sin 230 (KD1), 228-235 m (SMF

21171) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and

antennal peduncles; d, carpus, merus and distal part of ischium of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right

cheliped, dorsal view; f, right first walking leg, lateral view; g, dactylus, right first walking leg.

First segment of antennal peduncle with distomesial spine only reaching end of second segment; second

segment with 2 distal spines, mesial spine longer than lateral spine and almost reaching end of antennal peduncle;

third segment unarmed.

Third maxilliped having merus with 2 well-developed spines on flexor margin, proximal longer than distal;

extensor margin produced distally, without spine.

Left cheliped (right missing) squamate, with some iridescent setae more dense on mesial borders; about 3 times

as long as carapace; merus with 4 rows of spines on mesial, dorsal and ventral borders and distal spine on lateral

margin; carpus with row of spines on mesial side and several scattered spines on dorsal and ventral sides; palm

with some mesial spines, and row of dorsolateral spines; fixed finger laterally with 3 spines on proximal half and

2 near tip; movable finger with 1 basal and 1 subterminal spine; fingers distally curving and crossing, ending in

sharp point; cutting edges with small teeth of different sizes.

Source: MNHN, Paris

MUN/DA JAPONICA AND ITS RELATIVES

395

Fig. 6. —Munida heteracantha Ortmann, 1892, lectotypc ov. 9 7.3 mm, from Japan (SM) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and antennal peduncles; d, endopod of

right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, left cheliped, dorsal view; f, right first walking leg, lateral view.

Walking legs slender, furnished with long, plumose and iridescent setae on dorsal margins and short setae on

lateral borders. First walking legs twice length of carapace; merus with row of 11 spines on dorsal border

increasing in size distally, and 2 spines on distal third of ventral margin, both distal spines prominent. Carpus

with long distal spines each on dorsal and ventral borders and additional small spine on dorsal margin; propodus

with row of 8 movable spines on ventral margin; dactylus as long as propodus, with dorsal margin straight,

slightly curving distally, ventral margin with 5 movable spinules on proximal half. Second walking legs similar

to first. Third walking legs shorter than first and second, with less pronounced spinulation; merus about three-

quarters that of first walking legs. Epipods absent from all pereopods.

Remarks. — In several lots there are specimens with and without 2 small median spines on the third

abdominal segment. This variability suggests that the spinulation on that segment should be considered carefully.

The second abdominal segment bears 7-8 dorsal spines.

396

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

Examination of the lectotype of this species discloses that M. exigua Baba, 1988. is a junior synonym of

M. heteracantha, the fact confirmed by examining the specimens of M. exigua previously reported from the

Philippines. Indonesia and Japan. Munida heteracantha is closer to M. roshanei Tirmizi, 1966. M. kuboi Yanagita,

1943, and M. spinulifera Miers, 1884, than to M. japonica Stimpson, 1858, in the inclined front margin (see

Baba, 1988). However, the occurrence of granules on the seventh thoracic stemite apparently separates

M. heteracantha from these species. This character also links M. heteracantha strongly to M. honshuensis

Benedict, 1902, from Japan and M. limula sp. nov. described below from Madagascar, and clearly differentiates this

species from the M. japonica complex (see Baba & Macpherson. 1991; see below).

SIZE. — Males, 4.5-8.9 mm; females, 4.3-8.0 mm; ovigerous females from 5.6 mm.

DISTRIBUTION. — Philippines, Indonesia, off Hong Kong and Sagami Bay, Japan, in 68-222 m.

Munida honshuensis Benedict, 1902

Fig. 7

Munida honshuensis Benedict, 1902 : 261, fig. 11.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Japan. " Albatross" : stn 3708, off Honshu, 111-130 m : 1 9 9.5 mm (holotype) (USNM

25472).

Tosa Bay, 250-300 m, 3-14.11.1963 : 1 6 15.0 mm; 1 ov. 9 9.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 1071). — Off Makura-zaki,

Kagoshima Pref., 31°ll.rN, 130°25.4'E, 120-128 m, coll. H. SUZUKI : 1 6 11.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 3220).

Description. — (Holotype). Carapace, excluding rostrum, slightly longer than wide. Transverse ridges mostly

interrupted. Secondary striae present. Epigastric region with row of 6 pairs of spines, largest pair directly behind

supraocular spines. Small parahepatic and hepatic spine on each side. Anterior branchial region with distinct spine

behind midlcngth of anterior bifurcation of cervical groove. Postcervical spine on each side.

Front margins somewhat oblique. Lateral margins slightly convex; first lateral spine well developed, situated

on anterolateral angle, distinctly overreaching level of sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines, followed by

very small second spine, third spine in front of cervical groove much smaller than first one, 5 spines behind

cervical groove subequal in size.

Rostrum spiniform, half as long as remaining carapace, slightly sinuous in profile and horizontal. Supraocular

spines reaching end of comeae, subparallel and directed slightly upwards.

Thoracic sternites with some arcuate striae; lateral parts of seventh sternite with numerous coarse granules.

Second abdominal segment with row of 9 spines on anterior ridge. Second to fourth segments with one transverse

furrow and several uninterrupted striae. Fifth segment with several continuous striae.

Eyes moderately large, maximum corneal diameter about one-third distance between bases of anterolateral

spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) about one-third carapace length, elongate, ending at level of

corneae, with 2 terminal (mesial one longer than lateral) and 2 lateral spines (proximal one short, located at

midlength of segment, distal long and reaching end of terminal spines).

First segment of antennal peduncle with strong distomesial spine slightly overreaching antennal peduncle;

second segment with 2 long distal spines (mesial longer than lateral, overreaching antennal peduncle) and small

median spine at midpoint of mesial margin; third segment unarmed.

Merus of third maxillipcd with 2 well-developed spines on flexor margin, proximal longer than distal; extensor

margin with small but distinct distal spine.

Chelipeds squamate, subequal, with iridescent setae more dense on mesial border. Right cheliped about 2.5

times as long as carapace; merus with rows of spines on mesial, dorsal and ventral borders and 1 distal spine on

lateral margin; carpus with row of spines on mesial margin and several spines scattered on dorsal side; palm with 2

rows of mesial spines, 1 row of small dorsal spines, 1 row of dorsolateral spines continued onto fixed finger and

reaching tip; movable finger with row of spines along whole mesial border; fingers distally curving and crossing,

ending in sharp point; cutting edges with small teeth of different sizes.

Source: MNHN, Paris

MIJNIDA JAPONICA AND ITS RELATIVES

397

Walking legs slender, furnished with long, plumose and iridescent setae on dorsal margins and short setae on

lateral borders. First walking legs twice as long as carapace, propodus about 5.5 times as long as high and 1.5

times dactylus length; merus with row of 9-10 dorsal spines increasing in size distally, and 2 spines on distal half

of ventral margin, distal spines of these prominent and nearly subequal in size; carpus having dorsal and ventral

borders distally produced into long spines, dorsal margin with 3 additional spines; propodus with row of 11-12

movable spines on ventral margin; dactylus relatively stout, moderately curving distally, with 8 movable spines

along ventral margin. Second walking legs similar to first. Third walking legs shorter than first and second, with

less pronounced spinulation, merus about three-quarter that of first walking legs. Epipods absent from all

pereopods.

Fig. 7. — Muriida honshuensis Benedict, 1902, holotype 9 9.5 mm, from Japan (USNM 25472) : a, carapace, dorsal

view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and antennal peduncles; d, merus

and distal part of ischium of left third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal view; f, right first walking

leg, lateral view.

398

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

Remarks. — No significant differences were observed among the specimens studied.

The species has been considered to be synonymous with M.japonica (see Balss, 1913; Baba, 1988), but

examination of the holotype of this species (USNM 25472) revealed that M. honshuensis is a good species,

differentiated from by the presence of granules on the lateral parts of the seventh thoracic stemite.

The closest species which share the characteristic granules on the thoracic plastron may be M. heteracantha

Ortmann from Japan, the Philippines and Indonesia, and M. limula sp. nov. from Madagascar.

Munida honshuensis can be distinguished from M. heteracantha by :

— The supraocular spines never overreach the eyes in M. heteracantha , distinctly extend beyond them in

M. honshuensis.

— The thoracic sternites are more squamate in M. honshuensis.

— The distal spines of the basal antennular segment are subequal in M. heteracantha , whereas the distomesial

spine is longer than the distolateral in M. honshuensis.

— The merus of the third maxilliped is unarmed on the extensor margin in M. heteracantha , instead of having

a distinct distal spine as in M. honshuensis.

— The fingers of the chelipeds in M. honshuensis bear spines along the entire length of both the mesial and

lateral margins, whereas the spines are less numerous, a few spines being restricted to the proximal and distal

portions, in M. heteracantha.

— The dactylus of the walking legs bears small spines along the whole ventral border in M. honshuensis,

whereas in M. heteracantha the terminal third of the segment is unarmed.

The relationships between M. honshuensis and M. limula are discussed under “Remarks” of the latter (see

below).

Distribution. — Japan off Honshu and Tosa Bay, in 111-300 m.

Munida inornata Henderson, 1885

Fig. 8

Munida inornata Henderson, 1885 : 411; 1888 : 140, pi. 14, figs 6 a-b. — Baba & MACPHERSON, 1991 : 543, fig. 3.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Admiralty Islands. "Challenger": stn 219, 1°54’S, 146°39'40"E, 278 m, 10.03.1875:

1 6 8.0 mm; 2 $ 7.8 and 8.2 mm (types : BM 88:33).

New Caledonia. BlOCAL : stn 105, 21°30.7rS, 166°21.72’E, 330-335 m, 8.09.1985 : 2 6 6.6, 6.9 mm (MNHN-

Ga 3227).

Remarks. — The material collected from New Caledonia agrees quite well with the type specimens. All the

specimens examined bear two small median spines on the anterior ridge of the second abdominal segment.

Therefore, this character seems to be useful in discriminating M. inornata from the other related species.

Baba and MACPHERSON (1991) identified one of the specimens (V 6.3 mm) of M. militaris Henderson,

collected by the Challenger Expedition at station 192 off Little Kai Island, Indonesia (HENDERSON. 1885), as

M. inornata. The abdomen of this specimen has very obsolete spinules, but most of the features fit the definition

of M. inornata.

M. inornata is very close to M. philippinensis sp. nov. from the Philipines in having two median spines on

the anterior border of the second abdominal segment. However, it may be distinguished by the following

differences:

— The rostrum is more spiniform and nearly horizontal in M. inornata , whereas it is relatively shorter,

distinctly compressed distally and directed upwards in M. philippinensis.

— The sternum in M. inornata has fewer arcuate striae than in M. philippinensis.

The specimen reported by Baba (1988) under the name of M. inornata from the Philippines is now removed

from the synonymy of this species, because of the lack of spines on the second abdominal segment. It may belong

to another species, but additional material would be desirable to confirm its identity.

SIZE. — Males. 6.6-6.9 mm; females, 7.8-8.2 mm.

Distribution. — New Caledonia and Admiralty Islands, in 278-335 m.

Source : MNHN , Paris

MUN/DA JAPON/CA AND ITS RELATIVES

399

Fig. 8. — Munida inornata Henderson, 1885, types, from the Admiralty Islands, "Challenger", Stn 219, 278 m (BM) :

a-e, M 8.0 mm; f-h. 9 8.2 mm : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, anterior part of cephalolorax, lateral view; c, sternal

plastron; d, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and antennal peduncles; e, merus and distal part of

ischium of right third maxilliped, lateral view; f, left chcliped, dorsal view; g, left first walking leg, lateral view;

h, dactylus, left first walking leg.

Munida japonica Stimpson, 1858

Fig. 9

Munida japonica Stimpson, 1858 : 252. — Miyake & Baba, 1967 : 240, figs 11, 12 (part).

Not M. japonica - TORKAY, 1986 : 130 (= M. dispar).

Not M. japonica - Baba, 1990 : 964 (= M. sphinx and M. limula).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. —Japan. 33°59.4’N, 128°48'E, 102 m, 19.06.1964 : 4 <5 7.7-10.5 mm; 1 ov. 9 7.4 mm;

1 9 8.0 mm (ZLKU 10771).

Off Makura-zaki, Kagoshima Pref., 31°04.6’N, 130 o 35.1’E, 145 m : 1 ov. 9 7.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2337).

Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 51, 170-200 m : 1 <3 8.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 2322). — Stn 63, 191-195 m : 1 ov. 9

6.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 2323).

Musorstom 2 : stn 32, 192-220 m : 1 9 5.7 mm (USNM).

400

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

Types. — The ovigerous female (7.4 mm) from Japan, Makura-zaki, Kagoshima Pref. (MNHN-Ga 2337) is

selected as neotype.

Description. — (Neotype). Carapace, excluding rostrum, slightly longer than wide. Transverse ridges mostly

interrupted. Posteriormost principal stria interrupted on intestinal region. Secondary striae present. Row of

14 spines flanking 2 unpaired spines in midline behind rostrum. Small parahepatic spine on each side. Anterior

branchial region with spine directly behind midlength of anterior bifurcation of cervical groove. Postcervical spine

present on each side.

Front margins somewhat oblique. Lateral margins slightly convex; first lateral spine well developed, situated

on anterolateral angle, distinctly overreaching level of sinus between rostrum and supraocular spine, second spine

very small, third spine somewhat larger than preceding. Anterior branchial margin with 5 lateral spines.

Rostrum spiniform, broken. Supraocular spine not reaching end of corneae, slightly divergent anteriorly and

directed upwards.

Thoracic stemites scarcely squamale. Fourth stemite with several transverse striae; no granules on lateral parts

of seventh sternite.

Anterior ridge of second abdominal segment with 2 small spines on each side, unarmed medially. Second to

fourth segments with transverse furrow and several uninterrupted striae. Fifth segment with several uninterrupted

striae.

Eyes moderately large, maximum corneal diameter about one-third distance between bases of anterolateral

spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) about one-third to one-quarter carapace length, elongate,

reaching end of corneae, with 2 subequal terminal and 2 lateral spines, proximal lateral short, located at midlength

of segment, distal lateral relatively long, overreaching terminal spines.

First segment of antennal peduncle with long distomesial spine overreaching third segment; second segment

with 2 long distal spines (mesial one longer than lateral, distinctly overreaching antennal peduncle) and small but

distinct median spine on mesial margin; third segment unarmed on left appendage, armed with small distolateral

spine on right appendage.

Ischium of third maxilliped about 1.5 times length of merus, distoventrally bearing strong spine; merus with

3 (on left appendage) or 2 (on right) spines on flexor border, proximal one much longer; extensor margin with

distinct distal spine.

Chelipeds squamatc, subequal, with iridescent setae more dense on mesial borders of articles. Right cheliped

about 3 times as long as carapace; merus with rather large spines on mesial, dorsal and ventral borders; carpus with

mesial row of spines much larger than several spines scattered in rows on dorsal and ventral sides; palm with

2 spaced lateral spines, distal 2 small; movable finger mesially with 3 spines on proximal half of length and

1 subterminal spine; fingers distally curving and crossing, ending in sharp point; cutting edges nearly straight on

movable finger, somewhat sinuous on fixed finger.

Walking legs slender, furnished with long, plumose and iridescent setae on dorsal margins and short setae on

lateral borders. First walking legs about twice carapace length; propodus 4.5 times as long as high and 1.5 times

dactylus length; merus with row of 9 dorsal spines increasing in size distally, 2 spines on distal half of ventral

margin; distal spines of these prominent and subequal in size; carpus with long distal spine on dorsal and ventral

borders and 3 additional spines on dorsal margin; propodus with row of 11 movable ventral spines; dactylus

slender, slightly curving distally, with 6 movable small spines along ventral margin, unarmed on nearly distal

third of length. Second walking legs similar to first. Third walking legs shorter than first and second, with less

pronounced spinulation; merus about one-third that of first walking leg. Epipods absent from all pereopods.

Remarks. — The rostrum in the intact specimens is nearly straight, directed upwards, its length varying from

one-half to two-thirds the postorbital carapace length.

Munida japonica strongly resembles M. melite sp. nov. from the Philippines where they have been collected

together, in having the basal antennular segment with subequal terminal spines, the sternum with fewer striae, and

the merus of the third maxilliped with a distinct distal spine on the extensor margin. They may be distinguished

by the following differences :

Source . MNHN, Paris

MUNIDA JAPONICA AND ITS RELATIVES

401

— The posteriormost stria in the intestinal region of the carapace is interrupted in M. japonica, uninterrupted

in M. melite.

— The second abdominal segment in M. japonica bears dorsal spines that are restricted to the lateral portions

of the anterior ridge, whereas in M. melite there are 8 spines distributed along the whole dorsal ridge.

— The antennular basal segment, excluding spines, in M. melite distinctly overreaches the cornea, instead of

reaching end of cornea, as in M. japonica.

In this paper, we do not revised all the material identified as M. japonica by previous workers, only that of

Miyake and Baba (1967), TOrkay (1986) and Baba (1990). The wider revision will be considered later.

SIZE. — Males, 7.7-10.5 mm; females, 5.7-8.0 mm; ovigerous females from 6.1 mm.

Distribution. —Japan and the Philippines, in 102-220 m.

Fig. 9 .—Munida japonica Stimpson, 1858, neotype ov. 9 7.4 mm, from Kagoshima, Japan (MNHN-Ga 2337) :

a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and antennal

peduncles; d, merus and distal part of ischium of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal view;

f, left first walking leg, lateral view; g, dactylus, left first walking leg.

402

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

Munida laevis sp. nov.

Fig. 10

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : sin 63, 191-195 m : 1 ov. 9 5.7 mm; 2 9 4.7. 5.7 mm

(MNHN-Ga 2333). — Stn 71, 174-204 m : 1 ov. 2 6.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2334).

Musorstom 3 : sin 130, 178-195 m : 1 8 5.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2336).

TYPES. — The ovigerous female from Musorstom 1, stn 71 (MNHN-Ga 2334), is selected as the holotype.

The other specimens are paratypes.

E tymology. — The Latin laevis, smooth, polished, refers to the smooth thoracic stemites.

DESCRIPTION. — Frontal margins of carapace nearly transverse. Posteriormost principal stria not interrupted.

Fourth thoracic sternite with several arcuate striae; fifth to seventh stemites without striae; no granules on lateral

parts of seventh sternite. Abdominal segments unarmed, second to fourth segments with several striae. Eyes large.

Basal antennular segment (distal spines excluded) slightly overreaching comeae; 2 terminal spines subequal in size.

First antennal segment with distomesial spine reaching second segment; second segment with long distomesial

spine overreaching antennal peduncle. Extensor border of merus of the third maxilliped with small distal spine.

Chelipcd having fixed finger with several spines along lateral border, movable finger with 1 basal and 1 distal

spine on mesial border. Dactylus of walking legs with movable small spines along ventral margin, but unarmed

on distal third of length.

Remarks. — Munida laevis sp. nov. is closely related to M. sphinx sp. nov. from Madagascar and Indonesia

in the basal antennular segment bearing the terminal spines of subequal size, the merus of the third maxilliped

bearing a distal spine on the extensor margin, and the sternum bearing few striae. These two species are

differentiated by the following particulars:

— The movable finger of the chelipcd in M. sphinx bears two or three spines between the basal and distal

spines, which are absent in M. laevis.

— The second abdominal segment bears five to nine dorsal spines in M. sphinx, none in M. laevis.

SIZE. — Male, 5.8 mm; females, 4.7-6.7 mm; ovigerous females from 5.7 mm.

Distribution. — Philippines, in 174-204 m.

Munida litnula sp. nov.

Fig. 11

Munida japonica - Baba, 1990 : 925 (key), 964 (pari). Not M. japonica Stimpson, 1858.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. —Madagascar. "Vauban " : sin CH 71, 25°13.t'S, 47°17.8'E, 105-115 m, 3.03.1973 : 4 8

4 6-7.0 mm; 1 ov. 2 5.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 1471). — Stn CH 72. 25°11.2'S, 47°14.7'E, 85-90 m, 3.03.1973 : 1 8

3.6 mm; 2 ov. 2 4.8, 5.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 1479 and 2335). — Sin CH 75, 25°06.1'S, 46°56.2'E, 42 m, 4.03.1973 : 1

ov. 2 3.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 1472). — Sle Luce, S coast, 50 m, 10.1958 : 1 ov. 2 4.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2259).

TYPES. — One of the ovigerous females (4.8 mm) from stn CH 72 (MNHN-Ga 2335) is selected as the

holotype. The other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — From the Latin limulus, oblique, referring to the oblique front margins.

DESCRIPTION. — Front margins of carapace moderately oblique. Posteriormost principal stria interrupted on

intestinal region. Secondary striae present. Branchial margin with usually 5, rarely 6 spines. Parahepatic spines 1-

3 in number. Fourth and fifth thoracic stemites with several short arcuate striae; sixth and seventh stemites

Source: MNHN, Paris

MUNIDA JAPON/CA AND ITS RELATIVES

403

Fig. 10. — Munida laevis sp. nov., holotypc ov. 9 6.7 mm, from the Philippines, MUSORSTOM 1, Stn 71, 174-204 m

(MNHN-Ga 2334) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing

antennular and antennal peduncles; d, carpus, merus and distal part of ischium of right third maxillipcd, lateral view;

e, right cheliped, dorsal view; f, right first walking leg, lateral view.

without striae; lateral parts of seventh sternite with granules. Second abdominal segment with row of 8 spines on

anterior ridge. Second to fourth segments with several transverse uninterrupted striae. Eyes large. Basal segment of

antennule (terminal spines excluded) not overreaching comeae, distomesial spine longer than distolateral. First

antennal segment with distomesial spine slightly overreaching second segment; second segment with distomesial

spine slightly overreaching antennal peduncle. Extensor border of merus of third maxilliped with one distal spine.

Cheliped having fixed finger with row of spines along lateral border; movable finger mesially with basal and distal

spines, and 4 additional spines on proximal half of length. Dactylus of walking legs with 7 movable spinules

along nearly whole ventral margin.

Remarks. — The presence of granules on the lateral parts of the seventh sternite and the antennular basal

segment bearing a distomesial spine longer than the distolateral link the new species to M. honshuensis Benedict

from Japan, but they differ in the following respects :

— The front margins are more oblique in the new species.

404

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

_The first lateral spine of the carapace in Af. limula is short, not reaching the level of the sinus between the

rostrum and the supraocular spine. In M. honshuensis, this spine is long, overreaching the sinus.

— The posterior-most principal stria on the dorsal surface of the carapace is interrupted on the intestinal region

in M. limula , uninterrupted in M. honshuensis.

— The mesial spine of the first antennal segment in M. honshuensis slightly overreaches the antennal

peduncle, instead of slighdy overreaching the second segment as in M. limula.

Size. — Males, 3.6-7.0 mm; females, 3.8-5.5 mm; ovigerous females from 3.8 mm.

Distribution. — Madagascar, in 42-115 m.

Fig. 11. — Munida limula sp. nov., holotype ov. 9 4.8 mm, from Madagascar, "Vauban", Stn CH 72, 85-90 m (MNHN-

Ga 2335) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and

antennal peduncles; d, merus and distal part of ischium of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal

view; f. right first walking leg, lateral view; g, dactylus, right first walking leg.

Source: MNHN , Paris

MUNIDA JAPON/CA AND ITS RELATIVES

405

Munida melite sp. nov.

Fig. 12

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 51, 170-200 m : 1 6 8.9 mm (holotype, MNHN-Ga

2320); 1 6 15.8 mm; 1 V 7.9 mm (paratypes, MNHN-Ga 2321).

Etymology. — The name refers to one of the Nereids of the Greek mythology (Melite).

JML

2mm

l c ' d j e J

1mm

Fig. 12. — Munida melite sp. nov., holotype 6 8.9 mm, from the Philippines, MUSORSTOM 1, Stn 51, 170-200 m

(MNHN-Ga 2320) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, anterior part of carapace, lateral view; c, sternal plastron; d, ventral

view of cephalic region, showing antennular and antennal peduncles; e, endopod of right third maxillipcd, lateral

view; f, right cheliped, dorsal view; g, right first walking leg, lateral view.

406

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

Description. — Front margins of carapace somewhat oblique. Posteriormost principal stria not interrupted.

Secondary striae present. Fourth thoracic stemite with several short arcuate striae; fifth to seventh stemites with

several longitudinal oblique striae; lateral parts of seventh stemite without granules. Second abdominal segment

with row of 8 spines on anterior ridge. Eyes large. Basal antennular segment (distal spines excluded) overreaching

corneae; 2 terminal spines subequal in size. First antennal segment with strong distomesial spine overreaching

third segment; second segment with long distomesial spine overreaching antennal peduncle. Fixed finger of

chelipcd with row of spines along lateral margin; movable finger with row of spines along whole mesial border.

Dactylus of walking legs with movable small spines along proximal two-thirds of ventral margin.

Remarks. — Munida melite is found together with the closely related M. japonica Stimpson from Japan and

the Philippines. Their relationships are discussed under ‘‘Remarks” of M. japonica (see above).

Distribution. — Philippines, in 170-200 m.

Munida nesaea sp. nov.

Fig. 13

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 9, 180-194 m : 1 <3 8.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 3251). —

Stn 10, 178-205 m : 2 <5 8.1, 13.8 mm; 1 9 11.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 3228). — Stn 24, 189-209 m : 2 <3 8.3, 12.0 mm; 3

9 10.1-12.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2314). — Stn 25, 191-200 m : 2 6 11.5, 13.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 3229). — Stn 36, 187-210

m : 1 ov. 9 11.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2315). — Stn 63, 191-195 m : 1 <3 8.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 3250). — Stn 64, 194-195 m :

1 6 6.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2316).

MUSORSTOM 2 : stn 64, 191-195 m : 1 <3 5.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3241). — Stn 67, 193-199 m : 1 <3 11.3 mm (MNHN-Ga

2317). — Stn 80, 178-205 m : 5 <3 9.5-11.8 mm; 2 ov. 9 8.3, 11.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2318 and 2319).

Musorstom 3 : stn 98, 194-205 m : 1 6 8.5 mm (USNM). — Stn 103, 193-200 m : 1 9 8.5 mm (USNM). — Stn 116,

804-812 m : 1 <3 12.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3230).

Types. — One of the ovigerous females (11.7 mm) from Musorstom 2. stn 80 (MNHN-Ga 2319) is selected

as the holotype. The other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — The name refers to one of the Nereids of the Greek mythology (Nesaea).

Description. — Front margins of carapace slightly oblique. Posteriormost stria not interrupted. Secondary

striae present. Branchial dorsal spines behind anterior bifurcation of cervical groove occasionally absent. Thoracic

stemites squamate, with numerous arcuate striae; no granules on lateral parts of seventh sternite; third thoracic

stemite wider than anterior margin of following stemite. Second to fourth abdominal segments with several

transverse striae; second abdominal segment with row of usually 6, rarely 8 spines on anterior ridge. Eyes

moderately large. Basal antennular segment (terminal spines excluded) reaching corneae, 2 terminal spines subequal

in size. First antennal segment with distomesial spine overreaching second segment; second segment with long

distomesial spine overreaching third segment. Extensor margin of merus of third maxilliped with small distal

spine. Fixed finger of cheliped with several spines along lateral margin; movable finger with 3 spines on mesial

border. Dactylus of walking legs with movable spinules along ventral margin, distal third unarmed.

Remarks. — The sternum bearing numerous striae, the two terminal spines of the antennular basal segment

subequal in size, the relatively short distomesial spine of the antennal segment, falling far short of the third

segment, and the merus of the third maxilliped bearing a distinct distomesial spine on the extensor margin, link

the species to M. pherusa sp. nov. from Japan, the Philippines and Indonesia. But they differ in the following

particulars:

— The second abdominal segment is unarmed in M. pherusa. armed with 6-8 dorsal spines in M. nesaea.

— The third thoracic sternite is as wide as the of the anterior border of the following sternite in M. pherusa ,

wider in M. nesaea.

Size. — Males, 5.7-12.5 mm; females, 8.3-12.4 mm; ovigerous females from 8.3 mm.

Distribution. — Philippines, in 178-812 m.

Source: MNHN , Paris

MUNIDA JAPONIC A AND ITS RELATIVES

407

Fig. 13. — Munida nesaea sp. nov., holotype ov. 9 11.7 mm, from the Philippines, MUSORSTOM 2, Stn 80, 178-205 m

(MNHN-Ga 2319) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing

antennular and antennal peduncles; d, endopod of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e. right cheliped, dorsal view;

f, right first walking leg, lateral view; g, dactylus, right first walking leg.

Munida oritea sp. nov.

Fig. 14

Munida heteracantha - Baba. 1988 : 104, fig. 38. Not M. heteracantha Ortmann, 1892.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. MUSORSTOM 1 : stn 11, 217-230 m : 1 ov. 9 15.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 2293). —

Stn 20, 208-222 m : 1 ov. 9 14.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2294). — Stn 21, 174-223 m : 2 9 12.0, 14.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2295).

— Stn 26, 189 m : 2 ov. 9 12.6, 13.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2296). — Stn 40. 265-287 m : 7 6 8.2-15.1 mm; 1 ov. 9

11.4 mm; 4 9 7.7-9.0 mm (USNM).

408

E. MACPHERSON & K BABA

Musorstom 2 : stn 26, 299-320 m : 11 6 11.0-16.1 mm; 5 ov. 9 12.5-13.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2297). — Stn 75, 300-

320 m : 1 ov. 9 11.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2298). — Sin 83, 318-320 m : 10 6 6.3-14.4 mm : 10 ov. 9 11.0-14.6 mm

(Mr ^JSORSTOM 3 ; stn 92, 224 m : 3 6 7.0-9.0 mm; 3 9 7.5-9.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2300). — Stn 143, 205-214 m : 1 6

14.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2301).

Types. — The ovigerous female from Musorstom 1, stn 20 (MNHN-Ga 2294) is selected as the holotype.

The other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — The name refers to one of the Nereids of the Greek mythology ( Oritea ).

DESCRIPTION. — Front margins of carapace slightly oblique. Posteriormost principal stria interrupted on

intestinal region. Numerous secondary striae. Parahepatic and anterior branchial dorsal spines occasionally absent.

Thoracic sternites with numerous striae; lateral parts of seventh sternite without granules. Second to fourth

abdominal segments with several transverse striae; row of 10-11 spines on anterior ridge of second segment. Eyes

moderately large. Basal antcnnular segment (terminal spines excluded) distinctly overreaching comeae, bearing 2

subequal distal spines. First antennal segment with long distomesial spine overreaching third segment; second

segment with distomesial spine overreaching antennal peduncle. Extensor border of merus of third maxilliped

lacking spine. Cheliped having fixed finger with row of spines along lateral border; movable finger mesially with

1 proximal and 1 distal spine. Dactylus of walking legs with movable small spines along nearly whole ventral

margin.

Remarks. — The new species is related to M. semoni Ortmann from Indonesia and M. striola sp. nov. from

Japan and Indonesia in the merus of the third maxilliped unarmed on the extensor margin. Their relationships are

discussed under “Remarks” of M. striola (see below).

Size. — Males, 6.3-16.1 mm; females, 7.5-15.9 mm; ovigerous females from 11.0 mm.

Distribution. — Philippines, in 174-320 m.

Munida pherusa sp. nov.

Fig. 15

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Japan. 33°59.4'N, 128°48’E, 102 m, 19.06.1964 : 1 d 6.0 mm; 1 9 7.2 mm (ZLKU

10771). — 34°00.7'N, 129°19.4'E, 110 m, 20.06.1964 : 2 6 6.5, 8.5 mm; 1 ov. 9 5.7 mm; 1 9 (broken) (ZLKU

10637).

Philippines. MUSORSTOM 1 : stn 57, 96-107 m : 1 6 5.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2330).

Musorstom 2 : sin 6, 136-152 m : 1 6 6.0 (MNHN-Ga 2338).

Musorstom 3 : stn 121, 73-84 m : 1 6 8.7 mm; 1 9 9.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2331).

Indonesia. CORINDON 2 : sin 206, 85 m : 1 6 7.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2332).

Types. — The male from Musorstom 2, stn 6 (MNHN-Ga 2338), is selected as the holotype. The other

specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — The name refers to one of the Nereids of the Greek mythology (Pherusa).

Description. — Front margins of carapace slightly oblique. Posteriormost principal stria not interrupted.

Secondary striae present. Thoracic sternites with numerous short arcuate and transverse oblique striae; lateral parts

of seventh sternite lacking granules; third thoracic sternite as wide as anterior margin of following sternite.

Abdominal segments unarmed; second to fourth segments with several striae. Eyes large. Basal antennular segment

(distal spines excluded) ending at level of corneae; 2 terminal spines subequal in size. First antennal segment with

distomesial spine overreaching second segment but falling short ol end of third segment; second segment with

long distomesial spine slightly overreaching antennal peduncle. Extensor border of merus of third maxilliped with

distinct distal spine. Fixed finger of cheliped with row of spines along lateral margin, movable finger with basal

Source : MNHN. Paris

MUNIDA JAPONICA AND ITS RELATIVES

409

Fig. 14. —'Munida orilea sp. nov., holotype ov. 9 14.3 mm, from the Philippines, MUSORSTOM 1, Stn 20, 208-222 m

(MNHN-Ga 2294) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing

antennular and antennal peduncles; d, endopod of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal view;

f, right first walking leg, lateral view; g. dactylus, right first walking leg.

and subterminal spines on mesial margin and another 2 small ones on proximal half slightly dorsal to mesial

margin. Dactylus of walking legs with 6 movable small spines along ventral margin, terminal third unarmed.

Remarks. — The new species is close to M. nesaea sp. nov. from the Philippines in having the sternum with

numerous striae and the merus of the third maxilliped bearing a distinct distal spine on the extensor margin. The

relationships between the two are discussed under the Remarks of M. nesaea (see above).

410

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

Size. — Males, 5.0-8.7 mm; females, 5.7-9.0 mm; ovigerous females from 5.7 mm.

Distribution. — Japan, the Philippines and Indonesia, in 73-152 m.

Pig. 15. — Munida pherusa sp. nov., holotype 6 6.0 mm, from the Philippines, MUSORSTOM 2, Stn 6, 136-152 m

(MNHN-Ga 2338) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing

antennular and antennal peduncles; d, merus and distal part of ischium of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e. right

cheliped, dorsal view; f, right first walking leg, lateral view; g, dactylus, right first walking leg.

Munida philippinensis sp. nov.

Fig. 16

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. MUSORSTOM 1 : stn 5, 186-187 m : 1 9 5.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2303). — Stn 9,

180-194 m : 1 6 4.9 mm; 1 ov. $ 6.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2304). — Stn 10, 187-205 m : 1 9 4.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 3246). —

Source: MNHN. Paris

MUNIDA JAPONICA AND ITS RELATIVES

411

?oo VL 190 = 1 9 63 mm (MNHN-Ga 3236). — Sin 18. 150-159 m : 2 9 4.7. 6.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3245) — Sin ^7

191 nf 2 3 "<3 \ 9 l 5 ? mm ( ^ NHN Q G . a /305). - Sin 31. 187-195 m : 1 ov. 9 6,5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3247). - Sin 34, 18 _ 8

\ & 51 " 5 - 3 mm; 2 ov. 9 5.4, 5.6 mm; 1 9 5.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 3222). — Stn 35 186-187 m • 1 9 5 2 mm

(MNHN-Ga 3223X— -Sir, i 36, 187-210 m : 1 ov. 9 6.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3243). — Stn 62, 179-194 m : 1 d 4.8 mm; 2 9

5 0 5.. mm (MNHN-Ga 3245). — Stn 63, 191-193 m : 1 6 6.0 mm; 1 ov. 9 5.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 3243). — Stn 64. 194-

195 m . 4 6 5.0-6.8 mm; 4 ov. 9 5.3-6.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2306 3312)

, . M ” V S “';‘ 88 -‘ 98 "L 2 6 5 ' 5 ' 5J mm ( MNHN Ga 3233). - Sin 2. 184-186 m : 1 <J 3.3 mm; 1 ov. 9

64 mm (MNHN Ga 3224) — Sin 10, 188-195 m:3i 6.2 -6.4 mm; 3 ov. 9 6.4-7.6 mm (USNM). — Stn 11 194-

S In 5*1 : 170 187 mm , ' olt 324 ,L K ?'" 21 ' 191192 m : 1 * 53 mm; 1 ov. 9 6.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3225). -

S n M : \Z' L 2307) - - S,n 61 196389 m : 1 ov - 2 5.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 3226). -

s S' ,S ,oo m 1 , / A 6 ^ HN - Ga 323?) - ~ Stn 67 ' 193399 ,n : 1 ov - 2 6 0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3239). -

3235) S In 77 m iiloT 3234) - ~ o" 71 ’ 189397 m : 1 3 5.7 mm; 1 ov. 9 6.2 mm (MNHN-Ga

~ IV«\ 12A91 ™ : l 6 5A ~ 6A mm; 1 ov - 9 53 mm; 1 9 6A mm (MNHN-Ga 3238). — Stn 80, 178-

205 m : 2 6 5.9, 6.4 mm; 6 ov. 9 5.3-8.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 2308).

3 1 S i n 8?> 191-197 m : 1 9 12 mm (MNHN-Ga 2309). — Stn 101, 194-196 m : 1 ov. 9 6 8 mm

MNHn’? t ~ S c ln 10 oA T' 200 m : 1 6 53 mm ( MNHN Ga 2310). — Stn 108, 188-195 m : 3 ov. 9 5.6-7.4 mm

MN (MNHN G 324<0 Sl " 2 °' 2I9 ' 22 ° m : 1 ov - 2 6 9 mm (MNHN-Ga 2312). — Sin 130, 178-195 m : 1 ov. 9 4 9

Types. — One of the males (6.8 mm) from Musorstom 1, sin 64 (MNHN-Ga 3312) is selected as the

holotype. The other specimens are paralypes.

Etymology. — The specific name is suggested by the type-locality of the species.

Description. — Front margins of carapace slightly oblique. Posteriormost stria not interrupted. Secondary

striae present. No spine other than 5 or 6 pairs of epigastric spines. Thoracic stemites squamate. with numerous

arcuate striae; no granules on lateral parts of seventh stemite. Second to fourth abdominal segments with several

transverse striae; second abdominal segment with 2 submedian spines on anterior ridge. Eyes moderately large.

Basal antcnnular segment (terminal spines excluded) not overreaching corneae. 2 terminal spines subequal in size.

First antennal segment with distomesial spine slightly overreaching second segment; second segment with long

distomesial spine overreaching third segment. Merus of third maxilliped with 2 spines on flexor margin; extensor

margin with distal spine. Movable and fixed fingers of cheliped each with one proximal and one distal spine.

Dactylus of walking legs with small movable spines along ventral margin, terminal third unarmed.

Remarks. — Munida philippinensis is very close to M. inornatei Henderson. 1885. in having the second

abdominal segment with 2 median spines on the anterior border, (he distal spines of the antennular basal segment

subequal and the merus of the third maxilliped with a distal spine on the extensor margin. The differences between

the two are discussed under "Remarks" of M. inornata (see above).

Size. — Males, 3.3-12.5 mm; females, 8.3-12.4 mm; ovigerous females from 4.9 mm

Distribution. — Philippines, in 170-220 m.

Munida semoni Orlmann. 1894

Fig. 17

Munida semoni Ortmann, 1894 : 24, pi. 1, figs 4, 4i.

Not Munida semoni - Barnard, 1950 : 491, fig. 92c (= Munida sp., see below).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. Ambon : 1 6 5.5 mm, lectotype (SM).

Description. — (Lectotype). Carapace, excluding rostrum, slightly longer than wide. Transverse ridges mostly

interrupted. Secondary striae present. Epigastric region with row of 6 pairs of spines flanking 2 unpaired spines

behind rostrum, largest pair directly behind supraocular spines. Parahepatic and hepatic spines distinct

412

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

Fig. 16. — Muni da philippinensis sp. nov., holotype 6 6.8 min, from the Philippines, MUSORSTOM 1, Stn 64, 194-

195 m (MNHN Ga-3312) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, anterior part of cephalothorax, lateral view; c. sternal

plastron; d, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and antennal peduncles; e, merus and distal part of

ischium of right third maxilliped, lateral view; f, right cheliped, dorsal view; g, right first walking leg, lateral view;

h, dactylus, right first walking leg.

on each side. Anterior branchial region with spine behind midlcngth of anterior bifurcation of cervical groove.

Postcervical spine on each side.

Source: MNHN. Paris

MUNIDA JAPONICA AND ITS RELATIVES

413

Front margins transverse. Lateral margins slightly convex (right side more convex due to bopyrid parasite);

first lateral spine well developed, situated on anterolateral angle, reaching level of sinus between rostrum and

supraocular spine, followed by 2 (right) or 3 (left) small spines in front of cervical groove. Anterior branchial

margin with 5 spines of subequal size.

Rostrum spiniform, one-half as long as remaining carapace, slightly sinuous in profile and horizontal.

Supraocular spines long, nearly reaching end of cornea, subparallel and directed slightly upwards.

Fourth thoracic stemite with several short arcuate striae; fifth to seventh stemites without striae and granules.

Second abdominal segment with row of 6 spines on anterior ridge and 3 uninterrupted striae; third and fourth

segments with 3 transverse striae : anterior first and second uninterrupted, third less pronounced and interrupted

medially; fifth segment with 2 uninterrupted striae.

Eyes large, maximum corneal diameter more than one-third distance between bases of anterolateral spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) about one-quarter carapace length, elongate, ending in level

of comcae, with 2 subequal terminal and 2 lateral spines, proximal lateral short, located at midlength of segment,

distolateral long, overreaching terminal spines. First segment of antennal peduncle with strong distomesial spine

slightly overreaching second segment; second segment with 2 long distal spines, mesial one longer than lateral,

overreaching antennal peduncle; third segment unarmed.

Ischium of third maxilliped about 1.5 times length of merus, with distoventral spine; merus with 3 well-

developed spines on flexor border, proximal spine strongest, extensor margin lacking distinct spine.

Chelipeds and several walking legs missing. Right second walking leg slender, twice as long as carapace,

bearing long, plumose and iridescent setae on dorsal margins and short setae on lateral borders; dactylus broken,

slightly shorter than propodus; merus with row of 7 dorsal spines increasing in size distally, and long ventral

spine distally; carpus with distal spine on dorsal and ventral borders, and 2 other spines on dorsal margin; propodus

with row of 10 movable spines on ventral margin; dactylus relatively slender, slightly curving distally. with 6

movable small spines along proximal half of ventral margin, distal third unarmed. Epipods absent from all

pereopods.

Fig. 17. — Munida semoni Ortmann, 1894, lectotype <5 5.5 mm, from Indonesia (SM) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and antennal peduncles; d, endopod of

right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right first walking leg, lateral view.

414

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

Remarks. — This species was considered by Baba (1988) identical to Munida heteracantha Ortmann. In the

type material examined of M. semoni, however, the granules on the seventh thoracic stemite, characteristic of

M. heteracantha (see above), are absent.

Munida semoni is close to M. oritea sp. nov. from the Philippines and M. striola sp. nov. from Japan and

Indonesia. Their relationships are discussed under “Remarks" of M. striola (see below).

Examination of the specimens identified by Barnard (1950) as M. semoni (1 <5 6.3 mm; 2 ov. 9 6.5 and

7.8 mm; 1 9 broken, collected off Scottburgh and Umhlangakulu River, Natal, South Africa, 170 m, SAM

A900), discloses that they are apparently a different species. They show the second abdominal segment unarmed

(except for one specimen that bears two spines on each side of the anterior ridge), the thoracic stemites moderately

squamate, the distomesial spine of the basal antennal segment overreaching the third segment, and the merus of the

third maxilliped bearing a distinct spine on the extensor distal margin. Unfortunately, these specimens are not

intact, lacking pereopods, so their systematic status remains unresolved and awaits future discovery of more

specimens.

Distribution. — Only known from the type locality, Ambon, Indonesia, depth unrecorded.

Munida sphinx sp. nov.

Figs 18-19

Munida japonica - Baba, 1990 : 925 (key), 964 (part). Not M. japonica Stimpson, 1858.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Madagascar. " Vauban stn CH 44, 15°25.7'S, 46°01.0'E, 200-210 m, 7.11.1972 : 1 6

5.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 1480). — Stn CH 47, 15°20.0'S, 46°11.8’E, 245-250 m, 7.11.1972 : 1 <5 10.2 mm (MNHN-Ga

1478). — Stn CH 52, 15°21.0’S, 46°12.5’E, 150 m, 8.11.1972 : 24 6 3.1-8.9 mm; 16 ov. 9 12-91 mm; 11 9 3.9-

7.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 1473). — Stn CH 53, 15°21.7’S, 46°12.6’E, 90-130 m, 8.11.1972 : 2 6 8.8, 10.3 mm (MNHN-Ga

1483). — Stn CH 86, 18°55.0’S, 43°56.5'E, 195-205 m, 24.11.1973 : 2 6 8.6, 8.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 840). —

Stn CH 101, 22°18.0'S, 43°06.9’E, 300 m, 28.11.1973 : 1 6 10.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 1492). — Stn CH 130, 15°20.0’S,

46°11.5’E, 170-175 m, 19.01.1975 : 15 6 5.9-10.3 mm; 7 ov. 9 7.5-9.1 mm; 2 9 8.5, 9.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 1490,

2324, 2325 and USNM).

Indonesia. CORINDON 2 : stn 215, 93 m : 1 ov. 9 8.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2326). — Stn 273, 220 m : 13 6 10.2-

12.4 mm; 3 ov. 9 8.3-9.8 mm; 1 9 8.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2327).

Types. — One of the males (9.0 mm) from stn CH 130 (MNHN-Ga 2324) is selected as the holotype. The

other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — The specific name is derived from the Greek Sphinx , the female monster of Thebes who

pronounced riddles, in reference to the confusion involved in this group of species.

DESCRIPTION. — Front margins of carapace somewhat oblique. Posteriormost stria not interrupted. Secondary

striae present. Fourth and fifth thoracic stemites with some arcuate striae; sixth and seventh sternites without striae

and granules. Second to fourth segments with uninterrupted striae; row of 5-9 spines on anterior ridge of second

segment. Eyes large. Basal antcnnular segment (distal spines excluded) slightly overreaching comeae; 2 terminal

spines subequal in size. First antennal segment with distomesial spine overreaching second segment; second

segment with long distomesial spine distinctly overreaching antennal peduncle. Extensor margin of merus ol third

maxilliped with small distal spine. Cheliped having fixed finger with spines along lateral border; movable finger

with 4 mesial spines, distal one subterminal. Dactylus of walking legs with movable small spines along ventral

margin but unarmed on distal fourth of length.

Remarks. — Indonesian specimens (Fig. 19) are somewhat different from Madagascar material ; the

distomesial spine of the basal antennal segment is slightly shorter and the walking legs are more slender in the

specimens from Indonesia. In spite of these differences and their disjunct distribution, we consider that all the

specimens be referred to the same species.

This species is closely related to M. laevis sp. nov. from the Philippines. Their relationships arc discussed

below under the “Remarks" of the latter (see above).

Source: MNHN, Paris

MUNIDA JAPON/CA AND ITS RELATIVES

415

Size. Males, 3.1-12.4 mm; females, 3.9-9.8 mm; ovigerous females from 7.2 mm.

Distribution. — Madagascar and Indonesia, in 90-300 m.

Fig. 18. — Munida sphinx sp. nov., holotype 6 9.0 mm, from Madagascar, "Vauban", Stn CH 130, 170-175 m (MNHN-

Ga 2324) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and

antennal peduncles; d, merus and distal part of ischium of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal

view; f, right first walking leg, lateral view; g, dactylus, right first walking leg.

416

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

Fig. 19. — Munida sphinx sp. nov., paratype 6 11.8 mm, from Indonesia, CORINDON 2, Stn 273, 220 m (MNHN-Ga

2327) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and

antennal peduncles; d. merus and distal part of ischium of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal

view; f, right first walking leg, lateral view; g, dactylus, right first walking leg.

Munida striola sp. nov.

Fig. 20

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Japan. Tosa Bay, 10.01.1961, coll. K. Sakai : 2 6 13.3, 13.8 mm; 2 ov. $ 12.0,

13.0 mm (ZLKU 11018). — Tosa Bay, 250-300 m, 3-14.11.1963, coll. K. Sakai : 3M 6.0-12.3 mm; 3 ov. 9 7.2-

9.2 mm; 1 9 10.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 1019 and SMF 21169). — Tosa Bay, 02.1966, coll. K. Sakai : 1 9 9.6 mm (MNHN-

Ga 1065, 1067). — Tosa Bay, 04.1968, coll. K. Sakai : 1 <5 13.8 mm; 2 ov. 9 12.5, 12.6 mm; 1 9 8.3 mm (MNHN-Ga

2213). — North of Kyushu, 14.04.1934, coll. H. Ikeda and K. Yasumoto : 1 6 10.8 mm; 1 ov. 9 9.8 mm (ZLKU 4324).

Indonesia. CORINDON 2 : stn 271, 215 m : 2 <3 14.4, 17.9 mm; 2 9 9.4, 10.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2302).

Source . MNHN, Paris

MUNIDA JAPONICA AND ITS RELATIVES

417

TYPES. — The male (13.8 mm) from Tosa Bay. Japan (ZLK.U 11018) is selected as the holotypc. The other

specimens are paratypes.

etymology. — The specific name is derived from the Latin strioia, dim, referring to the numerous striae on

the thoracic stemites.

Description. — Front margins of carapace somewhat oblique. Posteriormost principal stria interrupted on

intestinal region. Secondary striae present. Thoracic stemites squamate, with numerous striae; no granules on

lateral parts of seventh sternite. Second to fourth abdominal segments with several uninterrupted striae; row of 8-9

spines on anterior ridge of second abdominal segment. Eyes moderately large. Basal antennular segment (terminal

spines excluded) reaching end of corneae, 2 terminal spines subequal in size. First antennal segment with strong

Fig. 20. — Munida strioia sp. nov., holotype 6 13.8 mm, from Tosa Bay, Japan (ZLKU) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennular and antennal peduncles; d, merus and

distal part of ischium of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, right chelipcd, dorsal view; f, right first walking leg,

lateral view; g, dactylus, right first walking leg.

418

E. MACPHERSON & K. BABA

distomesial spine distinctly overreaching third segment; second segment with long distomcsial spine overreaching

antennal peduncle. Flexor margin of merus of third maxilliped unarmed. Cheliped having fixed finger with row of

a few spines along lateral margin, movable finger with basal and subterminal spine on mesial border. Dactylus of

walking legs with movable spinules along proximal 1/2-2/3 of ventral margin, distal part unarmed.

Remarks. — Indonesian specimens seem to be somewhat different from Japan material. In the Indonesian

material the supraocular spines always overreach the corncae and the dactylus of the walking legs is slightly more

slender than in the Japanese specimens. Discovery of more material would be desirable in helping to determine

whether these small differences can be considered as specific.

The absence of spines from the extensor margin of the merus of the third maxilliped links the species to

Munida oritea sp. nov. from the Philippines and M. semoni Ortmann from Indonesia, but they are easily

distinguished by the length of the distomesial spine of the basal antennal segment and the striation ol the thoracic

sternites. In M. semoni, this spine is short, slightly overreaching the second antennal segment, whereas in

M. oritea and M. striola it is very long, extending as far beyond as the third antennal segment. The thoracic

sternites have numerous striae in M. oritea and M. striola, whereas in M. semoni the striae arc practically absent.

The differences between M. striola and M. oritea are so slight that careful examination of the following

characters is needed for discrimination : the ventral spines on the dactylus of the walking legs are present along the

whole length of the segment in M. oritea, but absent from the distal half in M. striola. The basal antennular

segment terminates opposite the end of the corncae in M. striola, but distinctly overreaches them in M. oritea.

Size. — Males. 6.0-17.9 mm; females, 7.2-13.0 mm; ovigerous females from 7.2 mm.

Distribution. — Japan from Tosa Bay and North of Kyushu, and Indonesia, in 215-300 m.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors are deeply indebted to A. Crosnier (ORSTOM) and M. TOrkay (Scnckenberg Museum.

Frankfurt) for the opportunity to examine this interesting material. Thanks are also due to E. Lang (Muscc

Z oologiquc, Strasbourg) for his assistance during a stay of one of us (E. M.) in the Museum for the study ol the

OrtmaNN collection. Comparative materials were made available on loan lrom P. F. Clark (The Natural History

Museum. London), R. B. Manning (National Museum of Natural History, Washington), M. van DER Merwe

(S outh African Museum, Cape Town), and K. UEDA (Kitakyushu Museum of Natural History. Kitakyushu), to

whom we express our appreciation. We also thank M. DE Saint Laurent (Museum national d'Histoire naturclle,

Paris), G. C. B. POORF. (Museum of Victoria, Melbourne), J. W. Goy (Texas A & M University) and A. B.

Williams (National Museum of Natural History, Washington) for reading a draft of the manuscript. Part of the

material was made available by H. Suzuki (Kagoshima University). Stay of one of us (K. B.) in the Museum

national d'Histoire naturelle. Paris, for this joint project was supported by a grant from ORSTOM in 1991.

REFERENCES

ALCOCK, A. 1894. — Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer "Investigator", Commander R. F.

Hoskyn, R.N., commanding. - Series II, No. 1. On the Results of Deep Sea Dredging during the Season 1890-91

(continued). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 13 : 321-334.

Baba, K., 1988. — Chirostylid and Galatheid Crustaceans (Decapoda: Anomura) of the "Albatross" Philippine

Expedition, 1907-1910. Researches Crust., Special Number 2, v + 203 pp.

Baba, K., 1990. — Chirostylid and Galatheid Crustaceans of Madagascar (Decapoda, Anomura). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist,

nat., Paris , (4) 11, sect. A, (4) : 921-975.

Baba, K., Hayasiu , K. & Toriyama, M., 1986. — Decapod Crustaceans from Continental Shelf and Slope Around Japan,

336 pp. Tokyo : Japan Fisheries Resource Conservation Association.

Source : MNHN. Paris

MUNIDA JAPONIC A AND ITS RELATIVES 419

Baba, K. & Macpherson, E., 1991. — Reexamination of the type material of Munida militaris HENDERSON, 1885

(Crustacea: Decapoda: Galatheidae), with the selection of a lectotype. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 104 : 538-544.

Balss, H., 1913. — Ostasiatische Decapoden I. Die Galatheiden und Paguriden. In : DoFLEIN, F., Beitrage zur

Naturgeschichte Ostasiens. Abh. K. buyer. Wiss., math.-phys. Kl., (suppl.) 2(9) : 1-85, pis 1, 2.

Balss, H., 1915. Die Decapoden des Roten Meeres, II. Anomuren, Dromiaceen und Oxystomen. Expeditionen S. M.

Schiff «Pola» in das Rote Meer. Nordliche und sudliche Halfte 1895/96-1897/98. Zoologische Ergebnisse XXXI.

Berichte der Kommission fur ozeanographische Forschungen. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien,. Math.-naturwiss Kl

92 :1 -20. ’ ”

Barnard, K. H., 1950. — Descriptive catalogue of South African Decapod Crustacea. Ann. S. Afr. Mus 38 : 1-837.

Benedict, J. E., 1902. — Descriptions of a new genus and forty-six new species of crustaceans of the family Galatheidae,

with a list of the known marine species. Proc. U. S. naln. Mus., 26 : 243-334.

Borradaile, L. A., 1900. — On the Stomatopoda and Macrura brought by Dr Willey from the South Seas. In : Willey, A.

(ed.). Zoological results based on the material from New Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty Islands and elsewhere collected

during the years 1895, 1896 and 1897. Pt. 4 : 395-428, pis 36-39. Cambridge.

DOFLEIN, F., 1902. — Ostasiatische Dekapoden. Abh. bayer. Akad. Wiss., 21 : 613-670, pis 1-6.

Evans, A. C., 1967. — Syntypes of Decapoda described by William STIMPSON and James Dana in the collections of the

British Museum (Natural History). J. nat. Hist., 1 : 399-411.

Haig, J., 1973. — Galatheidae (Crustacea, Decapoda, Anomura) collected by the H.I.S. Endeavour. Rec. Austr Mus 28

(14) : 269-289.

Haig, J., 1974. — The Anomuran crabs of Western Australia: Their distribution in the Indian Ocean and adjacent seas.

J. mar. biol. Ass. India, 14 (2) : 443-451.

HENDERSON, J. R., 1885. — Diagnoses of the new species of Galatheidea collected during the «Challenger» Expedition.

Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (5) 16 : 407-421.

Henderson, J. R., 1888. — Report on the Anomura Collected by H.M.S. Challenger During the Years 1873-76. Rep. sci.

Res. Voy. Challenger, Zool., 27, vi +221 pp., 21 pis.

KlM, H. S., 1973. — Illustrated Encyclopedia of Fauna and Flora of Korea. Vol. 14. Anomura and Brachyura. 694 pp

pis 1-112. Seoul.

LAURIE, R. D., 1926. — Anomura collected by J. Stanley Gardiner in the western Indian Ocean in H.M.S. «Sealark». In :

Reports of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905, under the leadership of Mr. J. Stanley

Gardiner, M.A. Vol. 8, No. VI. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., 19 : 121-167, pis 8, 9.

Lewinsohn, C., 1969 — Die Anomuren des Roten Meeres (Crustacea Decapoda: Paguridea, Galatheidea, Hippidea). Zool.

Verb., Leiden, (104), 213 pp., 2 pis.

Man, J. G. DE, 1902. — Die von Herrn Professor Kiikenthal im indischen Archipel gcsammelten Dekapoden und

Stomatopoden. Abh. senckenb. naturforsch. Ges„ 25 : 467-929, pis 19-27.

Melin, G., 1939. — Paguriden und Galatheiden von Prof. Dr. Sixten Bocks Expedition nach den Bonin-Inseln 1914.

K. svenska. Vetensk. Akad. Handl ., (3) 18 (2) : 1-119.

Miers, E. J., 1879. — On a collection of Crustacea made by Capt. H.C. St. John, R.N. in the Corean and Japanese seas.

Part 1. Podophthalmia. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879 : 18-59, pis 1-3.

MlERS, J. E., 1884. — Crustacea. In : Report on the Zoological Collections Made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the

Voyage of H.M.S. «Alert», 1881-82, Part, I. The Collections from Melanesia; Part II. The Collections from the

western Indian Ocean : 178-322, 513-575, pis 18-34, 46-52. London.

Miyake, S.. 1982. — Japanese Crustacean Decapods and Stomatopods in Color. Vol. 1. Macrura, Anomura and

Stomatopoda. vii + 261 pp., 56 pis. Osaka.

Miyake, S. & K. Baba, 1967. — Galatheids of the East China Sea (Chirostylidae and Galatheidae, Decapoda, Crustacea).

J. Fac. Agr., Kyushu Univ., 14 (2) : 225-246.

ORTMANN, A., 1892. — Die Decapoden Krebsc des Strassburger Museums IV. Die Abtheilungen Galatheidea und Paguridea.

Zool. Jb., SysL, 6 : 241-326, pis 11, 12.

420

E. MACPIIERSON & K. BABA

ORTMANN, A., 1894. — Crustaceen. In : SEMON, R., Zoologische Forschungsreisen in Australien und dcm malayischen

Archipel. Denkschr. mediz.-naturwiss. Ges. Jena, 8 : 3-80, pis 1-3.

PARISI, B., 1917._ I Decapodi Giapponesi del Museo di Milano, V. Galatheidea a Reptantia. Atti Soc. ital. Sci. nat.,

56:1-24.

Rice, A. I. & Saint Laurent, M. DE, 1986. — The nomenclature and diagnostic characters of four north-eastern Atlantic

species of the genus Munida Leach: M. rugosa (Fabricius), M. tenuimana G.O. Sars, M. intermedia A. Milne Edwards

and Bouvier, and M. sarsi Huus (Crustacea, Decapoda, Galatheidae). J. nat. Hist., 20 : 143-163.

STIMPSON, W., 1858. — Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum, quae in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum

Septentrionalem a Republica Federata missa, Cadwaladaro Ringgold et Johanne Rodgers Ducibus, observavit et

descripsit W. Stimpson. Pars VII. Crustacea Anomura. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Phi lad., 10 : 225-252.

STIMPSON, W., 1907. — Report on the Crustacea (Brachyura and Anomura) collected by the North Pacific Exploring

Expedition! 1853-1856. Smiths. Misc. Coll., 49, 240 pp., 26 pis.

TIRM1ZI, N. M., 1966. — Crustacea: Galatheidae, Sci. Repl.John Murray Exped., 11 (2) : 167-234.

TORKAY, M., 1986. — Crustacea Decapoda Reptantia der Tiefsec des Roten Meeres. Senckenbergiana marit., 18 :

123-185.

Yanagita, I., 1943. — Revision of Munida, a genus of decapod crustaceans found in Japanese waters. Bull, biogeogr.

Soc. Japan , 13 : 13-32.

YOKOYA, Y., 1933. — On the Distribution of Decapod Crustaceans inhabiting the Continental Shelf around Japan,

chiefly based upon the Materials collected by S.S. Soyo-Maru during the Years 1923-1930. J. Coll. Agr., Tokyo imp.

Univ., 12 (1) : 1-226.

Source: MNHN, Paris

r >TS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10— RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10- RESUL1

Crustacea Decapoda : Species of the genus Munida

Leach, 1820 (Galatheidae) collected during

the MUSORSTOM and Corindon cruises

in the Philippines and Indonesia

Enrique MACPHERSON

Institute de Ciencias del Mar. CSIC

Paseo Nacional s/n

08039 Barcelona. Spain

ABSTRACT

Fifteen species of galatheid crustaceans belonging to the genus Munida Leach, 1820 are reported from the Philippines

and Indonesia. Six of these species are described as new : M . analoga, M. gilii, M. minuta, M. parvula, M. pusiola and

M. sacksi.

RESUME

Crustacea Decapoda : Especes du genre Munida Leach, 1820 (Galatheidae) r£coltees lors des

campagnes Musorstom et Corindon aux Philippines et en Indonesie.

Quinze espdees de crustac£s Galath6ides, appartenant au genre Munida, sont signal<5es des Philippines et d'Indonesie.

Six d'entre elles sont nouvelles : M. analoga, proche de M. squamosa Henderson, 1885, sen distingue par l’armature des

antennes et la forme des dactyles des pattes ambulatoires. M. gilii , proche de M. babai Tirmizi & Javaid, 1976, se

caracterise par l’armature des doigts des chelip£des. M. sacksi se distingue de M. africana Doflein & Balss, 1913, par le

bord frontal, la taille et le nombre des Opines des antennes et les troisifcmes maxillipedes. M. pusiola et M. minuta se

differencient des autres esp&ces par l'omementation des chelipedes. M. parvula, proche de M. inornata Henderson, 1885,

sen distingue par larmature des segments abdominaux et des stemites thoraciques et par les (Spines des doigts des

chelipedes.

Macpherson, E., 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : Species of the genus Munida Leach, 1820 (Galatheidae) collected

during the MUSORSTOM and CORINDON cruises in the Philippines and Indonesia. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des

Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem . Mus. natn. Hist, nat., 156 : 421-442. Paris ISBN 2-85653-206-3.

422

E. MACPHERSON

INTRODUCTION

The genus Munida Leach, 1818, is represented in the Philippines and adjacent waters by more than 30 species

(Baba 1988) This genus has received some attention during recent years (Macpherson & de Saint-Laurf.n l,

1991- Macpherson 1991; Tirmizi & Javed, 1992) and the description of some new species has pointed out its

high diversity and the necessity for a thorough revision of several problematic species (c. g. M. japomca,

M. curvirosiris). During the Musorstom and CORINDON cruises to the Philippines and Indonesia (FOREST

1981 1986 1989- Moosa, 1984), numerous representatives of this genus were collected. This abundant material

is published in two parts. The firs. part, by Macpherson & Baba. 1992, includes those species belonging to the

japonica and heteracantha complex. The second part, presented here, includes 9 species previously known from

the area and 6 new species. t _. . ,

The types of the new species and other material are deposited in the collections ot the Museum nationa

d'Histoire naturellc de Paris (MNHN). Duplicates are deposited in the Pusat Penelitian dan Pengembangan

Oseanologi LIPI in Djakarta and in the National Museum of Natural History in Washington (NMNH)

Measurements given are of carapace length, excluding rostrum. The terminology used mainly follows

Zariquif.y Alvarez (1952) and Macpherson & de Saint-Laurent (1991). The term "overreaching" is used in

the sense of reaching beyond the end of the extremity of the quoted segment of appendage.

LIST OF STATIONS

MUSORSTOM 1. Philippines.

Station 5. — 19.03.1976. 14 o 01.5'N, 120°23.5’E. 200-215 m : M. analoga.

Station 6. — 19.03.1976, 14°01.2'N. 120°20.0’E, 182-200 m : M. analoga, M. armaia.

Station 7. — 19.03.1976, 14°01.0’N, 120°20.0'E, 185-200 m : M. analoga.

Station 10. — 19.03.1976, 13°59.8'N, 120°18.2'E, 187-205 m ; M. analoga, M. kuboi.

Station 11. — 20.03.1976. 13°59.8'N. 120°23.7'E, 217-230 m ; M. analoga.

Station 12. — 20.03.1976, 14°00.8'N, 120°20.5'E. 187-210 m : M. analoga.

Station 18. — 21.03.1976. 13°56.3'N, 120°16.2'E, 150-159 m ; M. kuboi.

Station 20. — 21.03.1976, 13°59.2'N. 120°20.3'E, 208-222 m ; M. analoga.

Station 21. — 21.03.1976, 14°01.0’N, 120°22.8'E. 174-223 m : M. analoga.

Station 24. — 22.03.1976. 14°00.0'N. 120 o 18.0’E. 189-209 m ; M. analoga, M. kuboi.

Station 25. — 22.03.1976. 14°02.7 , N, 120°20.3'E. 191-200 m ; M. analoga, M. armaia, M. kuboi.

Station 26. — 22.03.1976. 14°00.9'N, 120°16.8'E, 189 m : M. analoga.

Station 30. — 22.03.1976, 14°01.3'N, 120°18.7'E. 177-186 m : M. analoga, M. kuboi.

Station 31. — 22.03.1976, 14°00.0'N, 120°16.0'E, 187-195 m : M. armaia.

Station 34. — 23.03.1976, 14°01.0'N. 120°15.8'E, 188-191 m : M. kuboi.

Station 36. — 23.03.1976. 14°01.2'N. 120°20.2’E, 187-210 m : M. analoga.

Station 40. — 24.03.1976. 13°57.4'N. 120°27.8'E, 265-287 m : M. analoga, M. kuboi.

Station 41. — 24.03.1976. 13°58.1'N. 120°31.4'E. 208-236 m : M. kuboi.

Station 42. — 24.03.1976, 13°55.1'N. 120°28.6'E. 379-407 m : M. analoga, M. compressa.

Station 43. — 24.03.1976. 13°50.5'N, 120°28.0'E, 448-484 m : M. compressa, M. curvirosiris.

Station 49. — 25.03.1976, 13°49. l'N. 119°59.8'E. 750-925 m ; M. foriianiennala.

Station 50. — 25.03.1976. 13°49.2'N, 120°01.8'E, 415-510 m : M. analoga, M. curvirosiris.

Station 51. — 25.03.1976. 13°49.4'N. 120°04.2'E, 170-200 m : M. analoga.

Station 56. — 26.03.1976, 13 0 53.1'N. 120°08.9’E. 129-134 m : M. gilii.

Station 61. — 27.03.1976, 14°02.2'N, 120°18.1'E. 184-202 m ; M. analoga.

Station 65. — 27.03.1976. 14°00.0’N, 120°19.2'E. 194-202 m ; M. analoga.

Station 72. — 28.03.1976, 14°11.8'N. 120°28.7'E, 122-127 m : M. gilii.

Source: MNHN , Paris

MUNIDA PROM TIIE PHILIPPINES AND INDONESIA

423

Musorstom 2. Philippines.

Station 1. — 20.11.1980, 14°00.3’N, 120°19.3'E. 188-198 m : M. analoga, M. kuboi

Station 10. — 21.11.1980. 14°00.1'N. 120°18.5'E, 188-195 m : M. analoga, M kuboi

Station 11. — 21.11.1980. 14°00.4’N, 120°19.7'E, 194-196 m : M. analoga, M. kuboi

Station 12. —21.11.1980. 14°01.0'N, 120°19.7’E, 197-210 m : M. analoga.

Station 13. — 21.11.1980, 14°00.5'N, 120°20.7'E. 193-200 m : M. analoga, M. kuboi

Station 15. — 21.11.1980, 13°55.1'N, 120°28.4'E, 326-330 m : M. compressa.

Station 20. — 22.11.1980, 14°00.9'N. 120 o 18.1'E. 185-192 m : M. analoga.

Station 21. — 22.11.1980, 14°00.2'N. 120°17.8'E. 191-192 m : M. analoga.

Station 26. — 23.11.1980, 13°49.6'N. 120°51.0'E, 299-320 m : M. analoga.

Station 36. 24.11.1980, 13°31.4'N, 121°23.9'E, 569-595 m : M. curvirostris, M. longispinala, M variabilis

Station 38. — 25.11.1980. 12°53.5'N, 122°26.6'E. 1650-1660 m : M. major.

Station 39. — 25.11.1980, 13°02.8’N, 122°37.1'E. 1030-1190 m : M. curvirostris.

Station 40. — 25.11.1980, 13°07.7'N. 122 0 39.1'E. 280-440 m : M. analoga, M. curvirostris.

Station 44. — 26.11.1980, 13°23.2'N. 122°20.7'E, 760-820 m : M. curvirostris, M. variabilis.

Station 46. 26.11.1980, 13°25.7'N, 122°17.0'E. 445-520 m : M. curvirostris, M. longispinala, M variabilis

Station 49. — 26.11.1980, 13°38.4'N, 416-425 m : M. curvirostris, M. longispinala.

Station 55. — 27.11.1980, 13°53.7'N, 119°58.5'E, 865-866 m : M. curvirostris, M. fortiantennata

Station 63. — 29.11.1980. 14°07.3'N. 120°15.0'E, 215-230 m : M. analoga, M. kuboi.

Station 64. — 29.11.1980. 14°01.5'N, 120°18.9'E. 191-195 m : M. analoga.

Station 66. — 29.11.1980, 14°00.6’N, 120°20.3'E, 192-209 m : M. analoga, M. armata.

Station 75. 01.12.1980, 13°50.5'N. 120°30.3’E. 300-330 m : M. analoga, M. compressa, M. curvirostris,

M. kuboi, M. sacksi.

Station 80. — 01.12.1980. 13°45.1'N, 120°37.7'E. 178-205 m : M. kuboi.

Station 83. 02.12.1980, 13°55.2'N, 120°30.5'E, 318-320 m : M. analoga, M. compressa, M. kuboi,

M. pilorhyncha.

Musorstom 3. Philippines.

Station 87. — 31.05.1985. 14°00.6'N, 120°19.6'E, 191-197 m : M. analoga, A 1. kuboi.

Station 92. — 31.05.1985, 14°03.0'N. 120°11.5'E, 224 m : M. analoga, M. compressa.

Station 98. — 01.06.1985, 14°00.2'N, 120°17.9’E, 194-205 m : M. analoga.

Station 99. — 01.06.1985, 14°01.0'N. 120°19.5'E. 196-204 m : M. analoga, M. kuboi.

Station 101. — 01.06.1985, 14°00.15'N, 120°19.25'E. 194-196 m : M. analoga, M. armata, M. kuboi,

M. variabilis.

Station 103. — 01.06.1985, 14°00.4'N, 120°18.15'E. 193-200 m : M. analoga, M. kuboi.

Station 105. — 01.06.1985. 13°52.6'N. 120°29.6'E. 398-417 m : M. compressa.

Station 106. — 02.06.1985, 13°47.0’N, 120°30.3'E, 640-668 m : M. compressa.

Station 117. — 03.06.1985, 12°31.2'N, 120°39.3’E. 92-97 m : M. minuta, M. pusiola.

Station 118. — 03.06.1985, 11°58.6'N. 12r05.5’E. 448-466 m : M. prominula.

Station 119. — 03.06.1985. 11°59.7'N, 121°12.7'E, 320-337 m : M. analoga, M. compressa, M. curvirostris,

M. prominula.

Station 120. — 03.06.1985. 12°05.6'N, 121°15.6’E, 219-220 m : M. analoga, M. kuboi.

Station 121. — 03.06.1985, 12°08.3'N, 121°17.3'E. 73-84 m : M. panutla.

Station 122. — 04.06.1985. 12°20.0'N. 121°41.6'E, 673-675 m : M. curvirostris, M. longispinala.

Station 123. — 04.06.1985, 12°10.6'N, 12I°45'E, 700-702 m : M. longispinala, M. variabilis.

Station 125. — 04.06.1985. 11°57.7'N, 121°28.5'E, 388-404 m : M. analoga, M. curvirostris.

Station 127. — 04.06.1985, 11°47.7'N, 121°28.8'E. 464-475 in : M. longispinala.

Station 128. — 05.06.1985, 11°49.7'N, 121°41.2'E. 815-821 m : M. curvirostris.

Station 133. — 05.06.1985. 11°57.8'N. 121°52.25'E, 334-390 m : M. analoga, M. curvirostris.

Station 135. — 05.06.1985, 11°58.6'N, 122°01.8'E, 486-551 m : M. curvirostris, M. longispinala.

424

E. MACPHERSON

Station 138. — 06.06.1985. 11°53.8'N, 122°15’E, 252-370 m : M. longispinata.

Stauon 139. — 06.06.1985. 11°52.9’N, 122°14.7'E, 240-267 m : M. analoga.

Station 145. — 07.06.1985. 11°01.6'N. 124°04.2'E, 214-246 m : M. longispinata.

CORINDON. Indonesia.

Station 209. — 31.10.1980. 00°07.3'S. 117°53.8’E, 490 m : M. curvirostris.

Station 228. — 03.11.1980. 00°01.5'S. 119°35.0'E, 300 m : M. analoga.

Station 240. — 05.11.1980. 00°37.6'S. 119°33.5'E, 675 m : M. curvirostris.

Station 268. — 06.11.1980. 01°57.0'S. 119°16.0'E, 200 m : M. spinulifera.

Station 271. — 07.11.1980. 01°57.8’S. 119°15.0'E, 215 m : M. kuboi.

Station 276. — 08.11.1980. 01°54.6'S. 119°13.8'E. 456-395 m : M. curvirostris. M. prominuta.

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT

Munida analoga sp. nov.

Fig. 1 a-g

Munida squamosa - BABA, 1988 :

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 5, 200-215 m : 4 9 9.8-13.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2401). —

Stn 6, 182-200 m : 4 6 11.3-19.6 mm; 3 ov. 9 14.7-17.2 mm; 2 9 14.0, 14.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2402). — Stn 7 185-

200 m • 3 6 12.8-19.0 mm; 1 ov. 9 18.1 mm; 1 9 15.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2403). — Stn 10, 187-205 m : 1 6 18.0 mm;

1 ov. 9 17.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2404). — Stn 11, 217-230 m : 15 6 11.2-20.5 mm; 1 ov. 9 15.7 mm; 7 9 10.0-

16.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 2405). — Stn 12, 187-210 m:2d 19.3, 19.8 mm; 1 ov. 9 17.5 mm; 1 9 19.0 mm (MNHN-Ga

2406). — Stn 20, 208-222 m : 3 6 14.1-19.6 mm; 1 ov. 9 14.1 mm; 3 9 13.5-15.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2407). — Stn 21,

174-223 m : 2 <3 7.0, 9.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2408). — Stn 24, 189-209 m : 4 ov. 9 12.8-16.5 mm; 2 9 12.8, 17.6 mm

(MNHN-Ga 2408). — Stn 25, 191-200 m:4d 17.8-19.2 mm; 1 ov. 9 19.8 mm; 19 11.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 2409) —

Stn 26, 189 m : 1 6 8.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2410). — Stn 30, 177-186 m : 1 ov. 9, 16.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2411). — Stn 36,

187-210 m : 19 8 14.0-20.5 mm; 10 ov. 9 14.3-17.8 mm; 6 9 12.3-16.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2412). — Stn 40, 265-

287 m : 3 6 6.3-20.9 mm; 4 9 9.4-12.0 mm; 1 juv. 4.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 2413). — Stn 42, 379-407 m : 1 6 13.0 mm;

1 9 13.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2414). — Stn 50, 415-510 in: 1 9 15.7 mm; 1 juv. 3.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2415).— Stn 51,

170-200 m : 24 <3 11.1-18.0 mm; 5 ov. 9 12.2-15.8 mm; 8 9 10.6-14.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 2416). — Stn 61, 184-

202 m : 2 <3 16.2, 17.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2417). — Stn 65, 194-202 m : 2 <3 18.0, 19.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2418)

Musorstom 2 : stn 1, 188-198 m : 1 <5 19.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2419). — Stn 10, 188-195 m : 1 <3 15.8 mm (MNHN-Ga

2420). — Stn 11, 194-196 m : 10 <5 15.3-21.0 mm; 3 ov. 9 17.4-19.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2421). — Stn 12, 197-210 m :

12 <3 17.4-22.0 mm; 14 ov. 9 17.4-21.8 mm; 1 9 16.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2422). — Stn 13, 193-200 m : 6 <5 18.7-

20.5 mm; 6 ov. 9 18.1-22.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2423). — Stn 20, 185-192 m : 1 «3 19.8 mm; 1 ov. 9 20.3 mm (MNHN-

Ga 2424)._Stn 21, 191-192 m : 1 <3 20.3 mm; 1 ov. 9 19.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2425). — Stn 26, 299-320 m : 7 <3 9.7-

17.6 mm; 5 9 9.7-15.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2426). — Stn 40, 280-440 m : 1 <3 22.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 2427). — Stn 63,

215-230 m : 1 ov. 9 16.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2428). — Stn 64, 191-195 m : 1 6 20.4 mm; 1 ov. 9 19.5 mm (MNHN-Ga

2429) — Stn 66, 192-209 m : 20 <3 15.1-20.8 mm; 24 ov. 9 13.4-19.1 mm; 2 9 15.7, 18.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2430). —

Stn 75, 300-330 m : 2 9 6.4, 8.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2431). — Stn 83, 318-320 m : 12 <3 6.7-16.3 mm; 7 9 5.8-11.9 mm

(MNHN-Ga 2432). , _ „ . c _

Musorstom 3 : stn 87, 191-197 m : 1 ov. 9 17.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2433). — Stn 92, 224 m : 1 6 14.- mm; 7 9 5.7-

13.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2434). — Stn 98, 194-205 m : 2 ov. 9 13.6, 16.4 mm; 1 9 19.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2435). — Stn 99,

196-204 m : 4 <? 15.7-20.5 mm; 4 ov. 9 15.8-19.7 mm; 1 9 17.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2436). — Stn 101, 194-196 m : 2 6

17 7 18 0 mm; 3 ov. 9 16.7-17.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2437). — Stn 103, 193-200 m : 4 <3 18.2-19.4 mm; 3 ov. 9 18.9-

19.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2438). — Stn 119, 320-337 m : 3 <5 12.0-18.3 mm; 2 9 12.4, 14.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2439). —

Stn 120. 219-220 m : 9 6 14.8-19.6 mm; 5 ov. 9 17.1-18.3 mm; 1 9 18.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2440, 2441). — Stn 125,

388-404 m : 10 6 7.6-18.2 mm; 4 ov. 9 15.2-19.4 mm; 2 9 9.3, 16.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2442). — Stn 133, 334-390 m :

2 6 7.4, 10.4 mm; 1 ov. 9 14.5 mm; 2 9 7.4, 10.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2443). — Stn 139, 240-267 m : 2 <3 13.0,

14 7 mm; 2 ov. 9 15.0, 17.2 mm; 1 9 11.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2445).

Indonesia. CORINDON 2 : stn 228, 300 m ; 1 9 8.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2446). - Stn 271, 215 m : 19 6 9.8-20.3 mm;

1 ov. 9 17.2 mm; 14 9 6.8-17.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2447).

Source: MNHN , Paris

MUNI DA FROM THE PHILIPPINES AND INDONESIA

425

TYPES. — The male from MUSORSTOM 3, Sin 120, 19.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2441) has been selected as holotype;

the other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — From the Greek, analogos , resembling, in reference to its similarity to M. squamosa

Henderson, 1885, and M. similis Baba, 1988.

Description (Holotype). — Carapace, excluding rostrum, as long as wide, with numerous transverse striae

minutely granulate. Secondary striae between principal striae. Gastric region feebly convex with 2 epigastric

spines behind supraoculars. Moderate-sized postcervical spine on each side. Cardiac region distinctly circumscribed

Posterior transverse ridge with 2 spines.

Frontal margins transverse. Lateral margins convex. Anterolateral spine well developed, overreaching level of

sinus between rostrum and supraocular spine. Second small lateral spine in front of cervical groove. Branchial

margins with 4 small spines of similar size.

Rostrum spiniform, slender, as stout as supraocular spines, upwardly directed, slightly less than half as long as

remaining carapace. Supraocular spines widely separated from rostrum, slightly divergent, overreaching comeae.

Thoracic sternites with numerous arcuate striae.

Second and third abdominal segments dorsally squamate. each with 2 elevated transverse ridges, anterior ridge

with 4 spines, median 2 well developed; fourth segment with 2 spines on anterior ridge, strong median spine on

posterior ridge.

Gonopods absent from first abdominal segment.

Eyes moderately large, maximum corneal diameter one-third length of anterior border of carapace between bases

of anterolateral spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) reaching beyond end of comeae, with 2 distal (distolaterai

clearly longer than distomesial) and 2 lateral spines.

First segment of antennal peduncle with moderate-sized distomesial process, reaching distal border of second

segment. Second segment with distomesial angle unarmed, distolaterai angle with small spine; third segment with

distomesial well developed spine.

Merus of third maxilliped with median spine on flexor border; extensor margin with distal spine.

Chelipcds squamate, subequal, 6 times carapace length; merus with 3 rows of spines; carpus with 2 spines on

mesial and ventral sides, several spines on distal margin; palm cylindrical, with spines scattered in rows on mesial

and ventral margins; fixed finger bifid distally.

Walking legs slender, depressed. First walking leg 3.5 times carapace length; merus with 12 spines on dorsal

margin and 5 spines on ventral border; carpus with long distal spine on dorsal and ventral borders; propodus with

4 movable spines on ventral border; dactylus one-half propodus length, with dorsal border finely denticulate,

concave proximally, ventral border with 33-35 movable spinules situated on proximal half, distal half unnarmed.

Spinulation of second and third walking legs similar to first. Third walking leg shorter than first and second, with

merus about 3/4 that of first walking leg.

Epipods absent from pereiopods.

Variations. — No significant variation in the main characters have been observed between specimens

examined. vSpines of antennal peduncle remain constant in all specimens examined.

Remarks. — M. analoga is very close to M. squamosa Henderson, 1885, from Admiralty Islands and New

Caledonia. In particular, both species have one median spine on the cardiac region, one spine on the posterior ridge

of the fourth abdominal segment and the first segment of the antennal peduncle with a moderated size process.

A comparison with the type material and numerous specimens of M. squamosa from New Caledonia showed that

they can be easily distinguished by the following characters (Fig. 1 h-i):

— The cardiac spine is more prominent in M. squamosa than in M. analoga.

— The second segment of antennal peduncle has a distinct mesiodistal spine in M. squamosa , none in

M. analoga.

— The dactylus of the walking legs is longer and more slender in M. analoga than in M. squamosa.

E. MACPHERSON

Fig. 1 a-g. — Munida analoga sp. nov., 6 , 19.0 mm, holotype from Stn 120 (MUSORSTOM 3) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennula and antennal peduncles; d, right third

maxilliped, lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal view; f, right first walking leg, lateral view; g, dactylus of right

first walking leg, lateral view.

FlG. 1 h-i. —Munida squamosa Henderson, 1885, ov. 9,10.8 mm, type, from Stn 219 ("Challenger") : h, ventral view of

cephalic region, showing antennula and antennal peduncles; i, dactylus of right first walking leg, lateral view.

Source: MNHN. Paris

MUNI DA FROM THE PHILIPPINES AND INDONESIA

427

AI.COCK (1894. 1901) and Ai.cock and Anderson (1895) cited M. squamosa var. prolixa in Andaman and

Arabian Seas. The examination of two specimens from the "Investigator" collected in the the Indian ocean (USNM

42708. 1 M 15.5 mm. 1 ov. V 14,3 mm. 06°50'20"N, 29°36'20"E. 336-401 m) shows that this variety also

presents a distal spine (less acute than in the types of M. squamosa and absent in M. analoga) on the mesial border

of the second antennal segment and the branchial margins have 3 spines of similar size (4 spines in M. squamosa

and M. analoga). These characters suggest that M. squamosa var. prolixa is closer to M. squamosa than to the

new species. However, although this variety may belong to a different species, additional material would be

desirable to confirm its identity.

M. analoga is also close to M. similis Baba. 1988. from ihe Philippines (Baba, 1988). They differ in the

following characters:

- In M. similis the rostrum is more slender than the supraocular spines, while they are about the same size in

M. analoga.

— The lateral border of the basal antennular segment has one spine in M. similis , two in M. analoga.

— The distomesial margin of the basal antennal segment is blunty produced in M. similis. ending in a sharp

spine m M. analoga ; on the other hand, the third antennal segment has a well developed distomesial spine in

M. analoga , none in M. similis.

Size. — The males examined ranged between 6.3 and 22.9 mm, females between 5.7 and 19.8 mm; ovigerous

females from 12.2 mm.

Distribution. — Philippines, Indonesia, north of Sulawesi, between 170 and 510 m.

Munida armata Baba, 1988

Munida armata Baba, 1988 : 84 (key), 86, fig. 31.

Material EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 6, 182-200 m : 1 6 17.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 3394). —

Sm 25, 191-200 m : 1 ov. 9 10.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 3395). — Stn 31, 187-195 m:3d 9.0-14.6 mm; 2 9 9.0, 10.2 mm

(MNHN-Ga 2444).

Musorstom 2 : stn 66, 192-209 m : 1 ov. 9 14.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 3396).

Musorstom 3 : stn 101, 194-196 m : 1 6 11.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3397).

Remarks. — The specimens examined agree with the original description and illustrations provided by Baba

(1988). The lateral parts of the seventh thoracic sternite have numerous coarse granules.

SIZE. — The males examined ranged between 9.0 and 17.9 mm, females between 9.0 and 14.6 mm; ovigerous

females from 10.9 mm.

Distribution. — South China Sea off southwestern Luzon, between 183 and 216 m (Baba, 1988). The

specimens from Musorstom cruises were collected in the same areas, between 182 and 209 m.

Munida compressa Baba, 1988

Munida compressa Baba, 1988 : 84 (key), 91, figs 33-34.

Material EXAMINED — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 42, 379-407 m : 2 6 9.9, 14.8 mm; 1 ov. 9 12.8 mnv

1 9 11.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2467). — Stn 43, 448-484 m : 1 ov. 9 12.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2468).

Musorstom 2 : stn 15, 326-330 m : 7 6 7.8-10.3 mm; 3 ov. 9 9.6-11.8 mm; 3 9 5.3-9.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2469). —

Stn 75, 300-330 m : 6 6 8.3-12.4 mm; 6 ov. 9 9.5-11.8 mm; 1 9 4.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2470). — Stn 83, 318-320 m •

5 6 8.5-11.9 mm; 10 ov. 9 10.5-13.0 mm; 6 9 6.0-10.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2471).

428

E. MACPHERSON

Musorstom 3 : stn 92, 224 m : 1 6 5.7 m; 1 9 7.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2472). — Stn 105, 398-417 m : 7 6 10.2-

15.1 mm; 2 9 9.5, 11.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2473). — Stn 106, 640-668 m : 1 6 9.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2474). — Stn 119,

320-337 m : 2 6 11.8, 12.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2475).

Remarks. — The specimens examined agree with the original description and illustrations provided by Baba

( 1988). The lateral parts of the seventh thoracic sternite have no granules or ridges.

Size. — The males examined ranged between 5.7 and 15.1 mm, females between 4.6 and 13.0 mm; ovigerous

females from 9.5 mm.

Distribution. — Philippines, south China Sea, Japan, between 180 and 545 m (Baba, 1988). The present

material was collected southwest of Luzon and south of Mindoro, between 224 and 668 m.

Munida curvirostris Henderson, 1885

Munida curvirostris Henderson, 1885 : 412.

Munida militaris var. curvirostris - HENDERSON, 1888 : 139, pi. 3, figs 7a, 7b.

Munida militaris var. andamanica Alcock, 1894 : 321. — ALCOCK & ANDERSON, 1895, pi. 13, fig. 2.

Munida andamanica - Baba, 1988 : 85.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 43, 448-484 m : 1 ov. 9 10.1 mm; 1 9 10.1 mm

(MNHN-Ga 3398). — Stn 50, 415-510 m : 2 6 7.7, 13.7 mm; 2 ov. 9 10.2, 14.7 mm; 1 9 14.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2448).

Musorstom 2 : stn 36, 569-595 m : 2 6 13.7, 16.0 mm; 1 ov. 9 17.0 mm; 2 9 10.0, 11.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2449). —

Stn 39, 1030-1190 m : 2 6 12.5, 13.2 mm; 3 ov. 9 13.8, 18.6 mm; 5 9 6.1-16.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2450). — Stn 40,

280- 440 m : 1 6 15.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2451). — Stn 44, 760-820 m : 1 ov. 9 12.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2452). — Stn 46,

445-520 m : 5 6 7.1-15.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2453). — Stn 49, 416-425 m : 6 6 11.0-17.8 mm; 1 ov. 9 20.3 mm; 5 9

11.3-15.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2454). — Stn 55, 865 m : 1 9 10.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2455). — Stn 75, 300-330 m : 1 6

16.2 mm; 1 9 13.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2456).

Musorstom 3 : stn 119, 320-337 m : 2 9 12.5, 15.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2457). — Stn 122, 673-675 m : 8 6 9.4-

18.9 mm; 3 9 9.4-14.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2458). — Stn 123, 700-702 m : 5 6 10.5-18.2 mm; 5 9 9.5-17.0 mm (MNHN-

Ga 2459). — Stn 125, 388-404 mil 6 16.0 mm; 3 9 9.5-14.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2460). — Stn 128, 815-820 in : 2 6

16.7, 17.8 mm; 5 9 10.2-20.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2461). — Stn 133, 334-390 m : 1 6 12.9 mm; 1 9 9.0 mm (MNHN-Ga

2462). — Stn 135, 486-551 m : 3 6 7.9-11.2 mm; 1 9 9.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2463).

Indonesia. CORINDON 2 : stn 209, 490 m : 3 6 15.5, 16.4 mm; 9 9 10.6-16.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2464). — Stn 240,

675 m : 4 d 11.4-12.0 mm; 3 ov. 9 14.3-14.6 mm; 4 9 11.2-15.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2465). — Stn 276, 395-450 m : 2 6

8.2, 13.0 mm; 6 9 8.8-16.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2466).

Remarks. — Baba (personnal communication) believes that M. curvirostris Henderson, 1885, and

M. andamanica Alcock, 1894, are synonymous (see also Baba & MACPHERSON, 1991). A complete revision of

this species will be given by this author. The species is characterized by the moderately short cheliped, with strong

spines on the distal part of the merus. The lateral parts of the seventh thoracic sternite have no granules or ridges.

Size. — The males examined ranged between 7.1 and 18.9 mm; females between 6.1 and 20.8 mm; ovigerous

females from 10.1 mm.

Distribution. — Baba (1988) reported this species from the east coast of Africa, Arabian Sea, Maldives,

Andaman Sea, Indonesia (north of Sulawesi), the Philippines and south of Japan, between 141 and 1360 m. The

present material was collected from south and southwest of Luzon, south of Mindoro, north of Panay and north

of Sulawesi, between 280 and 1190 m.

Munida fortiantennata Baba, 1988

Munida fortiantennata Baba, 1988 : 82 (key), 101, fig. 37.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 49, 750-925 m : 1 <5 14.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2476).

Musorstom 2 : stn 55, 865 m : 1 6 16.2 mm; 3 ov. 9 13.2 to 17.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2477).

Source MNHN. Paris

MUNIDA FROM THE PHILIPPINES AND INDONESIA

429

Remarks. — The number of spines on the posterior border of the carapace ranged between 2 and 5 (4 in the

holotype) and the males have only one pair of gonopods. Baba (1988) described this species from an unique

specimen caught in the Molucca Sea. 763 m. The present specimens were taken from southwest of Luzon

between 750 and 925 m.

Munida gilii sp. nov.

Fig. 2

Mumdc, babai - Baba. 1988 : 82 (key). 89, fig. 32 (noi Munida babai Tirmizi & Javed, 1976).

Material EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 56, 129-134 m

2480) m; ' 9 5,1 mm < MNHN - Ga 2478, 2479). — Sin 72. 122-127 ,n : 1 6 4.5 mm;

: 5 S 4.3-5.9 mm; 3 ov. 9 5.3-

2 ov. 9 4.6, 5.3 mm (MNHN-Ga

Types. — The male of 5.9 mm from Musorstom 1, Stn 56 (MNHN-Ga 2479) has been selected as holotype-

the other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — This species is dedicated to J.M. Gili from the Institute de Ciencias del Mar. for his important

contribution to the systematic of marine invertebrates and support in my studies.

Description (Holotype). — Carapace, excluding rostrum, slightly longer than wide. Secondary striae present

between main striae. Gastric region with row of 13 epigastric spines. One postcervical spine on each side.

Frontal margins slightly oblique. Anterolateral spine situated at anterolateral angle, not reaching level of sinus

between rostrum and supraocular spine. Second marginal spine before cervical groove smaller than preceding one.

Branchial margins with 5 small spines quite similar in size.

Rostrum spiniform, dorsally carinatcd, half as long as remaining carapace, slightly sinuous and downwardly

directed distally. Supraocular spines short, clearly not reaching end of corneac, subparallel and upwardly directed.

Fourth to sixth thoracic sternites each with some arcuate striae.

Anterior ridge of second, third and fourth abdominal segments with 4. 2 and 1 pairs of spines, respectively.

Second to lifth segments each with several transverse continuous striae.

First and second abdominal segments each with pair of gonopods.

Eyes large, maximum corneal diameter about one-half length of anterior border of carapace between bases of

anterolateral spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) overreaching comeae. with 2 distal spines; mesial one

longer than lateral; 2 spines on lateral margin.

First segment of antennal peduncle with distomesial spine reaching end of second segment; second segment

with 2 long distal spines, mesial longer than lateral and slightly overreaching antennal peduncle; third segment

unarmed.

Merus of third maxilliped bearing 2 well developed spines on flexor margin, proximal longer than distal;

extensor margin with distal spine.

Chelipeds squamate, right longer and stouter than left. Right cheliped about 5 times as long as carapace; merus

and carpus with spines on mesial, dorsal and lateral borders; palm with several small spines on mesial and dorsal

sides, and distal spine on lateral border; movable finger with one basal and one distal spine; fixed finger with one

basal and 2 distal spines.

Walking legs slender. First walking leg 2.5 times carapace length; merus with row of 11-12 spines on dorsal

border increasing in size distally. long distal spine and 2-5 projected striae on distal half of ventral margin; carpus

with long distal spine on dorsal and ventral borders. 2-3 additional spines on dorsal margin; propodus with row of

14-16 movable spines on ventral margin; dactylus long, slightly shorter than propodus, with 7 movable spinules

along proximal half of ventral margin. Second walking leg similar to first. Third walking leg shorter than first and

second; merus about one-half that of first walking leg.

Epipods absent from all perciopods.

430

E. MACPHERSON

FIG. 2. — Munida gilii sp. nov., 6 ,5.9 mm, holotype from Stn 56 (MUSORSTOM 1) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b. sternal

plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennula and antennal peduncles; d, right third maxilliped,

lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal view; f, right first walking leg, lateral view; g, dactylus of right first walking

leg, lateral view.

Variations. — The numbei of spines on the anterior ridge of the second, third and fourth abdominal segments

ranges between 8-13,2-4 and 2-4, respectively (see also Baba, 1988). The fixed finger of the chelipeds always has

1-3 proximal spines. The other main characters remain constant.

Remarks. — Munida gilii sp. nov. is very close to M. babai Tirmizi & Javed, 1976 from South Africa, off

Natal (118-150 m) in having spines on the anterior ridge of the second, third and fourth abdominal segments. The

Source: MNHN . Paris

MUNIDA FROM THE PHILIPPINES AND INDONESIA

431

examinalion of ihe lype specimens (1 d4.0 mm; 2 ? 2.0. 2.5 mm. National Museum of Nalural History

Washington) and additional material from Madagascar (2 <J 3.4.4.5 mm; 1 $ 4.0 mm, MNHN, see Baba, 1990)

shows several constant differences between the two:

— The distomesial spine of the basal antennular segment is longer than the distolateral in M gilii beinu

shorter in M. babai. ' ’ 5

- The fixed finger of the chclipeds in M. babai is unarmed (except distal spines), instead of bearing 1 -3 spines

on the proximal half as in M. gilii.

Size. — The males examined ranged between 4.3 and 5.9 mm, females between 4.6 and 5.4 mm- ovigerous

temalcs from 4.6 mm.

Distribution. — Hong Kong and Philippines, between Samar and Leyte, 112-113 m (Baba, 1988). The

specimens collected during Musorstom cruises were caught west of Luzon, between 122 and 134 m.

Munida kuboi Yanagita, 1943

Munida kuboi Yanagita, 1943 : 20, figs 5-6. — Baba, 1988 : 83 (key), 109, fig. 40; 1990 : 925 (key), 964.

> EXA o IN fP' - Philip P ines Musorstom 1 : stn 10, 187-205 m : 1 d 10.6 mm; 1 ov. 9 12.4 mm

r M "s? Tr,o,'\m 15 °-, 159 m o -1 9 6,7 mm (MNHN ‘ Ga 24x2 >- - Sln 24 ' 189-209 m : 1 d 10.9 mm (MNHN-

Ga 2483) ' ~ 54,1 25 ‘ l91 - 200 m : 1 ov. 9 7.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2484). — Sin 30, 177-186 m ; 1 d 12.4 mm (MNHN-Ga

‘ ~ o'" 34 ‘ 188 ‘ 191 m •' 2 6 l0 - 6 - 126 mm (MNHN-Ga 2486). — Sin 40. 265-287 m:ld 10.4 mm (MNHN-Ga

2487). — Stn 41. 208-236 m:ld 10.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 2488).

Musorstom 2 : stn 1, 188-198 m : 1 ov. 9 11.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2489). — Sin 10, 188-195 m • 2 6 9 7 11 7 mm-

1 ov. 9 10.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2490). — Sin 11, 194-196 m ; 2 d 9.8, 12.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2491) — Sin 13 193-

c-J'c mm; 1 9 70 mm (MNHN-Ga 2492). — Sin 63, 215-230 mild 8.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2493). —

Sin 75. 300-330 mild 11.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2494). — Sin 80, 178-205 mild 7.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2495). — Sin 83

318-320 m : 1 6 13.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2496).

Musorstom 3 : stn 87, 191-197 m : 3 6 8.5-10.1 mm; 1 ov. 9 11.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2497). — Stn 99, 196-204 m ■

6 <5 9.8-14.7 mm; 1 ov. 9 13.6; 1 9 10.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 2498). — Stn 101, 194-196 m : 1 <3 9.2 mm; 3 9 9 0-

9.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2499). — Stn 103, 193-200 m : 2 6 9.3, 10.0 mm; 1 9 9.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2500). — Stn 120 219-

220 m : 1 6 7.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2501).

Indonesia. Corindon 2 : stn 271, 215 m : 4 <3 9.2-12.0 mm ; 1 9 9.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2502).

Remarks. — The specimens examined agree with the original description (Yanagita, 1943) and comments

made by Baba (1988). The lateral parts of the seventh thoracic stemites have no granules or ridges.

Size. — The males examined ranged between 4.9 and 14.7 mm, females between 5.1 and 13.6 mm; ovigerous

females from 10.1 mm.

Distribution. — The lype locality of this species is Toyama Bay (Japan) between 78 and 148 m. It was

subsequently reported from the Philippines and Madagascar between 216 and 405 m (Baba, 1988; 1990). The

present material was collected from southwest of Luzon, south of Mindoro and north of Sulawesi, between 129

and 330 m.

Munida longispinata Baba, 1988

Munida longispinata Baba, 1988 : 82 (key), 114, figs 43-44.

Material EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 2 : stn 36, 569-595 mild 12.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2503)._

Sin 46, 445-520 m : 4 d 8.2-13.8 mm; 1 ov. 9 14.0 mm; 1 9 12.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2504). — Sin 49, 416-425 m : 1 d

14.3 mm; 1 9 7.8 mm; I ov. 9 13.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2505).

Musorstom 3 : sin 122, 673-675 mild 8.6 mm; 2 ov. 9 13.0, 13.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2506). — Stn 123, 700-

702 m : 2 ov. 9 15.5, 15.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2507). — Sin 127, 464-475 m : 1 ov. 9 15.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2508). —

Source .

432

E. MACPHERSON

Stn 135, 486-551 m : 1 6 11.4 mm; 2 ov. 9 15.2, 17.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2509). — Stn 138, 252-370 m : 1 ov. 9

14.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 2510). — Stn 145, 214-246 m : 1 9 15.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2511).

Size. — The males examined ranged between 8.2 and 14.3 mm, females between 7.8 and 17.7 mm; ovigerous

females from 13.0 mm.

DISTRIBUTION. — Previously known from off southwestern Luzon and east coast of Mindoro and Mindanao

Sea, Philippines (392-619 m). The present material was taken from south and southwest of Luzon, south of

Mindoro and north of Panay, between 214 and 702 m.

Munida major Baba, 1988

Munida major Baba, 1988 : 83 (key), 118, figs 45-46.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 2 : stn 38, 1650-1660 m : 1 6 10.8 mm; 1 ov. 9 14.3 mm

(MNHN-Ga 2512).

Remarks. — The specimens examined agree quite well with the description and figures provided by Baba

(1988). This species was recorded from the Sulu Sea and eastern Mindanao Sea, between 906 and 1350 m. The

specimens from MUSORSTOM cruises were collected from south of Luzon, between 1650 and 1660 m.

Munida minuta sp. nov.

Fig. 3

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 3 : stn 117, 92-97 m : 4 6 2.5-2.7 mm; 3 ov. 9 2.3-2.7 mm;

1 9 2.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 2513, 2514).

TYPES. — The male of 2.7 mm from MUSORSTOM 3, Stn 117 (MNHN-Ga 2514) has been selected as holotype;

the other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — From the Latin, minutus , small.

Description (Holotype). — Carapace, without rostrum, slightly longer than wide. Secondary striae almost

absent. Gastric region with row of 5 pairs of epigastric spines. One parahepatic spine on each side.

Frontal margins transverse. Anterolateral spine short, situated at anterolateral angle, not reaching sinus between

rostrum and supraocular spines. Second marginal spine in front of cervical groove smaller than preceding one.

Branchial margins with 4 spines quite similar in size.

Rostrum spiniform, less than half as long as remaining carapace, dorsally carinated, slightly curved and

horizontal. Supraocular spines short not reaching end of comeae, subparallel and upwardly directed.

Thoracic sternites without striae.

Abdominal segments unarmed and without striae.

First and second abdominal segments each with pair of gonopods.

Eyes moderately large, maximum comeal diameter about one-third length of anterior border of carapace between

bases of anterolateral spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) overreaching corneae, with 2 subequal distal spines and

2 spines on lateral margin.

First segment of antennal peduncle with strong distomesial spine, slightly overreaching second segment;

second segment with 2 distal spines, mesial longer than lateral and slightly overreaching third segment, one small

median spinule on mesial margin; third segment unarmed.

Merus of third maxilliped bearing 2 well developed spines on flexor margin, proximal longer than distal;

extensor margin with distal spine.

Source MNHN, Paris

MUNIDA FROM THE PHILIPPINES AND INDONESIA

433

Chelipeds subequal, about 2.5 times as long as carapace; merus and carpus armed with rows of spines on

mesial, dorsal and ventral borders; palm with row of mesial spines, numerous small spines on dorsal side, row of

dorsolateral spines continuing onto fixed finger and reaching tip; movable finger with row of mesial spines

reaching up. p

Walking legs slender. First walking leg nearly twice carapace length; merus with row of spines along dorsal

border increasing in size distally. long distal spine and several projected striae on distal half of ventral margin-

carpus with long distal spine on dorsal and ventral borders. 2 additional dorsal spines: propodus with row of 7-8

movable spines along ventral margin; dactylus long, slightly shorter than propodus, with 8 movable spinules

along ventral margin. Second walking leg similar to first. Third walking leg shorter than first and second and less

spinulated; merus about 3/4 that of first walking leg.

Epipods absent from all pereiopods.

Variations. — No significant variations in the main characters have been observed among the specimens

examined. & F

Fig. 3. — Munida minuta sp. nov., <5, 2.7 mm, holotype from Stn 117 (MUSORSTOM 3) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennula and antennal peduncles; d, right third

maxilliped, lateral view; e, left cheliped, dorsal view; f, right first walking leg, lateral view; g, dactylus of right first

walking leg, lateral view.

434

E. MACPHERSON

Remarks — M. minuta is close to M. pusiola sp. nov. and M. laevis Macpherson & Baba, 1992, from the

Philippines (Macpherson & Baba. 1992) in having the second abdominal segment unarmed, the sternum smooth

and the extensor border of the merus of the third maxillipcd with a distal spine. M. minuta and M. pusiola were

collected in the same station but differ in several aspects :

— The frontal margins are transverse in M. minuta, oblique in M. pusiola.

— The branchial margins have 4 spines in M. minuta, 5 spines in M. pusiola.

_The second abdominal segment is smooth, without striae in M. minuta, with one transverse stria in

M. pusiola.

— The palm of the chclipeds has more dorsal spines in M. minuta than in M. pusiola.

M. minuta can be differentiable from M. laevis by the following aspects :

— The branchial margins have 4 spines in M. minuta, 5 spines in M. pusiola.

— The movable finger of the cheliped has a row of lateral and mesial spines, respectively in M. minuta. one

basal and one distal mesial spine in M. laevis.

— In M. laevis the dactyli of the walking legs are unarmed on the distal third of the ventral border, with spines

along this border in M. minuta.

Distribution. — Philippines, west coast of Mindoro, between 92 and 97 m.

Munida parvula sp. nov.

Fig. 4

MATERIAL EXAMINED. —Philippines. Musorstom 3 : stn 121, 73-84 m : 1 6 4.2 mm. hololype (MNHN-Ga

2515).

Etymology. — From the Latin, parvulus , very small, in reference to the small size ol the species.

Description. — Carapace, without rostrum, slightly longer than wide. Secondary striae present between main

striae. Gastric region with row of epigastric spines, several additional spines just behind rostrum. One hepatic, one

parahepatic and one postcervical spine on each side.

Frontal margins transverse. Anterolateral spine well developed situated at anterolateral angle, not overreaching

sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines. Second marginal spine before cervical groove clearly smaller than

preceding one. One small spine on the base of anterolateral spine. Branchial margins with 5 small spines quite

similar in size.

Rostrum spiniform. dorsally carinated. half as long as remaining carapace, slightly curved and downwardly

directed in terminal third. Supraocular spines short, clearly not reaching end of corneae. convergent and upwardly

directed.

Fourth thoracic stemite with several short arcuate striae; fifth to seventh stemites without striae.

Second abdominal segment unarmed. Second to fourth abdominal segments each with several continuous

transverse striae.

First and second abdominal segments each with pair of gonopods.

Eyes large, maximum corneal diameter about one-half length of anterior border of carapace between bases ol

anterolateral spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) not overreaching corneae, with 2 distal spines, distomesial

shorter than distolateral; 2 spines on lateral margin.

First segment of antennal peduncle with distomesial spine reaching end of second segment; second segment

with 2 distal spines, mesial longer than lateral and slightly overreaching third segment; third segment unarmed.

Merus of third maxillipcd bearing 2 well developed spines on flexor margin, proximal longer than distal;

extensor margin with distal spine.

Left cheliped (right is missing) squamate, about 3.5 times as long as carapace; merus and carpus armed with

rows of spines on mesial, dorsal and ventral borders; palm with mesial spines, row of small dorsal spines, and row

Source MNHN. Paris

MUNIDA FROM THE PHILIPPINES AND INDONESIA

435

° f lateral spines nol continuing onlo fixed finger; movable finger with basal and 2 distal spines; fixed finger wiih

four distal spines.

Walking legs slender. First walking leg twice carapace length; mcrus wiih row of spines along dorsal border

increasing in size distally, long distal spine and several projected striae on distal half of ventral margin; carpus

with long distal spine on dorsal and ventral borders. 2 additional spines on dorsal margin; propodus with row of

14 movable spines along ventral margin; dactylus long, slightly shorter than propodus, wiih 11 movable spinules

along ventral margin, distal fourth unarmed. Second walking leg similar to first. Third walking leg shorter than

first and second and less spinulated; merus about one-half that of first walking legs.

Epipods absent from all pereiopods.

b,c,d,g

2mm

Fig. 4. Muni da parvula sp. nov., d ,4.2 mm, holotype from Stn 121 (MUSORSTOM 3) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennula and antennal peduncles; d, right third

maxilliped, lateral view; e, left chcliped, dorsal view; f, right first walking leg, lateral view; g, dactylus of right first

walking leg, lateral view.

436

E. MACPHERSON

REMARKS. — M. parvula is close to M. laevis Macpherson & Baba. 1992. from the Philippines, in having the

second abdominal segment unarmed, the sternum smooth and the extensor border of the merus ol the third

maxillipcd with a distal spine, but they differ in several aspects :

— The distomesial spine of the basal antennular segment is shorter than the distolateral in M. parvula ,

subequal in M. laevis. .

— The distomesial spine of the second antennal segment clearly overreaches the antennal peduncle in

M. laevis , only slightly overreaching the third antennal segment in M. parvula.

_The fixed finger of the chelipeds in M. parvula has only the terminal spines, instead of several spines along

the lateral border in M. laevis.

Distribution. — Philippines, south of Mindoro, between 73 and 84 m.

Munida pilorhyncha Miyake & Baba, 1966

Munida pilorhyncha M.yake & Baba, 1966 : 81, figs 1-2. - Miyake, 1982 : 149, pi. 50, fig 3. - Baba. 1988 : 82

(key). 122.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. MUSORSTOM 2 : sin 83, 318-320 111 : 1 <J 15.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2516).

Remarks — The specimen was collected in the Philippines, south of Mindoro. It agrees with the descriptions

and figures provided by Miyake and Baba (1966), Miyake (1982) and Baba (1988). The lateral parts ot the

seventh thoracic stemites have no granules or ridges. The species is previously known from Tosa Bay. Japan,

southwestern Kyushu and the Philippines, off Luzon, between 200 and 366 m.

Munida prorninula Baba, 1988

Munida prorninula Baba, 1988 : 84 (key), 124, tig. 47.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 3 : stn 118, 448-466 m : 1 9 6.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 2517). -

Stn 119, 320-337 m : 1 9 12.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2518).

Indonesia. CORINDON 2 : stn 276, 395-450 m : 1 6 11.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2519).

Remarks. — The specimens examined agree with the type description made by Baba (1988). The lateral parts

of the seventh thoracic sternitc have no granules or ridges.

Size. —The male examined measures 11.2 mm, females between 6.9 and 12.0 mm.

DISTRIBUTION. — Baba (1988) reported this species from off southwestern Taiwan. 421 m. The specimens

examined were collected south of Mindoro (Philippines) and north of Sulawesi (Indonesia), between 320 and

450 m.

Munida pusiola sp. nov.

Fig. 5

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. MUSORSTOM 3 : sin 117, 92-97 m : 9 <5 2.4-3.3 mm; 2 ov. 9 2.3, 2.8 mm;

11 9 2.3-4.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 2520, 2521).

Types. — The male of 3.1 mm from musorstom 3, Stn 117 (MNHN-Ga 2521) has been selected as holotype:

the other specimens are paratypes.

Source MNHN, Paris

MUNIDA FROM THE PHILIPPINES AND INDONESIA

437

ETYMOLOGY. — From ihe Latin, pusiola , young girl, in reference to the small size of the species. The name is

considered as a substantive in apposition.

Fig. 5. — Munida pusiola sp. nov., 6, 3.1 mm, holotype from Stn 117 (Musorstom 3) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennula and antennal peduncles; d, right third

maxilliped, lateral view; e, right cheliped, dorsal view; f, left first walking leg, lateral view; g, daclylus of left first

walking leg, lateral view.

Description (Holotype). — Carapace, without rostrum, slightly longer than wide. Secondary striae between

principal striae almost absent. Intestinal region without scales or striae. Gastric region with row of 9 epigastric

spines. One parahepatic and one postccrvical spine on each side.

Frontal margins oblique. Anterolateral spine well developed situated at anterolateral angle, not reaching sinus

between rostrum and supraocular spines. Second marginal spine before cervical groove somewhat smaller than

preceding one. Branchial margins with 5 spines quite similar in size.

Rostrum spiniform, dorsally carinated, half as long as remaining carapace, slightly curved, terminal third

downwardly directed. Supraocular spines not reaching end of corneae, parallel and upwardly directed.

438

E. MACPHERSON

Fourth thoracic sternite with few short striae, other sternitcs without striae.

Second abdominal segment unarmed. Second and third segments each with one continuous transverse striae

absent from fourth and fifth segments.

First and second abdominal segments each with pair of gonopods.

Eyes moderately large, maximum comeal diameter about one-third length of anterior border of carapace between

bases of anterolateral spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) slightly overreaching comeae. with 2 subequal distal spines

and 2 lateral spines.

First segment of antennal peduncle with distomesial spine, slightly overreaching second segment; second

segment with 2 distal spines, mesial longer than lateral, slightly overreaching third segment; third segment

unarmed.

Merus of third maxilliped with 2 well developed spines on flexor margin, proximal longer than distal; extensor

margin with distal spine.

Chelipeds subequal. Right cheliped about 2.5 times as long as carapace; merus and carpus armed with rows of

spines on mesial, dorsal and ventral borders; palm with several mesial and dorsal spines, row ol dorsolateral spines

continuing onto fixed finger and reaching lip; movable finger with row of spines along mesial border reaching tip.

Walking legs slender. First walking leg slightly less than twice carapace length; merus with row of spines

along dorsal border increasing in size distally, long distal spine on ventral margin; carpus with long distal spine on

dorsal and ventral borders, additional spine on dorsal margin; propodus with 11-12 movable spines along ventral

margin; dactylus long, slightly shorter than propodus, with 8 movable spinules along ventral margin. Second

walking leg similar to first. Third walking leg shorter than first and second and less spinulated; merus about three-

quarters that of first walking legs.

Epipods absent from all pereiopods.

Variations. — No significant differences in the main characters have been observed between the holotype and

the paratypes.

Remarks. — M. pusiola is close to M. minuta sp. nov. from the Philippines; their relationships are discussed

under Remarks of the latter (see above).

Distribution. — Philippines, west coast of Mindoro, between 92 and 97 m.

Munida sacksi sp. nov.

Fig. 6

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 2 : stn 75, 300-330 m : 1 ov. 9 13.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 2522).

New Caledonia. MUSORSTOM 4 : stn 241, 22°09.0'S, 167°12.2’E, 470-480 m, 03.10.1985 : 1 6 9.1 mm; 1 9

9.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3399). — Stn 242, 22°05.8’S, 167°10.3’E, 500-550 m, 03.10.1985 : 1 ov. 9 10.7 mm; 3 9 9.1-

10.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 3400).

Types. — The ovigerous female of 13.4 mm from Musorstom 2, Stn 75 (MNHN-Ga 2522) has been selected

as holotype; the other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — This species is dedicated to R. Sacks, from ICSEAF (International Commission for the

Southeast Atlantic Fisheries), for his continuous and valuable assistance in my work.

Description (Holotype). — Carapace with numerous secondary striae between principal striae. Some scales on

intestinal region. Gastric region with row of epigastric spines. One parahepatic and one postcervical spine on each

side.

Frontal margins quite transverse. Anterolateral spine well developed situated on frontal margins near

anterolateral angle, not reaching sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines. Second marginal spine on

Source: MNHN. Paris

MUNIDA FROM THE PHILIPPINES AND INDONESIA

439

anterolateral angle somewhal smaller than preceding one. One small spine between both spines. Branchial margins

with 5 spines decreasing in size posteriorly.

Fig. 6. — Munida sacksi sp. nov., ov. 9, 13.4 mm, holotype from Sin 75 (Musorstom 2): a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of cephalic region, showing antennula and antennal peduncles; d, right third

maxilliped, lateral view; e, right first walking leg, lateral view; f. dactylus of right first walking leg, lateral view.

Rostrum spiniform, slightly less than half as long as remaining carapace, slightly sinuous and horizontal.

Supraocular spines not reaching end of comeae, subparallcl and upwardly directed.

Fourth thoracic stemite with few short arcuate striae; other stemites without striae.

Second abdominal segment with row of 8 spines on anterior ridge. Second to fourth abdominal segments each

with several transverse striae.

Eyes large, maximum corneal diameter more than one-third length of anterior border of carapace between bases

of anterolateral spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) overreaching corneae, with 2 distal spines, distomesial

slightly shorter than distolatcral; 2 spines on lateral margin.

440

E. MACPHERSON

First segment of antennal peduncle with strong distal spine on mesial and lateral margins, mesial longer than

lateral and overreaching second segment; second segment with 2 long distal spines, mesial longer than lateral,

overreaching antennal peduncle; third segment unarmed.

Merus of third maxilliped with one well developed spine on flexor margin; extensor margin unarmed.

Chelipeds missing. Walking legs slender. First walking leg nearly 3 times carapace length; merus with row of

spines on dorsal and ventral borders increasing in size distally; carpus with long distal spine on dorsal and ventral

borders, several additional spines on dorsal margin; propodus with row of 11 movable spines on ventral margin;

dactylus long, 2/3 propodus length, slightly curving distally, with 8 movable spinules along ventral margin, distal

third unarmed. Second walking leg similar to first. Third walking leg shorter than first and second; merus about

one-half that of first walking leg.

Epipods absent from all pereiopods.

Variations. — The male has the first and second abdominal segments each with 1 pair of gonopods. The

chelipeds (broken) are present in one specimen, having a row of spines along the mesial and lateral borders ot the

movable and fixed fingers respectively.

Remarks. — Additional specimens of this species were found in New Caledonia after its discovery in the

Philippines.

M. sacksi is closely related to M. africana Doflein & Balss, 1913, from the south ol Somalia (for the

redescription of this species see MACPHERSON, 1991) in having five spines on the branchial margins of the

carapace, the anterior ridge of the second abdominal segment with a row ol spines and the extensor border ol the

merus of the third maxilliped unarmed. They differ in the following characters :

— The frontal margins are clearly more oblique in M. africana than in the new species.

— The distomesial spine of the second antennal segment in the new species clearly overreaches the antennal

peduncle, whereas in M. africana this spine is shorter.

— The merus of the third maxilliped of M. africana has 2 well developed spines on the flexor margin, only one

in the new species.

— In the new species, the dactylus of the walking legs are unarmed on the distal third of the ventral border. In

M. africana the spines are present along the ventral margin.

SIZE. — The male examined measures 9.1 mm, females between 9.1 and 13.4 mm; ovigerous females from

10.7 mm.

Distribution. — The Philippines, southwest coast of Luzon, New Caledonia, between 300 and 550 m.

Munida spinulifera Miers, 1884

Munida spinulifera Miers, 1884 : 279, pi. 31. fig. b. — Tirmizi & JAVED, 1976 : 85, fig. 4. — Baba, 1988 : 83 (key).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. Corindon 2 : stn 268, 200 m : 2 6 6.0, 7.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 3217).

Remarks. — The specimens examined agree quite well with the redescription and figures provided by TIRMIZI

& Javed (1976). Some additional information on this species is here included : the fourth thoracic stemite has few

striae, the other sternites are smooth; the number of dorsal spines on the second and third abdominal segments

ranges between 8-9 and 4-6, respectively; the basal antennular segment clearly overreaches the cornea and the

distolateral spine is longer than the distomesial; the chelipeds are long and slender, the fixed linger has a row ol

spines along the lateral border and the movable finger has one basal and one distal spine; the distal third of the

ventral border of the dactylus of the walking legs is unarmed.

The species was previously known only from the type locality (Aralura Sea); these specimens were collected

north of Sulawesi.

Source MNHN. Paris

MUNIDA FROM TOE PHILIPPINES AND INDONESIA

441

Munida variabilis Baba, 1988

Munida variabilis Baba, 1988 : 82 (key), 134, figs 51-52.

- Sm A i ER 76 A 0 L «?nl M[ f^ n f PhiliP SM M r,™ M 2 : S,n 36 - 569 ' 595 m : 2 d 1 ‘- 8 - 150 (MNHN-G, 2523).

(MNHN Ga 2525) (MNHN -° a 2524 >- ~ Sl " 4 *- 445-520 m : 2 <J 9.7. 15.6 mm; 1 ov. $ 14.6 mm

- Sm U p3 S 700 70Vn! , - l °4 6 n S o'" 1 4 9 o' 8 ' 9 ' 3 mm; 4 ° V ' 9 l4 ‘ 5 -* 7 - 3 mm (MNHN-Ga 2526).

Stn 1-3, 700-702 m . 2 6 13.4, 14.7 mm; 1 ov. $ 19.2 mm; 5 9 9.3-19.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 2527).

SIZE. — The males examined ranged between 9.7 and 19.0 mm. females between 5.8 and 19.8 mm- ovieerous

females from 14.5 mm. ’ 6

Distribution. — The present material was collected in the Philippines, south and southwest of Luzon south

of Mindoro and north of Panay. between 445 and 820 m. Baba (1988) recorded this species from the same

localities, between 514 and 924 m.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I am very grateful to A. Crosnier of ORSTOM for his support and help and for making this interesting

material available to me and to K. Baba (Kumamoto University), A. B. Williams (National Museum of Natural

History. Washington), J. W. Goy (Texas A & M University) and G. C. B. Poore (Museum of Victoria) for

reading a draft of the manuscript and suggesting many improvements. Thanks are also due to R. B. Manning

(N ational Museum of Natural History, Washington) and P. F. Clark (The Natural History Museum. London)

lor the loan of material.

REFERENCES

Alcock. A., 1894. — Natural History notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer "Investigator", commander R.F.

Hoskyn, R.N., commanding. Series II, No. 1. On the results of deep-sea dredging during the season 1890-91

(continued). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist ., (6) 13 : 321-334.

Alcock, A. 1901. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Indian Deep-Sea Crustacea Decapoda. Macrura and Anomala in the

Indian Museum . Being a Revised Account of the Deep-Sea Species Collected by the Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship

Investigator". Calcutta, iv + 286 pp., 3 pis.

Alcock, A., & Anderson, A. R. S., 1895. — Crustacea. Part 3. Illustrations of the Zoology of the Royal Indian Marine

Surveying Steamer "Investigator", pis 9-15, Calcutta.

Baba, K., 1988. — Chirostylid and Galatheid Crustaceans (Decapoda: Anomura) of the "Albatross" Philippine

Expedition, 1907-1910. Researches Crust., Special Number 2, v + 203 pp.

Baba, K., 1990. — Chirostylid and Galatheid Crustaceans of Madagascar (Decapoda, Anomura). Bull. Mus. naln. Hist

nat., Paris, (4) 11, section A (4) : 921-975.

FOREST. J., 1981. — Compte rendu et remarques generates (lexte bilingue). hi : Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM I

Philippines (18-28 mars 1976). Vol. 1 (1). Mem. ORSTOM, (93) : 9-50.

Fores I, J., 1986. La campagne Musorstom II (1980). Compte rendu et lisle des stations (texte bilingue). In : Resultats

des Campagnes MUSORSTOM I et II. Philippines (1976-1980). Vol. 2 (1). Mem. Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. (A), 133 : 7-30.

Forest, J., 1989. — Compte rendu de la Campagne Musorstom 3 aux Philippines (31 mai-7 juin 1985) (texte bilingue).

In : Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Vol. 4 (I). Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., (A), 143 : 9-23.

442

E. MACPHERSON

Henderson. J.R.. 1885. — Diagnoses of the new species of Galatheidea collected during the "Challenger" Expedition.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) 16 : 407-421.

Henderson. J.R., 1888. - Report on the Anomura Collected by H.M.S on

the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the Years 1873-76, Zoology, 27, vi + 221 pp, -

pis.

MACPHERSON. E.. 1991. - A new species of the genus Munida (Crustacea Decapods Anomura C^eidae) the

Western Indian Ocean, with the redescription of M. afncana Doflein and Balss, 1913. Set. Mar., 55 (4) . 551-556.

Macphfrson E & Baba K 1992. — Crustacea Decapoda : Munida japonica Stimpson, 1858. and related species

SaUheidae)': in A Crosn.ER (ed.). Results,s des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Vol. 10. Mem. Mus. natn. Hts, not.,

156 : 381-420.

MACPHERSON. E„ & DE Saint LaURENT, M., 1991. — Galatheid crustaceans of the genus Munida from French Polynesia.

Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 13, section A (3-4) : 373-422.

MIERS J E 1884 - Crustacea. In : Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the

Voyage of H. M. S. "Alert" 1881-2 : 178-322. 513-575. pis 46-52. London.

Miyake, S.. 1982. — Japanese Crustacean Decapods and Stomatopods in Color. Vol. 1. Macrura, Anomura and

Stomatopoda. Osaka, vii + 261 pp., 56 pis.

Miyake, S., & Baba, K., 1966. — Two new species of the family Galatheidae from the Tosa Bay, Japan. J. Fac. Agnc .

Kyushu Univ., 14 (1) : 81-88.

MOOSA, M. K., 1984. — Report on the Corindon Cruises. Mar. Res. Indonesia , (24) : 1-6.

TlRMIZI, N.M.. & JAVED, W., 1976. — A new species of Munida from the Indian Ocean with a redescription of a syntype ot

Munida spinulifera Miers, 1884 (Decapoda, Galatheidea). Crustaceana, 31 (1): 81-89.

TlRMIZI, N.M., & JavaID, W., 1992. — Two new species of Munida Leach, 1820 (Decapoda Anomura, Galatheidea) from

the Indian Ocean. Crustaceana , 62 (3) : 312-318.

YANAGITA, I., 1943. — Revision of Munida, a genus of decapod crustaceans found in Japanese waters. Bull. Biog. Soc.

Japan , 13 : 13-32.

ZARIQUIEY Alvarez, R., 1952. — Estudio de las especies europeas del gen. Munida Leach 1818. Eos, 28 : 143-231.

Source: MNHN, Paris

TATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10- RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM. VOLUME 10

RESUI

Crustacea Decapoda : Species of the genus Paramunida

Baba, 1988 (Galatheidae) from the Philippines,

Indonesia and New Caledonia

Enrique MACPHERSON

Instituto de Ciencias del Mar. CSIC

Paseo Nacional s/n

08039 Barcelona, Spain

ABSTRACT

Galatheid crustaceans of the genus Paramunida Baba. 1988, collected in the Philippines, Indonesia and

New Caledonia, have been studied. The collection contains 12 species, seven of which are described as new : P. belone, P.

evexa, P pictura, P . polita, P. pronoe, P. stichas, and P. thalie . An identification key for all of the species of the genus

is provided. 1 6

RESUME

Crustacea Decapoda : Les especes du genre Paramunida (Galatheidae) recoltees aux Philip¬

pines, en Indonesie et en Nouvelle-Caledonie.

^ ouze es P^ ces du genre Paramunida Baba, 1988, ont ete recoltees au cours de campagnes dans l'Ouest-Pacifique

(1 hilippines, Indonesie et Nouvelle-Caledonie). Sept sont decrites comme nouvelles (P. belone, P. evexa, P. pictura,

P. polita, P. pronoe, P. stichas et P. thalie). Les dpines des regions gaslrique et cardiaque, la presence ou l’absence de

stnes sur les sternites thoraciques, la forme et la taille de lepine mesiodistale du second segment antennaire, la

coloration, sont les principaux caracteresde distinction entre les especes. Une cle ^identification est proposee pour les

14 especes reconnues dans le genre.

INTRODUCTION

The genus Paramunida was created by Baba (1988) to include those species described as belonging to the genus

Munida Leach, 1820. having a very short rostrum, reduced transverse ridges on the carapace, male gonopods absent

from the first abdominal segment, and a well developed anterolateral projection on the first segment of the antennal

peduncle. The genus is restricted to the Indian and Pacific oceans, and Baba (1988) included 7 species : P. granulata

Macpherson, E., 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : Species of the genus Paramunida Baba, 1988 (Galatheidae) from the

Philippines, Indonesia and New Caledonia. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.). Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 10

Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat ., 156 : 443-473. Paris ISBN 2-85653-206-3.

444

E. MACPIIERSON

(Henderson. 1885). P. hawaiiensis (Baba. 1981), P. longior Baba, 1988, P. proximo (Henderson, 1885), P. scabra

(Henderson, 1885), P. seiigera Baba, 1988, and P tricarinata (Alcock, 1894) (see also Alcock. 1894, 1891;

Alcock & Anderson. 1895; Baba. 1981).

The numerous representalives of this genus obtained during the expeditions to the Philippines. Indonesia and

New Caledonian area revealed the existence of 12 species, 7 of them described here as new. Therefore, the genus is

actually represented by 14 species. In this paper, the description and/or additional information lor 13 species are

provided, including an identification key for all the species of the genus. P tricarinata (Alcock, 1894) collected in

several localities of the Indian ocean, is also illustrated and included in the text due to its relationship with several

species obtained in Indonesia, the Philippines and New Caledonian zone [e.g. P. scabra (Henderson. 1885),

p ihalie sp. nov. from Loyalty Islands], One species. P hawaiiensis (Baba. 1981), only known from Hawaii, is

not included in the systematic account of this paper. However, it is easily differentiated from the other species by

the size of the supraocular spines and the shape of the rostrum and of the the antennular peduncle (see Baba. 1981,

1988).

The number of spines on the gastric and cardiac regions, the shape and size of the rostrum and supraocular

spines, the prcscnce/absencc of striae on the thoracic sternites, the length of the basal segment of the antennular

peduncle, the size and shape of the spines of the second segment of the antennal peduncle, the ratio propodus

length/propodus height and propodus lcnglh/dactylus length of the walking legs and the colour pattern arc the most

relevant and constant aspects to differentiate the species. Some characters are rather constant in all the species

considered and it seems that they have not systematic significance. Therefore, in order to avoid unnecessary

repetitions they will be only included in the description of the first species considered (P. belone). These characters

are ; the armature of the abdominal tergites. the spinulation of the merus of the third maxilliped, and the armature

of the chelipcds and walking legs. Finally, in this paper, the rostrum is considered from the sinus between

supraocular spines until the tip of the rostral spine.

The types of the new species and other material are deposited in the collections of the Musdum national

d'Histoire naturellc. Paris (MNHN), the Puslitbang Oseanologi - LIPI, Jakarta (POLIPI). and the National

Museum of Natural History. Washington (NMNH). Abbreviations of other institutions are : The Natural History

Museum. London (BM) and Senckenbcrg Museum, Frankfurt (SM). Measurements given in this paper are of the

carapace length, excluding rostrum.

LIST OF STATIONS

The abbreviations of the devices used are : CC = Otter trawl; CP = Beam trawl; D = Dredge; DC = Charcot

dredge; DW = Waren dredge.

MUSORSTOM 1. Philippines.

Station 5. — 19.03.1976, 14°01.5’N. 120°23.5'E, 200-215 m : P. setigera.

Station 10.— 19.03.1976. 13°59.8’N, ^IS^T. 187-205 m ; P. scabra.

Station 19. — 21.03.1976. 13°57.8'N, 120°18.2’E. 167-187 m : P. scabra.

Station 21. — 21.03.1976, 14°01.0'N. 120°22.8'E, 174-223 m ; P. setigera.

Station 27. — 22.03.1976. 13°59.8'N. 120°18.6'E, 188-192 m : P. scabra.

Station 30. — 22.03.1976, 14°01.3'N. 120°18.7'E, 177-186 m ; P. scabra.

Station 31. — 22.03.1976. 14°00.0'N, 120°16.0'E, 187-195 m : P. scabra.

Station 34. — 23.03.1976. 14°01.0'N. 120°15,8'E, 188-191 m ; P. scabra.

Station 40. — 24.03.1976, 13°57.4’N, 120°27.8’E, 265-287 m ; P. proximo.

Station 42. — 24.03.1976, 13°55.1'N, 120°28.6 r E. 379-407 m : P. setigera.

Station 51. — 25.03.1976. 13°49.4’N, 120°04.2'E. 170-200 m : P. scabra, P. setigera.

Station 54. — 26.03.1976. 13°54.2'N, 119°57.9'E. 975-1075 m : P. scabra.

Station 58. — 26.03.1976. 13°58.0'N, 120°13.7'E. 143-178 m : P. scabra.

Station 61. — 27.03.1976. 14°02.2'N. 120 o 18.1'E. 184-202 m : P. scabra.

Source : MNHN, Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPECIES

445

Station 62. — 27.03.1976, 13°59.5'N, 120°15.6'E, 179-194 m : P scabra

Station 63. — 27.03.1976, 14°00.8’N, 120°15.8'E. 191-195 m : P. scabra

Station 64. — 27.03.1976. 14°00.5’N, 120°16.3'E. 194-195 m : P scabra

Station 71. — 28.03.1976, 14°09.3'N. 120°26.2'E, 174-204 m : P. scabra.

Musorstom 2. Philippines.

Station 1. — 20.11.1980, 14°00.3'N, 120°19.3 r E, 188-198 m : P scabra.

Station 2. — 20.11.1980, 14°01.0'N, 120°17.rE. 184-186 m : P scabra.

Station 4. —20.11.1980, 14°01.2'N. 120°18.4'E, 183-190 m:P scabra

Station 10. —21.11.1980, 14°00.1'N, 120°18.5'E. 188-195 m : P. scabra

Station 31. — 24.11.1980, 13°40.5'N. 120°53.7'E, 204-230 m : P scabra

Station 35. — 24.11.1980, 13°27.9'N, 121°11.6'E. 160-198 m : P. scabra

Station 51. — 27.11.1980, 13°59.3'N, 120°16.4'E, 170-187 m : P. scabra.

Station 54. — 27.11.1980. 13°59.5'N. 120°09.3'E. 170-174 m : P. scabra

Station 55. — 27.11.1980. 13°53.7'N, 119°58.5'E. 865-866 m : P. seligera.

Station 59. — 28.11.1980. 14°00.5'N, I20°16.5'E, 186-190 m : P. scabra

Station 63. — 29.11.1980. 14°07.3’N, 120°15.0'E. 215-230 m : P. slichas

Station 71. — 30.11.1980, 14 o 00.1’N, ^H.S'E, 189-197 m : P. scabra.

Station 72. — 30.11.1980, 14°00.7'N, 120°19.4 , E, 182-197 m :P. scabra

Station 80. —01.12.1980, 13°45.1'N. 120°37.7’E, 178-205 m : P. scabra.

Station 83. — 02.12.1980. 13°55.2'N, 120°30.5'E. 318-320 m : P. scabra.

Musorstom 3. Philippines.

Station 86. — 31.05.1985, 14°00.4’N, 120°17.8’E, 187-192 m : P. scabra.

Station 87. — 31.05.1985. 14°00.6'N. 120°19.6'E, 191-197 m : P. scabra

Station 88. — 31.05.1985. 14°00.5'N, 120°17.4'E, 183-187 m : P. scabra.

Station 90. — 31.05.1985, 14°00.1'N. 120°18.6'E. 195 m : P. scabra.

Station 95. — 01.06.1985, 13°55.8’N, 119°59.3'E, 865 m : P. scabra.

Station 120. — 03.06.1985, 12°05.6'N, 121°15.6'E, 219-220 m : P. seligera.

Station 133. — 05.06.1985, 11°57.8’N, 121°52.2'E, 334-390 m : P. scabra.

Station 143. — 07.06.1985, 11°28.3'N. 124°11.6'E, 205-214 m : P. scabra.

Biocal. New Caledonia.

Station CP 108. — 09.09.1985, 22°02.5'S. 167°05.6'E, 335 m : P. seligera.

Musorstom 4. New Caledonia.

Station CC 173. — 17.09.1985. 19°02.5'S. 163°18.8'E, 250-290 m : P longior.

Station DW 223. — 30.09.1985, 22°57.0’S. 167°30.0'E, 545-560 m : P. slichas.

Station CP 238. — 02.10.1985. 22°13.0'S, 167°14.0'E, 500-510 m : P. slichas. P. pronoe.

Station CP 243. — 03.10.1985, 22°02.8'S. 167°07.7'E. 435-450 m : P. longior.

Station CC 246. — 03.10.1985. 22°08.5'S. 167°11.5'E, 410-420 m : P. seligera

CltALCAL 2. New Caledonia.

Station DW 73. — 29.10.1986, 29°39.9'S, 168°38.1’E, 573 m : P. slichas.

Station DW 74. — 29.10.1986, 24°40.3’S, 168°38.3’E. 650 m : P. granulaia.

Station DW 75. — 29.10.1986. 24°39.3'S. 168°39.6'E. 600 m : P. granulaia, P. piciura.

SMIB 6. New Caledonia.

Station DW 115. — 02.03.1990. 19°00.1'S, 163°27.5'E, 280-285 m : P. piciura.

Source MNHN. Paris

446

E. MACPHERSON

CHALCAL 1. Chesterfield Islands.

Station CP 4. — 16.07.1984, 19°33.9'S, 158°37.9'E, 350-370 m : P. pictura.

Station D 33. — 19.07.1984, 19°44.8'S, 158°25.8'E, 205 m : P. pictura.

Musorstom 5. Chesterfield Islands.

Station CP 253. — 07.10.1986, 25°08.7’S, 159°55.2’E, 295 m : P. pictura.

Station CP 267. — 08.10.1986. 25°23.6'S. 159°47.2'E, 285 m : P. pictura.

Station CP 268. — 09.10.1986, 24°44.7'S, 159°39.2'E, 280 m : P. pictura.

Station CP 275. — 09.10.1986, 24°46.6'S, 159°40.3'E, 285 m : P pictura.

Station CP 276. — 09.10.1986, 24°48.9'S, 159°40.9'E. 258-269 m : P. pictura.

Station CP 288. — 10.10.1986, 24°04.8’S, 159°36.8'E, 270 m : P. pictura.

Station CP 289. — 10.10.1986, 24°01.5'S, 159°38.4'E, 273 m : P. pictura.

Station CP 293. — 11.10.1986, 23°09.3'S, 159°30.8’E, 280 m : P. pictura.

Station DW 303. — 12.10.1986, 22°11.9'S, 159°23.2'E, 332 m : P. pictura.

Station CP 307. — 12.10.1986, 22°11.1'S. 159 0 24.1'E. 350-345 m : P. pictura.

Station CP 309. — 12.10.1986. 22°10.2'S. 159°22.8'E. 340 m : P. pictura.

Station CP 311. — 12.10.1986, 22°13.6'S. 159°23.9'E, 320 m : P. pictura.

Station CP 312. — 12.10.1986, 22°17.2'S. 159°24.8'E, 315-320 m : P. pictura.

Station DW 328. — 15.10.1986, 20°22.8'S, 158°43.6'E, 355-340 m : P. pictura.

Station DW 329. — 15.10.1986, 20°22.9'S, 158°46.6'E, 320 m : P. pictura.

Station DW 330. — 15.10.1986, 20°19.8'S. 158°48.4'E. 360-365 m : P. pictura.

Station DC 376. — 20.10.1986, 19°51.1'S, 158°29.8'E, 280 m : P. pictura.

Station DC 378. — 20.10.1986, 19°53.7'S, 158°38.3'E. 355 m : P. pictura.

MUSORSTOM 6. Loyalty Islands.

Station DW 392. — 13.02.1989, 20°47.3'S. 167°04.6'E. 340 m : P. pictura.

Station DW 397. — 13.02.1989, 20°47.3'S, 167°05.1'E. 380 m : P. belone.

Station DW 407. — 15.02.1989, 20°40.7'S, 167°06.6'E, 360 m : P. pictura.

Station DW 412. — 15.02.1989, 20°40.6'S, 167°03.7'E, 437 m : P. belone.

Station DW 417. — 16.02.1989, 20°41.8'S, 167 o 03.6'E, 283 m : P. thalie.

Station CP 419. — 16.02.1989, 20°41.6'S, 283 m : P. thalie.

Station DW 421. — 16.02.1989. 20°26.2’S, 166°40.1'E, 245 m : P. thalie.

Station DW 422. — 16.02.1989, 20°26.2'S. 166°40.3'E, 257 m : P. thalie.

Station DW 453. — 20.02.1989, 21°00.5'S. 167°26.9'E. 250 m : P. belone.

Station CP 454. — 20.02.1989, 21°00.6'S. 167°26.5'E. 260 m : P. thalie.

Station DW 457. — 20.02.1989. 21°00.4'S, 167°28.7'E, 353 m : P. pictura.

Station CP 464. — 21.02.1989, 21°02.3’S. 167°31.6’E. 430 m : P. belone.

Station DW 468. — 21.02.1989, 21°05.8'S, 167°32.9'E, 600 m : P. granulata.

Station DW 483. — 23.02.1989, 21°19.8'S, 167°47.8'E. 600 m : P. granulata.

Station DW 486. — 23.02.1989. 20°21.4'S. 167°47.6'E, 370 m : P. pictura.

VOLSMAR. Matthew and Hunter Islands.

Station DW 17. — 03.06.1989. 22°23.2'S. 171°41.7'E, 260-300 m : P. pictura.

CORINDON. Indonesia.

Station 267. —07.11.1980, 01°56.6'S, 119°16.7’E. 134-186 m : P. setigera.

Station 271. — 07.11.1980, 01°57.8'S, 119°15.0’E, 215 m : P. setigera.

Station 273. — 07.11.1980, 01°56.0'S. 119°16.0'E, 180-220 m : P. setigera.

PARAMUN1DA SPECIES

447

Karubar.

Station CP 5.

Station CP 6.

Station CP 15.

Station CP 16.

Station CP 17.

Station CP 25.

Station CP 33.

Station CP 35.

Station CP 36.

Station CP 47.

Station CP 63.

Station CP 65.

Station CP 66.

Station CP 67.

Station CP 79.

Station DW 80

Station CP 84.

Station CP 85.

Station CP 86.

Indonesia.

— 22.10.1991, 05°46'39"S, 132°20'04"E, 285-323 m :

— 22.10.1991, 05 o 47'll"S, 132°20'40"E, 286-306 m :

— 24.10.1991, 05°17'38"S, 132°40'51"E, 214-221 m

— 24.10.1991. 05°17'06"S. 132°51'19"E, 315-348 m

— 24.10.1991.05°17'03"S, 133°00'24"E. 439-459 m

— 26.10.1991. 05°31'30"S, 132°50'40"E, 318-352 m

— 27.10.1991, 06°02'I0"S, 132°38 , 2I"E. 281-311 m

— 27.10.1991, 06°07'22"S, 132°43'45"E, 390-502 m

— 27.10.1991. 06°05'50"S, 132°44'29"E. 210-268 m

— 29.10.1991, 08°0r()4"S. 132°54’07"E, 235-246 m

— 01.11.1991. 08°59'59"S, 132°56'40"E, 213-214 m

— 01.11.1991.09°14'01"S, 132°28’28"E, 174-176 m

— 01.11.1991. 09°02'19"S, 132°10'49"E. 211-217 m

— 01.11.1991, 08°58'59"S, 132°07’20"E, 233-246 m :

— 03.11.1991. 09°13'34"S. 131°22'35"E, 239-250 m

. — 04.11.1991, 09°37'00"S, 131°02'00"E. 199-201 m

— 04.11.1991. 09 o 22’41"S, 131°07'17"E, 246-275 m

— 04.11.1991, 09°22’.51"S, 131°12'04"E. 239-244 m :

— 04.11.1991. 09°23'59"S. 131°14'29"E, 222-226 nr

P. proximo, P. scabra.

P. scabra, P. proximo, P. polila.

: P. scabra, P. stichas.

: P. polila.

: P. granulata.

: P. polita.

: P. scabra, P. polita.

: P. longior, P. polita.

: P. scabra, P. proximo, P. stichas .

: P. scabra.

: P. setigera.

: P. setigera, P. evexa, P. proximo

: P. evexa, P. setigera.

P. scabra, P. setigera.

: P. setigera.

: P. evexa.

: P. proximo.

P. scabra.

P. scabra, P. evexa.

Key to species of Paramunida

1. Rostral spine smaller than supraocular spines . .. 2

— Rostral spine larger than supraocular spines. 3

2. Base of rostrum strongly excavated. Basal segment of antennula gradually narrowed

distally, with 2 more or less reduced terminal spines. No bundle of setae at base of carpus

of chelipcd . P. hawaiiensis (Baba. 1981)

— Base of rostrum moderately excavated. Basal segment of antennulc narrowed in distal 1/3,

with 2 distinct terminal spines. Carpus of chelipcd with bundle of setae at base.

. P. setigera Baba, 1988

3. Distomcsial spine of second segment of antennal peduncle almost reaching end of anterior

prolongation of first segment./>. granulata (Henderson, 1885)

Distomesial spine of second segment of antennal peduncle clearly not reaching end of

anterior prolongation of first segment." 4

4. Propodi of walking legs particularly slender, about 20 times as long as wide.

. P. longior Baba, 1988

— Propodi of walking legs about 7 to 11 times as long as wide . 5

5. Thoracic sternites with numerous striae . 6

— Fourth thoracic sternite with few striae; fifth to seventh sternites usually without striae...

. 11

6. Median gastric region with a row of 3-4 strong spines . 7

— Median gastric region with 1 (rarely 2) spine of moderate size . 9

7. Second segment of antennal peduncle bluntly produced distomcsially.

. . evexa sp. nov.

— Second segment of antennal peduncle with well developed distomesial spine . 8

Source . MNHN. Paris

448

E. MACPHERSON

8 . Basal antennular segment exceeding corneae by distal 1/3. Propodus of walking legs

slightly longer than dactylus. P- thalie sp. nov.

— Basal antennular segment exceeding corneae by distal 1/5 at most. Propodus of walking

legs more than 1.5 times dactylus length. P. tricarinata (Alcock, 1894)

9. Median cardiac region with 1 spine . P • pronoe sp. nov.

— Median cardiac region with a row of 3-4 spines. 10

10. Mesiodistal spine of second antennal segment not evenly tapering, distally indented to

form a spine-like process. Third and fourth segments of antennal peduncle reduced in size..

. P. proximo (Henderson, 1885)

— Mesiodistal spine of second antennal segment, evenly tapering to a sharp tip. Third and

fourth segments of antennal peduncle well developed . P . scabra (Henderson, 1885)

11. Median gastric region with 1-2 spines of moderate size. 1 2

— Median gastric region with a row of 3-4 strong spines. 13

12. Mesiodistal spine of second antennal segment exceeding antennal peduncle.

. P. belone sp. nov.

— Mesiodistal spine of second antennal segment clearly not reaching end of antennal

peduncle . p - P olita S P- nov -

13. Mesiodistal spine of second antennal segment evenly tapering to a sharp tip, only

reaching end of third segment. p • pictura sp. nov.

— Mesiodistal spine of second antennal segment not evenly tapering, distally indented to

form a spine-like process, reaching end of antennal peduncle .

. P. stichas sp. nov.

SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT

Paramunida belone sp. nov.

Figs 1, 12

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Loyalty Islands. MUSORSTOM 6 : stn 397, 380 m : 1 6 5.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2774). —

Stn 412, 437 m : 1 6 13.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 2825). — Stn 453, 250 m : 1 juv. 3.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 2834). — Stn 464,

430 m : 2 6 15.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 2853) and 17.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 3014).

Types. — The male of 15.0 mm from Loyalty Islands, MUSORSTOM 6, stn 464 (MNHN-Ga 2853) has been

selected as the holotype; the other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — From the Greek, Belone , needle, in reference to the long distomesial spine of the second

antennal segment.

Description. — Carapace as long as broad. Dorsal surface covered with spinules, lacking scaly striae. Gastric

and cardiac regions indistinctly circumscribed and moderately convex. Gastric region with 2 epigastric spines just

behind supraocular spines; 1 median mesogastric spine. Cardiac region with a median row of 3 well developed

spines, first spine stronger than others; each branchiocardiac boundary with a row of 3 spines. Posterior margin

with numerous small spines.

Frontal margins moderately concave behind eyes. Anterolateral spines long, situated at anterolateral angles,

exceeding the level of sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines. Branchial margins slightly convex, with 5-7

spines of about similar size.

Source MNHN. Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPECIES

449

FlG. 1. — Paramunida belone sp. nov., d, 15.0 mm, holotype from stn 464 (MUSORSTOM 6) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, upper margin of carapace and rostrum, lateral view; c, sternal plastron; d, ventral view of right cephalic region,

showing antennula and antennal peduncles; e, merus of right third maxilliped, lateral view; f, propodus and dactylus

of right first walking leg, lateral view.

Source: MNHN. Paris

450

E. MACPHERSON

Roslrum wide al base, spinifomi and upturned distally, stouter and about 3 times as long as supraocular spines;

around one-fifth remaining carapace. Supraocular spines more slender than rostrum, not reaching to its midlength

and falling short the end of comeae.

Fourth thoracic stemite with some arcuate striae, fifth to seventh stemites without striae.

Second and third abdominal segments each with one row of 4 spines on anterior border and 2-4 small spines on

posterior margin; fourth segment with 2-4 spines on anterior border and one median spine on posterior margin.

Eyes large, maximum corneal diameter about one-third the distance between bases of anterolateral spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) exceeding comeae, with 2 distal spines, distomesial shorter

than distolateral; lateral margin with 1 small spine.

Anterior prolongation of first segment of antennal peduncle clearly reaching past the antennular peduncle, with

long setae on lateral margin; second segment long and slender, with 2 distal spines, mesial longer than lateral, not

evenly tapering, distally indented to form a spine-like process and clearly exceeding antennal peduncle.

Ischium of third maxilliped strongly produced distally; merus bearing 1 (rarely 2) well developed spine on

flexor border; extensor margin unarmed.

Chelipeds long and slender, squamate, subcylindrical, furnished with iridiscent setae more dense on mesial

borders of articles, lacking tuft of setae at base of carpus; merus with several rows of spines; carpus with some

spines on dorsal and inner sides; palm as long as fingers, with some spines on inner marginal border.

Walking legs slender, with scales and granules more numerous on posterior side of articles; plumose, iridiscent

setae on dorsal margin; merus with a row of spines along dorsal and ventral borders, both terminal spines

produced; carpus with strong terminal spines on dorsal and ventral borders, some additional spines on dorsal

margin; propodus with a row of movable spines along ventral border; dactylus long and slender, without spinules

along ventral margin. First walking leg with propodus about 13 times as long as wide, and less than 1.5 times

dactylus length; dactylus with keel along terminal third of each lateral side.

Colour. — Ground colour of carapace and abdominal segments light orange, with numerous small red and

white spots. Yellow spots present on mesogastric and cardiac regions; yellow band bordering anterior half of

cardiac region; one white spot near the bifurcation of the cervical groove; one red spot on each anterolateral angle

and on lateral margins of carapace. Ground colour of chelipeds and walking legs whitish, with red bands. Fingers

of chelipeds whitish, with scattered red spots.

Remarks. — This new species is closely related to P. polita sp. nov. from Indonesia and P stichas sp. nov.

from New Caledonia, Matthews and Hunter Islands, Fiji, Indonesia, Philippines and Japan (see remarks under these

species).

Size. — The males examined ranged between 5.5 and 7.8 mm, no females were collected.

Distribution. — Loyalty Islands, between 250 and 437 m.

Paramunida evexa sp. nov.

Fig. 2

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. Karubar : stn 65, 174-176 m : 2 6 7.5 and 7.9 mm; 1 9 5.3 mm (MNHN-Ga

3016). — Stn 66, 211-217 m : 1 ov. 9 7.5 mm; 1 9 7.1 mm (USNM). — Stn 80, 198-201 m : 2 6 9.2 and 10.0 mm;

1 ov. 9 11.2 mm; 1 9 9.4 mm (POLIPI). — Stn 86, 222-226 m : 1 9 10,4 mm (MNHN-Ga 3214); 2 ov. 9 11.5 and

11.7 mm, 1 9 12.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3400).

Types. — The female of 10.4 mm from Karubar, stn 86 (MNHN-Ga 3214) has been selected as the

holotype; the other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — From the Latin, evexus, rounded at the top, in reference to the second antennal segment, being

bluntly produced distomesially.

Source: MNHN. Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPFXIES

451

Description. — Carapace slightly longer than wide. Dorsal surface covered with spinules, without transverse

ridges. Gastric and cardiac regions not distinctly circumscribed and moderately prominent. Gastric region with

2 small epigastric s D ines behind supraocular spines; a row of 3 median mesogastric spines, first spine more

prominent than others. Cardiac region with a median row of 3-4 well developed spines, decreasing in size

posteriorly; each branchiocardiac boundary with a row of 2-4 spines. Posterior margin of carapace with 1 median

spine and numerous additional small spines.

Fig. 2. —Paramunida evexa sp. nov., 9, 10.4 mm, holotype from stn 86 (Karubar) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, upper

margin of carapace and rostrum, lateral view; c, sternal plastron; d, ventral view of right cephalic region, showing

antennula and antennal peduncles; e, merus of right third maxilliped, lateral view; f, propodus and dactylus of right

first walking leg, lateral view.

452

E. MACPHERSON

Frontal margins transverse, lateral margins slightly convex. Anterolateral spines well developed, situated at

anterolateral angles, slightly overreaching the level of sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines. Branchial

margins with 5 small spines.

Rostrum triangular, upturned distally, clearly stouter than supraocular spines and one-fifth as long as remaining

carapace. Supraocular spines not reaching midlength of rostrum and end of corneae.

Thoracic sternites with numerous arcuate striae.

Eyes moderately large, maximum corneal diameter about one-fourth the distance between bases of anterolateral

spines.

Basal segment of anlennule (distal spines excluded) slightly exceeding corneae, with 2 short distal spines,

distomesial very small and shorter than distolateral; lateral margin unarmed.

Anterior prolongation of first segment of antennal peduncle distinctly exceeding antennular peduncle, with long

setae on ventrolateral border; second segment blunty produced distomesially, distolateral angle with a small spine.

First walking leg with propodus about 8 times as long as wide, and less than 1.5 times dactylus length;

dactylus with keel along distal half of each lateral side.

Remarks. — Paramunida evexa is closely related to P. thalie sp. nov. from Loyalty Islands (see remarks under

that species).

SIZE. — The 2 males examined measured 7.5 and 7.9 mm, the females ranged between 5.3 and 12.7 mm;

ovigerous females from 7.5 mm.

DISTRIBUTION. — Indonesia (Kai Islands), between 174 and 225 m.

Paramunida granulata (Henderson, 1885)

Figs 3, 13

Munida granulata Henderson, 1885 : 409; 1888 : 133, pi. 14, fig. 3a-b (in part).

Paramunida granulata - Baba, 1988 : 175 (key), 176, fig. 72.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. CHALCAL 2 : stn 74, 650 m : 2 6 6.0 and 8.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3216). —

Stn 75, 600 m : 1 9 9.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3217).

Loyalty Islands. Musorstom 6 : stn 468, 600 m : 1 6 11.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3218). — Stn 483, 600 m : 2 6 10.3

and 10.6 mm; 1 9 9.4 mm (USNM).

Fiji. "Challenger” : stn 173, 19°09 , 35 ,, S, 179°41'50 ,, E, 583 m, 24.07.1874: 5 6 6.1 to 11.0 mm; 1 ov. 9

10.7 mm; 1 9 7.7 mm, syntypes (BM).

Indonesia. Karubar : stn 17, 439-459 m : 4 6 8.6 to 12.7 mm [2 6 (POLIPI); 2 6 (MNHN-Ga 3220)].

Types. — The male of 10.8 mm from Indonesia," Challenger ", stn 173 has been selected as the lectotype; the

other specimens from the same station are paralectotypes.

Description. — Carapace as long as wide. Dorsal surface granulose, with scattered small spines, without

transverse ridges. Gastric region not circumscribed and slightly prominent. Gastric region with 2 small epigastric

spines behind supraocular spines; 1 strong mesogastric spine. Cardiac region distinctly circumscribed and

moderately prominent, with a median row of 3-4 well developed spines, first spine clearly stronger than others;

each branchiocardiac boundary with 2 spines. Posterior margin of carapace with numerous, small spines.

Frontal margins moderately concave. Lateral margins feebly convex. Anterolateral spines well developed,

situated at front near anterolateral angles, reaching the level of sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines.

Branchial margins with 4-5 small spines.

Rostrum spiniform, upturned distally, stouter than supraocular spines, one-tifth as long as remaining carapace.

Supraocular spines small, clearly not reaching midlength of rostrum and falling short the end of corneae.

Thoracic sternites with numerous arcuate striae.

Eyes large, maximum corneal diameter about half the distance between bases of anterolateral spines.

Source MNHN. Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPECIES

453

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) slightly exceeding comeac, with 2 distal spines mesial

slightly longer than lateral; lateral margin with 1-2 spines.

Anterior prolongation of first segment of antennal peduncle granulate, exceeding antennular peduncle with

long setae on ventrolateral border; second segment granulate, with 2 distal spines, mesial very long, almost

reaching end of anterior prolongation of first segment, lateral spine well developed reaching end of third segment.

454

E. MACPHERSON

First walking leg with propodus about 7 times as long as wide, and less than 1.5 times dactylus length;

dactylus with keel along each lateral side.

COLOUR. — Ground colour of carapace and abdominal segments pinkish. 2 red spots on posterior border of

carapace. One red spot at base of each anterolateral spine of carapace. Chelipeds and walking legs pinkish, with

reddish scales.

Remarks. — No significant differences were observed between the types and the other examined material. The

species is easily differentiable from the other species of the genus by the long distomesial spine of the second

segment of the antennal peduncle, which reaches the end of the anterior prolongation of the first segment. One

male from the " Challenger ” Expedition (Stn 173) belongs to an another species (see P stichas sp. nov.).

Size. —The males examined ranged between 6.0 and 12.7 mm, females between 7.7 and 10.7 mm; ovigerous

females from 10.7 mm.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands, Fiji and Indonesia (Kai Islands), between 439 and 650 m.

Paramunida longior Baba, 1988

Paramunida longior Baba, 1988 : 176 (key), 177, fig. 73.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. Musorstom 4 : stn 173, 250-290 m : 1 6 5.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3221). —

Stn 243, 435-450 m : 5 6 7.1 to 8.0 mm; 10 ov. 9 7.7 to 8.6 mm; 7 9 4.8 to 6.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3222).

Indonesia. Karubar : stn 35, 390-502 m : 1 6 10.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3223).

Remarks. — As Baba (1988) pointed out, Paramunida longior is very close to P. setigera Baba, 1988, from

the Philippines, Indonesia and New Caledonia. The differences between both species provided by Baba are quite

constant in the material examined. An additional difference is the presence or absence of striae on the thoracic

stemites : in P. longior the fourth thoracic stemite has few striae and the fifth to seventh sternites are smooth;

whereas in P. setigera the thoracic sternites have numerous striae.

SIZE. — The males examined ranged between 5.5 and 10.0 mm, females between 4.8 and 8.6 mm; ovigerous

females from 7.7 mm.

DISTRIBUTION. — New Caledonia, Indonesia (Kai Islands) and the Philippines, between 250 and 502 m.

Paramunida pictura sp. nov.

Figs 4, 14

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Chesterfield Islands. Chalcal 1 : stn 4, 350-370 m : 8 6 8.4 to 11.6 mm; 14 ov. 9

7.7 to 12.2 mm; 1 9 8.0 mm (USNM). — Stn 33, 205 m : 2 6 5.6 to 6.7 mm; 4 ov. 9 6.2 to 6.8 mm; 3 9 5.6 to 6.3 mm

(MNHN-Ga 3225).

MUSORSTOM 5 : stn 253, 295 m : 1 ov. 9 8.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3226). — Stn 267, 285 m : 1 6 7.0 mm; 1 ov. 9

7.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3227). — Stn 268, 280 m : 3 6 8.4 to 9.0 mm; 5 ov. 9 7.1 to 8.4 mm; 1 9 8.0 mm (MNHN-Ga

3228). — Stn 275, 285 m : 4 6 7.6 to 8.7 mm; 6 ov. 9 6.5 to 7.0 mm; 2 9 6.0 and 8.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3229). —

Stn 276, 258-269 m : 3 9 7.7 to 8.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 3230). — Stn 288, 270 m : 3 ov. 9 6.6 to 7.1 mm (MNHN-Ga

3231). — Stn 289, 273 m : 2 6 6.7 and 7.6 mm; 5 ov. 9 6.0 to 7.3 mm; 1 9 6.9 mm (MNHN-Ga 3232). — Stn 293,

280 m : 1 9 ov. 8.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 3233). — Stn 303, 332 m : 1 ov. 9 8.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 3234). — Stn 307, 345-

350 m : 1 <5 9.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3235); 14 6 6.8 to 9.5 mm; 14 ov. 9 7.3 to 7.7 mm; 8 9 6.8 to 7.2 mm (MNHN-Ga

3236). — Stn 309, 340 m : 8 6 3.8 to 9.4 mm; 7 ov. 9 6.5 to 7.7 mm; 6 9 3.7 to 8.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 3237). —

Stn 311, 320 m:U 7.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 3238). — Stn 312, 315-320 m : 7 6 7.1 to 8.5 mm; 7 ov. 9 7.0 to 8.8 mm;

1 9 7.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3239). — Stn 328, 355-340 m : 1 6 5.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3240). — Stn 329. 320 m : 1 9

5.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3241). — Stn 330, 360-365 m : 1 ov. 9 8.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 3242). — Stn 332, 400 m : 1 6

Source: MNHN. Paris

PARAMUN/DA SPECIES

455

Fig. 4. —Paramunida pictura sp. nov., <5, 9.5 mm, holotype from stn 307 (MliSORSTOM 5) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, upper margin of carapace and rostrum, lateral view; c, sternal plastron; d, ventral view of right cephalic region,

showing antennula and antennal peduncles; e, merus of right third maxilliped, lateral view; f, hand and fingers of

right cheliped, lateral view; g, propodus and dactylus of right first walking leg, lateral view.

Source: MNHN. Paris

456

E. MACPHERSON

9.5 mm; 1 ov. 9 8.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 3243). — Stn 376, 280 m : 1 9 5.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 3244). — Stn 378, 355 m :

1 6 8.4 mm; 1 9 6.6 mm.

New Caledonia. Chalcal 2 : stn 75, 600 m : 1 6 8.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3246).

Smib 6 : stn 115, 280-285 m : 1 9 7.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3247). , A __ A 1Q

Loyalty Islands. MUSORSTOM 6 : stn 392, 340 m : 1 6 10.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3248). — Stn 407, 360 m : 1 9

5.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3249). — Stn 457, 353 m : 1 9 6.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3250). — Stn 486, 370 m : 1 9 6.0 mm

* Matthew and Hunter Islands. VOLSMAR : stn 17, 260-300 m : 1 ov. 9 7.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 3312).

Types. — The male of 9.5 mm from Chesterfield Islands, Musorstom 5, stn 307 (MNHN-Ga 3235) has been

selected as the holotype; the other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — From the Latin, pictura , a painting, in reference to the nice colour of the species.

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace as long as wide, dorsally covered with numerous spinules, without transverse ridges.

Gastric and cardiac regions moderately circumscribed and feebly convex. Gastric region with 2 well developed

epigastric spines behind supraocular spines and a median row of 3 mesogastric spines, decreasing in size

posteriorly. Cardiac region with a median row of 3 spines, first spine clearly stronger than others; each

branchiocardiac boundary with a row of 2-3 spines. Posterior margin of carapace with numerous spinules.

Frontal margins feebly concave. Lateral margins slightly convex. Anterolateral spines well developed, situated

at anterolateral angles, almost reaching the level of sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines. Branchial

margins with 4-5 spines.

Rostrum triangular, upturned distally, clearly stouter than supraocular spines, one-fifth as long as remaining

carapace. Supraocular spines reaching midlength of rostrum and not reaching the end of comeae.

Fourth thoracic sternite with several very small arcuate striae; fifth to seventh sternites smooth.

Eyes moderately large, maximum corneal diameter about one-third the distance between bases ol anterolateral

spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) clearly overreaching corneae, slender, with 2 small distal

spines, mesial longer than lateral; lateral margin unarmed.

Anterior prolongation of first segment of antennal peduncle slightly overreaching antennular peduncle, with

long setae on ventrolateral border; second segment long and slender, with 2 distal spines, mesial slightly longer

than lateral, slightly exceeding the end of third antennal segment.

First walking leg with propodus about 8 times as long as wide, and less than 1.5 times dactylus length;

dactylus with keel along terminal third of each lateral side.

Colour. — Ground colour of carapace and abdominal segments light orange, with scattered red spots. Rostrum

whitish. Chelipeds and walking legs whitish, with red spots around articulations of articles.

Remarks. — Parantunida pictura is close to P. stichas sp. nov. from New Caledonia, Fiji, Indonesia and

Japan (see remarks under that species).

Size. — The males examined ranged between 3.8 and 11.6 mm, females between 5.5 and 12.2 mm; ovigerous

female from 6.0 mm.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, Chesterfield, Loyalty, Matthew and Hunter Islands, between 205 and 600 m.

Paramunida polita sp. nov.

Fig. 5

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Indonesia. Karubar : stn 6, 286-306 m : 1 9 12.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3354); 7 9 8.2 to

13 0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3399). — Stn 16, 315-349 m : 2 9 10.0 and 12.8 mm (USNM). — Stn 25, 318-352 m : 1 6

14.6 mm; 3 9 10.0 to 11.5 mm (POLIPI). — Stn 33, 281-311 m : 1 9 11.4 mm (POLIPI). — Stn 35, 390-502 m : 1 9

10.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 3405).

Source

PARAMUN/DA SPECIES

457

FIG. 5. — Paramunida polita sp. nov., 9, 12.0 mm, holotypc from stn 6 (Karubar) : a, carapace, dorsal view; b, upper

margin of carapace and rostrum, lateral view; c, sternal plastron; d, ventral view of right cephalic region, showing

antennula and antennal peduncles; e, merus of right third maxilliped, lateral view; f, propodus and dactylus of right

first walking leg, lateral view.

Source: MNHN. Paris

458

E. MACPHERSON

Types. _The female of 12.0 mm from Indonesia (Kai Islands), Karubar, stn 6 (MNHN-Ga 3354) has been

selected as the holotype; the other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — From the Latin, politus, smooth, in reference to the absence of striae on the thoracic stemites.

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace slightly wider than long. Dorsal surface densely covered with spinules, not forming

transverse ridges. Gastric and cardiac regions moderately circumscribed and not prominent. Gastric region with

2 epigastric spines of moderate size, just behind supraocular spines and 1 median mesogastric spines. Cardiac

region with a median row of 34 spines, first and third spines stronger than others; each branchiocardiac boundary

with a row of 3 spines of moderate size. Posterior margin of carapace with numerous spinules.

Frontal margins feeble concave behind eyes. Lateral margins slightly convex. Anterolateral spines long,

situated at anterolateral angles, clearly exceeding the level of sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines.

Branchial margins with 6-7 spines.

Rostrum spiniform, horizontal, clearly stouter than supraocular spines, one-fifth as long as remaining carapace.

Supraocular spines exceeding midlength of rostrum and clearly not reaching the end of comeae.

Fourth thoracic stemite with few arcuate striae; fifth to seventh stemites smooth.

Eyes large, maximum corneal diameter slightly more than one-third the distance between bases of anterolateral

spines. .

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) slightly exceeding comeae, with 2 small distal spines,

mesial longer than lateral; lateral margin unarmed.

Anterior prolongation of first segment of antennal peduncle clearly exceeding antennular peduncle, with long

setae on ventrolateral border; second segment moderately slender, with 2 distal spines, mesial longer than lateral,

slightly exceeding the end of third antennal segment.

First walking leg with propodus about 6 times as long as wide, and less than 1.5 times dactylus length,

dactylus with keel along terminal third of each lateral side.

Remarks. — Paramunida polita is close to P. belone sp. nov. from Loyalty Islands. Both species have the

thoracic stemites with few striae, and the gastric region with 1-2 spines of moderate size, however, they differ in

several constant characters:

- P. polita has the rostrum spiniform; in P. belone the rostrum is clearly more triangular.

- The second segment of the antennal peduncle is long and slender in P. belone , having the mesiodistal spine

not evenly tapering, distally indented to form a long spine-like process and clearly overreaching the antennal

peduncle; in P. polita the second segment is moderately slender, the mesiodistal spine is evenly tapering to a sharp

tip and clearly not reaching end of antennal peduncle.

Size. — The male examined measured 14.6 mm, the females ranged between 8.0 and 13.0 mm; no ovigerous

females were collected.

Distribution. — Indonesia (Kai Islands), between 287 and 502 m.

Paramunida pronoe sp. nov.

Fig. 6

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — New Caledonia. MUSORSTOM 4 : stn 238, 500-510 m : 1 6 7.8 mm; 1 ov. 9 11.0 mm;

4 9 6.1 to 11.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3411); 1 9 7.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3410).

Types. — The female of 7.0 mm from New Caledonia, MUSORSTOM 4, stn 238 (MNHN-Ga 3410) has been

selected as the holotype; the other specimens are paratypes.

ETYMOLOGY. — The name refers to one of the Nereids of Greek mythology (Pronoe).

Source MNHN. Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPECIES

459

Fig. 6. — Paramunida pronoe sp. nov., $, 7.0 mm, holotype from stn 238 (MUSORSTOM 4) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, upper margin of carapace and rostrum, lateral view; c, sternal plastron; d, ventral view of right cephalic region,

showing antennula and antennal peduncles; e, merus of right third maxilliped, lateral view; f. palm and fingers of

right cheliped; g, propodus and dactylus of right first walking leg, lateral view.

Source: MNHN. Paris

460

E. MACPHKRSON

Description. — Carapace slightly wider than long. Dorsal surface with numerous spinules, arranged in

transverse incomplete rows, covered with numerous granules and small spinules. Gastric region indistinctly

circumscribed; 2 epigastric spines of moderate size, just behind supraocular spines and 1 median small mesogastric

spine. Cardiac region prominent, distinctly circumscribed and with 1 strong median spine; branchiocardiac spines

absent. Posterior margin of carapace with numerous spinules.

Frontal margins concave behind eyes. Lateral margins slightly convex. Anterolateral spines strong, situated at

anterolateral angles, spine placed on right angle stouter than left, both spines clearly exceeding the level of sinus

between rostrum and supraocular spines. Branchial margins with 4-5 small spines.

Rostrum spiniform, slightly upturned distally. clearly stouter than supraocular spines, abou. one-fifth as long

as remaining carapace. Supraocular spines short, clearly not reaching midlength of rostrum and end of comeae.

Thoracic stemites with numerous arcuate striae.

Eyes large, maximum corneal diameter nearly half the distance between bases of anterolateral spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) clearly exceeding corneae, with 2 small distal spines,

mesial longer than lateral; lateral margin with 1 small spine.

Anterior prolongation of first segment of antennal peduncle granulate, exceeding antennular peduncle, with

long setae on ventrolateral border; second segment moderately slender, with 2 well developed subequal distal

spines, slightly exceeding the end of third antennal segment.

First walking leg with propodus about 8 times as long as wide, and less than 1.5 times dactylus length;

dactylus with keel along terminal third of each lateral side.

Remarks. — The characteristic spinulation of the cardiac region of the carapace of Paramunida pronoe

distinguishes it easily from the other species of the genus Paramunida. It nearest relative appears to be P. proximo

(Henderson, 1885) from Indonesia, Admiralty Islands and Japan (see remarks under that species).

Size. — The male examined measured 7.8 mm, the females ranged between 6.1 and 11.5 mm; ovigerous

females from 11.0 mm.

Distribution. — New Caledonia, between 500 and 510 m.

Paramunida proximo (Henderson, 1885)

Fig. 7

Munida proximo Henderson, 1885 : 410; 1888 : 135, pi. 13. fig. 2. — TlRMlZl. 1975 : 305. figs 1-8. — Baba, 1982 :

110, fig. 4; 1986 : 173, 291, fig. 124.

Paramunida proximo - Baba, 1988 : 176 (key).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 40, 265-287 m : 1 6 7.5 mm; 4 ov. 2 9.0 to 13.3 mm;

2 9 8.4 and 8.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 3405).

Indonesia. KaRUBAR stn 5, 285-323 m : 1 6 10.5 mm (USNM). — Stn 6, 286-306 m: 1 6 13.0 mm (MNHN-Ga

3407). — Stn 36, 210-268 m : 2 <3 10.3 to 12.0 mm (POLIPI). — Stn 84, 246-275 m : 1 6 8.0 mm; 12 11.2 mm

(MNHN-Ga 3409).

Admiralty Islands. " Challenger stn 219. 01°54'S, 146°39’40"E. 278 in, 10.03.1875 : 2 2 6.8 and 8.2 mm,

syntypes (BM).

Description. — Carapace covered with spinules dorsally. Gastric region with 1 pair of epigastric spines.

1 (rarely 2) small median mesogastric spine. Cardiac region with a median row of 3-4 well developed spines, first

spine stronger than others; a row of 3 spines on both branchiocardiac boundaries. Posterior margin ol carapace

with numerous, small spines. Frontal margins transverse. Anterolateral spine long, situated at anterolateral angle,

reaching sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines. Branchial margins with 5-7 spines. Rostrum spiniform,

longer than supraocular spines. Thoracic sternites with numerous striae. Eyes large. Basal segment of antennule

(distal spines excluded) exceeding comeae, with 2 distal spines, distomesial spine shorter than distolateral; lateral

margin unarmed or with 1 small spine. Second segment of antennal peduncle long and slender, with 2 distal

spines, mesial spine longer than lateral, not evenly tapering, distally indented to form a spine-like process.

Source MNHN, Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPECIES

461

S2SS2 ® n,e " nal P e J“ ncle - 1of ,hird maxilliped bearing 1 spine on flexor border; extensor margin unarmed

Chdipedssiender, lacking tuft of setae at base of carpus. First walking leg with propodus about 9 times as long as

wide, and less than 1.5 times dactylus length; dactylus with a lateral keel along each side. c

Fig. 7. Paramumda proxwxa (Henderson, 1885), 9, 6.8 mm. type from stn 219 (" Challenge r") : a. carapace, dorsal

view; b, upper margin of carapace and rostrum, lateral view; c, sternal plastron; d, ventral view of right cephalic

region, showing antennula and antennal peduncles; e, merus of right third maxilliped, lateral view; f, propodus and

dactylus of right detached walking leg, lateral view.

Source

462

E. MACPHERSON

Remarks. — The specimens collected in the Philippines and Indonesia agree with the type material from the

Admiralty Islands and the description and illustrations provided by Tirmizi (1975) and Baba (1982, 1986). The

former author selected a lectotype (ovigerous female of 8.6 mm) from the type series (1 ovigerous female and 2

females) and gave a complete redescription of the species. In the present paper, several additional figures are

provided in order to facilitate the comparison with the other species of the genus. Paramunida proximo belongs to

the group of species with the rostral spine larger than the supraocular spines, numerous arcuate striae on the

thoracic stemites, the median gastric region with 1 (rarely 2) spines and a median row of 3-4 spines on the cardiac

region.

p proximo is closely related to P. pronoe sp. nov. from New Caledonia. Both species can be easily

distinguished by the following characters :

— The frontal margins are more concave in P. pronoe .

— The cardiac region has a median row of 3-4 spines and each branchiocardiac boundary has 3 spines in

p proximo ; in P. pronoe the cardiac region has 1 strong median spine and the spines on the branchiocardiac

boundaries are absent.

_The second segment of the antennal peduncle is more slender in P. proximo than in P . pronoe. On the other

hand, the third and fourth segments are reduced in size in P. proximo , whereas they are well developed in

P. pronoe.

_The mesiodistal spine of the second antennal segment is not evenly tapering, distally indented to form a

small spine-like process, slightly exceeding the antennal peduncle in P . proximo; the mesiodistal spine is evenly

tapering to a sharp tip, slightly exceeding the third segment, in P. pronoe.

Paramunida proximo is also close to P. scabra (Henderson, 1885) from Indonesia and the Philippines, however

both are easily distinguishable by several characters (see remarks for P. scabra).

Size. — The males examined ranged between 8.0 and 10.5 mm, females between 6.8 and 11.2 mm, no

ovigerous females were examined.

Distribution. — Japan, the Philippines, Indonesia and Admiralty Islands, between 246 and 430 m.

Paramunida scabra (Henderson, 1885)

Fig. 8

Paramunida scabra - Baba, 1988 : 176 (key), 180 (references); 1990 : 968, fig. 15a.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 10, 187-205 m : 8 d 8.0 to 10.0 mm; 2 ov. 9 9.4 and

10.5 mm; 2 9 9.0 and 9.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3412). — Stn 19, 167-187 m : 2 ov. 9 7.5 and 8.8 mm; 3 9 5.4 to 7.5 mm

(MNHN-Ga 3413). — Stn 27, 188-192 m : 1 d 9.0 mm; 1 ov. 9 8.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 3414). — Stn 30, 177-186 m : 2 ov.

9 8.0 and 8.7 mm; 1 9 7.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 3415). — Stn 31, 187-195 m : 1 6 8.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 3416). — Stn 34,

188-191 m : 2 d 8.0 and 8.7 mm; 1 9 8.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3417). — Stn 51, 170-200 m : 1 9 9.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 3418).

— Stn 54, 975-1075 m : 1 d 10.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3419). — Stn 58, 143-178 m : 1 d 8.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3420). —

Stn 61, 184-202 m : 7 d 7.6 to 9.8 mm; 2 ov. 9 8.1 and 9.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3421). — Stn 62, 179-194 m : 1 ov. 9

7.2 mm; 1 9 7.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 3422). — Stn 63, 191-195 m : 1 9 9.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3423). — Stn 64, 194-195 m :

1 ov. 99.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3424). — Stn 71, 174-204 m : Id 8.3 mm; 1 ov. 9 7.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 3425).

Musorstom 2 : stn 1, 188-198 m : 20 d 8.7 to 10.4 mm; 12 ov. 9 7.3 to 9.2 mm (MNHN-Ga 3426). — Stn 2, 184-

186 m : 2 d 8.0 and 9.6 mm; 2 ov. 9 8.2 and 10.0 mm; 1 9 7.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 3427). — Stn 4, 183-190 m : 1 d

8.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3428). — Stn 10, 188-195 m : 3 d 8.7 to 9.6 mm; 3 ov. 9 8.0 to 9.0 mm; 1 9 9.2 mm (MNHN-Ga

3429)._Stn 31, 204-230 m : 5 d 8.7 to 11.6 mm; 2 ov. 9 8.5 and 9.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3430). — Stn 35, 160-198 m :

2 d 7.7 and 9.0 mm; 3 ov. 9 9.0 to 9.6 mm; 1 9 7.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 3431). — Stn 51, 170-187 m : 1 d 8.7 mm

(MNHN-Ga 3432). — Stn 54, 170-174 m : 3 d 1A to 9.5 mm; 2 ov. 9 8.5 and 9.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 3433). — Stn 59,

186-190 m : 8 d 8.2 to 10.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 3434). — Stn 71. 189-197 m : 2 d 7.5 and 9.8 mm; 3 ov. 9 8.0 to 9.0 mm

(MNHN-Ga 3435). — Stn 72, 182-197 m : 3 d 9.6 to 10.0 mm; 2 ov. 9 8.2 and 9.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3436). — Stn 80,

178-205 m : 7 d 6.4 to 10.2 mm; 2 ov. 9 7.4 and 8.5 mm; 1 9 6.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3437). — Stn 83, 318-320 m : 3 d

11.7 to 11.8 mm; 4 ov. 9 7.8 to 9.9 mm; 1 9 8.6 mm (MNHN-Ga 3438).

Source : MNHN. Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPECIES

463

7 7 MUS ,mmi?m n ‘ 187-192 m : 3 d 7.7 to 9.0 mm; I 9 9.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3439). — Stn 87 191-197 nr 1 2

195T mo° ’ ~ 9 S o o 8 ; m '' S 6 8 6 10 9 8 mm; 2 9 95 and 9 8 mm (MNHN-Ga 3441). _ Stn 90

!! s " ' 133 334 £|! ’ T’i 8 „ 9 , 6 T, , 8 - Si" 93. 865 m : 1 9 8.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3443)!

10.ol'1'„v 34 S 3 S.6 m mm <MNHN '°‘ ~ S ‘" ^ 205 214 " : 1 3

' 32 ' m5 " E - 259 "• 2609182 * 6 <> “4 » , „. 9

^ ^ 85 ; 323 m : 7 67 l o 12.0 mm; 1 ov. 9 12.8 mm; 3 9 9.2 to 11.0 mm (POLIPI). — Stn 6 98*.

. 06 m : ^ 9 10.5 and 11.8 mm (POLIPI). — Stn 15, 212-221 m : 1 9 9.1 mm (POLIPI) _Stn 33 981 111 m • 9 a 7n s

122 226 m _ 3 A « V ,na m 7 o'U ,To ; 0V ' 9 113 10 13 -° mm; 2 9 7 -° and 110 mm (USNM). - Stn 86,

222-226 m . 3 6 8.5 to 10.4 mm; 3 9 9.7 to 10.8 mm (MNHN-Ga 3454).

TYPES. _ The female of 11.8 mm from Indonesia, " Challenger ", s(n 192, has been selected as lectolype- the

omer specimens from the same station are paralectotypes.

Description. Carapace as long as wide, covered with numerous spinules and granules, lacking transverse

ridges. Gastnc reg.on indistinctly circumscribed; 2 well developed epigastric spines behind supraocular spines and

1-2 median mesogastnc spines. Cardiac region prominent, moderately circumscribed and with a row of 3-4 strong

spines, decreasing in size posteriorly; a row of 3 spines on each branchiocardiac boundary. Posterior margin of

carapace with 1 median spine and numerous small spinules.

Frontal margins slightly concave behind eyes. Lateral margins slightly convex. Anterolateral spines long

situated at anterolateral angles, clearly exceeding the level of sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines.

Branchial margins with 5-7 small spines.

Rostrum spiniform. slightly upturned distally, clearly stouter than supraocular spines, about one-fifth as long

as remaining carapace. Supraocular spines moderately long, reaching midlength of rostrum and clearly not reaching

end of comeae. 6

Thoracic stemites with numerous arcuate striae.

Eyes moderately large, maximum corneal diameter about one-third the distance between bases of anterolateral

spines.

Basal segment of antennulc (distal spines excluded) slightly exceeding comeae, with 2 small distal spines

mesial smaller than lateral; lateral margin unarmed.

Anterior prolongation of first segment of antennal peduncle granulate, clearly exceeding antennular peduncle,

with long setae on ventrolateral border; second segment moderately slender, with 2 distal spines, mesial longer

than lateral and slightly exceeding the end of third antennal segment.

First walking leg with propodus about 8 times as long as wide, and less than 1.5 times dactylus length;

dactylus with keel along terminal third of each lateral side.

Remarks. — The specimens collected in the MUSORSTOM and Karubar Expeditions are very similar to the

type material. Paramimida proximo (Henderson. 1885) from Indonesia, Admiralty Islands. Philippines and Japan is

most closely allied to P. scabra. However, P. scabra is readily differentiated from P. proximo by such features as ;

— The mesogastric spines and the median row of cardiac spines are clearly more developed in P. scabra than in

P. proximo.

The rostrum is usually horizontal in P. proximo ; in P. scabra the rostrum is distinctly upturned distally.

— The second segment of the antennal peduncle is longer and more slender in P. proximo than in P. scabra.

Furthermore, the third and fourth segments are well developed in P. scabra. whereas they are reduced in size in

P. proximo .

— The mesiodistai spine is evenly tapering to a sharp tip, slightly exceeding the third segment in P. scabra.

This spine is distally indented to form a small spine-like process, slightly exceeding the antennal peduncle in

P. proximo.

P. scabra is also close to P. tricarinaia (Alcock, 1894) from the Indian Ocean (see remarks under that species).

464

E. MACPHERSON

Size. _The males examined ranged between 6.4 and 13.7 mm, females between 5.4 and 13.8 mm; ovigerous

females from 7.2 mm.

Distribution. — The Philippines and Indonesia (Kai Islands), between 143 and 1075 m.

Fig. 8 . — Paramunida scabra (Henderson, 1885), 9 lectotype, 11.8 mm, from stn 192 ("Challenger "): a, upper margin of

carapace and rostrum, lateral view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of right cephalic region, showing antennula

and antennal peduncles; d, merus of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e. propodus and dactylus of right first

walking leg, lateral view.

Paramunida setigera Baba, 1988

Paramunida setigera Baba, 1988 : 176 (key), 181, figs 74, 75.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. — Philippines. Musorstom 1 : stn 5, 200-215 m : 1 6 10.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3455). —

Stn 21, 174-223 m : 2 6 7.5 and 8.6 mm; 1 9 5.7 (MNHN-Ga 3456). — Stn 42, 379-407 m : 1 6 7.3 mm (MNHN-Ga

3457 ). _ Stn 51, 170-200 m : 5 6 7.2 to 10.5 mm; 4 9 4.8 to 7.0 mm (USNM).

Musorstom 2 : stn 55, 866 m : 1 6 4.0 mm (MNHN-Ga 3459).

MUSORSTOM 3 : stn 120, 219-220 m : 1 6 1A mm; 4 ov. 9 7.9 to 9.0 mm; 3 9 6.8 to 8.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 3460).

Source: MNHN, Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPECIES

465

o, ■' Stn 267 - 134 186 m : 8 <J 6.8 to 10.8 mm ; 4 ov. 2 7.8 to 9 1 mm (MNHN-Ga 346M

4 9 M * ?MNHN™ ' 346 ™"'°' ^ “ *" ” - 4 »■ * ™ » 5.0 U

8 9 ,mriMNHNG?7465) 3 ' 214 S,n 6,' fur mm < MNHN - Ga 3464 )- - Stn 65. 174-176 m : 1 ov. 9

(W55^SS»-“4?£ ! 1 ?J|5 ^tM 8 ^ d 0 9 . 5 34”8, <P ° LIP,X - S " 6? ' : ‘ 3 “ ™

5 ? 7 " ri^oT^. 5 ' 4 - 346 «-

nossTr^ 5 ,. - T ? e Specimcn „ s exam * ne d agree with the original description and illustrations provided by Baba

18 '° ngi0r Baba - 1988 ' fr ° m ,he Phi " PPineS - Ind «* a ' ld N - Caledonia (-

femaSfrom^ mm 6S ranged bC ‘ Wee " 4 0 a " d 12 '° mm ’ fcmales be,wccn 4 8 and 9.1 ”'m; ovigerous

Distribution. — The Philippines, Indonesia and New Caledonia, between 134 and 865 m.

Paramunida stichas sp. nov.

Figs 9, 15

Munida granulata Henderson, 1885 : 409; 1888 : 133 (in part).

Stn 238 T 5S A 5 I In E m A '1 l ^ E fiQ _ Cale 0 do ™ Musorstom 4 : stn 223, 545-560 n.:l<J 5.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 3471). _

Mn r 58 ’ 500-510 m . 1 <J 6.9 mm; 2 ov. 9 6.2 and 7.0 mm; 1 9 7.5 mm (MNHN-Ga 347?)

Chalcal 2 : stn 73, 590 m : 1 ov. 9 8.1 mm (MNHN-Ga 3473)

!<J£WS£S'5}ir 15 ' 212221 m!,i n ' 2 - 1 5 9J - < P0UP «- - s “ » »» m : 1 *

Philippines. Musorstom 2 : stn 63, 215-230 m:U 10.3 mm (MNHN-Ga 3477)

Ftp. "Challenger” : stn 173, 19°09'35"S, 179°41'50"E, 583 m, 24.07.1874 : 1 3 7.5 mm (BM)

po.S) a ”l n.8 ™?SM) 66 <W “"“ P ““ i0n) : 1 "■ S 98 (SM) - - 3J4 - 1L1963 « 25 »- 3 »» (•*!»«

Types. The ovigerous female of 8.1 mm from New Caledonia, Chalcal 2, sin 73 (MNHN-Ga 3473) has

been selected as the holotype; the other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — From the Greek, stichas, row, line, in reference to the red bands of the carapace.

Descripiion. — Carapace as long as wide, covered with numerous small granules and spinules, without

complete transverse ridges. Gastric and cardiac regions indistinctly circumscribed; 2 epigastric spines just behind

supraocular spines and a row of 3 mesogastric spines, decreasing in size posteriorly. Cardiac region slightly

prominent, with a row of 3 well developed spines, first spine stronger than others; a row of 2-3 small spines on

each branchtocardiac boundary. Posterior margin of carapace with one median spine and numerous additional small

spinules.

Frontal margins moderately concave behind eyes. Lateral margins slightly convex. Anterolateral spines long,

situated at anterolateral angles, exceeding the level of sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines. Branchial

margins with 6-7 small spines.

Rostrum spin i form, horizontal, stouter than supraocular spines, about one-fifth as long as remaining carapace.

Supraocular spines moderately long, not reaching midlcngth of rostrum and end of comeae.

Fourth thoracic sternite with a few small arcuate striae; fifth to seventh sternites smooth.

Eyes moderately large, maximum corneal diameter about one-third the distance between bases of anterolateral

spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) slightly exceeding corneae, with 2 distal spines mesial

clearly longer than lateral; lateral margin with 1 small spine.

466

E. MACPHERSON

Fig. 9. — Paramunida Stic has sp. nov., ov. 9, 8.1 mm, holotype from stn 73 (CHALCAL 2) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, upper margin of carapace and rostrum, lateral view; c, sternal plastron; d, ventral view of right cephalic region,

showing antennula and antennal peduncles; e. merus of right third maxilliped, lateral view; f, palm and fingers of

second right cheliped; g, propodus and dactylus of right first walking leg, lateral view.

Source: MNHN, Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPECIES

467

wiih A lnnr°cL Pr0l0n8al,0n , 0f fir f‘ Scgmenl ofanlcnnal Peduncle granulale, clearly exceeding antennular peduncle.

l ° n venl ^lateral border; second segment long and slender, with 2 distal spines, mesial longer than

Ia " y indemCd 10 f ° rm 3 We " devd0ped Spine - likc process ^hing the end of

First walking leg with propodus about 9 times as long as wide, and less than 1.5 times dactylus length-

dactylus with keel along terminal half of each lateral side. g

Colour. — Ground colour of carapace and abdominal segments whitish. Epigastric region reddish- one

reddish median^tias^ ° n , each , slde of carapace from supraocular spine to posterior border; branchial margins

scahere/rS smffr^H^r ih" Gr ° U ", d C0 '° Ur ° f cheli P eds and walki "g ^ whitish, with small,

scattered, red spots. Chehpeds with red bands on articulations of articles.

i 1885 EM .888?' : ,7^ ne T ale C0 "f Cd dunn8 ‘ he " Chall *>W" Expedition (s.n 173) and classified by Henderson

d stomell nin, r'.S 8ranu i ala ; corresponds to this new species. The specimens from Indonesia have the

d stomcs.al spine of the second antennal scgmenl slightly longer than in the other specimens. However, this

difference is considered here to be a variation until more specimens are available.

.. J. hlS nCW ( specks 'S closely related to P pictura sp. nov. from New Caledonia and from Chesterfield. Loyalty,

Matthew and Hunter Islands, but both are distinguishable by several characters ;

_ ~ The basa! segment of the antennular peduncle is slender and clearly exceeds the corneac in P pictura in

P. stichas this segment is moderately slender and slightly exceeds the comeae.

— In P. pictura the distomesial spine of the second antennal segment is small, evenly tapering to a sharp tip,

and reaching the third antennal segment; in P. stichas this spine is distally indented to form a spinc-like process

exceeding (he antennal peduncle. F

The colour pattern of both species is different (see Figs 14 and 15).

charactCTS ?MW, ^ a ^ ^ ^ reli " ed '° SP ' n ° V ' fr ° m LoyaI,y Islands - bul they differ in the following

— The rostrum of P. belone is wider at base than in P. stichas.

— In P. belone there is only 1 mesogastric spine, whereas in P. stichas there is a row of 3 well developed

mesogastnc spines. y

— The distomesial spine of the second antennal peduncle clearly exceeds the antennal peduncle in P belone • in

P. stichas this spine only reaches the end of the antennal peduncle.

— The colour pattern of both species is different (see Figs 12 and 15).

SIZE. — The males examined ranged between 5.5 and 11.2 mm. the females between 6.2 and 9 5 mm-

ovigerous females from 6.2 mm.

Distribution. — Japan, Philippines. Indonesia (Kai Islands), Fiji. New Caledonia, and Matthew and Hunter

Islands, between 210 and 590 m.

Paramunida thalie sp. nov.

Figs 10, 16

o. ^n T ^' AL E 1 X ^ M 0 ,I ! ED - — L °y al *y Islands. MUSORSTOM 6 : sin 417, 283 m : 1 9 10.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 3478). —

7 7 mmVMNHNr n 3224 ^ “ Sln 421> 245 m : 1 5 10.0 mm (USNM). - Sin 422, 257 m : 1 <3

7.7 mm (MNHN-Ga 3219). — Stn 454, 260 m : 3 ov. 9 4.0 to 9.4 mm (MNHN-Ga 3102).

TYPES. — The female of 10.4 mm from Loyalty Islands, MUSORSTOM 6. stn 417 (MNHN-Ga 3478) has been

selected as the holotype; the other specimens are paratypes.

Etymology. — The name refers to one of the Nereids of Greek mythology (Thalie).

468

E. MACPHERSON

DESCRIPTION. — Carapace as long as wide. Dorsal surface covered wilh numerous spinules, without transverse

ridges Gastric region not distinctly circumscribed and moderately prominent; 1-3 pairs of epigastric spines, largest

pair just behind supraocular spines; a row of 3-4 median mesogastric spines decreasing in size posteriorly. Cardiac

region prominent, with a median row of 3 well developed spines, first spine larger than second and third; each

branchiocardiac boundary with a row of 2-3 small spines. Posterior margin of carapace with 1 median spine and

numerous additional small spines.

Fig. 10._ Paramunida thalie sp. nov., 9, 10.4 mm, holotype from stn 417 (MUSORSTOM 6) : a, carapace, dorsal view;

b, upper margin of carapace and rostrum, lateral view; c, sternal plastron; d. ventral view of right cephalic region,

showing antennula and antennal peduncles; e. merus of right third maxilliped, lateral view; f, propodus and dactylus

of right first walking leg, lateral view.

Source: MNHN, Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPECIES

469

Frontal margins moderately concave behind eyes, lateral margins slightly convex. Anterolateral spines well

developed, situated at anterolateral angles, exceeding the level of sinus between rostrum and supraocular spines

Branchial margins with 6-7 spines.

Rostrum spiniform, wide at base, upturned distally. stouter than supraocular spines and one-fifth as long as

remaining carapace. Supraocular spines reaching midlength of rostrum and falling short the end of comcae.

Thoracic sternites with numerous arcuate striae.

Eyes moderately large, maximum corneal diameter about one-third the distance between bases of anterolateral

spines.

Basal segment ol antennule (distal spines excluded) long and slender, clearly exceeding corneae, with 2 distal

spines, lateral longer than mesial; lateral margin unarmed

Anterior prolongation ol first segment of antennal peduncle distinctly exceeding antennular peduncle, with long

setae on ventrolateral border; second segment with 2 long distal spines, distomesial longer than distolateral and

clearly exceeding antennal peduncle.

First walking leg with propodus about 9 times as long as wide, and less than 1.5 times dactylus length-

dactylus with keel along each lateral side.

COLOUR. — Ground colour ol carapace and abdominal segments orange, gastric region and anterior part of

cardiac area reddish; a white spot on each bifurcation of cervical groove. A red spot on each side of first abdominal

segment Chelipeds and walking legs with red and white bands; ground colour of fingers of chelipcds whitish

proximal pan red. some scattered red spots on distal part.

Remarks. Paramunida lhalie resembles P. evexa sp. nov. from Indonesia, but they differ in the following

aspects:

The rostrum is triangular in P. evexa: in P. thalie it is clearly more spiniform.

— In P. evexa there is only one pair of epigastric spines, whereas in P. lhalie there are 2-3 pairs.

— The basal segment of the antennular peduncle is more slender in P. evexa, clearly exceeding the corneae; in

P. lhalie this segment is shorter, slightly exceeding the corneae.

— The second antennal segment is blunty produced distomesially in P. evexa. whereas in P. lhalie exists a

long distomesial spine.

P. lhalie is also close to P. tricarinata (Alcock. 1894) from the Indian Ocean (see remarks under that species).

SIZE. — The male examined measured 7.7 mm. the females between 4.0 and 10.4 mm; ovigerous females from

4.0 mm.

Distribution. — Loyalty Islands, between 245 and 283 m

Paramunida tricarinata (Alcock, 1894)

Fig. 11

Paramunida Iricarinala - Baba, 1990 : 968, fig. 15b (references).

Material EXAMINED. — Maldives Islands. John Murray Exp. : stn 149, 238 m : 1 6 11.6 mm; 3 ov 9 11 0 to

11.7 mm (BM).

Madagascar. 12°52.0'S, 48°10.3'E. 420-428 m:li 9.7 mm; 1 ov. 9 10.3 mm (NMNH).

Description. — Carapace as long as wide, dorsally covered with broken striae with numerous spinules.

Gastric region not distinctly circumscribed and moderately prominent; 1 pair of epigastric spines just behind

supraocular spines; a row of 3 median well developed mesogaslric spines decreasing in size posteriorly. Cardiac

region prominent, with a median row of 3-4 strong spines, first spine smaller than posterior spines; each

branchiocardiac boundary with a row of 3-5 small spines. Posterior margin of carapace with 1 strong median spine

and numerous additional small spines.

Source

470

E. MACPI1ERSON

Frontal margins moderately concave behind eyes, lateral margins slightly convex. Anterolateral spines well

developed, situated at anterolateral angles, clearly overreaching the level of sinus between rostrum and supraocular

spines. Branchial margins with 6-7 spines.

Rostrum spiniform, wide at base, horizontal, stouter than supraocular spines and about one-fifth as long as

remaining carapace. Supraocular spines exceeding midlength of rostrum and tailing short the end of comeae.

Thoracic stemites with numerous arcuate striae.

Eyes moderately large, maximum corneal diameter about one-third the distance between bases of anterolateral

spines.

Basal segment of antennule (distal spines excluded) slightly exceeding corneae. with 2 small distal spines,

lateral longer than mesial; lateral margin unarmed.

Anterior prolongation of first segment of antennal peduncle clearly reaching past antennular peduncle, with

long setae on ventrolateral border; second segment with 2 long distal spines, dismomesial longer than distolateral

and clearly exceeding antennal peduncle.

First walking leg with propodus about 7 times as long as wide, and more than 1.5 times dactylus length,

dactylus with keel along each lateral side.

Fig. 11. — Paramunida tricarinata (Alcock, 1894) : a, 6 , 11.6 mm, b-e, ov. 9, 10.0 mm, from stn 149 (John Murray

Exp.) : a, upper margin of carapace and rostrum, lateral view; b, sternal plastron; c, ventral view of right cephalic

region, showing antennula and antennal peduncles; d, merus of right third maxilliped, lateral view; e, propodus and

dactylus of right first walking leg, lateral view.

Source . MNHN, Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPECIES

471

Remarks. Paramunida tricarinata was described by Alcock (1894) from specimens collected in the

Andaman Sea, posteriorly the species was cited in the Maldives Islands, Arabian Sea, Zanzibar and Madagascar

(AI.COCK, 1901; TIRMIZI, 1966; Baba. 1990). As Baba (1990) pointed out, P. tricarinata is close to P. scabra

(Henderson, 1885) from the Philippines and Indonesia, but they are easily differentiated by the number and size of

spines on the median row of the gastric region : 1-2 moderately-sized spines in P. scabra and 3-4 strong spines in

P. tricarinata. On the other hand, the distomesial spine of the second segment of the antennal peduncle reaches the

midlength of (he fourth segment in P. scabra, whereas in P. tricarinata this spine always exceeds the antennal

peduncle.

P. tricarinata also resembles P. thalie sp. nov. from Indonesia, but they differ in the following aspects :

— The mesogastric and cardiac spines arc more stronger in P. tricarinata than in P. thalie.

The basal segment ol the antennular peduncle is more slender in P. thalie, clearly reaching past the comcae

by distal one-third; in P. tricarinata this segment is shorter, slightly exceeding the comeae by distal one-fifth.

— The propodus of the walking legs are slightly longer than the dactvlus in P. thalie. whereas in P. tricarinata

the propodus is more than 1.5 times the dactylus length.

SIZE. — The males examined ranged between 8.8 and 11.6 mm, females between 9.8 and 11.7 mm- ovigerous

females from 9.8 mm.

Distribution. — Widely distributed in the Indian Ocean (Andaman Sea, Maldives Islands, Arabian Sea

Zanzibar and Madagascar), between 207 and 457 m.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

1 am very grateful to A. CROSNIER of ORSTOM for his continuing support in my work and for making this

interesting material available to me. To K. Baba (Kumamoto University) and M. DE Saint Laurent (MNHN) for

reading a draft of the manuscript and suggesting many improvements. Thanks are also due to P. F. Clark (The

Natural History Museum. London). R. B. Manning (National Museum of Natural History, Washington) and

M. Turkay (Scnckenberg Museum, Frankfurt) for the loan of material.

REFERENCES

Alcock, A., 1894. — Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer "Investigator", Commander R. F.

Hoskyn, R.N., commanding. — Series II. N°l. On the Results of Deep Sea Dredging during the Season 1890-1891

(continued). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist., (6) 13 : 321-334.

ALCOCK, A., 1901. — A Descriptive Catalogue of the Indian Deep-Sea Crustacea Dccapoda, Macrura and Anomala in the

Indian Museum, Being a Revised Account of the Deep-Sea Species Collected by the Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship

"Investigator". Calcutta, iv + 286 pp., 3 pis.

ALCOCK, A., & ANDERSON, A. R. S., 1895. — Crustacea. Part 3. Illustrations of the Royal Indian Marine Surveying

Steamer "Investigator", pis 9-15, Calcutta.

Baba, K., 1981. — A new galatheid crustacean (Decapoda, Anomura) from the Hawaiian Islands. J. Crust. Biol., 1 (2) :

288-292.

Baba, K., 1982. — Deep-sea galatheidean Crustacea (Decapoda, Anomura) taken by the R/V Soyo-Maru in Japanese

waters. II. Family Galathcidae. Bull. Nat. Sci. Mus., Tokyo, series A (Zoology). 8 (3) : 103-118, pis 1, 2.

Baba, K„ 1988. — Chirostylid and Galatheid Crustaceans (Decapoda: Anomura) of the "Albatross" Philippine

Expedition, 1907-1910. Res. Crust., Special Number 2, v + 203 pp.

Baba, K„ 1990. — Chirostylid and Galatheid Crustaceans of Madagascar (Decapoda, Anomura). Bull. Mus natn Hist

nat., Paris, (4), 11, sect. A. (4) : 921-975.

Source :

472

E. MACPHERSON

Baba, K., Hayashi, K.I., & Toriyama, M., 1986. — Decapod Crustaceans from Continental Shelf And Slope Around

Japan,' 336 pp„ Tokyo: Japan Fisheries Resource Conservation Association.

Henderson, J. R., 1885. — Diagnoses of the new species of Galatheidea collected during the "Challenger Expedition.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.. (5). 16 : 407-421.

Henderson, J. R., 1888. — Report on the Anomura Collected by H.M.S. Challenger During the Years 1873-76. Rep. set.

Res. Voy. Challenger. Zool., 27, vi + 221 pp., 21 pis.

TlRMlZl, N. M.. 1966. — Crustacea: Galathcidae. Sci. Rept., John Murray Exp.. 11 (2) : 167-234.

TlRMtzi, N. M.. 1975. — Selection and description of a lectotype for Munida proximo Henderson, 1885 (Decapoda.

Galatheidae). Crustaceana , 29 (3) : 305-307.

Source: MNHN. Paris

PARAMUNIDA SPECIES

473

Due to an error, the numbers for the photographs of this plate should be increased by one in

order to correspond to the legend. Photograph 11 becomes n°12, 12 n°13, etc...

Fig. 12. Paramunida belone sp. nov., 6 , 15.0 mm, holotype. Musorstom 6 . stn 464. — Fig. 13. Paramunida granulata

(Henderson. 1885), <3, 10.3 mm. MUSORSTOM 6, stn 483. — FlG. 14. Paramunida pictura sp. nov., <3, 9.5 mm,

holotype. MUSORSTOM 5, stn 307. — FlG. 15, Paramunida slichas sp. nov., ov. $, 8.1 mm, holotype. Chalcal 2,

stn 7.3. — FIG. 16, Paramunida thalie sp. nov., 9, 10.4 mm, holotype (10.4 mm). MUSORSTOM 6. stn 417.

Source: MNHN, Paris

LTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10— RESULTATS DES CAMPAGNES MUSORSTOM, VOLUME 10

Liste bibliographique des travaux issus des campagnes

d'exploration du benthos bathyal et abyssal

en Nouvelle-Caledonie

Bertrand RICHER DE FORGES

ORSTOM

B. P. A5, Noumea Cedex

Nouvelle-Caledonie

RESUME

Les references de 276 travaux, publies depuis que 1 etude du benthos bathyal et abyssal a 6te entrcprise. en 1978, en

Nouvelle-Caledonie, sont rassembtees ici. Ces references sont regroupees sous six rubriques : Descriptif des campagnes ;

G^omorphologie et Sedimentologie; Zoologie ; Biochimie et Pharmacologic ; Halieutique ; Articles de vulgarisation.

ABSTRACT

Bibliographic list of the papers resulting from the exploratory cruises of the bathyal and

abyssal benthos of New Caledonia.

The references of 276 papers, published since the study of the bathyal and abyssal benthos undertaken in New

Caledonia in 1978, are assembled here. These references are grouped under six headings : Description of cruises ;

Geomorphology and Sedimentology ; Zoology ; Biochemistry and Pharmacology ; Halieutic ; Popular articles.

Les premieres prospections concemant le benthos de profondeur de la Nouvelle-Caledonie ont ete faites en

1978. Depuis, quatorze annees se sont ^coulees et de nombreuses campagnes ont eu lieu. II nous a semble qu'il

pourrait etre utile de donner une liste regroupant 1'ensemble des 276 travaux publies actuellement sur ce theme.

Pour en faciliter la consultation, cette liste bibliographique regroupe les articles par grands themes :

Descriptif des campagnes : 24 titres.

Geomorphologie et Sedimentologie: 28 litres.

Zoologie (Spongiaires : 11 titres ; Cnidaires : 10 titres ; Bryozoaires, Brachiopodes : 3 titres ;

Crustaces: 63 titres ; Annelides, Siponcles, Echiuriens : 5 titres ; Mollusques : 50 titres ;

Echinodermes : 16 titres ; Ascidies : 5 titres ; Poissons : 9 titres).

Biochimie, Pharmacologie : 18 titres.

Halieutique : 22 titres.

Articles de vulgarisation : 12 titres.

Richer DEForges, B., 1993 — Liste bibliographique des travaux issus des campagnes d’exploration du benthos

bathyal et abyssal en Nouvelle-Caledonie. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), R&ultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10.

Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., 156 : 475-491. Paris ISBN 2-85653-206-3.

476

B. RICHER DE FORGES

DESCRIPTIF DES CAMPAGNES

Bargibant, G.. Grandperrin, R., Laboute, P„ Monzier, M. & Richer de Forges. B„ 1989. — La campagnc "Gemini"

sur les volcans sous-marins dc Vanuatu. N.O."Aus" (Orstom) du 3 au 7 juillet 1989. Rapports de Missions, Sciences

de la Terre, Geologie, Geophysique , ORSTOM Noumea, (12), 13 p.

BOUCHET, P., 1987. — L'exploration de la faune profonde de Nouvelle-Caledonie ou a la decouverte des mondes perdus.

Lettre d'Information Greco ECOPROPHYCE, (4): 84-87.

Cotillon, P, & Monniot, C., 1987. — Compte rendu de la campagne BlOGEOCAL. Lyon : Univ. Claude Bernard. 65 p.,

multigr.

Dupont, I, Grandperrin, R„ Leborgne, R., Missegue, F., Calmant, S„ Clavier, J„ Henin, C., Pianet. R.. Dupouy-

Douchement, C. & Daniel, J., 1991. — Inveniaires des travaiix et donnees anterieurs. Travaux du groupe Zone

Economique de Nouvelle-Caledonie", ZoNeCo, 1, 307 p.

Grandperrin, R. & Richer de Forges, B., 1989. — Observations r^alisees a bord du submersible "Cyana" dans la zone

6pibathyale de Nouvelle-Caledonie (campagne Calsub, 17 fevrier-14 mars 1989). Rapports de Missions, Sciences de

la Mer, Biologic marine, Orstom Noumea, (3), 25 p.

JESPEREN, P. & VEDELTANING, A., 1934. — Foreword and list of stations. In : Introduction to the reports from the

Carlsberg Foundation's oceanographical expedition round the world 1928-30. Dana-Rep., (1) : 1-130.

Laboute P Lardy, M., Menou, J.-L.. Monzier, M. & Richer de Forges, B., 1989. — La campagne "Volsmar” sur les

volcans sous-marins du sud de l'arc des Nouvclles-Hebndes (N.O. Alis, 29 mai au 9 juin 1989). Rapports de Missions.

Sciences de la Terre, Geologie, Geophysique , ORSTOM Noumea, (11), 22 p.

Lfcvi, C., 1986. — BlOCAL. Compte rendu de la campagne effectuee a bord du N.O. Jean Charcot du 9 aoul au 10 septembre

1985. Paris : Mniin. 40 p.. multigr.

Richer deForges. B., 1986. — La campagne MUSORSTOM IV en Nouvelle Caledonie ; mission du N. O. "Vauban",

septembre-octobre 1985. Rapports scientifiques et techniques, Sciences de la Mer, Biologic marine, ORSTOM Noumea,

(38), 31 p.

RICHER DE FORGES, B., 1990. — Les campagnes d’exploration de la faune bathyale dans la zone Economique de la

Nouvelle-Caledonie. Explorations for bathyal fauna in the New Caledonian economic zone. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.),

Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 6. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat ., (A), 145 : 9-54.

RICHER de FORGES, B., 1991. — Les fonds meubles des lagons de Nouvelle-Caledonie : generality et echantillonnages par

dragages. In : B. RICHER de FORGES (ed.), Le Benthos des fonds meubles des lagons de Nouvelle-Caledonie. Etudes et

Theses , vol. 1, Orstom, Paris : 7-148.

RICHER DE FORGES, B., 1993. — Campagnes d’exploration de la faune bathyale faites depuis mai 1989 dans la zone

economique de la Nouvelle-Caledonie. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 10. Mem.

Mus. natn. Hist, nat., 156 : 27-32.

Richer de Forges, B. & Bargibant, G„ 1985. — Le lagon nord de la Nouvelle-Caledonie et les atolls de Huon et

Surprise. Rapports scientifiques et techniques, Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, Orstom Noumea, (37), 23 p.

Richer deforces, B„ Chevillon. C., Laboute, P., Menou, J.-L. & Tirard, P., 1988. — La campagne Corail 2 aux lies

Chesterfield (N. O. "CORIOLIS" et N. O. "ALIS" du 18 juillet au 6 aout 1988). Rapports scientifiques el techniques.

Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, Orstom Noumea, (50), 67 p.

Richer deForges. B., Fromaget. M. & Thomassin, B., 1989. - Catalogue bibliographique indexe du milieu marin de

Nouvelle-Caledonie t Bibliographic catalogue with index of work on the marine environment of New Caledonia.

Edition 1989 ; Noumea : Orstom. Sci. Mer; 235 p.

Richer de Forges, B. & Grandperrin, R. & Laboute, P., 1987. — La campagne Chalcal II sur les guyots de la ride de

NORFOLK (N. O. "Coriolis” 26 octobre-ler novembre 1986). Rapports scientifiques el techniques, Sciences de la Mer,

Biologie marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (42), 41 p.

Richer de Forges, B. & Laboute, P., 1989. — La campagne Musorstom VI sur la ride des lies Loyaute (N.O."Alis", du 12

au 26 fevrier 1989). Rapports scientifiques et techniques, Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (51),

38 p.

Source MNHN. Paris

USTE BIBUOGRAPHIQUE

477

RICHER DE Forges, B., Laboute, P. & MENOU, J.-L., 1986. — La campagne MUSORSTOM V aux lies Chesterfield N. O.

"Coriolis" (5-24 octobre 1986). Rapports scientifiques et techniques. Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine , ORSTOM

Noumea, (41), 31 p.

Richer DE Forges, B. & Menou, J.-L., 1993. — La campagne MUSORSTOM 7 dans la zone economique des Ties Wallis et

Futuna. Compte rendu et liste des stations. In : A. Crosnier (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes Musorstom, Volume 10.

Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., 156 : 9-25.

Richer DE Forges, B. & Pianet, R., 1984. — Resultats preliminaires de la campagne CHALCAL a bord du N. O. "CORIOLIS"

(12-31 juillet 1984). Rapports scientifiques et techniques, Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, ORSTOM Noumea

(32), 32 p.

Roux, M., 1991. La Nouvelle-Caledonie et ses alentours. Cadre geologique et oceanographique du programme

Envimarges et de la campagne Calsub. Doc. Trav. IGAL, Paris, (15): 22-36.

Roux. M., Bouchet, P., Bourseau, J.-P., Gaillard, C., Grandperrin, R., Guille, A., Laurin, B., Monniot, C., Richer

deforces. B., Rio, M., Segonzac, M., Vacelet, J. & Zibrowius, H., 1990. — Module paleoecologique. Resultats de

la campagne Calsub (Biologie, pal<$ontologie, sedimentologie). Ass. paleonlol.fr., Congr. natn. Paliontol., Paris

17-19 mai 1990. (Abstr.).

Roux, M., Bouchet. P., Bourseau, J.-P., Gaillard, C., Grandperrin, R., Guille, A., Laurin, B., Monniot, C., Richer

de Forges, B., Rio, M., Segonzac, M., Vacelet, J. & Zibrowius, H., 1991. — L’environnement bathyal au large de

la Nouvelle-Cal6donic : resultats preliminaires de la campagne Calsub et consequences paleoecoloeiques. Bull Soc

geol. Fr., 162 (4) : 675-685. 5 M

Roux, M., Bouchet, P., Bourseau, J.-P., Gaillard, C., Grandperrin, R., Guille, A., Laurin, B., Monniot, C., Richer

de Forges, B., Rio, M., Segonzac, M., Vacelet, J. & Zibrowius, H., 1991. — Letagement du benthos bathyal

observe a l'aide de la soucoupe Cyana. Doc. Trav. IGAL, Paris, (15): 151-165.

GEOMORPHOLOGIE - SEDIMENTOLOGIE

Cotillon, P., Coustillas, F., Gaillard, C., Laurin, B., Liu, D. J., Pannetier, W., Pascal, A., Pascal, F.,

RlGOLOT, P., Rio, M., TribouillarD, N. & Vincent, E., 1990. — Grands traits de la sedimentologie actuelle et

recente sur les pentes et dans les bassins au large de la Nouvelle-Caledonie (SW Pacifique) : resultats de la campagne

BlOCAL. Oceanologica Acta, 10 : 341-359.

Cotillon P., Coustillas, F., Gaillard, C., Laurin, B., Pascal, A., Rigolot, P., Rio, M. & Roux, M., 1985. —

Resultats geologiques preliminaires de la campagne BlOCAL aux abords de la Nouvelle-Caledonie (SW Pacifique). Soc.

geol. Fr., Colloque "Geologie des Oceans". Bordeaux : 14.

Cotillon, P., Liu, J. D., Gaillard, C. & Evin, J., 1989. — Evolution du taux de sedimentation au cours des derniers

30.000 ans aux abords de la Nouvelle-Caledonie (SW Pacifique) ; resultats de datations au radiocarbonc et par la courbe

de l'oxygene 18. Bull. Soc. geol. Fr., ser. 8, 5 (4) : 881-884.

Cotillon, P., Rigolot, P., Coustillas, F., Gaillard, C., Laurin, B., Liu, J. D., Pannetier, W., Pascal, A. & Rio, M.,

1988. — Pentes et bassins au large de la Nouvelle-Caledonie (Pacifique SW), morphologie, environnements

biosedimentaires, sedimentation. Oceanologica Acta , 12 (2) : 131-140.

EHNY, F., 1987. — Sedimentation el diagenese precoce en milieu perirecifal : les pentes de quelques Ues volcaniques

coralliennes ouest-indo-pacifiques : I. Mayotte, bancs du Geyser-Zelee et du Leven (N.O. Canal de Mozambique. Ocean

indien) et I. Chesterfield (Mer de Corail, Ocean Pacifique). Th. Doct. : Univ. Aix-Marseille 2 ; 349 p.

Gaillard, C., 1988. — Bioturbation recente au large de la Nouvelle-Caledonie. Premiers resultats de la campagne

Biocal. Oceanologica Acta, 11 (4) : 389-399.

Gaillard, C., 1991. — Bioturbation et biocorrosion. Doc. Trav. IGAL, Paris , (15): 167-181.

Gaillard, C., 1991. — Recent organism traces and ichnofacies on the deep-sea floor off New Caledonia, Southwestern

Pacific. Palaios, 6 : 302-315.

Gaillard, B., Cotillon, P. & Evin, J., 1989. — Un cas de mise en place de turbidites recentes dans des boues

hemipelagiques. Resultats obtenus par datation au radiocarbone de sediments superficiels dans le bassin des Loyaute

(Nouvelle-Caledonie). Bull. Soc. geol. Fr., ser. 8. 5 (4) : 875-879.

Source: MNHN. Paris

478

B. RICHER DE FORGES

Lambert. B., Gomez, A. M. & Mathieu, R., 1991. — De la production planctonique au sediment. Doc. Trav. I GAL,

Paris’( 15) : 109-126.

Lambert. B. & ROUX, M. (eds.), 1991. — L’environnement carbonate bathyal en Nouvelle-Caledonie (Programme

EnvimaRGES). Doc. Trav. IGAL, Paris, (15): 213 p.

Lambert, B. & Roux, M., 1991. —Le programme EnvimaRGES. Doc. Trav. IGAL, Paris , (15): 19-21.

Lamblin, N., 1987. — Etude des sediments indures dragues dans le bassin des Loyaute (Nouvelle-Caledonie). DEA :

Sedipal6ontol. : Univ. Lyon I. 25 p., multigr.

LlU, J. D., 1988. — Sedimentation actuelle el rtcenle dans le bassin des Loyaute entre Thio el Lifou (Nouvelle-

Caledonie). Th. Doct. : Geologic : Univ. Lyon I; 137 p.

LlU, J. D. & COTILLON, P., 1987. — Principaux aspects de la sedimentation actuelle et nScente dans le Bassin des Loyaute

le long du transect Thio-Lifou (Nouvelle-Caledonie, SW Pacifique). ler Congr.fr. Sedim., A.S.F. : 229-230.

LlU, J. D. & COTILLON, P., 1989. —Present and recent sedimentation in the Loyalty basin along the Thio-Lifou profile

(New Caledonia, southwest Pacific). Mar. Geol., 87 : 207-226.

PaNNETIER, W., 1991. — Enregistrement de l'eustatisme dans les sediments quaternaires du bassin des Loyaute (Nouvelle-

Caledonie, Sud-Ouest pacifique). Doc. Lab. Geol. Lyon, (118), 169 p.

PaNNETIER, W., COTILLON, P. & Lambert, B., 1991. — Controle climatoeustatique de la sedimentation quaternaire dans

les bassins. Doc. Trav. IGAL, Paris, (15): 87-92.

Pascal, F., 1990. — Mineralogie, geochimie et dynamique s6dimentaire des carbonates actuels et recents du bassin des

Loyaute (Nouvelle-Caledonie, Pacifique Sud-Ouest). Dipl. Doct. Univ. Claude-Bernard Lyon I. Vol. 1, 50 p. ; vol. 2,

147 p. (inedit).

Pascal, F., Rio, M. & Pascal, A., 1991. —Les sediments actuels et recents dans le bassin des Loyaute. Doc. Trav.

IGAL, Paris, (15): 75-85.

Rio, M., Roux, M., Guerin, H., Bouchet, P., Bourseau, J.-P., Gaillard, C., Grandperrin, R., Guille, A., Laurin, B.,

Monniot. C., Richer de Forges. B., Segonzac, M., Vacelf.t, J. & Zibrowius, H., 1991. — Le substrat geologique et

les processus sedimentaires sur les pentes bathyales observees lors de la campagne Calsub. In : Lambert. B. & M.

ROUX (eds). — L'environnement carbonate bathyal en Nouvelle-Caledonie (Programme envimarges). Doc. el Trav.

IGAL, Paris, (15) : 57-73.

ROUX. M., 1979. — Un exemple de relation etroite entre la geodynamique des oceans et 1'evolution des faunes benthiques

abyssales : l'histoire des Crinoides pedoncules du Mesozoique a l'Actuel. Bull. Soc. g£ol. Fr., ser. 7, 21 (5) : 613-

618.

Roux, M., Bouchet, P., Bourseau, J.-P., Gaillard, C., Grandperrin, R., Guille, A., Laurin, B., Monniot. C., Richer

de Forges. B., Rio, M., Segonzac, M., Vacelet, J. & Zibrowius, H., 1991. — L'environnement bathyal au large de

la Nouvelle-Caledonie : resultats preliminaries de la campagne CALSUB et consequences paleoecologiques. Bull. Soc.

g^ol. France, 162 (4) : 675-685.

TRIBOUILLARD, N., 1986. — Mineralogie des sediments actuels et subactuels au large de la Nouvelle-Caledonie et des lies

Loyaute. DEA : Sedipaleontol. : Univ. Bourgogne. 26 p., multigr.

VaNNEY, J.-R., 1991. —Le modele des pentes sous-marines observees par submersible. Doc. Trav. IGAL, Paris, (15) :

38-55.

Vanney, J.-R., Rio, M., Roux, M., Guerin, H., Bouchet, P., Bourseau, J.-P., Gaillard, C., Grandperrin, R.,

Guille, A., Laurin, B., Monniot. C., Richer de Forges, B., Segonzac, M., Vacelet. J. & Zibrowius, H., 1992. —

Morphologic sous-marine particuliere liee a des circulations hydrothermales sur la ride des Loyaute (Nouvelle-

Caledonie, SW Pacifique). Bull. Soc. geol. France, 163 (3) : 255-262.

Vincent, E., Lambert, B., Laurin, B. & Mathieu, R., 1991. — Distribution des foraminiferes benthiques dans le bassin

des Loyaute. Doc. Trav. IGAL, Paris, (15): 127-149.

VINCENT, E. & Laurin, B., 1988. — Les associations de foraminiferes benthiques du Bassin des Loyaute (Nouvelle-

Caledonie) : autochtonie et allochtonie. Revue Micropaieont., 31 (3) : 196-206.

Source MNHN. Paris

LISTE BIBUOGRAPHIQUE

479

ZOOLOG IE

SPONGIAIRP;S

LfiV J' 0 J *w\M9) 19 W-ut dOSPhaera ' n ° UVeaU 8Cnre de Ddmosponges a s P‘ cules en 6cailles - Buli Soc - tool- Fr„

Lfi 7i/S: tY:Vris, dU PaCiflqUe SUd ' 0UeSl ( Nouvelle -C^onie). Bull. Mus. natn.

“*£ msTlTm T tSSr ,S “ b *' hy * l “ * W„. na,n.

le N0 - v '“ b,n “ “ 4 - »""«***•

LfiVI e. & LfiVl P., 1988. — Nouveaux Spongiaires Lithistides a affinites Crdtace du nord de la ride de Norfolk Bull

Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. Paris,!, 4), 10, sect. A, (2) : 241-263. '

LCV.. C Barton. J.. Guillemet. C„ LE Bras, E. & LehuedB, R. 1989. - A remarkably strong natural glassy rod : the

anchoring spicule of the Monorhaphis sponge. J. materials Science Letters, 8 : 337-339.

Sara. M 1988 — Two new species of Tetliya (Porifera, Demospongiae) from New Caledonia. Bull. Mus. natn Hist

not.. Pans, (4), 10. sect. A. (4) : 651-659.

VACELET J 1977. — Une nouvelle relique du Secondaire : un representant actuel des Eponges fossiles Sphinctozoaires.

C. r. hebd. Seanc. Acad. Set., Pans, (III), 285 : 509-511.

Va CELET.^J.. 2 | 978. —^Des^cnption et affinites dune eponge Sphinctozoaire actuelle. Colloques internationaux du

VACELET, J.. 1988. — Indications de profondeur donnees par les Spongiaires dans les milieux benthiques actuels. Geol

mediterr ., 15 (1) : 13-26.

Vacei et, J., CuiF, J.-P., Gautret. P., Richer DEFORCES, B. & Zibrowius, H., 1992. - Un Spongiaire Sphinctozoaire

colonial apparente aux constructcurs de rccifs triasiques survivant dans le bathyal de Nouvellc-Caledonie. C r hebd

Seanc. Acad. Sci.. Paris, 314 (3) : 379-385.

CNIDAIRES

Barrier, P„ Zibrowius. H., Lozouet. P„ Montenat, C„ Ott D'Estevou. R, Serrano, F. & Soudet. H. J., 1991. —

Une faune de fond dur du bathyal superieur dans le Miocene terminal des cordilleres betiques (Carboneras SE Espaenc)

Mesogge, 51 : 3-13.

Bayer, F. hi, 1990. — A new isidid octocoral (Anthozoa : Gorgonacea) from New Caledonia, with descriptions of other

new species from elsewhere in the Pacific Ocean. Proc. Biol, Soc. Wash., 103 (1) : 205-228.

Bayer, F. M. & Stefa.ni, J., 1987. — Isididae de Nouvelle-Caledonie (cle des genres et description de 6 especes

nouvelles). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. Paris, (4), 9, sect. A, (1) : 47-106.

Bayer, F. M. & Stefani, J., 1988. — Primnoidae (Gorgonacea) de Nouvelle-Caledonie. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist nat Paris

(4), 10, sect. A, (3) : 449-518.

Bayer. F. M. & STEFANI, J., 1988. — A new species of Chrysogorgia (Octocorallia : Gorgonacea) from New Caledonia,

with descriptions of some other species from the Western Pacific. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (2) : 257-279.

Cairns, S. D., 1988. —Cryptotrochus. new genus and two new species of deep water corals (Scleractinia : Turbinoliidae)

Proc. biol. Soc. Wash., 101 (4) : 709-716.

SlEG. J. & Zibrowius, H., 1988. — Association of a tube inhabiting tanaidacean. Bifida scleractinicola gen. nov., sp.

189 199 H balhyal scIeractinians off New Caledonia (Crustacea Tanaidacea - Cnidaria Scleractinia). Mtsogee, 48 :

Source

480

B. RICHER DE FORGES

ZIBROWIUS, H., 1981. — Associations of Hydrocorallia stylasterina with gall-inhabiting Copepoda Siphonostomatoidca

from the south-west pacific. Part I. On the stylasterine hosts, including two new species, Stylaster papuensis and

Crypthelia cryptotrema. Bijdr. Dierk., 51 (2) : 268-286.

Zl BROW I US, H., 1988. —Mise au point sur les Scleractiniaires comme indicateurs de profondeur (Cnidaria : Anthozoa).

Giol. miditerr., 15 (1) : 27-47.

ZlBROWius, H. & GRYG1ER, M. J., 1985. — Diversity and range of scleractinian coral hosts of Ascothoracica (Crustacea :

Maxillopoda). Annls. Inst, ocianogr., Monaco, 61 (2) : 115-138.

BRYOZOAIRES ; BRACHIOPODES

D'HONDT, J.-L., 1987. — Bryozoaires de Nouvelle-Calcdonie et du plateau des Chesterfield. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat.,

Paris, (4), 8, sect. A, (4) : 697-756.

D’HONDT. J.-L., 1987. — Observations sur les Brachiopodes actucls de Nouvelle-Caledonie ct d'autres localites de l'lndo-

Pacifique. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., (4), 9, sect. A, (1) : 33-46.

GORDON. D. P. & D'HONDT, J.-L., 1991. — Bryozoa : The Miocene to Recent family Petalostegidae. Systematics,

affinities, biogeography. In : CROSNIER A. (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 8. Mem. Mus. natn.

Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 151 : 91-123.

CRUSTACES

Baba, K., 1991. — Crustacea Decapoda : Chirostylus Ortmann, 1892, and Gastroplychus Caullery, 1896 (Chirostylidae)

from New Caledonia. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 9. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist,

nat., Paris, (A), 152 : 463-477.

Baba, K., 1991. — Crustacea Decapoda : Alainius gen. nov., Leiogalathea Baba, 1969, and Phylladiorhynchus Baba,

1969 (Galatheidae) from New Caledonia. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 9.

Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 152 : 479-491.

BACESCU, M.. 1991. — Crustacea Mysidacea : Recoltes faites au cours des campagnes MUSORSTOM 3 et CORINDON 2 aux

Philippines et en Indonesie. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 9. Mem. Mus.

natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 152 : 79-100.

BOXSHALL, G., 1989. — Parasitic copepods of fishes : a new genus of the Hatschekiidae from New Caledonia, and new

records of the Pennellidae, Sphyriidae and Lernanthropidac from the South Atlantic and South Pacific. Systematic

Parasitology, 13 : 201-222.

Bruce, A. J., 1990. —Crustacea Decapoda : Gelastreules crosnieri gen. nov., sp. nov. (Hippolytidae) from New

Caledonia. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 6. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat.,

Paris, (A), 145 : 137-148.

Bruce, A. J., 1990. — Crustacea Decapoda : Deep-sea Palaemonoid shrimps from New Caledonian waters. In : A.

CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 6. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 145 : 149-

216.

Bruce, A. J., 1991. — Crustacea Decapoda : Further deep-sea Palaemonoid shrimps from New Caledonian waters. In :

A. CROSNIER (ed.). Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 9. Mini. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 152 :

299-411.

Casanova, J.-P., 1993. — Crustacea Mysidacea : Les Mysidac6s Lophogastrida et Mysida (Petalophthalmidae) de la

region neo-caledonienne. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mini. Mus. natn.

Hist, nat., 156 : 33-53.

CHAN T. Y. & CROSNIER, A., 1991. — Crustacea Decapoda : Studies of the Plesionika narval (Fabricius, 1787) group

(Pandalidae) with description of six new species. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM.

Volume 9. Mini. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 152 : 413-461.

Source: MNHN. Paris

USTE BIBIJOGRAPHIQUE

481

Chan. T. Y. & Yu. H. P.. 1991. — Eugonatonotus chacei sp. nov., second species of the genus (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Eugonatonotidae). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 13, sect. A, (1-2) : 143-152.

CHEN Huilian, 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : Dorippidae of New Caledonia, Indonesia and the Philippines. In :

A. CROSN1ER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat , 157 •

315-345.

Cleva, R.. 1990. — Crustacea Decapoda : Les genres et les especes indo-ouest-Pacifique de Stylodactylidae. In :

A. CROSNIER (ed.), Rdsultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 6. Mdm. Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. Paris, (A) 145 •

71-136.

CROSNIER, A., 1987. — Les especes indo-ouest Pacifique d'eau profonde du genre Metapenaeopsis (Crustacea Decapoda

Penaeidae). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 9, sect. A, (2) : 409-453.

CROSNIER. A., 1988. — Sur les Heterocarpus (Crustacea, Decapoda, Pandalidae) du sud-ouest de l'ocean Indien. Remarques

sur d'autres especes ouest-Pacifique du genre et description de quatre taxa nouveaux. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris,

(4), 10, sect. A. (1) : 57-103.

CROSNIER. A., 1988. — Contribution a l'etudc des genres Haliporus Bate, !881 et Gordonella Tirmizi, 1960 (Crustacea,

Decapoda, Penaeoidea). Description de deux especes nouvelles. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris , (4), 10, sect A

(3): 563-601.

CROSNIER. A., 1991. —Crustacea Decapoda : Les Metapenaeopsis indo-ouest Pacifique sans appareil stridulant

(Penaeidae). Deuxiemc partie. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 9. Mem. Mus

natn. Hist. nat.. Paris, (A), 152 : 155-297.

Davie, P. J. F., 1991. — Crustacea Decapoda : The genus Platepistoma Rathbun, 1906 (Cancridae) with the description of

four new species. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 9. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat.,

Paris, (A), 152 : 493-514.

Dawson, E. W., 1989. — King crabs of the world (Crustacea : Lithodidae) and their fisheries. A comprehensive

bibliography. N. Z. Oceanogr. Inst. misc. Publ ., 101, 338 p.

Forest, J., 1987. — Les Pylochelidae ou "Pagures symetriques" (Crustacea Coenobitoidea). In : Resultats des Campagnes

MUSORSTOM, Volume 3. Mim. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 137 : 1-254.

FOREST, J., 1987. — Ethology and distribution of Pylochelidae (Crustacea, Coenobitoidae). Bull. mar. sci., 41 (2) : 309-

321.

Gaeil, B. S., 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : A revision of the genus Mursia Desmarest, 1823 (Calappidae). In :

A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., 156 :

347-379.

Galil, B. S. & Clark, P. F., 1990. — Crustacea Decapoda : Notes on some species of Trapeziidae from New Caledonia

including the descriptions of two new ones. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 6.

Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris , (A), 145 : 369-388.

Griffin, D. J. G. & Brown, D. E., 1976. — Deep water decapod Crustacea from Eastern Australia : Brachyuran crabs. Rec.

Aust. Mus., 30 : 248-271.

GRIFFIN, D. J. G. & Tranter, H. A., 1986. — The Decapoda Brachyura of the Siboga Expedition. — Part VIII, Majidae.

Siboga Exped., Monograph. 39 C4 (Livr. 148), 335 p.

GRYGIER, M. J., 1991. — Additions to the Ascothoracidan fauna of Australia and South-east Asia (Crustacea,

Maxillopoda) : Synagogidae (part), Lauridae and Petrarcidae. Rec. Aust. Mus., 43 : 1-46.

Grygier, M. J. & Newman, W. A., 1991. — A new genus and two new species of microlcpadidae (Cirripedia :

Pedunculata) found on Western Pacific diadematid echinoids. Galaxea, 10 : 1-22.

GuiNOT, D., 1989. —Le genre Carcinoplax H. Milne Edwards, 1892 (Crustacea, Brachyura : Goneplacidae). In :

J. Forest (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 5. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 144 : 265-

345.

GuiNOT, D., 1990. — Crustacea Decapoda : Le genre Psopheticus Wood-Mason, 1892 (Goneplacidae). In : A. CROSNIER

(ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 6. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 145 : 331-368.

482

B. RICHER DE FORGES

GuiNOT, D. & Richer deForges, B., 1981. — Crabes de profondeur, nouveaux ou rares, de l'lndo-Pacifique (Crustacea,

Decapoda, Brachyura) (Premiere partie). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 2, 1980, sect. A, (4) : 1113-1153.

(Deuxi&me partie). Ibid., (4), 3, sect. A, (1) : 227-260.

GuiNOT, D. & Richer de Forges, B., 1981. — Homolidae, rares ou nouveaux, de l'lndo-Pacifique (Crustacea, Decapoda,

Brachyura). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 3, sect. A, (2) : 523-581.

GuiNOT, D. & Richer de Forges, B., 1982. — Nouvelles recoltes des genres Cyrtomaia Miers et Pleistacantha Miers

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 3, sect A, (4), 1981 (1982) : 1087-1124.

GuiNOT, D. & Richer deForges, B., 1982. — Revision du genre indo-pacifique Cyrtomaia Miers, 1886 : Campagnes

oceanographiques du "Challenger”, de 1' "Albatross", du "Siboga" et du "Vauban" (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura).

Annls Inst. Oceanogr., Paris , 58 (1) : 5-87.

GuiNOT, D. & Richer deForges, B., 1984. — Revision of the Indo-Pacific Sphenocarcinus with a single rostrum and

description of two new species (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura, Majidae). Mar, Res. Indonesia, 24 : 49-71.

GuiNOT, D. & Richer de Forges, B., 1986. — Crustacds Dccapodes : Majidae (genres Platymaia, Cyrtomaia,

Pleistacantha, Sphenocarcinus et Naxioides). In : Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM 1 et 2, Tome 2. Mem. Mus.

natn. Hist. nat. Paris , (A), 1985 (1986), 133 : 83-178.

GuiNOT, D. & RICHER DE FORGES, B., 1986. — Decouverte d'une nouvelle espece de Sphenocarcinus en Nouvelle-

Cal6donie, S. mammatus sp. nov. (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura). Indo-Malay. Zool., 3 : 27-37.

GUINOT, D. & Richer de Forges, B., 1988. — Description de trois espfcces de Cyrtomaia Miers, 1886, de Nouvelle

Catedonie et des lies Chesterfield (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris , (4), 10,

sect. A, (1) : 39-55.

HOLTHUIS, L. B„ 1985. — A revision of the family Scyllaridae (Crustacea : Decapoda : Macrura). I. Subfamily Ibacinae.

Zool. Verb. Leiden , (218) : 1-130.

HUYS, R., 1991. — Crustacea Copepoda : Amphicrossus pacificus gen. et sp. nov., an erebonasterid copepod

(Poecilostomatoide) from the New Caledonian shelf. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM,

Volume 9. Mdm. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 152 : 63-77.

Laubitz, D. R., 1991. — Crustacea Amphipoda Caprellidea : Caprellids from the western Pacific (New Caledonia,

Indonesia and the Philippines). In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 9. Mem. Mus.

natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 152 : 101-123.

Lowry, J. K. & STODDART, H. E., 1992. — A Revision of the Genus Ichnopus (Crustacea : Amphipoda : Lysianassoidea :

Uristidae). Rec. Aust. Mus., 44 : 185-245.

Lowry, J. K. & Stoddart, H. E., 1993. — Crustacea Amphipoda : Lysianassoids from Philippine and Indonesian waters.

In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., 156 : 55-109.

Macpherson, E., 1990. — Crustacea Decapoda : On some species of Lithodidae from the Western Pacific. In : A. CROSNIER

(ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM..Volume 6. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 145 : 217-226.

Macpherson, E., 1990. — Crustacea Decapoda : On a collection of Nephropidae from the Indian Ocean and Western

Pacific. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 6. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris ,

(A), 145 : 289-328.

Macpherson, E., 1991. — A new species of the genus Lithodes (Crustacea, Decapoda, Lithodidae) from French Polynesia.

Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 13, sect. A, (1-2) : 153-158.

Macpherson, E., 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : Species of the genus Munida Leach, 1820 (Galatheidae) collected during

the MUSORSTOM and CORINDON cruises in the Philippines and Indonesia. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des

Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., 156 : 421-442.

MACPHERSON, E., 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : Species of the genus Paramunida Baba, 1988 (Galatheidae) from the

Philippines, Indonesia and New Caledonia. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10.

Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., 156 : 443-473.

Macpherson, E., & Baba, K., 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : Munida japonica Stimpson, 1858, and related species

(Galatheidae). In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat.,

156 : 381-420.

Source : MNHN. Paris

LJSTE BIBUOGRAPHIQUE

483

MACPHERSON, E. & Saint Laurent, M. DE , 1991. — Galatheid Crustaceans of the genus Munida Leach, 1818 from French

Polynesia. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris , (4), 13, sect. A, (3-4) : 373-422.

Manning. R. B. 1991. — Crustacea Decapoda : Cecidocarcinus zibrowii , a new deep-water gall crab (Cryptochiridae)

from New Caledonia. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 9. Mim. Mus. natn Hist

nat., Paris, (A), 152 : 515-520.

Manning, R. B. & Holthuis, L. B., 1989. — Two new genera and nine new species of geryonid crabs (Crustacea

Decapoda, Geryomdae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 102 (1) : 50-77.

Markham, J. C., 1990. — Crustacea Isopoda : New records of Bopyridae from New Caledonia waters. In : A. CROSNIER

(ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 6. Mim. Mus. natn. Hist, not., Paris, (A), 145 : 55-69.

McLay, C. L., 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : The Sponge Crabs (Dromiidae) of New Caledonia and the Philippines with a

review of the genera. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mem. Mus natn Hist

nat., 156 : 111-251.

POORE, G. C. B., 1991. — Crustacea Isopoda : Chaetiliidae (Valvifera) from New Caledonia and the Philippines. In

L3<M53 NIER ^ ed ^ R6sultats des Cam P a S nes MUSORSTOM, Volume 9. Mini. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 152

RICHER DE FORGES, B. 1983. — Description dune esp£ce nouvelle de Leucosiidae du Pacifique, Randallia serenei sp. nov.

(Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 5, sect. A, (2) : 633-640.

Richer de Forges, B., 1991. — A new species of Sphenocarcinus A. Milne Edwards, 1875 from Tasmantid guyots,

S. lowryi sp. nov. (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura) with Notes on the Taxonomic Status of the Genus. Rec. Aust

Mus., 44 : 1-5.

Richer DE Forges, B. & Guinot, D., 1990. — A new Cyrtomaia, C. griffini, from Australia (Crustacea : Decapoda :

Brachyura). Mem. Q. Mus., 28 (2) : 523-530.

Saint Laurent, M. DE, 1989. — La nouvelle superfamille des Retroplumoidea Gill, 1894 (Decapoda, Brachyura) :

syst6matique, affinity et evolution. In : J. FOREST (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 5. Mini. Mus

natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 144 : 103-179.

Saint Laurent, M. de & Macpherson, E., 1990. — Crustacea Decapoda : Le genre Eumunida Smith, 1883

(Chirostylidae) dans les eaux n6o-cal6doniennes. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM,

Volume 6. Mini. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris , (A), 145 : 227-288.

SlEG, J. & ZlBROWius, H., 1988. — Association of a tube inhabiting tanaidacean. Bifida scleractinicola gen. nov., sp.

nov., with bathyal scleractinians off New Caledonia (Crustacea Tanaidacea - Cnidaria Scleractinia). Misogie, 48 :

189-199. *

Stock, J. H., 1991. — Deep-water Pycnogonida from the surroundings of New Caledonia. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats

des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 8. Mini. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 151 : 125-212.

Tavares, M. S., 1991. — Redefinition des genres Rochinia A. Milne Edwards, Sphenocarcinus A. Milne Edwards et

Oxypleurodon Miers, et 6tablissement du genre Nasutocarcinus gen. nov. (Crustacea, Brachyura, Majidae). Bull. Mus.

natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 13, sect. A, (1-2) : 159-179.

Tavares, M. S., 1993. — Crustacea Decapoda : Les Cyclodorippidae et Cymonoinidae de l'lndo-Ouest-Pacifique. In :

A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 10. Mim. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., 156 : 253-313.

ZEIDLER, W., 1991. — Crustacea Amphipoda : Hyperiidea from MUSORSTOM cruises. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des

Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 9. Mim. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 152 : 125-137.

ANNELIDES ; SIPONCLES ; ECHIURIENS

EDMONDS, S. J., 1991. — Sipunculoidea and Echiuroidea : Sipunculans and Echiurans from the Philippines and New

Caledonia (Estase 2, Biocal, MUSORSTOM 3 and 4). In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM,

Volume 8. Mim. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 151 : 83-90.

ERSEUS, C., 1989. — A new bathyal species of Atlantidrilus (Oligochaeta, Tubificidae) from New Caledonia. Bull. Mus.

natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 11, sect. A, (1) : 97-100.

484

B. RICHER DE FORGES

Hanley, J. R. & Burke, M., 1991. — Polychaeta Polynoidae : Scaleworms of the Chesterfield Islands and Fairway Reefs,

Coral Sea. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 8. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris,

(A), 151 : 9-82.

HaRTMANN-SchrODER, G., 1992. — Drei neue Polychaeten-Arten der familien Polynoidae und Syllidae von Neu-

Kaledonien, assoziiert mit einer verkalktcn Hydrozoe. Helgoldnder Meeresunters., 46 : 93-101.

Lechapt, P.-P., 1992. — Description d'une nouvelle esp&ce d’ Eunice (Polychaeta, Eunicidae) des zones bathyales du

Pacifique. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 14, sect. A, (1) : 75-80.

MOLLUSQUES

Bergmans. W., 1991. — Mollusca Gastropoda : Archibenthal Nuculidae off New Caledonia. In : A. CROSNIER &

P. BOUCHET (eds), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM,'Volume 7. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 150 :

29-40.

BEU, A. & Maxwell, P., 1987. — A revision of the fossil and living Gastropods related to Plesiolritium Fisher, 1884.

N. Z. Gesl. Surv. Paleont. Bull., 54 : 1-140.

BlELER, R., 1984. — Die Gattungen dcr Architectonicidae. Allgemcines und Teil 1 : Pseudomalaxis. Arch. Moll., 115 :

53-103.

BOUCHET. P.. 1979. — A new Volute from the western Pacific. The Veliger, 22 (1) : 49-50.

BOUCHET, P., 1987. — A new Cassid from the Coral Sea. Venus, 47 (1) : 11-14.

BOUCHET, P. & KlLBURN, R., 1991. — A new genus of Ancillinae from New Caledonia, with description of two new

species. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 12, sect. A, (34) : 531-539.

BOUCHET, P. & M£tivier, B., 1982. — Living Pleurotomariidae (Mollusca : Gastropoda) from the South Pacific. N. Z. J.

Zool., 9 : 309-318.

BOUCHET, P. & M£tivier, B., 1983. — The genus Bolma in the bathyal zone of New Caledonia, with description of a new

species. Venus, 42 (1) : 8-12.

BOUCHET, P. & POPPE, G., 1988. — Deep water Volutes from the New Caledonian region, with a discussion on

biogeography. Venus, 47 (1) : 15-32.

BOUCHET, P. & WaREN, A., 1986. — Taxonomical notes on tropical deep water Buccinidae with descriptions of new taxa.

In : Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Tome 2. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., (A) 133, 1985 (1986) : 457-499.

CERNOHORSKY, W. O., 1982. — On a collection of buccinacean and mitracean Gastropods from the Mozambique Channel

and New Caledonia. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 3, 1981 (1982), sect. A, (4) : 985-1009.

CERNOHORSKY, W. O., 1991. — Mollusca Gastropoda : On a collection of Nassariidae from New Caledonian waters. In :

A. CROSNIER & P. BOUCHET (eds.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 7. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat.,

Paris, (A), 150 : 187-204.

CERNOHORSKY, W. O.. 1992. — Description of a new species of Nassariidae (Mollusca, Neogastropoda) from the Pacific

Ocean. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (4), 14, sect. A, (1) : 69-74.

DlJKSTRA. H. H., 1989. — Pseudohirmites levii gen. sp. nov. (Mollusca, Bivalvia : Pectinidae) from New Caledonia.

Basleria, 53 : 29-33.

DOUN. L., 1991. — Mollusca Gastropoda : Cypraeopsis superstes sp. nov., Pediculariinae relique du bathyal de Nouvelle-

Caledonie et de la Reunion. In : A. CROSNIER & P. BOUCHET (eds), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 7.

Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 150 : 179-186.

EMERSON, W.. 1990. — New records for Western Pacific M or urn (Gastropoda : Harpidae) with biogeographic

implications. The Veliger, 33 : 145-154.

Harasewych, M. G., 1991. — Mollusca Gastropoda : Columbariform Gastropods of New Caledonia. In : A. CROSNIER &

P., BOUCHET (eds), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 7. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 150 :

243-259.

Source ; MNHN. Paris

USTE BIBIJOGRAPHIQUE

485

Houart, R., 1983. — Three new tropical Muricacean species. Venus, 42 (1) : 26-33.

Houart, R., 1986. — Noteworthy Muricidae from the Pacific Ocean, with description of seven species. Mem. Mus natn

Hist, nat., (A), 133, 1985 (1986) : 427-455.

Houart, R., 1987. — Description of three new muricid Gastropods from the south-west Pacific Ocean with comments on

new geographical data. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. Paris, (4), 8, sect. A, (4) : 757-767.

Houart, R., 1987. — Description of four new species of Muricidae from New Caledonia. Venus, 46 (4) : 202-210.

Houart, R., 1988. — Description of seven new species of Muricidae from the south-western Pacific ocean. Venus 47

(3): 185-196.

Houart, R., 1990. — New taxa and new records of Indo-Pacific species of Mur ex and Haustellum (Gastropoda, Muricidae,

Muricinae). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. Paris, (4), 12. sect. A, (2) : 329-347.

Houart, R., 1990. — Four new species of Muricidae from New Caledonia. Venus, 49 (3) : 205-214.

Houart, R., 1991. — Mollusca Gastropoda : The Typhinae (Muricidae) from the New Caledonian region with description

of five new species. In : A. CROSNIER & P., BOUCHET (eds), Resultats des Campagnes Musorstom, Volume 7. Mem.

Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. Paris, (A), 150 : 223-241.

Houart, R., 1991. — Description of thirteen new species of Muricidae from Australia and the New Caledonian region,

with range extensions to South Africa. J. Malac. Soc. Aust., 12 : 35-55.

HOUBRICK, R., 1980. — Review of the deep-sea genus Argyropeza. Smithson. Contr. Zoo/.. 321 : 1-30.

Kaas, P., 1985. — Notes on Loricata, 13. On some little known chitons from the tropical Western Pacific Ocean Zool

Meded. Leiden, 59 (25) : 299-320.

Kaas, P., 1990. — New species and further records of known species of Polyplacophora from the tropical Western

Pacific. Basteria, 54 : 175-186.

Kaas, P., 1991. — Mollusca Gastropoda : Deep-water Chitons from New Caledonia. In : A. CROSNIER & P. BOUCHET (eds),

Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 7. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris. (A), 150 : 9-27.

KlLBURN, R. N. & BOUCHET, P., 1988. — The genus Amalda in New Caledonia (Mollusca, Gastropoda. Olividae,

Ancillinae). Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat.. Paris, (4), 10, sect. A, (2) : 277-300.

LOZOUET, P., 1991. — Mollusca Gastropoda : Eumitra recentes de la region neo-caledonienne et Charitodoron fossiles de

l’01igoc£ne superieur d’Aquitaine (Mitridae). In : A. CROSNIER & P. BOUCHET (eds), Resultats des Campagnes

MUSORSTOM, Volume 7. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 150 : 205-222.

Marshall, B., 1988. — Thysanodontinae : a new subfamily of the Trochidae. J. Moll. Stud., 54 : 215-229.

Marshall, B. A., 1991. —Mollusca Gastropoda : Scguenziidae from New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands. In :

A. CROSNIER & P. BOUCHET (eds), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 7. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat.,

Paris, (A). 150 : 41-109.

Marshall, B. A., 1992. — A revision of the recent species of Eudolium Dali, 1889 (Gastropoda : Tonnoidea). Nautilus.

106 (1) : 24-38.

METIVIER, B., 1990. — Description of a new Perotrochus from the Coral Sea, Southwest Pacific (Gastropoda :

Pleurotomariidae). Venus, 49 (1) : 1-7.

Ponder, W. F., 1983. — Xenophoridae of the world. Mem. Austral. Mus., 17 : 1-126.

POUTIERS, J.-M., 1982. — Euciroa trapeza, espcce nouvelle de Bivalves Verticordiidae de Nouvelle-Caledonie. Bull. Mus.

natn. Hist. nat.. Paris, (4), 4, sect.A, (3-4) : 331-335.

Rancurel, P., 1990. — Collecte de Nautiles (Cephalopoda, Nautiloidea) aux lies Chesterfield, Pacifique sud. Extension

de l'aire de distribution de Nautilus macromphalus Sowerby. Haliotis, 10 : 63-70.

Rancurel, P., 1990. — Contribution a la connaissance de la repartition bathymetrique de Nautilus macromphalus

Sowerby. Haliotis, 10 : 71-81.

Richard, G., 1983. — Two new species of Conus from New Caledonia : Conus boucheti sp. nov. and Conus kanakinus

sp. nov. J. Malac. Soc. Aust., 6 (1-2) : 53-58.

Source ;

486

B. RICHER DF. FORGES

Richard, G. & Moolenbeek, R., 1988. — Two new Conus species from deep waters off New Caledonia. Venus, 47 (4):

233-239.

Richer de Forges. B. & Estival, J. C„ 1985. — 7 Xenophoridae de Nouvclle-Caledonie et des Ties Chesterfield.

Rossiniana , (28) : 19-22.

Richer de Forges. B. & Estival, J. C„ 1986. — Les Conidae r6colt6s dans les dragues en Nouvelle-Cal6donie.

Rossiniana , (32) : 14-18.

ROUX. M., 1990. — Underwater observations of Nautilus macromphalus off New Caledonia. Chambered Nautilus

Newslett ., (60): 1.

SLEURS. W. J., 1991. — Mollusca Gastropoda : Four new rissoinine species (Rissoininae) from deep water in the New

Caledonian region. In : A. Crosnier & P. Bouchet (eds), Resultats des Campagnes Musorstom, Volume 7. Mini.

Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 150 : 163-178.

Ward. P. D., 1987. — The Natural History of Nautilus. Allen & Unwin. Boston, 267 p.

Ward. P. D., 1988. — In Search of Nautilus. A New York Academy of Sciences Book, 238 p.

Waren, A. & BOUCHET, P., 1990. — Laubierinidae and Ranellidae, Pisanianurinae, two new deep-sea taxa of the

Tonnoidea (Gastropoda : Prosobranchia). The Veliger , 33 (1) : 56-102.

Waren, A. & BOUCHET, P., 1991. — Mollusca Gastropoda : Systematic position and revision of Haloceras Dali, 1889

(Caenogastropoda, Haloceratidae fam. nov.) In : A. CROSNIER & P. BOUCHET (eds), Resultats des Campagnes

MUSORSTOM, Volume 7. Mim. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris, (A), 150 : 111-161.

ECHINODERMES

Am£zianE-Cominardi, N., 1989. — Distribution bathymetrique des Pentacrines du Pacifique occidental. Essai de

modilisalion et d'application aux faunes du Lias (problemes de tectono-euslatisme au cours du rifting tethysien).

Th. Dr. Univ. Lyon I, 240 p.

AMEZIANE-COMINARDI, N., Bourseau, J.-P., Avocat, R. & Roux, M., 1990. — Les crinoides pedoncutes de Nouvelle-

Caledonie : inventaire et reflexions sur les taxons archaiques. In : C. DE RlDDER et al. (eds), Echinoderm Research.

Rotterdam, Balkema : 117-124.

Am£ziane-Cominardi, N., BOURSEAU, J.-P. & Roux, M., 1987. — Les crinoides pedoncutes de Nouvelle-Cal6dome (S. W.

Pacifique) : une faune bathyale ancestrale issue de la M£sogee mesozoique. C. r. hebd. Seanc. Acad. Sci. Paris , 304

(3): 15-18.

Am£ziane-Cominardi, N., BOURSEAU, J.-P. & Roux, M., 1991. — Les crinoides pedoncules de l’ouest Pacifique : un

modele zoobathymetrique pour l'analyse des calcaires St entroques et du tectono-eustatisme au Jurassique. Doc. Trav.

IGAL, Paris, (15): 182-198.

AMfiZlANE-CoMlNARDl, N. & Roux, M., 1987. — Biocorrosion et micritisation des ossicules d'Echinodermes en milieu

bathyal au large de la Nouvelle-Caiedonie. C. r. hed. Sianc. Acad. Sci., Paris , 305 (2) : 701-705.

Bourseau, J.-P., AmSziane-Cominardi. N., Avocat, R. & Roux, M. 1988. — Les crinoides pedoncutes marqueurs

paleobathymetriques : principes et m^thodes. Colloque : Paliobalhymitrie, euslalisme et sequences de depots,

Marseille 3-4 juin 1988. A.S.F. ed. : 29.

Bourseau, J.-P., AmEziane-Cominardi, N., Avocat, R. & Roux, M„ 1991. — Echinodermata : Les Crinoides

p6doncul6s de Nouvelle-Cal6donie. In : A. Crosnier (ed.), REsultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 8. Mini.

Mus. natn. Hist, nat ., (A), 151 : 229-333.

Bourseau, J.-P., Am£ziane-Cominardi, N. & Roux, M., 1987. — Un Crinoide p£doncul6 nouveau (Echinodermes),

repr^sentant actuel de la famille jurassique des Hemicrinidae : Gymnocrinus richeri nov. sp. des fonds bathyaux de

Nouvelle-Catedonie (S. W. Pacifique). C. r. hebd. Sianc. Acad. Sci. Paris , 305 (3) : 595-599.

Bourseau, J.-P., Cominardi, N. & Roux. M., 1988. — La zonation bathymetrique des Crinoides p^doncuies actuels : un

module de reference pour les reconstitutions pal6obathymetriques. Giol. miditerr., 15 (1) : 83-89.

Source . MNHN , Paris

IJSTE BIBUOGRAPHIQUE

487

Bourseau, J.-P & Roux. M 1985. — Bathym6trie et variability morphologique chez les Penlacrinidae (Echinodermes

cnno.des pedoncules) du Pac.fique occidental. In : B. F. Keegan & B. D. S. O'Connor (eds.), Echinodermata. Proc. 5th

ml. Echinoderm Conf. Rotterdam, Balkema : 175-180.

JANGOUX M 1981 —Une nouvelle cspece d'asteride bathyalc des eaux de Nouvelle-Caledonie (Echinodermata,

Asteroidea). Bull. Mus. naln. Hist, nal., Paris , (4), 3, sect. A, (3) : 709-712.

R °UX.Ml 98 7 — Evolutionary ecology and biogeography of recent stalked crinoids as a model for the fossil record

Lcninoaerm stud., 2 : 1-53.

ROU 1988 1 'Ab!?r 8 -T2 Slalked Crin °‘ dS blogeogra P h y and P Iale ‘^tonics. 5th Deep-Sea Biol. Symp., Brest. 26 June-1 July

Vadon C„ 1990. Ophiozonella novaecaledoniae n. sp. (Oph.uro.dea, Echinodermata) : descript.on, ontogeny and

phyletic position. J. nal. Hist.. 24 : 165-179. 6 y

Vadon, C„ 1991. -Echinodermata : Ophiuridae profonds de Nouvelle-Caledonie. Formes paedomorphes. In :

vis *SA NIER ed ‘ ' ReSU lalS des Campa 8 nes MUSORSTOM, Volume 8. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nal., Paris. (A). 151 :

Vadon C. & Guille A.. 1988. — Biogeography, vertical distribution and zonation of the Ophiuridae (Echinodermata)

m the oceans. Preliminary data. 5th Deep-Sea Biol. Symp., Brest, 26 June-1 July 1989. Abstr. : 33.

ASCIDIES

Monniot, C., Cotillon, P. & Gaillard, C., 1988. — Sedimentary dynamics and associated benthic fauna in the Loyalty

Basin (New Caledonia, SW Pacific). 5th Deep-Sea Biol. Symp., Brest, 26 June-1 July 1988. Abstr. : 79.

Monniot, C. & Monniot F., 1990. — Revision of the class Sorberacea (benthic tunicates) with descriptions of seven

new species. Zool. J. Linn. Soc., 99 : 239-290.

MONNIOT, C. & MONNIOT, F., 1991. — Tunicata : Peuplement d'ascidies profondes en Nouvelle-Caledonie. Diversite des

strategies adaptatives. In : A. CROSNIER (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Volume 8. Mem. Mus. natn

Hist, nat., Pans (A), 151 : 357-448.

Monniot, C. & Monniot, F., 1991. — Decouverte dune nouvelle lignee evolutive chez les ascidies de grande

profondeur : une Ascidndae carnivore. C. r. hebd. Seanc. Acad. Sci. Paris, 312 (3) : 383-388.

MONNIOT, F., Martoja, R. & TRUCHET, M., 1990. — Influence de l'environnement g^ochimique sur la bioaccumulation de

metaux par des ascidies abyssales (Prochordes, Tuniciers). C. r. hebd. Seanc. Acad. Sci. Paris , 310 (3) : 583-589.

POISSONS

AMAOKA, K. & Rivaton. J., 1991. — Pisces Pleuronectiformes : A review of the genus Tosarhombus (Bothidae) with

descriptions of two new species from Saya de Malha Bank (Indian Ocean) and the Chesterfield Islands (Coral Sea). In :

A. Crosnier (ed.), Resultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Volume 8. Mem. Mus. natn. Hist, nat., Paris (A) 151 •

449-466.

Fourmanoir, P., 1988. — Acropoma lecorneti, une nouvelle esp£ce de Nouvelle-Caledonie (Pisces, Perciformes

Acropomatidae). Cybium, 12 (3) : 259-263.

Fourmanoir, P. & Rivaton, J., 1979. — Poissons de la pentc recifale externe de Nouvelle-Caledonie et des Nouvelles-

H^brides. Cah. Jndo-pacif, 1 (4) : 405-443.

Fourmanoir, P. & Rivaton, J., 1979. — Plectranthias randalli n. sp., un nouveau Serranide (Anthiin6) du sud-ouest

Pacifique. Revue fr. Aquariol , 7 (1) : 27-28.

Riv *™N, J.,^989.^— Premieres observations sur la faune ichtyologique des lies Chesterfield (Mer de Corail). Cybium ,

Rivaton, J. & Richer de Forges, B., 1990. — Poissons recoils par dragages dans les lagons de Nouvelle-Caledonie.

Rapports scientifiques el techniques, Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, Orsto.M Noumea, (55), 101 p.

Source.

488

B. RICHER DE FORGES

SfiRET, B., 1987. — Note sur une faune a Procar char odon megalodon (Agassiz, 1835) en Nouvelle-Caledonie (Pisces,

Chondrichtyes, Lamnidae). Cybium , 11 (4) : 389-394.

SfiRET, B., 1989. — The Chondrichthyan Fishes of the MUSORSTOM cruises in the Indo-West Pacific (Philippines and New

Caledonia). Third Ini. Conf. Indo-Pac. Fishes, Wellington , (abstr.) : 83.

SfiRET, B., 1990 — Aulohalaelurus kanakorum , a new species of calshark (Chondrichthycs, Scyliorhinidae) from New

Caledonia. Rec. Aust. Mus. % 42 : 127-136.

BIOCHIMIE - PHARMACOLOGIE

Ambrosio. M., Guerriero, A., Debitus, C., Ribes, O.. Richer de Forges, B. & Pietra, F., 1989. - Corallistin A, a

second example of a free Porphyrin from a living organism. Isolation from the desmospongc Corallistes sp. of the

Coral sea and inhibition of abnormal cells. Helvetica Chimica Acta, 72 : 1451-1454.

AURIA. M. V. d\ GOMEZ Paloma, L., Minale, L.. Riccio, R. & DEBITUS, C., 1991. — Jereisterol A and B : two 3b

methoxy-secosteroids from the Pacific sponge Jereicopsis graphidiophora. Tetrahedron Letters ,32 (19) : 2149-

2152.

Auria. M. V. d’, Gomez Paloma. L., Minale. L., Riccio, R. & Debitus, C., 1992. — Structure Characterization by two-

dimensional NMR Spectroscopy, of two marine triterpene oligoglycosides from a Pacific Sponge of the genus Erylus.

Tetrahedron , 48 (3) : 491- 498.

Auria. M. V. d\ Gomez Paloma. L., Minale. L., Riccio, R.. Debitus, C. & Levi. C., 1992. — Unique 3b-0-

Methylsterols from the Pacific Sponge Jereicopsis graphidiophora. J. Nat. Prod ., 55 (3) : 311-320.

Auria, M. V. d’, de Riccardis, F., Gomez Paloma. L., Iorizzi, M., Riccio, R., Richer de Forges, B., Minale. L. &

Debitus, C., 1991. — Marine natural products : chemical constituents from New Caledonian deep-water species.

Troisieme Symposium sur les substances naturelles d'interet biologique de la region Pacifique-Asie, Noumea, 26-30

aout 1991 : 245-255.

BRUN, L. O., MaRCILLAUD, C., DEBITUS, C. & DUHET, D., 1991. — Acaricidal activity of marine organisms to the cattle

tick : Boophilus microplus. Troisieme Symposium sur les substances naturelles d'interet biologique de la region

Pacifique-Asie, Noumea, 26-30 aout 1991 : 293-295.

BRUNIO, I.. Minale, L., Riccio. R., Labarre, S. & Laurent. D„ 1990. — Isolaiion and structure of new

polyhydroxylated sterols from a deep-water starfish of the genus Rosasier. Gazz. Chim. Ital., 120 (7) : 449-451.

Debitus. C.. Cesario, M., Guilhem. J.. Pascard. C. & PaTs, M.. 1989. — Corallistine. a new polynitrogen compound

from the sponge Corallistes fulvodesmus L. et L. 1 etrahedron Letters. 30 (12) : 1535-38.

Debitus C„ Labarre. S„ Laurent. D„ Minale. L„ Pais, M., Pietra., F., Richer de Forges, B., Brun, L. O.,

Carre, J. B.. Duhet. D„ Holue. A.. Marcili.aud, C.. Patissou, J. & Ribes, O.. 1990. — Etude biologique et

chimique de la faune profondc de Nouvelle-Caledonie. 6eme Symp. de chimie des substances naturelles d'ongme

marine. Dakar. 2-7 juillet 1989.

Guella. G., Mancini. L, Duhet, D., Richer de Forges, B. & Pietra. F., 1989. — Ethyl 6-Bromo-3 indolcarboxylate and

3 -Hydroxyacetal-6-bromoindole, Novel Bromoindoles from the sponge Pleroma menoui of the Coral sea.

Z. Naturforsch., 44 C : 914-916.

Guerriero, A.. Debitus. C. & Pietra, F„ 1991. — On the first marine stigmastane syierols and stcrones having a 24,

25-double bond. Isolation from the sponge Stelletta sp. of deep Coral Sea. Helvetica Chemica Ada. 74 : 487-494.

Kernan, M. R„ Cambie, R. C. & Bercquist, P. R., 1991. — Chemistry of sponges, XII. A new dihydric phenol from the

sponge Fasciospongia sp. 7. Nat. Prod.. 54 (1) : 269-270.

Kourany-Lefoll, E., PaIs, M„ SEvenet, T.. Guittet, E., Guenard, D.. Montagnac. A. & Debitus, C„ 1991. —

Phloeodictine and thiophloeodictine, novel antimicrobial and cytotoxic guanidine alkaloids from the New

Caledonian sponge Phloeodictyon sp. Troisieme Symposium sur les substances naturelles d'interet biologique de la

region Pacifique-Asie, Noumea, 26-30 aout 199J : 273-275.

Source MNHN. Paris

LISTE BIBLJOGRAPHIQUE

489

Kourany-Lefoll, E., Pats, M., SSvenet, T., Guittet. E., Montagnac, A., Fontaine, C., Guenard, D. & Adeline, M.

T., 1992. Phloeodictines A and B : New antibacterial and cytotoxic bicyclic amidinium salts from the New

Caledonian sponge, Phloeodictyon sp. J. Org. Client., 57 (14) : 3832-3835.

OGER. J. M., Richomme. P., Bruneton. J., Guinaudeau, H., S£venet, T. & Debitus, C., 1991. — Steroids from

Neosiphonia supertes , a marine fossil sponge. J. Nat. Prod., 54 (1) : 273-275.

Riccardis, F. de, Giovanitti, B.. Iorizzi. M, Minale, L., Riccio. R., Debitus, C. & Richer de Forges, B., 1991._

Sterol composition of the "living fossil" crinoid Gymnocrinus richeri. Comp. Biochem. Physiol ., 100 B (3) : 647-

651.

Riccardis, F. de, Iorizzi, M., Minale. L., Riccio, R., Richer de Forges, B. & Debitus, C., 1991._The

gymnochromes : novel marine brominated phenanthroperylenequinone pigments from the stalked crinoid

Gymnocrinus richeri .J. Organ. Client., 56 : 6781-6787.

Riccardis, F. de, Iorizzi, M., Minale, L., Riccio, R. & Debitus, C., 1992. — The first occurence of polyhydroxylated

steroids with phosphate conjugation from the starfish Tremaster novaecaledoniae. Tetrahedron Letters, 33 (8) :

1907-1100. V

HALIEUT1QUE

Anonyme, 1988. — Rapport de la campagne experimental de peche a la palangre profonde dans la zone economique de

la Nouvelle-Calddonie, effect uee par le navire japonais llokko Maru 107 (fevrier-mai 1988). Territoire de Nouvelle-

Caledonie. Service Territorial de la Marine Marchande et des Peches Maritimes, 29 p.

Barro, M., 1981. — Rapport de mission d bord du chalutier japonais Kaimon Maru (26 nov.-lO dec. 1980). ORSTOM

Noumea, 21 p., multigr.

DESURMONT, A., 1989. — Essais de peche aux casiers sur la pente recifale externe de Nouvelle-Caledonie. Noumea,

Service territorial de la Marine marchande et des Peches maritimes, 38 p.

Grandperrin, R., Bensch, A., DI Matteo, A. & Leiiodey, P., 1991. — Campagne BERYX 1 de peche a la palangre de fond

sur deux monts sous-marins du Sud-Est de la Zone Economique de Nouvelle-Caledonie (N.O. "Alis", 8-18 octobre

1991) . Rapports de Missions, Sciences de la Mer. Biologic marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (10), 33 p.

Grandperrin, R., Desfontaine, P., Desgrippes, I. & Feugier, E., 1992. — Campagne BERYX 9 de peche a la palangre de

fond sur trois monts sous-marins du sud-est de la zone economique de Nouvelle-Caledonie (N. O. "Alis", 4-13 aout

1992) . Rapports de Missions, Sciences de la Mer, Biologic marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (19), 28 p.

GRANDPERRIN, R. & Kulbicki, M., 1988. — Peches des vivaneaux a la palangre profonde en Nouvelle-Caledonie. CPS,

Journees d'etudes sur les ressources halieuliques coheres du Pacifique, Noumea, 14-25 mars 1988, BP 18 ; 17 p.

Grandperrin, R., Laboute, P., Pianet, R. & Wantiez. L., 1990. — Campagne "Azteque" de chalutage de fond au sud-est

de la Nouvelle-Caledonie (N. O. "ALIS", du 12 au 16 fevrier 1990). Rapports de Missions, Sciences de la Mer, Biologie

marine , ORSTOM Noumea, (7), 21 p.

Grandperrin, R. & LEHODEY, P., 1992. — Campagne BERYX 2 de peche au chalut de fond sur trois monts sous -marins du

Sud-Est de la Zone Economique de Nouvelle Caledonie (N.O. "Alis", 22-31 octobre 1991). Rapports de Missions,

Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (11), 40 p.

Grandperrin, R. & LEHODEY, P., 1992. — Etude de la pechcrie de poissons profonds dans la Zone Economique de

Nouvelle Caledonie. Rapport provisoire sur Tavancement des travaux. Conventions Sciences de la Mer, Biologie

marine, Orstom Noumea, (6), 207 p.

Grandperrin, R., Leiiodey, P. & Marchal, P., 1992. — Campagne Beryx 4 de peche a la palangre de fond et aux casiers

dans le Sud-Est de la Nouvelle Caledonie (N.O. "Alis". 20-23 janvier 1992). Rapports de Missions. Sciences de la

Mer, Biologie marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (13), 15 p.

Grandperrin, R., di Matteo, A., Hoffschir, C., Lapetite, A. & Panche, J.-Y., 1992. — Campagne Beryx 7 de peche a

la palangre de fond sur trois monts sous-marins du Sud-Est de la Zone Economique de Nouvelle Caledonie (N.O. "Alis",

25 mars-3 avril 1992). Rapports de Missions, Sciences de la Mer. Biologie marine, Orstom Noumea, (17), 36 p.

Source

490

B. RICHER DE FORGES

GRANDPERRIN, R., DI MaTTEO, A., Mou-tham, G. & Panche, J.-Y., 1992. — Campagne BERYX 6 de peche a la palangre du

Sud-Est de la Zone Economique de Nouvelle Caledonie (N.O. "Alis", 12-18 fevrier 1992). Rapports de Missions,

Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (16), 27 p.

Grandperrin, R. & Richer DE Forges, B., 1988. — Chalutagcs exploratoires sur quelques monts sous-marins en

Nouvelle-Caledonie. La Peche Maritime, (1325) : 752-755.

Grandperrin, R. & Richer DE Forges, B., 1988. —Chalutages exploratoires sur quelques monts sous-marins en

Nouvelle-Caledonie (Exploratory trawling on some seamounts in New Caledonia). CPS, Journees d'etude sur les

ressources halieutiques cotieres du Pacifique, Noumea, Nouvelle-Caledonie, 14-25 mars 1988. BP1, 17 p.

Int£s, A., 1978. — Peche profonde aux casiers en Nouvelle-Caledonie et lies adjacentes. Essais preliminaries. Rapports

scientifique et techniques Centre Noumea (Oceanogr.) ORSTOM, (2), 20 p., multigr.

iNTfcs, A., 1978. — Peche profonde aux casiers en Nouvelle-Caledonie et lies adjacentes. Premiers nSsultats. CPS Lett. Inf.

Pech ., (10): 9-12.

Laboute, P., 1989. — Mission d'observations halieutiques sur le palangrier japonais Fukuju Maru du 21 novembre au 12

decembrc 1988. Rapports de Missions, Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (2), 15 p.

LEHODEY, P., 1991. — Mission d’observations halieutiques sur le palangrier "Humboldt". Campagne de peche du 30 mai

au 12 juillet 1991. Rapports de Missions, Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (8), 44 p.

LEHODEY, P., Gallois, F., Hofeshir, C., Letroadec, P. & Mou-THAM, G., 1992. — Campagne Beryx 3 de peche a la

palangre de fond sur deux monts sous-marins du Sud-Est de la Zone Economique de Nouvelle Caledonie (N.O. "Alis",

26 novembre - 6 decembrc 1991). Rapports de Missions, Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, Orstom Noumea, (12),

37 p.

LEHODEY, P.. HoFFSCHIR, C., Marchal, P. & PANCHE, J.-Y., 1992. — Campagne Beryx 8 de peche au chalut pelagique et a

la palangre sur trois monts sous-marins du Sud-Est de la Zone Economique de la Nouvelle Caledonie (N.O. "Alis", 7 au

16 avril 1992). Rapports de Missions, Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (18), 34 p.

Lehodey, P., Marchal, P., Mou-tham, G. & Panche, J-Y., 1992. — Campagne Beryx 5 de peche a la palangre de fond

sur deux monts sous-marins du Sud-Est de la Zone Economique de Nouvelle Caledonie (N.O. "Alis", 28 janvier-6

fevrier 1992). Rapports de Missions, Sciences de la Mer, Biologie marine, ORSTOM Noumea, (15), 30 p.

RICHER DE Forges, B. & Grandperrin, R., 1988. — Les coraux semi-precieux dans la zone economique exclusive de

Nouvelle Caledonie. Journees d'elude sur les ressources halieutiques cotieres du Pacifique ; C. P. S. Noumea, 1988,

10 p.

ARTICLES de VULGARISATION

ANONYME. 1989. — Perspectives scientifiques. Les spicules. Pour la Science, (138): 6.

Anonyme, 1989. — Sea life surviving from the dinosaur age. Resource Research, 18, DSIR, Wellington : 1.

BOUCHET, P., 1986. —Campagnes oc^anographiques en Nouvelle-Caledonie : Oceanographic campaigns in New

Caledonia. Rossiniana, (31): 3-8.

CASTELLO, C., 1988. — Apres cent cinquantc millions d’annees, ces creatures inconnues surgissent du fond des mers.

Figaro Magazine, 18 : 127-134.

Grandperrin, R., Laboute, P. & Richer de Forges, B., 1990. — La peche. In : Encyclopedic de la Nouvelle-Caledonie.

Tome 8. La vie marine. NEFO DIFFUSION, Noumea : 46-50.

RICHER DE FORGES, B., 1987. — Decouverte d'un "fossile vivant" en Nouvelle-Caledonie. Orstom- Actualites , (16) : 14-

15.

RICHER DE Forges, B., 1988. — La faune de profondeur en Nouvelle Caledonie. ORSTOM-Actualites, 19, 1988 : 7-10.

Richer DE Forges, B. & Grandperrin, R., 1989. — Plongees en submersible dans les eaux neo-caledoniennes. La

campagne "Calsub" a bord du "Cyana". ORSTOM-Actualitts, (26): 8-10.

Source MNHN , Paris

USTE BIBUOGRAPHIQUE

Richer dr Forges, B. & S£ret, B., 1991. — La vie dans les abysses. Encyclopedic Clart£, 6900 (3) : 1-

Rossion, P., 1990. — Les Fossiles vivants de Nouvelle-Caledonie. Science & Vie , (868) : 58-61, 160.

ROUX, M., 1988. — Les lys de mer temoins de l’Evolution. Pour la Science, (126) : 78-88.

VERHAERE, I., 1990. — A la recherche des fossiles perdus. Le Chasseur frangais, janvier 1990 : 105-107.

BIBL DU

MUSfUM

PARIS

★

Acheve d'imprimer en juin 1993 sur les presses de I'lmprimerie de Montligeon

614(H) La Chapcllc Montligeon - Depot legal 2‘ trimestre 1993 - N° Imp. 16435 - Distribute le 15 juillet 1993

Source: MNHN. Pahs

DERNERS TITRES PARUS

RECENTLY PUBLISHED MEMOIRS

A partir de 1993 (Tome 155), les Memoires du Museum sont publies sans indication de serie.

From 1993 (Volume 155), the Mdmoires du Museum are published without serial titles.

Tome 155 : Thierry Deuve, 1993 — L'abdomen et les genitalia des femelles de Coleoptdres Adephaga. 184 pp.

(ISBN 2-85653-204) 290 FF.

S&RIE A (ZOOLOGIE) :

Tome 154 : Roland Houart, 1992 — The genus Chicoreus and related genera (Gastropoda : Muricidac) in the

Indo-West Pacific. 188 pp. (ISBN 2-85653-194-6) 380 FF.

Tome 153 : Helmut Zibrowius & Stephen D. Cairns — Revision of the northeast Atlantic and Mediterranean

Stylasteridae (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa). 136 pp. (ISBN 2-85653- 192-X) 190 FF.

Tome 152 : Alain CROSNIER (ed.), 1991 — Rdsultats des Campagnes Musorstom. Volume 9. 520 pp. (ISBN 2-

85653-191-1) 650 FF.

S&RIE B (Botanique) :

Tome 32 : Claudine Friedberg, 1990 — Le savoir botanique des Bunaq. Percevoir et classer dans le Haut

Lamaknen (Timor, Indondsie). 304 pp. (ISBN 2-85653-177-6) 350 FF.

Tome 31 : Odile Poncy, 1985 — Le genre Inga (Ldgumineuses, Mimosoideae) en Guyane frangaise.

Systematique, Morphologic des formes juveniles, Ecologie. 124 pp. (ISBN 2-85863-135-0) 210 FF.

Tome 30 : Lucile Allorge, 1985 — Monographic des Apocynacdes — Tabernaemontanoidees amdricaines.

216 pp. (ISBN 2-85653-132-6) 280 FF.

Tome 29 : Monique Keddam-Malplanche, 1985 — Le pollen et les stomates des Gardeniees (Rubiacees) du

Gabon. Morphologie et tendances dvolutives. 109 pp. (ISBN 2-85653-116-4) 130 FF.

Tome 28 : Marie-France ROQUEBERT, 1981 — Analyse des phdnomdnes paridtaux au cours de la conidiogdndse

chez quelques champignons microscopiques. 79 pp. (ISBN 2-85653-1164) 130 FF.

S£rie C (Sciences de la Terre) :

Tome 56 : Jean-Paul Saint Martin, 1990 — Les formations rdcifales coralliennes du Miocdne supdrieur d'Algdrie

et du Maroc. 373 pp. (ISBN 2-85653-170-9) 392 FF.

Tome 55 : Georges Busson (ed.), 1988 — Evaporites et hydrocarbures. 144 pp. (ISBN 2-85653-155-5) 180 FF.

Tome 54 : Monette Veran, 1988 — Les elements accessoires de l'arc hyoi'dien des poissons tdldostomes

(Acanthodiens et Osteichthyens) fossiles et actuels. 114 pp. (ISBN 2-85653-154-7) 150 FF.

Tome 53 : Donald E. Russell, Jean-Pierre Santoro and Denise Sigogneau-Russell, 1988 — Teeth Revisited :

Proceedings of the Vllth International Symposium on Dental Morphology. 462 pp. (ISBN 2-85653-148-2)

625 FF.

Tome 10 : Jacques Roger, 1962 (Rdimpression/Reprint 1988) — BUFFON. Les Epoques de la Nature. Edition

critique. 344 pp. (ISBN 2-85653-160-1) 100 FF.

Prix hors taxe, valides jusqu'en decembre 1993. Frais de port en sus. Vente en France : TVA 2.10%.

Prices in French Francs are valid until December 1993. Postage not included.